Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
31051100400600_PWD3096_2025
Permit Packet Coversheet Community and Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Avenue NE • Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360) 403-3551 Page 1 of 1 Permit Number: Permit Type: Address/Parcel: Completed (Month/Year): Land Use Notice of Decision Staff Report Application Narrative Legal Description Vicinity Map Site Plan Landscape Plan Complete Streets Checklist Traffic Impact Analysis Snohomish County Traffic Mitigation Offer WSDOT Traffic Offer Form Tree Survey Stormwater Drainage Report Geotech Report Critical Area Evaluation Form SEPA Checklist Public Notice Material Noticing and Related Documents Water / Sewer Availability Certificate Unanticipated Discovery Plan Form Aerial Photo of Site Proposed Building Materials Lighting Plans and Lighting Cut Sheets Color Elevations Design Matrix Plat Map Title Report Lot Closures Preliminary Civil Plans Archaeological Survey o Confidential Documents. Contact the City to obtain. Topography (Existing Conditions) CC&R’s Deeds / Easements / Conveyances /Dedications Developer’s Agreement Recorded Copies Bonding or Assignment of Funds o Confidential Documents. Contact the City to obtain. Letters and Project Documents Other: Civil Issued Permit Application Other Applications Construction Calculation Worksheet Approved Plans Review Comment Form Letters and Project Documents Other Agency Permits Reports: o Drainage Report Pg: o Stormwater Pg: o Geotech Pg: o All Other Reports SEPA and Noticing Materials Inspections As-Builts Other: Building Issued Permit Application Additional Applications Approved Plans Site Plan Letters and Project Documents Calculations Project Specification Manuals Reports Certificate of Occupancy Inspections Other: PWD3096 Civil Major 8110 2007th St Ne January 2025 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ C ON S TRU C T N E W AC C E S S DRIVE AN D PARK IN G LOT TO FAC IL ITATE PARE N T P IC K-U P AN D DROP -OFF blewis@ asd.wednet.edu WA 98403 253-383-3084 2822 C OL BY AVE , S TE 300 TBD TBD TBD ARL IN GTON S C H OOL DIS TRIC T - K E N T P RAIRIE E L E M E N TAR S C H OOL PARE N T D ROP -OFF 31051100400600 8110 207TH S T N E ARL IN GTON S C H OOL DIS TRIC T #16 (BRIAN L E WIS ) 315 FRE N C H AVE TAC OM A M cGRAN AH AN ARC H ITE C TS (M ITC H K E N T) 2111 PAC IF IC A AVE , S TE 100 ARL IN GTON WA 98223 360-618-6238 mitch.kent@ m cgranahan.com H ARM S E N & AS S OC IATE S (D AVID H ARM S E N ) E VE RE TT WA 98201 360-794-7811 davidh@ harm senllc.com 33745 11/27/2023 TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD MITCHELL KENT 04/27/2022 ✔✔ ✔ ✔ 7,500 C U T / 3,600 FIL L ✔ ✔ 0 0 ✔ ✔ From:Duron, Anna (ECY) To:Chip Bacus; Nick Wylie; darin.stephens@perteet.com Subject:Complete CSWGP Application for ID42472 Date:Wednesday, June 7, 2023 12:04:36 PM Dear Chip Bacus, Ecology received your Construction Stormwater General Permit Notice of Intent Application Form for the Kent Prairie Elementary School project in Arlington. We’ve reviewed your application and deemed it complete. We’ve assigned your project permit number WAR312574. Your site is scheduled to receive coverage on July 20, 2023 pending the close of the public comment period. Coverage documents will be generated on July 20, 2023 by the close of business and will be available to download from our public database at: https://fortress.wa.gov/ecy/paris/PermitSearch.aspx . To access your coverage documents first type your project name, as it appears above, into the search field. Next, select your project from the list of results, and then select ‘permit documents’ from the pop out menu to the left of the search results. Please note, we no longer send hard copies of the Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) and accompanying documents in a permit coverage packet. Instead, mobile-friendly, downloadable versions of the CSWGP and the other documents can be found here: www.ecology.wa.gov/eCoverage-packet. We will send a copy of your coverage letter electronically. Let me know if you have any questions. Thank you, Anna Duron (she/her) Permit Administrator Water Quality Program WA Department of Ecology anna.duron@ecy.wa.gov (360) 764-3960 CONSTRUCTION CALCULATION WORKSHEET Description Unit Price Unit Quantity Cost Backfill & Compaction- embankment 8.00$ CY -$ Backfill & Compaction- trench 11.00$ CY -$ Clear/Remove Brush, by hand (acre)2,363.00$ ACRE -$ Bollards - fixed 325.00$ EACH -$ Bollards - removable 600.00$ EACH -$ Clearing/Grubbing/Tree Removal 6,000.00$ ACRE -$ Excavation - bulk 2.50$ CY -$ Excavation - Trench 5.00$ CY -$ Fencing, cedar, 6' high 25.00$ LF -$ Fencing, chain link, 4'19.50$ LF -$ 18.00$ LF -$ 1,563.00$ EACH -$ Fencing, split rail, 3' high 14.00$ LF -$ Fill & compact - common barrow 27.00$ CY -$ Fill & compact - gravel base 30.00$ CY -$ Fill & compact - screened topsoil 45.00$ CY -$ Gabion, 12" deep, stone filled mesh 62.00$ SY -$ Gabion, 18" deep, stone filled mesh 86.00$ SY -$ Gabion, 36" deep, stone filled mesh 152.00$ SY -$ Grading, fine, by hand 2.00$ SY -$ Grading, fine, with grader 1.25$ SY -$ Guard Post 90.00$ EACH -$ Monuments 104.00$ EACH -$ Sensitive Areas Sign 20.00$ EACH -$ Sodding, 1" deep, sloped ground 10.00$ SY -$ Topsoil Type A (imported)30.00$ CY -$ Traffic control crew ( 2 flaggers )98.00$ HR -$ Trail, 4" chipped wood 9.00$ SY -$ Trail, 4" crushed cinder 10.00$ SY -$ Trail, 4" top course 9.50$ SY -$ Wall, retaining, concrete 66.00$ SF -$ Wall, rockery 13.00$ SF -$ WRITE-IN-ITEMS -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Subtotal -$ Public ImprovementsGENERAL ITEMS Rev 7/2021 CONSTRUCTION CALCULATION WORKSHEET Description Unit Price Unit Quantity Cost AC Grinding, 4' wide machine < 1000sy 35.00$ SY -$ 8.50$ SY -$ AC Grinding, 4' wide machine > 2000sy 2.50$ SY -$ AC Removal/Disposal/Repair 60.00$ SY -$ Barricade, Type I 36.00$ LF -$ Barricade Type II 25.00$ LF -$ Barricade, Type III ( Permanent )55.00$ LF -$ Conduit, 2"5.00$ LF -$ Curb & Gutter, rolled 20.00$ LF -$ Curb & Gutter, vertical 15.00$ LF -$ 20.00$ LF -$ Curb, extruded asphalt 5.00$ LF -$ Curb, extruded concrete 4.50$ LF -$ Guard Rail 30.00$ LF -$ Sawcut, asphalt, 3" depth 3.50$ LF -$ Sawcut, concrete, per 1" depth 3.00$ LF -$ Sealant, asphalt 2.00$ LF -$ Shoulder, gravel, 4" thick 11.00$ SY -$ Sidewalk, 4" thick 40.00$ SY -$ 36.00$ SY -$ Sidewalk, 6" thick 45.00$ SY -$ 45.00$ SY -$ Signs -$ LS -$ Sign, Handicap 100.00$ EACH -$ Striping, per stall 7.50$ EACH -$ Street Light System -$ LS -$ Traffic Signal -$ LS -$ Traffic Signal Modification -$ LS -$ Striping, thermoplastic, ( for crosswalk )3.50$ SF -$ Striping, 4" reflectorized line 0.40$ LF -$ AC Patching/Trenching Restoration 100.00$ TON -$ Controlled Density Fill (CDF)90.00$ CY -$ WRITE-IN-ITEMS -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Subtotal -$ Public ImprovementsSTREET IMPROVEMENT Rev 7/2021 CONSTRUCTION CALCULATION WORKSHEET Description Unit Price Unit Quantity Cost Asphalt Overlay, 1.5" AC 12.00$ SY -$ Asphalt Overlay, 2" AC 15.00$ SY -$ Asphalt Road 2", First 2500 SY 10.00$ SY -$ Asphalt Road 2", Qty. over 2500SY 9.00$ SY -$ Asphalt Road 3", First 2500 SY 15.00$ SY -$ Asphalt Road 3", Qty. over 2500 SY 13.00$ SY -$ Asphalt Road 5", First 2500 SY 22.00$ SY -$ Asphalt Road 5", Qty. Over 2500 SY 22.00$ SY -$ Asphalt Road 6", First 2500 SY 25.00$ SY -$ Asphalt Road 6", Qty. Over 2500 SY 24.00$ SY -$ Asphalt Treated Base, 4" thick 14.00$ SY -$ Gravel Base Course 2"7.50$ SY -$ Gravel Base Course 4"15.00$ SY -$ Gravel Base Course 6"22.50$ SY -$ Gravel Road, 4" rock, First 2500 SY 15.00$ SY -$ 11.00$ SY -$ 22.00$ SY -$ 32.00$ SY -$ Thickened Edge 11.00$ LF -$ WRITE-IN-ITEMS -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Subtotal -$ STREET SURFACING/PAVEMENT Public Improvements Rev 7/2021 CONSTRUCTION CALCULATION WORKSHEET Description Unit Price Unit Quantity Cost Blowoff 1,800.00$ EACH -$ Connection to Existing Water Main 2,000.00$ EACH -$ Ductile Iron Watermain, CL 52, 6 Inch Dia 65.00$ LF -$ Ductile Iron Watermain, CL 52, 8 Inch Dia 85.00$ LF -$ Ductile Iron Watermain, CL 52, 10 Inch Dia 103.00$ LF -$ Ductile Iron Watermain, CL 52, 12 Inch Dia.125.00$ LF -$ Gate Valve, 6 inch Dia 250.00$ EACH -$ Gate Valve, 8 Inch Dia 380.00$ EACH -$ Gate Valve, 10 Inch Dia 425.00$ EACH -$ Gate Valve, 12 Inch Dia 500.00$ EACH -$ Fire Hydrant Assembly, with Guard Posts 3,000.00$ EACH -$ Fire Hydrant Assembly, without Guard Posts 2,500.00$ EACH -$ Air-Vac, 8 Inch Dia 6,000.00$ EACH -$ Air-Vac,10 Inch Dia 7,500.00$ EACH -$ Air-Vac, 12 Inch Dia 12,000.00$ EACH -$ 3,800.00$ EACH -$ 4,200.00$ EACH -$ 5,000.00$ EACH -$ Valve Marker Post 350.00$ EACH -$ WRITE-IN-ITEMS -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Subtotal -$ WATER SYSTEM Public Improvements Rev 7/2021 CONSTRUCTION CALCULATION WORKSHEET Description Unit Price Unit Quantity Cost Connection to Existing Sewer Main -$ EACH -$ Clean Outs 500.00$ EACH -$ Grease Interceptor, 500 gallon 6,000.00$ EACH -$ Grease Interceptor, 1000 gallon 10,000.00$ EACH -$ Grease Interceptor, 1500 gallon 15,000.00$ EACH -$ Side Sewer Pipe, PVC. 4 Inch Dia 8.00$ LF -$ Side Sewer Pipe, PVC. 6 Inch Dia 12.00$ LF -$ Sewer Pipe, PVC, 8 inch Dia 33.00$ LF -$ Sewer Pipe, PVC, 12 Inch Dia 41.00$ LF -$ Sewer Pipe, PVC, ____ Inch Dia -$ LF -$ Lift Station (Entire System)-$ LS -$ Manhole, 48 Inch Dia 3,000.00$ EACH -$ 532.00$ FEET -$ Manhole, 54 Inch Dia 3,500.00$ EACH -$ 532.00$ FEET -$ Manhole, 60 Inch Dia 3,700.00$ EACH -$ 532.00$ FEET -$ Manhole, 72 Inch Dia 4,000.00$ EACH -$ 625.00$ FEET -$ Manhole, 96 Inch Dia 5,000.00$ EACH -$ 625.00$ FEET -$ Outside Drop -$ LS -$ Inside Drop -$ LS -$ Pipe, C-900 90.00$ LF -$ Pipe, High Density Water Pipe (HDWP)160.00$ LF -$ WRITE-IN-ITEMS -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Subtotal -$ SANITARY SEWER Public Improvements Rev 7/2021 CONSTRUCTION CALCULATION WORKSHEET Description Unit Price Unit Quantity Cost Street Trees 500.00$ EACH -$ Root Barrier EACH -$ Median Landscaping -$ LS -$ Right-of-Way Landscaping -$ LS -$ Wetland Landscaping -$ LS -$ Private Landscaping -$ LS -$ WRITE-IN-ITEMS -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Subtotal -$ PUBLIC -$ MOBILIZATION 10%:-$ CONTINGENCY 15%:-$ GRANDTOTAL: -$ LANDSCAPING & VEGETATION Include Public Improvements & Private Development Rev 7/2021 1)Based on permit type requested (Type I, Type II or Type III), complete the form as follows: Type I permits complete all sections. T e II ermits com lete as follows: -Grading Only - Complete Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC). - 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) PROJECT COSTS PLAN REVIEW & INSPECTION FEES PLAN REVIEW & INSPECTION FEE (6% of Project Value) 43,566.19$ GRADING FEE (4) (Cubic Yard )-$ Review fees due at time of submittal Road and Alley (Public) Stormwater Drainage and Grading (Public) Utilities (Public) Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (Public and Private) ASSURANCE DEVIC Base Calculation of Performance Device 262,555.00$ PERFORMANCE DEVICE 150%Amount Du Base Calculation of Maintenance Device 125,000.00$ MAINTENANCE DEVICE 20% Amount Du CONTRUCTION PLAN REVIEW & INSPECTION FEE WORKSHEET Community & Economic Development Department City of Arlington 18204 59th Avenue NE Arlington WA 98223 (360) 403-3551 This form is to be completed and submitted with Type I , Type II Type III Construction Permit Application. Excel will auto-calculate the relevant fields and subtotals throughout the document. Only the 'Quantity' columns should be completed. Stormwater Drainage Only - Complete the Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control and Stormwater Drainage Section for Public or Private The developer shall enter the quantities shown on the construction drawings into the Construction Calculation Worksheet. This document is used to determine the amount of plan reivew and inspection fees due to the city. Type III permits complete the Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC). 393,832.50$ 25,000.00$ 43,566.19$ An Assurance Device such as a Performance Bond or Assignment of Funds needs to be on file with the City of Arlington prior to permit issuance. The Assurance Device shall be 150% of the Construction Calculation Worksheet which are as follows: The summary page calculates the fees due at intake for Civil and Stormwater Drainage construction permits only. This does not include fees for Grading or those required by other departments or agencies. Grading fees are based on Cubic Yard Quantity and shall be calculated at time of permit submittal. Grading fees shall be paid at permit submittal. If an item that is part of your project does not exist in the spreadsheet complete the Write-In-Items section with the item, quantity and associated unit cost. There are a few unit prices that are blank, please complete them accordingly. Inspection fees shall be calculated for Private Development during the review process and shall be paid upon permit issuance. Total Review Fees Due $ 262,555.00 $ 463,548.13 $ 726,103.13 TOTAL PROJECT COSTPRIVATE TOTALPUBLIC TOTAL Verify formula, totals do not match 1 Rev 7/2017 CONSTRUCTION CALCULATION WORKSHEET Description Unit Price Unit Quantity Cost Reference # Backfill & compaction-embankment 6.50$ CY 3600 23,400.00$ Check dams 78.00$ EACH 10 780.00$ BMP C207 Catch Basin Protection 35.50$ EACH 8 284.00$ Crushed surfacing 1 1/4" minus 18.00$ TON 1665 29,970.00$ WSDOT 9-03.9(3) Ditching 8.00$ CY -$ Excavation-bulk 3.00$ CY 7500 22,500.00$ Fence, silt 2.00$ LF 675 1,350.00$ BMP C233 Fence, Temporary (NGPA) 2.00$ LF -$ Geotextile Fabric 2.50$ SY 3000 7,500.00$ Hay Bale Silt Trap 0.50$ EACH -$ Hydroseeding 4,200.00$ ACRE 1 4,200.00$ BMP C120 Interceptor Swale / Dike 1.00$ LF 450 450.00$ Jute Mesh 2.00$ SY -$ BMP C122 Level Spreader 1.75$ LF -$ Mulch, by hand, straw, 3" deep 3.00$ SY 900 2,700.00$ BMP C121 Mulch, by machine, straw, 2" deep 1.00$ SY -$ BMP C121 Piping, temporary, CPP, 6" 12.50$ LF -$ Piping, temporary, CPP, 8" 19.00$ LF -$ Piping, temporary, CPP, 12" 24.00$ LF -$ Plastic covering, 6mm thick, sandbagged 3.00$ SY 400 1,200.00$ BMP C123 Rip Rap, machine placed; slopes 50.00$ CY 10 500.00$ WSDOT 9-13.1(2) Rock Construction Entrance, 50'x15'x1' 1,800.00$ EACH -$ BMP C105 Rock Construction Entrance, 100'x15'x1' 3,600.00$ EACH 1 3,600.00$ BMP C105 Sediment pond riser assembly 3,050.00$ EACH 1 3,050.00$ BMP C241 Sediment trap, 5' high berm 21.00$ LF -$ BMP C240 Sed. trap, 5' high, riprapped spillway berm section 79.00$ LF -$ BMP C240 Seeding, by hand 1.00$ SY -$ BMP C120 Sodding, 1" deep, level ground 8.00$ SY -$ BMP C120 Sodding, 1" deep, sloped ground 9.50$ SY -$ BMP C120 TESC Supervisor 84.00$ HR 40 3,360.00$ Water truck, dust control 130.00$ HR 40 5,200.00$ BMP C140 WRITE-IN-ITEMS -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ SUBTOTAL (TESC Only):110,044.00$ MOBILIZATION 10%:11,004.40$ CONTINGENCY 15%:16,506.60$ TOTAL: 137,555.00$ TEMPORARY EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL Include Public Improvements & Private Development Rev 7/2017 CONSTRUCTION CALCULATION WORKSHEET Public Description Unit Price Unit Quantity Cost Quantity Cost Access Road, Retention / Detention 26.00$ SY -$ -$ * (CBs include frame and lid) Beehive 90.00$ EACH -$ -$ CB Type I 1,650.00$ EACH -$ 3 4,950.00$ CB Type IL 1,850.00$ EACH -$ -$ CB Type II, 48" Dia 2,550.00$ EACH -$ -$ for additional depth over 4' 650.00$ FT -$ -$ CB Type II, 54" Dia 2,700.00$ EACH -$ 1 2,700.00$ for additional depth over 4' 600.00$ FT -$ 5 3,000.00$ CB Type II, 60" Dia 2,900.00$ EACH -$ -$ for additional depth over 4' 750.00$ FT -$ -$ CB Type II, 72" Dia 4,000.00$ EACH -$ -$ for additional depth over 4' 900.00$ FT -$ -$ Through-curb Inlet Framework (Add) 550.00$ EACH -$ -$ Cleanout, PVC, 4" 200.00$ EACH -$ -$ Cleanout, PVC, 6" 250.00$ EACH -$ -$ Cleanout, PVC, 8" 300.00$ EACH -$ 1 300.00$ Culvert, Box __ ft x __ ft -$ LS -$ -$ Culvert, PVC, 4" 12.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, PVC, 6" 17.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, PVC, 8" 19.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, PVC, 12" 30.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, CMP, 8" 23.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, CMP, 12" 35.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, CMP, 15" 42.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, CMP, 18" 47.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, CMP, 24" 69.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, CMP, 30" 100.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, CMP, 36" 150.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, CMP, 48" 194.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, CMP, 60" 310.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, CMP, 72" 400.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, Concrete, 8" 36.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, Concrete, 12" 43.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, Concrete, 15" 52.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, Concrete, 18" 55.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, Concrete, 24" 85.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, Concrete, 30" 136.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, Concrete, 36" 165.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, Concrete, 42" 196.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, Concrete, 48" 210.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, CPP, 6" 16.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, CPP, 8" 22.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, CPP, 12" 28.00$ LF -$ 350 9,800.00$ Culvert, CPP, 15" 34.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, CPP, 18" 39.00$ LF -$ -$ Private DevelopmentSTORMWATER DRAINAGE Public Improvements Private Rev 7/2017 CONSTRUCTION CALCULATION WORKSHEET Culvert, CPP, 24" 49.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, CPP, 30" 62.00$ LF -$ -$ Culvert, CPP, 36" 69.00$ LF -$ -$ Ditching 12.00$ CY -$ -$ Flow Dispersal Trench (1,436 base+) 40.00$ LF -$ -$ French Drain (3' depth) 39.00$ LF -$ 440 17,160.00$ Geotextile, laid in trench, polypropylene 5.00$ SY -$ -$ Infiltration pond testing 125.00$ HR -$ -$ Mid-tank Access Riser, 48" dia, 6' deep 2,025.00$ EACH -$ -$ Pipe, High Density Water Pipe (HDWP) 160.00$ LF -$ -$ Pipe, C900 90.00$ LF -$ -$ Pond Overflow Spillway 18.00$ SY -$ 15 270.00$ Restrictor/Oil Separator, 12" 1,500.00$ EACH -$ 1 1,500.00$ Restrictor/Oil Separator, 15" 1,550.00$ EACH -$ -$ Restrictor/Oil Separator, 18" 1,680.00$ EACH -$ -$ Riprap, placed 52.00$ CY -$ -$ Tank End Reducer (36" Dia) 1,280.00$ EACH -$ -$ Thru-Inlet at CB 150.00$ EACH -$ -$ Trash Rack, 12" 320.00$ EACH -$ 2 640.00$ Trash Rack, 15" 325.00$ EACH -$ -$ Trash Rack, 18" 350.00$ EACH -$ -$ Trash Rack, 21" 375.00$ EACH -$ -$ WRITE-IN-ITEMS -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ SUBTOTAL:-$ 40,320.00$ MOBILIZATION 10%:-$ CONTINGENCY 15%:-$ TOTAL: -$ 40,320.00$ Rev 7/2017 CONSTRUCTION CALCULATION WORKSHEET Description Unit Price Unit Quantity Cost Backfill & Compaction- embankment 8.00$ CY -$ Backfill & Compaction- trench 11.00$ CY -$ Clear/Remove Brush, by hand (acre) 2,363.00$ ACRE -$ Bollards - fixed 325.00$ EACH -$ Bollards - removable 600.00$ EACH -$ Clearing/Grubbing/Tree Removal 6,000.00$ ACRE -$ Excavation - bulk 2.50$ CY -$ Excavation - Trench 5.00$ CY -$ Fencing, cedar, 6' high 25.00$ LF -$ Fencing, chain link, 4' 19.50$ LF -$ Fencing, chain link, vinyl coated, 6' high 18.00$ LF -$ Fencing, chain link, gate, vinyl coated, 1,563.00$ EACH -$ Fencing, split rail, 3' high 14.00$ LF -$ Fill & compact - common barrow 27.00$ CY -$ Fill & compact - gravel base 30.00$ CY -$ Fill & compact - screened topsoil 45.00$ CY -$ Gabion, 12" deep, stone filled mesh 62.00$ SY -$ Gabion, 18" deep, stone filled mesh 86.00$ SY -$ Gabion, 36" deep, stone filled mesh 152.00$ SY -$ Grading, fine, by hand 2.00$ SY -$ Grading, fine, with grader 1.25$ SY -$ Guard Post 90.00$ EACH -$ Monuments 104.00$ EACH -$ Sensitive Areas Sign 20.00$ EACH -$ Sodding, 1" deep, sloped ground 10.00$ SY -$ Topsoil Type A (imported) 30.00$ CY -$ Traffic control crew ( 2 flaggers ) 98.00$ HR -$ Trail, 4" chipped wood 9.00$ SY -$ Trail, 4" crushed cinder 10.00$ SY -$ Trail, 4" top course 9.50$ SY -$ Wall, retaining, concrete 66.00$ SF -$ Wall, rockery 13.00$ SF -$ WRITE-IN-ITEMS -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Subtotal -$ Public ImprovementsGENERAL ITEMS Rev 7/2017 CONSTRUCTION CALCULATION WORKSHEET Description Unit Price Unit Quantity Cost AC Grinding, 4' wide machine < 1000sy 35.00$ SY -$ C Grinding, 4' wide machine 1000-200 8.50$ SY -$ AC Grinding, 4' wide machine > 2000sy 2.50$ SY -$ AC Removal/Disposal/Repair 60.00$ SY -$ Barricade, Type I 36.00$ LF -$ Barricade Type II 25.00$ LF -$ Barricade, Type III ( Permanent ) 55.00$ LF -$ Conduit, 2" 5.00$ LF -$ Curb & Gutter, rolled 20.00$ LF -$ Curb & Gutter, vertical 15.00$ LF -$ Curb and Gutter, demolition and dispos 20.00$ LF -$ Curb, extruded asphalt 5.00$ LF -$ Curb, extruded concrete 4.50$ LF -$ Guard Rail 30.00$ LF -$ Sawcut, asphalt, 3" depth 3.50$ LF -$ Sawcut, concrete, per 1" depth 3.00$ LF -$ Sealant, asphalt 2.00$ LF -$ Shoulder, gravel, 4" thick 11.00$ SY -$ Sidewalk, 4" thick 40.00$ SY -$ Sidewalk, 4" thick, demolition and dispo 36.00$ SY -$ Sidewalk, 6" thick 45.00$ SY -$ Sidewalk, 6" thick, demolition and dispo 45.00$ SY -$ Signs -$ LS -$ Sign, Handicap 100.00$ EACH -$ Striping, per stall 7.50$ EACH -$ Street Light System -$ LS -$ Traffic Signal -$ LS -$ Traffic Signal Modification -$ LS -$ Striping, thermoplastic, ( for crosswalk ) 3.50$ SF -$ Striping, 4" reflectorized line 0.40$ LF -$ AC Patching/Trenching Restoration 100.00$ TON -$ Controlled Density Fill (CDF) 90.00$ CY -$ WRITE-IN-ITEMS -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Subtotal -$ Public ImprovementsSTREET IMPROVEMENT Rev 7/2017 CONSTRUCTION CALCULATION WORKSHEET Description Unit Price Unit Quantity Cost Asphalt Overlay, 1.5" AC 12.00$ SY -$ Asphalt Overlay, 2" AC 15.00$ SY -$ Asphalt Road 2", First 2500 SY 10.00$ SY -$ Asphalt Road 2", Qty. over 2500SY 9.00$ SY -$ Asphalt Road 3", First 2500 SY 15.00$ SY -$ Asphalt Road 3", Qty. over 2500 SY 13.00$ SY -$ Asphalt Road 5", First 2500 SY 22.00$ SY -$ Asphalt Road 5", Qty. Over 2500 SY 22.00$ SY -$ Asphalt Road 6", First 2500 SY 25.00$ SY -$ Asphalt Road 6", Qty. Over 2500 SY 24.00$ SY -$ Asphalt Treated Base, 4" thick 14.00$ SY -$ Gravel Base Course 2" 7.50$ SY -$ Gravel Base Course 4" 15.00$ SY -$ Gravel Base Course 6" 22.50$ SY -$ Gravel Road, 4" rock, First 2500 SY 15.00$ SY -$ Gravel Road, 4" rock, Qty. over 2500 S 11.00$ SY -$ Concrete Road, 5", no base, over 2500 22.00$ SY -$ Concrete Road, 6", no base, over 2500 32.00$ SY -$ Thickened Edge 11.00$ LF -$ WRITE-IN-ITEMS -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Subtotal -$ STREET SURFACING/PAVEMENT Public Improvements Rev 7/2017 CONSTRUCTION CALCULATION WORKSHEET Description Unit Price Unit Quantity Cost Blowoff 1,800.00$ EACH -$ Connection to Existing Water Main 2,000.00$ EACH -$ Ductile Iron Watermain, CL 52, 6 Inch Dia 65.00$ LF -$ Ductile Iron Watermain, CL 52, 8 Inch Dia 85.00$ LF -$ Ductile Iron Watermain, CL 52, 10 Inch Dia 103.00$ LF -$ Ductile Iron Watermain, CL 52, 12 Inch Dia.125.00$ LF -$ Gate Valve, 6 inch Dia 250.00$ EACH -$ Gate Valve, 8 Inch Dia 380.00$ EACH -$ Gate Valve, 10 Inch Dia 425.00$ EACH -$ Gate Valve, 12 Inch Dia 500.00$ EACH -$ Fire Hydrant Assembly, with Guard Posts 3,000.00$ EACH -$ Fire Hydrant Assembly, without Guard Posts 2,500.00$ EACH -$ Air-Vac, 8 Inch Dia 6,000.00$ EACH -$ Air-Vac,10 Inch Dia 7,500.00$ EACH -$ Air-Vac, 12 Inch Dia 12,000.00$ EACH -$ Pressure Reducing Valve Assembly, 8 In. Di 3,800.00$ EACH -$ Pressure Reducing Valve Assembly, 10 In. D 4,200.00$ EACH -$ Pressure Reducing Valve Assembly, 12 In. D 5,000.00$ EACH -$ Valve Marker Post 350.00$ EACH -$ WRITE-IN-ITEMS -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Subtotal -$ WATER SYSTEM Public Improvements Rev 7/2017 CONSTRUCTION CALCULATION WORKSHEET Description Unit Price Unit Quantity Cost Connection to Existing Sewer Main -$ EACH -$ Clean Outs 500.00$ EACH -$ Grease Interceptor, 500 gallon 6,000.00$ EACH -$ Grease Interceptor, 1000 gallon 10,000.00$ EACH -$ Grease Interceptor, 1500 gallon 15,000.00$ EACH -$ Side Sewer Pipe, PVC. 4 Inch Dia 8.00$ LF -$ Side Sewer Pipe, PVC. 6 Inch Dia 12.00$ LF -$ Sewer Pipe, PVC, 8 inch Dia 33.00$ LF -$ Sewer Pipe, PVC, 12 Inch Dia 41.00$ LF -$ Sewer Pipe, PVC, ____ Inch Dia -$ LF -$ Lift Station (Entire System) -$ LS -$ Manhole, 48 Inch Dia 3,000.00$ EACH -$ for additional depth over 4 feet/per fo 532.00$ FEET -$ Manhole, 54 Inch Dia 3,500.00$ EACH -$ for additional depth over 4 feet/per fo 532.00$ FEET -$ Manhole, 60 Inch Dia 3,700.00$ EACH -$ for additional depth over 4 feet/per fo 532.00$ FEET -$ Manhole, 72 Inch Dia 4,000.00$ EACH -$ for additional depth over 4 feet/per fo 625.00$ FEET -$ Manhole, 96 Inch Dia 5,000.00$ EACH -$ for additional depth over 4 feet/per fo 625.00$ FEET -$ Outside Drop -$ LS -$ Inside Drop -$ LS -$ Pipe, C-900 90.00$ LF -$ Pipe, High Density Water Pipe (HDWP) 160.00$ LF -$ WRITE-IN-ITEMS -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Subtotal -$ SANITARY SEWER Public Improvements Rev 7/2017 CONSTRUCTION CALCULATION WORKSHEET Description Unit Price Unit Quantity Cost Street Trees 500.00$ EACH -$ Root Barrier EACH -$ Median Landscaping -$ LS -$ Right-of-Way Landscaping -$ LS -$ Wetland Landscaping -$ LS -$ Private Landscaping 100,000.00$ LS 1 100,000.00$ WRITE-IN-ITEMS -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Subtotal 100,000.00$ PUBLIC SUBTOTAL 100,000.00$ MOBILIZATION 10%:10,000.00$ CONTINGENCY 15%:15,000.00$ GRANDTOTAL: 125,000.00$ (INCLUDES GENERAL, STREET, SURFACING, WATER, SEWER, LANDSCAPING) LANDSCAPING & VEGETATION Include Public Improvements & Private Development Rev 7/2017 REVIEW COMMENT FORM Project Name: Kent Prairie Elementary Parent Drop Off Permit No.: BLD-3096 Review Date: 2/3/2023 Contact: Mitch Kent Phone No.: 253-383-3084 Review Phase: 2 Report Date: 2/3/2023 Reviewing Dept.: CED Applicant: Arlington SD #16 DWG Issue Date: Comment Response/Resolution Page 1 of 2 18204 59th Avenue NE Arlington, WA 98223 360-403-3551 1. NEH Wet pond will not be allowed. Will need to use a different treatment method. The open detention has been replaced with an underground, ADS chamber system as designed in the report and detailed on the plans. 2/3/23 MH 2. NEH Install underground vault instead of open pond. The fence material and posts will be coated with black vinyl as requested. 2/3/23 MH 3. AR All chain link fencing on the site shall be black vinyl and are required to be stated as such on the plans. The current plans state galvanized or black vinyl. Please remove all galvanized fence references The landscape plan has been revised to include hedge as described. See updated sheets. 2/3/23 RE 4. AR Per the general information meeting, a landscape hedge needs to be installed along the entire length of the drive aisle along the public road. The hedge height should be 3-4 feet at maturity. A section of C-curb has been added to the centerline to prevent left turns in. Signage has also been added. Additionally, the parent drop off is one-way with no exiting to 207th. 2/3/23 RE 5. MH General Update signature block on all sheets to Development Services Manager Updated approval block. 2/28/23 MCH 6. MH 2.0 Add silt fence around contractor staging area Added silt fence. 2/28/23 MCH 7. MH 2.0 Return silt fence around temporary pond Silt fence has been extended. 2/28/23 MCH 8. MH 2.1 Temporary construction entrance notes: Cap entrance w/ 1'4" CSBC Revised the detail on C2.1 to indicated this request. 2/28/23 MCH 9. MH 3.0 All pipe less than 3' burial shall be ductile iron Noted. Revisions made. 2/28/23 MCH 10. MH 3.0 Provide detail of interceptor trench connection to SDCB-3 The interceptor trench connection has been added to C3.2. 2/28/23 MCH 11. MH 3.0 The proposed stormtech chamber system is being proposed to be installed on top of existing 12" storm line. Based on pipe inverts it appears that there is a The storm systems are being rerouted. The demo’d pipe should not be included int the pond detail. The detail has been corrected. 2/28/23 MCH REVIEW COMMENT FORM Project Name: Kent Prairie Elementary Parent Drop Off Permit No.: BLD-3096 Review Date: 2/3/2023 Contact: Mitch Kent Phone No.: 253-383-3084 Review Phase: 2 Report Date: 2/3/2023 Reviewing Dept.: CED Applicant: Arlington SD #16 DWG Issue Date: Comment Response/Resolution Page 2 of 2 18204 59th Avenue NE Arlington, WA 98223 360-403-3551 conflict between the two systems. Suggest that the existing SD line be re-routed around chamber system. 12. MH Bypass storm profile SDCB-2 doesn't indicated the 6" PVC connection. The 6" PVC connection has been added. 2/28/23 MCH 13. MH Extend c-curb on 207th 50' south The length of the c-curb ahs been increased in length. 2/28/23 MCH 14. MH 3.2 Flow control manhole detail (plan view) show flow control on inlet pipe instead of outlet. The flow control has been added to the inlet pipe instead of outlet. 2/28/23 MCH 15. RJ Please resubmit two (2) copies of plans and any other required documentation as requested to our office and send electronic files to ced@arlingtonwa.gov for processing STORMWATER SITE PLAN JUNE 14, 2022 KENT-PRARIE ELEMENTARY – PARENT LANE PAGE 1 P:\Work\Projects\2021\21-589 McGranhan-Kent Prairie\CE\DOCS\Kent Prairie Parent Parent Lane SSP.doc MR 1: PREPARATION OF STORMWATER SITE PLANS PROJECT OVERVIEW & EXECUTIVE SUMMARY This Stormwater Site Plan has been prepared for the proposed parent queuing lane at Kent- Prairie Elementary School at 8110 207th St NE on parcel 31051100400600. See Figure 1 Vicinity Map. The proposed project is to provide a new access from 207th St NE at the west end of the site that forms into a double lane area for parents to queue in for student pick up and drop off. The end of the queuing lane will connect into the existing parking lot. See Figure 3: Developed Site Map in Appendix A. METHODOLOGY The drainage design for the project has been prepared based on the requirements of the 2014 DOE Manual. WWHM2012 as provided by DOE has been used for determining basin runoff and for sizing of the stormwater facilities. Based on the flow charts in Figure I-2.4.1 and I-2.4.2 of the Drainage Manual and the site parameters, the project is subject to Minimum Requirements 1-9. The project site parameters are: The project has greater than 35% existing impervious and is a redevelopment. The project will create 2,000 sf of new plus replaced impervious area. The project will add more than 5,000 sf of new impervious. The project is not a road project. The project adds greater than 5,000 sf of new plus replaced impervious but will total less than a 50% value increase. Therefore, MR 1-9 will apply to the new impervious surfaces. DRAINAGE PLAN DESCRIPTION All runoff from the new and replaced impervious surfaces will be collected and routed through a Compost Amended Vegetative Filter Strip (CAVFS), collected in a swale, and discharged to an underground detention chamber system for release to the City system. See Figure 3: Developed Site Map in Appendix A. STORMWATER SITE PLAN JUNE 14, 2022 KENT-PRARIE ELEMENTARY – PARENT LANE PAGE 2 P:\Work\Projects\2021\21-589 McGranhan-Kent Prairie\CE\DOCS\Kent Prairie Parent Parent Lane SSP.doc WATER QUALITY MEASURES Permanent controls might include: S405/6 BMPs for Deicing and Anti-Icing Operations. S411 BMPs for Landscaping and Lawn/Vegetation Management. S417 BMPs for Maintenance of Stormwater Drainage and Treatment Systems. S430 BMPs for Urban Streets. DETENTION SIZING A new, storm water detention system is proposed at the southwest corner of the site. See MR 7 for discussion. CONVEYANCE CALCULATIONS The new storm system is sized based on tributary flows. STORMWATER TREATMENT BMP’S A Compost Amended Vegetative Filter Strip (CAVFS) is proposed for the treatment system. This road edge treatment system provides for enhanced treatment. See MR 6 for further discussion. PROTECTION OF WETLANDS There are no wetlands on or near the site. OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE An Operations and Maintenance Manual is provided per MR 9. STORMWATER SITE PLAN JUNE 14, 2022 KENT-PRARIE ELEMENTARY – PARENT LANE PAGE 3 P:\Work\Projects\2021\21-589 McGranhan-Kent Prairie\CE\DOCS\Kent Prairie Parent Parent Lane SSP.doc EXISTING CONDITIONS SUMMARY DESCRIPTION The subject site is the Kent-Prairie Elementary School at 8110 207th St NE on parcel 31051100400600., see Figure 1: Vicinity Map. The site is bounded by 207th St NE to the north and west, Burn Road to the east, and residential properties to the south. The site is developed as an elementary school (located on the eastern portion of the site with asphalt parking to the north, paved play area and covered play to the south, and a fire loop around the building. The western portion of the site is grass playfield with a pair of portables up against the fire lane. Ground cover in the area of development (the lower edge of the field to the north and west) is almost exclusively lawn. Slopes typically range from 2%- 6%. See Figure 2: Existing Site Map in Appendix A for more information. SOILS DESCRIPTION Nelson Geotechnical Associates prepared a report of the soils in the development area titled Kent Prairie Elementary School Infiltration Evaluation. Their findings indicate various levels of fill soil from the original development (3-9 feet) on top of weathered and dense till soils. Groundwater was found at shallow depths in the native soils and perched water was found in the fill. See their report in Appendix B. EXISTING BASIN For drainage calculations, the existing basin is taken as the area of work including the access, the proposed detention system, and the landscape area used for conveyance of stormwater. Upstream flows will bypass the basin. SITE AREAS New Impervious 21,370 sf Replaced Impervious 75 sf Pollution Generation Impervious 21,445 sf Disturbed Area 47,800 sf STORMWATER SITE PLAN JUNE 14, 2022 KENT-PRARIE ELEMENTARY – PARENT LANE PAGE 4 P:\Work\Projects\2021\21-589 McGranhan-Kent Prairie\CE\DOCS\Kent Prairie Parent Parent Lane SSP.doc UPSTREAM ANALYSIS The playfields lie immediately upstream of the parent queue while the school and associated parking and hard play run through the queue area in underground storm lines. Runoff is collected and conveyed to the southwest corner where it flows to an off-site detention pond. This system, though modified, will continue to bypass flow around the proposed work. The field area will be intercepted with a rock filled trench on the east and south side of the new parent queue lanes and will connect to the existing storm system. DOWNSTREAM ANALYSIS The new development is connected into the storm system of the elementary school at the southwest corner of the site. This system according to the original plans, drains to an off-site detention facility to the southwest across 207th St NE. That pond has subsequently been modified by a residential development. The catchbasin in the City swale drains west under 207 th and appears to cross through the residential development and then south to Portage Creek. Portage creek flows to the northwest and then west towards Olympic Pl and SR 9 (the SR 9 crossing is just under 2,200 foot from the site. Portage Creek is listed as a Cat 4A water for Bacteria and is covered under the Stillaguamish River Watershed Multiparameter TMDL. Further west, Portage is listed for fecal coliform, dissolved oxygen, pH, Arsenic and Mercury as well. There is no indication of capacity issues. The new detention system will control flow rates to forested condition and actually reduce rates of the current ground cover (lawn). MR 2: CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (SWPP) See full DOE SWPPP under separate cover. STORMWATER SITE PLAN JUNE 14, 2022 KENT-PRARIE ELEMENTARY – PARENT LANE PAGE 5 P:\Work\Projects\2021\21-589 McGranhan-Kent Prairie\CE\DOCS\Kent Prairie Parent Parent Lane SSP.doc MR 3: WATER POLLUTION SOURCE CONTROL Permanent controls might include: S405/6 BMPs for Deicing and Anti-Icing Operations. This would be if Arlington SD uses any deicing agents for winter access. S411 BMPs for Landscaping and Lawn/Vegetation Management: Maintenance of landscaping is an ongoing process for District staff and the new landscaping management will follow practices used throughout the District. S417 BMPs for Maintenance of Stormwater Drainage and Treatment Systems: An Operations and Maintenance Manual is included per MR 9 requirements. S430 BMPs for Urban Streets: While not an urban street, the parent queuing area will need to be kept clear of debris and trash. This should fall in line with efforts by District crews on all of their paved surfaces. MR 4: PRESERVATION OF NATURAL DRAINAGE There is no longer a natural drainage system in the area. Runoff from the new impervious will be collected, treated, detained, and discharged to the current downstream system. STORMWATER SITE PLAN JUNE 14, 2022 KENT-PRARIE ELEMENTARY – PARENT LANE PAGE 6 P:\Work\Projects\2021\21-589 McGranhan-Kent Prairie\CE\DOCS\Kent Prairie Parent Parent Lane SSP.doc MR 5: ON-SITE STORMWATER MANAGMENT The site is required to meet Minimum Requirements 1-9 and is within a City limits. To meet the requirements of MR 5, the site can meet the Low Impact Development Perform Standard or the requirements of List 2. The site will use List 2 as documented below: As a general point, the geotechnical engineer study found varying depths of fill from 3 to 9 foot along the project. Shallow groundwater was found in the native soils and perched in the fill such that an infiltration test was not performed. The Geotech has determined that due to the saturated conditions and the fill, infiltration is not viable. Runoff from the different site areas will be managed as follows: LAWN AND LANDSCAPED AREAS: BMP T5.13 Post Construction Soil Quality and Depth will be implemented on disturbed and landscaped areas. Select site topsoil will be used for those small areas where pervious surfaced need restoration. PAVEMENT AREAS: Item #1: Full Dispersion This is not an option on this previously developed site. Item #2: Pervious Pavement The Geotech found water seepage in both the fill and native materials at shallow depths and has stated that infiltration is infeasible. Groundwater at depths of 1 foot below pervious pavement subgrade is considered infeasible as is infiltration through uncontrolled fill. Item #3: Bioretention Bioretention is infeasible due to the depths to groundwater and the large depths of unclassified fill. Item #4: Sheetflow and Concentrated Flow Dispersion The urban nature of the development does not lend itself to sheetflow or concentrated flow dispersion. There are no native vegetation areas in the redevelopment area. Based on the criteria listed above; the site will use BMP T5.13 on the exposed pervious surfaces. MR 6: RUNOFF TREATMENT With more than 5,000 sf of pollution generating impervious surface the site requires runoff treatment. For the general site: STORMWATER SITE PLAN JUNE 14, 2022 KENT-PRARIE ELEMENTARY – PARENT LANE PAGE 7 P:\Work\Projects\2021\21-589 McGranhan-Kent Prairie\CE\DOCS\Kent Prairie Parent Parent Lane SSP.doc Pollutants of Concern: Portage Creek is listed as a Cat 4a water for Bacteria and is covered under the Stillaguamish River Watershed Multiparameter TMDL. Bacteria is not an expected pollutant of concern from the paved lanes. Further downstream, Portage becomes listed for fecal coliform, dissolved oxygen, pH, Arsenic and Mercury. The TDML suggests that reducing excessive bacteria, nutrients and oxygen demanding material could be related to street clearing, storm facility maintenance, and treatment prior to discharge. The first two are related to maintenance of the site. The latter is being met by this Minimum Requirement. Oil Control: The site does not meet the threshold of 100 vehicles per day/1,000 sf of building area. Phosphorous Control: There is not a listing for phosphorous in the area. Enhanced Treatment: Enhanced treatment is required when a commercial site discharges directly to fresh waters or conveyance systems tributary to fresh waters designated for aquatic life use or that have an existing aquatic life use. The site discharges off-site near to Portage Creek. Therefore, it is concluded that enhanced treatment is required. Treatment will be provided in a Compost Amended Vegetative Filter Strip. This is a roadside system that will accept sheetflow from the road edge. It will also prevent ponding and the attraction of water fowl. The sizing is part of the WWHM2012 calculations. The CAVFS will have a minimum 1 ft section of gravel to prevent concentration of flow and then a 4 ft section of compost amended topsoil. The system will achieve 98.3% treatment, above the minimum 91% required. MR 7: FLOW CONTROL The project will add greater than 10,000 sf of new impervious surface to the previously developed sub-basin. This will require Flow Control. The geotechnical engineer has determined that infiltration is not viable due to shallow groundwater. Therefore, an underground chamber system is proposed. The basin has the following characteristics: Existing Basin: 0.96 ac Forested (C) Developed Basin: 0.20 ac Pasture (C) (BMP T5.13 treated lawn) 0.46 ac Impervious 0.30 ac Detention area Upstream flow will bypass the detention system via a rock filled interceptor upstream of the access. The detention system will be an ADS Stormtech Chamber system using MC-3500 chambers. This system uses plastic arch chambers surrounded by drain rock to achieve required volumes. A STORMWATER SITE PLAN JUNE 14, 2022 KENT-PRARIE ELEMENTARY – PARENT LANE PAGE 8 P:\Work\Projects\2021\21-589 McGranhan-Kent Prairie\CE\DOCS\Kent Prairie Parent Parent Lane SSP.doc stage storage discharge table was prepared for the system and input into WWHM to run the calculations summarized below: Storm Event Pre-developed (cfs) Developed (cfs) 2 yr 0.03 0.02 10 yr 0.06 0.03 50 yr 0.10 0.06 The new flow control device will be as follows: Outlet Elevation: 133.50 Lowest Orifice Elevation: 131.50 Lowest Orifice Diameter: 0.67” Second Orifice Elevation: 135.55 Second Orifice Diameter: 0.99” Third Orifice Elevation: 136.20 Third Orifice Diameter: 1.10 Overflow Riser Top: 137.04 MR 8: WETLANDS PROTECTION The original construction of the high school established wetland protection buffers. The redevelopment does not impact any wetlands. MR 9: OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE An Operations and Maintenance Manual is provided under separate cover. Figure I-2.4.1 Flow Chart for Determining Requirements for New Development D E P A R T M E N T O F E C O L O G Y S t a t e o f W a s h i n g t o n Please see http://www.ecy.wa.gov/copyright.html for copyright notice including permissions, limitation of liability, and disclaimer. Figure I-2.4.1 Flow Chart for Determining Requirements for New Development Revised June 2015 Does the site have 35% or more of existing impervious coverage? Does the project result in 5,000 square feet, or greater, of new plus replaced hard surface area? All Minimum Requirements apply to the new and replaced hard surfaces and converted vegetation areas. Does the project convert 3 4 acres or more of vegetation to lawn or landscaped areas, or convert 2.5 acres or more of native vegetation to pasture? Minimum Requirements #1 through #5 apply to the new and replaced hard surfaces and the land disturbed. See Redevelopment Minimum Requirements and Flow Chart (Figure I-2.4.2). Does the project result in 2,000 square feet, or greater, of new plus replaced hard surface area? Does the project have land disturbing activities of 7,000 square feet or greater? Minimum Requirement #2 applies. Start Here Yes No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes 2014 Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington Volume I -Chapter 2 -Page 37 Figure I-2.4.2 Flow Chart for Determining Requirements for Redevelopment D E P A R T M E N T O F E C O L O G Y S t a t e o f W a s h i n g t o n Please see http://www.ecy.wa.gov/copyright.html for copyright notice including permissions, limitation of liability, and disclaimer. Figure I-2.4.2 Flow Chart for Determining Requirements for Redevelopment Revised June 2015 Does the project result in 2,000 square feet, or more, of new plus replaced hard surface area? OR Does the land disturbing activity total 7,000 square feet or greater? Minimum Requirement #2 applies. Minimum Requirements #1 through #5 apply to the new and replaced hard surfaces and the land disturbed. Does the project add 5,000 square feet or more of new hard surfaces? OR Convert 3 4 acres or more of vegetation to lawn or landscaped areas? OR Convert 2.5 acres or more of native vegetation to pasture? All Minimum Requirements apply to the new hard surfaces and the converted vegetation areas. Is this a road related project? Does the project add 5,000 square feet or more of new hard surfaces? Do the new hard surfaces add 50% or more to the existing hard surfaces within the project limits? Is the total of new plus replaced hard surfaces 5,000 square feet or more, AND does the value of the proposed improvements - including interior improvements - exceed 50% of the assessed value (or replacement value) of the existing site improvements? No additional requirements. All Minimum Requirements apply to the new and replaced hard surfaces and converted vegetation areas. Yes No Next Question Yes No Next Question Yes No NoYes No No Yes Yes 2014 Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington Volume I -Chapter 2 -Page 38 FIGURE 1 - VICINITY MAP SCALE: 1" = 2000' VICINITY MAP SITE HW Y 9 HW Y 9 ARLINGTON DI V I S I O N S T SR 530 ST I L L A G U A M I S H A V E 204TH ST NE 20 7 T H ST N E OL D B U R N RD S W W W W W W W W W FARMSTEAD ESTATES A.F. NO. 9402025002 M=139.160 E=135.74 W=135.86 ERT CPP SD JENSEN FARM DIV. 2 A.F. NO. 9712125002 s ss s s s s s s W W W W W W W G GGUT P P P P P P P P UP UP UP UP s Δ=87°00'25"L=911.13'R=600.00' TR A C T B UP 973.34'N 89°15'39" W 943.24' 765321 10 6 . 1 4 ' N 0 4 ° 2 0 ' 1 6 " E UP UP UP SD MH RIM=138.99 IE 18" CONC W=133.29 IE 12" CPP E=135.42 IE 12" CPP N=135.47 SD MH RIM=135.59 IE 18" CONC E=132.67 IE 24" CONC S=132.54 14 5 15 0 15 5 15 5 15 5 14 2 14 3 14 4 14 6 14 7 14 8 14 9 15 1 15 2 15 3 15 4 140 145 13 8 13 9 141 14 2 14 3 14 4 146 14 7 147 14 7 14 8 14 9 40 ' 4 0 ' 204TH STR E E T N E 204 T H S T R E E T N E EXISTING STAFF PARKING EXISTING KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY EXISTING ASPHALT EXISTING BALL FIELDS EX I S T I N G P O R T A B L E S SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD FIGURE 2 - EXISTING CONDITIONS SCALE: 1" = 100' EXISTING BASIN E E E E E E E E E HH HH HH HH HH HH FARMSTEAD ESTATES A.F. NO. 9402025002 SD TR A C T B 765321 14 5 15 0 15 5 14 2 14 3 14 4 14 6 14 7 14 8 14 9 15 1 15 2 15 3 15 4 15 4 15 4 135 135 14014014 0 145 40 ' 4 0 ' 204TH STR E E T N E 30 ' 3 0 ' 207 T H S T R E E T N E EXISTING STAFF PARKING SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD 140 14 5 150 149 SD SD 13 3 . 5 EXISTING KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY EXISTING ASPHALT EXISTING BALL FIELDS EX I S T I N G P O R T A B L E S FIGURE 3 - DEVELOPED CONDITIONS SCALE: 1" = 100' STORMTECH CHAMBER SYSTEM SHALLOW DITCH INTERCEPTOR TRENCH SDCB, TYPE I TYPICAL SDCB, TYPE II-54" FLOW CONTROL PROPOSED ASPHALT PARENT QUEUE PROPOSED STAFF PARKING DEVELOPED BASIN 30" ADS NYLOPLAST 30" ADS NYLOPLAST INTERCEPTOR TRENCH 4' CAVFS 4' CAVFS 12" CPEP, TYPICAL WWHM2012 PROJECT REPORT ___________________________________________________________________ Project Name: Kent Prairie No pond Site Name: Kent Prairie Site Address: City : Report Date: 6/13/2022 Gage : Everett Data Start : 1948/10/01 Data End : 2009/09/30 Precip Scale: 1.20 Version Date: 2019/09/13 Version : 4.2.17 ___________________________________________________________________ Low Flow Threshold for POC 1 : 50 Percent of the 2 Year ___________________________________________________________________ High Flow Threshold for POC 1: 50 year ___________________________________________________________________ PREDEVELOPED LAND USE Name : Basin 1 Bypass: No GroundWater: No Pervious Land Use acre C, Forest, Flat .96 Pervious Total 0.96 Impervious Land Use acre Impervious Total 0 Basin Total 0.96 ___________________________________________________________________ Element Flows To: Surface Interflow Groundwater ___________________________________________________________________ MITIGATED LAND USE Name : Basin 1 Bypass: No GroundWater: No Pervious Land Use acre C, Pasture, Mod .2 Pervious Total 0.2 Impervious Land Use acre ROADS FLAT 0.46 POND 0.3 Impervious Total 0.76 Basin Total 0.96 ___________________________________________________________________ Element Flows To: Surface Interflow Groundwater CAVFS 1 Surface 1 CAVFS 1 Surface 1 ___________________________________________________________________ Name : CAVFS 1 CAVFS Length: 600.00 ft. CAVFS Width: 4.00 ft. Gravel thickness: 4 Material thickness of CAVFS layer: 0.67 Slope of CAVFS layer: 0.375 Outlet Control Overflow Height: 0.5 ft. Overflow width: 300 in. Element Flows To: Outlet 1 Outlet 2 SSD Table 1 ___________________________________________________________________ CAVFS 1 Hydraulic Table Stage(feet) Area(ac.) Volume(ac-ft.) Discharge(cfs) Infilt(cfs) 0.0000 0.0092 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0945 0.0092 0.0004 0.0000 0.0000 0.1890 0.0092 0.0007 0.0000 0.0000 0.2835 0.0092 0.0011 0.0000 0.0000 0.3780 0.0092 0.0014 0.0000 0.0000 0.4725 0.0092 0.0018 0.0000 0.0000 0.5670 0.0092 0.0022 0.0002 0.0000 0.6615 0.0092 0.0025 0.0004 0.0000 0.7560 0.0092 0.0029 0.0008 0.0000 0.8505 0.0092 0.0033 0.0012 0.0000 0.9451 0.0092 0.0036 0.0018 0.0000 1.0396 0.0092 0.0040 0.0025 0.0000 1.1341 0.0092 0.0043 0.0034 0.0000 1.2286 0.0092 0.0047 0.0044 0.0000 1.3231 0.0092 0.0051 0.0056 0.0000 1.4176 0.0092 0.0054 0.0069 0.0000 1.5121 0.0092 0.0058 0.0084 0.0000 1.6066 0.0092 0.0062 0.0101 0.0000 1.7011 0.0092 0.0065 0.0119 0.0000 1.7956 0.0092 0.0069 0.0140 0.0000 1.8901 0.0092 0.0072 0.0162 0.0000 1.9846 0.0092 0.0076 0.0187 0.0000 2.0791 0.0092 0.0080 0.0213 0.0000 2.1736 0.0092 0.0083 0.0242 0.0000 2.2681 0.0092 0.0087 0.0273 0.0000 2.3626 0.0092 0.0090 0.0306 0.0000 2.4571 0.0092 0.0094 0.0341 0.0000 2.5516 0.0092 0.0098 0.0379 0.0000 2.6462 0.0092 0.0101 0.0419 0.0000 2.7407 0.0092 0.0105 0.0461 0.0000 2.8352 0.0092 0.0109 0.0506 0.0000 2.9297 0.0092 0.0112 0.0554 0.0000 3.0242 0.0092 0.0116 0.0604 0.0000 3.1187 0.0092 0.0119 0.0656 0.0000 3.2132 0.0092 0.0123 0.0712 0.0000 3.3077 0.0092 0.0127 0.0770 0.0000 3.4022 0.0092 0.0130 0.0831 0.0000 3.4967 0.0092 0.0134 0.0894 0.0000 3.5912 0.0092 0.0138 0.0961 0.0000 3.6857 0.0092 0.0141 0.1030 0.0000 3.7802 0.0092 0.0145 0.1103 0.0000 3.8747 0.0092 0.0148 0.1178 0.0000 3.9692 0.0092 0.0152 0.1257 0.0000 4.0637 0.0092 0.0156 0.1339 0.0000 4.1582 0.0092 0.0160 0.1426 0.0000 4.2527 0.0092 0.0164 0.1634 0.0000 4.3473 0.0092 0.0168 0.1634 0.0000 4.4418 0.0092 0.0172 0.1634 0.0000 4.5363 0.0092 0.0176 0.1634 0.0000 4.6308 0.0092 0.0180 0.1634 0.0000 4.7253 0.0092 0.0184 0.1634 0.0000 4.8198 0.0092 0.0188 0.1634 0.0000 4.9143 0.0092 0.0192 0.1634 0.0000 5.0088 0.0092 0.0196 0.1634 0.0000 5.1033 0.0092 0.0200 0.1634 0.0000 5.1978 0.0092 0.0204 0.1634 0.0000 5.2923 0.0092 0.0208 0.1634 0.0000 5.3868 0.0092 0.0212 0.1634 0.0000 5.4813 0.0092 0.0216 0.1634 0.0000 5.5758 0.0092 0.0220 0.1634 0.0000 5.6703 0.0092 0.0224 0.1634 0.0000 5.7648 0.0092 0.0228 0.1634 0.0000 5.8593 0.0092 0.0232 0.1634 0.0000 5.9538 0.0092 0.0236 0.1634 0.0000 6.0484 0.0092 0.0240 0.1634 0.0000 6.1429 0.0092 0.0244 0.1634 0.0000 6.2374 0.0092 0.0248 0.1634 0.0000 6.3319 0.0092 0.0252 0.1634 0.0000 6.4264 0.0092 0.0256 0.1634 0.0000 6.5209 0.0092 0.0260 0.1634 0.0000 6.6154 0.0092 0.0264 0.1634 0.0000 6.7099 0.0092 0.0268 0.1634 0.0000 6.8044 0.0092 0.0272 0.1634 0.0000 6.8989 0.0092 0.0276 0.1634 0.0000 6.9934 0.0092 0.0280 0.1634 0.0000 7.0879 0.0092 0.0284 0.1634 0.0000 7.1824 0.0092 0.0288 0.1634 0.0000 7.2769 0.0092 0.0292 0.1634 0.0000 7.3714 0.0092 0.0296 0.1634 0.0000 7.4659 0.0092 0.0300 0.1634 0.0000 7.5604 0.0092 0.0304 0.1634 0.0000 7.6549 0.0092 0.0308 0.1634 0.0000 7.7495 0.0092 0.0312 0.1634 0.0000 7.8440 0.0092 0.0316 0.1634 0.0000 7.9385 0.0092 0.0320 0.1634 0.0000 8.0000 0.0092 0.0322 0.1634 0.0000 CAVFS 1 Surface 1 Hydraulic Table Stage(feet) Area(ac.) Volume(ac-ft.) Discharge(cfs) To Amended(cfs) Wetted Surface 8.0000 0.0092 0.0322 0.0000 0.1634 0.0000 8.0945 0.0092 0.0331 0.0000 0.1634 0.0000 8.1890 0.0092 0.0340 0.0000 0.1634 0.0000 8.2835 0.0092 0.0348 0.0000 0.1634 0.0000 8.3780 0.0092 0.0357 0.0000 0.1634 0.0000 8.4725 0.0092 0.0366 0.0000 0.1634 0.0000 8.5670 0.0092 0.0374 0.0002 0.1634 0.0000 8.6000 0.0092 0.0377 0.0004 0.1634 0.0000 ___________________________________________________________________ Name : CAVFS 1 Surface 1 Element Flows To: Outlet 1 Outlet 2 SSD Table 1 CAVFS 1 ___________________________________________________________________ Name : SSD Table 1 Depth: 5.75 ft. Discharge Structure: 1 Riser Height: 5.54 ft. Riser Diameter: 12 in. Orifice 1 Diameter: 0.67 in. Elevation: 0 ft. Orifice 2 Diameter: 0.99 in. Elevation: 2.05 ft. Orifice 3 Diameter: 1.1 in. Elevation: 2.7 ft. Element Flows To: Outlet 1 Outlet 2 ___________________________________________________________________ SSD Table Hydraulic Table Stage Area Volume Outlet (feet) (ac.) (ac-ft.) Struct NotUsed NotUsed NotUsed NotUsed 0.250 0.149 0.015 0.006 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.500 0.149 0.031 0.009 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.750 0.149 0.046 0.011 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 1.000 0.149 0.078 0.012 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 1.250 0.149 0.110 0.014 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 1.500 0.149 0.141 0.015 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 1.750 0.149 0.172 0.016 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2.000 0.149 0.203 0.017 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2.250 0.149 0.233 0.030 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2.500 0.149 0.263 0.037 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2.750 0.149 0.291 0.050 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 3.000 0.149 0.319 0.065 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 3.250 0.149 0.346 0.075 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 3.500 0.149 0.371 0.084 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 3.750 0.149 0.395 0.092 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 4.000 0.149 0.418 0.099 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 4.250 0.149 0.436 0.105 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 4.500 0.149 0.452 0.112 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 4.750 0.149 0.468 0.117 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 5.000 0.149 0.483 0.123 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 5.250 0.149 0.498 0.128 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 5.500 0.149 0.514 0.133 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 5.750 0.149 0.529 1.108 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ANALYSIS RESULTS Stream Protection Duration ___________________________________________________________________ Predeveloped Landuse Totals for POC #1 Total Pervious Area:0.96 Total Impervious Area:0 ___________________________________________________________________ Mitigated Landuse Totals for POC #1 Total Pervious Area:0.2 Total Impervious Area:0.76 ___________________________________________________________________ Flow Frequency Return Periods for Predeveloped. POC #1 Return Period Flow(cfs) 2 year 0.032256 5 year 0.049482 10 year 0.062767 25 year 0.081775 50 year 0.097605 100 year 0.114917 Flow Frequency Return Periods for Mitigated. POC #1 Return Period Flow(cfs) 2 year 0.018188 5 year 0.026968 10 year 0.034297 25 year 0.045546 50 year 0.055554 100 year 0.067125 ___________________________________________________________________ Stream Protection Duration Annual Peaks for Predeveloped and Mitigated. POC #1 Year Predeveloped Mitigated 1949 0.032 0.015 1950 0.033 0.016 1951 0.029 0.014 1952 0.023 0.014 1953 0.019 0.014 1954 0.105 0.016 1955 0.042 0.029 1956 0.037 0.033 1957 0.045 0.022 1958 0.033 0.015 1959 0.033 0.016 1960 0.030 0.017 1961 0.057 0.026 1962 0.028 0.014 1963 0.047 0.015 1964 0.034 0.013 1965 0.028 0.016 1966 0.016 0.014 1967 0.033 0.014 1968 0.040 0.017 1969 0.098 0.015 1970 0.023 0.015 1971 0.037 0.036 1972 0.027 0.016 1973 0.026 0.017 1974 0.055 0.016 1975 0.023 0.014 1976 0.023 0.016 1977 0.020 0.015 1978 0.023 0.014 1979 0.065 0.015 1980 0.030 0.014 1981 0.024 0.014 1982 0.031 0.022 1983 0.052 0.014 1984 0.032 0.037 1985 0.038 0.027 1986 0.090 0.064 1987 0.043 0.047 1988 0.022 0.026 1989 0.023 0.013 1990 0.030 0.019 1991 0.031 0.017 1992 0.024 0.017 1993 0.020 0.013 1994 0.021 0.017 1995 0.031 0.030 1996 0.054 0.024 1997 0.107 0.088 1998 0.020 0.014 1999 0.026 0.017 2000 0.019 0.032 2001 0.008 0.012 2002 0.029 0.017 2003 0.023 0.016 2004 0.039 0.030 2005 0.027 0.016 2006 0.072 0.023 2007 0.057 0.020 2008 0.079 0.065 2009 0.024 0.017 ___________________________________________________________________ Stream Protection Duration Ranked Annual Peaks for Predeveloped and Mitigated. POC #1 Rank Predeveloped Mitigated 1 0.1069 0.0884 2 0.1054 0.0654 3 0.0983 0.0639 4 0.0901 0.0465 5 0.0794 0.0371 6 0.0715 0.0357 7 0.0645 0.0326 8 0.0573 0.0322 9 0.0566 0.0303 10 0.0553 0.0300 11 0.0537 0.0292 12 0.0524 0.0274 13 0.0466 0.0264 14 0.0454 0.0258 15 0.0430 0.0245 16 0.0415 0.0229 17 0.0404 0.0221 18 0.0386 0.0217 19 0.0383 0.0199 20 0.0367 0.0192 21 0.0366 0.0172 22 0.0335 0.0171 23 0.0333 0.0169 24 0.0329 0.0169 25 0.0328 0.0168 26 0.0325 0.0167 27 0.0322 0.0166 28 0.0316 0.0165 29 0.0315 0.0165 30 0.0310 0.0165 31 0.0307 0.0163 32 0.0303 0.0162 33 0.0302 0.0161 34 0.0301 0.0160 35 0.0295 0.0159 36 0.0293 0.0157 37 0.0283 0.0157 38 0.0280 0.0156 39 0.0270 0.0150 40 0.0269 0.0150 41 0.0257 0.0150 42 0.0256 0.0149 43 0.0242 0.0148 44 0.0237 0.0147 45 0.0236 0.0146 46 0.0232 0.0145 47 0.0232 0.0144 48 0.0232 0.0143 49 0.0232 0.0143 50 0.0229 0.0143 51 0.0227 0.0141 52 0.0225 0.0140 53 0.0223 0.0137 54 0.0215 0.0137 55 0.0197 0.0137 56 0.0195 0.0136 57 0.0195 0.0136 58 0.0195 0.0134 59 0.0193 0.0132 60 0.0164 0.0132 61 0.0077 0.0123 ___________________________________________________________________ Stream Protection Duration POC #1 The Facility PASSED The Facility PASSED. Flow(cfs) Predev Mit Percentage Pass/Fail 0.0161 19624 13556 69 Pass 0.0170 16987 6586 38 Pass 0.0178 14675 4436 30 Pass 0.0186 12739 4077 32 Pass 0.0194 10919 3747 34 Pass 0.0202 9439 3437 36 Pass 0.0211 8173 3155 38 Pass 0.0219 7082 2855 40 Pass 0.0227 6126 2618 42 Pass 0.0235 5311 2398 45 Pass 0.0244 4656 2156 46 Pass 0.0252 4066 1947 47 Pass 0.0260 3548 1782 50 Pass 0.0268 3140 1639 52 Pass 0.0277 2757 1521 55 Pass 0.0285 2447 1413 57 Pass 0.0293 2145 1301 60 Pass 0.0301 1894 1220 64 Pass 0.0309 1656 1123 67 Pass 0.0318 1508 1031 68 Pass 0.0326 1370 936 68 Pass 0.0334 1249 873 69 Pass 0.0342 1154 812 70 Pass 0.0351 1069 753 70 Pass 0.0359 1009 687 68 Pass 0.0367 949 641 67 Pass 0.0375 888 592 66 Pass 0.0383 825 576 69 Pass 0.0392 777 559 71 Pass 0.0400 733 543 74 Pass 0.0408 687 527 76 Pass 0.0416 648 511 78 Pass 0.0425 622 496 79 Pass 0.0433 602 481 79 Pass 0.0441 583 454 77 Pass 0.0449 561 426 75 Pass 0.0458 538 402 74 Pass 0.0466 507 371 73 Pass 0.0474 487 359 73 Pass 0.0482 473 348 73 Pass 0.0490 457 339 74 Pass 0.0499 440 328 74 Pass 0.0507 424 320 75 Pass 0.0515 409 315 77 Pass 0.0523 394 306 77 Pass 0.0532 380 298 78 Pass 0.0540 368 289 78 Pass 0.0548 353 279 79 Pass 0.0556 341 272 79 Pass 0.0565 333 264 79 Pass 0.0573 322 255 79 Pass 0.0581 313 248 79 Pass 0.0589 302 239 79 Pass 0.0597 293 231 78 Pass 0.0606 284 223 78 Pass 0.0614 276 208 75 Pass 0.0622 265 190 71 Pass 0.0630 257 169 65 Pass 0.0639 241 156 64 Pass 0.0647 234 148 63 Pass 0.0655 226 129 57 Pass 0.0663 212 127 59 Pass 0.0672 205 125 60 Pass 0.0680 195 121 62 Pass 0.0688 187 119 63 Pass 0.0696 177 116 65 Pass 0.0704 166 113 68 Pass 0.0713 160 105 65 Pass 0.0721 150 92 61 Pass 0.0729 146 83 56 Pass 0.0737 135 80 59 Pass 0.0746 128 77 60 Pass 0.0754 120 74 61 Pass 0.0762 111 70 63 Pass 0.0770 99 67 67 Pass 0.0779 85 63 74 Pass 0.0787 75 60 80 Pass 0.0795 63 56 88 Pass 0.0803 59 53 89 Pass 0.0811 56 50 89 Pass 0.0820 50 46 92 Pass 0.0828 42 42 100 Pass 0.0836 39 40 102 Pass 0.0844 37 35 94 Pass 0.0853 36 28 77 Pass 0.0861 30 24 80 Pass 0.0869 28 20 71 Pass 0.0877 26 15 57 Pass 0.0886 19 0 0 Pass 0.0894 16 0 0 Pass 0.0902 13 0 0 Pass 0.0910 8 0 0 Pass 0.0918 6 0 0 Pass 0.0927 5 0 0 Pass 0.0935 4 0 0 Pass 0.0943 4 0 0 Pass 0.0951 3 0 0 Pass 0.0960 3 0 0 Pass 0.0968 3 0 0 Pass 0.0976 3 0 0 Pass _____________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ Water Quality BMP Flow and Volume for POC #1 On-line facility volume: 0.0957 acre-feet On-line facility target flow: 0.1439 cfs. Adjusted for 15 min: 0.1439 cfs. Off-line facility target flow: 0.0814 cfs. Adjusted for 15 min: 0.0814 cfs. ___________________________________________________________________ LID Report LID Technique Used for Total Volume Volume Infiltration Cumulative Percent Water Quality Percent Comment Treatment? Needs Through Volume Volume Volume Water Quality Treatment Facility (ac-ft.) Infiltration Infiltrated Treated (ac-ft) (ac-ft) Credit SSD Table 1 POC N 148.23 N 0.00 CAVFS 1 1 N 148.23 N 0.00 Total Volume Infiltrated 296.46 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0% No Treat. Credit Compliance with LID Standard 8 Duration Analysis Result = Passed ___________________________________________________________________ Perlnd and Implnd Changes No changes have been made. ___________________________________________________________________ This program and accompanying documentation are provided 'as-is' without warranty of any kind. The entire risk regarding the performance and results of this program is assumed by End User. Clear Creek Solutions Inc. and the governmental licensee or sublicensees disclaim all warranties, either expressed or implied, including but not limited to implied warranties of program and accompanying documentation. In no event shall Clear Creek Solutions Inc. be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation to damages for loss of business profits, loss of business information, business interruption, and the like) arising out of the use of, or inability to use this program even if Clear Creek Solutions Inc. or their authorized representatives have been advised of the possibility of such damages. Software Copyright © by : Clear Creek Solutions, Inc. 2005-2022; All Rights Reserved. STORM DRAINAGE OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR THE KENT-PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY PARENT QUEUE LANE ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON JUNE 16, 2022 STORM DRAINAGE OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE MANUAL JUNE 16, 2022 KENT-PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY – PARENT QUEUE 2 DWH/srm INTRODUCTION This Operations and Maintenance Manual provides detailed information and guidelines on the proper maintenance of the on-site storm drainage system. The Manual has been based on the requirements of the 2012/14 Department of Ecology Stormwater Manual (DOE Manual). Inspection and maintenance requirements may change in the future, and this manual does not exempt this facility from any future changes in inspection and maintenance requirements. The record documents should be consulted during inspection, maintenance and repair activities; a copy of the record documents is kept at City Hall as well as in the records room of the School District. DRAINAGE NARRATIVE Drainage from the parent queue and parking will sheet flow through a Compost Amended Vegetated Filter Strip (CAVFS), be collected by a swale and discharged to an underground ADS chamber detention system. Water will be detained there and then discharge through a flow control device to the City storm system. FACILITY MAINTENANCE RESPONSIBILITY The City of Arlington is the responsible party for maintenance of storm drainage facilities in public streets. All storm drainage features within the right-of-way will be maintained by the City. Arlington School District and its successors and assigns are the responsible party for maintenance of the private storm drainage systems. This includes all storm systems that lie within the property boundary, including the catch basins and storm pipe, CAVFS, swales, the detention system and the flow control structure. FACILITY DESCRIPTIONS The following are drainage items in this system and a description of their function: Storm drainage pipe: Conveys runoff underground from one point to another. On this site, storm drainage piping ranges in size from 6” PVC for roof drain collectors to 12” diameter storm pipe for larger conveyance systems. Yard Drains/Catch Basins: A structure used to collect surface water and direct it to a storm drainage pipe. They can also be used junctions betweens runs of storm drainage pipe. Yard drains are typically plastic or small concrete structures. These systems are used in vegetated areas around the building to collect runoff. Catch basins are larger concrete structures; rectangular or round. Compost Amended Vegetated Filter Strip: This system takes sheetflow runoff and routes it through an amended topsoil filter to provide runoff treatment. Swale: A shallow swale will provide for collection of stormwater and discharge to the pond. Energy Dissipaters: A feature that disperses concentrated flow to prevent erosion. STORM DRAINAGE OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE MANUAL JUNE 16, 2022 KENT-PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY – PARENT QUEUE 3 DWH/srm ADS Chamber Detention/Control Structure: Located in the southwest corner of the site, the underground chamber system in conjunction with a flow control manhole temporarily stores and releases runoff to mitigate increases in runoff flows. MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS The text below provides general guidelines for the maintenance of facilities and a description of specific requirements for on-site facilities. Where applicable, the standard DOE Manual maintenance standards are referenced. The DOE Manual can be located on-line for reference at the Department of Ecology website. GENERAL GUIDELINES General guidelines and items not part of the DOE Manual standard maintenance are listed here. General: 1. Proper maintenance of public and private stormwater facilities is necessary to ensure they serve their intended function. 2. Drainage systems shall be inspected at least annually. A representative of the local government should also inspect private facilities at least annually to ensure compliance by the owner of the following maintenance requirements. Annual maintenance shall be increased in frequency if conditions warrant. 3. Any deterioration threatening the structural integrity of the facilities shall be immediately repaired. 4. Warning signs (e.g. "Dump No Waste - Drains to Puget Sound”) shall be painted or embossed on or adjacent to all storm drain inlets. They shall be repainted as needed. 5. Parking lots shall be swept when necessary to remove debris. DOE MAINTENANCE GUIDELINES The DOE Manual maintenance requirements for the following items in Volume V (V-4.6) are attached in Appendix A: Control Structures Catch basins Compost Amended Vegetative Filter Strip Debris Barriers Energy Dissipaters ADS Chamber Detention System This system has special chambers to collect debris and sediment. These chambers have access from above and can be cleaned out. This should occur at the beginning of the wet season before the school year begins. Maintenance Component Defect Conditions When Maintenance is Needed Results Expec- ted When Maintenance is Performed Locking Mech- anism Not Work- ing Mechanism cannot be opened by one maintenance person with proper tools. Bolts into frame have less than 1/2 inch of thread (may not apply to self-locking lids). Mechanism opens with proper tools. Cover Difficult to Remove One maintenance person cannot remove lid after applying normal lifting pressure.Intent is to keep cover from sealing off access to maintenance. Cover can be removed and reinstalled by one main- tenance per- son. Ladder Rungs Unsafe Ladder is unsafe due to missing rungs, misalignment,not securely attached to structure wall,rust,or cracks. Ladder meets design stand- ards.Allows maintenance person safe access. Catch Basins See "Catch Bas- ins" (No.5)See "Catch Basins" (No.5).See "Catch Basins" (No.5). Table V-4.5.2(3)Maintenance Standards -Closed Detention Systems (Tanks/Vaults)(continued) Maintenance Component Defect Condition When Main- tenance is Needed Results Expected When Maintenance is Performed General Trash and Debris (Includes Sediment) Material exceeds 25%of sump depth or 1 foot below orifice plate. Control structure orifice is not blocked.All trash and debris removed. Structural Damage Structure is not securely attached to manhole wall. Structure is not in upright position (allow up to 10% from plumb). Connections to outlet pipe Structure securely attached to wall and outlet pipe. Structure in correct position. Connections to outlet pipe are water tight;structure repaired or replaced and works as Table V-4.5.2(4)Maintenance Standards -Control Structure/Flow Restrictor 2014 Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington Volume V -Chapter 4 -Page 836 Maintenance Component Defect Condition When Main- tenance is Needed Results Expected When Maintenance is Performed are not watertight and show signs of rust. Any holes -other than designed holes -in the structure. designed. Structure has no holes other than designed holes. Cleanout Gate Damaged or Missing Cleanout gate is not water- tight or is missing. Gate cannot be moved up and down by one main- tenance person. Chain/rod leading to gate is missing or damaged. Gate is rusted over 50%of its surface area. Gate is watertight and works as designed. Gate moves up and down eas- ily and is watertight. Chain is in place and works as designed. Gate is repaired or replaced to meet design standards. Orifice Plate Damaged or Missing Control device is not work- ing properly due to missing, out of place,or bent orifice plate. Plate is in place and works as designed. Obstructions Any trash,debris,sediment, or vegetation blocking the plate. Plate is free of all obstructions and works as designed. Overflow Pipe Obstructions Any trash or debris blocking (or having the potential of blocking)the overflow pipe. Pipe is free of all obstructions and works as designed. Manhole See "Closed Detention Systems" (No.3). See "Closed Detention Sys- tems" (No.3). See "Closed Detention Sys- tems" (No.3). Catch Basin See "Catch Basins" (No. 5). See "Catch Basins" (No.5).See "Catch Basins" (No.5). Table V-4.5.2(4)Maintenance Standards -Control Structure/Flow Restrictor (continued) 2014 Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington Volume V -Chapter 4 -Page 837 Maintenance Component Defect Conditions When Maintenance is Needed Results Expected When Main- tenance is performed General Trash & Debris Trash or debris which is located imme- diately in front of the catch basin opening or is blocking inletting capacity of the basin by more than 10%. Trash or debris (in the basin)that exceeds 60 percent of the sump depth as measured from the bottom of basin to invert of the low- est pipe into or out of the basin,but in no case less than a minimum of six inches clearance from the debris surface to the invert of the lowest pipe. Trash or debris in any inlet or outlet pipe blocking more than 1/3 of its height. Dead animals or vegetation that could gen- erate odors that could cause complaints or dangerous gases (e.g.,methane). No Trash or debris loc- ated imme- diately in front of catch basin or on grate open- ing. No trash or debris in the catch basin. Inlet and out- let pipes free of trash or debris. No dead animals or vegetation present within the catch basin. Sediment Sediment (in the basin)that exceeds 60 per- cent of the sump depth as measured from the bottom of basin to invert of the lowest pipe into or out of the basin,but in no case less than a minimum of 6 inches clearance from the sediment surface to the invert of the lowest pipe. No sediment in the catch basin Structure Damage to Frame and/or Top Slab Top slab has holes larger than 2 square inches or cracks wider than 1/4 inch.(Intent is to make sure no material is running into basin). Top slab is free of holes and cracks. Frame is sit- Table V-4.5.2(5)Maintenance Standards -Catch Basins 2014 Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington Volume V -Chapter 4 -Page 838 Maintenance Component Defect Conditions When Maintenance is Needed Results Expected When Main- tenance is performed Frame not sitting flush on top slab,i.e.,sep- aration of more than 3/4 inch of the frame from the top slab.Frame not securely attached ting flush on the riser rings or top slab and firmly attached. Fractures or Cracks in Basin Walls/ Bottom Maintenance person judges that structure is unsound. Grout fillet has separated or cracked wider than 1/2 inch and longer than 1 foot at the joint of any inlet/outlet pipe or any evidence of soil particles entering catch basin through cracks. Basin replaced or repaired to design stand- ards. Pipe is regrouted and secure at basin wall. Settlement/ Misalignment If failure of basin has created a safety,func- tion,or design problem. Basin replaced or repaired to design stand- ards. Vegetation Vegetation growing across and blocking more than 10%of the basin opening. Vegetation growing in inlet/outlet pipe joints that is more than six inches tall and less than six inches apart. No veget- ation block- ing opening to basin. No veget- ation or root growth present. Contamination and Pollution See "Detention Ponds"(No.1).No pollution present. Catch Basin Cover Cover Not in Place Cover is missing or only partially in place. Any open catch basin requires main- tenance. Catch basin cover is closed Locking Mech- anism Not Mechanism cannot be opened by one main- tenance person with proper tools.Bolts into Mechanism opens with Table V-4.5.2(5)Maintenance Standards -Catch Basins (continued) 2014 Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington Volume V -Chapter 4 -Page 839 Maintenance Component Defect Conditions When Maintenance is Needed Results Expected When Main- tenance is performed Working frame have less than 1/2 inch of thread.proper tools. Cover Difficult to Remove One maintenance person cannot remove lid after applying normal lifting pressure. (Intent is keep cover from sealing off access to maintenance.) Cover can be removed by one main- tenance per- son. Ladder Ladder Rungs Unsafe Ladder is unsafe due to missing rungs,not securely attached to basin wall,mis- alignment,rust,cracks,or sharp edges. Ladder meets design stand- ards and allows main- tenance per- son safe access. Metal Grates (If Applic- able) Grate opening Unsafe Grate with opening wider than 7/8 inch. Grate open- ing meets design stand- ards. Trash and Debris Trash and debris that is blocking more than 20%of grate surface inletting capacity. Grate free of trash and debris. Damaged or Missing. Grate missing or broken member(s)of the grate. Grate is in place and meets design standards. Table V-4.5.2(5)Maintenance Standards -Catch Basins (continued) Maintenance Com- ponents Defect Condition When Maintenance is Needed Results Expected When Maintenance is Performed General Trash and Debris Trash or debris that is plugging more than 20%of the openings in the barrier. Barrier cleared to design flow capacity. Metal Damaged/ Missing Bars are bent out of shape more than 3 inches. Bars in place with no bends more than 3/4 Table V-4.5.2(6)Maintenance Standards -Debris Barriers (e.g.,Trash Racks) 2014 Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington Volume V -Chapter 4 -Page 840 Maintenance Com- ponents Defect Condition When Maintenance is Needed Results Expected When Maintenance is Performed Bars. Bars are missing or entire barrier missing. Bars are loose and rust is causing 50%deterioration to any part of bar- rier. inch. Bars in place according to design. Barrier replaced or repaired to design stand- ards. Inlet/Outlet Pipe Debris barrier missing or not attached to pipe Barrier firmly attached to pipe Table V-4.5.2(6)Maintenance Standards -Debris Barriers (e.g.,Trash Racks)(continued) Maintenance Components Defect Conditions When Maintenance is Needed Results Expec- ted When Main- tenance is Performed External: Rock Pad Missing or Moved Rock Only one layer of rock exists above nat- ive soil in area five square feet or lar- ger,or any exposure of native soil. Rock pad replaced to design stand- ards. Erosion Soil erosion in or adjacent to rock pad. Rock pad replaced to design stand- ards. Dispersion Trench Pipe Plugged with Sed- iment Accumulated sediment that exceeds 20%of the design depth. Pipe cleaned/- flushed so that it matches design. Not Dis- charging Water Prop- erly Visual evidence of water discharging at concentrated points along trench (normal condition is a "sheet flow" of water along trench).Intent is to prevent erosion damage. Trench redesigned or rebuilt to stand- ards. Perforations Plugged. Over 1/2 of perforations in pipe are plugged with debris and sediment. Perforated pipe cleaned or replaced. Table V-4.5.2(7)Maintenance Standards -Energy Dissipaters 2014 Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington Volume V -Chapter 4 -Page 841 Maintenance Components Defect Conditions When Maintenance is Needed Results Expec- ted When Main- tenance is Performed Water Flows Out Top of "Dis- tributor" Catch Basin. Maintenance person observes or receives credible report of water flow- ing out during any storm less than the design storm or its causing or appears likely to cause damage. Facility rebuilt or redesigned to standards. Receiving Area Over- Saturated Water in receiving area is causing or has potential of causing landslide prob- lems. No danger of landslides. Internal: Manhole/Chamber Worn or Damaged Post, Baffles, Side of Chamber Structure dissipating flow deteriorates to 1/2 of original size or any con- centrated worn spot exceeding one square foot which would make struc- ture unsound. Structure replaced to design stand- ards. Other Defects See "Catch Basins" (No.5).See "Catch Bas- ins" (No.5). Table V-4.5.2(7)Maintenance Standards -Energy Dissipaters (continued) Maintenance Component Defect or Prob- lem Condition When Maintenance is Needed Recommended Maintenance to Correct Problem General Sediment Accu- mulation on Grass Sediment depth exceeds 2 inches. Remove sediment deposits on grass treatment area of the bio-swale. When finished,swale should be level from side to side and drain freely toward outlet.There should be no areas of standing water once inflow has ceased. Standing Water When water stands in the swale between storms and does not drain freely. Any of the following may apply: remove sediment or trash blockages, improve grade from head to foot of swale,remove clogged check dams, add underdrains or convert to a wet Table V-4.5.2(8)Maintenance Standards -Typical Biofiltration Swale 2014 Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington Volume V -Chapter 4 -Page 842 Maintenance Component Defect Conditions When Main- tenance is Needed Results Expected When Maintenance is Per- formed embankment.brushy vegetation on adja- cent slopes. Trash and debris Trash and debris have accu- mulated on embankment. Remove trash and debris from embankment. Flooding of Media filter drain When media filter drain is inundated by flood water Evaluate media filter drain material for acceptable infiltration rate and replace if media filter drain does not meet long-term infilt- ration rate standards. Table V-4.5.2(19)Maintenance Standards -Media Filter Drain (MFD) (continued) Maintenance Component Defect Conditions When Main- tenance is Needed Results Expected When Maintenance is Performed General Sediment accu- mulation on grass Sediment depth exceeds 2 inches. Remove sediment deposits.Relevel so slope is even and flows pass evenly through strip. Vegetation Grass becomes excessively tall (greater than 10 inches);nuis- ance weeds and other vegetation start to take over. Mow grass and control nuisance veget- ation so that flow is not impeded.Grass should be mowed to a height of 6 inches. Trash and debris Trash and debris have accumulated on the veget- ated filter strip. Remove trash and debris from filter. Table V-4.5.2(20)Maintenance Standards -Compost Amended Vegetated Filter Strip (CAVFS) 2014 Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington Volume V -Chapter 4 -Page 861 Maintenance Component Defect Conditions When Main- tenance is Needed Results Expected When Maintenance is Performed Erosion/scouring Areas have eroded or scoured due to flow chan- nelization or high flows. For ruts or bare areas less than 12 inches wide,repair the damaged area by filling with a 50/50 mixture of crushed gravel and compost.The grass will creep in over the rock in time.If bare areas are large,generally greater than 12 inches wide,the vegetated filter strip should be regraded and reseeded.For smaller bare areas,overseed when bare spots are evident. Flow spreader Flow spreader is uneven or clogged so that flows are not uniformly distributed over entire fil- ter width. Level the spreader and clean so that flows are spread evenly over entire filter width Table V-4.5.2(20)Maintenance Standards -Compost Amended Vegetated Filter Strip (CAVFS)(continued) Maintenance Component Recommended Fre- quency a Condition when Main- tenance is Needed (Stand- ards) Action Needed (Pro- cedures) Inspection Routine Main- tenance Facility Footprint Earthen side slopes and berms B,S Erosion (gullies/ rills)greater than 2 inches deep around inlets,outlet, and alongside slopes l Eliminate cause of erosion and stabilize damaged area (regrade,rock,veget- ation,erosion control matting) l For deep channels or cuts (over 3 inches in ponding Table V-4.5.2(21)Maintenance Standards -Bioretention Facilities 2014 Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington Volume V -Chapter 4 -Page 862 Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) for KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PARENT QUEUE LANES 8110 207TH ST NE, ARLINGTON, WA Prepared for: City of Arlington, WA Permittee / Owner Developer Operator / Contractor Arlington School District Arlington School District Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) Name Organization Contact Phone Number Pending Pending Pending SWPPP Prepared By Name Organization Contact Phone Number David Harmsen, PE Harmsen, LLC 360-794-7811 SWPPP Preparation Date 01/19/21 Project Construction Dates Activity / Phase Start Date End Date Parent Queue Lane 07/01/2022 10/30/2022 List of Acronyms and Abbreviations Acronym / Abbreviation Explanation 303(d) Section of the Clean Water Act pertaining to Impaired Waterbodies BFO Bellingham Field Office of the Department of Ecology BMP(s) Best Management Practice(s) CESCL Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead CO2 Carbon Dioxide CRO Central Regional Office of the Department of Ecology CSWGP Construction Stormwater General Permit CWA Clean Water Act DMR Discharge Monitoring Report DO Dissolved Oxygen Ecology Washington State Department of Ecology EPA United States Environmental Protection Agency ERO Eastern Regional Office of the Department of Ecology ERTS Environmental Report Tracking System ESC Erosion and Sediment Control GULD General Use Level Designation NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Units NWRO Northwest Regional Office of the Department of Ecology pH Power of Hydrogen RCW Revised Code of Washington SPCC Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure su Standard Units SWMMEW Stormwater Management Manual for Eastern Washington SWMMWW Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington SWPPP Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan TESC Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control SWRO Southwest Regional Office of the Department of Ecology TMDL Total Maximum Daily Load VFO Vancouver Field Office of the Department of Ecology WAC Washington Administrative Code WSDOT Washington Department of Transportation WWHM Western Washington Hydrology Model Project Information (1.0) Project/Site Name: Kent-Prairie Elementary – Parent Queue Lane Street/Location: 8110 207th St NE City: Arlington State: WA Zip code: 98223 Subdivision: S 11, T 31 N, R 05 E Receiving waterbody: Portage Creek Existing Conditions (1.1) Total acreage: 9.97 acres Disturbed acreage: 1.10 acres Existing structures: The site currently contains the elementary school building with a covered play area and two portable classrooms. Landscape topography: There is no native grades in the redevelopment area. General grades are 2-6% with some side slopes reaching 50%. Drainage patterns: Sheetflow over pavement to storm drainage systems. Roofs collected in underground pipes. Fields sheetflow to the north and west. Existing Vegetation: Mostly lawn with some landscape trees. Critical Areas (wetlands, streams, high erosion risk, steep or difficult to stabilize slopes): None. List of known impairments for 303(d) listed or Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) for the receiving waterbody: Portage Creek is listed as a Cat 4A water for Bacteria and is covered under the Stillaguamish River Watershed Multiparameter TMDL. Further west, Portage is listed for fecal coliform, dissolved oxygen, pH, Arsenic and Mercury as well. Table 1 includes a list of suspected and/or known contaminants associated with the construction activity. There are no known or suspected contaminates in the project area. Proposed Construction Activities (1.2) Description of site development (example: subdivision): The proposal is to construct a new parent queuing lane that will allow the School District to keep parent vehicles on-site during pick up and drop off. There will also be a small teach parking area added. Description of construction activities (example: site preparation, demolition, excavation): Demolition of existing asphalt and concrete, erosion control, grading, installation of storm system, and final paving and landscaping. Description of site drainage including flow from and onto adjacent properties. Must be consistent with Site Map in Appendix A: Drainage from the new queuing lane and parking will flow to a new storm drainage system that conveys runoff to a detention pond at the southwest corner of the site for discharge into the existing school discharge. Description of final stabilization (example: extent of revegetation, paving, landscaping): The final surface will consist of paving for the queue lane and parking and landscape areas. Pervious areas will be stabilized with amended topsoil and planted per the landscape plans. Contaminated Site Information: Proposed activities regarding contaminated soils or groundwater (example: on-site treatment system, authorized sanitary sewer discharge): There are no known contaminated soils. Construction Stormwater Best Management Practices (BMPs) (2.0) The SWPPP is a living document reflecting current conditions and changes throughout the life of the project. These changes may be informal (i.e. hand-written notes and deletions). Update the SWPPP when the CESCL has noted a deficiency in BMPs or deviation from original design. The 13 Elements (2.1) Element 1: Preserve Vegetation / Mark Clearing Limits (2.1.1) List and describe BMPs: BMP C101 Preserving Natural Vegetation: There is no natural vegetation. BMP C103 High Visibility Plastic or Metal Fence: Clearing limits fencing will be used along the regarded areas to mark limits of disturbance. Installation Schedules: The delineation of clearing limits will take place prior to all other site work. Inspection and Maintenance plan: Inspect the area frequently to make sure that fencing is in place, is visible, and is undamaged. Replace damaged fencing immediately. Responsible Staff: CESCL and contractor Element 2: Establish Construction Access (2.1.2) List and describe BMPs: A construction entrance will be placed from 207th St at the southwest corner of the site. BMP C107 Construction Road/Parking Area Stabilization: The revisions to the access, the building pads, and the contractor’s pad will be stablilzed by placing the base course of rock. Installation Schedules: Stabilization will occur after subgrade is graded. Inspection and Maintenance plan: Follow the maintenance standards listed under the BMP’s in the drainage manual. Revised as necessary under the direction of the CESCL. Implement street sweeping to remove sediment from off-site streets. Responsible Staff: CESCL and contractor. Element 3: Control Flow Rates (2.1.3) Will you construct stormwater retention and/or detention facilities? YES Will you use permanent infiltration ponds or other low impact development (example: rain gardens, bio-retention, porous pavement) to control flow during construction? NO. List and describe BMPs: BMP C241 Temporary Sediment Pond: A temporary sediment pond will be used during construction. Installation Schedules: After site access and initial clearing but prior to mass grading. Inspection and Maintenance plan: Follow the maintenance standards listed under the BMP’s in the drainage manual. Revised as necessary under the direction of the CESCL. Generally, check after each storm event and remove sediment as needed. Responsible Staff: CESCL and contractor. Element 4: Install Sediment Controls (2.1.4) List and describe BMPs: Install sediment controls under the direction of the site CESCL. Installation Schedules: As directed. Inspection and Maintenance plan: Per individual BMP. Responsible Staff: CESCL and contractor. Element 5: Stabilize Soils (2.1.5) West of the Cascade Mountains Crest Season Dates Number of Days Soils Can be Left Exposed During the Dry Season May 1 – September 30 7 days During the Wet Season October 1 – April 30 2 days Soils must be stabilized at the end of the shift before a holiday or weekend if needed based on the weather forecast. Anticipated project dates: Start date: 07/01/2022 End date: 10/30/2022 Will you construct during the wet season? No The intent is to construct during the summer for use in the next school year. List and describe BMPs: BMP C120 Temporary and Permanent Seeding: Seeding will occur to stabilize exposed areas Seeding notes are including in the construction plans. BMP C123 Plastic Covering: Plastic covering will be used for stockpiles. BMP C125 Topsoiling/Composting: This BMP will be implemented as part of BMP T5.13 Post Construction Soil Quality and Depth. Notes are included in the Full Drainage Report and in the construction plans. BMP C140 Dust Control: As needing during the dry weather, the exposed surfaces will be sprinkled with water to prevent windborne erosion. Installation Schedules: These measures will be implemented throughout the site construction until exposed surfaces are finally stabilized. Inspection and Maintenance plan: Inspection will be routine throughout the project construction looking to see that soils are stabilized and the underlying surface is protected and not eroding. Maintenance will be per the applicable BMP in the Drainage Manual. Responsible Staff: CESCL and contractor. Element 6: Protect Slopes (2.1.6) Will steep slopes be present at the site during construction? NO On-site slopes are generally 2-6 percent. Constructed slopes will generally be a maximum of 3:1 and protected with soil stabilization BMPs. Any 2:1 slopes will be trackwalked prior to stabilization. List and describe BMPs: BMP C130: Surface Roughening: Slopes steeper than 3:1 will be trackwalked to provide for compaction and surface roughness prior to stabilization. See Element 5 Installation Schedules: During grading operations. Inspection and Maintenance plan: Inspect slopes and provide for additional measures as warranted. Responsible Staff: CESCL and Contractor Element 7: Protect Drain Inlets (2.1.7) List and describe BMPs: BMP C220 Storm Drain Inlet Protection: Existing structures down slope of the construction entrance will be protected with filter inserts per plan detail. Proposed catchbasins will be protected with inserts as they are constructed. Installation Schedules: Install on existing structures prior to site grading and on new structures as they are placed. Inspection and Maintenance plan: Inspect regularly for sediment build up and remove sediment per manufacturer’s directions. Responsible Staff: CESCL and contractor Element 8: Stabilize Channels and Outlets (2.1.8) Provide stabilization, including armoring material, adequate to prevent erosion of outlets, adjacent stream banks, slopes, and downstream reaches, will be installed at the outlets of all conveyance systems. List and describe BMPs: BMP C201 Crass-Lined Channels: The roadside swale will be used to convey runoff to the sediment pond. BMP C207 Check Dams: Used in the channel to slow flow and allow sedimentation. BMP C209 Outlet Protection: Rock lining at the swale discharge to the sediment pond. Installation Schedules: With the mass grading of the roadway. Inspection and Maintenance plan: Inspect weekly and after significant storm events to look for scour and sediment collection. Repair damage and remove sediment as needed. Responsible Staff: CESCL and contractor. Element 9: Control Pollutants (2.1.9) The following pollutants are anticipated to be present on-site: Table 2 – Pollutants Pollutant (and source, if applicable) Fuel, Oils and Lubricants Construction waste Concrete waste Chemicals such as fertilizers and pesticides List and describe BMPs: All pollutants, including waste materials and demolition debris, that occur onsite shall be handled and disposed of in a manner that does not cause contamination of stormwater. Good housekeeping and preventative measures will be taken to ensure that the site will be kept clean, well organized, and free of debris. If required, BMPs to be implemented to control specific sources of pollutants are discussed below. Chemical storage: Any chemicals stored in the construction areas will conform to the appropriate source control BMPs listed in Volume IV of the Ecology Stormwater Manual. In Western WA, all chemicals shall have cover, containment, and protection provided on site, per BMP C153 for material delivery, storage and containment in SWMMWW 2005. Application of agricultural chemicals, including fertilizers and pesticides, shall be conducted in a manner and at application rates that will not result in loss of chemical to stormwater runoff. Manufacturers' recommendations for application procedures and rates shall be followed. Demolition: Pollutions released from sawcutting will be controlled using appropriate measures (BMP C152). Sanitary wastewater: Portable facilities will be provided as needed. Solid waste: Solid waste will be stored in secure, clearly marked containers for removal from the site. Other: Other BMPs will be administered as necessary to address any additional pollutant sources on site. Installation Schedules: These BMPs are to be implemented at the time of need throughout the project. Inspection and Maintenance plan: Verify that the BMP is functioning and take corrective measures as required. Responsible Staff: CESCL and contractor Will maintenance, fueling, and/or repair of heavy equipment and vehicles occur on-site? Yes Fueling will be by off-site vehicle, no strorage of fuel on-site. Maintenance will only be in case of a breakdown of equipment and will be limited. Large issues will require the piece of equipment be removed from the site. All vehicles, equipment, and petroleum product storage/dispensing areas will be inspected regularly to detect any leaks or spills, and to identify maintenance needs to prevent leaks or spills. On-site fueling tanks and petroleum product storage containers shall include secondary containment. Spill prevention measures, such as drip pans, will be used when conducting maintenance and repair of vehicles or equipment. In order to perform emergency repairs on site, temporary plastic will be placed beneath and, if raining, over the vehicle. Contaminated surfaces shall be cleaned immediately following any discharge or spill incident. Will wheel wash or tire bath system BMPs be used during construction? No Will pH-modifying sources be present on-site? Yes The only concrete work will be the driveway apron and site curbs. Small compared to the total project. Table 3 – pH-Modifying Sources None X Bulk cement Cement kiln dust Fly ash Other cementitious materials New concrete washing or curing waters Waste streams generated from concrete grinding and sawing Exposed aggregate processes Dewatering concrete vaults X Concrete pumping and mixer washout waters Recycled concrete Other (i.e. calcium lignosulfate) [please describe] Process water and slurry resulting from concrete work will be prevented from entering the waters of the state by implementing concrete handling measures (BMP C151). Concrete truck chutes, pumps, and internals shall be washed out only into formed areas awaiting installation of concrete or asphalt. Unused concrete remaining in the truck and pump shall be returned to the originating batch plant for recycling. Hand tools including, but not limited to, screeds, shovels, rakes, floats, and trowels shall be washed off only into formed areas awaiting installation of concrete or asphalt. When no formed areas are available, washwater and leftover product shall be contained in a lined container. Contained concrete shall be disposed of in a manner that does not violate groundwater or surface water quality standards. Installation Schedules: At time of use. Inspection and Maintenance plan: Inspect during operation and verify BMPs or functioning adequately. Make repairs or revisions as needed. Responsible Staff: CESCL and contractor. Concrete trucks must not be washed out onto the ground, or into storm drains, open ditches, streets, or streams. Excess concrete must not be dumped on-site, except in designated concrete washout areas with appropriate BMPs installed. Element 10: Control Dewatering (2.1.10) Groundwater was found to be shallow, however, the work is proposed through the dry season. No groundwater impacts are expected. If any is encountered (potentially perched groundwater) it will be directed to the sediment pond. Element 11: Maintain BMPs (2.1.11) All temporary and permanent Erosion and Sediment Control (ESC) BMPs shall be maintained and repaired as needed to ensure continued performance of their intended function. Maintenance and repair shall be conducted in accordance with each particular BMP specification (see Volume II of the SWMMWW). Visual monitoring of all BMPs installed at the site will be conducted at least once every calendar week and within 24 hours of any stormwater or non-stormwater discharge from the site. If the site becomes inactive and is temporarily stabilized, the inspection frequency may be reduced to once every calendar month. All temporary ESC BMPs shall be removed within 30 days after final site stabilization is achieved or after the temporary BMPs are no longer needed. Trapped sediment shall be stabilized on-site or removed. Disturbed soil resulting from removal of either BMPs or vegetation shall be permanently stabilized. BMP C150 Materials On Hand: The contractor shall keep materials for BMP repairs on hand under the direction of the Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL). BMP C160 Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead: A CESCL shall monitor the site during construction. Additionally, protection must be provided for all BMPs installed for the permanent control of stormwater from sediment and compaction. BMPs that are to remain in place following completion of construction shall be examined and restored to full operating condition. If sediment enters these BMPs during construction, the sediment shall be removed and the facility shall be returned to conditions specified in the construction documents. Element 12: Manage the Project (2.1.12) The project will be managed based on the following principles: Projects will be phased to the maximum extent practicable and seasonal work limitations will be taken into account. Inspection and monitoring: o Inspection, maintenance and repair of all BMPs will occur as needed to ensure performance of their intended function. o Site inspections and monitoring will be conducted in accordance with Special Condition S4 of the CSWGP. Sampling locations are indicated on the Site Map. Sampling station(s) are located in accordance with applicable requirements of the CSWGP. Maintain an updated SWPPP. o The SWPPP will be updated, maintained, and implemented in accordance with Special Conditions S3, S4, and S9 of the CSWGP. As site work progresses the SWPPP will be modified routinely to reflect changing site conditions. The SWPPP will be reviewed monthly to ensure the content is current. Table 5 – Management X Design the project to fit the existing topography, soils, and drainage patterns X Emphasize erosion control rather than sediment control X Minimize the extent and duration of the area exposed X Keep runoff velocities low X Retain sediment on-site X Thoroughly monitor site and maintain all ESC measures Schedule major earthwork during the dry season Other (please describe) Element 13: Protect Low Impact Development (LID) BMPs (2.1.13) Low Impact Development BMPs consist of the amended topsoil placed over subgrade in vegetative areas and for the Compost Amended Vegetative Filter Strips. This soil will be placed last just prior to seeding and stabilization. The soil will need to be protected from compaction and erosion using the BMP’s herein. Pollution Prevention Team (3.0) Table 7 – Team Information Title Name(s) Phone Number Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) Resident Engineer David Harmsen 360-794-7811 Emergency Ecology Contact Emergency Permittee/ Owner Contact Non-Emergency Owner Contact Monitoring Personnel Ecology Regional Office NW Regional Office 425-649-7000 Monitoring and Sampling Requirements (4.0) Monitoring includes visual inspection, sampling for water quality parameters of concern, and documentation of the inspection and sampling findings in a site log book. A site log book will be maintained for all on-site construction activities and will include: A record of the implementation of the SWPPP and other permit requirements Site inspections Stormwater sampling data File a blank form under Appendix D. The site log book must be maintained on-site within reasonable access to the site and be made available upon request to Ecology or the local jurisdiction. Site Inspection (4.1) Site inspections will be conducted at least once every calendar week and within 24 hours following any discharge from the site. For sites that are temporarily stabilized and inactive, the required frequency is reduced to once per calendar month. The discharge point(s) are indicated on the Site Map (see Appendix A) and in accordance with the applicable requirements of the CSWGP. Stormwater Quality Sampling (4.2) Turbidity Sampling (4.2.1) Requirements include calibrated turbidity meter or transparency tube to sample site discharges for compliance with the CSWGP. Sampling will be conducted at all discharge points at least once per calendar week. Method for sampling turbidity: Table 8 – Turbidity Sampling Method X Turbidity Meter/Turbidimeter (required for disturbances 5 acres or greater in size) Transparency Tube (option for disturbances less than 1 acre and up to 5 acres in size) The benchmark for turbidity value is 25 nephelometric turbidity units (NTU) and a transparency less than 33 centimeters. If the discharge’s turbidity is 26 to 249 NTU or the transparency is less than 33 cm but equal to or greater than 6 cm, the following steps will be conducted: 1. Review the SWPPP for compliance with Special Condition S9. Make appropriate revisions within 7 days of the date the discharge exceeded the benchmark. 2. Immediately begin the process to fully implement and maintain appropriate source control and/or treatment BMPs as soon as possible. Address the problems within 10 days of the date the discharge exceeded the benchmark. If installation of necessary treatment BMPs is not feasible within 10 days, Ecology may approve additional time when the Permittee requests an extension within the initial 10-day response period. 3. Document BMP implementation and maintenance in the site log book. If the turbidity exceeds 250 NTU or the transparency is 6 cm or less at any time, the following steps will be conducted: 1. Telephone or submit an electronic report to the applicable Ecology Region’s Environmental Report Tracking System (ERTS) within 24 hours. https://www.ecology.wa.gov/About-us/Get-involved/Report-an-environmental-issue Northwest Region (King, Kitsap, Island, San Juan, Skagit, Snohomish, Whatcom): (425) 649-7000 2. Immediately begin the process to fully implement and maintain appropriate source control and/or treatment BMPs as soon as possible. Address the problems within 10 days of the date the discharge exceeded the benchmark. If installation of necessary treatment BMPs is not feasible within 10 days, Ecology may approve additional time when the Permittee requests an extension within the initial 10-day response period 3. Document BMP implementation and maintenance in the site log book. 4. Continue to sample discharges daily until one of the following is true: Turbidity is 25 NTU (or lower). Transparency is 33 cm (or greater). Compliance with the water quality limit for turbidity is achieved. o 1 - 5 NTU over background turbidity, if background is less than 50 NTU o 1% - 10% over background turbidity, if background is 50 NTU or greater The discharge stops or is eliminated. pH Sampling (4.2.2) pH monitoring is required for “Significant concrete work” (i.e. greater than 1000 cubic yards poured concrete or recycled concrete over the life of the project).The use of engineered soils (soil amendments including but not limited to Portland cement-treated base [CTB], cement kiln dust [CKD] or fly ash) also requires pH monitoring. For significant concrete work, pH sampling will start the first day concrete is poured and continue until it is cured, typically three (3) weeks after the last pour. For engineered soils and recycled concrete, pH sampling begins when engineered soils or recycled concrete are first exposed to precipitation and continues until the area is fully stabilized. If the measured pH is 8.5 or greater, the following measures will be taken: 1. Prevent high pH water from entering storm sewer systems or surface water. 2. Adjust or neutralize the high pH water to the range of 6.5 to 8.5 using appropriate technology such as carbon dioxide (CO2) sparging (liquid or dry ice). 3. Written approval will be obtained from Ecology prior to the use of chemical treatment other than CO2 sparging or dry ice. Method for sampling pH: Table 8 – pH Sampling Method pH meter X pH test kit Wide range pH indicator paper Discharges to 303(d) or Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Waterbodies (5.0) 303(d) Listed Waterbodies (5.1) Is the receiving water 303(d) (Category 5) listed for turbidity, fine sediment, phosphorus, or pH? No, the initial area of discharge is listed for Bacteria. TMDL Waterbodies (5.2) Further downstream, Portage Creek is covered by the Stillaguamish River Watershed Multiparameter TMDL. Discharges to TMDL receiving waterbodies will meet in-stream water quality criteria at the point of discharge. The Construction Stormwater General Permit Proposed New Discharge to an Impaired Water Body form is included in Appendix F. Reporting and Record Keeping (6.0) Record Keeping (6.1) Site Log Book (6.1.1) A site log book will be maintained for all on-site construction activities and will include: A record of the implementation of the SWPPP and other permit requirements Site inspections Sample logs Records Retention (6.1.2) Records will be retained during the life of the project and for a minimum of three (3) years following the termination of permit coverage in accordance with Special Condition S5.C of the CSWGP. Permit documentation to be retained on-site: CSWGP Permit Coverage Letter SWPPP Site Log Book Permit documentation will be provided within 14 days of receipt of a written request from Ecology. A copy of the SWPPP or access to the SWPPP will be provided to the public when requested in writing in accordance with Special Condition S5.G.2.b of the CSWGP. Updating the SWPPP (6.1.3) The SWPPP will be modified if: Found ineffective in eliminating or significantly minimizing pollutants in stormwater discharges from the site. There is a change in design, construction, operation, or maintenance at the construction site that has, or could have, a significant effect on the discharge of pollutants to waters of the State. The SWPPP will be modified within seven (7) days if inspection(s) or investigation(s) determine additional or modified BMPs are necessary for compliance. An updated timeline for BMP implementation will be prepared. Reporting (6.2) Discharge Monitoring Reports (6.2.1) Cumulative soil disturbance is one (1) acre or larger; therefore, Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs) will be submitted to Ecology monthly. If there was no discharge during a given monitoring period the DMR will be submitted as required, reporting “No Discharge”. The DMR due date is fifteen (15) days following the end of each calendar month. DMRs will be reported online through Ecology’s WQWebDMR System. https://www.ecology.wa.gov/Regulations-Permits/Guidance-technical-assistance/Water-quality- permits-guidance/WQWebPortal-guidance Notification of Noncompliance (6.2.2) If any of the terms and conditions of the permit is not met, and the resulting noncompliance may cause a threat to human health or the environment, the following actions will be taken: 1. Ecology will be notified within 24-hours of the failure to comply by calling the applicable Regional office ERTS phone number (Regional office numbers listed below). 2. Immediate action will be taken to prevent the discharge/pollution or otherwise stop or correct the noncompliance. If applicable, sampling and analysis of any noncompliance will be repeated immediately and the results submitted to Ecology within five (5) days of becoming aware of the violation. 3. A detailed written report describing the noncompliance will be submitted to Ecology within five (5) days, unless requested earlier by Ecology. Anytime turbidity sampling indicates turbidity is 250 NTUs or greater, or water transparency is 6 cm or less, the Ecology Regional office will be notified by phone within 24 hours of analysis as required by Special Condition S5.A of the CSWGP. Northwest Region at (425) 649-7000 for Island, King, Kitsap, San Juan, Skagit, Snohomish, or Whatcom County Include the following information: 1. Your name and / Phone number 2. Permit number 3. City / County of project 4. Sample results 5. Date / Time of call 6. Date / Time of sample 7. Project name In accordance with Special Condition S4.D.5.b of the CSWGP, the Ecology Regional office will be notified if chemical treatment other than CO2 sparging is planned for adjustment of high pH water. Appendix/Glossary A. Site Map S W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W SDMH RIM=151.48 IE 12" CPP E=147.05 IE 12" CPP SE=147.41 IE 8" CPP N=147.03 IE 12" CPP W=146.90 FARMSTEAD ESTATES A.F. NO. 9402025002 CB RIM=139.160 IE 12" CPP E=135.74 IE 12" CPP W=135.86 18" VERT CPP CB RIM=142.28 IE 12" CONC N=137.48 IE 12" CONC S=137.18 CB RIM=145.69 IE 12" CPP E=141.89 IE 12" CPP W=141.72 CB RIM=139.96 IE 12" CONC W=137.86 SD MH RIM=135.59 IE 18" CONC E=132.67 IE 24" CONC S=132.54 SD MH RIM=138.99 IE 18" CONC W=133.29 IE 12" CPP E=135.42 IE 12" CPP N=135.47 12" CONC IE=137.81 SD SD SD SS SS 12" CONCRETE CULVERT EX . P O R T A B L E EXISTING KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL BUILDING EX . P O R T A B L E s ss s s s s s s W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W G G G G G G G G UT UT UT P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P UP UP UP UP UP UP UP UP UP UP UT s CB RIM=151.15 IE 12" PVC NW=148.1 IE 12" CONC E=148.1 SHEDS EXISTING COVERED BASKETBALL COURT GATE GATE UP Δ=87°00'25"L=911.13'R=600.00' TR A C T B UP UP 973.34'N 89°15'39" W 943.24' 40 ' 4 0 ' 765321 10 6 . 1 4 ' N 0 4 ° 2 0 ' 1 6 " E EX. CURB(TYP) UP UP UP UP UP UP IE 12" CONC NW=140.39 2 POWER METERS WITH U.G. FEEDS ASPHALT PAVING ASPHALT PAVING AS P H A L T P A V I N G IE 136.6 IE 136.6 SSMH RIM=143.60' 8" PVC SE & NW CTR CHAN=134.47 SDMH RIM=147.86 IE 12" CPP SW=144.39 IE 12" CPP SE=144.42 CB RIM=154.11 IE 8" PVC S=151.08 IE 6" PVC E=151.18 14 5 15 0 15 5 15 5 15 5 14 2 14 3 14 4 14 6 14 7 14 8 14 9 15 1 15 2 15 3 15 4 140 145 13 8 13 9 141 14 2 14 3 14 4 146 14 7 147 14 7 14 8 14 9 N 89°15'39" W 943.24' S 69°3 6 ' 4 7 " E 188.60 ' N 0 4 ° 2 0 ' 1 6 " E 10 6 . 1 4 ' 40 ' 4 0 ' 204TH S T R E E T N E 6' CHAINLINK 30 ' 3 0 ' 973.34' 204 T H S T R E E T N E 204TH STREET NE EXISTING BALL FIELDS TEMPORARY INLET PROTECTION PER WSDOT STANDARDS AND BMP C220 CONTRACTORS STAGING CLEARING LIMITS PER WSDOT STANDARDS AND BMP C103 EXISTING IRRIGATION SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD SD DEMO EXISTING STORM WHEN REPLACED BY NEW SYSTEM, TYPICAL REMOVE EXISTING STORM. SEE STORM CONNECTION PLAN ON SHEET C3.0 ROCK LINING AT CONNECTION OF DITCH TO POND PER BMP C209 STOCKPILE COVER WITH PLASTIC PER BMP C123 DEMO EXISTING FENCE ALONG 204TH STREET NE TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE PER BMP C105 SILT FENCE PER WSDOT STANDARDS AND BMP C103 PROTECT EX. POWER POLE FLOW CONTROL MH PER STORM PLAN C3.0 TESC RISER PER DETAIL C2.1 1 C2.1 2 SD SD SD REMOVE OLD STRUCTURE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION OF NEW POND INSTALL ROCK CHECK DAMS AS REQUIRED DEMO CURB AS REQUIRED FOR NEW CONNECTIONS TEMPORARY SEDIMENT POND PER D.O.E. FIGURES & BMP C241 REMOVE EXISTING TREE CLEARING LIMITS PER WSDOT STANDARDS AND BMP C103 14 0 ROCK LINED EMERGENCY OVERFLOW SPILLWAY 14 0 13 4 UNPUBLISHED WORK COPYRIGHT © 2022 BY HARMSEN & ASSOCIATES INC.P:\WORK\PROJECTS\2021\21-589 MCGRANHAN-KENT PRAIRIE\CE\DWG\SHEETS\C2.0 SWPP DEMO.DWG 6/16/2022 SECTION 11, TOWNSHIP 31 NORTH, RANGE 05 EAST, W.M. 6/16 / 2 2 Feet 0 50 100 VERTICAL DATUM NAVD 88 BENCHMARK: WSDOT MONUMENT ID 1488, ELEVATION = 130.16' NAD 83/91 WASHINGTON STATE PLANE COORDINATE SYSTEM, NORTH ZONE PER SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS SURVEY CONTROL DATABASE, COMBINED GRID FACTOR: 0.999939993819 2 1 STABILIZE PAVED AREAS WITH ASPHALT PAVING PER PAVING SECTION STABILIZE PERVIOUS AREAS WITH LAWN RESTORATION STABILIZE PAVED AREAS WITH CRUSHED ROCK PER PAVING SECTION STABILIZE ALL FUTURE LANDSCAPE AREAS WITH SEEDING & 4" STRAW MULCH STABILIZATION NOTES TEMPORARY PERMANENT 2 1 CLEARING LIMITS (BMP C101) TEMPORARY INLET PROTECTION PER WSDOT STANDARDS SILT FENCE CONVEYANCE SWALE IRRIGATION DEMOLITION NOTE: 1.COORDINATE WITH LANDSCAPE PLANS. 2.IRRIGATION LINES HAVE BE SHOWN BASED ON SCHOOL RECORD DRAWINGS AND VALVE BOXES LOCATED ON THE SURVEY. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVEAL AND VERIFY LOCATIONS PRIOR TO DEMOTION. 3.LOCATE, CUT AND CAP IRRIGATION LATERALS AS REQUIRED. IF CONTROL WIRING IS ENCOUNTERED, COORDINATE AND DOCUMENT LOCATION WITH OWNER. I-30.15-02 SILT FENCE I-40.20-00 STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION I-10.10-01 HIGH VISIBILITY FENCE WSDOT STANDARD DETAILS LEGEND 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 PER WSDOT STANDARDS BMP LIST C103 HIGH VISIBILITY PLASTIC OR METAL FENCE C105 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE C107 CONSTRUCTION ROAD/PARKING AREA STABILIZATION C123 PLASTIC COVERING C200 INTERCEPTOR DIKE/SWALE C201 GRASS LINED CHANNELS (WITH C200) C207 CHECK DAMS (WITH THE PREVIOUS TWO) C209 OUTLET PROTECTION (DITCH TO POND) C220 STORM INLET PROTECTION C233 SILT FENCE C241 TEMPORARY SEDIMENT POND C2.0 DEMOLITION & STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) B. BMP Detail The following BMP’s can be found in Volume 2 of the 2014 Department of Ecology Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington. Element #1 - Mark Clearing Limits BMP C103 High Visibility Plastic or Metal Fence Element #2 - Establish Construction Access BMP C107 Construction Road/Parking Area Stabilization Element #3 - Control Flow Rates BMP C241 Temporary Sediment Pond Element #4 - Install Sediment Controls BMP C233 Silt Fence Element #5 - Stabilize Soils BMP C120 Temporary and Permanent Seeding BMP C121 Mulching BMP C125 Topsoiling BMP C140 Dust Control BMP C107 Construction Road/Parking Area Stabilization Element #6 - Protect Slopes BMP C130 Surface Roughening See stabilization BMPs under Element #5 Element #7 – Protect Drain Inlets BMP C220 Storm Drain Inlet Protection Element #8 - Stabilize Channels and Outlets BMP C201 Grass Lined Channels BMP C207 Check Dams BMP C209 Outlet Protection Element #9 – Control Pollutants BMP C151 Concrete Handling BMP C152 Sawcutting BMP C153 Material Delivery, Storage, & Containment Element #10 - Control Dewatering BMP C241 Temporary Sediment Pond Element #11 – Maintain BMP’s BMP C150 Materials On-Hand BMP C160 CESCL Element #12 – Manage the Project BMP C150 Materials On-Hand BMP C160 CESCL BMP C162 Scheduling Element #13 – Protect Low Impact Development D. Correspondence E. Site Inspection Form Construction Stormwater Site Inspection Form Page 1 Project Name Permit # Inspection Date Time Name of Certified Erosion Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) or qualified inspector if less than one acre Print Name: Approximate rainfall amount since the last inspection (in inches): Approximate rainfall amount in the last 24 hours (in inches): Current Weather Clear Cloudy Mist Rain Wind Fog A. Type of inspection: Weekly Post Storm Event Other B. Phase of Active Construction (check all that apply): Pre Construction/installation of erosion/sediment controls Clearing/Demo/Grading Infrastructure/storm/roads Concrete pours Vertical Construction/buildings Utilities Offsite improvements Site temporary stabilized Final stabilization C. Questions: 1. Were all areas of construction and discharge points inspected? Yes No 2. Did you observe the presence of suspended sediment, turbidity, discoloration, or oil sheen Yes No 3. Was a water quality sample taken during inspection? (refer to permit conditions S4 & S5) Yes No 4. Was there a turbid discharge 250 NTU or greater, or Transparency 6 cm or less?* Yes No 5. If yes to #4 was it reported to Ecology? Yes No 6. Is pH sampling required? pH range required is 6.5 to 8.5. Yes No If answering yes to a discharge, describe the event. Include when, where, and why it happened; what action was taken, and when. *If answering yes to # 4 record NTU/Transparency with continual sampling daily until turbidity is 25 NTU or less/ transparency is 33 cm or greater. Sampling Results: Date: Parameter Method (circle one) Result Other/Note NTU cm pH Turbidity tube, meter, laboratory pH Paper, kit, meter Construction Stormwater Site Inspection Form Page 2 D. Check the observed status of all items. Provide “Action Required “details and dates. Element # Inspection BMPs Inspected BMP needs maintenance BMP failed Action required (describe in section F) yes no n/a 1 Clearing Limits Before beginning land disturbing activities are all clearing limits, natural resource areas (streams, wetlands, buffers, trees) protected with barriers or similar BMPs? (high visibility recommended) 2 Construction Access Construction access is stabilized with quarry spalls or equivalent BMP to prevent sediment from being tracked onto roads? Sediment tracked onto the road way was cleaned thoroughly at the end of the day or more frequent as necessary. 3 Control Flow Rates Are flow control measures installed to control stormwater volumes and velocity during construction and do they protect downstream properties and waterways from erosion? If permanent infiltration ponds are used for flow control during construction, are they protected from siltation? 4 Sediment Controls All perimeter sediment controls (e.g. silt fence, wattles, compost socks, berms, etc.) installed, and maintained in accordance with the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). Sediment control BMPs (sediment ponds, traps, filters etc.) have been constructed and functional as the first step of grading. Stormwater runoff from disturbed areas is directed to sediment removal BMP. 5 Stabilize Soils Have exposed un-worked soils been stabilized with effective BMP to prevent erosion and sediment deposition? Construction Stormwater Site Inspection Form Page 3 Element # Inspection BMPs Inspected BMP needs maintenance BMP failed Action required (describe in section F) yes no n/a 5 Stabilize Soils Cont. Are stockpiles stabilized from erosion, protected with sediment trapping measures and located away from drain inlet, waterways, and drainage channels? Have soils been stabilized at the end of the shift, before a holiday or weekend if needed based on the weather forecast? 6 Protect Slopes Has stormwater and ground water been diverted away from slopes and disturbed areas with interceptor dikes, pipes and or swales? Is off-site storm water managed separately from stormwater generated on the site? Is excavated material placed on uphill side of trenches consistent with safety and space considerations? Have check dams been placed at regular intervals within constructed channels that are cut down a slope? 7 Drain Inlets Storm drain inlets made operable during construction are protected. Are existing storm drains within the influence of the project protected? 8 Stabilize Channel and Outlets Have all on-site conveyance channels been designed, constructed and stabilized to prevent erosion from expected peak flows? Is stabilization, including armoring material, adequate to prevent erosion of outlets, adjacent stream banks, slopes and downstream conveyance systems? 9 Control Pollutants Are waste materials and demolition debris handled and disposed of to prevent contamination of stormwater? Has cover been provided for all chemicals, liquid products, petroleum products, and other material? Has secondary containment been provided capable of containing 110% of the volume? Were contaminated surfaces cleaned immediately after a spill incident? Were BMPs used to prevent contamination of stormwater by a pH modifying sources? Construction Stormwater Site Inspection Form Page 4 Element # Inspection BMPs Inspected BMP needs maintenance BMP failed Action required (describe in section F) yes no n/a 9 Cont. Wheel wash wastewater is handled and disposed of properly. 10 Control Dewatering Concrete washout in designated areas. No washout or excess concrete on the ground. Dewatering has been done to an approved source and in compliance with the SWPPP. Were there any clean non turbid dewatering discharges? 11 Maintain BMP Are all temporary and permanent erosion and sediment control BMPs maintained to perform as intended? 12 Manage the Project Has the project been phased to the maximum degree practicable? Has regular inspection, monitoring and maintenance been performed as required by the permit? Has the SWPPP been updated, implemented and records maintained? 13 Protect LID Is all Bioretention and Rain Garden Facilities protected from sedimentation with appropriate BMPs? Is the Bioretention and Rain Garden protected against over compaction of construction equipment and foot traffic to retain its infiltration capabilities? Permeable pavements are clean and free of sediment and sediment laden- water runoff. Muddy construction equipment has not been on the base material or pavement. Have soiled permeable pavements been cleaned of sediments and pass infiltration test as required by stormwater manual methodology? Heavy equipment has been kept off existing soils under LID facilities to retain infiltration rate. E. Check all areas that have been inspected. All in place BMPs All disturbed soils All concrete wash out area All material storage areas All discharge locations All equipment storage areas All construction entrances/exits Construction Stormwater Site Inspection Form Page 5 F. Elements checked “Action Required” (section D) describe corrective action to be taken. List the element number; be specific on location and work needed. Document, initial, and date when the corrective action has been completed and inspected. Element # Description and Location Action Required Completion Date Initials Attach additional page if needed Sign the following certification: “I certify that this report is true, accurate, and complete, to the best of my knowledge and belief” Inspected by: (print) (Signature) Date: Title/Qualification of Inspector: F. Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) G. 303(d) List Waterbodies / TMDL Waterbodies Information Portage Creek is listed as a Cat 4A water for Bacteria and is covered under the Stillaguamish River Watershed Multiparameter TMDL. Further west, Portage is listed for fecal coliform, dissolved oxygen, pH, Arsenic and Mercury as well. H. Contaminated Site Information There are no known contaminated soils. I. Engineering Calculations BMP C241 Temporary Sediment Pond SA = Surface Area at top of Riser Q10 = 10 year flow. In this case, the developed 10 year flow to the pond. Sizing Calculation: Q10 = 0.67 cfs Required SA = 2080 * Q10 = 2080 * 0.67 cfs = 1,395 sf SA Provided = 1,540 sf TESC Pond Riser Per nomograph in DOE Manual, a 12” riser can overtop 0.67 cfs at a depth over the riser of 0.22 feet Dewatering Orifice Ao = As*(2h)^0.5 / 0.6*3600*T*g^0.5 D = 3.62” Swale Flow S = 0.005 ft/ft Side Slopes 3:1 Bottom Width 1.0 ft Q = 0.67 Roughness Coef: 0.30 Depth = 0.3 ft, V = 1.18 f/s Emergency Overflow L = [Q100 / (3.21 *H^1.5)] – 2.4 * H where Q100 = 1.07 cfs, H = 0.2 ft L = 3.25 ft Minimum width is 6 ft PROJECT MANUAL PERMIT SET DIVISIONS 0 0 -3 3 prepared for_ ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 regarding_ KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS PROJECT NO. 20 10 .310 APRIL 27 , 202 2 KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 00 00 10, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS TABLE OF CONTENTS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00 – INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION, BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS SEALS PAGES 00 10 00 INVITATION TO BID 00 20 00 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 31 00 AVAILABLE PROJECT INFORMATION STORMWATER INFILTRATION LETTER 00 40 00 BID FORM SUBCONTRACTOR LIST FORM A 00 41 00 CONTRACTOR’S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT 00 50 00 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT AND CONTRACTOR PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT 00 51 00 CONTRACTOR’S PERFORMANCE BOND 00 52 00 RETAINED PERCENTAGE ON PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS 00 53 00 ESCROW AGREEMENT 00 80 04 SAFETY PROCEDURES 00 81 00 SAMPLE PAYMENT BOND 00 90 00 PREVAILING WAGE RATES AND APPRENTICESHIP UTILIZATION SNOHOMISH COUNTY PREVAILING WAGE RATES BENEFIT CODE KEY DIVISION 01 -- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 10 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 50 PROJECT MEETINGS 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 20 00 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 22 00 UNIT PRICES AND ALLOWANCES 01 30 00 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIRMENTS ATTACHMENT: CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE (CCD) ATTACHMENT: PROPOSAL REQUEST (PR) ATTACHMENT: CHANGE ORDER FORM (CO) ATTACHMENT: NOTICE OF NON-COMPLIANCE (NNC) ATTACHMENT: ARCHITECT’S SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS (ASI) 01 30 50 PROJECT MANAGEMENT 01 31 00 PROJECT COORDINATION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 42 16 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS 01 42 50 REFERENCE STANDARDS 01 45 00 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL SYSTEM 01 47 00 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 55 26 TRAFFIC REGULATIONS 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 10 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 01 70 00 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 72 00 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS AND PROCEDURES DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING 31 20 00 EARTH MOVING KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 00 00 10, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS TABLE OF CONTENTS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING 32 31 13 CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES 32 80 00 IRRIGATION 32 90 00 PLANTING AND SEEDING DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES 33 40 00 STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS SEALS PAGE, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS MCGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS WDG 2010.310 April 27, 2022 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT’S STAMP The Landscape Architect’s seal and signature affixed hereon indicates this Landscape Architect’s review and participation of the Project Manual. Participation includes and is limited to the following sections: DIVISION 02 – SITE CONSTRUCTION 32 31 13 CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES 32 80 00 IRRIGATION 32 90 00 PLANTING AND SEEDING KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS SECTION 00 10 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS INVITATION TO BID McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 INVITATION TO BID KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT Arlington, Washington Bids Due: 3:00pm, Tuesday, May 31, 2022 Notice is hereby given the Board of Directors for the Arlington School District, Snohomish County, Washington, is soliciting competitive bids from responsible general contractors for the construction of the Kent Prairie Elementary Site Access. The project is located at 8110 207th St NE, Arlington, WA 98223. The estimate for this work is $1,000,000. A non-mandatory pre-bid conference for all general contractors will be held on Tuesday, May 17, 2022 at 3:30pm. This meeting will be held on-site All prospective general contractors are invited to attend the meeting. Arlington School District will receive sealed bids for the work associated with the Kent Prairie Elementary Site Access until 3:00pm, Tuesday, May 31, 2022 at the South Entrance of the Arlington School District Administration Office, 315 North French Avenue, Arlington, WA 98223. Bids shall be sealed and labeled: To: Arlington School District No. 16 Attention: Brian Lewis Sealed Bid Enclosed: Kent Prairie Elementary Site Access From: (insert bidding entities name) A virtual bid opening will be held after 4:05pm Tuesday, May 31, 2022 at which time bids will be opened and read aloud on Zoom. Access credentials for the Zoom meeting will be provided at the South Entrance of the Arlington School District Administration Office upon receipt of bid packages. All parties interested in attending are invited. An abstract of the Base Bids and Alternate Bids, if any, will be made available to Bidders, upon request. Bidders attention is called to state of Washington statutes, regulations and rules pertaining to, but not limited to the following for public work projects: non-discrimination in employment and facilities; rates of payment for prevailing wage and fringe benefits to workers; apprenticeship utilizations, forms of bids; bonds, contracts, certificates, restrictions of lien, taxes and retainage; and barrier-free facilities for the accessibility requirements. Bids received after the specified time will not be accepted. It is the sole responsibility of Bidders to deliver their bid to the designated place at the designated time and on the forms provided in the Project Manual. Oral, telephonic, faxed or telegraphic bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS SECTION 00 10 00, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS INVITATION TO BID McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 Bid and Contract Documents may be examined at the following plan centers: Constructconnect 2606 2nd Avenue #244, Seattle, WA 98121 P – 800.364.2059 Daily Journal of Commerce - Seattle 83 Columbia St., Seattle, WA 98104 P - 206.622.8272 / F - 206.622.8416 Dodge Data and Analytics 3461 NW Yeon Avenue, Portland, OR 97210 P – 206.328.5615 / F – 877.536.5711 Builder’s Exchange of Washington – Everett (Electronic Only) 2607 Wetmore Ave., Everett, WA 98201 P – 425.258.1303 / F – 425.259.3832 Minority Contractors / Pierce Co. 2018 S. 17th, Tacoma, WA 98405 P – 253.572.2363 / F – 253.627.1373 Small Business Incubator 1423 E. 29th St., Tacoma, WA 98404 P – 253.722.5800 / F- 253.722.5801 Bid documents and addenda may be obtained beginning on Tuesday, May 9, 2022 at the office of American Reprographics Company (ARC), 632 Broadway, Tacoma, WA 98402, telephone (800) 337-8103, fax (253) 272-4064. Plan holder registration information will be developed and maintained by ARC including address, fax and phone numbers, and email address. ARC office locations include Seattle, Bellevue, Tacoma, and Portland. Bidding documents will be available for examination during the bidding period at selected plan centers. Questions concerning ordering plans and specifications should be directed to the Bid Services / PlanWell Department at (800) 337-8103, or by sending an email to tacoma.bidservices@e-arc.com, or faxing a request to (253) 272-4064. To download or view complete PDF bid documents for the project, go to www.e-arc.com/location/tacoma and click the link to “Enter Public Planroom.” Search by “KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS.” Select all folders of the bid documents by placing a check mark in each shopping cart and click on the button for Instant Download. Costs of obtaining documents, as well as delivery or shipping for both full sets and partial sets are to be paid directly to ARC and are not refundable. Bid Security, in an amount of 5% of the bid, must accompany each bid, and shall be accompanied by a bid bond, cashier’s check or certified check in the amount of 5% of the total base bid, made payable to the Arlington School District. No bidder may withdraw their proposal after the hour set for bid opening thereof, or before award of contract, unless award is delayed for a period exceeding 60 calendar days. The Board of Directors of the Arlington School District reserves the right to reject any or all bids and waive any informalities or irregularities in the bidding. Brian Lewis Executive Director of Operations Arlington School District No. 16 Published: Everett Herald Daily Journal of Commerce May 9, 2022 May 9, 2022 May 16, 2022 May 16, 2022 END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 00 20 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Instructions to Bidders is attached following this page. END OF SECTION Arlington School District No. 16 INSTRUC TIONS TO BIDDERS 1 150060681.1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.01 DEFINITIONS A. All definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction or in other Contract Documents are applicable to the Bidding Documents. B. “Addenda” are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect or the Arlington School District prior to the execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections. The contents of Addenda are iss ued in no particular order and therefore should be carefully and completely reviewed. Addenda relating to administrative matters, such as, for example, the date or time of meetings or Bid receipt, may be issued in writing by fax, mail or other delivery. C. An “Alternate Bid” (or “Alternate”) is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents, is accepted by the Arlington School District. D. “Award” means the formal decision by the Arlington School District notifying a Bidder with the lowest Responsive Bid of the Arlington School District’s acceptance of the Bid and intent to enter into a contract with the Bidder. A contract is only formed upon execution of the contract, and not simply by Award. E. The “Award Requirements” include the following statutory requirements as a condition precedent to Award. The lowest Responsive Bidder shall: (1) have a certificate of registration in compliance with RCW 18.27; (2) have a current state unified business identifier number; (3) if applicable, have industrial insurance coverage for the Bidder’s employees working in Washington as required in Title 51 RCW; (4) have an employment security department number as required in Title 50 RCW; (5) have a state excise tax registration number as required in Title 82 RCW; (6) not be disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 (unregistered or unlicensed contractors) or RCW 39.12.065(3) (prevailing wage violations); (7) if bidding on a public works project subject to the apprenticeship utilization requirements in RCW 39.04.320, not have been found out of compliance by the Washington state apprenticeship and training council for working apprentices out of ratio, without appropriate supervision, or outside their approved work processes as outlined in their standards of apprenticeship under RCW 49.04 for the one-year period immediately preceding the date of the Bid solicitation; (8) have received training on the requirements related to public works and prevailing wages under chapters 39.04 and 39.12 RCW, or be exempt from such training requirements if the Bidder has completed three or more public works projects and has had a valid business license in Washington for three or more years; and Arlington School District No. 16 INSTRUC TIONS TO BIDDERS 2 150060681.1 (9) within the three-year period immediately preceding the date of the bid solicitation, not have been determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the department of labor and industries or through a civil judgment entered by a court of limited or general jurisdiction to have willfully violated, as defined in RCW 49.48.082, any provision of chapter 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 RCW. Further, under revised RCW 39.04.350, if the Bidder has a history of receiving monetary penalties for not achieving the apprentice utilization requirements pursuant to RCW 39.04.320, or is habitual in utilizing the good faith effort exception process, the bidder must submit an apprenticeship utilization plan within ten business days immediately following the Arlington School District’s notice to proceed. F. The “Base Bid” is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents as the base to which work may be added or from which work may be deleted for sums stated in Alternate Bids. G. A “Bid” is a complete and properly signed proposal to do the Work or designated portion thereof, submitted in accordance with the Bidding Documents, for the sums therein stipulated and supported by any data called for by the Bidding Documents. H. A “Bidder” is a person or entity who submits a Bid for a prime contract with the Arlington School District for the Work described in the Contract Documents. I. The “Bidding Documents” include the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid form, any other sample Bidding and contract forms, the Bid Bond, and the Contract Documents, including any Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids. J. The “Contract Documents” for the Work consist of the Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, the General Conditions of the Contract (as well as any Supplemental, Special or other Conditions included in the Project Manual), the Drawings, the Specifications, and all Addenda issued prior to, and all modifications issued after, execution of the Contract. K. The “Owner” is the Arlington School District No. 16. L. To be considered “Responsible” or meet “Responsibility” requirements, a Bidder must meet the following supplemental criteria applicable to this Project to the satisfaction of the Architect and the Arlington School District: (1) The ability, capacity, and skill to perform the Contract; (2) The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, and efficiency of the Bidder; (3) Whether the Bidder can perform the Contract within the time specified; (4) The previous and existing compliance by the Bidder with laws relating to the Contract; (5) The quality of performance of previous contracts, including demonstration of successful completion of similar projects in the last three (3) years; (6) The designated Project Manager shall have a minimum of three (3) years of successful experience in project management and scheduling of projects of similar scope and complexity; (7) The designated Superintendent shall have a minimum of five (5) years of successful supervision of projects of similar scope and complexity; Arlington School District No. 16 INSTRUC TIONS TO BIDDERS 3 150060681.1 (8) Any other qualifications required by the Contract Documents or Bidding Documents; and (9) Such other information as may be secured having a bearing on the decision to award the contract. M. A “Sub-bidder” is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials, equipment or labor for a portion of the Work. N. A “Unit Price” is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment or services as described in the B idding Documents or in the Contract Documents. The Arlington School District reserves the right to reject at any time, without impairing the balance of the proposal, any or all such predetermined unit prices. 1.02 BIDDER’S REPRESENTATIONS By making its Bid, each Bidder represents that: A. BIDDING DOCUMENTS. The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents, and its Bid is made in accordance with them. B. POSSIBLE SELF-PERFORMED WORK REQUIREMENT. The Bidder will perform with its own forces at least that percentage (if any) of the Work required by the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents. C. PRE-BID MEETING. The Bidder has attended any pre-bid meeting(s) required by the Bidding Documents. D. BASIS. Its Bid is based upon the materials, systems, services, and equipment required by the Bidding Documents, without exception. E. EXAMINATION. The Bidder has carefully examined and understands the Bidding Documents, the Contract Documents (including, without limitation, any liquidated damages and insurance provisions), and the Project site, including any existing buildings, it has familiarized itself with the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and has correlated its observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents and it has satisfied itself as to the nature, location, character, quality and quantity of the Work, the labor, materials, equipment, goods, supplies, work, services and other items to be furnished, and all other requirements of the Contract Documents. The Bidder has also satisfied itself as to the conditions and other matters that may be encountered at the Project site or affect performance of the Work or the cost or difficulty thereof, including but not limited to those conditions and matters affecting: transportation, access, disposal, handling and storage of materials, equipment and other items; availability and quality of labor, water, electric power and utilities; availability and condition of roads; climatic conditions and seasons; physical conditions at the Project site and the surrounding locality; topography and ground surface conditions; and equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and at all times during the performance of the Work. The failure of the Bidder fully to acquaint itself with any applicable condition or matter shall not in any way relieve the Bidder from the responsibility for performing the Work in accordance with, and for the Contract Sum and within the Contract Time provided for in, the Contract Documents. F. PROJECT MANUAL. The Bidder has checked its copies of the Project Manual with the Table of Contents bound therein to ensure the Project Manual is complete. G. SEPARATE WORK. The Bidder has examined and coordinated all Drawings, Contract Documents, and Specifications for any other contracts to be awarded separately from, but in connection with, the Work being bid upon, so that the Bidder is fully informed as to conditions affecting the Work under the contract being bid upon. Arlington School District No. 16 INSTRUC TIONS TO BIDDERS 4 150060681.1 H. LICENSE REQUIREMENTS. Bidders and their proposed Subcontractors shall be registered and shall hold such licenses as may be required by the laws of Washington, including RCW 18.27, for the performance of the Work specified in the Contract Documents. I. NO EXCEPTIONS. Bids must be based upon the materials, systems and equipment described and required by the Bidding Documents, and terms and conditions in the Contract Documents, without exception. 1.03 BIDDING DOCUMENTS A. COPIES 1. Deposit. Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from the issuing office and other locations designated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid in the number and for the deposit amount, if any, stated. The deposit (if any) will be refunded to Bidders who submit a bona fide Bid and return the Bidding Documents in good condition within ten (10) days after receipt of Bids. The cost of replacement of any missing or damaged documents will be deducted from the deposit. A Bidder awarded a Contract may retain the Bidding Documents, and its deposit will be refunded. 2. Sub-bidders. Bidding Documents will not be issued directly to Sub-bidders or others unless specifically offered in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid. 3. Complete sets. Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids and are solely responsible for utilizing established plan holder identification processes to obtain updated bid information; neither the Arlington School District nor the Architect assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete and/or superseded sets of Bidding Documents. Printed copies of plans take precedence over any on-line images. 4. Conditions. The Arlington School District and/or the Architect make copies of the Bidding Documents available on the above terms only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant permission for any other use. 5. Legible Documents. To the extent any drawings, specifications, or other Bidding documents are not legible, it is the Bidder’s responsibility to notify the Arlington School District and the Architect and to obtain legible documents from the plan center. B. INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1. Format. The Contract Documents may be divided into parts, divisions, and sections for convenient organization and reference. Generally, there has been no attempt to divide the Specification sections into Work performed by the various building trades, any Work by separate contractors, or any Work required for separate facilities in or phases of the Project. 2. Notify Owner and Architect. Bidders and Sub-bidders shall promptly notify the Arlington School District and the Architect in writing of any ambiguity, inconsistency, or error that they may discover upon examination of the Bidding Documents or of the site and local conditions. All Bidders and Sub-bidders shall thoroughly familiarize themselves with specified products and installation procedures and submit to the Arlington School District and the Architect any objections (in writing) no later than seven (7) calendar days prior to the Bid Date. The submittal of the Bid constitutes acceptance of products and procedures specified as sufficient, adequate, and satisfactory for completion of the Contract. Arlington School District No. 16 INSTRUC TIONS TO BIDDERS 5 150060681.1 3. Written request. Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall make a written request which shall reach the Architect at least seven (7) calendar days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. 4. Addenda. Any interpretation, correction or change of the Bidding Documents will be made by written Addendum. Interpretations, corrections or changes of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely upon such interpretations, corrections and changes. 5. Singular references. Reference in the singular to an article, device, or piece of equipment shall include as many of such articles, devices, or pieces as are indicated in the Contract Documents or as are required to complete the installation. 6. Utilities and runs. The Bidder should assume that the exact locations of any underground or hidden utilities, underground fuel tanks, and any plumbing and electrical runs may be somewhat different from any location indicated in the surveys or Contract Documents. 7. Division of Contract Documents. The Contract Documents may be divided into parts, divisions, and sections for convenient organization and reference. Generally, there has been no attempt to divide the Specification sections into Work performed by the various building trades, any Work by separate contractors, or any Work required for separate facilities in of phases of the Project. C. SUBSTITUTIONS 1. Standard. The materials, products, procedures and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance, and quality that must be met by any proposed substitution. 2. Substitution procedure. No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of Bids unless the Architect receives a written request for approval on the Arlington School District’s Substitution Request form for the Project, with all data requested on the form completed, at least seven (7) days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Each such request shall be submitted with a Request for Substitution form identical to or equivalent in content to the form found in the Project Manual, and shall include the name of the material or equipment proposed to be replaced and a complete description of the proposed substitute, including drawings, cuts, performance and test data, warranty information, and any other information necessary for an evaluation. A statement setting forth any changes in other materials, equipment or other Work that incorporation of the substitute would require shall be included. The proposer has the burden to prove the merit of the proposed substitute; by proposing the substitution, the Bidder represents that it has personally investigated the proposed material or product and determined that it is equal or better in all respects to that specified, that the same or better warranty will be provided for the substitution, that complete cost data, including all direct and indirect costs of any kind, has been presented, that the Contract Time will not be increased, and that it will coordinate the installation of the substitute if accepted and make all associated changes in the Work. The Architect’s decision to approve or disapprove a proposed substitution shall be final. Written requests for approval shall constitute a guarantee by the Bidder that the articles or materials are in all respects, including warranty and installation, equal or superior to those specified, unless otherwise noted. To the extent the proposed substituti on will require additional services by the Architect or its consultants after Bid award, the Bidder, if successful, will be required to pay the Architect or its consultants for these services at their customary hourly rates. 3. Addendum. If the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of Bids, the approval will be set forth in a written Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. Substitution request forms returned by the Architect are a courtesy only, and Bidders/Sub- bidders shall rely solely on substitution approvals listed in an Addenda. Arlington School District No. 16 INSTRUC TIONS TO BIDDERS 6 150060681.1 4. Post-Bid substitutions. After the Contract has been executed, the Arlington School District and the Architect may consider a written request for the substitution of material or products in place of those specified in the Contract Documents only under the circumstances as specified therein. D. ADDENDA 1. Written. All Addenda will be written. They will be mailed, emailed, faxed delivered, and/or posted electronically with notice to those the Architect knows to have received a complete set of Bidding Documents. 2. Copies. Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection wherever Bidding Do cuments are on file for that purpose. 3. Verification and acknowledgment of receipt. Prior to bidding, each Bidder shall ascertain that it has received all Addenda issued. Each Bidder shall acknowledge its receipt of all Addenda in its Bid. 1.04 BIDDING PROCEDURE A. FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS 1. Form. Bids (including any required attachments) shall be submitted on forms identical to the form included with the Bidding Documents. Bids on different forms may be rejected. No oral, email, or telephonic responses or modifications will be considered to be Bids. 2. Entries on the Bid form. All blanks on the Bid form shall be filled in by typewriter or manually in ink. 3. Words and figures. Where so indicated by the makeup of the Bid form, sums shall be expressed in both words and figures; in case of discrepancy between the two and regardless of any statement to the contrary on the Bid form, the amount written in figures shall govern and the words shall be used to determine any ambiguities in the figures. Portions of the Bid form may require the addition of component bids to a total or the identification of component amounts within a total. In case of discrepancy between component amounts listed and their sum(s), the component amounts listed shall govern. 4. Initial changes. Any interlineation, alteration or erasure must be initialed by an authorized representative of the Bidder. 5. Alternates and Unit Prices. All requested Alternates and unit prices should be bid. The Arlington School District reserves the right, but is not obligated, to reject any Bid on which all requested Alternates or unit prices are not bid. If no change in the Base Bid is required for an Alternate, enter “No Change.” If there is no entry, it will be presumed that the Bidder has made no offer to accomplish this Alternate. If it is not otherwise clear from the Bid or nature of the Alternate, it will be presumed that the amount listed for an Alternate is an add rather than a deduct. 6. No conditions. The Bidder shall make no conditions or stipulations on the Bid form nor qualify its Bid in any other manner. 7. Identity of Bidder. The Bidder shall include in the specified location on the Bid form the legal name of the Bidder and, if requested, a description of the Bidder as a sole proprietor, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation (including the state of incorporation), or another described form of legal entity. The Bid shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder Arlington School District No. 16 INSTRUC TIONS TO BIDDERS 7 150060681.1 to a contract. A Bid submitted by an agent shall have a current power of attorney attached certifying the agent’s authority to bind the Bidder, and provide other information requested. 8. Bid amounts do not include sales tax. The Bid shall include in the sum stated all taxes imposed by law, EXCEPT STATE AND LOCAL SALES TAX ON THE CONTRACT SUM. 9. Bid breakdown. The Bid form may contain, for the Arlington School District’s accounting purposes only, a breakdown of some or all of the components included in the Base Bid. B. POTENTIAL LISTING OF SUBCONTRACTORS 1. Procedure. On certain projects of the Arlington School District, the Bid form includes a requirement that certain Subcontractors be listed, and the list must be submitted to the Arlington School District as described in the bidding documents. In these circumstances, the Bidder must name the Subcontractor with whom the Bidder, if awarded the Contract, will subcontract directly (i.e., not lower-tier Subcontractors) for performance of the work of: (a) HVAC (heating, ventilation and air conditioning), (b) plumbing as described in RCW 18.106, (c) electrical work as described in RCW 19.28, (d) structural steel installation, (e) rebar installation, and (f) any other categories of Work listed on the Subcontractor listing form(s). TIMING: The listing of HVAC, plumbing, and electrical subcontractors shall occur within one hour of the published bid submittal time. The listing of structural steel installation and rebar installation subcontractors shall occur within forty-eight hours of the published bid submittal time. The listing of any other categories of Work listed on the Subcontractor listing form(s) shall occur as indicated on such forms or as otherwise described in the bidding documents. SELF-PERFORMANCE: If the Bidder intends to self-perform any of these categories of Work, it must name itself for each such category of Work. IF NO SUBCONTRACTORS: If there is no work to be performed by a HVAC, plumbing, electrical, structural steel installation, rebar installation, or other subcontractor category identified on the Bid form(s), the Bidder should insert “None” or “N/A” on the Bid form. If a category is left blank, that shall indicate that the Bidder believes that there is no Work to be performed by that trade. MULTIPLE ENTRIES: The Bidder shall not list more than one (1) entity for a particular category of Work identified, unless a Subcontractor varies with an Alternate Bid, in which case the Bidder shall identify the Subcontractor to be used for the Alternate and the affected portion of the Work and otherwise make its Bid clear as to which subcontractor shall be utilized depending upon the selection of alternates. MULTIPLE SUBMITTAL TIMES. In the event the Bidding Documents call for a second submittal time for receipt of alternate bids, and no additional Subcontractors are listed with such alternate bids, the Arlington School District will consider that there is no change in the Subcontractors from those listed with regard to the base Bid. Arlington School District No. 16 INSTRUC TIONS TO BIDDERS 8 150060681.1 2. Failure to Submit. In accordance with RCW 39.30.060, failure of a Bidder to submit the names of such proposed heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, electrical, structural steel installation, and rebar installation Subcontractors or to name itself to perform such Work or the naming of two or more Subcontractors to perform the same Work in the time periods described above shall render the Bidder’s Bid nonresponsive and, therefore, void. 3. Requirement to Subcontract. The Bidder, if awarded the Contract, will subcontract with the listed Subcontractor for performance of the portion of the Work designated on the Form of Proposal, subject to the provisions of the Contract for Construction and RCW 39.30.060. The Bidder shall not substitute a listed Subcontractor in furtherance of bid shopping or bid peddling. 4. Replacement. If a listed Subcontractor is unable to comply with any bondability, qualification, or other requirements of the Contract or Bidding Documents (including without limitation a finding of Subcontractor non-Responsibility), the Arlington School District may require the Bidder to replace the Subcontractor with a Subcontractor acceptable to the Arlington School District at no change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 5. Subcontractor Standards. Subcontractors shall meet contractual and technical qualifications standards, and provide specialized certification, licensing, and/or payment and performance bonding where specified. C. BID SECURITY 1. Purpose and procedure. Each Bid shall be accompanied by a bid security payable to the Arlington School District in the form required in the Bidding Documents and equal to five percent (5%) of the Base Bid. The bid security constitutes a pledge that the Bidder will enter into the Contract with the Arlington School District in the form provided, in a timely manner, and on the terms stated in its Bid and will furnish in a timely manner the payment and performance bonds, certificates of insurance, Contractor’s Construction Schedule, and all other documents required in the Contract Documents. Should the Bidder fail or refuse to enter into the Contract or fail to furnish such documents, the amount of the bid security shall be forfeited to the Arlington School District as liquidated damages, not as a penalty. By submitting its Bid and bid security, the Bidder agrees that any forfeiture is a reasonable prediction at the time of Bid submittal of future damages to the Arlington School District. 2. Form. The bid security shall be in the form of a certified or bank cashier’s check payable to the Arlington School District or a bid bond executed by a bonding company acceptable to the Arlington School District and licensed in the State of Washington on the form included with the Bidding Documents (if any) or on an acceptable and equivalent form. The Attorney-in-Fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall be licensed to do business in the State of Washington and shall affix to the bond a certified and current copy of his or her Power of Attorney. 3. Retaining Bid Security. The Arlington School District will have the right to retain the Bid Security of Bidders to whom an award is being considered until the earliest of either (a) the Contract has been executed, and payment and performance bonds have been furnished, or (b) the specified time has elapsed so that Bids may be withdrawn, or (c) all Bids have been rejected. 4. Return of Bid Security. Within forty-five (45) days after the Bid Date, the Arlington School District will release or return Bid securities to Bidders whose Bids are not to be further considered in awarding the Contract. Bid securities of the three apparent low Bidders will be held until the Contract has been finally executed, after which all unforfeited Bid securities will be returned. Arlington School District No. 16 INSTRUC TIONS TO BIDDERS 9 150060681.1 D. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 1. Procedure. The Bid, the Bid security, and any other documents required to be submitted with the Bid shall be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The envelope shall be addressed to the party specified in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bidders and shall be identified with the Project name, the Bidder’s name and address and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Work for which the Bid is submitted. If the B id is sent by mail the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation “SEALED BID ENCLOSED” on the face thereof. 2. Deposit. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, or any extension thereof made by Addendum. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids may be opened, retained unopened, or returned (open or unopened), all at the discretion of the Arlington School District. 3. Responsibility. The Bidder assumes full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. 4. Form. Oral, fax, telephonic, email, electronic, or telegraphic Bids are invalid and will not be considered. E. MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID 1. After receipt time. A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder during a forty-five (45) day period following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids, and each Bidder so agrees by virtue of submitting its Bid. 2. Before receipt time. Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, any Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn only by notice to the party receiving Bids at the place designated for receipt of Bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the Bidder or by telegram or fax; if by telegram or fax, written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be mailed and postmarked on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids. The notice shall be worded so as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. E-Mail notice will not be considered. It shall be the Bidder’s sole responsibility to verify that the notice has been received by the Arlington School District in time to be withdrawn before the Bid opening. 3. Resubmittal. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. 4. Bid security with resubmission. Bid security shall be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as modified or resubmitted. F. NOTICE 1. Notice or a request from a Bidder under these Instructions to Bidders must be in writing over the signature of the Bidder and delivered in person or by mail, express delivery, telegram or fax. If the notice is by telegram or fax, written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder must be mailed and postmarked on or before the date and time set for the notice. 1.05 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS A. OPENING OF BIDS: Unless stated otherwise in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid or any Addendum, the properly identified Bids received on time will be opened publicly and will be read aloud. An abstract of the Base Bids and Alternate Bids, if any, will be made available to Bidders and other interested parties. Arlington School District No. 16 INSTRUC TIONS TO BIDDERS 10 150060681.1 B. REJECTION OF BIDS: The Arlington School District shall have the right but not the obligation to reject any or all Bids for any reason or for no reason, to reject a Bid not accompanied by required Bid security or by other material or data required by the Bidding Documents, or to reject a Bid which is in any way incomplete or irregular. C. ACCEPTANCE OF BID (AWARD) 1. Owner. The Arlington School District intends (but is not bound) to award a Contract to the lowest Responsible and Responsive Bidder, provided the Bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and does not exceed the funds available. The Arlington School District has the right to waive any informality or irregularity in any Bid(s) received and to accept the Bid which, in its judgment, is in its own best interests. 2. Alternates. The Arlington School District shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents or Bidding Documents, and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and the Alternates (if any) accepted. The Arlington School District retains the right to accept Alternate Bid items at the price bid within 45 days after the Agreement is executed. 3. Requirements for Award. Before the Award, the lowest Responsive Bidder shall meet the Award Requirements. D. BID PROTEST PROCEDURES 1. Procedure. A Bidder protesting for any reason the Bidding Documents; a bidding procedure; the Arlington School District’s objection to the Bidder or a person or entity proposed by the Bidder, including but not limited to a finding of non-Responsibility; the rejection of a Bid; the award of the Contract; or any other aspect arising from or relating in any way to the bidding or award or lack thereof, shall cause a written protest to be filed with the Arlington School District within two (2) business days of the event giving rise to the protest and, in any event, no later than two (2) bu siness days after the date upon which Bids are opened. (Intermediate Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays are not counted.) The written protest shall include the name of the protesting Bidder, a detailed description of the specific factual and legal grounds for the protest, copies of all supporting documents, and the specific relief requested. The written protest shall be delivered to : Brian Lewis Executive Director of Operations Arlington School District No. 16 315 N. French Avenue Arlington, Washington 98223 blewis@asd.wednet.edu 2. Consideration. Upon receipt of the written protest, the Arlington School District will consider the protest. The Arlington School District may, within three (3) business days of the Arlington School District’s receipt of the protest, provide any other affected Bidder(s) the opportunity to respond in writing to the protest. If the protest is not resolved by mutual agreement of the protesting Bidder and the Arlington School District, the Superintendent of the Arlington School District or his or her designee will review the issues and promptly furnish a final and binding written decision to the protesting Bidder and any other affected Bidder(s) within six (6) business days of the Arlington School District’s receipt of the protest. (If more than one (1) protest is filed, the Arlington School District’s decision will be provided within six (6) business days of the Arlington School District’s receipt of the last protest.) If no reply is received from the Arlington School District during the six (6) business-day period, the protest shall be deemed rejected. Arlington School District No. 16 INSTRUC TIONS TO BIDDERS 11 150060681.1 3. Waiver. Failure to comply with these protest procedures will render a protest waived. 4. Condition precedent. Timely and proper compliance with and exhaustion of these protest procedures shall be a condition precedent to any otherwise permissible judicial consideration of a protest. 1.06 POST BID INFORMATION A. INFORMATION FROM APPARENT LOW BIDDER 1. Submittal. Within twenty-four (24) hours of the Architect’s request, the apparent low Bidder and any other Bidders so requested shall submit the following to the Architect and the Arlington School District: (a) additional information regarding the use of their own forces and the use of subcontractors and suppliers; (b) a properly executed Contractor’s Qualification Statement on the form provided (unless otherwise required to be submitted at the time of the Bid); (c) a letter or form from the Bidder’s insurance company stating that the insurance required by the Contract Documents will become effective upon execution of the Contract; (d) a letter or form from the Bidder’s surety stating that the bond(s) required by the Contract Documents will become effective upon execution of the Contract; (e) if requested by the Arlington School District, a detailed breakdown of the Bid in a form acceptable to the Arlington School District; (f) the names of the persons or entities (including a designation of the Work to be performed with the Contractor’s own forces, and the names of those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each of the principal portions of the Work; (g) the proprietary names and the suppliers of the principal items or sys tems of materials and equipment proposed for the Work; (h) a State Board of Education Form D-9, if requested; and (i) a signed statement in accordance with RCW 9A.72.085 verifying under penalty of perjury that the bidder is in compliance with the responsible bidder criteria of RCW 39.04.350(1)(g). Failure to provide any of the above information in a timely manner may constitute an event of breach permitting forfeiture of the Bid security. 2. Responsibility. The Bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect and the Arlington School District the reliability and Responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to furnish and perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents as well as qualifications set forth in the Sections of the Project Manual pertaining to such proposed Subcontractor’s respective trades. The Responsibility of the Bidder may be judged in part by the Responsibility of these proposed entities. The following will be considered: • The ability, capacity, and skill to perform the contract; • The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, and efficiency of the Bidder; • Whether the Bidder can perform the contract within the time specified; • The quality of performance of previous contracts; • The previous and existing compliance by the Bidder with laws relating to the contract; and Arlington School District No. 16 INSTRUC TIONS TO BIDDERS 12 150060681.1 • Such other information as may be secured having a bearing on the decision to award the contract. CONSIDERATION. In considering a Bidder’s Responsibility, a Bidder shall be deemed to be unqualified to perform the Contract if, after review and verification of the representations included upon the Contractor’s Qualification Statement submitted by the Bidder, conditions such as, but not limited to, the following appear: (a) The Bidder does not have sufficient prior experience (or an acceptable substitute thereof, as described below) with projects of a similar nature in technical, managerial, and financial requirements to that in the present Contract being bid. In addition to such est ablished contractors, a newly established contractor may be considered qualified if it has shown on the Contractor’s Qualification Statement that it is staffed with sufficient technical, managerial, and financial personnel with prior experience in the nature of construction for which the Bids are invited. (b) The Bidder does not have sufficient capability to undertake the obligations of the Contract. A determination will be made when the Arlington School District’s review of the probable cash flow needs of the Bidder for this Project (including payroll, cost of material and supplies, equipment rental costs, and any other direct or incidental costs of the Contract), concludes that the Bidder does not have sufficient financial resources to enable it to satisfy its financial obligations under the Contract. (c) The Bidder has submitted unrealistic unit prices as determined by other Bidders’ unit prices for this Project. (d) The Bidder does not have sufficient staff, equipment, or plant available to perform the Contract. The Arlington School District’s determination in this matter will be based upon that represented by Bidder in the Contractor’s Qualification Statement. (e) The Bidder has a history of unsatisfactory performance of contracts of this or similar nature, regardless of whether such contracts existed between the Arlington School District and the Bidder, or other parties. • A determination of this nature will be made if the Arlington School District, after review of the Bidder previous work experience, determines that the Bidder’s unsatisfactory performance has resulted predominantly from the Bidder’s failure rather than a failure to perform by another party. The Arlington School District will give the Contractor an opportunity to explain such nonperformance’s before any final determination is reached. • A determination of failure to perform will be made if the Arlington School District is satisfied after review of the Bidder’s prior experience, that the Bidder has failed to satisfy its obligations under past contracts and the Arlington School District cannot safely assume satisfactory performance of the Contract by the Bidder. • In reaching its determination, the Arlington School District may consider statements of other parties to the prior unperformed contracts, as well as the representations of the Bidder on its Contractor’s Qualification Statement. 3. Subcontractors. The Responsibility of the Bidder may be judged in part by the Responsibility of its Subcontractors. Bidders must verify Responsibility criteria for each first-tier Subcontractor. A Subcontractor of any tier that hires other Subcontractors must verify Responsibility criteria for each of its next lower-tier Subcontractors. Verification shall include that each Subcontractor, at the time of subcontract execution, is Responsible and possesses an electrical contractor license, if required by RCW 19.28, or an elevator contractor license, if required by RCW 70.87 , and can obtain any payment and performance bonds required by the Bidding or Contract Documents. 4. Request to Modify Criteria. No later than ten (10) days prior to the Bid Date, a potential Bidder may request in writing that the Arlington School District modify the Responsibility criteria listed in clause (2) above or elsewhere in the Contract Documents or the Bidding Documents. The Arlington Arlington School District No. 16 INSTRUC TIONS TO BIDDERS 13 150060681.1 School District will evaluate the information submitted by the potential Bidder and respond before the Bid Date. If the evaluation results in a change of the criteria, the Arlington School District will issue an Addendum identifying the new criteria. 5. Objection. Prior to the Award of the Contract, the Architect will notify the Bidder in writing if either the Arlington School District or the Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to the Bidder or a person or entity proposed by the Bidder, and the Arlington School District will provide the reasons for the determination. The Bidder may appeal the determination within two (2) business days of its receipt of the objection by presenting additional information to the Arlington School District, and the Arlington School District will consider the additional information before issuing its final determination. The Bidder may, after the Arlington School District’s objection or determination, and at Bidder’s option, (1) withdraw the Bid, (2) submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with no change in the Contract Time and no adjustment in the Base Bid or any Alternate Bid, even if there is a cost to the Bidder occasioned by the substitution, or (3) appeal by filing a protest in accordance with paragraph 1.05.D. In the event of withdrawal, Bid security will not be forfeited. 6. Change. Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder and to whom the Arlington School District or the Architect have made no reasonable objection must be used on the Work for which they were proposed and shall not be changed except with the written consent of the Arlington School District and the Architect. 7. Right to Terminate. The Bidder’s representations concerning its qualifications will be construed as a covenant under the Contract. Should it appear that the Bidder has made a material misrepresentation on its Contractor’s Qualification Statement, the Arlington School District shall have the right to terminate the Contract for cause for the Contractor’s breach, and the Arlington School District may then pursue such remedies as exist elsewhere under this Contract, or as otherwise are provided at law or equity. B. INFORMATION FROM OTHER BIDDERS: All other Bidders designated by the Architect as under consideration for award of a Contract shall also provide a properly executed Contractor’s Qualification Statement, if so requested by the Arlington School District. C. BIDDING MISTAKES: The Arlington School District will not be obligated to consider notice of claimed bidding mistakes received more than three (3) business days after the Bid opening. In accordance with Washington law, a low Bidder that claims error and fails to enter into the Contract is prohibited from bidding on the Project if a subsequent call for Bids is made for the Project. 1.07 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND A. BOND REQUIREMENTS: Within twenty-four (24) hours after the issuance of the Arlington School District’s notice of intent to award the Contract, and prior to the date of execution of the Contract, the Bidder shall furnish evidence satisfactory to the Arlington School District of its ability to obtain statutory bonds pursuant to RCW 39.08 covering the faithful performance of the Contract and the payment of all obligations arising thereunder in the form prescribed in the Contract Documents and in the full amount of the Contract Sum plus sales tax. The cost of such bond shall be included in the Base Bid. B. SUBCONTRACTOR BONDS. The Arlington School District reserves the right to require certain Subcontractors to furnish performance and labor and material payment bonds in form as set forth herein and as set forth under the Bidding Documents or Contract Documents. The Arlington School District shall not, however, be responsible for any costs for any Subcontractor bonds unless the Arlington School District, prior to the execution of the Owner-Contractor Agreement, requires the Bidder, in writing, to furnish such bonds from designated Subcontractors. Should any bonds be furnished by subcontract bidders, or be required by any Bidder to be furnished by any subcontract Arlington School District No. 16 INSTRUC TIONS TO BIDDERS 14 150060681.1 bidder or Subcontractor, without the written request of the Arlington School District prior to the execution of the Owner -Contractor Agreement, the costs for any such bonds shall be at the expense of the Bidder and shall not be added to the Contract Sum. C. TIME OF DELIVERY AND FORM OF BONDS. The Bidder shall deliver the bonds, certificates of insurance, and other documents required by the Contract Documents to the Arlington School District pursuant to the Contract Documents and in no event any later than seven (7) days after the date of execution of the Contract and prior to commencing operations at the site. The bonds shall be written in the form approved by the Arlington School District for public work, as required by RCW 39.08. The bonds shall be written by a surety firm licensed to do business in the State of Washington, with an A.M. Best rating of at least A/VIII. The Bidder shall require the Attorney-in-Fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of his/her Power of Attorney. 1.08 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR A. FORM TO BE USED: The Agreement for the Work will be written on the form(s) contained in the Bidding Documents, including any General, Supplemental or Special Conditions, and the other Contract Documents included with the Project Manual. In the event no form is en closed, an AIA Document A101-2017, “Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, where the basis of payment is a Stipulated Sum,” along with the General Conditions (AIA Document A201-2017), as both are revised, modified and supplemented by the Arlington School District, will be used. All references in these Instructions to Bidders to the A101 or the A201 refer to the documents as revised by the Arlington School District. B. CONFLICTS: In case of conflict between the provisions of these Instructions and any other Bidding Document, these Instructions shall govern. In case of conflict between the provisions of the Bidding Documents and the Contract Documents, the Contract Documents shall govern. 1.09 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS This paragraph contains descriptions of some but not all of the provisions of the Contract Documents. A. RETAINAGE: The Contract Documents specify the statutory retainage requirements of RCW 60.28 for this Project. B. CONTRACT TIME: The Contract Documents specify the Contract Time. Timely completion of this Project is essential to the Arlington School District. C. PREVAILING WAGES: The Contract Documents contain requirements regarding the payment of prevailing wages pursuant to RCW 39.12. D. WRITTEN CLAIMS AND NOTICE: The Contract Documents contain a number of provisions that require the Contractor to provide notice of Claims and to make and support Claims, in writing, within a specified time in order to maintain the Claim. The Arlington School District is under no obligation to consider Claims that fail, in any respect, to meet these requirements. E. CHANGES IN CONTRACT SUM: The Contract Documents contain provisions specifying requirements for and pricing of changes in the Contract Sum. F. DISPUTE RESOLUTION: The Contract Documents contain provisions replacing the arbitration provisions of the form General Conditions with an alternative dispute resolution procedure which, among other things, requires non-binding mediation of all disputes. Arlington School District No. 16 INSTRUC TIONS TO BIDDERS 15 150060681.1 G. CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION: Pursuant to RCW 39.06, the Bidder shall be registered or licensed as required by the laws of the State of Washington, including but not limited to, RCW 18.27. H. COMMISSION ING OF OPERATIONAL SYSTEMS: Certain systems may be designated in the Contract Documents as “Operational Systems.” If so, prior to the Date of Substantial Completion the Operational Systems must be up and running, ready for normal operation, and subject t o a pre- commissioning inspection. I. TAXES. The Contractor shall include in its Bid and pay for all applicable taxes except Washington State Sales Tax and Local Sales Tax on the Contract Sum, which shall be excluded in the preparation of its Bid. Such State and Local Sales Taxes shall be added to the Contract Sum, pa id by the Arlington School District to the Contractor, and then paid by the Contractor over the course of the Project. Refer to general, supplementary or other conditions regarding further information. J. OTHER PROVISIONS: The above paragraphs contain descriptions of some but not all of the provisions of the Contract Documents. Bidders should review in detail the Contract Documents themselves and not rely upon the above paragraphs in this article as complete or inclusive. 1.10 POSSIBLE TRENCH EXCAVATION SAFETY PROVISIONS A. To ensure that the Bidder agrees to comply with relevant trenching safety requirements of RCW 39.04.180 and RCW 49.17, the Base Bid must include the cost of any required trench safety provisions. The Bidder shall enter in the blank provided on the Bid form the dollar amount the Bidder has included in its Base Bid for any trench safety provisions for trenching that will exceed a depth of four feet. If trench excavation safety provisions do not pertain to the Project, the Bidder may enter “N.A.” or “Not Applicable” in the blank on the Bid form. END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 00 31 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS AVAILABLE PROJECT INFORMATION McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 AVAILABLE PROJECT INFORMATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. A topographical survey of existing site conditions is included in the Contract Documents. B. A Geotechnical study of the project site has been performed. The findings and recommendations are included in the letter prepared by Nelson Geotechnical Associates, Inc: 1. Letter is titled “Kent Prairie Elementary School Infiltration Evaluation” dated April 21, 2022. C. Copies of the reports and drawings can be viewed online at American Reprographics Company (ARC), www.e- arc.com/location/tacoma/. Hard copies can also be obtained, for the cost of printing, shipping and handling, contact, American Reprographics Company (ARC), 632 Broadway, Tacoma, WA 98402, telephone 1-800-337- 8103. D. Contractors and Subcontractors can obtain electronic data on existing ground conditions and design data by con- tacting American Reprographics Company (ARC), email Tacoma.bidservices@e-arc.com; Phone: (800) 337- 8103. Existing ground data will be provided in one-foot interval contours. Design data will include finished contours and intermediate break lines. Data files will be in AutoCAD. This data is not to be considered a con- tract document, is being provided for Contractor’s convenience only and will be at the recipient’s sole risk. By requesting and accepting this data the Contractor assumes all risk associated with use and/or reliance on the data. The use of the provided data shall not be construed as removing the necessity of obtaining appropriate field measurements nor of limiting requirements for conformity with other documentation or any other require- ment of the contract documents. There is no warranty, express or implied, as to the fitness of the data for any purpose, nor is there any guarantee that the information contained in the data is consistent with the latest issued contract documents. Should any discrepancy occur between the electronic data being provided and the issued contract documents the contract documents shall govern. E. Contractors and Subcontractors can obtain electronic Civil vector pdfs to download or view by going to www.e- arc.com/location/tacoma and click the link to “Enter Public Planroom”. Search by “KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS.” This data is not to be considered a contract document, is being provided for Contractor’s convenience only and will be at the recipient’s sole risk. By requesting and accepting this data the Contractor assumes all risk associated with use and/or reliance on the data. The use of the provided data shall not be construed as removing the necessity of obtaining appropriate field measurements nor of limiting require- ments for conformity with other documentation or any other requirement of the contract documents. There is no warranty, express or implied, as to the fitness of the data for any purpose, nor is there any guarantee that the in- formation contained in the data is consistent with the latest issued contract documents. Should any discrepancy occur between the electronic data being provided and the issued contract documents the contract documents shall govern. F. Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) - Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP), prepared by Harmsen Associates Inc. This document defines the minimum requirements for the Contractor’s Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION April 21, 2022 Mitch Kent, AIA McGranahan Architects 2111 Pacific Avenue Suite 100 Tacoma, WA 98402 VIA Email: mitch.kent@mcgranahan.com Stormwater Infiltration Letter – REVISED Kent Prairie Elementary School Infiltration Evaluation 8110 – 207th Street NE Arlington, Washington NGA File No. 1344122 Dear Mitch: This letter documents our explorations and provides our opinions and recommendations for pavement subgrade preparation and the feasibility of stormwater infiltration for the project located at 8110 – 207th Street NE in Arlington, Washington, as shown on the Vicinity Map in Figure 1. INTRODUCTION We understand the Arlington School District is proposing additional staff parking and student dropoff/pick-up queuing area improvements to the Kent Prairie Elementary School property. The property covers approximately 9.97 acres in area, however parking improvements will be located mainly on the western portion of the site along the northwestern property line. The affected area is currently occupied by a grass playfield and is bordered by 207th Street NE to the northwest. Topographically, the site is generally level. We have been requested to provide this letter for determination of long-term design infiltration rates of the on-site soils. For use in preparing this letter, we have been provided with a preliminary site plan titled “City of Arlington, Kent Prairie Elementary”, dated February 3, 2022, and prepared by Harmsen Engineers Surveyors. We were also provide with a previous infiltration letter entitled “Infiltration Feasibility Evaluation – Kent Prairie Elementary School”, dated March 29, 2018, and prepared by Geotest. Stormwater Infiltration Evaluation – REVISED NGA File No. 1344122 Kent Prairie Elementary School infiltration Evaluation April 21, 2022 Arlington, Washington Page 2 NELSON GEOTECHNICAL ASSOCIATES, INC. We understand that stormwater generated from the proposed development may be directed to onsite infiltration systems, if feasible. We have been requested to evaluate the infiltration capacity of the site soils within the property. The City of Arlington utilizes the Department of Ecology (DOE) 2019 Stormwater Management in Western Washington Manual (2019 SWMMWW) to determine the design of infiltration or detention facilities. According to this manual, long-term design infiltration rates for this site are to be determined by performing on-site infiltration testing consisting of the Small Pilot Infiltration Test (PIT). SCOPE The purpose of this study is to explore and characterize the subsurface conditions within the site and to provide opinions and recommendations for stormwater infiltration. Specifically, our scope of services included the following: 1. Reviewing available soil and geologic maps of the area as well as other relevant geotechnical information pertaining to the site, as provided. 2. Exploring the subsurface soil and groundwater conditions within the site using trackhoe- excavated test pits. Excavation services were subcontracted by NGA. 3. Providing long-term design infiltration rates based on on-site Small Pilot Infiltration Testing (PIT) per the 2019 SWMMWW, if feasible. 4. Performing laboratory grain-size sieve analysis on soil samples, as necessary. 5. Providing recommendations for earthwork and pavement subgrade preparation. 6. Providing our opinion on stormwater infiltration feasibility. 7. Providing recommendations for infiltration/bioretention system installation. 8. Providing general recommendations for site drainage and erosion control. 9. Documenting the results of our findings, conclusions, and recommendations in a written geotechnical letter. SITE CONDITIONS Surface Conditions The property covers approximately 9.97 acres. The site is currently occupied by the Kent Prairie Elementary School building in the eastern half surrounded by paved parking areas and a grass field in the western half. The property is bordered by Burn Road to the East, 207th Street NE to the north and west, and by residential development to the south. Topographically, the site is relatively level. We did not observe surface water within the site on our visit on March 15, 2022. Stormwater Infiltration Evaluation – REVISED NGA File No. 1344122 Kent Prairie Elementary School infiltration Evaluation April 21, 2022 Arlington, Washington Page 3 NELSON GEOTECHNICAL ASSOCIATES, INC. Subsurface Conditions The geologic units for this area are shown on the Geologic Map of the Arlington East Quadrangle, Snohomish County, Washington, by Minard J.P. (USGS, 1985). The site is mapped as Marysville sand (Qvrm) with Arlington gravel (Qvra) and advanced outwash (Qva) in the near vicinity. Marysville sand is generally described as well drained sand with pebbles and gravel. Arlington gravel is described as stratified outwash sand and gravel and advanced out wash is described as a glacially compacted generally clean mixture of sand, gravel, and cobbles. Our explorations encountered soils primarily consisting of fine to coarse sand with gravel and cobles consistent with the description of advanced outwash soils at depth. Explorations: The subsurface conditions within the site were explored on March 15, 2022 by excavating five test pit explorations with a mini-excavator. The approximate locations of our explorations are shown on the Site Plan in Figure 2. A geologist from NGA was present during the explorations, examined the soils and geologic conditions encountered, obtained samples of the different soil types, and maintained logs of the explorations. The soils were visually classified in general accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System, presented in Figure 3. The logs of our explorations are attached to this letter and are presented in Figures 4 and 5. We present a brief summary of the subsurface conditions in the following paragraph. For a detailed description of the subsurface conditions, the exploration logs should be reviewed. At the surface of our explorations, we generally encountered approximately 3.0 to 9.0 feet of gray to black, fine to coarse sand with varying amounts of silt, gravel, cobble, organics, iron oxide staining, debris, and charcoal that we interpreted as undocumented fill soils. Underlying the undocumented fill soils we encountered gray to brown, fine to coarse sand with gravel and cobbles that we interpreted to be native advanced outwash aat depth. Hydrogeologic Conditions We encountered significant groundwater seepage within all of our explorations. We interpreted this groundwater to be associated with the regional groundwater table. We would expect the regional groundwater table to fluxiate seasonally, lowering during drier times of the year and rising during wetter periods. Stormwater Infiltration Due to the significant seepage and caving encountered within both the native and overlying fill soils within all of our explorations, infiltration testing was not performed. Stormwater Infiltration Evaluation – REVISED NGA File No. 1344122 Kent Prairie Elementary School infiltration Evaluation April 21, 2022 Arlington, Washington Page 4 NELSON GEOTECHNICAL ASSOCIATES, INC. CONCLUSIONS Infiltration It is our opinion that due to the significant groundwater seepeage and caving encountered within all of our explorations, the subsurface soils within the site are not suitable for traditional stormwater infiltration. We understand that a detention pond in the southwest corner of the site with a controlled overflow leading to an approved point of discharge within 204th Street NE has been proposed. In our opinion this should be adequate to manage runoff from the planned site development. We recommend that any stormwater management systems be placed as to not negatively impact any proposed or existing nearby structures and also meet all required setbacks from existing property lines, structures, and sensitive areas as discussed in the drainage manual. We should be retained to evaluate the stormwater system design and installation during construction, if necessary. Pavement Subgrade Preparation Due to the presence of up to 9.0 feet of fill in the planned new pavement area, we recommend subgrade for all paved roadways and parking areas be over excavated by a minimum 18 inches and exposed surface compacted to a firm and unyielding condition as approved by NGA. Based on subgrade performance during compaction, some areas may need to be additionally overexcavated and replaced with rock spalls. NGA should be retained to monitor construction and determine the extent of the areas that may need to be replaced. The stripped soil should be removed from the site or stockpiled for later use as a landscaping fill. A layer of Tensar TX190 geogrid (or equivalent) should then be placed on the prepared subgrade and layed out as recommended by the manufacturer. The geogrid should be placed with a minimum of 2.0 feet of over lap between each sheet. Eighteen inches of select borrow should then be placed on top of the geogrid. The geogrid shall remain taut and free of wrinkles while backfill is being placed. Select borrow should meet Washinton State DOT standards of containing less than ten percent fines (soil finer than U.S. No. 200 sieve, based on that fraction passing the U.S. 4-inch sieve). The select borrow should be placed in thin lifts and compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of its maximum dry density. The pavement section (base course and asphalt) should be placed on top of the compacted borrow. USE OF THIS LETTER This letter was prepared for Mitch Kent and associated agents, for use in planning and budgeting the above-referenced project only. Our services included an evaluation of the infiltration capability of the site soils at specific locations and should not be considered as an in-depth geotechnical study of the site or an evaluation of the overall site stability. Stormwater Infiltration Evaluation – REVISED NGA File No. 1344122 Kent Prairie Elementary School infiltration Evaluation April 21, 2022 Arlington, Washington Page 5 NELSON GEOTECHNICAL ASSOCIATES, INC. This letter may be used for bidding and estimating purposes, but our letter, conclusions, and interpretations should not be construed as a warranty of the subsurface conditions. The subsurface conditions between explorations may vary. A contingency for varying conditions should be incorporated into the project plans. We recommend that NGA be retained to review the design and provide monitoring and consultation services during construction to confirm that the conditions encountered are consistent with those indicated by the explorations, to provide recommendations for design changes should the conditions revealed during the work differ from those anticipated, and to evaluate whether or not earthwork activities comply with contract plans and specifications. We should be contacted a minimum of one week prior to construction activities and could attend pre-construction meetings if requested. Within the limitations of scope, schedule, and budget, our services have been performed in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering practices in effect in this area at the time this letter was prepared. No other warranty, expressed or implied, is made. Our observations, findings, and opinions are a means to identify and reduce the inherent risks to the owner. o-o-o Stormwater Infiltration Evaluation – REVISED NGA File No. 1344122 Kent Prairie Elementary School infiltration Evaluation April 21, 2022 Arlington, Washington Page 6 NELSON GEOTECHNICAL ASSOCIATES, INC. We appreciate the opportunity to provide service to you on this project. If you have any questions or require further information, please call. Sincerely, NELSON GEOTECHNICAL ASSOCIATES, INC. Sarah L. Dunn Staff Geologist Khaled M. Shawish, PE Principal SLD:KMS:dy Five Figures Attached 4.21.2022 Not to Scale VICINITY MAP Kent Prairie Elementary School Infiltration Vicinity Map Project Site 1 No.Project Number Date By CKRevision Woodinville Office 17311-135th Ave. NE, A-500 Woodinville, WA 98072 (425) 486-1669 / Fax: 481-2510 Wenatchee Office 105 Palouse St. Wenatchee, WA 98801 (509) 665-7696 / Fax: 665-7692www.nelsongeotech.com C: \ U s e r s \ D a n n y N e l s o n \ N e l s o n G e o t e c h n i c a l A s s o c i a t e s , I n c \ N e l s o n G e o t e c h n i c a l A s s o c i a t e s , I n c - C o m p a n y \ 2 0 2 2 N G A P r o j e c t \ 1 3 4 4 1 - 2 2 K e n t P r a i r i e E l e m e n t a r y I n f i l t r a t i o n A r l i n g t o n \ D r a f t i n g \ V M . d w g 3/22/22 DPN DJOOriginal Figure 1 1344122 Arlington, WA Kent Prairie Elementary School Infiltration Site Plan 1 No.Date By CKRevision Woodinville Office 17311-135th Ave. NE, A-500 Woodinville, WA 98072 (425) 486-1669 / Fax: 481-2510 Wenatchee Office 105 Palouse St. Wenatchee, WA 98801 (509) 665-7696 / Fax: 665-7692www.nelsongeotech.com C: \ U s e r s \ D a n n y N e l s o n \ N e l s o n G e o t e c h n i c a l A s s o c i a t e s , I n c \ N e l s o n G e o t e c h n i c a l A s s o c i a t e s , I n c - C o m p a n y \ 2 0 2 2 N G A P r o j e c t \ 1 3 4 4 1 - 2 2 K e n t P r a i r i e E l e m e n t a r y I n f i l t r a t i o n A r l i n g t o n \ D r a f t i n g \ s p . d w g 3/22/22 DPN DJOOriginal Figure 2 Project Number 1344122 Site Plan Reference: Site Plan based on a plan dated February 3, 2022 titled "Kent Prairie Elementary," prepared by Harmsen. LEGEND TP-1 Number and approximate location of test pit Property line Scale: 1 inch = 100 feet 0 100 200 TP-1 TP-5 TP-2 TP-3 TP-4 GW GP GM GC SW SP SM SC ML CL OL MH CH OH PT PEAT ORGANIC CLAY, ORGANIC SILT CLAY OF HIGH PLASTICITY, FAT CLAY SILT OF HIGH PLASTICITY, ELASTIC SILT SILTY SAND SILT ORGANIC SILT, ORGANIC CLAY CLAY CLAYEY SAND POORLY GRADED SAND WELL-GRADED SAND, FINE TO COARSE SAND CLAYEY GRAVEL SILTY GRAVEL POORLY-GRADED GRAVEL WELL-GRADED, FINE TO COARSE GRAVELCLEAN GRAVEL GRAVEL WITH FINES CLEAN SAND SAND WITH FINES INORGANIC ORGANIC INORGANIC ORGANIC HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS GRAVEL SAND SILT AND CLAY SILT AND CLAY MORE THAN 50 % OF COARSE FRACTION RETAINED ON NO. 4 SIEVE PASSES NO. 4 SIEVE LIQUID LIMIT LESS THAN 50 % 50 % OR MORE LIQUID LIMIT MORE THAN 50 % OF COARSE FRACTION COARSE - GRAINED SOILS FINE - GRAINED SOILS MORE THAN 50 % RETAINED ON NO. 200 SIEVE PASSES NO. 200 SIEVE MORE THAN 50 % MAJOR DIVISIONS GROUP SYMBOL GROUP NAME UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM NOTES: 1) Field classification is based on visual examination of soil in general accordance with ASTM D 2488-93. 2) Soil classification using laboratory tests is based on ASTM D 2488-93. 3) Descriptions of soil density or consistency are based on interpretation of blowcount data, visual appearance of soils, and/or test data. SOIL MOISTURE MODIFIERS: Dry - Absence of moisture, dusty, dry to the touch Moist - Damp, but no visible water. Wet - Visible free water or saturated, usually soil is obtained from below water table 1 No.Project Number Date By CKRevision Woodinville Office 17311-135th Ave. NE, A-500 Woodinville, WA 98072 (425) 486-1669 / Fax: 481-2510 Wenatchee Office 105 Palouse St. Wenatchee, WA 98801 (509) 665-7696 / Fax: 665-7692www.nelsongeotech.com C: \ U s e r s \ D a n n y N e l s o n \ N e l s o n G e o t e c h n i c a l A s s o c i a t e s , I n c \ N e l s o n G e o t e c h n i c a l A s s o c i a t e s , I n c - C o m p a n y \ 2 0 2 2 N G A P r o j e c t \ 1 3 4 4 1 - 2 2 K e n t P r a i r i e E l e m e n t a r y I n f i l t r a t i o n A r l i n g t o n \ D r a f t i n g \ S C . d w g Figure 3 1344122 3/22/22 DPN DJOOriginal Kent Prairie Elementary School Infiltration Soil Classification Chart LOG OF EXPLORATION DEPTH (FEET) USCS SOIL DESCRIPTION DPN:DJO NELSON GEOTECHNICAL ASSOCIATES, INC. FILE NO 1344122 FIGURE 4 TEST PIT ONE FILL FILL FILL FILL TEST PIT TWO FILL FILL FILL FILL TEST PIT THREE FILL DEBRIS, METAL DEBRIS, PLASTIC DEBRIS, AND ANTHROPOGENIC DEBRIS FILL LOG OF EXPLORATION DEPTH (FEET) USCS SOIL DESCRIPTION DPN:DJO NELSON GEOTECHNICAL ASSOCIATES, INC. FILE NO 1344122 FIGURE 5 TEST PIT FOUR FILL FILL FILL FILL TEST PIT FIVE FILL FILL KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 00 40 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS BID FORM McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 May 27, 2022 BID FORM Bids Due: 3:00 p.m., Tuesday, May 31, 2022 TO: Arlington School District 16 315 North French Avenue Arlington, WA 98223 FOR: KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS BID OFFER We have carefully examined and are fully familiar with all the provisions of the Contract Documents and addenda thereto, as well as the site conditions effecting the work. We agree to perform all the Work and to provide all labor, material, supervision, management, tools and equipment, incidental field design, goods and services and necessary incidentals to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Costs include Overhead, Profit, Bonds and Insurance and other expenses required to complete Work. ADDENDUM We acknowledge receipt of the following Addenda: Addendum No. ______ through ________ BASE BID (excluding sales tax) The following represents the Cost to perform the Base Bid Work described in the Kent Prairie Elementary Site Access Contract Documents, including Allowances and Trench Safety Costs. Amounts shall be shown in both words and figures. Words: ___________________________________________________________________________________ Figures: ___________________________________________________________________________________ Note the base bid amount includes Trench Safety and all Allowances. UNIT PRICES AND ALLOWANCES (excluding sales tax) The following represent Unit Prices and Allowances, as defined in the Kent Prairie Elementary Site Access Contract Documents. Bidder shall provide a value for each unit price and multiply that value by the quantity indicated to determine the associated allowance. The allowances listed in the Project Manual (for the quantity and value indicated) shall be included in the Base Bid. See Section 01 22 00 for a Schedule of Allowances to be included in the Base Bid. Unit Price and Allowance No. 1: Excavation and Export of Unanticipated Unsuitable Soils: $_________________per cubic yard x 400 cubic yards equals an allowance of $ _________________________________ Unit Price and Allowance No. 2: Import and Placement of Select Structural Fill: $_________________per cubic yard x 400 cubic yards equals an allowance of $ _________________________________ TRENCH SAFETY COSTS For code compliance reasons the State of Washington requires that public work bid forms delineate cost for trench safety systems on trench excavations that exceed four feet in depth. On the following line, please indicate the costs for such safety measures as required by the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act, Chapter 49.17 RCW. These costs are to be included in the applicable Base Bid categories and are listed here for accounting purposes only. Words: ___________________________________________________________________________________ Figures: ___________________________________________________________________________________ KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 00 40 00, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS BID FORM McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 May 27, 2022 SUBCONTRACT LIST The undersigned agrees to submit Subcontractor Listing Form A (Electrical) within one hour of bid submittal time as applicable to the work, according to RCW 39.30.060 and the Instructions to Bidders. STATE & LOCAL SALES TAX None of the above bids include State or Local Sales Tax. OVERHEAD AND PROFIT The Undersigned agrees that all of the above bids include all Contractor’s overhead and profit or fees. ACCEPTANCE This offer shall be open to acceptance and is irrevocable for sixty (60) days from Bid Date. If this Bid is accepted by the Owner within the time stated above, we will: 1. Execute the Agreement within 7 days of receipt of Intent to Award. 2. Provide required Bonds within 7 days of receipt of Intent to Award. 3. Commence Work under the Contract upon receipt of a written Notice to Proceed. THE OWNER MAY DECLINE TO ENTER INTO THE CONTRACT, WITHHOLD ITS “NOTICE TO PROCEED,” AND / OR WITHHOLD PAYMENT TO THE CONTRACTOR UNTIL SURETY BOND IS RECEIVED. CONTRACT TIME The undersigned bidder agrees, if awarded the Contract, to Substantially Complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and within the time specified in Section 01 10 00 – Summary of Work. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES In the event the bidder is awarded the contract and fails to complete the work within the time limit liquidated damages shall be paid to the Owner in the manner and at the rates specified in Section 01 10 00 – Summary of Work. CONTRACT & BOND(S) If written Notice of Intent to Award Contract is issued to the Undersigned within forty-five (45) days after the date of opening of the bids, or at any time thereafter prior to the bid being withdrawn by the Undersigned, the Undersigned agrees to execute and deliver a contract in the form required by the Contract Documents and in accordance with the bid as accepted, with partial payments provided for in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington relating to such payments for Public Works (Chapter 60.28 RCW); and to provide the Performance and Payment Bond and required insurance documents as specified with good and sufficient insurers, surety or sureties acceptable to the Owner, within seven (7) days after issuance of the Notice of Intent to Award Contract, exclusive of the day of notice. BID SECURITY The Undersigned further agrees that the postal money order, certified or bank cashier’s check or Bid Bond (collectively “Bid Security”) payable to the Owner, accompanying this proposal, is left in escrow with the Owner; that its amount is the measure of liquidated damages which the Owner will sustain by the failure of the Undersigned to execute and deliver the above-named Contract and Bond, and that if the Undersigned defaults in executing and delivering that Contract and in providing the Bond and insurance documents within seven (7) days of issuance of Notice of Intent to Award Contract, then the Bid Guarantee shall be forfeited to the Owner; but if this proposal is not accepted by the Owner within forty-five (45) days from the time set for the opening of bids, or if the Undersigned executes and delivers said Contract, insurance documents and Bond, the Bid Guarantee shall be returned to the Undersigned. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 00 40 00, Page 3 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS BID FORM McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 May 27, 2022 BIDDER Submitted on (date): __________________________________ Legal name of Bidder: __________________________________ Mailing address of Bidder: __________________________________ __________________________________ Telephone No: __________________________________ Facsimile No: __________________________________ WA State Contractors License No: __________________________________ License expiration date: __________________________________ WA State Excise Tax Registration No: __________________________________ Federal I.D. No: __________________________________ Name of Person Authorized to sign: __________________________________ Signature of Person Authorized to sign: __________________________________ Title of Person Authorized to sign: __________________________________ By signing this Bid Form, the bidder attests that within the three-year period immediately preceding the date of this bid solicitation, the bidder has not been determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the department of labor and industries or through a civil judgment entered by a court of limited or general jurisdiction, to have willfully violated, as defined in RCW 49.48.082, any provision of chapter 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 RCW. END OF BID FORM KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS SUBCONTRACTOR LIST FORM A ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 SUBCONTRACTOR LIST FORM A HVAC, Plumbing and Electrical Within One Hour of Bid Submittal Time Email FORM A as an attachment to: blewis@asd.wednet.edu Subject line on email shall include: Kent Prairie Elementary Site Access, Contractor Name, Form A In compliance with the contract documents, the following subcontractor list is submitted: SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING – RCW 39.30.060 If the base bid and the sum of the additive alternates is one million dollars or more, the Bidder shall provide names of the subcontractors with whom the Bidder will directly subcontract for performance of the following work. If the Bidder intends to perform the work, the Bidder must enter its name for that category of work. The Bidder shall not list more than one subcontractor for each category of work identified UNLESS subcontractors vary with bid alternates, in which case the Bidder must indicate which subcontractor will be used for which alternate. Substitutions are prohibited except as outlined in RCW 39.30.060. Failure of the Bidder to submit the NAMES of such subcontractors or to name itself to perform such work shall render the Bidder’s bid nonresponsive and, therefore, VOID. Category of Work Alternate Bid # (if applicable) Firm Name 1. HVAC n/a 2. Plumbing n/a 3. Electrical n/a Bidder may attach a separate sheet for additional alternate bid subcontractors. Submitted By: __________________________________________________ Print Name and Title of Authorized Person KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 00 41 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CONTRACTOR’S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 CONTRACTOR’S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT GENERAL This Contractor’s Qualification Statement is to be submitted, upon request of the Owner, after bids have been received, by the Apparent Low Bidder(s) whose bid is being considered for award. Form shall be submitted within 3 days of request. Do not include this form with submittal of proposal. Provide requested information in the order listed in this section. Provide in 8 ½ x 11 format labeled at top of page as “QUALIFICATION STATEMENT FOR KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS”. A. Date: B. Name of Organization: C. Mailing Address: D. Telephone: E. Facsimile: F. Primary Contact: G. Type of Organization: Individual /Co-Partnership/Corporation/Joint Venture/Other (Explain). H. Date of organization. I. Name of Owners (Individual), Officers (Corporation) or Partners (Partnership). J. Number of years the organization has been in business as a Contractor. K. Number of years the organization has been in business under its present business name. L. Other names or former names under which the organization operated. M. Name of Bonding Company, including agent name, contact info and number of years the organization has been affiliated with them. N. Name of Principal Bank, including branch, contact info and number of years the organization has been banking with them. O. Has your firm ever failed to complete any work awarded to it? P. Are there any judgments, claims, arbitration proceedings or suits pending or outstanding against your organization or its officers or principals? If so, provide specifics. Q. Has your organization filed any law suits or requested arbitration with regards to construction contracts within the last five years? If so, provide specifics. R. Has your organization been subject to any action by a state or federal agency, such as WISHA, OSHA or the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries? If so, provide specifics. S. Has any officer or principal of your organization ever been an officer or principal of another organization when it failed to complete a contract? If so, provide specifics. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 00 41 00, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CONTRACTOR’S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 T. List all projects your organization has under way on this date including Contract Amount, Class of Work, Percent Complete, Name of Owner and Contact Person, Address and Phone Number. U. List all projects or similar scope and scale your organization has completed in the past three years including Contract Amount, Class of Work, Completed, Name of Owner and Contact Person, Address and Phone Number. V. Provide resumes for key individuals proposed for this project. At a minimum include project manager and project superintendent. Resumes to include list of projects of similar scale and complexity on which that individual has performed similar duties. W. Signature and Date the Statement with Legal Name of Bidder, Name of Person Authorized to Sign, Signature of Personal Authorized to Sign and Title of Person Authorized to Sign. END OF CONTRACTOR’S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 00 50 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 The Agreement to be executed is attached following this page. END OF SECTION Agreement between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 Page 1 155970219.1 AGREEMENT between ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 and CONTRACTOR This AGREEMENT is made as of the _____ day of __________, 2022, between: The “School District”: Arlington School District No. 16 315 N. French Avenue Arlington, Washington 98223 and the “Contractor”: Attention: The “Project” is: The Architect/Engineer (“A/E”), if any, is: Attention: The School District’s Representative is: Brian Lewis Executive Director of Operations Arlington School District No. 16 315 N. French Avenue Arlington, Washington 98223 (360) 618-6238 Telephone (360) 618-6221 Facsimile blewis@asd.wednet.edu The School District’s Project Manager is: Fred Owyen Owyen Consulting, LLC fred.owyen@wavecable.com The School District and Contractor agree as follows. ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.1 The Contract Documents form the Contract and consist of this Agreement, the revised General Conditions (including any Supplemental or Special Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, other documents listed in this Agreement and Changes issued after execution of this Agreement, all of which are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated in it. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents, other than Changes, appears in Article 9. Agreement between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 Page 2 155970219.1 ARTICLE 2 THE WORK UNDER THIS AGREEMENT 2.1 The Contractor shall fully execute and complete the entire Work described in the Contract Documents, except to the extent specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others. ARTICLE 3 DATES OF COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION 3.1 The date of commencement, the date from which the Contract Time of Section 3.3 is measured, is the date of this Agreement, as first written above, unless a different date is stated below, or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a Notice to Proceed issued by the School District. 3.2 The Notice to Proceed permits the commencement of on-site Work and of the Contract Time. The execution of this Agreement allows the Contractor to commence all other Work. 3.3 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the Work no later than as described in the Contract Documents and in Section 3.4 below, and to finally complete work within 14 days after Substantial Completion of all of the Work, subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. Liquidated damages shall be in the amount of $______ per calendar day for each calendar day after the Contract Time that Substantial Completion is not attained. Liquidated damages shall be in the amount of $_______ per calendar day for each calendar day in excess of 14 days after Substantial Completion that Final Completion is not attained. The Contractor agrees that these liquidated damages amounts are not penalties but are a reasonable estimation of actual damages, as of this date of Agreement, based on the inherent uncertainty and difficulty in determining and quantifying damages caused by delays in the construction of school facilities. 3.4 The Contractor shall proceed with its Work as described herein and shall meet the following dates of Substantial Completion: ______________________________. 3.5 This Project __ is / ___ is not estimated to cost one million dollars or more. If “is” is selected, then this Project is subject to the apprenticeship requirements of RCW 39.04.320 and Section 12.21 in the attached General Conditions. If “is not” is selected, such apprenticeship requirements do not apply. ARTICLE 4 THE CONTRACT SUM 4.1 The School District shall pay the Contractor in current funds for the Contractor’s performance of the Contract the Contract Sum of _________________________ Dollars ($__________), subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents. State and local sales tax on the Contract Sum is not included in and shall be added to the Contract Sum. 4.2 The Contract Sum is based upon and includes the following Alternates, if any, which are described in the Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by the School District: 4.3 Unit prices, if any, are as follows: Descri tion Units Price 4.4 Allowances, if any, are as follows: Agreement between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 Page 3 155970219.1 Descri tion Units Price ARTICLE 5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 5.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the A/E by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the A/E, the School District shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 5.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month, or as follows: 5.3 The School District shall make payment to the Contractor as specified in the Contract Documents. 5.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based upon the most recent schedule of values submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work and be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the School District may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the School District, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor’s Applications for Payment. 5.5 Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. The Application shall identify with specificity the Subcontractors and suppliers that the Contractor intends to pay through the Application, and the amount of payment intended for each. 5.6 Subject to the provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as follows: 5.6.1 Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the total Contract Sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the Schedule of Values, less retainage of five percent (5%); 5.6.2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction, less retainage of five percent (5%); 5.6.3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the School District; and 5.6.4 Subtract amounts, if any, for which the School District or A/E has withheld or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in the General Conditions. 5.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Section 5.6 shall be further modified under the following circumstances: 5.7.1 Add, upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to ninety-eight percent (98%) of the Contract Sum (less retainage), less amounts the School District shall determine for incomplete Work and unsettled claims and less other amounts specified in the Contract Documents; and 5.7.2 Add, if final completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, any additional amounts payable in accordance with the General Conditions. The final two percent (2%) of the Contract Sum (less retainage) shall be paid pursuant to Section 6.1 below. Agreement between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 Page 4 155970219.1 5.8 Except with the School District’s prior approval, the Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers for materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site. 5.9 After the A/E has issued a Certificate for Payment, the School District shall make payment in the manner provided in the Contract Documents. The School District will make a progress payment within thirty days of its receipt of the A/E’s Certificate for Payment. ARTICLE 6 FINAL PAYMENT 6.1 The School District will make final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum except statutory retainage, to the Contractor when the Work has achieved Final Completion, the Agreement has been fully performed, and the School District’s Board of Directors has accepted the Work. The retainage shall be paid pursuant to RCW 60.28 and the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of the General Conditions or another Contract Document, the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. 7.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest as specified by RCW 39.76, not to exceed the Bank of America prime rate plus 2%. 7.3 The insurance required by the General Conditions shall be written on an occurrence basis, for not less than the following (or greater if required by law): .1. Worker’s Compensation (a) State: Statutory (b) Employer’s Liability: $1,000,000 (c) Washington Stop Gap: $1,000,000 .2. Comprehensive General Liability (including Premises Operations; Independent Contractor’s Protective; Products and Completed Operations; Broad Form Property Damage): (a) Bodily Injury; Property Damage; Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000 each Occurrence and $2,000,000 general aggregate. (b) Automobile Limit of at least $1,000,000 is required; “Any Auto” coverage, which includes Hired and Non-Owned automobiles, is required. If the Contractor does not own any vehicles, then the “Hired Autos” and “Non-Owned Autos” coverage are required. (c) Products and Completed Operations of $1,000,000 to be maintained for two years after final payment. (d) Excess/Umbrella coverage following form which provides excess limits over the primary layer and broader scope, in an amount not less than $1,000,000. Higher Excess/Umbrella coverage may be requested according to scope of work contract risk. (e) The coverages required above shall have a deductible or self-insured retention of no greater than $10,000. ARTICLE 8 PERMITS AND FEES 8.1 The School District shall pay and prepare documents for the following permits: _________________________________. The Contractor shall secure the permits. 8.2 The Contractor shall prepare documents, make application, and secure, but the School District shall pay, for the following permits: _________________________________. 8.3 The Contractor shall prepare documents, make application, secure, and pay for (as a part of the Contract Sum) all other permits. Agreement between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 Page 5 155970219.1 8.4 Payment for permits listed in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 shall be made by the School District (through purchase order) or reimbursed by the School District for actual cost. No additional mark-up shall be allowed on the cost of these permits. The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all permit requirements prior to submitting bid. 8.5 The School District shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for the use or occupancy of permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. ARTICLE 9 ENUMERATION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.1 The Contract Documents are enumerated as follows, except for modifications issued after execution of this Agreement: 9.1.1 This executed Agreement between the Arlington School District and Contractor, including the attached General Conditions. 9.1.2 Any Supplementary and other Conditions of the Agreement. 9.1.3 The Specifications as follows: Section Pages See Exhibit A – Attached 9.1.4 The Drawings as follows: Number Title Date See Exhibit B – Attached 9.1.5 The Addenda (if any) as follows: Number Date Pages 9.1.6 Any other documents forming part of the Contract Documents and listed below: Department of Labor and Industries Prevailing Wage Rates. This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above. SCHOOL DISTRICT CONTRACTO Arlin ton School District No. 16 B : B : General Conditions between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 GC-1 155970219.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 10 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 10.1 The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Arlington School District No. 16 and Contractor, Conditions of the Contract including these General Conditions and other Conditions of the Contract specified in the Project manual, Drawings, Specifications, addenda issued prior to the execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement. The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. Performance by the Contractor is required to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the intended results. 10.2 The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind between the School District and a Subcontractor of any tier, between the A/E and Contractor, or between any persons or entities other than the School District and Contractor. 10.3 The Contractor’s execution of the Agreement is a representation and acknowledgement that the Contractor has visited the site and become familiar with the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, that the Contract Sum is reasonable compensation for all the Work, and that the Contract Time is adequate for the performance of the Work. The Contractor’s execution of the Agreement is a further representation and acknowledgement that the Contractor has carefully checked and verified all pertinent figures and that it has carefully examined the Contract Documents and the Project site, including any existing structures, and that it has satisfied itself as to the nature, location, character, quality and quantity of the Work, the labor, materials, equipment, goods, supplies, work, services and other items to be furnished, and all other requirements of the Contract Documents, as well as the surface conditions and other matters that may be encountered at the Project site or affect performance of the Work or the cost or difficulty thereof. Such surface conditions and other matters include, but are not limited to, those affecting: transportation, access, disposal, handling and storage of materials, equipment and other items; availability and quality of labor, water, electric power and utilities; availability and condition of roads; normal climatic conditions and seasons; physical conditions at the Project site and the surrounding locality; topography and ground surface conditions; and equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and at all times during the performance of the Work. THE FAILURE OF THE CONTRACTOR FULLY TO ACQUAINT ITSELF WITH ANY FORESEEABLE CONDITION OR MATTER SHALL NOT IN ANY WAY RELIEVE IT FROM THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR PERFORMING THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND WITHIN THE CONTRACT TIME AND THE CONTRACT SUM. 10.4 The term “Work” means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor’s obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. 10.5 If, during the performance of the Work, the Contractor finds a conflict, error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall report it to the A/E and the School District in writing at once. The Contractor shall not proceed with the affected Work until it receives a written interpretation or clarification from the A/E. 10.6 Any investigations of subsurface conditions have been made for design purposes. The results of these investigations may be bound into or referred to in the Project Manual for the convenience of the Bidders and the Contractor but are not a part of the Contract Documents. The Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the data contained in results of the investigation, but not upon interpretations or opinions contained therein, or for the completeness thereof for the Contractor’s purposes. There is no guarantee, express or implied, that the conditions indicated are representative of those conditions existing throughout the site or that unforeseen developments may not occur. 10.7 The term “A/E” means the entity listed as such on the first page of this Agreement, if any. The A/E may be an architect, engineering or similar company, or consultant, and is not necessarily a licensed architect or engineer. The School District or its designated representative or its Project Manager may perform any of the functions of the A/E described herein. 10.8 All reference to “days” herein shall mean calendar days unless explicitly stated otherwise. ARTICLE 11 THE SCHOOL DISTRICT 11.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents or fails to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the School District, by a written order, may order the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the School District to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the School District to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity. General Conditions between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 GC-2 155970219.1 11.2 Neither any representative of the School District nor its Project Manager nor the A/E is authorized to revoke, alter, enlarge, relax or release any requirement of the Contract Documents, nor to approve or accept any portion of the Work whether or not executed in accordance with, nor to issue instructions contrary to the Contract Documents. Changes in the Work, Contract Sum, or Contract Time may be executed only as provided in Article 16 of these General Conditions. 11.3 The School District shall pay for the permits and plan review fees listed as its responsibility in Article 8. The Contractor shall secure all such permits, and secure and pay for all other necessary permits, approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for the construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. 11.4 The School District or the A/E may call, schedule and conduct job meetings, which the Contractor and representatives of its Subcontractors shall attend, to discuss such matters as procedures, progress, problems and scheduling. 11.5 The School District may occupy the site during the course of the Work. ARTICLE 12 THE CONTRACTOR 12.1 The Contractor shall perform, supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor’s best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, personnel and procedures, for safety, and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Agreement, unless the Contract Documents specifically provide other instructions concerning these matters. The Contractor shall be and operate as an independent contractor in the performance of the Work and shall have complete control over and responsibility for all personnel performing the Work. The Contractor is not authorized to enter into any agreements or undertakings for or on behalf of the School District or to act as or be an agent or employee of the School District. 12.2 Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, disposal, and other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. 12.3 Materials. With the exception of bulk coatings, all material shall be delivered to the Site in original containers as packaged by the manufacturer with the label intact. Upon request, the Contractor shall provide a certificate of compliance for bulk materials. The Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to Work, materials and equipment covered by an Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the School District no later than the time of payment free and clear of liens (except that title to any demolition removed from the site shall not pass to the School District). 12.4 Workers. The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor’s employees and other persons carrying out the Work. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. The Contractor shall be responsible to the School District for the acts and omissions of the Contractor’s employees, Subcontractors of any tier and their agents and employees, and other persons performing portions of the Work under a contract with the Contractor. At no change to the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the School District may provide written notice requiring the Contractor to remove from the Work any employee or other person carrying out the Work that the School District considers objectionable. If the Work is being performed at a site in active school use or where there is a likelihood of contact with children, a person shall be unfit and removed from the Work if he or she is a registered sex offender or has pled guilty to or has been convicted of any felony crime involving the physical injury or death of a child (RCW 9A.32 or RCW 9A.36 but not RCW 46.61--motor vehicle violation), the physical neglect of a child (RCW 9A.42), sexual offenses against a minor (RCW 9A.44), sexual exploitation of a child (RCW 9.68A), the sale or purchase of a minor child (RCW 9A.64.030), promoting prostitution of a child (RCW 9A.88), or violation of similar laws of another jurisdiction. Failure to comply with this section shall be grounds for the immediate termination of this Agreement for cause. 12.5 Warranty. The Contractor warrants that materials and equipment furnished under the Agreement will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or explicitly permitted by the Contract Documents, that the Work will be performed in a skillful and workmanlike manner, free from defects not inherent in the quality required or explicitly permitted, and that the Work will conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, shall be considered defective. The Contractor’s warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear under normal usage. Upon request, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. Materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in General Conditions between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 GC-3 155970219.1 accordance with the Contract Documents. Warranties shall be required as provided by the Contract Documents, and the School District’s receipt of a warranty inconsistent with the terms of the Contract documents shall not constitute acceptance of those terms. The Contractor is not relieved of its general warranty obligations by the specification of a particular product or procedure in the Contract Documents. Warranties in the Contract Documents shall survive completion, acceptance and final payment. 12.6 Taxes and Fees. The School District shall pay to the Contractor local and Washington State sales taxes on progress payments through the Contractor as required to be paid in accordance with the laws and regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. The Contractor shall pay for all other types of taxes and fees for the Work or portions thereof provided by or through the Contractor, including but not limited to consumer, use, B&O, income, or other taxes that are legally enacted at the time bids are received whether or not yet effective. The Contractor shall secure and pay for permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work except for permit fees paid by the School District per Article 8. 12.7 Legal Compliance. The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. The Contractor shall promptly notify the School District and the A/E in writing if the Contractor observes the Drawings and/or Specifications to be at variance with them. 12.8 Submittals. The Contractor shall review, approve and submit to the School District and A/E with reasonable promptness: Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents. The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals. 12.9 Clean-Up. The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Agreement. Prior to Final Completion of the Work or at the School District’s request, the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor’s tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials. If the Contractor fails to do so, the School District may do so and charge to the Contractor all costs incurred in removing and disposing of such materials plus a 10% markup. 12.10 Access. The Contractor shall provide the School District and A/E and their respective consultants and representatives access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. 12.11 Royalties and Patents. The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, shall defend suits or claims for infringement of patent rights and shall hold the School District and the A/E harmless from loss on account thereof, unless the Contract Documents require the particular infringing design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers. 12.12 Indemnification. Subject to the following conditions and to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the School District, the School District’s Representative, the A/E, and their respective directors, agents, employees, consultants, successors and assigns (“Indemnified Parties”) from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, direct and indirect, or consequential, including but not limited to costs and attorneys’ fees incurred on such claims and in proving the right to indemnification, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, any act or omission of the Contractor, its agents, any of its Subcontractors of any tier, and anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Contractor or Subcontractors of any tier (“Indemnitor”). 12.12.1 The Contractor will fully defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties for the sole negligence of the Indemnitor. 12.12.2 If any such claim is caused by or resulting from the concurrent negligence of (i) the Indemnified Parties or the Indemnified Parties’ agents or employees, and (ii) the Indemnitor or the Indemnitor’s agents or employees, then the Contractor will defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties for the concurrent negligence of the Indemnitor to the extent of the Indemnitor’s negligence. 12.12.3 The Contractor shall have no duty to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties for the sole negligence of the Indemnified Parties. 12.12.4 The Contractor agrees to being added by the School District as a party to any mediation, arbitration or litigation with third parties in which the School District alleges indemnification or contribution from the Contractor, any of its subcontractors of any tier, any one directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or any one for whose acts any of them may be liable. The Contractor agrees that all of its subcontractors of any tier will, in the subcontracts, similarly stipulate. To the extent a court or arbitrator strikes any portion of this indemnification provision for any reason, all remaining provisions shall retain their vitality and effect. 12.12.5 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 12.12 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Section 10.12 General Conditions between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 GC-4 155970219.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. After mutual negotiation of the parties, the Contractor waives immunity as to the School District, the A/E and their consultants only under Title 51 RCW, “Industrial Insurance.” IF THE CONTRACTOR DOES NOT AGREE WITH THIS WAIVER, IT MUST PROVIDE A WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE SCHOOL DISTRICT PRIOR TO THE DATE FOR THE RECEIPT OF BIDS, OR THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NEGOTIATED AND WAIVED THIS IMMUNITY. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. 12.13 Prevailing Wages. 12.13.1 Pursuant to RCW 39.12, no worker, laborer, or mechanic employed in the performance of any part of this Agreement shall be paid less than the “prevailing rate of wage” (in effect as of the date that bids are due) as determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries, ESAC Division, PO Box 44540, Olympia WA 98504-4540, Telephone (360) 902-5335. The schedule of the prevailing wage rates for the locality or localities where this Work will be performed is attached and made a part of this Agreement by reference as though fully set forth herein; if not attached, then the applicable prevailing wages are determined as of the Bid Date for the county in which the Project is located and are available at http://www.lni.wa.gov/ TradesLicensing/PrevWage/Wage Rates/default.asp. A copy is available for viewing at the School District’s office, and a hard copy will be mailed upon request. To the extent that there is any discrepancy between the attached or provided schedule of prevailing wage rates and the published rates as are applicable under WAC 296-127-011, or if no schedule is attached or provided, then the applicable published rates shall apply at no increase to the Contract Sum. The Contractor shall provide the respective Subcontractors with a schedule of the applicable prevailing wage rates. The Industrial Statistician will answer questions relating to prevailing wage data upon request. 12.13.2 Pursuant to RCW 39.12.060, in case any dispute arises as to what are the prevailing rates of wages for work of a similar nature, and such dispute cannot be adjusted by the parties in interest, including labor and management representatives, the matter shall be referred for arbitration to the director of the Department of Labor and Industries, whose decision therein shall be final and conclusive and binding on all parties involved in the dispute. 12.13.3 The Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold the School District harmless, including attorneys’ fees, from any violation or alleged violation of RCW 39.12 (“Prevailing Wages on Public Works”) and RCW 51 (“Industrial Insurance”), including without limitation RCW 51.12.050, by the Contractor, any Subcontractor of any tier, or any person performing Work on behalf of the Contractor or any Subcontractor of any tier. 12.14 Hours of Labor. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable provisions of RCW 49.28. 12.15 Hazardous Chemicals. Pursuant to RCW 49.70 and WAC 296-62-054 et seq., the Contractor shall provide the School District copies of and have available at the Project Site a workplace survey or material safety data sheets for all “hazardous” chemicals under the control or use of Contractor or any Subcontractor at the Project Site. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional Contract Time or compensation arising from its failure or alleged failure to comply with this statute or regulation. 12.16 Contract Schedule. The Contractor shall be responsible for planning, scheduling, managing, and reporting the progress of the Work in accordance with all of the specific methods and submittals described in the Contract Documents. 12.16.1 The Contractor shall use the Contract Schedule to plan, coordinate, and prosecute the Work in an orderly and expeditious manner. The Contract Schedule will be used by the School District and the A/E to evaluate progress and status at the various stages of the Project, allocate funds per the cash flow information provided, determine the impact of any changes to the Contract, and establish the basis for progress payments. 12.16.2 The Schedule will be reviewed by the A/E and School District. Such review of the Contractor’s schedule shall not constitute an approval or acceptance of the Contract’s construction means, methods, or sequencing, or its ability to complete the Work in a timely manner. 12.16.3 Within seven days after execution of this Agreement, the Contractor shall submit a preliminary schedule of the Work to the School District. Failure to do so shall constitute a material breach of the Contract and a material breach of the conditions of the bid bond. Within thirty days after execution of this Agreement, the Contractor, after consultations with its Subcontractors, shall submit a Contract Schedule to the School District. Payment to the Contractor is not due or owing until a Contract Schedule in a form satisfactory to the School District has been submitted. 12.16.4 Within seven days after receipt of the Schedule, the School District will comment to the Contractor concerning any observed deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. Within five days, the Contractor shall adjust the Schedule to fairly incorporate the School District’s comments. General Conditions between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 GC-5 155970219.1 12.16.5 Upon receipt and acknowledgment of the revised Schedule by the School District, it shall become the Contract Schedule. Payment to the Contractor may be withheld until the Contract Schedule, satisfactory in form and substance to the School District and A/E, has been received. 12.16.6 The Schedule shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work or by the School District or A/E. It shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Agreement, shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work, and shall be utilized and conformed to by the Contractor. 12.16.7 The Contractor shall participate in progress meetings held at least once every week with the A/E, the School District, Subcontractors and other appropriate consultants. The Contractor shall fully brief the A/E and the School District on the progress of the Work. 12.17 Communication. The Contractor shall provide the School District with a direct copy of all written communications to the A/E or its consultants, including all notices, Claims, and potential changes in the Contract Sum or Time, except for Shop Drawings and submittal data. 12.18 Daily Work Logs. The Contractor shall submit a daily work log, in a form acceptable to the School District, which shall include at a minimum the following: date, weather, number and type of workers, equipment, deliveries, incidents, work in progress, any work on changed conditions or changed work (noting the time for each worker on such items), and similar information. The daily work log shall be submitted daily to the School District on the morning of the work day following the work day represented in each log. Because of the importance of timely providing such information to the School District to track and confirm any changes in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, any failure of the Contractor to timely submit its log or to provide the information required above in its log shall act as an affirmative waiver of any claim by the Contractor for extra cost or time for the days for which the log was not timely provided. Payment for any Changes to the Work shall not exceed the labor and equipment indicated on the daily work logs. 12.19 School District Training. The Contractor shall train the School District’s personnel on how to operate and maintain all building systems installed by the Contractor. 12.20 Background Checks. In the event Contractor or any of Contractor’s or its Subcontractors’ agents, employees, or applicants for employment will have regularly scheduled unsupervised access to children at the Project site and/or hire employees who will have regularly scheduled unsupervised access to children, Contractor shall require a record check through the Washington State Patrol criminal investigation system under RCW 43.43.830-43.43.834, 10.97.030 and 10.97.050, and through the Federal Bureau of Investigation before hiring the employee or allowing such employee onto the Project site. The record check shall include a fingerprint check using a complete Washington State criminal identification fingerprint card. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the record to the person applying for employment to the School District. If the Contractor or applicant has a record check within previous two years, the Contractor may waive the requirement. The Contractor shall pay for the requirements set forth in this Section. 12.21 Apprenticeship Requirements. If this project is estimated to cost one million dollars or more (see Section 3.5 of the Agreement), then this Section 12.21 and RCW 39.04.320 shall apply. This Section 12.21 shall not apply and shall have no effect upon Projects that are not estimated to cost one million dollars or more. 12.21.1 Pursuant to RCW 39.04.320, no less than fifteen percent (15%) of the Labor Hours shall be performed by apprentices, unless a different amount is permitted or otherwise required by law. Apprenticeship hours shall be performed by participants in training programs approved by the Washington State Apprenticeship Council. 12.21.2 “Labor Hours” means the total hours of workers receiving an hourly wage who are directly employed on the site of the public works project. “Labor hours” includes hours performed by workers employed by the Contractor and all Subcontractors working on the Project. “Labor hours” does not include hours worked by foremen, superintendents, owners, and workers who are not subject to prevailing wage requirements of RCW 39.12. 12.21.3 During the term of this Contract, the School District may adjust the apprenticeship labor hour requirement upon its finding or determination that includes: .1 A demonstration of lack of availability of apprentices in the geographic area of the Project; .2 A disproportionately high ratio of material costs to labor hours that does not make feasible the required minimum levels of apprenticeship participation; .3 Demonstration by participating contractors of a good faith effort to comply with the requirements of RCW 39.04.300, 39.04.310 and 39.04.320; .4 Small contractors or subcontractors (e.g., small or emerging businesses) would be forced to displace regularly employed members of their workforce; .5 The reasonable and necessary requirements of the Contract render apprentice utilization infeasible at the required level (e.g., the number of skilled workers required and/or limitations on the time available to General Conditions between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 GC-6 155970219.1 perform the Work preclude utilization of apprentices); or .6 Other criteria the School District deems appropriate, which are subject to review by the office of the Governor. 12.21.4 The Contractor shall report apprentice participation to the School District at least monthly, or directly to L&I, on forms provided or approved by the School District. In addition, copies of monthly certified payroll records may be requested to document the goal including copies with any birthdates and social security numbers (and any other sensitive personal information) redacted so as such copies may be used to respond to any public records requests. The reports will include: .1 The name of the Project; .2 The dollar value of the Project; .3 The date of the Contractor’s notice to proceed; .4 The name of each apprentice and apprentice registration number; .5 The number of apprentices and labor hours worked by them, categorized by trade or craft; .6 The number of journey level workers and labor hours worked by them, categorized by trade or craft; and .7 The number, type, and rationale for the exceptions granted. 12.21.5 To comply with the changes to RCW 39.04.320 that are effective as of January 1, 2020, the following provisions also apply: .1 This Section 12.21.5 specifies that the 39.04.320 apprenticeship goals should be met; .2 The School District shall provide a monetary incentive of One Thousand Dollars for meeting these goals; .3 The Contractor shall pay a monetary penalty of One Thousand Dollars for not meeting these goals; .4 The School District is not in a position within existing resources to identify an expected cost value to be included in the bid associated with meeting these goals; and .5 Contractor and its Subcontractors are not required to exceed these apprenticeship utilization requirements. ARTICLE 13 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 13.1 The A/E and Project Manager will provide administration of the Agreement. The School District’s Representative or Project Manager may perform any of the duties of the A/E described herein, at the discretion of the School District. 13.2 The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of A/E are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of the School District and the A/E. The A/E is not an agent of the School District, and is not authorized to speak on behalf of or bind the School District. The School District must approve in writing all changes in the Contract Sum or Time and all Change Orders, Construction Change Directives, and payments to the Contractor. 13.3 The A/E will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of the Work to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the completed Work and to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the A/E will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check quality or quantity of the Work. Approval of the Work by the A/E does not relieve the Contractor from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 13.4 The A/E and School District will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor’s responsibility. The School District and the A/E will not be responsible for the Contractor’s failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 13.5 The A/E will issue such written clarifications or interpretations as to matters of design interpretation (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as the A/E may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with or reasonably inferable from the overall intent of the Contract Documents. 13.6 The A/E may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents that do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time and are consistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents. These will be accomplished by a Minor Change in the Work instrument and will be binding on the Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. Minor changes in the Work shall not result in a change in the Contract Sum or Time. 13.7 If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation, a Construction Change Directive or any interpretation justifies an increase in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time, and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, the Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 13, as soon as possible and no later than seven days after receipt of Construction Change Directive. General Conditions between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 GC-7 155970219.1 13.8 The A/E will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which the A/E believes does not conform to the Contract Documents or is otherwise defective or substandard. The A/E will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 13.9 Neither the A/E’s or the School District’s authority to act under this Article 13 nor elsewhere in the Contract Documents, nor any decision made by the School District or the A/E either to exercise or not exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of the A/E or the School District to the Contractor, any Subcontractor of any tier, or any other person or organization performing any of the Work, or to any surety for any of them. 13.10 Dispute Resolution. All claims, disputes and other matters in question of the Contractor, direct or indirect, arising out of, or relating to, the Contract Documents or the breach thereof (“Claims”), except Claims which have been waived under the terms of the Contract Documents, shall be decided exclusively by the following dispute resolution procedure. The Contractor shall diligently carry on the Work and maintain the progress schedule during the dispute resolution procedure, including any litigation proceedings, unless the parties mutually agree in writing otherwise. 13.10.1 Notice of Claim. The Contractor shall submit notice of all Claims to the School District in writing within seven days of the event giving rise to them and shall include a clear description of the event and its probable effect. Failure to comply with these requirements shall constitute waiver of the Claim. 13.10.2 Claim Submission. Within fourteen days of the event giving rise to the Claim, the Contractor shall provide the School District with a written Claim, including a clear description of the Claim, all changes in cost and in time to which the Contractor and Subcontractors of any tier are or may be entitled, and data supporting the Claim. The claim of a Subcontractor may be brought only through the Contractor and only after the Contractor notifies the School District in writing that the Contractor has reviewed and agrees with the Claim. No act, omission, or knowledge, actual or constructive, of the School District shall in any way be deemed to be a waiver of the requirement for a timely written Claim unless the School District provides the Contractor with an explicit, unequivocal written waiver. Proper notice of a Claim, as provided in Section 13.10.1 is a condition precedent to submission of a Claim under this Section 13.10.2. 13.10.3 The Contractor expressly acknowledges and agrees that the Contractor’s failure timely to submit required notices or timely submit Claims has a substantial impact upon and prejudices the School District, including but not limited to, the inability to investigate or verify the Claim, mitigate damages, choose alternative options, adjust the budget, delete or modify the impacted Work, and/or monitor time, cost and quantities. For these and other reasons, the parties stipulate that the School District is prejudiced by the Contractor’s failure to timely submit notices or Claims as required by the Contract Documents. The fact that the School District and the Contractor may continue to discuss or negotiate a Claim that has or may have been defective or untimely under the Contract shall not constitute waiver of the provisions of the Contract Documents unless the School District and Contractor sign an explicit, unequivocal written waiver approved by the School District’s board of directors. 13.10.4 Informal Resolution. The School District will make a determination of the Claim submitted. If the Contractor disagrees with the determination and wishes to pursue the Claim further, the Contractor must, within fourteen days of receipt of the determination, provide the School District with a written request that a representative of the Contractor, the A/E, and the School District meet, confer, and attempt to resolve the claim. This meeting will then take place at mutually convenient time and place within fourteen days. 13.10.5 Mediation. The Contractor may not bring any litigation against the School District unless the Claim is first subject to non-binding mediation before a single mediator under the Construction Industry Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association. This requirement cannot be waived except by an explicit written waiver signed by the School District and the Contractor. To initiate the mediation process, the Contractor shall submit a written mediation request to the School District within thirty days of the meeting undertaken in Subsection 13.10.3. If the parties are unable to agree to a mediator within thirty days after the School District’s receipt of the written request for mediation, either party may submit a request for mediation to the AAA. An officer of the Contractor and the Superintendent or designee of the School District, both having full authority to settle the Claim (subject only to ratification by the School District’s Board of Directors), must attend the mediation session. To the extent there are other parties in interest, such as Subcontractors, their representatives, with full authority to settle the Claim, shall also attend the mediation session. Unless the School District and Contractor mutually agree in writing otherwise, all unresolved Claims in the Project shall be considered at a single mediation session, which shall occur prior to Final Acceptance by School District. The Contractor is responsible for initiating the mediation process. 13.10.6 Litigation. Any disputes or Claims under this Agreement shall be resolved by litigation and not by arbitration unless the School District’s Superintendent and Contractor explicitly agree in writing otherwise. The Contractor may not bring any litigation on Claims unless such Claims have been properly raised and considered in the dispute resolution procedures of this Section 13.10. All General Conditions between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 GC-8 155970219.1 unresolved Claims of the Contractor shall be waived and released unless the Contractor has strictly complied with the time limits of the Contract Documents, and litigation is served and filed within the earlier of (a) 120 days after the Date of Substantial Completion as designated in writing by the School District or (b) 60 days after Final Acceptance. This requirement cannot be waived except by an explicit written waiver signed by School District and the Contractor. The pendency of a mediation (calculated as the period from the written request for mediation through the day following the mediation proceeding) shall toll these filing requirements. 13.11 Claims for Concealed and Unknown Conditions. Provided a timely, proper Claim has been made under Section 13.10, the Contract Sum and/or Contract Time will be equitably adjusted by Change Order if concealed and unknown conditions are encountered in the performance of the Work below the surface of the ground or concealed and unknown conditions are encountered in an existing structure, and the conditions are at variance with the conditions indicated by the Contract Documents or are of an unusual nature, differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. No increase to the Contract Sum or Time shall be allowed if Contractor knew or should have known of the concealed conditions prior to its executing the Agreement. 13.12 Books and Records. The Contractor and its Subcontractors of any tier shall maintain books, ledgers, records, documents, estimates, correspondence, logs, electronic data and other evidence pertaining to the costs incurred by such entity in connection with or related to the Agreement (“records”) to such extent and in such detail as will properly reflect and fully support all costs, charges and other amounts of whatever nature for which reimbursement or payment is or may be claimed under the Contract. The Contractor and its Subcontractors of any tier shall preserve these records for a period of three years following the date of final payment under the Agreement and for such longer period as may be required by any other provision of the Agreement or in the case of a Claim. The Contractor and its Subcontractors of any tier agree to make available at the office of the Contractor (or, as appropriate, at the office of its Subcontractors of any tier) at all reasonable times, but no later than seven days following the School District’s request, all records for inspection, audit and reproduction (including electronic reproduction) by the School District or its representatives. These requirements shall be applicable to each Subcontractor of any tier and shall be included in each Subcontract and purchase order issued with respect to the Work. The Contractor agrees, on behalf of itself and its representative and its Subcontractors of any tier and their representatives, that any rights under RCW 42.56 will commence at Final Acceptance, and that the invocation of such rights at any time by the Contractor or its representatives or any Subcontractor of any tier or their representatives shall initiate an equivalent right to disclosure from the Contractor and Subcontractors of any tier for the benefit of the School District. 13.13 Claims for Consequential Damages. The Contractor and School District waive Claims against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract. This mutual waiver includes without limitation: .1 damages incurred by the School District for rental expenses, for losses of use, income, profit, financing, business and reputation, and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons; and .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal and home office overhead and expenses including without limitation the compensation of personnel stationed there, for losses of financing, business and reputation, for losses on other projects, for loss of profit, and for interest or financing costs. This mutual waiver is applicable to all consequential damages of any cause, including without limitation due to either party’s termination in accordance with Article 20. Nothing contained in this Section 13.13 shall be deemed to preclude an award of liquidated damages, when applicable, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 14 SUBCONTRACTORS 14.1 A “Subcontractor” is a person or entity that has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site or supply material or equipment. A “Subcontractor of any tier” includes Subcontractors as well as all lower level sub-subcontractors. 14.2 Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create any obligation on the part of School District or A/E to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any Subcontractor of any tier or other person or entity, except as may otherwise be required by laws and regulations. 14.3 Within seven days after issuance of the notice of award of the Agreement, the Contractor shall furnish in writing to the School District and A/E the names of the Subcontractors for each portion of the Work. The Contractor shall not contract with any Subcontractor to whom the School District has made timely objection or which is different from the one listed in conjunction with the bid. Contracts between the Contractor and Subcontractors shall (1) require each Subcontractor to be bound to the Contractor by the terms of the Contract Documents to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor and to assume toward the General Conditions between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 GC-9 155970219.1 Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, assumes toward the School District and A/E, and (2) allow to the Subcontractor the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress afforded to the Contractor by these Contract Documents. 14.4 The Contractor shall promptly pay (and secure the discharge of any liens asserted by) all persons properly furnishing labor, equipment, materials or other items in connection with the performance of the Work (including, but not limited to, any Subcontractors). The Contractor shall furnish to the School District such releases of claims and other documents as the School District may request from time to time to evidence such payment (and discharge). The School District may, at its option, withhold payment, in whole or in part, to the Contractor until such documents are so furnished. The Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the School District from any liens, including all costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees. ARTICLE 15 CONSTRUCTION BY SCHOOL DISTRICT OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 15.1 The School District reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the School District’s own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under contractual conditions identical or substantially similar to those of the Contract Documents. If the Contractor contends that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the School District, the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not be entitled to make a claim for such additional costs or delay to the extent that the presence of the separate contractor was disclosed to or known by the Contractor prior to the time of the receipt of bids. 15.2 The Contractor shall afford the School District and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities. The Contractor shall connect and coordinate the Contractor’s construction and operations with such separate work performed by the School District or separate contractors as required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 16 CHANGES IN THE WORK 16.1 The School District, without invalidating the Agreement, may order changes in the Work consisting of additions, deletions or modifications (“Changes”). The Contract Sum and Contract Time will be adjusted accordingly. Changes in the Work shall be authorized only by written Change Order or by written Construction Change Directive, and the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be changed only by Change Order. Any Change Order shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Contractor arising out of the Work to be performed or deleted pursuant to the Change. If the Contractor adds a reservation of rights to a Change Order or a Construction Change Directive, it must be initialized by the School District to be effective. If not initialed, the reservation of rights is without effect. All change orders, construction change directives, and change order proposals shall be submitted on the forms included within the Contract Documents, unless no forms are included, in which case the Contractor shall use the current edition of corresponding AIA forms. For any change in the Work, whether initiated by a construction change directive or a change order proposal or by similar document, the Contractor must submit its proposed price and any proposed extension of the Contract Time to the School District within fourteen days of the date of the construction change directive or change order proposal. If the Contractor fails to submit a proposed price and time within this time period, the School District shall establish what it believes to be the fair price of the changed work, and any additional Contract Time, and this price and time submitted by the School District shall be final and binding upon the parties, as if they had signed a Change Order in this amount, without recourse to submitting any claims or litigation. Payment for any Changes to the Work shall not exceed the labor and equipment indicated on the daily work logs. 16.1.1 Minor Changes in the Work. A Minor Change in the Work is a written instrument signed by the A/E approving a minor variation in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents that does not involve an adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time and is consistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Minor Change in the Work. 16.1.2 Change Orders. A Change Order is a written instrument signed by the School District and Contractor stating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 a change in the Work and any change in the Contract Documents; .2 the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum, if any; and .3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. 16.1.3 Construction Change Directives. A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the A/E or the School District and signed by the School District and A/E, directing a change in the Work and stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. .1 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. General Conditions between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 GC-10 155970219.1 .2 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; or cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee. .3 The Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work described in the Construction Change Directive. As soon as possible, and no later than within seven days of receipt, the Contractor shall advise the A/E and the School District in writing of the Contractor’s agreement or disagreement with the cost or the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 16.2 Pricing. If the parties cannot agree on the cost or credit to the School District from a Change in the Work, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the School District may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with supporting data. The total cost of any Claim or an increase or decrease in the Contract Sum or any Change in the Work shall be limited to the reasonable value of the following: 16.2.1 Direct labor costs: Current Washington Department of Labor and Industries prevailing hourly wage for the laborers, apprentices, journeymen, and foremen performing and/or directly supervising the Changed Work on the site. The premium portion of overtime wages is not included unless pre-approved in writing by the School District. The hourly cost shall be based solely upon basic wages and mandatory fringe benefits and workers’ insurances. Costs paid or incurred by the Contractor for vacations, per diem, travel, bonuses, stock options, or discretionary payments to employees are not separately reimbursable. Payroll costs shall be based upon production rates no lower than those defined in R. S. Means Company Man-hour Standards for Building Construction. The Contractor shall submit time cards to support the asserted labor costs. 16.2.2 Direct material costs: An itemization of the net cost on a unit basis of materials and equipment incorporated in and necessary to perform the Changed Work, including discounts, rebates, costs of transportation, required third-party storage, and suppliers’ required field services, when applicable, all as evidenced by receipts. 16.2.3 Construction equipment usage costs: An itemization of the actual length of time construction equipment appropriate for the Work will be used solely on the Change in the Work at the site times the applicable rental cost as established by the lower of the prevailing rate published in The Rental Rate Blue Book by EquipmentWatch, Atlanta, Georgia, or the actual rate paid as evidenced by rental receipts. For self-owned equipment, the rate shall be the lower of the prevailing rate published in The Rental Rate Blue Book and the available rate for equipment suppliers within a thirty-mile radius. Actual, reasonable mobilization costs are permitted only if the equipment is brought to the Site solely for the change in the Work. Contractor shall provide copies of the applicable Blue Book pages evidencing the appropriate rate. If more than one rate is applicable, the lowest rate will be utilized. The rates in effect at the time of the performance of the Change work are the maximum rates allowable for equipment of modern design and in good working condition and include full compensation for furnishing all fuel, oil, lubrication, repairs, maintenance, and insurance. Equipment not of modern design and/or not in good working condition will have lower rates. Hourly, weekly, and/or monthly rates, as appropriate, will be applied to yield the lowest total cost. The rate for equipment necessarily standing by for future use on the Work shall be no more than fifty percent (50%) of the rate established above. The rental cost of any individual piece of equipment charged for changed Work shall not exceed the reasonable value of purchasing such equipment. If equipment is required for which a rental rate is not established by The Rental Rate Blue Book, an agreed rental rate shall be established for that equipment, which rate and use must be approved by the School District prior to performing the work. 16.2.4 Subcontractor costs: Payments the Contractor makes to Subcontractors for Changed Work performed by Subcontractors of any tier. The Subcontractor’s cost of the Work shall be determined in the same manner as prescribed in this Section 16.2. 16.2.5 Bond and Insurance costs: Cost of change in Bond or insurance premium required because of the Change in the Work. Contractor shall provide verification of costs, and the specific reason(s) for any increase, to the School District. 16.2.6 Fee: The allowance for all combined overhead, profit and other costs, including all office, home office, extended and site overhead (including project manager, project engineer, other engineers, estimator, superintendent and general foreman time), small tools and incidentals, and all delay and impact costs of any kind, shall be strictly limited to a fee, based on the following percentage of the various portions of the above Cost of the Work: General Conditions between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 GC-11 155970219.1 .1 The Contractor shall receive fifteen percent (15%) of the cost of any materials or work performed by the Contractor’s own forces; .2 The Contractor shall receive ten percent (10%) of the amount due directly to its Subcontractor for materials or work performed by that Subcontractor; .3 The Contractor shall receive five percent (5%) of the amount due directly to its Subcontractor for materials or work performed by a lower-tier Subcontractor; .4 Each Subcontractor (including lower tier subcontractor involved) shall receive fifteen percent (15%) of the cost of any materials or work performed by its own forces. .5 Each Subcontractor of any tier shall receive eight percent (8%) of the amount due a sub-subcontractor for materials supplied or work performed by its Subcontractors of any lower tier; and .6 When both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in Contractor’s Fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in costs. 16.2.7 Credit Allowed. The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the School District for a deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be the largest of (i) the reasonable value of the deletion or change, (ii) the line item value in the Schedule of Values, or (iii) the actual net cost as confirmed by the A/E. ARTICLE 17 TIME 17.1 Time 17.1.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. By executing the Agreement, the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. 17.1.2 Within ten days of issuance of the notice of intent to award the contract, the Contractor shall submit an executed contract, payment and performance bond, certificates of insurance, and all other documents required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall provide the School District with a 24-hour notice prior to commencing Work. 17.2 Delays 17.2.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in progress of the Work by changes ordered in the Work, by unanticipated general labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, abnormal adverse weather conditions not reasonably anticipatable, unavoidable casualties or any causes beyond the Contractor’s control, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the School District may determine. 17.2.2 The Contractor (on behalf of itself and its Subcontractors of any tier) shall be entitled to damages for delay only to the extent such costs are proven and limited in any event to no more than any liquidated damage rate of this Agreement, only where the School District’s own actions or inactions were the actual, substantial cause of the delay, and where the Contractor could not have reasonably avoided the delay by the exercise of due diligence. The Contractor is not entitled to costs for delay in any other circumstance. 17.2.3 The Contractor (including Subcontractors of any tier) shall not in any event be entitled to damages arising out of actual or alleged loss of efficiency; morale, fatigue, attitude, or labor rhythm; constructive acceleration; home office overhead; expectant underrun; trade stacking; reassignment of workers; concurrent operations; dilution of supervision; learning curve; beneficial or joint occupancy; logistics; ripple; season change; extended overhead; profit upon damages for delay; impact damages; or similar damages. 17.2.4 If the delay was caused by the Contractor, a Subcontractor of any tier, or anyone acting on behalf of any of them, the Contractor is not entitled to an increase in the Contract Time or in the Contract Sum. 17.3 THE TIMELY COMPLETION OF THIS PROJECT IS ESSENTIAL TO THE SCHOOL DISTRICT. The School District will incur serious and substantial damages if Substantial Completion of the Work does not occur within the Contract Time; however, it would be difficult if not impossible to determine the amount of such damages. Consequently, the Agreement includes provisions for liquidated damages. The School District’s right to liquidated damages is not affected by partial completion, Substantial Completion, occupancy, or beneficial occupancy. If this Agreement does not include liquidated damages, then the School District may pursue its actual damages resulting from delay. ARTICLE 18 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 18.1 Schedule of Values. At least fourteen days before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the A/E a schedule of values, allocated to various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the School District and A/E may require. The schedule of values shall include a line item for overhead, profit, supervision, and/or management (and the like), and the amount billed to this line item cannot exceed the overall completion percentage of the Work. This schedule, unless objected to by the School District or A/E, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor’s Applications for General Conditions between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 GC-12 155970219.1 Payment. This schedule shall not allocate more than 3% of the Contract Sum to mobilization. This schedule shall allocate at least two percent (2%) of the Contract Sum to that portion of the Work between Substantial Completion and Final Completion, to an item entitled “Final Documentation and Punchlist Completion,” which will be paid as part of the final payment. This is not a statutory retainage. 18.2 Progress Payments. Payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement. If Progress payments are specified, they will be made monthly for Work duly approved and performed during the calendar month preceding the application according to the following procedure. 18.2.1 Draft Application. Within the first seven days of each month, the Contractor shall submit to the School District a report on the current status of the Work as compared to the Progress Schedule and a draft itemized application for payment for Work performed during the prior calendar month on a form included within the Contract Documents, or if no such form is included, on the current edition of the AIA payment application form. This shall not constitute a payment request. The Contractor, the School District and the A/E shall meet within the next seven days and confer regarding the current progress of the Work and the amount of payment to which the Contractor is entitled. The School District may request the Contractor to provide data substantiating the Contractor’s right to payment, such as copies of requisitions or invoices from Subcontractors. The Contractor shall not be entitled to make a payment request, nor is any payment due the Contractor, until such data is furnished. 18.2.2 Payment Request. Within five days after the Contractor and the School District have met and conferred regarding the draft application, and the Contractor has furnished all data requested, the Contractor may submit a payment request in the agreed-upon amount, in the form of an itemized Application for Payment for Work performed during the prior calendar month. Among other things, the Application shall state that prevailing wages have been paid in accordance with the prefiled statement(s) of intent to pay prevailing wages on file with the School District and that all payments due Subcontractors from School District’s prior payments have been made. THE SUBMISSION OF THIS APPLICATION CONSTITUTES A CERTIFICATION THAT THE WORK IS CURRENT ON THE CRITICAL PATH OF THE PROGRESS SCHEDULE, unless otherwise noted on the application. If the Contractor believes it is entitled to payment for Work performed during the prior calendar month in addition to the agreed-upon amount, the Contractor may, within the same five-day time period, submit to the School District a separate written payment request specifying the exact additional amount due, the category in the Schedule of Values in which the payment is due, the specific Work for which the additional amount is due, and why the additional payment is due. 18.2.3 Payments to Subcontractors. No payment request shall include amounts the Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor. If, after making a request for payment but before paying a Subcontractor for its performance covered by the payment request, the Contractor discovers that part or all of the payment otherwise due to the Subcontractor is subject to withholding from the Subcontractor for unsatisfactory performance, the Contractor may withhold the amount as allowed under the subcontract, but it shall give the Subcontractor and the School District written notice of the remedial actions that must be taken as soon as practicable after determining the cause for the withholding but before the due date for the Subcontractor payment, and pay the Subcontractor within eight days after the Subcontractor satisfactorily completes the remedial action identified in the notice. 18.3 Prevailing Wages. Pursuant to RCW 39.12, the Contractor will not receive any payment until the Contractor and all Subcontractors have submitted a “Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wage” to the School District. The statement must have the approval of the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries before it is submitted to the School District. The Contractor and the respective Subcontractors shall pay all fees required by the Department of Labor and Industries, including fees for the approval of the “Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages.” Approved copies of the “Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages” must be posted where workers can easily read them. 18.4 Withheld Payments. Payments may be withheld on account of (1) defective Work not remedied, (2) claims filed by third parties, (3) failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment, (4) reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, (5) damage to the School District or another contractor, (6) reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay, (7) failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or (8) liquidated damages. When the School District intends to withhold all or part of a payment for unsatisfactory performance, the School District will provide the Contractor, within eight working days after the School District’s receipt of the Application for Payment, written notification of the reasons that all or part of the payment is being withheld and what remedial actions the Contractor must take to receive the withheld amount. 18.5 Substantial Completion. 18.5.1 When the Contractor believes that the entire Work is Substantially Complete, it shall notify the School District and A/E in writing. When the School District agrees, General Conditions between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 GC-13 155970219.1 it will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion. Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so the School District can fully utilize the Work (or the designated portion thereof) for the use for which it is intended. All Work other than incidental corrective or punchlist work and final cleaning shall have been completed. The Work is not Substantially Complete if all systems and parts affected by the Work are not usable, an occupancy permit (temporary or final) has not been issued, or if utilities affected by the Work are not connected and operating normally. The fact that the School District may use or occupy the Work or designated portion thereof does not indicate that the Work is Substantially Complete, nor does such occupation toll or change any liquidated damages due the School District. 18.5.2 Immediately before partial or complete occupancy, the School District will schedule an inspection tour of the area to be occupied. A representative of the School District, A/E and Contractor will jointly tour the area and record items still remaining to be finished and/or corrected. The Contractor shall supply and install any items missed by the inspection but required or necessary for Final Completion as a part of the Contract Sum, notwithstanding their not being recorded during the inspection tour. 18.5.3 If the Contractor fails to complete all of the punchlist items within the period of time scheduled between Substantial and Final Completion, as established in Section 3.3, then upon three days written notice to Contractor the School District shall have the right (but not the obligation) to take over performance of such punchlist work and to charge the Contractor all costs thereof. 18.6 Final Payment. Pursuant to RCW 60.28, completion of the contract Work shall occur after the Contractor has notified the School District and the A/E, and the School District concurs, that the Work has been concluded and the Contractor submits the items listed below to the School District. The School District’s Board of Directors then formally accepts the Project (“Final Acceptance”). Final Payment shall not become due until after Final Acceptance. Before Final Acceptance, the Contractor must have submitted the following to the School District: 18.6.1 an affidavit that all payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the School District or its property might in any way be responsible or encumbered, have been paid or otherwise satisfied; 18.6.2 consent of surety to final payment; 18.6.3 certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least thirty days’ prior written notice has been given to the School District; 18.6.4 a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason why the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents; 18.6.5 other data establishing payment or satisfaction of or protection (satisfactory to the School District) against all obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens arising out of the Agreement satisfactorily demonstrating to the School District that the claims of subcontractors, material suppliers, and laborers who have filed claims have been paid; 18.6.6 pursuant to RCW 39.12.040, an “Affidavit of Wages Paid” from the Contractor and from each Subcontractor certified by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries, with the fees paid by the Contractor or Subcontractor; 18.6.7 a certified statement that the Contractor has closed all necessary permits or otherwise met the requirements of all governing jurisdictions related to this Project. This shall include, without limitation, city/county building departments, health districts and utility districts. Attach a copy of each of these closed or signed-off permits; 18.6.8 pursuant to RCW 60.28.020, certificates from the Department of Revenue and the Department of Labor and Industries; 18.6.9 pursuant to RCW 50.24, a certificate from the Department of Employment Security; 18.6.10 all warranties, guarantees, manuals, operation instructions, certificates, spare parts, maintenance stock, specified excess material, and other documents or items required by the Contract Documents; 18.6.11 certification that the materials in the Work are “lead-free” and “asbestos free”; and 18.6.12 as-built drawings locating by survey the utilities and any structures abandoned in place (to the extent permitted by the Contract Documents). 18.7 If any Subcontractor of any tier refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the School District, the School District may retain in the fund, account, or escrow funds in such amount as to defray the cost of foreclosing the liens of such claims and to pay attorneys’ fees, the total of which shall be no less than 150% of the claimed amount. If any such lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the School District all moneys that General Conditions between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 GC-14 155970219.1 the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees. 18.8 Waivers. 18.8.1 Final Payment by School District. The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of claims by the School District except those arising from (1) liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Agreement and unsettled; (2) failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; (3) work subsequently found to be substandard and/or deficient, or (4) terms of warranties required by the Contract Documents or law. 18.8.2 Final Payment to Contractor. Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, or a Subcontractor of any tier, shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified in writing as unsettled on the final application for payment. 18.8.3 Change Orders. The execution of a Change Order shall constitute a waiver of claims by the Contractor arising out of the Work to be performed or deleted pursuant to the Change Order, except as specifically described in the Change Order. If the Contractor adds to a Change Order or any other document a reservation of rights that has not been initialed by the School District, all the amounts previously agreed shall be considered disputed and not yet payable unless the costs are re-negotiated or the reservation is withdrawn or changed in a manner satisfactory to and initialed by the School District. If the School District makes payment for a Change Order or an Application for Payment that contains a reservation of rights not initialed by the School District to indicate agreement with the reservation, and if the Contractor accepts such payment, then the reservation of rights shall be deemed waived, withdrawn, and of no effect. 18.9 Statutory Retainage. 18.9.1 Pursuant to RCW 60.28, the School District will reserve 5% retainage from the moneys the Contractor earns on estimates during the progress of the Work, to be retained as a trust fund for the protection and payment of the claims of any persons arising under the Agreement and the state with respect to taxes which may be due from the Contractor. 18.9.2 The moneys reserved may, at the option of the Contractor and subject to the requirements of RCW 60.28, including but not limited to receipt of certificates from the Department of Revenue, Department of Labor and Industries, and Department of Employment Security, be: (1) retained in a fund by the School District until forty-five days following Final Acceptance; or (2) deposited by the School District in an interest-bearing account in a bank, mutual savings bank, or savings and loan association, not subject to withdrawal until forty-five days following Final Acceptance, with interest to the Contractor; or (3) placed in escrow with a bank or trust company until forty-five days following the Final Acceptance, by the School District’s joint check to the bank or trust company and the Contractor, to be converted into bonds and securities chosen by the Contractor, approved by the School District, and held in escrow, with interest on the bonds and securities paid to the Contractor as it accrues. 18.9.3 The Contractor may retain payment of not more than 5% from the moneys earned by any Subcontractor, provided that the Contractor pays interest to the Subcontractor at the same interest rate it receives from its reserved funds. If requested by the School District, the Contractor shall specify the amount of the retainage and interest due a Subcontractor. 18.10 Warranty. The Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to Work, materials and equipment covered by an Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the School District no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. The Contractor shall promptly pay (and secure the discharge of any liens asserted by) all persons properly furnishing labor, equipment, materials or other items in connection with the performance of the Work (including, but not limited to, any Subcontractors of any tier). The Contractor shall furnish to School District such releases of claims and other documents as may be requested by School District from time to time to evidence such payment (and discharge). School District may, at its option, withhold payment, in whole or in part, to the Contractor until such documents are so furnished. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the School District from any liens, including all expenses and attorneys’ fees. 18.11 Tests and Inspections 18.11.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. The Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity selected by the School District, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents. 18.11.2 If the procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Subsection 18.11.1 reveal failures of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the A/E’s services and expenses. General Conditions between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 GC-15 155970219.1 18.11.3 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval shall be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the A/E. 18.11.4 If the School District is responsible under the Contract Documents, law or regulation to pay for an inspection of any inspector, consultant or A/E, the School District shall be required to pay only for the first actual inspection. If the Contractor arranges for an inspection and the inspector is required to wait, to leave without inspecting, to perform a partial inspection, to return to complete or reinspect, or otherwise to expend time other than for the primary inspection, the Contractor shall be responsible for all such costs. If the Contractor does not pay the charges for which it is responsible within thirty days of billing, the School District may pay the charges directly and backcharge the Contractor on the next progress payment the amount paid plus a 10% handling fee. ARTICLE 19 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 19.1 The Contractor shall have the right to control and shall be solely responsible for, and neither the School District nor its Representative nor the Project Manager nor the A/E shall have responsibility for, all aspects of safety, including initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Agreement. The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to (1) employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; (2) the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein; and (3) other property at the site or adjacent thereto. The Contractor shall maintain the Work site and perform the Work in a manner that meets statutory and common-law requirements for the provision of a safe place to work. This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to working hours. 19.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons and property and their protection from damage, injury or loss. The Contractor shall promptly remedy, to the School District’s satisfaction, damage and loss to property at the site caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor of any tier, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible, except for damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the School District or A/E or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor or a Subcontractor of any tier. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor’s obligations under Section 12.12. ARTICLE 20 BONDS AND INSURANCE 20.1 Performance and Payment Bonds. The Contractor shall secure from a surety company licensed to do business in the State of Washington and shall pay for payment and performance bonds pursuant to RCW 39.08 in the amount of the Contract Sum plus sales tax. The bonds shall remain in effect until the completion of the correction period, except as otherwise provided by law or regulation or by the Contract Documents. Within ten days after the School District provides Contractor with the notice of intent to award the contract, the Contractor shall deliver the bonds to the School District. THE SCHOOL DISTRICT SHALL DECLINE TO ENTER INTO THE CONTRACT IF THE BONDS ARE NOT RECEIVED. 20.2 Contractor’s Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain during the life of this Agreement, at its own cost in a company or companies admitted to do business in the State of Washington possessing a Best’s policyholder’s rating of A- or better and a financial rating of no less than VII, and reasonably acceptable to the School District, an occurrence-based Commercial General Liability Insurance Policy and such other insurance as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor’s operations under the Contract Documents, whether to be performed or furnished by Contractor, by any Subcontractor, by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 20.2.1 Claims under workers’ or workmen’s compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts, including Contingent Employers Liability (Stop Gap); 20.2.2 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor’s employees; 20.2.3 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor’s employees; 20.2.4 Claims for damages insured by personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (a) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or (b) by any other person for any other reason. 20.2.5 Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; General Conditions between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 GC-16 155970219.1 20.2.6 Claims arising out of operation of Laws or Regulations for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or for damage to property; 20.2.7 Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle, including coverage for Owned Motor Vehicles, Non-Owned Motor Vehicles and Hired or Borrowed Motor Vehicles; and 20.2.8 The School District, the A/E, and the School District’s Representative shall be named as an additional insured on such policies other than State Workers Compensation. The School District’s specification or approval of this insurance or of its amount shall not relieve or decrease the liability of the Contractor under the Contract Documents or otherwise. Policies shall contain a provision that the School District shall be given thirty days’ written notice by certified mail before cancellation of any insurance or reduction of the amount thereof, or any alteration, modification or restriction thereto. 20.2.9 The comprehensive general liability insurance required by this section must include contractual liability insurance applicable to Contractor’s obligations under Section 12.12. 20.3 Property Insurance. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof, subject to deductibles and typical exclusions and policy terms. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain similar property insurance on portions of the Work stored on and off the Site or in transit when such portions of the Work are to be included in an Application for Payment. The School District shall bear no responsibility for such portions of the Work or the consequences of their damage or loss. 20.4 The School District’s specification or approval of the insurance in this Agreement or of its amount shall not relieve or decrease the liability of the Contractor under the Contract Documents or otherwise. Coverages are the minimum to be provided and are not limitations of liability under the Contract, indemnification, or applicable law provisions. The Contractor may, at its expense, purchase larger coverage amounts or additional insurance. 20.5 Waiver of Rights 20.5.1 The School District and Contractor waive all rights against each other for losses and damages caused by any of the perils covered by the policies of insurance provided in response to Sections 20.3 and 20.4 and any other property insurance applicable to the Work, and also waive such rights against the Subcontractors, Project Manager, consultants and other parties named as insureds in such policies for losses and damages so caused. Each subcontract between Contractor and a Subcontractor will contain similar waiver provisions by the Subcontractor in favor of School District, Contractor, Project Manager, consultants and all other parties named as insureds. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any of the insured parties may have to the proceeds of insurance held by School District as Trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. 20.5.2 The School District and Contractor intend that any policies provided in response to Sections 20.3 and 20.4 shall protect the parties insured and provide primary coverage for losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. Accordingly, such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurer will have no rights of recovery against any of the parties named as insureds or additional insureds, and if the insurers require separate waiver forms to be signed by Subcontractor, Contractor will obtain the same. 20.6 Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by Sections 20.3 and 20.4 will be adjusted with School District and made payable to School District as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause. School District shall deposit in a separate account any money so received, and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Contract Modification or Written Amendment, or be a separate contract, at School District’s option. ARTICLE 21 CORRECTION OF WORK 21.1 The Contractor shall promptly, and within at least ten days, correct Work rejected or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents at any time through a period of one year from the date of Substantial Completion of the Agreement or by terms of a longer manufacturer’s warranty or an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Article apply to Work done by Subcontractors of any tier as well as to Work done by direct employees of the Contractor. 21.2 If the Contractor fails to correct Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents or fails to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the School District, by a written order, may order the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated. General Conditions between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 GC-17 155970219.1 21.3 Nothing contained in this Article shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which the Contractor might have under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the time period of one year as described above relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor’s liability with respect to the Contractor’s obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. ARTICLE 22 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 22.1 Applicable Law and Venue. The Agreement shall be governed by the law of the State of Washington without regard to its choice-of-law provisions. Exclusive venue for any litigation shall be in the Superior Court in the County in which the Project is located. 22.2 Statutes. The Contractor shall abide by the provisions of all applicable Washington statutes. The statutes referenced in the Contract Documents are not meant to be a complete list and should not be relied upon as such. 22.3 Contractor Registration and Related Requirements. Pursuant to RCW 39.06, the Contractor shall be registered or licensed as required by the laws of the State of Washington, including but not limited to RCW 18.27. The Contractor shall: have a current state unified business identifier number; have industrial insurance coverage for the Contractor’s employees working in Washington as required in Title 51 RCW; have an employment security department number as required in Title 50 RCW; have a state excise tax registration number as required in Title 82 RCW, and; not be disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 (unregistered or unlicensed contractors) or RCW 39.12.065(3) (prevailing wage violations). 22.4 Law against Discrimination. The Contractor shall comply with pertinent statutory provisions relating to public works of RCW 49.60. 22.5 Provisions for Aged and Handicapped Persons. The Contractor shall comply with pertinent statutory provisions relating to public works of RCW 70.92. 22.6 Safety Standards. The Contractor shall comply with pertinent provisions of Chapter 296-155 WAC, “Safety Standards for Construction Work,” including without limitation trench safety requirements. 22.7 Unemployment Compensation. Pursuant to RCW 50.24 in general and RCW 50.24.130 in particular, the Contractor shall pay contributions for wages for personal services performed under this Agreement or arrange for a bond acceptable to the commissioner. 22.8 Drug-Free Workplace. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall fully comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations regarding drug-free workplace, including the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1988. Any person not fit for duty for any reason, including the use of alcohol, controlled substances, or drugs, shall immediately be removed from the Work. 22.9 Smoke and Tobacco-Free Environment. Smoking or use of any kind of lighted pipe, cigar, cigarette or any other lighted smoking equipment, material, vaping, or smokeless tobacco products is prohibited on all school district property. 22.10 Assignment. The Contractor shall not let, assign or transfer this Agreement, or any interest in it or part of it, without the written consent of the School District. 22.11 Asbestos Removal. To the extent this Project involves asbestos removal, the Contractor shall comply with RCW 49.26 and any provisions of the Washington Administrative Code promulgated thereunder. 22.12 Weapons. The Contractor and its employees, agents, and Subcontractors of any tier shall not bring onto the Project site or onto any School District property any firearm or any other type of weapon described in either RCW 9.41.280(1) or RCW 9.41.250. Any person violating this Section shall immediately be removed from the Work, and such a violation shall be grounds for a termination of this Agreement for cause at the School District’s discretion. 22.13 Contaminated Properties. To the extent this Project involves the remediation of contaminated property, the Contractor shall comply with RCW 64.44 and 70.105D and any provisions of the Washington Administrative Code promulgated thereunder, including the use of authorized contractors as provided in RCW 64.44.060. 22.14 Disposal of Materials. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable requirements of RCW 70.95 and any provisions of the Washington Administrative Code promulgated thereunder. ARTICLE 23 TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT 23.1 Termination for Cause by Contractor. If the School District fails to make payment required by this Agreement for a period of thirty days through no fault of the Contractor, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days’ written notice to the School District, terminate the Agreement and recover from the School District payment for all Work General Conditions between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 GC-18 155970219.1 executed and for proven loss with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery, including Fees applicable thereto. The Contractor may not terminate this Agreement for the School District’s decision to withhold funds under the terms of this Agreement. 23.2 Termination for Cause by School District. The School District may, upon seven days’ written notice to the Contractor, terminate (without prejudice to any right or remedy of the School District) the whole or any portion of the Work for cause, including the following circumstances: 23.2.1 the Contractor fails to prosecute the Work or any portion thereof with sufficient diligence to ensure the Substantial Completion of the Work within the Contract Time; 23.2.2 the Contractor is in material default of or materially breaches any provisions of this Agreement; 23.2.3 the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt, makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of its insolvency; 23.2.4 the Contractor fails to supply a sufficient number of properly skilled workers or proper materials; 23.2.5 the Contractor fails to make prompt payment to Subcontractors or for materials or labor; 23.2.6 the Contractor materially disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction; or 23.2.7 the Contractor fails to comply with the provisions of RCW 28A.400.330 by permitting a worker on the Project having contact with children who has been convicted of or pled guilty to a felony crime involving children as described in Section 12.4. 23.3 Termination for Convenience by School District. The School District may, at any time upon ten days’ written notice to the Contractor, terminate (without prejudice to any right or remedy of the School District) the whole or any portion of the Work for the convenience of the School District. The School District shall be liable to Contractor only for those costs reimbursable to Contractor in accordance with the following plus ten percent of the actual costs recovered under this section. 23.3.1 The amount due under Article 13 of this Agreement for the performance of the Work terminated; and 23.3.2 Other pre-approved costs, consistent with Section 11.2, necessary and reasonably incurred in connection with the termination of Work under this subsection. The total sum to be paid to the Contractor under this Section 23.3 shall not exceed the Contract Sum as reduced by the amount of payments otherwise made, the price of the Work not terminated, and as otherwise permitted by this Agreement. 23.4 Effects of Termination. 23.4.1 Unless the School District directs otherwise, after receipt of a Notice of Termination from the School District pursuant to Section 23.2 or 23.3, the Contractor shall promptly: .1 stop Work under the Agreement on the date and as specified in the Notice of Termination; .2 place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, equipment, services or facilities, except as may be necessary for completion of any portion of the Work that is not terminated; .3 procure cancellation of all orders and subcontracts, upon terms acceptable to the School District, to the extent that they relate to the performance of Work terminated; .4 upon written direction by the School District, assign to the School District all of the right, title and interest of the Contractor under all orders and subcontracts, in which case the School District shall have the right, in its discretion, to settle or pay any or all claims arising out of the termination of such orders and subcontracts; .5 with the School District’s approval, settle all outstanding liabilities and all claims arising out of such termination of orders and subcontracts not assigned to the School District; .6 transfer title and deliver to the entity or entities designated by the School District the fabricated or unfabricated parts, Work in process, partially completed supplies and equipment, materials, parts, tools, dies, jigs and other fixtures, completed Work, supplies and other material produced as part of, or acquired in connection with the performance of, the Work terminated, and the completed or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other property related to the Work; .7 use its best efforts to sell any property of the types referred to in Section 23.4.1.6. The Contractor may acquire any such property under the conditions prescribed by and at a price or prices approved by the School District, and the proceeds of any such transfer or disposition may be applied in reduction of any payments to be made by the School District to the Contractor; .8 take such action as may be necessary or as directed by the School District to preserve and protect the Work and property related to this Project in the possession of the Contractor in which the School District has an interest; and General Conditions between Arlington School District and Contractor 4/12/2022 GC-19 155970219.1 .9 continue performance only to the extent not terminated. 23.4.2 In arriving at any amount due the Contractor after termination, the following deductions shall be made: .1 all unliquidated advance or other prior payments on account made to the Contractor applicable to the terminated portion of the Agreement; .2 any claim which the School District may have against the Contractor; .3 an amount necessary to protect the School District against outstanding or potential liens or claims; and .4 the agreed price for or the proceeds of sale of any materials, supplies or other things acquired by the Contractor or sold, pursuant to the provisions of Section 23.4.1.7, and not otherwise recovered by or credited to the School District. 23.4.3 If (and only if) the termination pursuant to Section 23.3 is partial, the Contractor may file a Claim for an equitable adjustment of the price or prices specified in the Agreement relating to the continued portion of the Agreement. The Contractor must assert any Claim for an equitable adjustment under this subsection within sixty days from the effective date of the Termination. 23.4.4 The Contractor shall refund to the School District any amounts the School District paid to the Contractor in excess of costs reimbursable under Section 23.3. 23.4.5 The damages and relief from termination by the School District specifically provided in Article 23 shall be the Contractor’s sole entitlement in the event of termination. End of Section KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 00 51 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CONTRACTOR’S PERFORMANCE BOND McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 CONTRACTOR’S PERFORMANCE BOND ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT 16, SNOHOMISH COUNTY, STATE OF WASHINGTON KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, _____________________________________________________________ as Principal, and ______________________________________________________, a Corporation, organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Washington, and legally doing business in the State of Washington, as Surety, are held and firmly bound and obligated unto the State of Washington and ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT 16 in the full and just sum of: _____________________________________________Dollars ($_______________), lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum of money well and truly to be made, we do bind Principal and Surety, our and each of our heirs, executors and administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. This bond is executed in pursuance of Chapter 39.08, Revised Code of Washington. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that whereas the Principal entered into a certain contract with Arlington School District, a municipal corporation dated the ______ day of ________________, 20______, For: KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS NOW THEREFORE, if the Principal shall faithfully perform all the provisions of such contract and pay all laborers, mechanics and subcontractors and materialmen, and all persons who shall supply such person or persons, or subcontractors, with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of such work, then this obligation is void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Provided, however, that the conditions of this obligation shall not apply to any money loaned or advanced to the Principal or to any subcontractor or other person in the performance of any such work. Singed and Sealed this ___day of ___________, 20___ Countersigned: _______________________ (Seal) ___________________________________ ____________________________ Principal ___________________________________ ____________________________ Secretary Approved as to Form: _______________________ (Seal) Surety ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ____________________________ By Attorney-in-Fact END OF CONTRACTOR’S PERFORMANCE BOND KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 00 52 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS RETAINED PERCENTAGE ON McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 RETAINED PERCENTAGE ON PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS DISTRICT: Arlington School District 16 315 North French Avenue Arlington, WA 98223 PROJECT: KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS CONTRACTOR: _______________________________________________________ RCW 60.28 as amended by (Chapter 223, Laws of 1994) Regular Session allows each prime contractor on a public works contract the following options concerning the amount reserved as retainage from the moneys earned by the contractor. School District officials shall require each prime contractor to submit the following form for the above public works project. Check one below. CONTRACTORS OPTION ____ Retained in a non-interest bearing fund by the public body until forty-five days following the final acceptance of said improvement or work as completed. ____ Deposited by the public body in an interest bearing account or escrow account in a bank, mutual savings bank, or savings and loan association designated by the contractor (on Standard Form Escrow Agreement Arlington School District), not subject to withdrawal until after final acceptance of said improvement or work as completed, or until agreed to by both parties; PROVIDED, that interest on such account shall be paid to the contractor. ____ The contractor may provide a bond in place of retainage, in an amount equal to 5 % of the contract plus change orders. The minimum requirements for the bond are: Must be signed by a surety registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner and is on the currently authorized insurance list published by the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, additional requirements as established by district board policy may be applied. Release of said bond will occur only after documents listed in WAC 392-344-165 are on file with the school district. ________________________________________ Signature Title ________________________________________ Name of Firm ________________________________________ Address ________________________________________ Date END OF RETAINED PERCENTAGE ON PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 00 53 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS ESCROW AGREEMENT McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 ESCROW AGREEMENT Escrow Date: ______________ Contract No: ______________ District funds only Account No: ________________________________ Project: KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS To: ________________________________________ (Bank or Trust Company) ________________________________________ (Branch) ________________________________________ (Street) (City) (Zip Code) The undersigned, ______________________________________________________ hereinafter referred to as the Contractor, has directed Arlington School District, hereinafter referred to as the Agency, to deliver to you its warrants or checks which shall be payable to you and the Contractor jointly. Such warrants or checks are to be held and disposed of by you in accordance with the following instructions and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. INSTRUCTIONS 1. The Agency shall deliver to you from time to time checks or warrants payable jointly to you and the Contractor. You are hereby authorized by the Contractor to endorse in the Contractor’s name any such check or warrant so that you may receive the proceeds thereof and invest the same. The power of endorsement hereby granted to you by the Contractor shall be deemed a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable during the term of this Escrow. Although you may be a payee named in such warrants or checks as shall be delivered to you, your duties and responsibilities with respect to the same shall be only those duties and responsibilities which a depository bank would have pursuant to Article 4 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Washington for an item deposited with it for collection as of the date such check or warrant shall be used by you to purchase, as directed by the Contractor, bonds or other securities chosen by the Contractor and approved by you, and the School District. For the purpose of each such purchase, you may follow the last written direction received by you from the Contractor, provided such direction otherwise conforms with the restrictions on investments recited herein. Attached is a list of such bonds, or other securities approved by the Agency. No further approval is necessary if any of these bonds or securities except stocks, maybe selected by the Contractor, subject to express written approval of you and the School District. Purchase of such bonds or other securities shall be in a form which shall allow you alone to reconvert such bonds or other securities into money if you are required to do so by the Fiscal Officer as provided in paragraph 4 of this Escrow Agreement. The investments selected by the Contractor, approved by the School District and purchased by you must mature on or prior to the date set for the completion of the contract, including extensions thereof of thirty days following the final acceptance of said improvement or work. 2. When and as interest on the securities held by you pursuant to this agreement accrues and is paid, you shall collect such interest and forward it to the Contractor at the address designated below unless with your written consent you are otherwise directed in writing by the Contractor. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 00 53 00, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS ESCROW AGREEMENT McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 3. You are not authorized to deliver to the Contractor all or any part of the securities held by you pursuant to this agreement (or any monies derived from the sale of such securities, or the negotiation of the Agency’s warrants or checks) except in accordance with written instructions from the Fiscal Officer for the Agency. The Fiscal Officer shall inform you and keep you informed in writing of the name of the person or persons with authority to give you such written instructions. Compliance with such instructions shall relieve you of any further liability related thereto. The estimated completion date on the contract underlying this Escrow Agreement is _______________________________. Upon request by you, the School District shall advise you in writing of any change in the estimated completion date. If the estimated completion date is changed, you are authorized to reinvest the monies held hereunder in accordance with the new estimated completion date. 4. In the event the Fiscal Officer orders you to do so in writing, and notwithstanding any other provisions of this agreement, you shall, within sixty (60) days of receipt of such order, reconvert into money the securities held by you pursuant to this agreement and return such money together with any other monies, including accrued interest on such securities, held by you hereunder, to the Agency. 5. The Contractor agrees to pay you as compensation for your services hereunder as follows: ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ Payment of all fees shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor and shall not be deducted from any property placed with you pursuant to this agreement until and unless the Fiscal Officer directs the release to the Contractor of the securities and monies held hereunder whereupon you shall be granted a first lien upon such property released and shall be entitled to reimburse yourself from such property for the entire amount of your fees and any unanticipated amounts which might be owing as provided for herein. In the event that you are made a party to any litigation with respect to the property held by you hereunder, or in the event that the conditions of this escrow are not promptly fulfilled or that you are required to render any services not provided for in these instructions, or that there is any assignment of the interests of this escrow or any modification hereof, you shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for such extraordinary services from the Contractor and reimbursement from the Contractor for all costs and expenses including attorney fees occasioned by default, delay, controversy or litigation. 6. Should you at any time and for any reason desire to be relieved of you obligation as escrow holder hereunder, you shall give written notice to the Agency and the Contractor. The Agency and Contractor shall, within 20 days of the receipt of such notice, jointly appoint a successor escrow holder and instruct you to deliver all securities and funds held hereunder to said successor. If you are not notified of the appointment of the successor escrow holder within 20 days, you may return the subject matter hereof to the Agency, and upon so doing, it absolves you from all further charges and obligations in connection with this Escrow. 7. This Agreement shall not be binding until executed by the Contractor and the Agency and accepted by you. 8. This instrument contains the entire agreement between you, the Contractor and the Agency with respect to this Escrow and you are not a party to nor bound by any instrument or agreement other than this; you shall not be required to take notice or demand, nor be required to take any action whatever except as herein expressly provided; you shall not be liable for any loss or damage not caused by your own negligence or willful misconduct. 9. The foregoing provisions shall be binding upon the assigns, successors, personal representatives and heirs of the parties hereto. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 00 53 00, Page 3 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS ESCROW AGREEMENT McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 The undersigned have read and hereby approve the instructions as given governing the administration of this Escrow and do hereby execute this Agreement on this ____ day of _____________20 ____ ______________________________ ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT 16 (Contractor) _______________________ _______ By: _________________________________ By: (Title) ______________________________ (Address) The above Escrow instructions received and accepted this ___day of________20 ____ _____________________________________________ (Bank or Trust Company) _____________________________________________ By: (Authorized Signature) BONDS AND SECURITIES ACCEPTABLE BY AGENCY 1. Bill, Certificates, notes or bonds of the United States. 2. Other obligations of the United States or its agencies. 3. Obligations of any corporation wholly owned by the Government of the United States. 4. Indebtedness of the Federal National Mortgage Association. 5. Time deposits in commercial banks. DESIGNATED BELOW THE TYPE OF INVESTMENTS SELECTED _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ END OF ESCROW AGREEMENT KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 00 80 04, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS SAFETY PROCEDURES McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 SAFETY PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Preliminary Work B. Imminent Danger C. Safety D. Safety Responsibilities E. Request for Variances F. Failure to Comply 1.02 PRELIMINARY WORK A. Prior to the start of and during the course of the Work (above and below ground) the Contractor shall make a thorough survey of the work site to determine all potential hazards. Workmen shall be made aware of those hazards and shall be instructed in procedures and the use of equipment for their protection. The Contractor shall verify the location and condition ("live" or "dead") of all utilities on and near each work site and take precautions to protect its employees, the general public, and the property. 1.03 IMMINENT DANGER A. The Contractor shall be wholly responsible for any accidents (including death) occurring at any time during the progress of the work and until the final acceptance of the work by the Owner which may happen to any of his workmen or those of any Subcontractor employed on the building, or for any damage or injuries (including death) which his work and operations may cause to the work being constructed, or to existing buildings, or to any tenants and occupants of the property, or of the adjoining properties, or to the public, or to any public or private property. 1.04 SAFETY A. The Contractor shall ensure that all employees, visitors, subcontractors' employees, and suppliers' employees, while on the work site, comply with the requirements of WISHA, these requirements and the safety precautions contained in the several Specifications Sections. The Contractor shall promptly and fully comply with, execute and, without separate charge thereof to the Owner, shall enforce compliance with the provisions of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973, with particular attention paid but not limited to Chapter 296-155, WAC Safety Standards for Construction Work; with particular attention paid but not limited to Chapter 296-24 WAC General Safety and Health Standards; with particular attention paid but not limited to Chapters 296-27, 196-350 and 296-360 WAC regarding Administrative Safety and Health Act Chapter 49-17 RCW, and any addenda thereto. B. The Contractor shall immediately advise the Owner of inspections conducted by WISHA at the work site and shall transmit copies of citations and violations to the Owner. 1.05 SAFETY RESPONSIBILITIES A. Contractor shall be responsible to: 1. Ensure compliance with these requirements, WISHA requirements, and other safety requirements. 2. Authorize immediate action to correct substandard safety conditions. 3. Review and act to ensure compliance with safety procedures with its supervisors, subcontractors, and suppliers. 4. Make thorough daily safety inspections of the work site and immediately act to eliminate unsafe acts and unsafe conditions. 5. Investigate work site accidents and recommend immediate corrective action. 6. Assist in the preparation of accident investigation and reporting procedures. 7. Be responsible for the control, availability, and use of safety equipment, including employee personal protective equipment. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 00 80 04, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS SAFETY PROCEDURES McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 B. The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and progress of the Work, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying and users of adjacent utilities. C. The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the Work to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. D. When the use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment is necessary for the execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care and shall carry on such activities under the supervision of properly qualified personnel. E. The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of its organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents and monitoring of the Work to insure compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authority bearing on the safety of persons or protection of property. This person shall be the Contractor’s Superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner. F. The Contractor shall provide to the Construction Project Manager its safety plan, all meeting minutes from job site safety meetings, job site safety reports, and any reports concerning safety violations or injuries/accidents at the job site. The Contractor and its Subcontractors shall cooperate with the Construction Manager and provide safe access for the Construction Project Manager to review the work. G. Any notice given to the Contractor by the Owner’s Construction Project Manager of a safety or property protection violation will not; (1) relieve the Contractor of sole and complete responsibility for the violation and the correction thereof, or of sole liability for the consequences of said violation; (2) impose any obligation upon Owner, Construction Project Manger or Architect to inspect or review Contractor’s safety program or precautions or to enforce Contractor’s compliance with the requirements of this Section 00 80 04, or (3) impose any continuing obligation upon Owner’s Construction Project Manager or Architect to provide such notice to Contractor or any other person or entity. 1.06 SITE-SPECIFIC COVID-19 SAFETY PLAN A. Site-Specific COVID-19 Safety Plan is required. As part of the project’s Site-Specific safety plan, the Contractor shall prepare and implement a Site-Specific COVID-19 safety plan, which complies with the applicable Construction COVID-19 Job Site Requirements, as established by the State of Washington’s phased business activity guidelines. 1. The Contractor shall modify the Site-Specific COVID-19 Site Safety Plan to meet the construction requirements, and as needed, update the safety plan to reflect planned work and site conditions during the project. 2. The Site-Specific COVID 19 Safety Plan must be available at the job site during the prosecution of work associated with any construction activities and made readily available upon request for inspection by state and local authorities. 3. The Contractor shall clearly designate a Site-Specific COVID-19 Supervisor in its Site-Specific COVID-19 Safety Plan. The COVID-19 Supervisor name and contact information shall be visibly posted on site at all times. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible to fully implement the Site-Specific COVID-19 Safety Plan and shall provide regular status updates relative to compliance of the safety plan at each progress meeting. 5. If the Contractor or any of its subcontractors determines that a single task or sequence of steps of a planned construction activity may fail to comply with the Site-Specific COVID-19 Safety Plan or the applicable Construction COVID-19 Job Site Safety Requirements, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner and Architect. The Contractor together with its subcontractors shall perform a Job Safety Analysis and identify the specific tasks or sequence of steps associated with the planned construction activity, potential injuries or hazards, and recommended safe job procedures to comply with the most current COVID-19 health and safety requirements. 6. The Contractor shall incorporate all safe job procedures into the Site Specific COVID-19 Safety Plan, and must identify appropriate personal protective equipment and other protective measures to be used to meet or exceed the most current COVID-19 health and safety requirements and other applicable health or worker safety guidelines or recommendations. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 00 80 04, Page 3 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS SAFETY PROCEDURES McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 7. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the Job Site Assessment to the Owner and the A/E at least 24 hours prior to proceeding with any identified single task or sequence of steps of a planned construction activity. 8. The Contractor together with its subcontractors at every tier shall review and comply with safe job procedures outlined in the Job Site Assessment when performing the identified task or sequence of steps, of a planned construction activity. 1.06 REQUEST FOR VARIANCES A. Requests for variances to deviate from WISHA requirements must follow the current established procedures by that agency. 1.07 FAILURE TO COMPLY A. If the project is shut down due to the Contractor's failure to comply with the requirements of WISHA or other applicable safety requirements, no part of the time loss due to any such suspension of operations or stop orders shall be made the subject of a claim for extension of time or for increased cost or damage by the Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 00 81 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS SAMPLE PAYMENT BOND McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 SAMPLE PAYMENT BOND – SEE ATTACHED EXAMPLE AIA® Document A312TM – 2010 Payment Bond AIA Document A312™ – 2010 Payment Bond. The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. is not for ale. User Notes: (1482966378) 1 The author of this document has added information needed for its completion. The author may also have revised the text of the original AIA standard form. An Additions and Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from the author and should be reviewed. This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. ELECTRONIC COPYING portion of this AIA® Document to another electronic file is prohibited and constitutes a violation of copyright laws as set forth in the footer of CONTRACTOR: (Name, legal status and address) SURETY: (Name, legal status and principal « »« » « » « »« » « » OWNER: (Name, legal status and address) CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT (Name and location) BOND (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date) « » Amount: $ « » Modifications to this Bond: « » None « » See Section 18 CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY (Corporate Seal) (Corporate Seal) Signature: Name and Title: « »« » Name and Title: « »« » (Any additional signatures appear on the last page of this Payment Bond.) (FOR INFORMATION ONLY — Name, address and telephone) AGENT or BROKER: OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE: (Architect, Engineer or other « » « » « » « » « » « » « » AIA Document A312™ – 2010 Payment Bond. The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any the law. is not for User Notes: (1482966378) 2 § 1 The Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor, materials and equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference, subject to the following terms. § 2 If the Contractor promptly makes payment of all sums due to Claimants, and defends, indemnifies and holds harmless the Owner from claims, demands, liens or suits by any person or entity seeking payment for labor, materials or equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, then the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond. § 3 If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract, the Surety’s obligation to the Owner under this Bond shall arise after the Owner has promptly notified the Contractor and the Surety (at the address described in Section 13) of claims, demands, liens or suits against the Owner or the Owner’s property by any person or entity seeking payment for labor, materials or equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract and tendered defense of such claims, demands, liens or suits to the Contractor and the Surety. § 4 When the Owner has satisfied the conditions in Section 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety’s expense defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner against a duly tendered claim, demand, lien or suit. § 5 The Surety’s obligations to a Claimant under this Bond shall arise after the following: § 5.1 Claimants, who do not have a direct contract with the Contractor, .1 have furnished a written notice of non-payment to the Contractor, stating with substantial accuracy the amount claimed and the name of the party to whom the materials were, or equipment was, furnished or supplied or for whom the labor was done or performed, within ninety (90) days after having last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the Claim; and .2 have sent a Claim to the Surety (at the address described in Section 13). § 5.2 Claimants, who are employed by or have a direct contract with the Contractor, have sent a Claim to the Surety (at the address described in Section 13). § 6 If a notice of non-payment required by Section 5.1.1 is given by the Owner to the Contractor, that is sufficient to satisfy a Claimant’s obligation to furnish a written notice of non-payment under Section 5.1.1. § 7 When a Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Sections 5.1 or 5.2, whichever is applicable, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety’s expense take the following actions: § 7.1 Send an answer to the Claimant, with a copy to the Owner, within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Claim, stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed; and § 7.2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. § 7.3 The Surety’s failure to discharge its obligations under Section 7.1 or Section 7.2 shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of defenses the Surety or Contractor may have or acquire as to a Claim, except as to undisputed amounts for which the Surety and Claimant have reached agreement. If, however, the Surety fails to discharge its obligations under Section 7.1 or Section 7.2, the Surety shall indemnify the Claimant for the reasonable attorney’s fees the Claimant incurs thereafter to recover any sums found to be due and owing to the Claimant. § 8 The Surety’s total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond, plus the amount of reasonable attorney’s fees provided under Section 7.3, and the amount of this Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety. § 9 Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract shall be used for the performance of the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under any construction performance bond. By the Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond, they agree that all funds earned by the Contractor in the performance of the Construction Contract are dedicated to satisfy obligations of the Contractor and Surety under this Bond, subject to the Owner’s priority to use the funds for the completion of the work. AIA Document A312™ – 2010 Payment Bond. The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any the law. is not for User Notes: (1482966378) 3 § 10 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract. The Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obligation to make payments to, or give notice on behalf of, Claimants or otherwise have any obligations to Claimants under this Bond. § 11 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obligations. § 12 No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under this Bond other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in the state in which the project that is the subject of the Construction Contract is located or after the expiration of one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant sent a Claim to the Surety pursuant to Section 5.1.2 or 5.2, or (2) on which the last labor or service was performed by anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Construction Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) first occurs. If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. § 13 Notice and Claims to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the page on which their signature appears. Actual receipt of notice or Claims, however accomplished, shall be sufficient compliance as of the date received. § 14 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished, the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. § 15 Upon request by any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor and Owner shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made. § 16 Definitions § 16.1 Claim. A written statement by the Claimant including at a minimum: .1 the name of the Claimant; .2 the name of the person for whom the labor was done, or materials or equipment furnished; .3 a copy of the agreement or purchase order pursuant to which labor, materials or equipment was furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract; .4 a brief description of the labor, materials or equipment furnished; .5 the date on which the Claimant last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract; .6 the total amount earned by the Claimant for labor, materials or equipment furnished as of the date of the Claim; .7 the total amount of previous payments received by the Claimant; and .8 the total amount due and unpaid to the Claimant for labor, materials or equipment furnished as of the date of the Claim. § 16.2 Claimant. An individual or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of the Contractor to furnish labor, materials or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract. The term Claimant also includes any individual or entity that has rightfully asserted a claim under an applicable mechanic’s lien or similar statute against the real property upon which the Project is located. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without limitation in the terms “labor, materials or equipment” that part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental equipment used in the Construction Contract, architectural and engineering services required for performance of the work of the Contractor and the Contractor’s subcontractors, and all other items for which a mechanic's lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, materials or equipment were furnished. § 16.3 Construction Contract. The agreement between the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page, including all Contract Documents and all changes made to the agreement and the Contract Documents. AIA Document A312™ – 2010 Payment Bond. The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any the law. is not for User Notes: (1482966378) 4 § 16.4 Owner Default. Failure of the Owner, which has not been remedied or waived, to pay the Contractor as required under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other material terms of the Construction Contract. § 16.5 Contract Documents. All the documents that comprise the agreement between the Owner and Contractor. § 17 If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a Contractor and subcontractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor. § 18 Modifications to this bond are as follows: « » (Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: Company: Signature: Signature: Name and Title: « »« » Name and Title: « »« » Address: « » Address: « » KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 00 90 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PREVAILING WAGE RATES AND McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS APPRENTICESHIP UTILIZATION mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 PREVAILING WAGE RATES AND APPRENTICESHIP UTILIZATION A. The following is a list of the Journeyman Prevailing Wage Rates as required per RCW 39.12.020 and as furnished by the State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries (Employment Standards Section) for Snohomish County, effective April 12, 2022. Contractor to verify current Prevailing Wage Rates. B. Contractor to verify apprenticeship requirements as required by the Contract Documents. Department of Labor & Industries website is https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/wagelookup/ApprenticeWageLookup.aspx. C. Section 2 of WAC 296-127-011 states that for all contracts, except Building Services Maintenance Contracts, the prevailing Wage Rates which are in effect on the date when the bids by the Prime Contractor are required to be submitted to the Contract Awarding Public Agency are the prevailing wage rates which must be paid for the duration of the contract. All work performed under a public works contract must be classified into one of more or the labor classifications for which prevailing wage rates have been established. D. Contractor shall use apprentices to perform no less than fifteen percent (15%) of the total hours of workers receiving an hourly wage who are directly employed on the site of the Project. Hours of work include hours performed by workers employed by Contractor and all of its Subcontractors of any tier working on the Project, but do not include hours worked by foremen, superintendents, owners, and workers who are not subject to prevailing wage requirements. As used in this section, the term “apprentice” means an apprentice enrolled in a state-approved apprenticeship training program. E. Owner may adjust the requirement for utilization of apprentices imposed by this section only if Contractor establishes, to the satisfaction of Owner, the existence of one or more of the following reasons: 1. Lack of availability of apprentices in the geographic area located within fifty miles of the Project site; 2. A disproportionately high ratio of material costs to labor hours, which does not make feasible the required minimum level of apprentice participation; 3. Contractor has exerted a good faith effort to comply with the requirements of this section; or 4. Other reasons that Owner deems to be clearly relevant to Contractor’s inability to meet the apprentice utilization requirements of this section. F. As part of the cost included in its base bid, Contractor shall create and maintain for three years following final completion of the Project, and provide copies to Owner when and as requested, the following documentation concerning the requirements of this section: 1. Records of each of its efforts to comply in good faith with the apprentice utilization requirement, including without limitation documentation of its outreach efforts to encourage participation by apprentices in the Project; 2. The name and registration number of each apprentice who works on the Project site; 3. The number of apprentices and the number of labor hours worked by them on the Project site, categorized by trade or craft; and 4. The number of journey level workers and the number of labor hours worked by them on the Project site, categorized by trade or craft. 5. Certified payroll records. END OF SECTION State of Washington Department of Labor & Industries Prevailing Wage Section - Telephone 360-902-5335 PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504-4540 Washington State Prevailing Wage The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. On public works projects, worker's wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements are provided on the Benefit Code Key. Journey Level Prevailing Wage Rates for the Effective Date: 4/12/2022 County Trade Job Classification Wage Holiday Overtime Note *Risk Class Snohomish Asbestos Abatement Workers Journey Level $54.62 5D 1H View Snohomish Boilermakers Journey Level $72.54 5N 1C View Snohomish Brick Mason Journey Level $63.32 7E 1N View Snohomish Brick Mason Pointer-Caulker-Cleaner $63.32 7E 1N View Snohomish Building Service Employees Janitor $14.49 1 View Snohomish Building Service Employees Shampooer $14.49 1 View Snohomish Building Service Employees Waxer $14.49 1 View Snohomish Building Service Employees Window Cleaner $14.49 1 View Snohomish Cabinet Makers (In Shop)Journey Level $22.82 5C 2M View Snohomish Carpenters Acoustical Worker $68.19 15J 4C View Snohomish Carpenters Bridge, Dock And Wharf Carpenters $68.19 15J 4C View Snohomish Carpenters Carpenter $68.19 15J 4C View Snohomish Carpenters Floor Finisher $68.19 15J 4C View Snohomish Carpenters Floor Layer $68.19 15J 4C View Snohomish Carpenters Scaffold Erector $68.19 15J 4C View Snohomish Cement Masons Application of all Composition Mastic $67.41 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Application of all Epoxy Material $66.91 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Application of all Plastic Material $67.41 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Application of Sealing Compound $66.91 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Application of Underlayment $67.41 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Building General $66.91 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Composition or Kalman Floors $67.41 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Concrete Paving $66.91 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Curb & Gutter Machine $67.41 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Curb & Gutter, Sidewalks $66.91 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Curing Concrete $66.91 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Finish Colored Concrete $67.41 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Floor Grinding $67.41 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Floor Grinding/Polisher $66.91 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Green Concrete Saw, self- powered $67.41 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Grouting of all Plates $66.91 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Grouting of all Tilt-up Panels $66.91 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Gunite Nozzleman $67.41 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Hand Powered Grinder $67.41 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Journey Level $66.91 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Patching Concrete $66.91 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Pneumatic Power Tools $67.41 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Power Chipping & Brushing $67.41 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Sand Blasting Architectural Finish $67.41 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Screed & Rodding Machine $67.41 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Spackling or Skim Coat Concrete $66.91 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Troweling Machine Operator $67.41 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Troweling Machine Operator on Colored Slabs $67.41 15J 4U View Snohomish Cement Masons Tunnel Workers $67.41 15J 4U View Snohomish Divers & Tenders Bell/Vehicle or Submersible Operator (Not Under Pressure) $122.46 15J 4C View Snohomish Divers & Tenders Diver $122.49 15J 4C 8V View Snohomish Divers & Tenders Diver On Standby $81.04 15J 4C View Snohomish Divers & Tenders Diver Tender $73.60 15J 4C View Snohomish Divers & Tenders Manifold Operator $73.60 15J 4C View Snohomish Divers & Tenders Manifold Operator Mixed Gas $78.60 15J 4C View Snohomish Divers & Tenders Remote Operated Vehicle Operator/Technician $73.60 15J 4C View Snohomish Divers & Tenders Remote Operated Vehicle Tender $68.64 15J 4C View Snohomish Dredge Workers Assistant Engineer $73.62 5D 3F View Snohomish Dredge Workers Assistant Mate (Deckhand)$73.05 5D 3F View Snohomish Dredge Workers Boatmen $73.62 5D 3F View Snohomish Dredge Workers Engineer Welder $75.03 5D 3F View Snohomish Dredge Workers Leverman, Hydraulic $76.53 5D 3F View Snohomish Dredge Workers Mates $73.62 5D 3F View Snohomish Dredge Workers Oiler $73.05 5D 3F View Snohomish Drywall Applicator Journey Level $68.19 15J 4C View Snohomish Drywall Tapers Journey Level $67.91 5P 1E View Snohomish Electrical Fixture Maintenance Workers Journey Level $14.49 1 View Snohomish Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer $83.25 7H 1E View Snohomish Electricians - Inside Construction Stock Person $40.04 7H 1D View Snohomish Electricians - Inside Journey Level $77.98 7H 1E View Snohomish Electricians - Motor Shop Craftsman $15.37 1 View Snohomish Electricians - Motor Shop Journey Level $14.69 1 View Snohomish Electricians - Powerline Construction Cable Splicer $88.89 5A 4D View Snohomish Electricians - Powerline Construction Certified Line Welder $81.65 5A 4D View Snohomish Electricians - Powerline Construction Groundperson $52.91 5A 4D View Snohomish Electricians - Powerline Construction Heavy Line Equipment Operator $81.65 5A 4D View Snohomish Electricians - Powerline Construction Journey Level Lineperson $81.65 5A 4D View Snohomish Electricians - Powerline Construction Line Equipment Operator $70.02 5A 4D View Snohomish Electricians - Powerline Construction Meter Installer $52.91 5A 4D 8W View Snohomish Electricians - Powerline Construction Pole Sprayer $81.65 5A 4D View Snohomish Electricians - Powerline Construction Powderperson $60.75 5A 4D View Snohomish Electronic Technicians Electronic Technicians Journey Level $49.41 5B 1B View Snohomish Elevator Constructors Mechanic $103.81 7D 4A View Snohomish Elevator Constructors Mechanic In Charge $112.09 7D 4A View Snohomish Fabricated Precast Concrete Products Journey Level $14.49 1 View Snohomish Fabricated Precast Concrete Products Journey Level - In-Factory Work Only $14.49 1 View Snohomish Fence Erectors Fence Erector $46.29 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Fence Erectors Fence Laborer $46.29 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Flaggers Journey Level $46.29 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Glaziers Journey Level $72.41 7L 1Y View Snohomish Heat & Frost Insulators And Asbestos Workers Journey Level $82.02 15H 11C View Snohomish Heating Equipment Mechanics Journey Level $91.83 7F 1E View Snohomish Hod Carriers & Mason Tenders Journey Level $57.31 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Industrial Power Vacuum Cleaner Journey Level $14.49 1 View Snohomish Inland Boatmen Boat Operator $61.41 5B 1K View Snohomish Inland Boatmen Cook $56.48 5B 1K View Snohomish Inland Boatmen Deckhand $57.48 5B 1K View Snohomish Inland Boatmen Deckhand Engineer $58.81 5B 1K View Snohomish Inland Boatmen Launch Operator $58.89 5B 1K View Snohomish Inland Boatmen Mate $57.31 5B 1K View Snohomish Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Cleaner Operator, Foamer Operator $14.49 1 View Snohomish Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Grout Truck Operator $14.49 1 View Snohomish Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Head Operator $14.49 1 View Remote Control Snohomish Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Technician $14.49 1 View Snohomish Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Tv Truck Operator $14.49 1 View Snohomish Insulation Applicators Journey Level $68.19 15J 4C View Snohomish Ironworkers Journeyman $80.28 7N 1O View Snohomish Laborers Air, Gas Or Electric Vibrating Screed $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Airtrac Drill Operator $56.31 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Ballast Regular Machine $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Batch Weighman $46.29 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Brick Pavers $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Brush Cutter $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Brush Hog Feeder $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Burner $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Caisson Worker $56.31 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Carpenter Tender $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Cement Dumper-paving $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Cement Finisher Tender $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Change House Or Dry Shack $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Chipping Gun (30 Lbs. And Over) $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Chipping Gun (Under 30 Lbs.)$54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Choker Setter $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Chuck Tender $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Clary Power Spreader $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Clean-up Laborer $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Concrete Dumper/Chute Operator $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Concrete Form Stripper $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Concrete Placement Crew $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Concrete Saw Operator/Core Driller $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Crusher Feeder $46.29 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Curing Laborer $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Demolition: Wrecking & Moving (Incl. Charred Material) $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Ditch Digger $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Diver $56.31 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Drill Operator (Hydraulic, Diamond) $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Dry Stack Walls $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Dump Person $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Epoxy Technician $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Erosion Control Worker $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Faller & Bucker Chain Saw $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Fine Graders $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Firewatch $46.29 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Form Setter $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Gabian Basket Builders $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers General Laborer $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Grade Checker & Transit Person $57.31 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Grinders $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Grout Machine Tender $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Groutmen (Pressure) Including Post Tension Beams $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Guardrail Erector $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (Level A) $56.31 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (Level B) $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (Level C) $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers High Scaler $56.31 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Jackhammer $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Laserbeam Operator $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Maintenance Person $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Manhole Builder-Mudman $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Material Yard Person $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Motorman-Dinky Locomotive $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers nozzleman (concrete pump, green cutter when using combination of high pressure air & water on concrete & rock, sandblast, gunite, shotcrete, water blaster, vacuum blaster) $57.31 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Pavement Breaker $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Pilot Car $46.29 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Pipe Layer (Lead)$57.31 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Pipe Layer/Tailor $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Pipe Pot Tender $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Pipe Reliner $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Pipe Wrapper $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Pot Tender $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Powderman $56.31 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Powderman's Helper $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Power Jacks $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Railroad Spike Puller - Power $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Raker - Asphalt $57.31 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Re-timberman $56.31 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Remote Equipment Operator $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Rigger/Signal Person $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Rip Rap Person $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Rivet Buster $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Rodder $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Scaffold Erector $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Scale Person $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Sloper (Over 20")$55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Sloper Sprayer $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Spreader (Concrete)$55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Stake Hopper $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Stock Piler $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Swinging Stage/Boatswain Chair $46.29 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Tamper & Similar Electric, Air & Gas Operated Tools $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Tamper (Multiple & Self- propelled) $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Timber Person - Sewer (Lagger, Shorer & Cribber) $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Toolroom Person (at Jobsite)$54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Topper $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Track Laborer $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Track Liner (Power)$55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Traffic Control Laborer $49.50 15J 4V 9C View Snohomish Laborers Traffic Control Supervisor $52.45 15J 4V 9C View Snohomish Laborers Truck Spotter $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Tugger Operator $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 0-30 psi $142.82 15J 4V 9B View Snohomish Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 30.01-44.00 psi $147.85 15J 4V 9B View Snohomish Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 44.01-54.00 psi $151.53 15J 4V 9B View Snohomish Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 54.01-60.00 psi $157.23 15J 4V 9B View Snohomish Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 60.01-64.00 psi $159.35 15J 4V 9B View Snohomish Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 64.01-68.00 psi $164.45 15J 4V 9B View Snohomish Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 68.01-70.00 psi $166.35 15J 4V 9B View Snohomish Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 70.01-72.00 psi $168.35 15J 4V 9B View Snohomish Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 72.01-74.00 psi $170.35 15J 4V 9B View Snohomish Laborers Tunnel Work-Guage and Lock Tender $57.41 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Tunnel Work-Miner $57.41 7A 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Tunnel Work-Miner $57.41 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Vibrator $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Vinyl Seamer $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Watchman $42.08 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Welder $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Well Point Laborer $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers Window Washer/Cleaner $42.08 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers - Underground Sewer & Water General Laborer & Topman $54.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Laborers - Underground Sewer & Water Pipe Layer $55.62 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Landscape Construction Landscape Construction/Landscaping Or Planting Laborers $42.08 15J 4V 8Y View Snohomish Landscape Construction Landscape Operator $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Landscape Maintenance Groundskeeper $14.49 1 View Snohomish Lathers Journey Level $68.19 15J 4C View Snohomish Marble Setters Journey Level $63.32 7E 1N View Snohomish Metal Fabrication (In Shop)Journey Level $26.73 0 11D View Snohomish Millwright Journey Level $69.74 15J 4C View Snohomish Modular Buildings Journey Level $14.49 1 View Snohomish Painters Journey Level $47.70 6Z 2B View Snohomish Pile Driver Crew Tender $62.69 15J 4C View Snohomish Pile Driver Crew Tender/Technician $62.69 15J 4C View Snohomish Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 0- 30.00 PSI $85.00 15J 4C View Snohomish Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 30.01 - 44.00 PSI $90.00 15J 4C View Snohomish Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 44.01 - 54.00 PSI $94.00 15J 4C View Snohomish Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 64.01 - 68.00 PSI $106.50 15J 4C View Snohomish Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 68.01 - 70.00 PSI $108.50 15J 4C View Snohomish Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 70.01 - 72.00 PSI $110.50 15J 4C View Snohomish Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 72.01 - 74.00 PSI $112.50 15J 4C View Snohomish Pile Driver Journey Level $68.64 15J 4C View Snohomish Plasterers Journey Level $64.14 7Q 1R View Snohomish Plasterers Nozzleman $67.64 7Q 1R View Snohomish Playground & Park Equipment Installers Journey Level $14.49 1 View Snohomish Plumbers & Pipefitters Journey Level $82.22 5A 1G View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Asphalt Plant Operators $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Assistant Engineer $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Barrier Machine (zipper)$76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Batch Plant Operator: concrete $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Boat Operator $76.87 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Bobcat $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Brokk - Remote Demolition Equipment $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Brooms $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Bump Cutter $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Cableways $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Chipper $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Compressor $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Concrete Finish Machine - Laser Screed $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump - Mounted Or Trailer High Pressure Line Pump, Pump High Pressure $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Over 42 M $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Up To 42m $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Conveyors $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Cranes Friction: 200 tons and over $79.20 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Cranes, A-frame: 10 tons and under $72.30 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 100 tons through 199 tons, or 150’ of boom (including jib with attachments) $77.63 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 20 tons through 44 tons with attachments $76.19 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 200 tons- 299 tons, or 250’ of boom including jib with attachments $78.44 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 300 tons and over or 300’ of boom including jib with attachments $79.20 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 45 tons through 99 tons, under 150’ of boom(including jib with attachments) $76.87 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Friction cranes through 199 tons $78.44 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Cranes: through 19 tons with attachments, a-frame over 10 tons $75.60 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Crusher $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Deck Engineer/Deck Winches (power) $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Derricks, On Building Work $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Dozers D-9 & Under $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or Crane Mount $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Drilling Machine $77.53 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Elevator and man-lift: permanent and shaft type $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Finishing Machine, Bidwell And Gamaco & Similar Equipment $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Forklift: 3000 lbs and over with attachments $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Grade Engineer: Using Blue Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Gradechecker/Stakeman $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Guardrail Punch $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. & Over $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off-road Equipment Under 45 Yards $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Horizontal/Directional Drill Locator $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Horizontal/Directional Drill Operator $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts/Boom Trucks Over 10 Tons $75.60 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts/boom trucks: 10 tons and under $72.30 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Leverman $78.33 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But Not Including 8 Yards $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Overhead Under 6 Yards $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Plant Feed $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Locomotives, All $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Material Transfer Device $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Mechanics: All (Leadmen - $0.50 per hour over mechanic) $77.53 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Motor Patrol Graders $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel Drill, Boring, Road Header And/or Shield $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Oil Distributors, Blower Distribution & Mulch Seeding Operator $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Outside Hoists (Elevators and Manlifts), Air Tuggers, Strato $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Overhead, bridge type: 100 tons and over $77.63 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Overhead, bridge type: 45 $76.87 7A 11H 8X View tons through 99 tons Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Pavement Breaker $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Pile Driver (other Than Crane Mount) $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Posthole Digger, Mechanical $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Power Plant $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Pumps - Water $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Remote Control Operator On Rubber Tired Earth Moving Equipment $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Rigger and Bellman $72.30 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Rigger/Signal Person, Bellman(Certified) $75.60 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Rollagon $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi-lift Materials $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Roto-mill, Roto-grinder $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Saws - Concrete $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Scraper, Self Propelled Under 45 Yards $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Scrapers - Concrete & Carry All $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Scrapers, Self-propelled: 45 Yards And Over $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Service Engineers: Equipment $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Shotcrete/Gunite Equipment $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe, Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: Over 30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 Metric Tons $77.53 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 90 Metric Tons $78.33 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Slipform Pavers $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Spreader, Topsider & Screedman $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Subgrader Trimmer $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Tower Bucket Elevators $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane: over 175' through 250' in height, base to boom $78.44 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Tower crane: up to 175' in height base to boom $77.63 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Tower Cranes: over 250’ in height from base to boom $79.20 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Transporters, All Track Or Truck Type $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Trenching Machines $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Truck crane oiler/driver: under 100 tons $75.60 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Welder $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators Yo Yo Pay Dozer $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Asphalt Plant Operators $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Assistant Engineer $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Barrier Machine (zipper)$76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Batch Plant Operator, Concrete $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Boat Operator $76.87 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Bobcat $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Brokk - Remote Demolition Equipment $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Brooms $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Bump Cutter $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cableways $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Chipper $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Compressor $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Concrete Finish Machine - Laser Screed $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Concrete Pump - Mounted Or Trailer High Pressure Line Pump, Pump High Pressure $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Over 42 M $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Up To 42m $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Conveyors $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes Friction: 200 tons and over $79.20 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes, A-frame: 10 tons and under $72.30 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: 100 tons through 199 tons, or 150’ of boom (including jib with attachments) $77.63 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: 20 tons through 44 tons with attachments $76.19 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: 20 tons through 44 tons with attachments $76.19 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: 200 tons- 299 tons, or 250’ of boom including jib with attachments $78.44 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: 300 tons and over or 300’ of boom including jib with attachments $79.20 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: 45 tons through 99 tons, under 150’ of boom(including jib with attachments) $76.87 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: Friction cranes through 199 tons $78.44 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: through 19 tons with attachments, a-frame over 10 tons $75.60 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Crusher $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Deck Engineer/Deck Winches (power) $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Derricks, On Building Work $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Dozers D-9 & Under $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or Crane Mount $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Drilling Machine $77.53 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Elevator and man-lift: permanent and shaft type $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Finishing Machine, Bidwell And Gamaco & Similar Equipment $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Forklift: 3000 lbs and over with attachments $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Forklifts: under 3000 lbs. with attachments $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Forklifts: under 3000 lbs. with attachments $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Grade Engineer: Using Blue Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Gradechecker/Stakeman $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Guardrail Punch $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off- Road $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Equipment 45 Yards. & Over Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off-road Equipment Under 45 Yards $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Horizontal/Directional Drill Locator $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Horizontal/Directional Drill Operator $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Hydralifts/boom trucks: 10 tons and under $72.30 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Hydralifts/boom trucks: over 10 tons $75.60 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Leverman $78.33 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But Not Including 8 Yards $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loaders, Overhead Under 6 Yards $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loaders, Plant Feed $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Locomotives, All $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Material Transfer Device $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Mechanics: All (Leadmen - $0.50 per hour over mechanic) $77.53 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Motor Patrol Graders $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel Drill, Boring, Road Header And/or Shield $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Oil Distributors, Blower Distribution & Mulch Seeding Operator $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Outside Hoists (Elevators and Manlifts), Air Tuggers, Strato $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Overhead, bridge type: 100 tons and over $77.63 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Overhead, bridge type: 45 tons through 99 tons $76.87 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Pavement Breaker $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Pile Driver (other Than Crane Mount) $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Posthole Digger, Mechanical $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Power Plant $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Pumps - Water $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Remote Control Operator On Rubber Tired Earth Moving Equipment $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Rigger and Bellman $72.30 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Rigger/Signal Person, Bellman(Certified) $75.60 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Rollagon $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi-lift Materials $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Roto-mill, Roto-grinder $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Saws - Concrete $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Scraper, Self Propelled Under 45 Yards $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Scrapers - Concrete & Carry All $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Scrapers, Self-propelled: 45 Yards And Over $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shotcrete/Gunite Equipment $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe, Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: Over 30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 Metric Tons $77.53 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 90 Metric Tons $78.33 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Slipform Pavers $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Spreader, Topsider & Screedman $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Subgrader Trimmer $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Tower Bucket Elevators $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Tower Crane: over 175' through 250' in height, base to boom $78.44 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators-Tower crane: up to 175' in $77.63 7A 11H 8X View Underground Sewer & Water height base to boom Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Tower Cranes: over 250’ in height from base to boom $79.20 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Transporters, All Track Or Truck Type $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Trenching Machines $75.50 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Truck Crane Oiler/Driver: 100 tons and over $76.19 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Truck crane oiler/driver: under 100 tons $75.60 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Welder $76.77 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type $72.20 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Yo Yo Pay Dozer $76.09 15J 11G 8X View Snohomish Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Journey Level In Charge $57.22 5A 4A View Snohomish Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Spray Person $54.32 5A 4A View Snohomish Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Equipment Operator $57.22 5A 4A View Snohomish Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Trimmer $51.18 5A 4A View Snohomish Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Trimmer Groundperson $38.99 5A 4A View Snohomish Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Mechanics Journey Level $82.21 5A 1G View Snohomish Residential Brick Mason Journey Level $22.73 1 View Snohomish Residential Carpenters Journey Level $68.19 15J 4C View Snohomish Residential Cement Masons Journey Level $66.91 15J 4U View Snohomish Residential Drywall Applicators Journey Level $49.17 15J 4C View Snohomish Residential Drywall Tapers Journey Level $67.91 5P 1E View Snohomish Residential Electricians Journey Level $48.80 1 View Snohomish Residential Glaziers Journey Level $27.66 1 View Snohomish Residential Insulation Applicators Journey Level $27.61 1 View Snohomish Residential Laborers Journey Level $28.78 1 View Snohomish Residential Marble Setters Journey Level $39.71 1 View Snohomish Residential Painters Journey Level $30.44 1 View Snohomish Residential Plumbers & Pipefitters Journey Level $38.37 1 View Snohomish Residential Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Mechanics Journey Level $47.68 5A 1G View Snohomish Residential Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level $91.83 7F 1E View Snohomish Residential Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $54.41 5A 3J View Snohomish Residential Sprinkler Fitters Journey Level $53.04 5C 2R View (Fire Protection) Snohomish Residential Stone Masons Journey Level $39.71 1 View Snohomish Residential Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $14.86 1 View Snohomish Residential Terrazzo/Tile Finishers Journey Level $27.90 1 View Snohomish Residential Tile Setters Journey Level $21.38 1 View Snohomish Roofers Journey Level $59.05 5A 3H View Snohomish Roofers Using Irritable Bituminous Materials $62.05 5A 3H View Snohomish Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop)$91.83 7F 1E View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Boilermaker $39.58 7V 1 View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Carpenter $39.58 7V 1 View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Crane Operator $39.58 7V 1 View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Electrician $39.58 7V 1 View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Heat & Frost Insulator $82.02 15H 11C View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Laborer $39.58 7V 1 View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Machinist $39.58 7V 1 View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Operating Engineer $39.58 7V 1 View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Painter $39.58 7V 1 View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Pipefitter $39.58 7V 1 View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Rigger $39.58 7V 1 View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Sheet Metal $39.58 7V 1 View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Shipfitter $39.58 7V 1 View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Warehouse/Teamster $39.58 7V 1 View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Welder / Burner $39.58 7V 1 View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Boilermaker $47.45 7X 4J View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Carpenter $47.35 7X 4J View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Crane Operator $45.06 7Y 4K View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Electrician $48.92 7X 4J View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Heat & Frost Insulator $82.02 15H 11C View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Laborer $47.35 7X 4J View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Machinist $47.35 7X 4J View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Operating Engineer $45.06 7Y 4K View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Painter $47.35 7X 4J View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Pipefitter $47.35 7X 4J View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Rigger $47.45 7X 4J View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Sheet Metal $47.35 7X 4J View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Shipwright $47.35 7X 4J View Snohomish Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Warehouse / Teamster $45.06 7Y 4K View Snohomish Sign Makers & Installers (Electrical) Sign Installer $26.56 1 View Snohomish Sign Makers & Installers (Electrical) Sign Maker $20.50 1 View Snohomish Sign Makers & Installers (Non- Electrical) Sign Installer $22.56 1 View Snohomish Sign Makers & Installers (Non- Electrical) Sign Maker $20.50 1 View Snohomish Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $54.41 5A 3J View Snohomish Solar Controls For Windows Journey Level $14.49 1 View Snohomish Sprinkler Fitters (Fire Protection) Journey Level $89.49 5C 1X View Snohomish Stage Rigging Mechanics (Non Structural) Journey Level $14.49 1 View Snohomish Stone Masons Journey Level $63.32 7E 1N View Snohomish Street And Parking Lot Sweeper Workers Journey Level $15.00 1 View Snohomish Surveyors Assistant Construction Site Surveyor $75.60 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Surveyors Chainman $72.30 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Surveyors Construction Site Surveyor $76.87 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Surveyors Drone Operator (when used in conjunction with survey work only) $72.30 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Surveyors Ground Penetrating Radar Operator $72.30 7A 11H 8X View Snohomish Telecommunication Technicians Telecom Technician Journey Level $49.41 5B 1B View Snohomish Telephone Line Construction - Outside Cable Splicer $38.27 5A 2B View Snohomish Telephone Line Construction - Outside Hole Digger/Ground Person $25.66 5A 2B View Snohomish Telephone Line Construction - Outside Telephone Equipment Operator (Light) $31.96 5A 2B View Snohomish Telephone Line Construction - Outside Telephone Lineperson $36.17 5A 2B View Snohomish Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $58.71 7E 1N View Snohomish Tile Setters Journey Level $58.71 7E 1N View Snohomish Tile, Marble & Terrazzo Finishers Finisher $49.54 7E 1N View Snohomish Traffic Control Stripers Journey Level $50.51 7A 1K View Snohomish Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix Over 16 Yards $69.95 15J 11I 8L View Snohomish Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix To 16 Yards $69.11 15J 11I 8L View Snohomish Truck Drivers Dump Truck $69.11 15J 11I 8L View Snohomish Truck Drivers Dump Truck & Trailer $69.95 15J 11I 8L View Snohomish Truck Drivers Other Trucks $69.95 15J 11I 8L View Snohomish Truck Drivers - Ready Mix Transit Mix $69.95 15J 11I 8L View Snohomish Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump Installers Irrigation Pump Installer $17.05 1 View Snohomish Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump Installers Oiler $14.49 1 View Snohomish Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump Installers Well Driller $19.01 1 View Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2022 thru 8/30/2022 ************************************************************************************************************ Overtime Codes Overtime calculations are based on the hourly rate actually paid to the worker. On public works projects, the hourly rate must be not less than the prevailing rate of wage minus the hourly rate of the cost of fringe benefits ac tually provided for the worker. 1. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. C. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. D. The first two (2) hours before or after a five-eight (8) hour workweek day or a four-ten (10) hour workweek day and the first eight (8) hours worked the next day after either workweek shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All additional hours worked and all worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. E. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. F. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day, shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. G. The first ten (10) hours worked on Saturdays and the first ten (10) hours worked on a fifth calendar weekday in a four- ten hour schedule, shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten (10) hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. H. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions or equipment breakdown) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. I. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall also be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. J. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over ten (10) hours Monday through Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of w age. K. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. M. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. N. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. 1 of 15 Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2022 thru 8/30/2022 Overtime Codes Continued 1. O. The first ten (10) hours worked on Saturday shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays, holidays and after twelve (12) hours, Monday through Friday and after ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. P. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if circumstances warrant) and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Q. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and up to ten (10) hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten (10) hours per day Mo nday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Christmas day) shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Christmas day shall be paid at two and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. R. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. U. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Labor Day) shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. V. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Thanksgiving Day and Christmas day) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Thanksgiving Day and Christmas day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. W. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays (except make -up days due to conditions beyond the control of the employer)) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. X. The first four (4) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first twelve (12) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours Monday through Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. When holiday falls on Saturday or Sunday, the day before Saturday, Friday, and the day after Sunday, Monday, shall be considered the holiday and all work performed shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Y. All hours worked outside the hours of 5:00 am and 5:00 pm (or such other hours as ma y be agreed upon by any employer and the employee) and all hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day (10 hours per day for a 4 x 10 workweek) and on Saturdays and holidays (except labor day) shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. (except for employees who are absent from work without prior approval on a scheduled workday during the workweek shall be paid at the straight-time rate until they have worked 8 hours in a day (10 in a 4 x 10 workweek) or 40 hours during that workweek.) All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and Labor Day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Z. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid the straight time rate of pay in addition to holiday pay. 2 of 15 Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2022 thru 8/30/2022 Overtime Codes Continued 2. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. F. The first eight (8) hours worked on holidays shall be paid at the straight hourly rate of wage in addition to the holiday pay. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. M. This code appears to be missing. All hours worked on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. O. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. R. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays and all hours worked over sixty (60) in one week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. U. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over 12 hours in a day or on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. 3. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. F. All hours worked on Saturday shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on paid holidays shall be paid at two and one-half times the hourly rate of wage including holiday pay. H. All work performed on Sundays between March 16th and October 14th and all Holidays shall be compensated for at two (2) times the regular rate of pay. Work performed on Sundays between October 15th and March 15th shall be compensated at one and one half (1-1/2) times the regular rate of pay. J. All hours worked between the hours of 10:00 pm and 5:00 am, Monday through Friday, and all hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at a one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. K. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or outside the normal 5 am to 6pm shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 5:00 a m Monday and Holidays, and all hours worked in excess of twelve (12) hours in a single shift shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at th e applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more. When an employee returns to work without at least eight (8) hours time off since their previous shift, all such time shall be a continuation of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate until he/she shall have the eight (8) hours rest period. 4. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS P ER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. 3 of 15 Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2022 thru 8/30/2022 Overtime Codes Continued 4. C. On Monday through Friday, the first four (4) hours of overtime after eight (8) hours of straight time work shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay, unless a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek has been established. On a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek scheduled Monday through Thursday, or Tuesday through Friday, the first two (2) hours of overtime after ten (10) hours of straight time work shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay. On Saturday, the first twelve (12) hours of work shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay, except that if the job is down on Monday through Friday due to weather conditions or other conditions outside the control of the employer, the first ten (10) hours on Saturday may be worked at the straight time rate of pay. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours in a day and all hours worked on Sunday and Holidays shall be paid at two (2) times the straight time rate of pay. D. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay. Rates include all members of the assigned crew. EXCEPTION: On all multipole structures and steel transmission lines, switching stations, regulating, capacitor stations, generating plants, industrial plants, associated installations and substations, except thos e substations whose primary function is to feed a distribution system, will be paid overtime under the following rates: The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday of overtime on a regular workday, shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours in excess of ten (10) hours will be at two (2) times the hourly rate of wage. The first eight (8) hours worked on Saturday will be paid at one and one -half (1-1/2) times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays will be at the double the hourly rate of wage. All overtime eligible hours performed on the above described work that is energized, shall be paid at the double th e hourly rate of wage. E. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturda y, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. On a four-day, ten-hour weekly schedule, either Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday schedule, all hours worked after ten shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The Monday or Friday not utilized in the normal four- day, ten hour work week, and Saturday shall be paid at one and one half (1½) times the regular shift rate for the first eight (8) hours. All other hours worked Monday through Saturda y, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. G. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. I. The First eight (8) hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) per day on Saturdays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. 4 of 15 Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2022 thru 8/30/2022 Overtime Codes Continued 4. J. The first eight (8) hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on a Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) in a day, and all hours worked on Sundays and Holidays s hall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. K. All hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage, so long as Saturday is the sixth consecutive day worked. All hours worked over twelve (12) in a day Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. L. The first twelve (12) hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on a Saturday in excess of twelve (12) hours shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay. All hours worked over twelve (12) in a day Monday through Friday, and all hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at d ouble the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on a holiday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage, except that all hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay. U. The first four (4) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first twelve (12) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. (Except on makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather, then the first eight (8) hours on Saturday may be paid the regular rate.) All hours worked over twelve (12) hours Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the h ourly rate of wage. V. Work performed in excess of ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established or outside the normal shift (5 am to 6pm), and all work on Saturdays, except for make -up days shall be paid at time and one-half (1 ½) the straight time rate. In the event the job is down due to weather conditions, then Saturday may, be worked as a voluntary make -up day at the straight time rate. However, Saturday shall not be utilized as a make -up day when a holiday falls on Friday. All work performed on Sundays and holidays and work in excess of twelve (12) hours per day shall be paid at double (2x) the straight time rate of pay. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additio nal hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours. When an employee returns to work without a break of eight (8) hours since their previous shift, all such time shall be a continuation of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours. W. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. When an employee returns to work without at least eight (8) hours time off since their previous shift, all such time shall be a continuation of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours. 5 of 15 Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2022 thru 8/30/2022 Overtime Codes Continued 4. X. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Work performed outside the normal shift of 6 am to 6pm shall be paid at one and one-half the straight time rate, (except for special shifts or three shift operations). All work performed on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Shifts may be established when considered necessary by the Employer. The Employer may establish shifts consisting of eight (8) or ten (10) hours of work (subject to WAC 296-127-022), that shall constitute a normal forty (40) hour work week. The Employer can change from a 5 -eight to a 4-ten hour schedule or back to the other. All hours of work on these shifts shall be paid for at the straight time ho urly rate. Work performed in excess of eight hours (or ten hours per day (subject to WAC 296-127-022) shall be paid at one and one- half the straight time rate. When due to conditions beyond the control of the Employer, or when contract specifications requ ire that work can only be performed outside the regular day shift, then by mutual agreement a special shift may be worked at the straight time rate, eight (8) hours work for eight (8) hours pay. The starting time shall be arranged to fit such conditions o f work. When an employee returns to work without at a break of eight (8) hours since their previous shift, all such time shall be a continuation of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours. Y. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or outside the normal shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at time and one-half the straight time rate. All work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 6:00 am Monday and holidays shall be paid at double the straight time rate of pay. Any shift starting between the hours of 6:00 pm and midnight shall receive an additional one dollar ($1.00) per hour for all hours worked that shift. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more. Z. All hours worked between the hours of 6:00 pm and 6:00 am, Monday through Saturday, shall be paid at a premium rate of 20% over the hourly rate of wage. Work perfor med on Sundays may be paid at double time. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. 11. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B After an employee has worked eight (8) hours, all additional hours worked shall be paid at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more. C The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Fr iday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day, and all hours on Sunday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. All non-overtime and non-holiday hours worked between 4:00 pm and 5:00 am, Monday through Friday, shall be paid at a premium rate of 15% over the hourly rate of wage. 6 of 15 Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2022 thru 8/30/2022 Overtime Codes Continued 11. D. All hours worked on Saturdays and holidays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours, all additional hours worked shall be paid at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more. E. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday, the first ten (10) hours on Saturday , and the first ten (10) hours worked on Holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over ten (10) hours Monday through Saturday, and Sundays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours, all additional hours worked shall be paid at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more. F. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. On a four-day, ten-hour weekly schedule, either Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday schedule, all hours worked after ten shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The Monday or Friday not utilized in the normal four- day, ten hour work week, and Saturday shall be paid at one-half times the hourly rate of wage for the first eight (8) hours. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and h olidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. G. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight ti me per week, Monday through Friday, or outside the normal 5 am to 6pm shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 5:00 am Monday and Holidays, and all hours worked in excess of twelve (12) hours in a single shift shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of nine (9) hours or more. When an employee returns to work without at least nine (9) hours time off since their previous shift, all such time shall be a continuation of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate u ntil he/she shall have the nine (9) hours rest period. H. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or outside the normal 5 am to 6pm shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 5:00 am Monday and Holidays, and all hours w orked in excess of twelve (12) hours in a single shift shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of ten (10) hours or more. When an employee returns to work without at least ten (10) hours time off since their previous shift, all such time shall be a continuation of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate until he/she shall have the ten (10) hours rest period. Overtime Codes Continued 7 of 15 Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2022 thru 8/30/2022 11. I. On Monday through Friday, the first four (4) hours of overtime after eight (8) hours of straight time work shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay, unless a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek has been established. On a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek scheduled Monday through Thursday, or Tuesday through Friday, the first two (2) hours of overtime after ten (10) hours of straight time work shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay. On Saturday, the first twelve (12) hours of work shall be paid at one and one half (1 -1/2) times the straight time rate of pay. All work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 5:00 am Monday, all work performed over twelve (12) hours, and all work performed on holidays shall be paid at double the straight time rate of pay. Any shift starting between the hours of 6:00 pm and midnight shall receive an additional two dollar ($2.00) per hour for all hours worked that shift. Holiday Codes 5. A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (7). B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the day before Christmas, and Christmas Day (8). C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). D. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Day after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas (6). I. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiv ing Day, and Christmas Day (6). J. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day, And Christmas Day (7). K. Holidays: New Year’s Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas, And Christmas Day (9). L. Holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (9). P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday And Saturday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas, And Christmas Day (9). If A Holiday Fa lls On Sunday, The Following Monday Shall Be Considered As A Holiday. Q. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). 8 of 15 Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2022 thru 8/30/2022 Holiday Codes Continued R. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Day After Thanksgiving Day, One-Half Day Before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day. (7 1/2). S. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanks giving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). 6. G. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and Christmas Eve Day (11). H. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, New Year’s Eve Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, The Day After Christmas, And A Floating Holiday (10). T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Last Working Day Before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day (9). Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksg iving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). If a holiday falls on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be considered as the holiday. If a holiday falls on Sunday, the following Monday shal l be considered as the holiday. 7. A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any Holiday Which Falls On A Sunday Shall Be Observed As A Holiday On The Following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be a regular work day. B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. D. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Unpaid Holidays: President’s Day. Any paid holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any paid holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. E. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. 9 of 15 Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2022 thru 8/30/2022 Holiday Codes Continued 7. F. Holidays: New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the last working day before Christmas day and Christmas day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. G. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday whic h falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. I. Holidays: New Year's Day, President’s Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas Day And Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. J. Holidays: New Year's Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (6). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. K. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. L. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Last Work Day before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. When Christmas falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be observed as a holiday. P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Q. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be a regular work day. S. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, the Day after Christmas, and A Floating Holiday (9). If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated a ccordingly. V. Holidays: New Year's Day, President’s Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, the day before or after Christmas, and the day before or after New Year’s Day. If any of the above listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. 10 of 15 Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2022 thru 8/30/2022 Holiday Codes Continued 7. W. Holidays: New Year's Day, Day After New Year’s, Memorial Day, Independen ce Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day, Christmas Day, the day after Christmas, the day before New Year’s Day, and a Floating Holiday. X. Holidays: New Year's Day, Day before or after New Year’s Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and the day before or after Christmas day. If a holiday falls on a Saturday or on a Friday that is the normal day off, then the holiday will be taken on the last normal workday. If the holiday falls on a Monday that is the normal day off or on a Sunday, then the holiday will be taken on the next normal workday. Y. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. (8) If the holiday falls on a Sunday, then the day observed by the federal government shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. G. New Year's Day, Washington’s Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, the last scheduled workday before Christmas, and Christmas Day (9). If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. I. Holidays: New Year's Day, President’s Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas Day And Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following M onday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. J. Holidays: New Year's Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (6). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. K. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. L. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Last Work Day before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. When Christmas falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be observed as a holiday. P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. 11 of 15 Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2022 thru 8/30/2022 Holiday Codes Continued 7. Q. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be a regular work day. S. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, the Day after Christmas, and A Floating Holiday (9). If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. V. Holidays: New Year's Day, President’s Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, the day before or after Christmas, and the day before or after New Year’s Day. If any of the above listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. W. Holidays: New Year's Day, Day After New Year’s, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day, Christmas Day, the day after Christmas, the day before New Year’s Day, and a Floating Holiday. X. Holidays: New Year's Day, Day before or after New Year’s Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and the day before or after Christmas day. If a holiday falls on a Saturday or on a Friday that is the normal day off, then the holiday will be taken on the last normal workday. If the holiday falls on a Monday that is the normal day off or on a Sunday, then the holiday will be taken on the next normal workday. Y. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. (8) If the holiday falls on a Sunday, then the day observed by the federal government shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. 15. G. New Year's Day, Washington’s Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, the last scheduled workday before Christmas, and Christmas Day (9). If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day, and Christmas Day (8). When the following holidays fall on a Saturday (New Year’s Day, Independence Day, and Christmas Day) the preceding Friday will be considered as the holiday; should they fall on a Sunday, the following Monday shall be considered as the holiday. I. Holidays: New Year's Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, the last regular workday before Christmas (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following M onday. J. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be a regular work day. 12 of 15 Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2022 thru 8/30/2022 Note Codes 8. D. Workers working with supplied air on hazmat projects receive an additional $1.00 per hour. L. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $0.75, Level B: $0.50, And Level C: $0.25. M. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows: Levels A & B: $1.00, Levels C & D: $0.50. N. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $1.00, Level B: $0.75, Level C: $0.50, And Level D: $0.25. S. Effective August 31, 2012 – A Traffic Control Supervisor shall be present on the project whenever flagging or spotting or other traffic control labor is being utilized. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. This classification is only effective on or after August 31, 2012. T. Effective August 31, 2012 – A Traffic Control Laborer performs the setup, maintenance and removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic during construction operations. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flagger s and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. This classification is only effecti ve on or after August 31, 2012. U. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows – Class A Suit: $2.00, Class B Suit: $1.50, And Class C Suit: $1.00. Workers performing underground work receive an additional $0.40 per hour for any and all work performed underground, including operating, servicing and repairing of equipment. The premium for underground work shall be paid for the entire shift worked. Workers who work suspended by a rope or cable receive an additional $0.50 per hour. The premium for work suspended shall be paid for the entire shift worked. Workers who do “pioneer” work (break open a cut, build road, etc.) more than one hundred fifty (150) feet above grade elevation receive an additional $0.50 per hour. V. In addition to the hourly wage and fringe be nefits, the following depth and enclosure premiums shall be paid. The premiums are to be calculated for the maximum depth and distance into an enclosure that a diver reaches in a day. The premiums are to be paid one time for the day and are not used in calculating overtime pay. Depth premiums apply to depths of fifty feet or more. Over 50' to 100' -$2.00 per foot for each foot over 50 feet. Over 101' to 150' -$3.00 per foot for each foot over 101 feet. Over 151' to 220' -$4.00 per foot for each foot over 220 feet. Over 221' -$5.00 per foot for each foot over 221 feet. Enclosure premiums apply when divers enter enclosures (such as pipes or tunnels) where there is no vertical ascent and is measured by the distance travelled from the entrance. 25’ to 30 0’ -$1.00 per foot from entrance. 300’ to 600’ -$1.50 per foot beginning at 300’. Over 600’ -$2.00 per foot beginning at 600’. W. Meter Installers work on single phase 120/240V self-contained residential meters. The Lineman/Groundmen rates would apply to meters not fitting this description. 13 of 15 Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2022 thru 8/30/2022 Note Codes Continued 8. X. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows - Class A Suit: $2.00, Class B Suit: $1.50, Class C Suit: $1.00, and Class D Suit: $0.50. Special Shift Premium: Basic hourly rate plus $2.00 per hour. When due to conditions beyond the control of the Employer or when an owner (not acting as the contractor), a government agency or the contract specifications requires that work can only be performed outside the normal 5 am to 6pm shift, then the special shift premium will be applied to the basic hourly rate. When an employee works on a special shift, they shall be paid a special shift premium for each hour worked unless they are in OT or Double-time status. (For example, the special shift premium does not waive the overtime requirements for work performed on Saturday or Sunday.) Tide Work: When employees are called out between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. to work on tide work (work located in the tide plane) all time worked shall be at one and one-half times the hourly rate of pay. Swinging Stage/Boatswains Chair: Employees working on a swinging state or boatswains chair or under conditions that require them to be tied off to allow their hands to be free shall receive seventy-five cents ($0.75) per hour above the classification rate. Z. Workers working with supplied air on hazmat projects receive an additional $1.00 per hour. Special Shift Premium: Basic hourly rate plus $2.00 per hour. When due to conditions beyond the control of the Employer or when an owner (not acting as a contractor), a government agency or the contract specifications require that more than (4) hours of a special shift can only be performed outside the normal 6 am to 6pm shift, then the special shift premium will be applied to the basic straight time for the entire shift. When an employee works on a special shift, they will be paid a special shift premium for each hour worked unless they are in overtime or double- time status. (For example, the special shift premium does not waive the overtime requirements for work performed on Saturday or Sunday.) 9. A. Workers working with supplied air on hazmat projects receive an additional $1.00 per hour. Special Shift Premium: Basic hourly rate plus $2.00 per hour. When due to conditions beyond the control of the Employer or when an owner (not acting as the contractor), a government agency or the contract specifications require that more than four (4) hours of a special shift can only be performed outside the normal 6 am to 6pm shift, then the special shift premium will be applied to the basic straight time for the entire shift. When an employee works on a special shift, they shall be paid a special shift premium for each hour worked unless they are in overtime or double- time status. (For example, the special shift premium does not waive the overtime requirements for work performed on Saturday or Sunday.) Certified Crane Operator Premium: Crane operators requiring certifications shall be paid $0.50 per hour above their classification rate. Boom Pay Premium: All cranes including tower shall be paid as follows based on boom length: (A) – 130’ to 199’ – $0.50 per hour over their classification rate. (B) – 200’ to 299’ – $0.80 per hour over their classification rate. (C) – 300’ and over – $1.00 per hour over their classification rate. 14 of 15 Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2022 thru 8/30/2022 Note Codes Continued 9. B. The highest pressure registered on the gauge for an accumulated time of more than fifteen (15) minutes during the shift shall be used in determining the scale paid. Tide Work: When employees are called out between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. to work on tide work (work located in the tide plane) all time worked shall be at one and one-half times the hourly rate of pay. Swinging Stage/Boatswains Chair: Employees working on a swinging stage or boatswai ns chair or under conditions that require them to be tied off to allow their hands to be free shall receive seventy-five cents ($0.75) per hour above the classification rate. C. Tide Work: When employees are called out between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. to work on tide work (work located in the tide plane) all time worked shall be at one and one-half times the hourly rate of pay. Swinging Stage/Boatswains Chair: Employees working on a swinging stage or boatswains chair or under conditions that require them to be tied off to allow their hands to be free shall receive seventy-five cents ($0.75) per hour above the classification rate. Effective August 31, 2012 – A Traffic Control Supervisor shall be present on the project whenever flagging or spotting or other traffic control labor is being utilized. A Traffic Control Laborer performs the setup, maintenance and removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic during construction operations. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. These classifications are only effective on or after August 31, 2012. D. Industrial Painter wages are required for painting within industrial facilities such as treatment plants, pipelines, towers, dams, bridges, power generation facilities and manufacturing facilities such as chemical plants, etc., or anywhere abrasive blasting is necessary to prepare surfaces, or hazardous materials encapsulation is required. E. Heavy Construction includes construction, repair, alteration or additions to the production, fabrication or manufacturing portions of industrial or manufacturing plants, hydroelectric or nuclear power plants and atomic reactor construction. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $1.00, Level B: $0.75, Level C: $0.50, And Level D: $0.25. F. Industrial Painter wages are required for painting within industrial facilities such as treatment plants, pipelines, towers, dams, power generation facilities and manufacturing facilities s uch as chemical plants, etc., or anywhere abrasive blasting is necessary to prepare surfaces, or hazardous materials encapsulation is required. 15 of 15 KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 10 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS SUMMARY OF WORK McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.200 February 15, 2021 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT A. Project Name: Kent Prairie Elementary Site Access. B. Project Location: 8110 207th St NE, Arlington, WA 98223. C. Owner: Arlington School District No. 16. D. Architect: McGranahan Architects, 2111 Pacific Avenue, Suite 100, Tacoma Washington 98402. 1. Architect contact: Mitch Kent, AIA. Address: 2111 Pacific Avenue, Suite 100, Tacoma, WA, 98402; 2. Email: mitch.kent@mcgranahan.com; Phone: (253) 383-3084. E. Work Summary: The project consists of the construction of a new site access cueing lane, detention pond and site lighting. The work includes but is not limited to the following scope: 1. Site work includes clearing and grubbing, excavation, storm water conveyance, utilities, concrete and asphalt paving, curbs and landscape restoration. 7. The elementary school will remain in occupied throughout construction. 1.03 CULTURAL RESOURCED-INADVERTENT DISCOVERY A. State law protects archeological resources. If any of the following items are discovered during the course of this project, the Contractor is to stop work at once and notify the Owner. 1. An accumulation of shell, burned rocks, or other food related materials. 2. Bones or bone fragments. (Contractor is to notify the police in case of discovery of human remains). 3. An area of charcoal or very dark stained soil with artifacts. 4. Stone tools or waste flakes (i.e. an arrowhead or stone chips). 5. Clusters of tin cans or bottles; logging or agricultural equipment that appears to be older than 50 years. 6. Buried railroad tracks, decking, or other industrial materials. B. In the event of a discovery, the Owner's archaeological consultant will review the discovery and make a determination as to the required action. 1.04 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION A. Contract Type: A single prime contract based on a Guaranteed Construction Cost as described in Division 0. 1. APS document AGREEMENT BETWEEN ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT AND CONTRACTOR PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT. 1.05 PERMITS A. The Owner will pay for the civil engineering permit from the City of Arlington. The Contractor may be required by the City to physically present documents and pick up these permits. Any costs associated with picking up the permits from City of Arlington shall be included in the Contractor’s bid. B. The Contractor will secure and pay for the electrical permit from Snohomish County PUD. The Contractor shall be responsible for picking up the permit. Any costs associated with picking up the permits shall be included in the Contractor’s bid. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for securing and paying for any required permits related to providing temporary facilities necessary for the execution of the work. Costs for such permits shall be included in the Contractor’s bid. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for securing and paying for any required permits related to off-site work or work in the public Right-of-Way. Costs for such permits shall be included in the Contractor’s bid. No offsite or right-of-way work is anticipated in this project. E. It is not anticipated that any other permits will be required for this project. However, if additional permits are required by the authorities having jurisdiction the Owner will either secure those permits directly or direct the Contractor to secure those permits. If the Owner directs the contractor to secure the permits the owner will reimburse the Contractor for all permit costs. This is a reimbursement and no markup will be allowed beyond the cost of the permit. ARLINGTON HIGH SCHOOL ADDITION AND RENOVATION Section 01 10 00, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS SUMMARY OF WORK McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 13, 2022 F. General business or other license fees etc. associated with Contractor’s general office operation or for the temporary installment of trailers, etc., shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. G. Prior to final acceptance, the approved, signed permits shall be delivered to the owner. 1.06 OWNERS ACCESS TO THE SITE A. Owner intends to continue to occupy existing buildings and areas of the site adjacent to the limits of work during the entire construction period. 1. Contractor shall organize the site and Work in such a manner as to maintain access to and egress from existing buildings. 2. The Contractor will coordinate any activities that will limit access to the existing buildings with the Owner in advance, including providing at least 2 weeks prior notice. 1.07 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF THE SITE A. Because the existing school will remain in operation throughout construction the areas of the site that are available to the Contractor for parking, staging, storage, etc. are limited to those areas indicated on the Contract Documents: 1. Contractor shall be responsible to determine the best use of the areas available and sequence the execution of the Work, including deliveries and storage of materials accordingly. 2. At no time are construction personnel from the Contractor or any Subcontractor or supplier from any tier allowed to park in the adjacent residential neighborhoods. 3. See section 01 14 00 Work Restrictions for additional requirements. 1.08 TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY A. A topographic survey of the existing site is included in the contract documents. 1.09 SCHEDULE AND PHASING A. Coordinate construction schedule and operations to comply with the following dates: 1. Anticipated Notice of Intent to Award of Contract: May 23, 2022 2. Anticipated Notice to Proceed: May 30, 2022 3. Anticipated Date of Commencement: June 27, 2022 4. Substantial Completion for the remainder of the project: August 26, 2022 6. Final Completion shall be no later than 30 calendar days following the date of Substantial Completion. 1.10 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A. Liquidated Damages shall be as described in Division 0. 1. APS document AGREEMENT BETWEEN ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT AND CONTRACTOR PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 10 50, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PROJECT MEETINGS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Pre-Construction Meeting will be held upon issuance of a permit. B. Meeting Location: To be determined. This meeting is to review contract administration requirements and mobilization procedure. C. Attendance is required of the following: 1. Owner’s Representative(s); 2. Contractor's Superintendent, Project Engineer and Project Manager; 3. Major Subcontractors (to include mechanical, electrical, sitework and others as needed/requested); 4. Architect and Architect’s consultants; and 5. Others, as appropriate. D. Architect will: 1. Preside, conduct meeting, and publish agenda. 2. Record, reproduce, and distribute copies of minutes within two business days of meeting to all meeting participants. E. Agenda: Discussion will pertain to detailed information, such as: 1. Communications chain and persons authorized to direct changes; 2. The Work; 3. Work sequence, phasing, and occupancy; 4. Contractor use of premises; 5. Special project procedures; 6. Review Architect’s Newforma Info Exchange site; 7. Procedures and processing: a. Application for payments, b. Change Orders, (CO), c. Requests for Information (RFI), d. Field decisions, e. Submittals, f. Others as appropriate. 8. Project Record documents; 9. Construction facilities, controls, and construction aids; 10. Temporary utilities; 11. Security procedures; 12. Safety and first-aid procedures; 13. Housekeeping procedures; 14. Utility shutdowns; 15. Parking; and 16. Others, as appropriate. F. Contractor shall conduct a like meeting covering the same body of information with each and every Subcontractor prior to the performance of any work on site by that Subcontractor. Contractor shall preside over, conduct, record these minutes, and distribute. Owner, Owner’s Representative, and/or Architect may, at their option, attend the Contractor meetings. Irrespective of Owner, Owner’s Representative, and/or Architect’s attendance at the Contractor meetings, Contractor shall distribute meeting minutes to Owner’s Representative and Architect. 1.02 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Progress meetings will occur weekly. B. Meeting Locations: Contractor's project field office, unless otherwise agreed. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 10 50, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PROJECT MEETINGS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 C. Attendance is required of the following: 1. Owner’s Representative(s); 2. Contractor's Superintendent and Project Manager; 3. Architect; 4. Major Subcontractors (as requested); 6. Others, as requested. D. Architect will: 1. Preside, conduct meeting, and publish agenda in advance. 2. Record, reproduce, and distribute copies of minutes within two business days of meeting to all meeting participants. E. Agenda: Discussion will pertain to detailed information, such as: 1. Contract Status: a. Change Orders, b. CCDs, c. Pay Applications, d. Principal and Community Items. 2. Hot Issues: a. Limited to matters needing immediate attention requiring input for all attendees. 3. Schedule: a. Master Schedule and Short Interval Schedule 4. Quality Control: a. School Personnel issues. b. Neighborhood issues. d. City Inspections. e. Daily Contractor Reports. f. Safety Issues. g. Architect and Consultant observation reports. 5. Supplemental Information: a. SIs and Sketches. b. Change Order Proposals. c. Submittals. 6. Requests for Information: a. Review status and logs. 7. Substitution Requests: a. Review status and log issues. 8. New Business and Follow up Issues: a. Issues Outstanding. 1.03 CONTRACTOR’S COORDINATION MEETINGS A. Contractor shall hold weekly coordination meetings with his subcontractors and suppliers for coordination of the Work. Meetings shall be held on-site. Owner, Owner’s Representative, and Architect may attend. B. Contractor’s Coordination Meetings are in addition to meetings held for other purposes such as weekly Construction Progress Meetings or CQC Pre-installation Meetings. C. Contractor shall record minutes of meeting and distribute copies to Owner, Owner’s Representative, and Architect, and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 14 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS WORK RESTRICTIONS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 WORK RESTRICTIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Restrictions on the Contractor’s and subcontractor’s use of site and premises B. Owner’s occupancy and access requirements 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 1 – Summary of the Work. B. Division 1 – Administrative Requirements. C. Division 1 – Construction Progress Schedule. D. Division 1 – Temporary Facilities and Controls. 1.03 RESTRICTIONS ON CONTRACTOR’S AND SUBCONTRACTORS’ USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Parking Restrictions 1. If the Contractor determines that the on-site parking is not sufficient to allow adequate parking for all workers at any stage of the project the Contractor shall be responsible to secure adequate parking at an off- site location and provide transport for workers between that site and the project site. All costs associated with any required off-site parking shall be included in the Contractor’s bid. 3. Contractor’s and Subcontractors’ personnel shall not use Owner parking areas or park in adjacent properties or neighborhoods unless they have secured written permission from the adjacent property owners to use their property. B. Contractor shall maintain existing fire lanes and emergency vehicle access at all times. Any interruptions or temporary shutdown of emergency vehicle access must be approved by the City of Arlington ahead of time. C. Contractor and subcontractor shall determine, observe and comply with daily hours for construction activity per the City of Arlington requirements. D. Contractor and subcontractor shall determine, observe and comply with wet weather restrictions on earth work activities per the requirements of City of Arlington. 1. Contractor and subcontractor shall schedule work to accommodate possible impacts due to local jurisdiction requirements. Ignorance of City requirements or limitations will not be recognized for an increase in the project time or cost. 1.04 OWNER’S OCCUPANCY OF BUILDING A. Owner intends to continue to occupy existing buildings and areas of the site adjacent to the limits of work during the entire construction period. B. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner’s operations. C. Schedule the Work to accommodate Owner occupancy. This includes avoiding deliveries at the start and end of the day. D. Cooperate with Owner to accommodate vehicle access to site, including some construction access roads, to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner’s operations. E. Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining all existing building exits in a safe, unobstructed manner for the duration of construction. 1 Contractor shall provide all necessary traffic control devices, fencing, gates, pedestrian shelters or covers, temporary walls and enclosure, and all other measures necessary to ensure all exit paths are maintained. 2 Any work that requires closing or obstructing an existing exit must be completed outside of normal occupancy hours for the school and must be scheduled with the Owner at least 2 weeks in advance. 1.05 CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Construction Operations: During the construction period the Contractor and subcontractor shall have use of all areas of the premises in which construction activities are indicated. Coordinate ingress and egress to the site and workday activities with the Owner. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 14 00, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS WORK RESTRICTIONS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 B. Use of the Site: Confine operations at the site to the areas permitted under the Contract. Portions of the site beyond areas on which work is indicated are not to be disturbed. Conform to site rules and regulations affecting the work while engaged in project construction. 1. Keep existing driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and available to the Owner and the public at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Do not park or store materials on protected lawn and tree areas. 2. Do not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. Confine stockpiling of materials and location of storage sheds to the areas indicated. If additional storage is necessary obtain and pay for such storage off site. 3. Lock vehicles, including cars, trucks and other motorized construction equipment, when parked and unattended, so as to prevent unauthorized use. Do not leave vehicles or equipment unattended with the motor running or the ignition key in place. 4. Contractor to assure that all equipment is in good working condition and does not create excessive fumes or noise. 5. Contractor shall provide flaggers for all construction vehicle traffic between the staging area and construction area. C. Cooperate fully with the District and their representative during construction operations to minimize conflicts. D. Contractor and subcontractor shall limit his use of the premises to work and limited storage. E. Emergency Building Exits During Construction: Keep all code-required exits and routes accessible during construction period. F. Existing building spaces may not be used for storage, unless otherwise permitted by Owner. G. Utility Outages and Shutdown: 1. Limit disruption of utility services to hours the existing buildings are unoccupied. 2. Limit shutdown of utility services to 2 hours at a time. 3. Arrange at least 72 hours in advance with Owner. H. Coordinate deliveries with Owner’s use of premises so as to minimize conflicts. I. Contractor’s and subcontractor access to and use of site will be further limited at the beginning and end of the school day as students arrive and depart from the site. Contractor to coordinate construction activities to accommodate these high traffic periods. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 20 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments. B. Documentation of changes in Contract Sum and Contract Time. C. Procedures for preparation and submittal of application for final payment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. A. Document 00 70 00 - General Conditions: Additional requirements for progress payments, final payment, changes in the Work. 1.03 INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS A. The following documents are incorporated as part of the contract documents as if bound herein: 1. “Application and Certificate for Payment”, AIA Document G702. 2. “Continuation Sheet”, AIA Document G703. 3. “Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment”, AIA Document G707. 4. “Contractor’s Affidavit of Release of Liens”, AIA Document G706A. 5. “Contractor’s Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims”, AIA Document G706. B. Payment procedures shall comply with requirements of the above incorporated forms and shall be per Conditions of the Contract. Invoice formats shall be as approved by the Owner. 1.04 PROCEDURES A. Submit itemized payment request as required in General Conditions together with Schedule of Values and other submittals as listed herein. B. Except as otherwise indicated, sequence of progress payments is to be regular, and each must be consistent with previous applications and payments. It is recognized that certain applications involve extra requirements, including initial application and application at times of Substantial Completion and Final Payment. C. The General Contractor certifies that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, the work covered by each Application for Payment has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, that all amounts have been paid by him for work for which previous Applications for Payment were issued and that all computations, attachments, invoices and representations are truthful and accurate. D. Except as otherwise indicated, complete every entry provided for on the various forms, including notarization and execution by authorized persons. Incomplete applications will be returned by Architect without action. E. Entries must match current date of schedule of values and progress schedule. 1.05 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Form to be used: G703 - Application and Certificate for Payment Continuation Sheet. B. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard form specified; submit draft to Architect for approval. C. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted. D. Format: Utilize the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the specification section. Identify site mobilization. 1. Identify each line item with number and title of respective major Specification Section and its corresponding Construction Schedule category. 2. Include in each item a directly proportional amount of General Contractor's overhead and profit. 3. Provide unit costs for 020000 - 330000 series items when possible. Provide material and labor costs as separate line items for all items in 020000 - 330000 series. 4. For any line item of installed value exceeding $30,000, show breakdown by major products or operations. 5. List separate line item at end of Schedule of Values equal to 2% of each portion of the contract for project closeout as defined in Division 1 - Closeout Submittals and Procedures. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 20 00, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 6. Round-off figures to nearest dollar amount. 7. Make sum of total scheduled costs equal to Contract Sum. 8. Coordinate Schedule of Values submittal with Construction Progress Schedule submittal. 9. See General Conditions for other schedule of values requirements. E. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application For Payment. 1.06 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT A. Form to be used: AIA G702 and G703. B. For each item, provide a column for listing each of the following: 1. Item Number. 2. Description of work. 3. Scheduled Values. 4. Previous Applications. 5. Work in Place and Stored Materials under this Application. 6. Authorized Change Orders. 7. Total Completed and Stored to Date of Application. 8. Percentage of Completion. 9. Balance to Finish. 10. Retainage. C. The following additional items must be submitted and approved prior to the approval of the initial application for payment. 1. Statements of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages on Public Works Contract from General Contractor and Subcontractors. 2. Schedule of Values: Schedule shall be used as the basis for General Contractor’s and subcontractors Application for Payment. 3. List of subcontractors and major material suppliers. 4. Schedule of Unit Prices, as applicable. 5. Schedule of Submittals (preliminary if not final). Final must be submitted and approved prior to second payment application. 6. Listing of General Contractor’s staff assignments: Superintendent and Project Manager and emergency contact numbers. 7. Copies of acquired building permits and similar authorizations and licenses from governing authorities for current performance of the work. 8. Initial progress report 9. Performance and Payment Bonds. 10. Certificate of Insurance. 11. Preliminary Construction Progress Schedule. A final Construction Progress Schedule must be submitted and approved prior to second payment application. D. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. E. Submit three copies. 1.07 APPLICATIONS EACH MONTH DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement. B. Submit three (3) copies of itemized application, each with General Contractor’s notarized affidavit. C. General Contractor shall review draft of application with Architect at progress meeting one week prior to submittal. D. When Architect requires substantiating information, submit data in a timely manner justifying dollar amounts in question. 1.08 APPLICATION AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. See Division 1 - Closeout Submittals and Procedures and Conditions of the Contract for principal administrative actions and submittals which must precede such special applications. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 20 00, Page 3 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 1.09 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified for progress payments, identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. B. Application for Final Payment will not be considered until the following have been accomplished: 1. See Division 1 - Closeout Submittals and Procedures and Conditions of the Contract for principal administrative actions and submittals which must precede Application for Final Payment. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 22 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS UNIT PRICES AND ALLOWANCES McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 UNIT PRICES AND ALLOWANCES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. List of Unit Prices and Bid Allowances, for use in preparing Bids. B. Measurement and payment criteria applicable to Work performed under a unit price payment method. 1.02 COSTS INCLUDED A. Unit Prices shall include all labor, material, equipment, overhead, profit, coordination, safety provisions, supervision and tools to complete the work. Do not include applicable State and local Sales Taxes, but do include all other taxes including, but not limited to, income, excise and business and occupation taxes. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF BASE BID, UNIT PRICES AND ALLOWANCES A. Base Bid is the sum proposed to perform all Work as specified in the Project manual and as shown on the Contract Documents. B. An Allowance is an amount proposed by Bidders, TO BE INCLUDED IN THE BASE BID, as a price for given quantities of materials or services not specifically incorporated in the Scope of Work at the time of bid. Allowances include all necessary material, equipment, labor, services, overhead, profit, fees, mark-ups and incidentals required to provide the quantity of material. C. A series of separated "Unit Price" items, including different types of additional work that may be encountered during the course of construction, shall also be provided. D. The Unit Prices described below are intended to cover only conditions beyond the Work required by the Contract Documents. E. These Unit Prices must be included on the Bid Form. Illustrative quantities are included solely for calculating allowances. Actual quantities will vary. F. Extended unit prices will be added to the base bid as allowances as indicated on the Bid Form. If a change in the Work occurs during construction involving Unit Price Work, as defined herein, the actual quantity of additional Work required will be multiplied by the bid unit price to determine the full cost of the change. G. To receive payment towards any of the work described under Unit Prices, the Contractor must notify and receive direction from the Owner's Representative who in turn must also verify all quantities of materials. If no notification is received for any of the listed Unit Prices, it will be assumed that no quantities requiring implementation of the Unit Prices was required. H. Quantities of Unit Price Work and materials must be confirmed by the Owner’s Representative at the time the work is approved. The method for determining the quantities is listed with each Unit Price in the schedule below. The Quantities will be confirmed on-site with the contractor present and the contractor will be afforded the opportunity to dispute the calculation of quantities at that time. Failure to dispute the quantities at that time will constitute acceptance of the quantities on the part of the Contactor. Covering, filling, installing or modifying Unit Price Work by the Contractor shall also constitute the contractor’s acceptance of the quantities as calculated by the Owner’s Representative. 1.04 PAYMENT A. The pricing for Unit Prices shall include the full price for the work in place including all Contractor fees, overhead, transportation, equipment, direct and indirect costs and mark-ups. B. Payment for Unit Price work shall be made after the appropriate work is performed and verified by the Owner’s Representative. Unit Price work may be billed as part of a regular progress billing, in conformance with the requirements set forth in the contract documents, up to the amount included in the corresponding Allowance. Any amount exceeding the Allowance must be incorporated through a Change Order before it can be billed. Any portion of the Allowances remaining at the end of the project shall be deducted from the Contract Sum by change order. Payment will not be authorized for the following items: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable. 2. Products determined as unacceptable before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from the transporting vehicle. ARLINGTON HIGH SCHOOL ADDITION AND RENOVATION Section 01 22 00, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS UNIT PRICES AND ALLOWANCES McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work. 6. Removing, loading, hauling and disposing of rejected Products. 7. Moving or storing of material multiple times due to the Contractor's failure to properly sequence or schedule the work. 1.05 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES A. Unit Price No. 1: Excavation and Export of Unanticipated Unsuitable Soil: 1. Provide over-excavation (removal and disposal) of one (1) bank cubic yard of unanticipated unsuitable soil. 2. The Unit Price includes only material that is in excess of material already required to be removed by the Contract Documents and which is determined to be unsuitable by the Owner’s Geotechnical Engineer. 3. This Unit Price shall be for the removal from the ground and the site of “unanticipated” or “unforeseen” soils determined to be unsuitable by the owner-provided Geotechnical Consultant. Unsuitable soil in this Unit Price means not useable at any other structural fill locations on the site 4. “Unanticipated” or “Unforeseen” Unsuitable Soils will be quantified by the Geotechnical Consultant. The actual quantities of this in-place material removed will be calculated by measuring resulting excavated cavity neat line measured at its original in-place location. The contractor shall be responsible for measuring the quantity of unsuitable Soil that is removed and quantity shall be verified by the Geotechnical engineer prior to backfilling with imported structural fill. Truck tickets will not be accepted. 5. Material must be removed from the site and disposed of in a legal manner. 6. Unit of Measurement: The Unit Price is for one (1) cubic yard (CY) of soil excavated, transported and disposed of per the specifications. The CY will be measured from its original, compacted, and in-place state (“Bank Yards”). 7. This unit price will be used to add or deduct from the Base Bid the amount for excavation and export of unsuitable soil. B. Unit Price No. 2: Import and Placement of Structural Fill. 1. Provide additional imported structural fill, placed and compacted in place, to replace excavated unsuitable soil compensated for by Unit Price 1, or as otherwise directed by Owner’s Geotechnical Engineer. 2. This Unit Price will be used to add or deduct from the Base Bid amount for the import and placement of additional structural fill. 3. Include in this Unit Price the import to the site, placement and compaction of select structural fill soils (approved as such by the owner-provided Geotechnical Consultant prior to import). These imported soils will be brought to the site on an "as-needed" basis and may not necessarily arrive in one timeframe. 4. The Unit Price includes only material that is in excess of material already required to be provided by the Contract Documents. 5. Material must be the same material as that being provided for structural fill for the original Work. Any change in material must be approved by the Owner’s Geotechnical Engineer in advance. 6. Unit of Measurement: The Unit Price is for one (1) cubic yard (CY) of soil that is imported, placed and compacted per the specifications. The CY will be measured in its placed and compacted state (“Bank Yards”). 1.06 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance No. 1: 400 Cubic Bank Yards of Excavated Unsuitable Soil. 1. Allowance No. 1 shall be calculated by multiplying the value of Unit Price No. 1 by 400. 2. The amount of Allowance No. 1 shall be listed on the bid form and included in the bid amount. B. Allowance No. 2: 400 Cubic Bank Yards of Imported Structural Fill. 1. Allowance No. 2 shall be calculated by multiplying the value of Unit Price No. 2 by 400. 2. The amount of Allowance No. 2 shall be listed on the bid form and included in the bid amount. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 30 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Electronic document submittal service. B. Change Procedures. C. Submittal procedures including: 1. Submittals for review, information, and project closeout. 2. Number of copies of submittals. 3. General submittal procedures. D. Notice of Non-Compliance Procedures 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Document 00 70 00 - General Conditions: Dates for applications for payment. B. Section 01 10 00 - Summary of Work. C. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Additional coordination requirements. D. Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals and Procedures: Project record documents; operation and maintenance data; warranties and bonds. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT SERVICE A. All documents transmitted for purposes of administration of the contract are to be in electronic (PDF) format and transmitted via an Internet-based construction management service that receives, logs and stores documents, provides electronic stamping and signatures, and notifies addressees via email. 1. Besides submittals for review, information, and closeout, this procedure also applies to requests for information (RFIs), progress documentation, contract modification documents (e.g. architects supplemental instructions (ASI's), construction change directive (CCD), proposal request (PR's) change orders (CO's), field reports and meeting minutes, Architect's punchlist, Contractor's correction punchlist, and any other document any participant wishes to make part of the project record. a. The Contractor is responsible for downloading copies of these documents throughout the construction phase for their own records. 2. Contractor and Architect are required to use this service. 3. It is Contractor's responsibility to submit documents in allowable format. 4. Contractor, Subcontractors and Architect's consultants will be permitted to use the service at no extra charge. a. Subcontractors will have read-only access. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to notify its subcontractors of reviewed submittals and responses to RFI's and submit information on behalf of subcontractors. 5. Users of the service need an email address, Internet access, and PDF review software that includes ability to mark up and apply electronic stamps (such as Adobe Acrobat, www.adobe.com, or Bluebeam PDF Revu, www.bluebeam.com). 6. Unless specifically requested in the Specifications, paper document transmittals will not be reviewed; emailed electronic documents will not be reviewed. 7. All other specified submittal and document transmission procedures apply, except that electronic document requirements do not apply to samples or color selection charts. B. Submittal Service: The selected service is: 1. Newforma InfoExchange. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 30 00, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 2. https://infoex.mcgranahan.com/UserWeb/Login. a. Architect will serve as administrator for the system and will add team members to Newforma. Users will be assigned a temporary password through Newforma and will maintain their own account password. Contractor to notify Architect at Notice to Proceed all users requiring access to Newforma. 3. Training: One, one-hour, web-based training session will be arranged for all participants, with representatives of Architect and Contractor participating; further training is the responsibility of the user of the service. C. Project Closeout: Architect will determine when to terminate the service for the project and is responsible for providing final project logs for Owner and Contractor. D. The electronic systems is being used for the Owner's convenience and neither the Architect nor Owner warranty the accuracy of information provided by others. 3.02 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1. Product data. 2. Shop drawings. 3. Samples for selection. 4. Samples for verification. B. Submit to Architect for review for the limited purpose of checking for compliance with information given and the design concept expressed in Contract Documents. C. Samples will be reviewed for aesthetic, color, or finish selection. D. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below and for record documents purposes described in Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals and Procedures. 3.03 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information: 1. Design data. 2. Certificates. 3. Test reports. 4. Inspection reports. 5. Manufacturer's instructions. 6. Manufacturer's field reports. 7. Other types indicated. 8. Other types indicated. B. Submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for Owner. 3.04 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Submit Initial Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion. B. Submit Final Correction Punch List for Final Completion. C. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout in compliance with requirements of Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals and Procedures: 1. Project record documents. 2. Operation and maintenance data. 3. Warranties. 4. Bonds. 5. Closeout documents specified for commissioning. 6. Other types as indicated. D. Submit for Owner's benefit during and after project completion. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 30 00, Page 3 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 3.05 NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS A. Electronic Documents: Submit one electronic copy in PDF format; an electronically-marked up file will be returned. Create PDFs at native size and right-side up; illegible files will be rejected. 1. Submit hard copies, when requested by the Architect or when required in individual specification sections. a. Large Size Sheets, Not Larger than 36 x 48 inches: 2. Submit electronic file copy via Newforma InfoExchange for each submittal in conjunction with submitting paper copies. a. Submit PDF format copy. B. Documents for Information: 1. Submit pdf format copy. C. Record Documents for Project Closeout: 1. Submit one electronic copy of all reviewed submittals. a. Files shall be indexed by Submittal Number. D. Samples: Submit the number specified in individual specification sections; one of which will be retained by Architect. 1. After review, produce duplicates to be kept on site by Contractor. 2. Copies kept on site must have the Architect's signed stamp. 3. Retained samples will not be returned to Contractor unless specifically so stated. 3.06 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General Requirements: B. Shop Drawing Procedures: 1. Prepare accurate, drawn-to-scale, original shop drawing documentation by interpreting the Contract Documents and coordinating related Work. 2. Generic, non-project specific information submitted as shop drawings do not meet the requirements for shop drawings. C. Transmit electronic file version submittal via Architect's Newforma InfoExchange site. D. Newforma will sequentially number the transmittal form. Revise submittals with original number and a sequential alphabetic suffix. E. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specification section number, as appropriate on each copy. F. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. Submittals that have not been reviewed and stamped by the Contractor will not be accepted. G. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items. H. For each submittal for review, allow 14 days for review excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor. Reviews involving multiple partied may take an additional 7 days. I. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. J. Provide space for Contractor, Engineer and Architect review stamps. K. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission. L. Distribute reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements. M. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed. 3.07 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. Except for submittals for record, information or similar purposes, the Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 30 00, Page 4 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 B. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform, self-explanatory action stamp. The stamp will be appropriately marked, to indicate action taken. 1. “No Exceptions Noted”: After review the Architect noted no deviation from the design intent expressed in the contract documents. The submitted product or system can be provided as proposed. 2. “Provide as Noted”: During review the Architect noted deviations from the design intent expressed in the contract documents. Changes or correction to eliminate those deviations have been noted on the returned submittal. Contractor is to provide the submitted product or system with noted corrections incorporated. No additional submittal is required. 3. “Revise as Noted and Resubmit”: During review the Architect noted deviations from the design intent expressed in the contract documents. Changes or correction to eliminate those deviations have been noted on the returned submittal. Contractor shall make corrections to submittal as noted and resubmit for additional review by Architect. 4. “Rejected”: Either submitted product or systems does not meet requirements of contract documents and Contractor shall submit alternate product or system which does meet the requirements of the contract documents or, the submittal is not sufficiently complete or does not sufficiently address the requirements of the contract documents to allow review. 5. Do not permit submittals marked "Revise as Noted and Resubmit” or "Rejected" to be used at the Project site, or elsewhere where Work is in progress. C. Architect will return submittal by Newforma InfoExchange site. 3.08 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES A. General: 1. Changes to and / or clarifications of the work may be made by response to a Request For Information, Supplemental Instructions, Construction Change Directive, Proposal Request, and Change Orders. 2. A monetary change to the Contract Sum or a change to the Contract Time can only be implemented by a Change Order. B. Request For Information (RFI): 1. Procedure: a. Form is automatically generated by Newforma InfoExchange. b. Prepared by Contractor. c. Transmitted to Architect via InfoExchange. d. Response by Architect. 1) Allow a minimum of 7 days for review by Architect and consultants for each RFI, from time of receipt at Architect’s office. Complex RFI’s or several RFI’s in a short time frame will require additional review time. e. Acceptance by Owner. f. Transmitted by Architect to Contractor by Newforma InfoExchange. g. Contractor must either: 1) Proceed upon receipt of response if no Cost/Time impact; or 2) Submit a notice of cost and/or time impact within 5 days of the date that a response was first issued to the contractor. 3) By proceeding without submitting a statement of impact the Contractor agrees that there is no impact on the Contract Cost or Time. h. RFIs and responses shall be numbered consecutively by the contractor and submitted electronically. i. RFIs must reference a Drawing number or Specification section. RFIs shall be restricted to technical questions related to the Contract Documents. RFIs submitted by the Contractor that, in the opinion of the Architect, do not meet this criteria will be returned to the Contractor marked “Void” and will be logged as voided RFIs. j. RFIs must include a suggested solution from the Contractor. k. Responses shall be marked on record drawings and specifications. l. Construction photos shall be attached to the RFI as required to clarify the question being asked. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 30 00, Page 5 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 C. Architect's Supplemental Instruction (ASI): 1. Procedure: a. Prepared by Architect. b. Approved by Owner. c. Transmitted to Contractor via Newforma InfoExchange. d. Contractor must either: 1) Proceed upon receipt of response if no Cost/Time impact; or 2) Submit a notice of Cost/Time impact within 5 days of response date. 3) By proceeding without submitting a statement of impact the Contractor agrees that there is no impact on the Contract Cost or Time. e. SI’s shall be numbered consecutively and submitted electronically. D. Construction Change Directive (CCD): 1. Issued in response to: a. An RFI or ASI with unresolved Cost or Time impacts. b. Absence of agreement on Change Order terms. 2. Directive is issued to expedite the work and avoid delays. 3. Procedure: a. Form provided by Architect. b. Prepared by Architect. c. Signed by Architect and Owner. d. Contractor must proceed immediately. e. Method of adjustment of Contract Sum shall be determined per General and Supplementary Conditions f. Contractor must provide cost data and submit substantiation within 14 days of completing the work g. CO is prepared. E. Proposal Request (PR): 1. Procedure: a. Prepare by Architect. b. Must be on form provided by Architect utilizing only mark-ups permitted per General Conditions. c. Transferred to Contractor via InfoExchange. d. Contractor must provide cost data and submit substantiation within 14 days. e. Each subcontractor or sub-subcontractors of lower tier must submit their cost data utilizing only mark-ups indicated in the General Conditions. Attach additional breakdown and back up information on their own format. f. Architect makes recommendation. g. Owner accepts or rejects: 1) Owner issues Construction Change Directive (CCD) or Change Order (CO), or, 2) Owner requests additional cost data, and/or, 3) Owner rejects the proposal. h. PR’s will be numbered consecutively. Reissue PR’s shall be given decimal extensions. i. Changes shall be marked on record drawings and specifications. F. Change Order (CO) 1. Procedure: a. Prepared by Architect, b. May include several PR’s or CCD's. c. Shall be signed by Contractor as soon as practicable. d. Change Orders shall be numbered consecutively. e. Changes shall be marked on record drawings and specifications. G. Submit name of the individual authorized to receive change documents and who will be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ or Subcontractors of changes to the Work. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 30 00, Page 6 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 H. Architect will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum or Contract Time as authorized by the Conditions of the Contract by issuing supplemental instructions on Architect's Supplemental Instructions (ASI) form. I. Substantiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation. 1. On request, provide following data: a. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. b. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. c. Overhead and profit. d. Justification for any change in Contract Time. e. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. 2. Support each claim for additional costs with additional information: a. Origin and date of claim. b. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. c. Time records and wage rates paid. d. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. 3. For Time and Material work, submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. J. Execution of Change Orders: Architect/Engineer will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract on Architect’s change order form. K. After execution of Change Order, promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum. L. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub-schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. M. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. 3.09 NOTICE OF NON-COMPLIANCE (NNC) A. A Notice of Non-Compliance (NNC) will be issued by the Architect in response to observation of work that is not in compliance with contract documents. B. Contractor shall correct deficiency promptly upon receipt of notice. C. Notice will be considered closed following Architect's verification that remedial work is in compliance with contract documents. D. In no case shall subsequent work be attached to, built on or built over the deficient work, until such time that correction of the deficient work has been verified. Contractor shall be responsible for removal of any subsequent work as necessary to allow Architect to confirm corrections, including cost related to removal and replacement. END OF SECTION Kent Prairie Elementary Site Access Arlington Public Schools 2010.310-12 Date Issued ________ | 1 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE: 00X CONTRACT MODIFICATION: The Contractor is hereby directed to make the following change(s) to the Work: 1. Description of Item to be changed. 2. Reference: Attachments: PROPOSED CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS: The Contract Sum will be adjusted on following basis: Lump Sum (increase) (decrease) of : ______________________ As provided in Article 7 of the General Conditions or, As follows: Time and Materials, not to exceed : __________________ Remains Unchanged. The Contract Time will: Remain unchanged; (Increase) (Decrease) by __________ days or; Be adjusted as provided in Article 8 of the General Conditions. When issued by the Architect and approved by the Owner, this document shall serve as authorization to proceed with the Work as described above. The Contractor shall proceed IMMEDIATELY. When the actual adjustments to the Contract Sum and/or Contract Time are agreed to by the Architect, Owner and Contractor, this Work shall be added to the Contract by Change Order. Issued By: __________________________________________ Date: ________________ McGranahan Architects Approved By: __________________________________________ Date: ________________ Owner Signature below indicates the Contractor’s acknowledgement of the direction to proceed with the Work immediately. The Contractor (agrees) (disagrees) with the proposed method of adjustment in the Contract Sum and Contract Time. Accepted By: __________________________________________ Date: ________________ Contractor Kent Prairie Elementary Site Access Arlington Public Schools 2010.310-12 | 1 PROPOSAL REQUEST: 00X PROPOSED CONTRACT MODIFICATION: Please submit an itemized proposal for changes in the Contract Time and/or Contract Sum for the following proposed modifications to the Contract Documents (This document is not a Change Order, Construction Change Directive or direction to proceed with the work described herein): 1. Description of Item to be changed. 2. Reference: Attachments: PROPOSED CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS: The Contract Sum will be adjusted on following basis: The Contract Time will: (Increase) (Decrease) by days or; The foregoing amount includes all direct and indirect costs for material, labor and supplies related to this change and to the effect of this change on the remainder of the Project. All other provisions of the Contract remain in full force and effect. The Contractor agrees to be bound by this proposal for ninety (90) days after this date. Submitted by: __________________________________________ Date: ________________ General Contractor We have examined the foregoing proposal, negotiated with the Contractor where necessary, and find it to be reasonable. Approved By: __________________________________________ Date: ________________ McGranahan Architects The Owner hereby accepts the foregoing proposal. This document when fully signed constitutes the conditions upon which a Change Order will be issued. Accepted By: __________________________________________ Date: ________________ Arlington Public Schools Kent Prairie Elementary Site Access Arlington Public Schools CHANGE ORDER Project:Kent Prairie Elementary Site Access Project No.:2010.310 Arlington Public Schools Architect:McGranahan Architects Change Order No.: Contractor:Date: Plans and/or Specifications shall be changed as follows (refer to attachments for back-up information): Reference Amount Add $0.00 Original Contract Amount:Original Date of Substantial Completion: Previously Authorized Change Orders:$0.00 Prevoiusly Authorized Change Orders: Current Contract Amount:Current Date of Substantial Completion: The Contract Time Will be : Contract Amount will be:/ Unchanged by 0 Calendar Days. / Decreased/ Unchanged by this Change Order in the amount of:$0.00 The date of Substantial Completion as a result The Revised Contract Amount as a result of this Change Order, therefore, is: of this Change Order therefor is:$0.00 Architect: McGranahan Architects Date Contractor Date Owner Date Per the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, this change order shall constitute full settlement for all costs and time adjustments, including all delay and impact costs and direct and indirect damages, including consequential damages, Total Change Order amount Kent Prairie Elementary Site Access Arlington Public Schools 2010.310-12 | 1 NOTICE OF NON-COMPLIANCE (NNC) NNC No. Date General Contractor The work identified in this notice is not in compliance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall correct this non- compliant work as soon as practical but in no case shall subsequent work be attached to, or built on or over, the non- compliant work. The Contractor shall notify the Architect when the non-compliant work has been corrected. This Notice of Non Compliance shall be considered closed only when the Architect has verified that the work has been corrected and is in compliance with the Contract Documents. If the non-compliant work is in a concealed area, the Contractor shall obtain the Architect’s verification prior to concealing the work or the Contractor shall bear the full cost of uncovering the work, including repair or replacement of existing work, as required to allow for verification. Architect Date NON COMPLIANT ITEM(S): Insert Description of non-compliant item. Attachments: CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION OF WORK COMPLETED The Contractor certifies that required corrective action has been completed. By Date Contractor ARCHITECT VERIFICATION OF WORK COMPLETED The Architect has verified that the corrective action required has been completed. By Date Architect Kent Prairie Elementary Site Access Arlington Public Schools 2010.310-12 | 1 ARCHITECT’S SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS ASI No. Via: From: Date General Contractor Other Owner Other Subject: Reference Drawing/Specification Section: Clarification: Attachments: The foregoing instructions are intended to supplement and clarify the Contract Documents. The signature of the contractor at the bottom of this document indicates acceptance of these supplemental instructions. Accepted by: Contractor Signature: _________________________________ Date: ____________________________________ KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 30 50, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PROJECT MANAGEMENT McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 PROJECT MANAGEMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Measurements, lines and levels. 2. General coordination. 3. Administrative and supervisory personnel. B. The General Contractor and each subcontractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility will be assigned to a specific subcontractor. C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting the General Contractor's and subcontractors Construction Schedule. 2. Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points. 3. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating Contract closeout. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.03 MEASUREMENTS, LINES AND LEVELS A. The Contractor shall lay out its work as required and shall be responsible for the correctness of all measurements. The Contractor shall exercise proper care to verify all figures before layout of its work, and it will be held responsible for any errors, omissions, discrepancies, conflicts or ambiguities therein that might otherwise have been avoided. The Contractor shall promptly inform the Architect, in writing, of any errors, omissions, discrepancies, conflicts or ambiguities in the contract documents in order that corrections or clarifications may be made by the Architect before proceeding with the Work. Failure to do so will be at the risk of the Contractor in proceeding. The Contractor shall submit one (1) copy of its survey notes to the Architect for record purposes. Attach (1) copy to as-built drawings submittal. Submission of the survey notes does not relieve the Contractor of its duty to identify discrepancies. B. Before ordering any material or doing any work, verify all measurements at the site. No extra compensation will be allowed because of differences between actual measurements and dimensions shown. If differences are found, Contractor shall notify Architect before beginning work or ordering materials. 1.04 COORDINATION A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Contractor shall coordinate its activities and those of its Subcontractors with activities of contractors engaged by the Owner concurrent with the Work. C. If necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate subcontractors if coordination of their Work is required. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 30 50, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PROJECT MANAGEMENT McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 D. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and activities of other subcontractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of General Contractor's and subcontractors Construction Schedule. 2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Pre-installation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. E. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Staff Names: Within seven (7) days of starting construction operations, submit a list of principal staff assignments by Contractor and major subcontractors, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including cell phone and office telephone numbers. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 1. Post copies of list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each temporary telephone. 1.06 ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL A. General: In addition to Project manager, project superintendent and project engineer, provide other administrative and supervisory personnel as required for proper performance of the Work. 1. Include special personnel required for coordination of operations with other contractors. PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISION A. Installer's inspection of Conditions: The General Contractor and each subcontractor shall require installer of each major unit of work to inspect substrate to receive the work, and conditions under which the work will be performed, and to report, in writing to the Architect, unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to installer. Proceeding with the work shall constitute acceptance of the substrate. B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Where installations include manufactured products, the General Contractor and subcontractor shall comply with manufacturer's applicable instructions and recommendations for installation, to whatever extent these are more explicit or more stringent than applicable requirements indicated in contract documents. C. The General Contractor and subcontractor shall inspect each item of materials or equipment immediately prior to installation, and reject damaged and defective items. D. The General Contractor and subcontractor shall install work during conditions of temperature, humidity, exposure, and status of project completion which will ensure best possible results for each unit of work, in coordination with entire work, isolate each unit of work from non-compatible work, as required to prevent deterioration. E. Enclosure of the Work: The General Contractor and subcontractors shall coordinate enclosure of work with required inspections and tests, so as to avoid the necessity of uncovering work for that purpose. F. Except as otherwise indicated, the General Contractor subcontractors shall mount individual units of work at industry recognized standard mounting heights, for applications indicated. Refer questionable mounting height choices to Architect for a final decision. Except as otherwise indicated, align adjacent wall mounted devices either vertically or horizontally. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 30 50, Page 3 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PROJECT MANAGEMENT McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 G. The General Contractor and subcontractor shall provide attachment and connection devices and methods for securing work properly as it is installed; true to line and level, and within recognized industry tolerances, if not otherwise indicated. Allow for expansions and building movements. H. Visual Effects: The General Contractor and subcontractors shall provide uniform joint widths in exposed Work. Arrange joints in exposed Work to obtain the best visual effect. Refer questionable choices to the Architect for final decision. I. The General Contractor and subcontractor shall re-check measurements and dimensions of the Work, as an integral step of starting each installation. J. The General Contractor must insure that their subcontractors are coordinating their installations in accordance with all applicable seismic requirements. K. Each subcontractor shall supply to the subcontractor responsible for the substrate work all necessary sleeves and access doors and panels to be installed in new work. The subcontractors responsible for the affected substrates shall be responsible for installing the sleeves and access doors and panels in the proper locations, and shall use the required coordinated sleeve and access door and panel layout drawings for their installation. L. Construction Site Maintenance: 1. The General Contractor and subcontractors shall maintain Site in a neat and orderly manner in accordance with the General Conditions of this Contract and with the requirements indicated in other specification sections. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting the temporary structures and construction enclosure (fence) in good repair. They shall comply with security requirements to prevent the presence of unauthorized persons on the site, and to keep gates secured when not in actual use to insure property security. M. Noise control: 1. Comply with all applicable state and local laws, ordinances, and regulations relative to noise control. 2. All construction machinery, tools and appliances shall be equipped with best commercially available noise abatement devices so as to operate at minimum reasonably attainable noise levels, and if not so equipped will not be permitted on site. 3. A noise level of 85 db will be considered excessive. 4. The General Contractor shall give the Architect and Owner a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours’ notice prior to commencing any activity or operation of machinery from which the noise may be disturbing to occupants of nearby buildings. Any consequences resulting from failure to give such notice shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The General Contractor shall comply with any directives the Architect or Owner may issue for the purpose of excluding or mitigating any annoyance or disruption due to noise to occupants of the buildings, or the public in general, by the operations under this contract. 5. If the noise level from any equipment, operation, or construction activity is excessive as defined in Paragraph 3 above and that equipment or activity is directed to be shut down, suspended and/or rescheduled, the entire cost of such shutdown suspension and/or rescheduling is the Contractor's sole responsibility. END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 31 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PROJECT COORDINATION McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 PROJECT COORDINATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Requirements for general coordination. 2. Requirements for coordination of space. B. This Section applies to all Technical Specification Sections, and the General Conditions. 1.02 GENERAL COORDINATION A. Contractor shall perform the following Project Coordination Requirements: 1. Coordinate the Work of all Subcontractors with the Work of the Contractor. a. Distribute information and coordinate necessary action of subcontractors and suppliers in response to information and direction provided by the Architect (i.e., Requests for Information, Requests for Proposal, executed Change Orders, etc.). b. Provide all necessary temporary utilities and facilities to maximally expedite the work. c. Among the work of the trades specified in Divisions 2 through 33. d. Ensure that notification to and inspections by permitting agencies are completed in a timely manner. e. Ensure that cleaning requirements are maintained in accordance with Division 1 – Cleaning. 2. Coordinate the schedules of all subcontractors to: a. Verify timely deliveries of products for installation by other trades. b. Verify that labor and materials are adequate to maintain schedules. 3. Conduct conferences among all subcontractors, and other concerned parties, as necessary to: a. Maintain coordination and schedules. b. Resolve matters in dispute. c. Coordinate utility outages. 4. Participate in Project meetings: a. As required by these specifications. b. Report progress of the Work. c. Recommend needed changes in schedules. d. Transmit minutes of meetings to all other trades, as appropriate. 5. Temporary Utilities Required During Construction: a. Coordinate submittals, installation, operation and maintenance, to verify compliance with Project requirements and with Contract Documents. b. Verify adequacy of service at required locations. 6. All Required Submittals: Prior to submittal, in accordance with Division 1, review for compliance with Contract Documents. The Contractor shall review and coordinate all subcontractor submittals of any tier. All submittals must be submitted by the Contractor and not by others and shall be stamped, dated and signed indicating General Contractor’s review. 7. Observe required testing; maintain a record of tests as required by the Quality Control section of these specifications. 8. Verify that subcontractors maintain accurate record documents. 9. Substitutions: a. Review proposals and requests: 1) Check for compliance with Contract Documents. 2) Verify compatibility with work and equipment of other trades. b. Submit to the Architect for approval in accordance with Division 1 – Product Requirements. 10. Observe the work for compliance with requirements of Contract Documents. a. Maintain list of observed deficiencies and discrepancies. b. Promptly report and correct deficiencies or discrepancies in accordance with Conditions of the Contract. 11. Assemble documentation for handling of disputes involving mechanical, electrical or other trades. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 31 00, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PROJECT COORDINATION McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 12. Commissioning assistance and coordination: a. Check to ensure that utilities and specified connections are complete and that equipment is in operable condition. 13. Pre-Final Inspection: a. Prior to inspection, check that equipment is clean, repainted as required, tested and operational and that the Contractor’s Pre-Final punch list is prepared and delivered to the Architect. b. Assist Architect; prepare consolidated list of items to be completed or corrected after inspection. 14. Assemble Record Document information from subcontractors, incorporate into Contractor’s Record Documents, and ensure that completed record documents are submitted to the Architect in accordance with Division 1. 15. Coordinate operations of existing facility, maintaining exit pathways, corridors, etc. per Summary of Work. 16. Perform field engineering as necessary. 1.03 PROJECT SCHEDULE A. Construction Progress Schedule: Prepare as required by Section 01 32 16 - Construction Progress Schedule, and designate areas of activity of the Contractor and subcontractors for the various items of Work for the Project. The Schedule shall be prepared, submitted for review, and approved by the Architect as specified in these contract documents. B. Contractor Shall: 1. Maintain Schedule throughout construction period; record changes in responsibilities due to: a. Approved modifications to Contract. b. Approved substitutions. c. Changes to work responsibility. 2. Reproduce and distribute revised Schedule promptly after each change to: a. Affected subcontractors. b. Architect. c. Owner PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 32 16, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preliminary schedule. B. The construction work under this contract shall be planned, scheduled, executed and reported using the Critical Path Method (hereinafter referred to as CPM), per requirements of the Conditions of the Contract. C. A short interval schedule, showing two weeks of actual progress and forecasting four weeks, shall be prepared and updated weekly for use at each progress meeting. D. The Contractor is required to comply with all schedule control procedures specified herein and with any reasonable changes that may be necessary, in the opinion of the Architect or Owner’s representative, during the Contract duration. E. The Contractor shall also comply with schedule provisions as stated in the General Conditions. F. Any and all milestone or specific dates listed in these specifications, or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, represent only the major items of construction/erection work or interface dates. The milestone completion dates indicated are considered essential to the satisfactory performance of this contract and to the coordination of all work on the project. 1. The specific dates listed represent the latest allowable completion dates. Earlier completion dates may be established as agreed by the Contractor, the Construction Program Manager, the Architect, and the Owner. 2. If the Contractor should establish a milestone or completion date earlier than any required milestone or completion date, the Owner or the Owner’s Representative shall not be liable to the Contractor for any costs or other damages should the Contractor fail to complete the work prior to such earlier dates. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary of Work: Work sequence. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Within 7 days after date of Agreement, submit preliminary schedule to the Architect and Owner’s Representative for review and comment, a CPM schedule for his construction work scope. 1. The form of submittal of the contract scheduling document, including logic diagrams, shall consist of a Gantt style diagram. 2. The Contractor shall submit two (2) hard and color copies of the schedule 36" wide by length as required. 3. The Contractor shall also submit one copy of the schedule in electronic format. If the electronic format used cannot be read and fully operated by Microsoft Project the Contractor shall provide two copies of software to read and operate the alternative format, including licenses. 4. To protect the Owner from over payment, not less than 10% of the progress payments may be withhold until the Contractor submits a Construction Schedule that satisfies all of the requirements of this Contract and in a form that is satisfactory to the Architect and Owner. 5. The CPM Schedule shall include the following: a. Notice to Proceed. b. On site start of work. c. The General Contractor’s activities, including sequence and the major points of the interface with subcontractors. d. Subcontractor’s activities, including sequence and the major points of the interface with other trades. e. Identification of and conformance with the dates specified in the Contract Documents. f. The time required for engineering, preparation and review of shop drawings and other required submittals, manufacturing and delivery of Contractor-furnished long lead items. g. Critical dates for review of major submittals. h. Identification of a critical path (or paths). i. Time for testing of equipment and materials. j. Time for punch lists and corrections. k. Time for closeout. 6. If abbreviations are used, the schedule shall include a legend to define all abbreviations. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 32 16, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 7. The CPM Schedule shall indicate a late completion date for the project that is not later than the project’s required completion date. All activity duration shall be given in calendar days. The CPM Schedule shall also indicate each of the following: a. Interfaces with the work of outside contractor, e.g., utilities, power, and with any separate contractor employed by the Owner. b. A description of the activity. c. Estimated duration time for each activity. d. Early start date for each activity. e. Late start date for each activity. f. Early finish date for each activity. g. Late finish date for each activity. h. Float available for activities containing float. i. Actual start date for each activity begun. j. Actual finish date for each activity completed. 8. The Critical Path for the project shall be clearly and easily recognizable on the time-scaled CPM Schedule Diagram. The relationship between all non-critical activities and activities on the Critical Path also shall be clearly shown on the CPM Schedule Diagram. 9. It is to be expressly understood and agreed by the Contractor that the schedule is an estimate to be revised from time-to-time as progress is made, but no less than monthly and that the Owner does not guarantee that Contractor can start work activities on the “early or late start” dates or complete work activities on the “early or late finish” dates shown in the Schedule. If the Contractor’s schedule indicates that Owner or a separate contractor is to perform an activity by a specific date, or within a certain duration, the Owner or any separate contractor under contract with Owner shall not be bound to said date or duration unless Owner expressly and specifically agrees in writing. The Owner’s and the Architect’s overall review and approval or acceptance of the Schedule does not constitute an agreement to specific dates, durations, sequences or activities of the Owner or any separate contractor. 10. The Contractor's CPM Schedule shall include time for activities being completed by the Owner with their own staff or through a separate contract. Durations for such activities shall be agreed to by Contractor and Owner. Contractor shall schedule and sequence such activities to occur in the normal flow of work as if they were being completed by a direct sub of the Contractor. 11. The Architect and Owner’s Representative will review the Contractor’s Schedule to determine compliance with projected completion dates within (7) days of receipt of schedule from the Contractor. Review by the Owner or Architect of Contractor's schedule does not constitute approval or acceptance of the Contractor's construction means, methods, or sequencing, or its ability to complete the Work within the Contract Time. The Contractor shall revise his Schedule as required to support said compliance and shall submit his revised Schedule to the Architect as soon as practical but in all cases within fourteen (14) calendar days of receiving review comments. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 UPDATING SCHEDULE A. The CPM Schedule shall be updated regularly by means of Monthly Progress Reports. 1. Monthly Progress Reports submitted by the Contractor should show the activities, or portions of activities, completed during the reporting period including the actual start and finish dates for these activities. The report shall also include the remaining duration and/or estimated completion dates for activities currently in progress and deviations from the Critical Path. 2. The Architect and the Owner will not be obligated to review or to process any Application for Progress Payment until the Contractor has submitted his Progress Report. 3. Progress Reports shall also be submitted in electronic format. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 32 16, Page 3 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 4. Monthly Progress Reports: a. The heading of each tabular report shall include, but not be limited to, the project name, contract number, name of contractor, report date, data date, report title and page number. b. The following reports will be required with each Monthly Progress Report Schedule submission: 1) Detailed Predecessor - Successor Report: sort activities in ascending order by Activity ID number. Report shall include a detailed listing of all predecessor and successor activities (for each activity) below the activity line. 2) Total Float - Early Start Report: sort activities in ascending order by total float and then by their early start dates (earliest date first). 3) Early Start - Total Float Report: sort activities by early start date (earliest date first) and then in ascending order by total float. c. At a minimum, each of the required monthly progress reports shall contain the following information for each activity: 1) Activity ID 2) Activity Description 3) Original Duration (in workdays) 4) Remaining Duration (in workdays) 5) Phase Code (if any) 6) Location/Floor Code (if any) 7) Responsibility Code 8) Early Start Date 9) Early Finish Date 10) Late Start Date 11) Late Finish Date 12) Percent Complete 13) Total Float B. Short Interval Schedule: Contractor shall prepare and update weekly a three (3) week interval schedule, to be used to review progress during weekly meetings. 1. Show one (1) week of actual progress, and forecast two (2) weeks of anticipated progress, as compared to planned progress per CPM Schedule. 2. Activities shown at Short Interval Schedule shall correspond to activities shown at the same time period in the CPM Schedule. 3. At the Contractor’s option the Short Interval Schedule may be a simple bar chart 4. Format of Short Interval Schedule must fit 8 ½ inch x 11 inch paper. 3.02 RECOVERY SCHEDULE A. Per the Conditions of the Contract, should any of the conditions exist such that an activity shown on Contractor’s CPM Schedule falls behind by 14 calendar days, the Contractor shall make a supplementary Recovery Schedule, at no extra cost to the Owner: 1. Recovery Schedule shall be prepared and submitted to the Architect and Owner’s Representative in appropriate detail to explain how the Contractor intends to reschedule the activity that has fallen behind. a. Recovery Schedule shall display how to regain compliance with the CPM Schedule within required completion dates. B. The Contractor shall do the following after determination of the requirement for a Recovery Schedule: 1. Within three (3) calendar days, the Contractor shall submit a Recovery Schedule for acceptance. The Recovery Schedule shall be prepared to a similar level of detail as the CPM Schedule and shall have a maximum duration of one (1) month. a. Any revisions necessary as a result of a review of the Recovery Schedule shall be resubmitted by the Contractor for acceptance within two (2) calendar days of the review. The approved Recovery Schedule shall then be the Schedule which the Contractor uses in planning, organizing, directing, coordinating, performing and executing the work (including all activities of subcontractors, equipment vendors and suppliers) for its one (1) month duration, to regain compliance with the CPM Schedule. b. The Recovery Schedule shall also be submitted in electronic format. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 32 16, Page 4 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 3.03 SCHEDULE REVISIONS A. Should the Contractor, after receiving approval of the initial CPM Schedule, desire to change his plan of construction, he shall submit the proposed changes to the Architect and Owner. 1. He shall describe the logic for rescheduling the work and the method(s) for maintaining intermediate milestones and shall confirm specific completion dates. a. He shall revise his Schedule to include the effect of changes, acts of God or other conditions or events, which in the meantime have affected the CPM Schedule. b. If the requested changes are acceptable to the Architect and Owner’s Representative, they shall be incorporated into the CPM Schedule in the next reporting period. 2. When the Owner requests changes by Construction Change Directive or Change Order which have the potential to impact the Contract Milestones or Specific Dates stipulated, a revised CPM Schedule will be prepared by the Contractor and provided to the Architect and Owner clearly demonstrating the impacts. B. Neither the updating or revising of Contractor’s construction schedule for the Owner’s review shall have the effect of amending or modifying, in any way, the contract time, contract completion date or contract milestone dates or of modifying or limiting in any way the Contractor’s obligations under this Contract. 3.04 FLOAT TIME A. Float time is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date or between the earliest finish date and the latest finish date of a chain of activities on the CPM Schedule. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or the Owner. Contractor’s work shall proceed according to start dates, and the Architect and Owner shall have the right to reserve and apportion float time according to the needs of the project. The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that actual delays, affecting paths of activities containing float time, will not have any affect upon contract completion times, providing that the actual delays do not exceed the float times associated with those activities. B. A time extension, as described in the Contract Documents, will be granted only to the extent that an actual delay exceeds the total float time available along the affected path of activities, and only if the affected path impacts the established critical path. C. The Contractor will not be entitled to any adjustment of the Contract Time, the Construction Schedule, or the Contract Sum, or any additional payment of any sort by reason of the Owner’s use of float time or by reason of loss of float time, including time between the Contractor’s anticipated completion date and the end of the Contract Time, whether or not the float time is described as such on the Contractor’s Construction Schedule. 3.05 COORDINATION A. Failure of Owner-furnished equipment and materials to arrive as scheduled, or failure of other construction contracts to meet their schedule, shall not be justification for an extension of time, except where such failure impacts the established Critical Path, in the opinion of the Architect and Owner’s Representative. B. The Contractor shall keep himself, and his subcontractors, advised at all times during the course of the work regarding delivery status of Owner-furnished equipment and materials, and of the progress of construction work being performed under separate contracts. 3.06 DEFAULT A. Failure of the Contractor to substantially comply with the requirements of this Section shall constitute a reason that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the work with due diligence and shall be considered grounds for termination by the Owner, per requirements of the Conditions of the Contract. 3.07 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A. The Owner will assess, and the Contractor will be responsible for, liquidated damages for each calendar day beyond the Contract Time that Substantial Completion is not timely achieved, per the General Conditions. B. The Contractor and Owner agree that these liquidated damages amounts are not penalties and are a reasonable estimation of actual damages to the Owner, as of this date of Agreement, based on the inherent uncertainty and difficulty in calculating and quantifying damages caused by delays in the construction of school district facilities. END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 40 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quality assurance submittals: 1. Testing agency reports 2. Manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations 3. Coordination drawings and pre-work conferences B. Control of installation: 1. Tolerances. 2. Manufacturer’s field services. 3. Defect assessment and replacement. C. Testing and inspection services: 1. Qualifications of Contractor’s testing agency. 2. Contractor’s coordination of and cooperation with Owner’s independent testing agency. 3. Duties and authority of Owner’s testing agency. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 0 – General Conditions: Additional requirements. B. Division 1 – Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures. C. Division 1 – Reference Standards. D. Division 1 – Product Requirements: Requirements for material and product quality. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 1077 - Standard Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation; 1997. B. ASTM E 329 - Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction; 1995c. C. ASTM E 548 - Standard Guide for General Criteria used for Evaluating Laboratory Competence; 1994. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Test Reports: After each test and inspection, promptly submit one copy of report to Architect, Contractor and Owner, and to local jurisdiction and Consulting Engineer. Test reports are to be submitted electronically unless otherwise required by the Authority having Jurisdiction. 1. Include the following information: a. Date issued. b. Project title and number. c. Name of inspector. d. Date and time of sampling or inspection. e. Identification of product and specifications section. f. Location in the Project. g. Type of test/inspection. h. Date of test/inspection. i. Results of test/inspection. j. Conformance with Contract Documents. 1) Test reports are submitted as a requirement of the IBC and/or for Architect's benefit and for the owner’s information, for the purpose of assessing conformance with design requirements per the contract documents. (a) When requested by Engineer, Authority having Jurisdiction, Architect, or Owner, follow up report with interpretation of results. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 40 00, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 2. Manufacturer's Instructions: When specified in individual specification sections, submit printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting and finishing, for the owner’s information. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention and special environmental criteria required for application or installation. 3. Pre-work Conferences: schedule and administer as required in specific specification sections and Division 1 – PROJECT MEETINGS. 4. Quality Control Plan with designation of QC representative. 1.05 OWNER’S INDEPENDENT TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCY A. The Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency to perform specified testing and inspections as set forth in the individual technical sections of the specifications for compliance with applicable sections of the IBC only. B. Employment of an independent testing agency by Owner in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. 1.06 QUALIFICATIONS FOR CONTRACTOR’S TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCY A. As required to perform Work in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of a qualified testing agency, other than that agency employed by the Owner, to conduct tests and inspections specifically indicated to be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall also employ a qualified testing agency to perform any off site tests as may be required by the contract documents. B. Prior to start of Work, submit agency name, address, telephone number and names of full time registered Engineer and responsible officer. C. Submit copy of report to the Engineer, Architect and owner of laboratory facilities inspection made by Materials Reference Laboratory of National Bureau of Standards during most recent inspection, with memorandum of remedies of any deficiencies reported by the inspection. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Have Work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality. F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer. G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate. B. Comply with manufacturers' tolerances. Should manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 40 00, Page 3 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 3.03 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. 3.04 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace Work or portions of the Work not conforming to specified requirements. B. If, in the opinion of Architect or owner, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, Architect or owner will direct an appropriate remedy or adjust payment. 3.05 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Testing Agency Duties: 1. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of services. 2. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. 3. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. 4. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of Work or products. 5. Perform additional tests and inspections required by Architect. 6. Submit reports of all tests/inspections specified. B. Limits on Testing/Inspection Agency Authority: 1. Agency may not release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor. 4. Agency has no authority to stop the Work. C. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work. a. Coordinate turbidity and PH monitoring. b. Deliver to agency at designated location adequate samples of materials proposed to be used which require testing, along with proposed mix designs. d. Provide incidental labor and facilities: 1) To provide access to Work to be tested/inspected. 2) To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be tested/inspected. 3) To facilitate tests/inspections. 4) To provide storage and curing of test samples. e. Notify testing agency 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing/inspection services. f. Employ services of a qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples, tests and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. D. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements will be performed by the Owner’s testing agency on instructions by Architect, and costs for re-testing shall be borne by the Contractor. END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 42 16, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Abbreviations and Definitions. B. This section supplements the definitions contained in the General Conditions. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. The word "furnish" as used herein, shall mean "purchase, pay for, receive and/or store the material, item or equipment at the site ready for installation or erection" unless otherwise specifically noted. B. Install: To unpack, assemble, erect, apply, place, finish, cure, protect, clean, start up, and make ready for use. C. The word "install" as used herein shall mean "pay for, and do all work necessary for installing and/or erecting and/or connecting the item or material complete in place" unless otherwise specifically noted. D. The term "product" as used in the Project Manual includes materials, systems, and equipment. 1. Product: Material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the work result. Not materials or equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying, or erection and not incorporated into the work result. Products may be new, never before used, or re-used materials or equipment. E. Provide: To furnish and install, pay for complete in place. F. The term "project manual" is the volume which includes the Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract, and the specifications, Divisions 0 to 33 inclusive, as applicable and as listed in the Table of Contents bound therein. G. The term "Architect" as used herein, shall mean "McGranahan Architects, 2111 Pacific Avenue, Suite 100, Tacoma, Washington 98402." H. The term "Owner" as used herein, shall mean "Arlington School District, located at 315 North French Avenue, Arlington, WA 98223.” I. "As directed" means "as directed by the Architect". J. Where the words "or approved", "as approved" or "for approval" are used the Architect is the sole judge of the quality and suitability of the proposed substitutions. K. Where the words "similar to" are used and followed by a manufacturer's name and product, model, or type number, such manufacturer, product, model or type number shall be considered as the standard of quality for the item or material or work specified, in a general and technical sense, not meaning "identical". L. Wherever in these documents an article, device or piece of equipment is referred to in the singular number, such reference shall mean to include as many such articles as are shown on the Drawings or are required to complete the installation. 1.03 ABBREVIATIONS A. These specifications are, for certain sections, written in the imperative mood, abbreviated, or "streamlined" and frequently include incomplete sentences. In sections or parts of sections written in the imperative mood, words such as "shall", "shall be", "the Contractor shall", and similar mandatory phrases and the words "of", "the", "a", and "all" shall be supplied by inference in the same manner as they are in but not on the Drawings. B. The Contractor shall furnish or install or provide, as applicable, all items listed and perform all operations required, and shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, services, and incidentals required for completion of the work. C. For purposes of abbreviation, the words "install' and/or "erect" and or "connect" and/or "apply" in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations shall not, in all cases, be repeated hereinafter in these specifications. However, in all cases, each and every item, material, and/or equipment shall be installed and/or erected and/or connected and/or applied strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. D. Abbreviations: see drawings for a list of abbreviations. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 42 50, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS REFERENCE STANDARDS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 REFERENCE STANDARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements relating to referenced standards. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For products or workmanship specified by reference to a document or documents not included in the Project Manual, also referred to as reference standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from the Architect before proceeding. C. Neither the contractual relationships, duties or responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those of the Architect shall be altered by the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. PART 2 CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY ORGANIZATIONS 2.01 REFERENCES AND ORGANIZATIONS A. See the following list for references and organizations. All references shall mean current edition. 1. AASHTO -- AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF STATE HIGHWAY AND TRANSPORTATION OFFICIALS 2. ACI -- AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE INTERNATIONAL 3. AGC -- ASSOCIATED GENERAL CONTRACTORS OF AMERICA 4. AI -- THE ASPHALT INSTITUTE 5. AISC -- AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION, INC. 6. AISI -- AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE 7. ANSI -- AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE 8. APAW -- ASPHALT PAVING ASSOCIATION OF WASHINGTON 9. ASTM -- AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS 10. CLFMI -- CHAIN LINK FENCE MANUFACTURERS INSTITUTE 11. CRSI -- CONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL INSTITUTE 12. IBC – INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE - CURRENT EDITION 13. ICBO -- INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE OF BUILDING OFFICIALS 14. IEEE -- INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC ENGINEERS 15. NEC -- NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE 16. NEMA -- NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 17. PCA -- PORTLAND CEMENT ASSOCIATION 18. PCI -- PRECAST/PRESTRESSED CONCRETE INSTITUTE 19. RCW -- REGULATORY CODE OF WASHINGTON 20. UL -- UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. 21. WSDOT -- WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION PART 3 UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT AND RELATED AGENCIES DOCUMENTS 3.01 CFR -- CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS A. 29 CFR 1926.900 - General Provisions; 1997. H. 36 CFR 1191 - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities; Final Rule; Federal Register, July 26, 1991; (ADAAG - Americans with Disabilities Act, Accessibility Guidelines). 3.02 EPA - ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY 3.03 FS -- FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS (GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION) END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 45 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CONTRACTOR’S QUALITY CONTROL SYSTEM McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 CONTRACTOR’S QUALITY CONTROL SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL SYSTEM A. General 1. Establish a quality control system to perform sufficient inspection and tests of all items of work, including that of subcontractors, to ensure conformance to the Contract Documents for materials, workmanship, construction, finish, functional performance and identification. Perform all quality control tests as required by local law if more stringent than specific requirements of these Specifications. Establish this control for all construction except where the Contract Documents provide for specific compliance tests by testing laboratories or engineers employed by the Owner, in which case the Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of such testing with the Work of the Contract, and provide assurance that all preparatory work performed under the Contract meets or exceeds required level of quality. Contractor's control system shall specifically include all testing required by the various sections of the Specifications. B. The Contractor shall designate a CQC Plan Administrator whose responsibility shall be the overall administration of the Plan as defined therein. The Administrator shall sign all reports, logs and other documents/forms related to the Plan, and in so doing shall certify the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein. C. Records 1. Maintain correct records on an appropriate form for all inspections and tests performed. Maintain records of instructions received from the Architect and actions taken as a result of those instructions, including Notices of Non-Compliance (sample provided). These records shall include evidence that the required inspections or tests have been performed and their results (including type and number of inspections or tests, nature of defects, causes for rejection, etc.) proposed or directed remedial action, and corrective actions taken. Document inspections and tests as required by each section of the specifications. D. Quality Control Plan 1. Within ten (10) days of Notice of Award, furnish to Architect, with proposed Schedule of Values, Quality Control Plan which shall include resumes of previously identified Superintendent and Project Manager, procedures, instructions, and records to be used. The plan shall specifically include the following: a. A list of control tests that the Contractor is to perform, or his subcontractors are to perform, under his coordination. Control tests shall be listed by Specification Section. b. Contractor's surveyor. c. Procedures for reviewing all Shop Drawings, Product Data, samples or other submittals before submission to Architect. Include procedures for obtaining required field measurements. d. Method of documenting quality control operation, inspection, and testing including samples of proposed forms, logs, and daily reports. e. Quality control activities schedule. 1.02 COORDINATION WITH OTHER ENTITIES A. Cooperate with other entities performing quality control activities. B. Provide samples of materials and design criteria as indicated and when requested. C. Provide other assistance, equipment, tools, and storage facilities as specified. D. Make arrangements with those entities and pay for additional, similar or related testing or inspection required for the Contractor's use or convenience. E. Coordinate quality control activities to avoid delay and to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspections. F. Notify the Owner's testing agencies fourteen (14) working days prior to anticipated commencement or completion of work, which is to be tested or inspected, whichever is applicable (initial notification). KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 45 00, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CONTRACTOR’S QUALITY CONTROL SYSTEM McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S PRE-INSTALLATION QUALITY CONTROL A. Coordination of Work 1. Well in advance of the installation of every major unit of work which requires coordination with other work, the Contractor shall ensure that the unit of work can be installed and function as intended and required in conjunction with other work which has preceded or will follow. In the event of discrepancies or conflicts, the Contractor shall propose written resolutions, inform the Architect, and proceed with Architect's concurrence. B. Pre-installation Meetings 1. Contractor shall schedule, set agenda and conduct pre-installation meetings as required to assure quality control and confirm responsibilities of various parties. Contractor shall record minutes of meeting and distribute to attendees and other parties as deemed appropriate. Contractor shall notify Owner and Architect of all pre-installation meetings a minimum 7 days prior to scheduled meeting. Owner and Architect may attend Meetings. C. Inspection of Conditions 1. The Contractor shall require the installer of each major unit of work to (1) inspect the substrate to receive the work, (2) inspect the conditions under which the work will be performed, and (3) report in writing to the Contractor that the substrate(s) and conditions are either satisfactory or unsatisfactory. The installer shall not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to him, completion of corrections has been reported in writing to the Contractor, and Contractor has distributed same to Architect and Owner. Copies of written notifications shall be maintained in Contractor’s field office, incorporated into the Quality Control Plan Records, organized by Specification Section. D. Notice for Owner's Testing Lab 1. The Contractor shall notify the Owner's testing laboratory, the structural engineer, and the Architect not less than 24 hours before work requiring inspection or testing is started (confirming notification). 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S INSTALLATION QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Instructions 1. The Contractor shall comply with the Manufacturer's applicable instructions and recommendations for installation. To whatever extent these are more explicit or more stringent than Contract Document requirements, indicate in the Record Documents. B. Inspection 1. The Contractor shall inspect each item of material or equipment immediately upon delivery and immediately preceding installation. Contractor shall reject damaged or defective items. C. Attachments and Connections 1. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods for securing work properly as it is installed, true to line and level, and within recognized industry tolerances if not otherwise indicated. Allow for expansions, building movements, and student activity. Provide uniform joint widths in exposed work, organized for best possible visual effect. Refer questionable visual effect choices to Architect for final decision. D. Verify Dimensions 1. Recheck measurements and dimensions of the work as an integral step of starting each installation. Maintain written record of confirmation of satisfactory findings, or describe unsatisfactory conditions and proposed resolution. Maintain written records of unsatisfactory conditions and resolutions when required. E. Conditions for the Work 1. Install work during conditions of temperature, humidity, exposure, forecasted weather, and status of project completion that will ensure the best possible result for each unit of work in coordination with the entire work. Isolate each unit of work from non-compatible work as required to prevent deterioration. Maintain documentation attesting to same. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 45 00, Page 3 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CONTRACTOR’S QUALITY CONTROL SYSTEM McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 1.05 FIELD ENGINEERING A. The Contractor shall employ a professional engineer or land surveyor registered in the State of Washington and acceptable to the Owner and Architect. B. Engineer or surveyor shall be responsible for location of major site elements, installation of control stakes as required and final certification that finish grading has been completed within the tolerances specified. Coordinate all other field engineering of applicable subcontractors. C. Documentation and Records: Surveyor or engineer shall maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. On request of the Architect, submit documentation to verify accuracy of field engineering work. 1.06 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. Reference Points: Immediately upon entering the project, locate and maintain bench marks and all other grades, lines, levels and dimensions. Report any errors or inconsistencies to the Architect before commencing work. B. Permanent Bench Marks: The surveyor or engineer shall establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on the site, referenced to data established by survey control points. C. Preservation of Monuments and Stakes: Carefully preserve all monuments, bench marks, property markers, reference points, and stakes. In case of the destruction of these, the Contractor will be charged with expense of replacement and shall be responsible for any mistake, loss of time or additional expense that may be caused. Protect permanent monuments or bench marks that must be removed or disturbed until properly referenced for relocation. Furnish materials and assistance for proper replacement of such monuments or bench marks. D. Layout and Control: The surveyor or engineer shall establish lines and levels, locate and layout by instrumentation and similar means stakes for finish grading. He shall set control stakes and shall reset stakes as required during progress of the work. The surveyor or engineer shall provide the Architect with a shop drawing showing all new paved areas on the site with all radii, radii points, angles, segment lengths, and clearance dimensions called out and drawn to same scale as site plan. Paved areas shall include asphalt, concrete, curbs, and special surfaces. E. Completion: Upon completion of the work, the surveyor or engineer shall survey the site to verify that locations and elevations required by the Contract Documents have been achieved within the specified tolerances. 1. Submit to Owner a certificate signed by the surveyor or engineer certifying that elevations and locations are in conformance with the Contract Documents. F. Refer to General Conditions for additional requirements. PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 47 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CUTTING AND PATCHING McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cutting, fitting, and patching necessary to complete the work. 1. Make the several parts of the work fit together properly. 2. Uncover portions of the work to provide for installation of ill-timed work. 3. Remove and replace defective work. 4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing, and patch construction accordingly. 6. Provide openings in structural and nonstructural elements for mechanical and electrical penetrations. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 1 - Project Coordination. B. Division 1 - Execution Requirements. C. Division 1 - Product Requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit written request in advance of cutting or altering structural or underground site utilities or elements. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. 1. Employ skilled and experienced workers to perform cutting and patching. 2. Cut existing construction to accommodate installation of other components, the performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Sequence work to minimize time between cutting and the installation of new construction. B. Schedule work with Owner to minimize interference with occupancy and comfort of occupants. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Comply with applicable specifications and standards for each product. B. Substitutions: Submit request for substitution of specified materials per Division 1 - Product Requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary support of work to be cut, adequate to ensure structural integrity of affected work and safety of Contractor personnel and occupants and the general public. B. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. 1. Before cutting existing surfaces, examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching is to be performed. Take corrective action before proceeding, if unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered. 2. Before proceeding, meet at the site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. C. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of the Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. 1. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 47 00, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CUTTING AND PATCHING McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 2. Take all precautions necessary to avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit or duct work serving the building, but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. 3. Review proposed procedures for cutting and patching as follows: a. In general, where cutting is required use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to size required with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. b. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. c. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine such as a carborundum saw or diamond core drill. D. Contractor shall be responsible for determining the limits of work and performing all cutting, patching, fitting and restoration. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Examine existing conditions of project. Inspect elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. B. After uncovering work, examine conditions affecting product installations and work performance. C. Notify Architect in writing of unsatisfactory work and questionable conditions. Do not proceed with work until Architect issues further instructions. D. Examine where penetrations are indicated in roofing to verify that conditions are satisfactory for cutting and patching of roofing system. 3.03 GENERAL A. Execute cutting and patching to complete the work. 1. Requirements of this Section apply to mechanical and electrical installations. Refer to Divisions 21 - 28 for other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching mechanical and electrical installations. 2. Operational and Safety Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or safety related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or result in increased maintenance, or decreased operational life or safety. 3.04 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Use methods likely to cause least damage to work to remain. B. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. C. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly with no intersections or natural breaks, refinish entire unit. 1. If patch finishing materials that match the adjacent surface are not available, then confirm with the Architect the materials to be used before proceeding with refinishing the patched surface. 2. Use materials whose performance will equal or surpass that of existing adjacent finish materials. D. Patch or replace portions of existing surfaces which are damaged, lifted, discolored or showing other imperfections. 1. Repair substrate prior to finishing defective surfaces. 2. Finish shall be uniform over entire patched area and shall match adjacent original finish. When finish cannot be matched, refinish entire surface to nearest intersection or natural break. 3. Extend finish restoration into adjoining construction, where original finish has been retained, as required by Architect to eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. 3.05 CLEANING A. Thoroughly clean up areas where cutting and patching is performed. END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 50 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary Utilities. B. Temporary heat. C. Temporary power. D. Temporary sanitary facilities. E. Drinking Water. F. Storage. G. Temporary Controls: Barriers, enclosures, and fencing. H. Indirect equipment. I. Field offices. J. Field staffing. 1.02 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Provide means, methods, material and labor necessary to provide all temporary utilities required for construction purposes. 1. Provide all temporary lighting as required for the work. Provide wiring for all required extension cords, lighting outlets, and power outlets (grounding type), lamps, and other required equipment and accessories. Remove temporary lighting connections at completion of the work or sooner, if approved or directed. 3. Provide all temporary power required for the duration of construction. Provide all temporary connections required and pay all fees related to connections and temporary power. B. Contractor can access power on the school site for construction activities. 1. Contractor shall be responsible for any work related to connecting to the existing building, including wiring, sub-panels, conduits, etc. 2. The Contractor’s means for accessing power cannot impair the Owner’s ongoing operations in any way. 3. The Owner does not warrant that there is adequate power available in the existing facility for both the Owner’s use and the Contractor’s use. If at any time prior to or during construction it is determined that the available power is not adequate to server the simultaneous use of the Owner and Contractor the Contractor shall be responsible for securing power from an independent temporary supply. 4. The Owner is offering access to the existing electrical system as a convenience to the Contractor. The Contractor is responsible to determine to its own satisfaction that the power will be sufficient. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the contract Time or Sum in any way related to the need to establish temporary power should the existing power prove insufficient. C. Provide means, methods, material and labor necessary to provide clean, potable water as required. The owner will pay monthly utility bill for water used on site for construction purposes. Make temporary connections to closest existing utility piping and provide meter, piping, hoses, nozzles and other accessories as required. At completion, or before if directed, disconnect temporary connections and piping and remove from site. 1.03 TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Provide, maintain, and pay for mobile telephone service for use by Contractor’s project manager, project engineer, superintendent and crew chiefs. 1.04 INTERNET AND E-MAIL SERVICE A. Provide, maintain, and pay for internet and e-mail service to field office computer at time of project mobilization. B. Provide and maintain digital camera and its interface with field office computer to allow e-mailing of photographs documenting site conditions and work items. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 50 00, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 1.05 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Provide at time of project mobilization. Facilities shall be located within a secure area. B. Use of existing facilities is not permitted. C. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition. 1.06 DRINKING WATER A. Provide, from proven safe source, for all those connected with the work. Pipe or transport water in such manner as to keep it clean and fresh. Serve from single service containers or sanitary drinking fountains. 1.07 BARRIERS A. Fencing: 1. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas, to allow for owner's use of site and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition. 2. Provide construction fencing and protection as indicated on the drawings and as directed by the owner. 3. Provide 6 foot high fence with sturdy posts and supports around construction site and equip with vehicular and pedestrian gates with locks. Top and bottom of chain link fabric to be knuckled, beginning no higher than 4” above grade. B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public rights-of-way and for public access to and egress from the existing building. C. Provide temporary safety signage that clearly designates construction entrances and areas. 1.08 INDIRECT EQUIPMENT A. Provide indirect equipment as required for proper execution of the work, including but not limited to: 1. Compressors. 2. Forklifts. 3. Generators. 4. Equipment operation 5. Other construction equipment and rental costs. 6. Portable radios. 7. Copier. 8. Computer. 9. Scanner. 10. Digital camera. 11. Video camera. 12. Saw sharpening. 13. Small tools. 1.09 FIELD OFFICES A. Provide temporary field offices required for proper execution of the Work and as follows: 1. Equip as necessary to provide for efficient execution of the work 3. Equip and have ready for use within 7 days after notice to proceed. B. Remove office and equipment and all temporary utilities from the site when notified by the Owner Representative. 1.10 FIELD STAFFING A. Field staffing must be commensurate with Owner/Contractor contract requirements. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 50 00, Page 3 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 1.11 MISCELLANEOUS TEMPORARY REQUIREMENTS A. Hoisting Equipment: 1. Provide and maintain of type at Contractor's option, for hoisting of materials for the new work. Separate contractors and subcontractors shall make arrangements with and pay for use of hoisting equipment at rates not exceeding those standards for the construction industry in the area for hoisting time. Should any products of any subcontractor require greater hoisting capacity than that provided by the General Contractor, subcontractor shall provide same at his expense. B. Cleaning-Up: 1. During the work: Contractor and each subcontractor at all times shall keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by its operations on a daily basis. Just before completion of the work, Contractor and each subcontractor shall remove all his tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials. If Contractor fails to enforce clean-up procedures, the Owner may do the clean-up and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor as provided in the General Conditions. C. Temporary Shoring, Bracing & Sheeting: 1. Provide as required for work in the various Technical Sections. D. Dust Control: 1. Provide positive methods and apply dust control materials to minimize raising dust from dispersing into the atmosphere. E. Debris Control: 1. Maintain all areas under Contractor's control free of extraneous debris. 2. Areas will be designated by the Contractor for parking of trucks to receive demolition debris. Coordinate with Owner at time of scheduling. 3. Initiate and maintain a specific program to prevent accumulation of debris at construction site, storage and parking areas, or along access roads and haul routes. a. Provide containers for deposit of debris. b. Prohibit overloading of trucks to prevent spillage on access and haul routes. 1) Provide periodic inspection of traffic areas to enforce requirements. 4. Schedule periodic inspection and disposal of debris. a. Provide additional collections and disposal of debris whenever the periodic schedule is inadequate to prevent accumulation. F. Pollution Control: 1. Provide methods, means and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, water or atmosphere. Allow no discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. 2. Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain spillage. a. Remove contaminated soils or liquids. 1) Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off-site. Replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil. 3. Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering public waters. a. Prevent disposal of wastes, effluents, chemicals, or other such substances adjacent to bodies of water, or in sanitary or storm sewers. 4. Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants. a. Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals. b. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. c. Provide adequate ventilation in all areas during and after application of paint and coatings. 3. Leave premises clean and free of any infestation at time of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 55 26, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS TRAFFIC REGULATIONS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 TRAFFIC REGULATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General Traffic Regulations. B. Parking. C. Vehicular Traffic and Access. 1.02 TRAFFIC REGULATION A. General: The motor vehicle and other laws of the State of Washington and local jurisdiction are applicable on site. 1. Do not remove or alter any existing school vehicular traffic control, parking, building or any other signs or devices without obtaining approval from Owner’s Representative. 2. Do not install any of the above mentioned type of signs without approval of Owner’s Representative. B. Delivery and Storage: 1. Conduct operations in such a manner to avoid unnecessary interference to exiting pedestrian and vehicle traffic. 2. Obtain weekly event schedules from Owner. 3. Minimize heavy vehicle traffic to and from site during peak traffic hours (7:30 – 9:00 a.m. and 2:45-3:30 p.m.). 4. Do not park vehicles in traffic lanes. 5. Provide flaggers and traffic control signs and devices as necessary and/or as required by Owner’s Representative or the local jurisdiction. 6. Follow construction traffic routes as specified by Owner’s Representative or provide a traffic plan detailing proposed method of access, delivery, storage, and movement of equipment. 7. Notify Owner’s Representative in advance of any unusually long or large deliveries 8. Storage of materials outside of the work site is not permitted unless authorized by Owner’s Representative. C. Right-of-Way: Strict attention should be paid to maintaining fire lanes, roadways, walkways, and loading areas with a minimal interruption, with appropriate safety measures, and as required by Owner’s Representative and authorities having jurisdiction. Obtain written approval to restrict any County street, sidewalk, lane or alley from Owner’s Representative. Restrictions include partial or full lane closures, parking restrictions, sidewalk closures, detours, complete street closures, shoulder work, and pedestrian rerouting, as well as the placing of building materials or equipment on County right-of-way. D. Meet requirements of and obtain written approval from the City of Arlington for any such work in the public right of way. E. Obtain Owner’s Representatives written approval for any such work as indicated below: 1. 14 calendar days’ notice for partial closure of an arterial street or complete closure of any local access street, alley or sidewalk. 2. The actual time and date of all closures will be subject to approval of Owner’s Representative. Closures normally will be scheduled for nights, weekends, class breaks or other low intensity use periods. Normally, no work will be scheduled in the street or drive lanes between the hours of 7:30 – 9:00 a.m. and 2:45 – 3:30 p.m. Monday through Friday during school days. 3. The duration of all closures shall be held to a reasonable minimum as determined by Owner’s Representative. 4. Include in the bid all costs associated with equipment and utility shutdowns. Owner will make no extra payment for overtime work, schedule changes or failure to complete utility connections within authorized shutdown periods. 5. Design and use of traffic control devices shall conform to the specifications contained in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) form the U.S. Department of Transportation, and Federal Highway Administration and the local jurisdiction requirements. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 55 26, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS TRAFFIC REGULATIONS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 6. Work Areas: Unless a section of street is to be completely closed to vehicular traffic, work should be accomplished with minimum disruption to the flow of traffic. Schedule and layout work areas to maintain the maximum number of traffic lanes normally available to be opened in the direction of the heaviest flow of traffic during peak hours. Cover street excavations with temporary steel plates, provide signs “Steel plates ahead”. Provide temporary asphalt edges for bicycle traffic. 7. Clean pedestrian and driving surfaces daily or more often as required to keep the paths clean. Clean spills from trucks immediately. Keep adjacent areas clean. F. Vehicular Traffic: Minimize vehicular traffic to the school site to the greatest extent possible. 1.03 VEHICULAR TRAFFIC AND ACCESS A. Coordinate access and haul routes with governing authorities and Owner. B. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions. Maintain minimum 20 foot fire access route around existing and new buildings. C. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets as approved by the local jurisdiction. D. Provide temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off-site parking. E. Provide flaggers for traffic control when necessary for safety and as required by the local jurisdiction. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 60 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General product requirements. B. Product options. C. Substitution requirements. D. Owner furnished products. E. Transportation, handling, storage and protection. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 01 – Quality Requirements: Product quality monitoring. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution before proposing products from any manufacturer not named. C. Products specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers without Provision for Substitutions: Submit product from named manufacturer only. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A. During bidding, requests for approved equal or substitutions, clarification of specifications, or protest of specifications shall be received by Architect, not later than seven (7) days prior to bid date by submitting the substitution request to the Architect at his/her place of business. Requests received after that time will not be considered. 1. Architect contact: Mitch Kent, AIA. Address: 2111 Pacific Avenue, Suite 100, Tacoma, WA, 98402; 2. Email: mitch.kent@mcgranahan.com; Phone: (253) 383-3084; 3. To aid in the review of requests, submit ONLY on the form following this section, (Section 01 60 10 – SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM) which may be copied. Alternate forms may be rejected without review. Incomplete or unsigned forms will be rejected without notice. 4. If proposed substitution is approved, such approvals will be set forth in an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. 5. Substitution may only be submitted electronically and must be in the following format to be considered: a. The subject line of the email containing the substitution request must include the project name as well as the referenced Specification Section name and Section number. b. Only one electronic file in PDF format and one substitution request may be attached to each email. c. The supporting information and the substitution request form must be combined into one file (PDF). d. The proposed product must be clearly identified in the supporting information. e. The maximum size of any attachment must be less than 8 MB. B. After Notice to Proceed date, the Owner may, at his option, consider formal requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of those specified when submitted in accordance with the requirements of this Section. One or more of the following conditions must also be documented: 1. The substitution must be required for compliance with final interpretation of code requirements or insurance regulations. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 60 00, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 2. The substitution must be due to the unavailability of the specified products, through no fault of the Contractor. The contractor must provide a letter from the supplier or manufacturer attesting to the products unavailability. Contractor or Subcontractor not ordering material in a timely manner is not cause for a substitution request. 3. The substitution may be requested when subsequent information discloses the inability of the specified products to perform properly or to fit in the designated space. 4. The substitution may be due to the manufacturers or fabricator’s refusal to certify or guarantee performance of the specified product as required. 5. The substitution may be requested when it is clearly seen, in the judgment of the Architect that a substitution would be in the Owner's best interests in terms of cost, time, or other considerations. 6. Request for substitution beyond those identified in items 1 through 4 above, will not be considered unless General Contractor and / or material supplier agree to an adjustment in the contract amount associated with costs relating to the review of the substitution request. An adjustment in the contract amount shall be required in both cases of approval or disapproval of the substitution request. C. Substitutions will not be considered if: 1. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. 2. They are indicated or implied on Shop Drawings or product data submittals without request submitted in accordance with Article 3.01. D. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. 5. Will reimburse Owner and Architect for review or redesign services associated with re-approval by authorities. 3.02 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Owner’s Responsibilities: 1. Arrange for and deliver Owner reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples, to Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site. 3. On delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor. 4. Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged, defective, or deficient items. 5. Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, and service. B. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Receive and unload products at site; inspect for completeness or damage jointly with Owner. 2. Handle, store, install and finish products if product is required as the contract documents to be installed by the Contractor. 3. Repair or replace items damaged after receipt. 3.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Delivery: 1. Arrange deliveries of products in accord with construction schedules and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation. 2. Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with work and conditions at site. 3. Deliver products in undamaged condition in original containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible. 4. Partial deliveries of component parts of equipment shall be clearly marked to identify the equipment, to permit easy accumulation of parts and to facilitate assembly. 5. Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to assure: a. Product complies with requirements of Contact Documents and reviewed submittals. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 60 00, Page 3 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 b. Quantities are correct. c. Containers and packages are intact, labels are legible. d. Products are properly protected and undamaged. Minor damages may be repaired, provided the finish items are equal in all respects to new work. Report any damage to the Architect prior to repair. 6. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Product Handling: 1. Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products, including those provided by Owner, by methods to prevent soiling or damage to products or packaging. 2. Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent scraping, marring, or otherwise damaging products or surrounding surfaces. 3. Handle products by methods to prevent bending or overstressing. 4. Lift heavy components only at designated lifting point. C. Storage And Protection: 1. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. 2. Store with seals and labels intact and legible. 3. Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product. 4. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. 5. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. 6. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 7. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. 3.04 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION A. Provide adequate protection of installed products to prevent damage from subsequent operations. Remove when no longer needed, prior to Owner acceptance. B. Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment and surfaces. 3.05 DAMAGED PRODUCTS A. Damaged or deteriorated materials shall be removed from the premises. Replace materials which have been damaged. END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 60 10, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM TO: PROJECT: Kent Prairie Elementary Site Access SPECIFIED ITEM: Section Page Paragraph Description The undersigned requests consideration of the following: (manufacturer) (product) PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION Attached data includes product description, specifications, drawings, photographs, performance and test data adequate for evaluation of the request; applicable portions of the data are clearly identified. Attached data also includes description of changes to Contract Documents that proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. The undersigned states that the following paragraphs, unless modified on attachments, are correct: 1. The proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on Drawings. 2. The undersigned will pay for changes to the building design, including engineering design, detailing and construction costs caused by the requested substitution. 3. The proposed substitution will have no adverse affect on other trades, the Construction Schedule, or specified warranty requirements. 4. Maintenance and service parts will be locally available for the proposed substitution. The undersigned further states that the function, appearance and quality of the Proposed Substitution are equivalent or superior to the Specified Item. Submitted by: Signature For use by Design Consultant: Firm [ ] Accepted [ ] Accepted as noted Address [ ] Not Accepted [ ] Received too late By Date Date Telephone Remarks Fax Attachments: END OF SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 70 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B. Surveying for laying out the work. C. Existing Utilities. D. Final cleaning requirements. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 1 - Administrative Requirements. B. Division 1 - Quality Requirements. C. Division 1 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. D. Division 1 - Closeout Submittals and Procedures. E. Division 1 – Project Record Documents. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Survey work: Submit name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey work. 1. Submit a copy of site drawing signed by the Land Surveyor, that the elevations and locations of the work are in conformance with Contract Documents. 2. Submit surveys and survey logs as for the project record. 3. Certificates: Submit certificates signed by land surveyor certifying the location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements. 4. Certified Surveys: Submit two copies signed by land surveyor. 5. Final Property Survey: Submit three copies showing the work performed and record survey data. Also submit one electronic copy of the survey in Auto Cad format or other format acceptable to the Architect, Civil Engineer of Record and owner. 6. Landfill receipts: Submit copy of all receipts (truck tickets) issued by a landfill facility licensed to accepted regulated materials for proper waste disposal of regulated materials. B. Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects: 1. Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element. 3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 5. Work of Owner or separate Contractor. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. For survey work employ a land surveyor registered in State of Washington and acceptable to Civil Engineer of Record and Owner. Submit evidence of Surveyor's Errors and Omissions insurance coverage in the form of an Insurance Certificate and endorsements. B. For field engineering employ an engineer of the discipline required for specific service on Project, licensed in the State of Washington. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Beginning new work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached. C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 70 00, Page 2 ARLINTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 D. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. E. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching, including opposite side of assembly being cut. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare surfaces and remove surface finishes to provide for proper installation of new work and finishes. B. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. C. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. D. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond. 3.03 LAYING OUT THE WORK A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work. B. Promptly notify Architect of any discrepancies discovered. C. Control datum for survey is that indicated on Drawings. D. Protect survey control points prior to starting site work; preserve permanent reference points during construction. E. Promptly report to Architect the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons. F. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes without prior written notice to Architect. G. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. H. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: 1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. 2. Grid or axis for structures. 3. Building foundation, column locations, and ground floor elevations. I. Periodically verify layouts by same means. J. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. 3.04 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install Products as specified in individual sections. B. Make neat transitions. Patch work to match adjacent work in texture and appearance. 3.05 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Utilities of record are shown on the Drawings insofar as possible to do so. These are shown for convenience only, however, and Owner or consultants assume no responsibility for improper locations or failure to show utility locations on the Drawings. Take necessary independent measures to locate existing utilities. B. Exercise reasonable care to prevent damage to existing utilities. At Contractor's expense, immediately repair, restore, or relocate. Contractor shall not leave site until repairs have been accomplished. 3.06 FINAL CLEANING A. Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills and other foreign deposits. Re-seed and restore ground areas damaged by construction activity. B. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 70 00, Page 3 ARLINTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 C. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner D. Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated Work have become the Owner's property, arrange for disposition of these materials as directed. END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 72 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Project Record Documents include both the Drawings and the Project Manual, as revised to reflect the “as-built” configuration of the project. 1.02 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS A. Maintain at job site, one copy of: 1. Contract Drawings. 2. Project Manual. 3. Addenda. 4. Construction Change Directive (CCD). 5. Architects and Engineers sketches. 6. Architect’s Supplemental Instruction (SIs). 7. Change Orders. 8. Request for Information (RFIs). 9. Proposal Request (PR). 10. Other Modifications to Contract. 11. Field Test Records. 12. Current Construction Schedule. 13. Permits. 14. Approved samples. 15. Approved shop drawings. 16. Meeting minutes. 17. Photographic History of the Project. B. Store documents in approved location, apart from documents used for construction. C. Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition. D. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. E. Make documents available at all times for inspection by Architect, Engineers and Owner. 1.03 RECORDING A. In addition to copies of Contract Documents to be furnished for construction purposes, Owner will furnish the Contractor one (1) complete set of Contract Documents for project record purposes to be known as the Contractor As-Built Record Set. B. Contractor As-Built Record Set is to include the Contract Drawings, Project Manual and Shop Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of black line prints of Contract Drawings, Project Manual and Shop Drawings. The Contractor, and subcontractors under his direction, shall record each and every change from original bid-set construction documents that is made at time it is made. This includes any changes that are made in partitions, doors or otherwise in arrangement of construction of buildings, as well as a complete record of exact manner in which utilities, electrical and mechanical work, piping, etc., are installed. C. Dimensions shall be included where necessary to accurately locate piping and other items that will be concealed underground or behind building finishes and that may require future service. Mark the set to include all Addenda items and to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Paste or tape all addenda, sketches, and other written field direction into the Contractor As- Built Record Set and clearly note how the information was issued to the contractor (for example Addenda No., RFI No., ASI No. etc). Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. Utilities, new and known existing, shall be shown on the plans with precise dimensions and located from the nearest wall, building grid line or site property line. 1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil; 2. Note related Construction Change Directive (CCD), ASI or Architects and/or Engineers Sketch number where applicable. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 72 00, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 3. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable set, bind with durable paper cover sheets, and print suitable titles, dates and other identification on the cover. 4. Include the following: a. Field changes of dimensions and details. b. Changes made by Construction Change Directive (CCD), Field Sketches or Request for Information (RFI). c. Details not on original Contract Drawings. d. New information as requested by the Owner. D. Shop Drawings: Not required, unless they have been used in conjunction with Contract Drawings as noted above. E. Specifications: Legibly mark up each section to record: 1. All Addenda items. 2. Changes made by Change Order. 3. Other matters not originally specified. F. Label each document "AS-BUILT" in 1" high printed letters. G. Keep record documents current. H. Do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been recorded. 1.04 SUBMITTAL A. Upon completion of the Project, and prior to final payment, the Contractor shall submit Project Contractor Record Set Documents to Owner for approval through the Architect. See Division 1 – Execution Requirements for submittal requirements. Contractor As-Builts Record Set shall include the redlined and annotated Contactor Record Drawings, Project Manual and an electronic set of Submittal Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 78 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS AND PROCEDURES McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS AND PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Inspection procedures. B. Operation and Maintenance Data. C. Warranties and bonds. D. Local Jurisdiction As-Built requirements 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. General Conditions of the Contract: Performance bond and labor and material payment bonds, warranty, and correction of work. B. Division 1 - Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, shop drawings, product data, and samples. C. Division 1 - Execution Requirements: Contract closeout procedures. D. Individual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data. E. Individual Product Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Warranties and Bonds: 1. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit within ten days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. 2. Make other submittals within ten days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION PROCEDURES A. Substantial Completion: 1. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. a. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 1) If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, an reasons the Work is not complete. b. Advise Owner of pending insurance change-over requirements. c. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents. d. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities; include occupancy permits, operating certificates and similar releases. Furnish to the Architect for transmittal to the Owner a Certificate of Occupancy, issued by duly authorized officials, stating that the work complies with provisions of the applicable building codes. Contractor to contact and coordinate all necessary City, County, or State officials required to review the work for the Certificate of Occupancy. e. Complete final clean up requirements, and otherwise repair and restore marred finish work. 2. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion on AIA Form G704 following inspection, or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 78 00, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS AND PROCEDURES McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 3. If additional inspections are required the Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work has been substantially completed. a. Re-inspection Services: Should the Architect or design consultant be required re-inspect due to Contractor's failure to correct specified deficiencies, the Contractor and subcontractor shall bear all costs (including compensation for the design consultant's additional services) made necessary thereby. b. Reinspection services are hereby defined as the following: 1) Travel time to and from the job site. 2) Mileage compensation for vehicles used to and from the job site. 3) Time required for review, inspection, and meeting at the job site. 4) Time required to document, coordinate, and transmit documentation that records a summary of the reinspection. 4. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. B. Final Acceptance: 1. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. a. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where required. 1) An affidavit that all payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the work for which the Owner of property might in any way be responsible, have been paid or otherwise satisfied. (Use AIA Document G706). 2) An affidavit from each subcontractor on AIA Form G706. 3) Letter from Bonding Company addressed to Owner but submitted to the Architect, approving release of final payment and waiving submission of final receipts as well as a statement confirming the extension of the Bond for the one-year guarantee period. Final receipts from all subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers shall be furnished to the Owner by the Contractor if the Surety does not waive this requirement. 4) Submit Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens (AIA Document G706A). If any liens are filed and cause the Owner to employ the services of any attorneys, the cost of the services will be deducted from the retainage. 5) Return all copies of the drawings and specifications in accordance with the General Conditions. b. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. c. Submit a certified copy of the Architect's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, and the list has been endorsed and dated by the Architect. d. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement. e. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. f. Warranties: as required by appropriate technical sections. g. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: as required by appropriate technical sections. h. State Department of Labor and Industries Affidavit of Wages Paid (State Form 9843). i. Final tabulation of apprentice work hours. j. Asbestos letter of compliance. 3.02 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. For Each Product or System: List names, addresses and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts. B. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information. C. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. D. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 78 00, Page 3 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS AND PROCEDURES McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 E. Submittal schedule: 1. Preliminary Draft: a. Submit two (2) copies of proposed format, approximately thirty (30) days before substantial completion. b. Architect will review and return one copy with comments. c. Final Submittal: 1) Submit, in final form one copy of complete data 10 (10) days prior to Substantial Completion inspection. Copy will be returned with comments. 2) Submit four (4) copies in approved final form at Substantial Completion inspection. 3.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. For Each Item of Equipment and Each System: 1. Description of unit or system, and component parts. 2. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 3. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests. 4. Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts. B. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and any special operating instructions. C. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions. D. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. E. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions. F. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. G. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. H. Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed. I. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification sections. 3.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. B. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual. C. Binders: Commercial quality, 8-1/2 x 11 inch three D side ring binders with durable plastic covers; 2 inch maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings. D. Cover and Spine: Identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; identify title of Project; identify subject matter of contents. E. Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system, with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment. F. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 24 pound paper. G. Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages. H. Arrange content by systems under section numbers and sequence of Table of Contents of this Project Manual. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 78 00, Page 4 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS AND PROCEDURES McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 I. Contents: Prepare a Table of Contents for each volume, with each product or system description identified, in three parts as follows: 1. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect, Contractor, Subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers. 2. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by system and subdivided by specification section. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers. Identify the following: a. Significant design criteria. b. List of equipment. c. Parts list for each component. d. Operating instructions. e. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems. 3. Part 3: Project documents and certificates, including the following: a. Shop drawings and product data. 3.05 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. Definitions: 1. "Guarantee" and "warranty" are used interchangeably. 2. "Standard product warranties" are preprinted, written warranties published by individual manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to the Owner 3. "Special warranties" are written warranties required by or incorporated into the contract documents either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater rights for the Owner. B. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers, within ten days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except for items put into use with Owner’s permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty until the Date of Substantial completion is determined. C. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized. D. Co-execute submittals when required. E. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal. F. Manual: Bind in commercial quality 8-1/2 x 11 inch three D side ring binders with durable plastic covers. G. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title WARRANTIES AND BONDS, with title of Project; name, address and telephone number of Contractor and equipment supplier; and name of responsible company principal. H. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in the sequence of the Table of Contents of the Project Manual, with each item identified with the number and title of the specification section in which specified, and the name of product or work item. I. Separate each warranty or bond with index tab sheets keyed to the Table of Contents listing. Provide full information, using separate typed sheets as necessary. List Subcontractor, supplier, and manufacturer, with name, address, and telephone number of responsible principal. J. Disclaimers and limitations: 1. Manufacturer’s disclaimers and limitations on product warranties shall not relieve the contractor or subcontractor of the general warranty on the work under this contract that incorporates the products nor does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the contractor. 2. The contractor and subcontractors are obligated to comply with warranties under the contract or at law regardless of the terms and conditions of warranties of supplier, manufacturer and subcontractors extended to the contractor. K. Warranty obligations: 1. Restore or remove and replace warranted work to its originally specified condition at such time during warranty as it does not comply with or fulfill terms of warranty. Restore or remove and replace other work which has been damaged by failure of warranted work or which must be removed and replaced to gain access to warranted work KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS Section 01 78 00, Page 5 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS AND PROCEDURES McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS mcg-ARC 2010.310 April 27, 2022 2. Except as otherwise indicated or required by governing regulations, warranties do not cover damage to building contents (other than work or contract) which results from failure of warranted work. 3. Cost of restoration or removal and replacement is contractor’s and subcontractors obligation without regard to whether Owner has already benefited from use of ailing work. L. Owners recourse: 1. Warranties and warranty periods do not diminish implied warranties and do not deprive Owner of actions, rights, and remedies otherwise available for Contractor’s failure to fulfill requirements of the Contract Documents or rights and causes of action of or by the Owner available at law. Owner reserves the right to reject coincidental product warranties considered to be conflicting with or detracting from requirements of the Contract Documents. 3.06 LOCAL JURISDICTION AS-BUILT REQUIREMENTS A. The contractor and subcontractor are responsible to determine, produce, submit and obtain approval for all as- built drawing requirements by the local jurisdiction. 3.07 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS A. Provide one binder with the following information: 1. Permits: All original permits for the work. a. Permits are to all show the final inspection by the Jurisdiction having Authority. 2. Inspections: All written inspection reports. 3. Binder Organization: Organize by Bid Package. 4. Provide table of contents and tabs for each section. END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 31 10 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS SITE CLEARING McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 27, 2022 SITE CLEARING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Contractor shall obtain a copy of the City of Arlington Design and Construction Standards and Specifications and keep on site for reference during construction. C. The Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction and the Standard Drawings for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, Current Edition, published jointly by Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association. 1. The General Conditions shall rule where conflicts exist between the Arlington Standards and/or (WSDOT) Standard Specifications and the General Conditions. The provisions of the Technical Specifications included herewith shall govern where conflicts exist between them and the City of Arlington Design and Construction Standards and Specifications and/or (WSDOT) Standard Specifications. 2. Measurement and payment provisions and safety program submittals included in Standard Specifications (WSDOT) do not apply to this Section. D. Comply with the Department of Ecology Construction Stormwater Permit and the Surface Water Pollu- tion Prevention Plan. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Demolition of existing improvements including pavement, walks, concrete, and curbs. 2. Removing existing brush and groundcover, plants and grass. 3. Clearing and grubbing. 4. Stripping and stockpiling topsoil. 5. Temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary utilities, temporary construction and support facilities, temporary security and protection facilities, and temporary ero- sion and sedimentation control procedures. 2. Division 02 Section "Earthwork" for soil materials, excavating, backfilling, and site grading. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Topsoil: Natural or cultivated surface-soil layer containing organic matter; sand, silt, and clay particles; friable, pervious, and black or a darker shade of brown, gray, or red than underlying subsoil; reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, gravel, and other objects more than 2 inches in diameter; and free of subsoil and weeds, roots, toxic materials, or other nonsoil materials. 1.04 MATERIAL OWNERSHIP A. Except for materials indicated to remain Owner's property, cleared materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Photographs or videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of trees and plantings, adjoining construction and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by site clearing. B. Record drawings; according to Division 1 Section Project Record Documents. Identifying and accurately locating capped utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical, and mechanical conditions. Provide record drawings of utilities to City of Arlington standards. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 31 10 00, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS SITE CLEARING McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 27, 2022 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during site-clearing operations. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner or authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Utility Locator Service: Notify utility locator service for Project location before site clearing. C. Do not begin site-clearing operations until surface water pollution prevention (SWPPP) measures are in place and approved for use by authority having jurisdiction. D. Contractor shall supply a Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) who will be in charge of site erosion control and make required Department of Ecology reports. PART 2 PRODUCTS A. See SWPPP for Best Management Practices for controlling erosion and construction pollutants. B. See plan details for erosion control facilities. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATOIN A. Protect from disturbance and maintain during construction, benchmarks and survey control points. B. Protect from damage during construction, existing site improvements indicated to remain. 1. Restore improvements, damaged as a result of this construction, to their original condition or a condition acceptable to Owner. 3.02 SURFACE WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) A. Provide SWPPP measures as required to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways, according to requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction and the sediment and erosion control drawings. B. The intent of the SWPPP measures is to prevent, control and stop water pollution or erosion within the project, thereby protecting the work site, the work, nearby lands, streams and other bodies of water that may be impacted. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Architect to facilitate other additional erosion control measures not shown on the Civil Plan. C. Inspect, repair, and SWPPP measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established. Add, at no additional cost to the Owner, any additional erosion and sedimentation control measures required by the Governing jurisdictions based upon changing conditions and weather to prevent sediment-laden water from entering the on-site infiltration systems or any natural drainage system. D. The SWPPP work shall be under the inspection and control of a Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead provided by the Contractor. 3.03 UTILITIES A. Locate and identify, disconnect and seal or cap off, all utilities and irrigation piping indicated within con- struction zone. 1. Arrange with utility companies to shut off indicated utilities. 2. Notify Architect regarding disposition of other utilities found within the project area and not indicated on the plan. 3.04 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Remove obstructions, brush, grass, and other vegetation to permit installation of new construction. B. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with an approved satisfactory soil material unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. 1. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding a loose depth of 8 inches, and compact each layer to a density equal to adjacent original ground. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 31 10 00, Page 3 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS SITE CLEARING McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 27, 2022 3.05 TOPSOIL STRIPPING A. Remove vegetation before stripping topsoil B. Strip topsoil to whatever depths are encountered in a manner that will prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or other waste materials. 1. Remove subsoil and nonsoil materials from topsoil, including trash, debris, weeds, roots, and other waste materials. C. Stockpile topsoil materials away from edge of excavations without intermixing with subsoil. Grade and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Grade to drain away from excavations. Cover to prevent windblown dust. D. Stockpile and protect topsoil for reuse in disturbed, lawn areas. Remove all excess topsoil from the site. 3.06 OVER-EXCAVATION IN ROADWAYS A. See geotechnical report and plans for over-excavation of existing fill and replacement with structural material under paved areas. 3.07 EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS A. Remove existing improvements where indicated and as necessary to facilitate the new construction. B. Remove structures, pipe, slabs, paving, curbs, gutters, and aggregate base as indicated. 1. Unless existing full-depth joints coincide with lines of demolition, neatly saw-cut length of existing pavement-or sidewalks to-remain before removing existing pavement. Saw-cut faces vertically. 2. Paint the cut-ends of steel reinforcement in concrete-to-remain corrosion preventative paint. 3.08 PRELIMINARY COMPACTION A. Notify Architect after the areas-to-be-paved are stripped and/or excavated to pavement subgrade elevation. B. Prior to notification, the exposed ground shall be compacted to a firm and unyielding condition as determined by the geotechnical engineer. If Testing Agency determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with compacted backfill or fill material as directed. C. Once excavation to subgrade elevations is complete, at the direction of the geotechnical engineer the surface shall be proof-rolled with a loaded dump truck or other suitable equipment. D. Proof-roll subgrade below the building slab areas and pavements with heavy pneumatic-tired equipment to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. E. Completely proof-roll subgrade in one direction, repeating proof rolling in direction perpendicular to first direction. F. Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph. G. Do not proof-roll wet or saturated subgrades. H. Any soft, loose, or yielding areas shall be excavated to expose suitable bearing soils. Excavate soft spots, unsatisfactory soils, and areas of excessive pumping or rutting, as determined by geotechnical engineer, and replace with compacted backfill as directed. The subgrade shall then be compacted to at least 90% of the modified Proctor maximum dry density as determined by ASTM: D 1557 test procedure below areas to receive paving or athletic field fill, and compacted to 95% of ASTM: D 1557 for subgrades the build- ing areas. Structural fill to achieve the subbase grades may then be placed and compacted. I. Payment for authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Division I Contract provisions for changes in the work. J. As directed by Architect and without additional compensation, reconstruct subgrades damaged by construction activities, freezing temperatures, frost, rain or accumulated water. 3.09 DISPOSAL A. Disposal: Remove soil, obstructions, demolished materials, and waste materials including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 31 10 00, Page 4 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS SITE CLEARING McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 27, 2022 END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 31 20 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS EARTH MOVING McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 27, 2022 EARTH MOVING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation: Prepared for the Arlington School District by Nelson Geotechnical Associates, Inc and located in Division 1 of the Project Manual. C. Contractor shall obtain a copy of the City of Arlington Design and Construction Standards and Specifications and keep on site for reference during construction. D. The Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction and the Standard Drawings for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, Current Edition, published jointly by Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association. 1. The General Conditions shall rule where conflicts exist between the Arlington Standards and/or (WSDOT) Standard Specifications and the General Conditions. The provisions of the Technical Specifications included herewith shall govern where conflicts exist between them and the City of Arlington Design and Construction Standards and Specifications and/or (WSDOT) Standard Specifications. 2. Measurement and payment provisions and safety program submittals included in Standard Specifications (WSDOT) do not apply to this Section. 3. Conditions of the Department of Ecology Construction Stormwater General Permit. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Preparation of subgrade for surfacing. 2. Excavating and backfilling for utility trenches and structures. 3. Base course for slabs. 4. Subbase and base course for asphalt paving. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. “Testing Lab Services” for inspection, sampling and testing of work. 2. "Site Clearing" for temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures, site stripping, grubbing, and removal of existing above and below grade improvements and utilities. 3. “Water Distribution” for trenching and trench backfill. 4. “Sanitary Sewerage” for trenching and trench backfill. 5. “Storm Drainage" for nonpressure storm drainage outside the building and for site gravity-flow drainage. 6. “General Landscape”. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. WSDOT: Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction and the Standard Drawings for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction published jointly by Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association, Current Edition. B. MUTCD: “Manual on Uniform traffic control devices” published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and the modifications to the MUTCD for Streets and Highways for the State of Washington. C. Backfill: 1. Excavations general: soil material or controlled low-strength material (CDF) used to fill an excavation: 2. Pipe trench: a. Initial backfill - pipe zone bedding placed under, beside, and over pipe in a trench to a point 12” above the pipe. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 31 20 00, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS EARTH MOVING McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 27, 2022 b. Final backfill - placed over the initial backfill to fill a trench. D. Base Course (BC): Course placed between the subgrade or subbase course and hot-mix asphalt paving. E. Bedding Course: Course placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe. F. Drainage Fill Material: Washed Drain Rock used as capillary break beneath building slabs and for subdrains. G. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and dimensions indicated for the following: utility trenches, structures; slabs, vaults; or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below the ground surface. 1. Authorized Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions as directed by Architect. Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work. 2. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions without direction by Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Architect, shall be without additional compensation. H. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grade. I. Finish Grade (FGR): Final elevation of surface indicated at completion of all work. J. Low permeability fill: silt or silty sand. K. Initial Backfill: Pipe zone bedding backfill placed under, beside, and over pipe in a trench to a point 12” above the pipe. L. Quarry Spalls: layer of rock used in TESC site construction entry surfacing, culvert surrounds, and ditch and slope protection. M. Structural Fill: Granular on-site material approved by the geotechnical engineer or imported from off- site. N. Subbase Course: Course placed between the subgrade and base course for hot-mix asphalt pavement. O. Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials. P. Utilities: On-site underground pipes. Q. Wearing Course: Surface layer of the paving section. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data for the following: 1. Each type of plastic warning tape for buried pipe or conduit. 2. Controlled low-strength material (CDF), including design mixture. 3. Geotextile fabric. 4. Sieves of proposed soils and aggregates. B. Samples: Soils samples per 1.4 C. C. Submit soil samples for review and approval by Geotechnical Engineer two weeks prior to intended use. D. Pre-excavation Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces, which might be misconstrued as damage caused by earthwork operations. Submit to architect before beginning earthwork. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Environmental Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of local environmental agency regulations pertaining to storm sewerage systems. B. Codes and Standards: Perform excavation work in compliance with applicable requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. C. Survey locate installed utilities including storm, water, and sanitary sewer for Record Drawings prepared and supplied to the Owner according to City of Marysville standards. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 31 20 00, Page 3 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS EARTH MOVING McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 27, 2022 D. Testing and Inspection Services: Owner will employ a qualified independent geotechnical Geotechnical Engineer to classify proposed on-site or borrow soils; to verify that soils comply with specified require- ments; and to perform required field and laboratory testing. 1. The Contractor shall remove surface material at locations designated by the Geotechnical Engineer and provide such assistance as necessary for sampling and testing. E. The Geotechnical Engineer may direct the Contractor to construct inspection trenches in compacted or consolidated backfill to determine that the Contractor has complied with these specifications. 1. Testing by the Geotechnical Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to deter- mine to his own satisfaction when and if his work meets the specification. 2. Contractor may perform additional test borings and other exploratory operations, at the Contractor's option; however, no change in the Contract Sum will be authorized for such additional exploration. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Codes and Standards: Perform excavation work in compliance with applicable requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in areas of excavation work. If utilities are indicated to remain in place, provide adequate means of support and protection during earthwork operations. 1. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, immediately consult utility owner for directions. a. Cooperate with Owner and utility companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. b. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility owner. 2. Do not interrupt any utility before receiving written approval and provide minimum of 48-hour notice to Owner. 3. Demolish existing underground utilities indicated for removal and completely remove from site. C. Coordinate with utility companies for shutoff of services if lines are active. Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work and post with warning lights. 1. Operate warning lights as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, or other hazards created by earthwork operations. 1.07 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL A. The Contractor shall prepare a traffic control plan in accordance with the established standards for plan development as shown in the MUTCD, Part VI. B. The Contractor’s plan shall be submitted to the Architect for approval at least ten calendar days in advance of the time the signs and other traffic control devices will be required. Flagging, signs, and all other traffic control devices furnished or provided shall conform to the standards established in the latest adopted edition of the “Manual on Uniform traffic control devices” (MUTCD) published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and the modifications to the MUTCD for Streets and Highways for the State of Washington. C. Contractor shall provide all flaggers and signs and other traffic control devices as indicated on the approved traffic control plan. 2.01 SOIL MATERIALS A. General: Any proposed fill soils must be evaluated and approved for use by the geotechnical engineer prior to use in fills. Samples proposed for use must be provided for review and testing at least 72 hours prior to their proposed use. 1. All material that is proposed to be used as fill and backfill, whether native or import shall be graded and tested for moisture content and compactability. Gradation and test results shall be submitted for review and approved by the Geotechnical Engineer prior to placement. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 31 20 00, Page 4 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS EARTH MOVING McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 27, 2022 2. The contractor has the option to use on-site material as structural fill. Use of on-site material must meet specification and is subject to the approval of the Geotechnical Engineer. B. Base Course: Natural or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; conforming to WSDOT 9-03.9(3) Top Course. C. Bedding Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, pea gravel, and natural or crushed sand; Bedding and pipe zone bedding for pipe shall conform to WSDOT 9-03.12(3). D. Drainage Fill Material: per WSDOT 9-03.12(5). E. Quarry spalls: per WSDOT Section 9-13.1(5). F. Structural Fill: Imported material conforming to WSDOT 9-03.14(2) or on-site material approved by the Geotechnical Engineer for use as structural fill. G. Trench Backfill: Granular material per WSDOT 9-03.19. H. Unsatisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GC, SC, CL, ML, OL, CH, MH, OH, and PT according to ASTM D 2487, or a combination of these groups. 1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of optimum moisture content at time of compaction. 2.02 GEOTEXTILES A. Subsurface Drainage Geotextile: Per Standard Specification 9-33.2, Table 2; Class B. B. Subpavement geotextile: Tensar TX 190 or equal. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility per WSDOT Section 9-15.18; colored as follows: 1. Red: Electric. 2. Yellow: Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials. 3. Orange: Telephone and other communications. 4. Blue: Water systems. 5. Green: Sewer systems. 2.04 HYDROSEED A. HYDROSEED 1. See Landscape Specifications: PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage. B. Protect and maintain erosion and sedimentation controls, which are specified in Section 31 10 00 "Site Clearing," during earthwork operations. C. Provide insulating materials to protect subgrades and foundation soils against freezing temperatures or frost. 3.02 DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area. 1. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent soil changes detri- mental to stability of subgrade. Provide and maintain dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. 2. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits to convey rainwater and water removed from excavations to collecting or runoff areas. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 31 20 00, Page 5 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS EARTH MOVING McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 27, 2022 3. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. B. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water accumulation. 1. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. 2. Install a dewatering system to keep subgrades dry. Convey ground water away from excavations. Maintain until dewatering is no longer required. 3.03 EXPLOSIVES A. Explosives: Use of explosives is not permitted. 3.04 EXCAVATION, GENERAL A. Earth excavation includes excavating pavements and obstructions visible on surface; underground structures, utilities, and other items indicated to be removed; together with soil, boulders, and other materials not classified as rock or unauthorized excavation. B. Unclassified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface and subsurface conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials may include rock, soil materials, and obstructions. No changes in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time will be authorized for rock excavation or removal of obstructions. C. See Geotechnical Report and Plans for area of over-excavation of existing fill under pavements. D. If excavated materials intended for reuse as fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials. 3.05 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and subgrades. B. Refer to the Geotechnical Report for over-excavation of the existing fill soils below pavements. 3.06 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES A. Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations. B. Beyond building perimeter, excavate trenches to allow installation of top of pipe below frost line. C. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide the following clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches higher than top of pipe or conduit, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Clearance: 12 inches each side of pipe or conduit. D. Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support of pipes and conduit. Shape subgrade to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. Remove projecting stones and sharp objects along trench subgrade. E. For pipes and conduit less than 6 inches in nominal diameter and flat-bottomed, multiple-duct conduit units, hand-excavate trench bottoms and support pipe and conduit on an undisturbed subgrade. F. Trench Bottoms: Excavate trenches 4 inches deeper than bottom of pipe elevation to allow for bedding course. Hand excavate for bell of pipe. G. Excavate trenches 6 inches deeper than elevation required in rock or other unyielding bearing material to allow for bedding course. 3.07 GEOTEXTILE A. Place geotextile (Tensar TX 190 or equal) on subgrade. B. Follow Manufacture’s directions and the instructions in the Geotechnical Report. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 31 20 00, Page 6 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS EARTH MOVING McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 27, 2022 3.08 SUBGRADE INSPECTION A. After compaction of the exposed ground is tested and approved and the geotextile is placed, structural fill may be placed as required to achieve grade. B. Notify Architect when excavations have reached required subgrade for building slab, pavements, or utilities. C. If Architect determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with compacted backfill or fill material as directed. D. Proof-roll subgrade below the building slabs and pavements with heavy pneumatic-tired equipment to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. 1. Do not proof-roll wet or saturated subgrades. 2. Completely proof-roll subgrade in one direction, repeating proof rolling in direction perpendicular to first direction. 3. Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph. 4. Proof-roll with a loaded 10-wheel, tandem-axle dump truck weighing not less than 15 tons. E. Excavate soft spots, unsatisfactory soils, and areas of excessive pumping or rutting, as determined by Architect, and replace with compacted backfill or fill as directed. F. Without additional compensation, as directed by Architect, reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction activities. 3.09 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction or utility pipe as directed by Architect. 3.10 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS A. Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. B. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of any remaining trees. 3.11 BACKFILL A. Place backfill on subgrades that are free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. B. Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly, but not before completing the following: 1. Construction below finish grade including subdrainage, damp proofing, waterproofing, and perimeter insulation; 2. Testing and inspecting underground utilities; 3. Surveying the locations of new underground utilities for Record Documents; 4. Removing temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting; 5. Removing trash and debris. 3.12 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL A. Place backfill on subgrades that are free of mud, frost, snow or ice. B. Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits C. Place and compact backfill of to a height of 12 inches over the utility pipe or conduit. 1. Carefully compact initial backfill under pipe haunches and compact evenly up on both sides and along the full length of utility piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of piping or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing. D. Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs. Install 12 gage insulated copper wire on underground non-metallic pipe for water, sewer and natural gas utilities. For all piping, install detectable marking tape per WSDOT Section 7-09.3(20) E. Fill in all utility trenches under paving from pipe zone bedding to final subgrade using structural fill. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 31 20 00, Page 7 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS EARTH MOVING McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 27, 2022 F. Backfill voids with satisfactory backfill shoring and bracing and sheeting is removed. G. Place and compact backfill to final subgrade elevation in accordance with detail in the approved plans. H. Note: Mark location of capped pipe ends using a full-length (8’, 10’ 12’) 2X4 set at the pipe invert level. Choose the length of board so that 2’ min. to 4’ max. of board shows above finish grade. Paint upper 1- foot of board white. Note with heavy black marking pen the overall length of the 2x4 used and the type of pipe (sewer, storm sewer, water, etc.). Bring locate wire and or tape above finish grade surface and wrap around 2X4 so it can be seen. 3.13 SOIL FILL-GENERAL A. Place soil fills on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. B. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material will bond with existing material. C. All fill placed under paved areas shall be structural fill as defined herein, unless specified otherwise for particular applications. D. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as follows: 1. Under grass and planted areas, use approved satisfactory soil material. 2. Under walks and pavements, use approved satisfactory soil material or structural fill. 3. Under proposed building slabs, use structural fill. 3.15 SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill soil layer to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content before compaction. A. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. B. Scarify and air dry, or remove and replace, satisfactory soil material that exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight. 3.16 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS A. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material to be compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material to be compacted by hand-operated tampers. B. Place backfill and fill material in layers evenly on all sides of utility structures to required elevations, and uniformly along the full length of each structure. C. Place backfill and fill material to subgrade elevations in layers according to WSDOT 2-03.3(14)C, Method B, (compaction testing per ASTM: D 1557): 1. Under utility structures, building slabs, steps and pavements; scarify and recompact the top 12 inches of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 95 percent. 2. Under walkways; scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 95 percent. 3. Under lawn or unpaved areas; scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 90 percent. 3.17 GRADING A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free of irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines and elevations indicated. 1. Provide a smooth transition between new and existing grades. 2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots and trim high spots in new grade to comply with required surface tolerances. B. Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from building pad areas and other areas to prevent ponding. Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances: 1. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 0.10 feet. 2. Walks: Plus or minus 0.04 feet. 3. Pavements: Plus or minus 0.04 feet. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 31 20 00, Page 8 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS EARTH MOVING McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 27, 2022 3.18 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES A. Place subbase and base course on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. B. On prepared subgrade, place subbase and base course under slabs, pavements and walks as follows: 1. Place base course material over subbase course under hot-mix asphalt pavement. 2. Shape subbase and base course to required crown elevations and cross-slope grades. 3. Place subbase and base course 6 inches or less in compacted thickness in a single layer. 4. Place subbase and base course that exceeds 6 inches in compacted thickness in layers of equal thickness, with no compacted layer more than 6 inches thick or less than 3 inches thick. 5. Compact subbase and base course at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, cross sections, and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM: D 1557. C. Pavement Shoulders: Place shoulders along edges of subbase and base course to prevent lateral movement of course. Construct shoulders, at least 12 inches wide, of satisfactory soil materials and compact simultaneously with each subbase and base layer to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM: D 1557. 3.19 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Geotechnical Engineer: Owner will engage a qualified independent geotechnical engineering Geotech- nical Engineer to perform field quality control testing. B. Allow Geotechnical Engineer representative to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with subsequent earthwork only after test results for previously completed work complies with requirements. C. Utility Structures, Paved Areas and Building Pad Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill and backfill layer, at least 1 test for every 1000 sq. ft. or less of paved area or building pad area, but in no case fewer than 3 tests. 1. Trench Backfill: At each compacted initial layer or final backfill layer, at least 1 test for each 100 feet or less of trench length, but no fewer than 2 tests. D. When Geotechnical Engineer reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of com- paction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to depth required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained. 3.20 PROTECTION A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. B. Repair and reestablish grades to tolerances specified where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled or where grades lose compaction due to subsequent construction opera- tions or weather conditions. 1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by geotechnical engineer; reshape and recompact. C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. D. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work and minimize evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible. 3.21 HYDROSEEDING A. See Landscape Specifications. 3.22 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. See Section 31 10 00. END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 32 12 16, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS ASPHALT PAVING McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 27, 2022 ASPHALT PAVING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation: Prepared for the Arlington School District by Nelson Geotechnical Associates, Inc and located in Division 1 of the Project Manual. C. Contractor shall obtain a copy of the City of Arlington Design and Construction Standards and Specifications and keep on site for reference during construction. D. The Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction and the Standard Drawings for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, Current Edition, published jointly by Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association. 1. The General Conditions shall rule where conflicts exist between the Arlington Standards and/or (WSDOT) Standard Specifications and the General Conditions. The provisions of the Technical Specifications included herewith shall govern where conflicts exist between them and the City of Arlington Design and Construction Standards and Specifications and/or (WSDOT) Standard Specifications. 2. Measurement and payment provisions and safety program submittals included in Standard Specifications (WSDOT) do not apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Hot-mix asphalt (HMA). 2. Traffic and Lane Markings. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section "Earthwork" for aggregate base courses and for aggregate pavement shoulders. 1.03 DEFINITIONS/ABBREVIATIONS A. HMA - Hot Mix Asphalt Paving 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product specified, include technical data and tested physical and performance properties. B. Job-Mix Designs: Supplier certification, of each job mix proposed for the work. Approval by owner’s representative. C. Material Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance of materials with requirements indicated. D. Material Certificates: Certificates signed by manufacturers certifying that each material complies with requirements. E. Laboratory test reports for evaluation of concrete materials and mix design tests. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer shall be a paving-mix manufacturer registered with and approved by WSDOT. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with WSDOT. 1. Section 5-04, Hot Mix Asphalt for asphalt paving work. C. Asphalt-Paving Publication: Comply with Asphalt Institute (AI) MS-22, "Construction of Hot Mix Asphalt Pavements”. D. Asphalt seal coat: Comply with the manufacturer’s instructions for preparation and application. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 32 12 16, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS ASPHALT PAVING McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 27, 2022 E. All work of this Section is subject to testing and inspection by Owner’s Testing Agency under provisions of Division I. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: 1. Hot Mix Asphalt: Follow the environmental limitations of 5-04.3(16). 2. Pavement-Marking Paint: Proceed with pavement marking only on clean, dry surfaces and at a minimum ambient or surface temperature of 40 degrees F for oil-based materials, 50 degrees F for water-based materials, and not exceeding 95 degrees F. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate all activities in public right-of-way with the City of Marysville Public Works Department. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Hot Mix Asphalt: Conform to Standard Specification Section 5-04. Hot Mix Asphalt with materials meeting the requirements of WSDOT 9-02 and 9-03.8, Class ½”. B. Base Course: Per Division 2 “Earthwork”. C. Pavement-Marking Paint: Latex, waterborne emulsion, lead and chromate free, ready mixed, complying with FS TT-P-1952, with drying time of less than 3 minutes. 1. Color: As indicated. D. Lane Marking Paint-arrows: Chlorinated rubber-alkyd type, FS TT-P-115, Type III. E. Herbicide Treatment: Commercial chemical for weed control for use under pavement registered by Environmental Protection Agency and approved by Washington State Department of Agriculture. Provide granular, liquid, or wet-able powder form. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Testing Agency representative to verify that subgrade is dry and in suitable condition to support all types of paving and imposed loads. B. Proof-roll sub base using heavy, pneumatic-tired rollers to locate areas that are unstable or that require further compaction. Material Testing representative to verify satisfactory condition. 1. Proof-roll subgrade below the indicated pavements with heavy pneumatic-tired equipment to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. 2. Proof-roll with a loaded 10-wheel, tandem-axle dump truck weighing not less than 15 tons. 3. Do not proof-roll wet or saturated subgrades. 4. Completely proof-roll subgrade in one direction; repeat proof rolling in direction perpendicular to first direction. 5. Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph. C. Notify Architect in writing of any unsatisfactory conditions. Do not begin paving installation until these conditions have been satisfactorily corrected. 3.02 PATCHING AND REPAIRS A. Area patching: saw cut perimeter of patch and excavate existing section to sound base. Recompact new subgrade. Excavate rectangular or trapezoidal patches, extending 12 inches into adjacent sound pavement, unless otherwise indicated. Cut excavation faces vertically. 1. Fill excavation with dense-graded, hot-mix asphalt base mix and compact flush with adjacent surface while still hot. B. Trench patching for utility trenches: saw cut edges of asphalt to provide a clean surface. Patch as indicated in drawing. 1. Over-cut trench sides by 1-foot, see patching detail, with fresh saw cut prior to pavement restoration. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 32 12 16, Page 3 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS ASPHALT PAVING McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 27, 2022 3.03 AGGREGATE PLACEMENT A. Construction requirements shall conform to Standard Specification Sections 4-02.3 and 4-04.3. B. Level and contour surfaces to elevations and gradients indicated. C. Add small quantities of fine aggregate to course aggregate as appropriate to assist compaction. D. Add water to assist compaction. If excess water is apparent, remove aggregate and aerate to reduce moisture content. E. Use hand mechanical tamping equipment in areas inaccessible to large compaction equipment. 3.04 HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT PLACEMENT A. Machine place hot-mix asphalt mix on prepared surface, spread uniformly, and strike off. In areas inaccessible to equipment, place asphalt mix by hand in a manner that prevents segregation of mix. Place each course to required grade, cross section, and thickness, when compacted. 1. Place hot mix asphalt base course in number of lifts and thicknesses indicated on the drawings. 2. Begin applying mix along centerline of crown for crowned sections and on high side of one-way slopes, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Regulate paving machine speed to obtain smooth, continuous surface that is free of pulls and tears in asphalt-paving mat. B. Place HMA in consecutive strips not less than 10 feet wide, except where infill edge strips of a lesser width are required. 1. After first strip has been placed and rolled, place succeeding strips and extend rolling to overlap previous strips. Complete asphalt base course for a section before placing asphalt surface course. C. Promptly correct surface irregularities in paving course behind paver. Use suitable hand tools to remove excess material forming high spots. Fill depressions with hot-mix asphalt to prevent segregation of mix; use suitable hand tools to smooth surface. 3.05 HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT JOINTS A. Construct joints to ensure continuous bond between adjoining paving sections. B. Construct joints free of depressions with same texture and smoothness as other sections of hot-mix asphalt course. 1. Offset longitudinal joints in successive courses a minimum of 6 inches. 2. Offset transverse joints in successive courses a minimum of 24 inches. 3. Construct transverse joints by bulkhead method or sawed vertical face method as described in the Asphalt Institute’s "The Asphalt Handbook." 4. Clean contact surfaces and apply tack coat. 5. Compact joints as soon as hot-mix asphalt will bear roller weight without excessive displacement. 6. Compact asphalt at joints to a density within 2 percent of specified course density. 3.06 HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT COMPACTION A. General: Begin compaction as soon as the HMA pavement will bear roller weight without excessive displacement. Compact HMA pavement with hot, hand tampers or vibratory-plate compactors in areas inaccessible to rollers. 1. Complete compaction before mix temperature cools to 185 deg F. B. Breakdown Rolling: Accomplish breakdown or initial rolling immediately after rolling joints and outside edge. Examine surface immediately after breakdown rolling for indicated crown, grade, and smoothness. Repair surfaces by loosening displaced material, filling with hot-mix asphalt, and re-rolling to required elevations. C. Intermediate Rolling: Begin intermediate rolling immediately after breakdown rolling, while hot-mix asphalt is still hot enough to achieve specified density. Continue rolling until hot-mix asphalt course has been uniformly compacted. D. Finish Rolling: Finish roll paved surfaces to remove roller marks while hot-mix asphalt is still warm. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 32 12 16, Page 4 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS ASPHALT PAVING McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 27, 2022 E. Edge Shaping: While surface is being compacted and finished, trim edges of pavement to proper alignment. Bevel edges while still hot, with back of rake or smooth iron. Compact thoroughly using tamper or other satisfactory method. F. Repairs: Remove paved areas that are defective or contaminated with foreign materials. Remove paving course over area affected and replace with fresh, hot-mix asphalt. Compact by rolling to specified density and surface smoothness. G. Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until it has cooled and hardened. H. Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough not to become marked. 3.07 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Thickness: Compact each course to produce the thickness indicated within the following tolerances: 1. Base Course: Plus or minus 1/2 inch. 2. Wearing Course: plus 1/4 inch: NO MINUS. B. Surface Smoothness: Compact each course to produce a surface smoothness within the following tolerances as determined by using a 10-foot straightedge applied transversely or longitudinally to paved areas: 1. Base Course: 1/4 inch. 2. Wearing Course: 1/8 inch - straightedge applied longitudinally to surface parallel to centerline or main axis of paved surface. The transverse slope shall vary not more than ¼-inch in 10-feet from the rate of transverse slope shown in the plans. 3. Crowned Surfaces: Test with crowned template centered and at right angle to crown. Maximum allowable variance from template is 1/4 inch. 3.08 PAVEMENT MARKING A. Cleaning: sweep and clean surface to eliminate loose material and dust. B. Striping and Signing: Use chlorinated-rubber based traffic lane marking paint, factory-mixed, quick drying and non-bleeding. C. Color: White, yellow, blue and red as indicated. D. Apply with mechanical equipment to produce uniform straight edges. Apply in two (2) coats at manufacturer's recommended rates, not to exceed 80 sq ft / gallon. Lines shall have a uniform width with edges straight and even. E. Conform to Standard Specification Section 8-22, Pavement Marking. F. Apply paint at all traffic and pavement markings, inclusive of, but not limited to, traffic arrows, parking stripes, crosswalks, fire lane curb markings, stop bars, and ADA symbols. END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 32 13 13, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CONCRETE PAVING McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 26, 2022 CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation: Prepared for the Arlington School District by Nelson Geotechnical Associates, Inc and located in Division 1 of the Project Manual. C. Contractor shall obtain a copy of the City of Arlington Design and Construction Standards and Specifications and keep on site for reference during construction. D. The Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction and the Standard Drawings for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, Current Edition, published jointly by Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association. 1. The General Conditions shall rule where conflicts exist between the Arlington Standards and/or (WSDOT) Standard Specifications and the General Conditions. The provisions of the Technical Specifications included herewith shall govern where conflicts exist between them and the City of Arlington Design and Construction Standards and Specifications and/or (WSDOT) Standard Specifications. 2. Measurement and payment provisions and safety program submittals included in Standard Specifications (WSDOT) do not apply to this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This work includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Cement concrete aprons and slabs. 2. Cement concrete curbs, curb cuts and gutters. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Division 31 – Earth Moving & Site Clearing. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit concrete mix designs. Obtain approval before placing concrete. B. Product data: 1. Submit complete materials list of items proposed for the work. Identify materials source. 2. Submit admixture, curing compound, and accessory item product data. 3. Submit material certificates for aggregates, and joint fillers. C. Submit concrete delivery tickets. Show the following: 1. Batch number. 2. Mix by class or sack content with maximum size aggregate. 3. Admixtures. 4. Air content. 5. Time of loading. 6. Water added and slump. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with Division 1 requirements. B. Testing and inspection: Performed by a qualified independent testing laboratory. C. Materials and methods of construction shall comply with the following standards: 1. Americans with Disabilities Act. 2. City of Marysville Public Works Engineering Design and Development Standards 3. American Society for Testing and Materials, (ASTM). 4. American Concrete Institute (ACI). KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 32 13 13, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CONCRETE PAVING McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 26, 2022 5. WSDOT/APWA Standard Specifications, current edition. D. Maintain field records of time, date of placing, curing, and removal of forms of concrete in each portion of work. E. Do not change source or brands of cement and aggregate materials during the course of the work without prior written approval of the Architect. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Location of existing underground utilities are shown based upon best information available and are ap- proximate only. Contractor shall locate and identify existing underground and overhead services and utilities within the Contract work area limits. Contact Utilities Underground Location Center (811), prior to construction, for aid in locating any existing underground utilities as applicable. Protect utilities and services designated to remain. Repair utilities damaged during site work operations at Contractor’s ex- pense. B. Promptly notify the Architect of unexpected sub-surface conditions. C. Prior to commencing any construction within the street right of ways, the contractor shall notify the WSDOT and present a traffic control plan and proposed work schedule. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Portland cement: Shall be Type II conforming to the provisions of WSDOT/APWA Standard Specifications Section 9-01.2(1). B. Aggregates: Shall conform to Section 9-03.1 of the WSDOT/APWA Standard Specification. C. Slip-Resistant Aggregate: Aluminum oxide grit (Use at exterior ramps and stairs). D. Water: Clean, fresh, and potable. E. Air-entraining admixture: Shall conform to WSDOT/APWA Standard Specification 9-23.6. F. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185; 12” x 12” x W2.8 x W2.8; no roll stock allowed. 2.02 MIXES A. Provide Class 3000 Ready-mixed concrete conforming to Marysville Standard 3-514 and Section 6-02 of the WSDOT/APWA Standard Specifications. Batch mixing at site not acceptable. B. Provide an air-entraining admixture in all concrete exposed to weather in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(3) of the WSDOT/APWA Standard Specifications. C. Indicate water added to mix at job site on each delivery ticket. Show quantity of water added. Mixes exceeding specified slump range will be rejected as not complying with specification requirements. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Forms: Wood or metal of sufficient strength to resist concrete placement pressure and to maintain hori- zontal and vertical alignment during concrete placement. Provide forms straight, free of defects and dis- tortion, and height equal to full depth of concrete work. 1. Provide 2” nominal thickness, surfaced plank wood forms for straight sections. Use flexible metal, 1” lumber or plywood forms to form radius bends. B. Joint filler: ½ “ premolded, asphalt-treated felt joint filler shall conform to Sections 6-01.14, 9-04.1 of the WSDOT/APWA Standard Specifications. C. Curing compound: Type ID, conforming to WSDOT/APWA Standard Specifications 9-23.2. D. Form release agent: Non-staining chemical form release agent free of oils, waxes, and other materials harmful to concrete. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 32 13 13, Page 3 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CONCRETE PAVING McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 26, 2022 E. Bonding agent: Cement slurry consisting of the following design mix: 1. Portland cement 30 lbs. 2. Water: 3 gallons 3. Diamonite (or similar): 6-8 oz. F. Provide full width and breadth of curbing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine subgrades and installation conditions. Do not start concrete work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Proof roll the subgrade and do all necessary rolling and compacting to obtain firm, even subgrade surface. Fill and consolidate depressed areas. Remove uncompactable materials, replace with clean fill and compact to 95% of the maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM D698 Standard Proctor Method. B. Provide minimum 2" depth of sand under all exterior on-site concrete slabs. C. Remove loose material and debris from base surface before placing concrete. D. Install, align, and level forms. Stake and brace forms in place. Maintain the following grade and alignment tolerances for formed and machine-placed concrete: 1. Top of form/concrete: Maximum 1/8" in 10'-0". 2. Vertical face: Maximum 1/4" in 10'-0". E. Coat form surfaces in contact with concrete with form release agent. Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent as necessary to assure separation from concrete without damage or marking. F. Install, set, and build-in work finished under other specification sections. Provide adequate notification for installation of necessary items. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Reinforcing Placement: 1. Place reinforcing accurately and securely into position as shown in the Contract Documents. Ensure reinforcing is clean and free of deleterious materials prior to concrete placement. 2. Place reinforcing fabric accurately and securely into position using appropriate chairs or similar supports. Ensure that fabric will not be displaced during concrete placement. B. Concrete placement: 1. Comply with ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete", and as specified. 2. Protect concrete from physical damage or reduced strength due to weather extremes during mixing, placing, and curing. In cold weather comply with ACI 306, "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting". In hot weather comply with ACI 305, "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting". 3. Moisten base to provide a uniform dampened condition at the time concrete is placed. 4. Verify manholes or other structures are at required finish elevation and alignment before placing concrete. 5. Place and spread concrete to the full depth of the forms. Use only square-end shovels or concrete rakes for hand-spreading and consolidating concrete. Exercise care during spreading and consolidating operations to prevent segregation of aggregate. 6. Place concrete in a continuous operation between expansion joints. Provide construction joints when sections cannot be placed continuously and where required on the Plans. 7. Place concrete in one course, monolithic construction, for the full width and depth of concrete work as required on the Plans. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 32 13 13, Page 4 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CONCRETE PAVING McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 26, 2022 8. Strike-off and bull-float concrete after consolidating. Level ridges and fill voids. Check surface with a 10'-0" straightedge. Fill depressions and re-float repaired areas. Darby the concrete surface to provide a smooth level surface ready for finishing. 9. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints, as far as possible. If interrupted for more than 1/2-hour, place a construction joint. C. Curbs and Gutters: 1. Curb machine may be used for curb and gutter placement at Contractor's option. Machine placement must produce curbs and gutters to required cross-section, lines, grades, finish, and joint- ing as specified for formed concrete. If results are not in conformance with the Specifications, re- move and replace with formed concrete as specified at Contractor's expense. D. Joints: 1. Construct control and expansion/construction joints properly aligned with face perpendicular to concrete surface. 2. Provide tooled control joints, sectioning concrete into areas indicated. Tool joints to depth equal to not less than one-fifth (1/5) of the concrete thickness. Hand tool control joints straight, in pattern and at spacing indicated; straight line tolerance - maximum 1/8" in 8'-0". When not indicated, provide spacing equal to slab width and not greater than 5"-0" on center. 3. Expansion Joints: Provide felt joint filler for expansion joints abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks and other fixed objects, unless otherwise indicated. a. Locate transverse expansion joints as indicated. Where not indicated, at 15'-0" intervals. Align expansion joints in abutting curbs and walks. b. Install joint fillers full-width and depth of joint. Provide top edge flush with adjacent finished surface. c. Provide joint filler in single lengths for the full slab width, whenever possible. d. Protect the top edge of the joint filler during concrete placement. 3.04 CONCRETE FINISHING A. After striking-off and consolidating concrete, smooth surface by screeding and floating. Adjust floating to compact surface and produce uniform texture. B. After floating, test surface for trueness with a 10' straightedge. Distribute concrete as required to remove surface irregularities, and re-float repaired areas to provide a continuous smooth finish. C. Work edges of slabs, gutters, back top edge of curb, and formed joints with an edging tool, and round to 1/2" radius, unless otherwise indicated. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surface. D. After completion of floating and troweling when excess moisture or surface sheen has disappeared, com- plete surface finishing as follows: 1. Provide sidewalk and pavement surfaces with light broom finish. a. Edge outside edges and all joints with a radius edging tool, endeavoring to minimize striping effect. b. Remove any incidental edge striping after radiusing edges by troweling and/or light broom finishing. The intent is to end up with surfaces of entirely light broom finish (no joint striping), but with a radiused edge. 2. Curbs/Gutters: The top and face of the curb shall receive a light brush finish, and the top of the gut- ter shall receive a broom finish. a. Provide handicapped ramps/curb cuts, curbs, gutters and sidewalks with slip-resistant textured finish in accordance with City of Marysville Public Works Design and Construction Stand- ards, WSDOT Standard Plans, and the Americans with Disabilities Act. E. Do not remove forms for 24 hours after concrete has been placed. After form removal, clean ends of joints and point-up any minor honeycombed areas. Remove and replace areas or sections with defects as directed, at Contractor's expense. F. Protect and cure finished concrete paving, complying with applicable requirements of Division-3 sections. Use curing and sealing compound or approved moist-curing methods. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 32 13 13, Page 5 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CONCRETE PAVING McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 26, 2022 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide field quality control during concrete operations. B. Contractor shall provide adequate notice, cooperate with, provide access to the work, obtain samples, and assist test agency and their representatives in execution of their function. 3.06 CLEANING A. Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the work. All excess materials, debris, and equipment shall be removed from site. Repair damage resulting from concrete operations. B. Sweep concrete sidewalks and pavements; wash free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign materials immediately prior to final acceptance. C. Clean joints free of concrete and foreign matter. D. Protect concrete from damage until acceptance of work. Exclude vehicular traffic from pavement for at least 7 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain pavement as clean as pos- sible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur. Remove and replace any damaged paving. END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES WDG 2010.310 April 27, 2022 CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including general and supplementary conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Include all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services to complete chain link fencing and gates as shown on the drawings and herein specified. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Refer to Section 32 13 13, Curbs and Walks. B. Refer to Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's literature including details of all component parts and installation details for the fence and gate installation. 1.05 STANDARDS A. Industry Standards: Standards for Vinyl Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric; Standard for Industrial Steel; Specifications for Fence Posts, Gates and Accessories; Standards for Chain Link Fence Installation; as published by Chain Link Fence Manufacturer's Institute (CLFMI). American Society for Testing & Materials (ASTM). PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: All new steel and iron parts; black powder-coated after fabrication. In accordance with CLFMI, ASTM, and herein specified. 1. Fabric: Hot-dip process after fabrication or fabricated from wire zinc-coated by the electrolyticor hot-dip process. Weight of zinc coating minimum average of 1.2 ounces per square foot complying with ASTM A392. 2. Posts, rails, braces: Tubular members in accordance with ASTM A120, Schedule 40, black powder coated. 3. Accessories: In accordance with ASTM A153. 2.02 FABRIC A. Chain Link: No. 9 gauge, 8,000 psi tensile strength steel wire woven in a 2”. One piece fabric in height, no splices, heights as noted on the drawings. B. Selvage: Shall be knuckled on both selvages for all fabric. C. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Coating: ASTM F668, Class 2a or 2b black pvc finish over zinc coating. 2.03 POSTS A. End Corner 4’ and 6’ fence heights: Steel pipe, 2-7/8” O.D., 5.79 lbs. B. Line 4’ and 6’ fence heights: Steel pipe, 2-3/8” O.D., 3.65 lbs. C. Swing Gate: Steel pipe. Single or one leaf of double gate width: KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES WDG 2010.310 April 27, 2022 1. 5 feet or less: 2-7/8” O.D., 5.79 lbs. 2. 6 feet to 11 feet: 4” O.D., 9.1 lbs. 3. 12 feet to 30 feet: 6-5/8” O.D., 18.97 lbs. D. Posts: All posts shall have standard pressed steel tops designed to fit posts and carry top rail; standard of manufacturer, ASTM F626. 2.04 TOP AND BOTTOM RAILS AND BRACES A. Steel pipe, 1-5/8 inch O.D., 2.30 lbs. Couplings: 6 inch length each joint. Spring couplings, 1 coupling in 5. Form continuous brace, end-to-end of fence run. 2.05 GATE FRAMES (FOR ALL OPENINGS) A. Black Powder Coated Steel Pipe. No onsite welds. 1-7/8” O.D., 2.72 lb. per foot. Welding or fittings and rivets. Provide horizontal, diagonal and vertical members as required for rigidity. Provide truss rods where necessary. Gate shall support 300 lbs. imposed load at extreme and throughout entire range of operation without sag or damage. B. Provide method for securing all gates in open position. C. Latches: Install “Fulcrom” style latch for each gate, and hardware to accommodate heavy duty padlock. Install (1) drop rod assembly per gate frame for each gate 6’ or longer, with accompanying hole in pavement to accept cane. 2.06 STRETCHER BARS A. Steel: Vinyl-coated. Minimum size 3/16 x 3/4 inch. Provide one at each gate, end post, and gate frames end. Provide two at each corner and pull post. Bars not required for posts where mesh is woven into lock loops. B. Stretcher Bar Bands: Regular pressed steel, vinyl-coated, spaced evenly, 12 inch center maximum. Use off-set bands for all post sizes 4” and greater to provide a true fabric and rail alignment. 2.07 WIRE TIES A. Wire: 9 gauge steel, with minimum of three (3) full wraps around each connection. B. Application: 1. Line posts: 14 inch centers 2. Rails and braces: 24 inch centers 3. Tension Wire: 7 gauge hog rings, 24 inch centers 2.08 TENSION WIRE A. 7 gauge coil spring wire. Aluminum coated, class II 0.4 oz. ASTM A491. 2.09 CONCRETE A. Refer to Section 03300, Concrete. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. In accordance with manufacturer's published instructions, ASTM F567 and herein specified. B. Stake out or mark fence and gate locations for approval prior to digging footings and installation. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES WDG 2010.310 April 27, 2022 C. Set posts uniform in horizontal and vertical alignment, equally spaced, as indicated on drawings. Hold tops of all concrete footings at least 6” below finish grade. D. Where fence is integral with concrete mow strip or sidewalk, hold top of footings at bottom of paving as detailed. E. No post holes are to be left open or unguarded during installation. F. Contractor shall familiarize himself with locations of all underground utilities including irrigation. Notify Landscape Architect of any conflict encountered. G. Do not contaminate topsoil in seeded or planted areas with soil from post excavations. Use plastic sheeting or other measures to keep materials separated. Dispose of excess soils where directed. 3.02 POST FOUNDATIONS A. Concrete 1. End, Corner (4’ and 6’ fencing): 12” hole diameter, 42” deep, 36” post embedment. 2. Line (4’ and 6’ fencing): 12” hole diameter, 36” deep, 30” post embedment. 3. Gate Post: 12” hole diameter, 42” deep, 42” post embedment. 3.03 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place around posts in a continuous pour. Compact concrete by hand rodding. B. Finish tops of concrete by hand trowel to provide a sloped dome 6” below finish grade unless noted otherwise; 1” slope from post. C. Set keepers, stops, sleeves in concrete; minimum concrete coverage of items – 4” each side and 6”deeper than item. 3.04 FABRIC A. Stretch fabric taut and tie to posts, braces, rails and frames. Fastenings to terminal posts shall be with stretcher bars and fabric bands. Fastenings to line posts shall be with tie wire. Fabric rolls shall be joined only at posts and by weaving a single strand of wire into the ends of the fabric to form a continuous mesh. Mesh shall have bottom tension wire. B. Place fabric and tension wire so that maximum gap at bottom of fence is 1" from finish grade in any location unless otherwise noted on plans or details. C. Place fence fabric on play area side of posts. Request direction from Landscape Architect where necessary. D. Bend all wire ties away from area of play. Ensure no sharp or dangerous protrusions. 3.05 CLEAN UP, ADJUSTMENTS A. Remove excess earth resulting from post installations. Spread where directed. B. Clean up all concrete spills, splatter from adjacent paving, earth. Clean all parts of concrete splatter, other handling and installation contaminates. END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS IRRIGATION WDG 1614 April 27, 2022 IRRIGATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. B. Refer to Section 32 90 00 Planting and Seeding. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Furnishing and installing modifications to existing automatic irrigation system including trenching and backfill, furnishing and installing all labor and equipment and items noted on drawings and specified herein, and balancing and testing of system. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Ordinances: All local, municipal and State laws, rules, and regulation governing or relating to any portion of this work are hereby incorporated into and made a part of these specifications. Anything contained in these specifications shall not be construed to conflict with the above-mentioned rules, regulations or requirements, and where a conflict may occur, the rules regulations, or requirements of the governing code shall be adhered to. However, when these specifications and/or drawings call for or describe materials, workmanship or construction of a better quality, higher standard or larger size, these specifications and/or drawings shall take precedence over the requirements of said rules, regulations, or codes. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Products and Materials: Immediately after award of contract, provide sufficient descriptive literature/information as to all operating characteristics, including operating pressures, pressure losses, materials used in product, test certificates, special features, etc., for those products not specified by manufacturer or those submitted for approval as equal. Only the Landscape Architect can accept an item as "equal". Approval must be in writing. 1.05 PERMITS AND FEES A. Obtain all permits and pay required fees to any governmental agency having jurisdiction over the work. Arrange inspections if required by local agencies and ordinances during the course of construction. 1.06 APPROVAL A. Whenever the terms "approve" "approval" or "approved" are used in the Specification, they mean approval of Landscape Architect in writing. 1.07 RECORD IRRIGATION DRAWINGS A. General Requirements: 1. Contractor shall furnish record drawings of the complete irrigation system in accordance with the General and Special Conditions. The Landscape Architect shall provide two sets of full-size copies and one electronic version showing all irrigation work required under this contact. The copies are to be on site at all times during the construction so that Contractor can make a daily record of all work installed. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS IRRIGATION WDG 1614 April 27, 2022 2. Actual location of hidden items including valves, stub cuts, manual drains shut-off valves shall be shown on the prints by dimensions from easily identified permanent features such as buildings, curbs, fences, walks, or property lines. Drawings shall show approved manufacturer’s name and catalog number. The drawings shall be to scale and all indications shall be neat. These prints will be observed by the Landscape Architect throughout the course of work. After testing and approval of mainlines and laterals for cover-up all information noted on the prints shall be transferred to a clear full size copy with all indications recorded in a neat orderly way by Contractor. The record copy shall be turned over to the Landscape Architect for review at or before the Provisional Acceptance (punch list) of the Project. B. At the time of final inspection of the completed installation, the Contractor shall have completed revisions to the Landscape Architect’s satisfaction of the “as-built” drawings and operations manual (indicating all changes) ready to turn over to the Owner for recording purposes; this shall be accomplished prior to final payment. 1.08 JOB CONDITIONS A. Coordination with Others: 1. Water Source: Refer to Drawings, connect to stub out as shown on civil plans. 2. Sleeving: Sleeve under all paved areas, with PVC class 200 sleeves, size as shown on drawings. 3. Other Trades: Coordinate all work with that of other trades. 4. Available Water Pressure: Verify available water pressure at point of connection prior to beginning work. 1.09 PROTECTION A. Protect work, adjacent property, public, and be responsible for any damage or injury arising from this contract. B. Confine work to areas designated. Do not disturb natural vegetation outside of project limit lines. Protect all trees and shrubs within project limits not designated to be removed. Repair or replace vegetation damaged as a result of Contractor's operation to satisfaction of Owners at Contractor's expense. C. Be cognizant of all utility lines and underground obstructions. Be familiar with all utility, irrigation, mechanical, and electrical plans, so that digging/drilling operations do not damage lines. Replace or repair at Contractor's expense any existing buildings, equipment, underground utilities, walks, stairs, and/or forms damaged as a result of Contractor's operations in a manner satisfactory to the Owners before final payment is made. 1.10 GUARANTEE A. Guarantee the satisfactory operation of equipment, materials and workmanship, including restoration of the area for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance. Repair or replace any defect in equipment or workmanship occurring within that year at Contractor's expense. 1.11 TEMPORARY IRRIGATION A. Contractor to provide temporary irrigation in areas where no permanent irrigation is provided, to ensure establishment of new plants and grass. Submit method for temporarily watering plants for approval by owner prior to start of work. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS IRRIGATION WDG 1614 April 27, 2022 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Materials: All materials to be incorporated in this system shall be new and without flaws or defects and of quality and performance as specified, and meeting the requirements of the system. All pipe damaged or rejected because of defects shall be removed from the site at the time of rejections. B. Substitutions: No substitutions of smaller pipe sizes will be permitted but substitutions of larger sizes of same type at no extra cost with approval are acceptable. C. Whenever any material is specified by name or number, such specifications shall be used for the purpose of facilitating a description of the materials and establishing quality and shall be deemed and construed to be followed by the words "or approved equal." No substitutions will be permitted which have not been submitted for prior written approval of the Landscape Architect. 2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe and Fittings: PVC Pipe and Fittings: PVC compound Type 1, Grade 1, or Type 1, Grade 2, conforming to ASTM D 1784 specifications and approved and certified by the National Sanitation Foundation, all fittings Schedule 40 unless otherwise noted. Each length of PVC pipe is to be marked with an identifying extrusion "run" number and the manufacturer's name or trade name, the pipe size and schedule or class. B. PVC Solvent Weld Pipe: PVC 1120 and 1220 material, and shall have 200 psi minimum pressure rating unless otherwise indicated, with SDR 21 walls which conform to ASTM D 2241. PVC pipe with walls heavier than SDR 21 shall be installed when noted. C. PVC Threaded Pipe PVC 1120 or PVC 1220 materials, Schedule 80 conforming to ASTM D 1785. D. Plastic Pipe Fittings: Conform to ASTM D 2466, Type 1, Grade 1 or 2. Pipe may be belled on one end with the dimensions of the tapered bell conforming to ASTM D 2672. Molded fittings manufactured of the same materials as the pipe, suitable for solvent weld, unless otherwise specified. Slip fitting socket taper shall be so sized that a dry, unsoftened pipe end can be inserted no more than halfway into the socket. Plastic saddle and flange fittings not permitted. E. Solvent Weld Compound: Two-step application, with primer and solvent compounds. 2.03 IRRIGATION HEADS A. As shown on drawings. 2.04 VALVES A. Quick Coupler Valves: As shown on drawings. B. Zone Valves: Electric remote control valve as shown on drawings. Mark each valve with a permanent, zip-tied tag denoting the appropriate zone number. Tag to be similar to electrical tag logout/tagout. Provide sample for approval. 2.05 VALVE BOXES AND PROTECTIVE SLEEVES A. General: Enclose all valves and quick couplers in valve boxes, at depth of pipe provide extensions to finish grade as required. Locate in planting beds as per plan. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS IRRIGATION WDG 1614 April 27, 2022 B. Valve Boxes: As shown on drawings, Rain Bird 11x17 valve box or approved equal with bolt down locking lid. Any valve box located in lawn areas must be precast concrete. Submit for approval. C. Point of Connection: Precast concrete vault as shown on drawings. 2.06 PROTECTIVE SLEEVE WITH LOCKING CAPS A. 2"-diameter Class 160 PVC, length as required. Caps, Rainbird #63100. All drain valves and manual control valves to be enclosed in protective sleeves/locking caps. 2.07 VALVE KEYS AND VALVE BOX COVER KEYS A. Provide two complete sets of all keys required for opening or operation of valves, valve box covers, and protective sleeve cap covers. 2.08 MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Control Wire: Insulated single-strand copper, minimum AWG No. 14, 600 V UL-approved as Type UF. Copper conductor to meet or exceed ASTM B-3. Red, white, orange, and black colors must be available. Sufficient quantities must be supplied to meet splice and extra-wire requirements listed under control wire installation. Control wire size must meet or exceed Rainbird irrigation control wire specifications including length of run/size ratio. B. Splice: Make watertight electrical wire splices with 3M DBY- 6 / DBR – 6 direct burial splice kits, 600 V and UL listed. C. Electrical Tape: Black plastic, 3/4" wide, minimum of 0.007" thick, and all-weather type. D. Duct Tape: All-weather cloth tape. E. Trace Wire: Bare #10 solid copper. 2.09 DRAIN ROCK A. Unfractured rock; 100% passing 1-1/2" square sieve and 0% passing 3/4" square sieve. 2.10 BEDDING/BACKFILL MATERIAL A. Import sand, maximum particle size ¼”. Submit source and sample for approval. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Discrepancies: Upon initiation of work or at earliest time discovered, report to the Landscape Architect any deviations between the irrigation drawings and the site. Failure to do so prior to the installing of equipment, and resulting in replacing, and/or relocating, or additional equipment, shall be done at Contractor's expense. B. Installation of piping prior to establishment of correct subgrade elevations is strongly discouraged. Contractor must attain specified bury depths. C. Available Pressure Verification: Prior to the start of any work, verify the assumed static pressure at point of connection. Notify Landscape Architect in writing of pressure available for approval to proceed. D. Plant Materials: Locate irrigation lines to avoid proposed plant material locations and any existing trees. Minor field adjustments may be made by the Landscape Architect to shrubs to avoid equipment. If conflict occurs with tree pit, relocate irrigation line at no additional cost. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS IRRIGATION WDG 1614 April 27, 2022 3.02 PERFORMANCE A. Stake the sprinkler irrigation system head locations following the schematic design shown on the plans for approval before the construction begins. Alterations and changes in the layout may be expected in order to conform to the ground conditions and to obtain full and adequate coverage of water. It is understood that corrective measures may become necessary but no changes or alteration in the system as planned shall be made without the prior authorization of the Landscape Architect. B. Where connections to existing stub-outs are required make necessary adjustments in layout to connect should stubs not be located exactly as shown. Adjust layout as necessary to install around existing work. Where piping is shown to be under paved areas, but running parallel and adjacent to planted area, intention is to install piping in planted areas. Do not install directly over another line in same trench. C. Water service connections shall conform to the requirements set forth by the supplying agency, and all codes and ordinance. 3.03 TRENCHING A. Trenches shall be excavated for all pipes to provide a minimum depth of cover below finish grade as follows: 1. Mainlines 18” 2. Laterals 12” B. Excavate no wider at any point than is necessary to lay the pipe or installation equipment. Excavate with vertical sides and provide bracing and shoring as required. C. Excavate to depth required in any material encountered with no extra compensation. Provide import sand bedding to at least 4” below specified pipe depth and backfill with sand to subgrade elevation. D. Exercise care when excavating trenches near existing trees. Where roots 2" and greater in diameter are encountered, except in the direct path of the pipe, hand-excavate and tunnel. When large roots are exposed, wrap with heavy burlap for protection and to prevent excessive drying. Trenches dug by machines shall have the sides hand-trimmed, making a clean cut of the roots. All roots 1/2" and greater in diameter that are cut and trimmed shall be treated with an approved tree wound dressing. Trenches having exposed tree roots shall be backfilled within 24 hours unless adequately protected by moist burlap or canvas. E. Topsoil shall be kept separate from subsoil and shall be replaced as the top layer when backfill is made. 3.04 PIPING A. Drain Valves: Installed at Point of Connection only. Each drain to have 1/2 cu. yd. drain rock sump. Install valves as per detail. Locate sumps outside of paved areas, use off-sets if necessary. System will be winterized by compressed-air blowout throughout quick coupler. B. Pipe Placement: Plastic pipe shall be installed in a manner so as to provide for expansion and contraction as recommended by the manufacturer. Provide trace wire attached to pipe 10'-0" o.c./mainlines only. Allow 4” clearance between pipes in a common trench. Do not stack pipes vertically in a common trench. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS IRRIGATION WDG 1614 April 27, 2022 3.05 JOINTING A. General: All threaded joints (PVC or galv.) shall be sealed with Teflon tape or Rectorseal "Heavy Duty" #100 virgin Teflon thread sealing paste only (no substitutes). B. Care shall be taken to not over-tighten fittings. C. Keep interior of pipes clean and free from dirt, debris, excess solvent, pipe cuttings or burrs, and ream to full diameter. When pipe laying is not in progress, close ends of pipe. D. PVC Pipe: Use two-step solvent weld processes only, apply as per manufacturer's recommendations. E. No water shall be permitted in pipe until a period of at least 10 hours has elapsed for solvent weld-setting and curbing. F. The joints shall be allowed to cure at least 24 hours before pressure is applied to the system. G. Only factory-threaded schedule 80 PVC pipe may be connected to a threaded fitting without an adapter. H. No male PVC adapters permitted. Use only female PVC adapters with galvanized steel pipe nipples (3" min. length). Street ells permitted only for triple swing joints, and only "Marlex" Schedule 40 high-density polyethylene (no substitutes). 3.06 INSTALLATION A. General: See details for general installation requirements. Provide sufficient clearance for materials requiring maintenance. Install all materials as per manufacturer's recommendations. B. Sprinkler Head/Quick Coupler: Risers for all sprinkler heads and quick-coupler valves shall be standard triple- swing joining type as detailed; made with Schedule 80 PVC threaded fittings. 1. Minimum riser size shall be the pipe size of the sprinkler head or quick coupler. 2. All sprinkler heads and quick coupling valves shall be set perpendicular and flush to finished grades. Heads in lawn areas must be depressed ½” to avoid mower damage. 3. Spray pattern shall not overthrow onto structures, glass, parking lots, walkways, or public right-of-ways. 4. Locate heads to avoid possible damage by cars at parking zones. Heads to be installed a min. of 12” behind back of curb. 5. Heads must be located 6” away from edge of paving, curbs and buildings. 6. After Fine grading/mulching adjust all head heights as necessary. C. Valves: Enclose all valves in valve boxes except manual or drain valves which are to be enclosed in protective sleeves with locking caps. Valve box extension may be required. Install as per detail and locate precisely by dimensions to two fixed objects on as-built drawings. 1. Valve bonnet packings and bolts shall be checked and tightened before backfill. 2. Ensure valve box labels are consistent with controller zone number. D. Control Wiring Installation: Wiring between controller and automatic control valves shall conform to national Electrical Code, latest edition, and shall have a common neutral, white; and separate control conductor for each valve. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS IRRIGATION WDG 1614 April 27, 2022 1. Splices will be permitted only at junction boxes, valve boxes, or at control equipment. A minimum of 2 ft. or excess conductor shall be left at all splices, terminal, and control valves to facilitate inspection and future splicing. Encapsulate all splices with approved sealants. 2. Run a bare copper trace wire from the controller along all mainlines to the furthest zones. 3. Securely tape wire to top of main at 5' maximum intervals. 4. Provide 4 spare wires looped through entire system – labeled at each J-box and valve box. E. Clean-Up: Keep the premises free from rubbish and debris at all times, and arrange material so as not to interfere with other operations on the job site. Remove all unused material, rubbish, and debris from the site. 3.07 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING A. General: 1. To be valid, the pressure tests must be performance under the direction of the Landscape Architect. The Contractor must give 48 hour notice to the Landscape Architect when inspection is required. The location, inspection and testing provisions for these specifications will be strictly adhered to. 2. If, for any reason, any part of the sprinkler system is backfilled before location, testing, or inspection, it must be completely uncovered and exposed until approved for backfilling by Landscape Architect. 3. The Landscape Architect reserves the right to direct the removal and replacement of any items which, in his opinion, do not present an orderly, reasonably neat, or workmanlike appearance, provided such items can be properly installed in such orderly way by the usual methods in such work. Such removal and replacement shall be done, when directed in writing, at the Contractor's expense without additional cost to the Owner. B. Preliminary Inspection/Pressure Testing: 1. Prior to request for preliminary inspection of arrival of Landscape Architect, accomplish the following: a. All pipe and valves (including drain valves and quick couplers) and all other equipment except sprinkler heads in place. b. Cap all risers except first riser from valve on each lateral (one uncapped riser per lateral), typical. c. Purge all air from main lines. C. Test of Mains and Valves: With all valves in place and closed, test at 150 psi minimum for 30 minutes without introduction of additional service or pumping pressure. Testing shall be done with one pressure gauge installed on the line where directed by Landscape Architect. Lines which show loss of pressure exceeding 5 psi at the end of specified test periods shall be rejected. The Contractor shall correct installations rejects, and retesting will be performed as specified herein. D. Test of Laterals: Purge all air from laterals and cap all risers. Open valves and bring system to line pressure. Install a pressure gauge and test at design operating pressure for 30 minutes. Maximum 5 psi loss. E. Rejected Systems: Rejected systems or portions of systems require repair and retesting in the manner specified. F. Final Inspection/Operations and Coverage Check: Prior to request for final inspection or arrival of Landscape Architect, accomplish the following: KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS IRRIGATION WDG 1614 April 27, 2022 1. Complete all work, including balancing, adjusting the system (pressure reducing valves, flow adjustment keys, nozzles, etc.) to provide optimum coverage without fogging. 2. Coverage Check: Operate each zone of the system for the Landscape Architect's inspection. Head to head sprinkler coverage must be observable. No observable fogging shall be present. No sprinkler head blockage from plant foliage or other obstructions shall be present. 3.08 SYSTEMS OPERATION ORIENTATION A. At time of and as part of the final inspection, conduct a training and orientation session for the Owner covering the operation, adjustment and maintenance of the irrigation system. The "as-built" plans and operations manual shall be reviewed and all features explained. The Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing two weeks prior to the training and orientation session. The date and time of the session shall be subject to approval of the Landscape Architect. B. Provide a weekly watering schedule for each zone covering growing seasons during first two years of operation. END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PLANTING AND SEEDING WDG 2010.310 April 27, 2022 PLANTING AND SEEDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. Note: Prior to bidding the work of this Section, Contractors shall visit the site to generally familiarize themselves with existing conditions, soils, slope, access, and other readily apparent site conditions. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work includes all materials, equipment and labor necessary for: decompaction, placing topsoil, finish grading, rock and gravel placement, planting of trees, shrubs and ground covers; seeding, protection, maintenance, guarantee and replacement; extended maintenance and related items necessary to complete the work indicated on the drawings and/or specified. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Plant Material: All plant material, Washington Grade No. 1 as per State of Washington Department of agriculture Order Numbers 1229, 1230 and 1322. Quality, size and condition as determined by standards set forth in the aforementioned Standards and the American Association of Nurserymen Standard ANSI 260.1- 1973. Plant names shall conform to latest edition of "Standardized Plant Names" as adopted by American Joint Committee of Horticulture Nomenclature. 1. Fertilizer: Conform to Washington State Department of Agriculture Laws and Federal Specification O-F- 241D pertaining to commercial fertilizers. 2. Soil: Conform to USDA soil textural class. 3. Seed: Conform to Washington State Department of Agriculture Rules for Seed Certification. 4. Compost: Compost to be certified in accordance with U.S. Compost Council Seal of Testing Assurance (STA) program. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. All Plant Materials: All plant material shall be ordered immediately following the award of contract. Contractor responsible for assuring that plants of specified sizes and quantities will, in fact, be as specified at the time of planting. Provide the Owner with copies of purchase orders for all plants delivered to the site. 1. Within 30 days after award of contract, submit documentation that all plant material and seed has been ordered. B. Topsoil: Submit one half gallon sample of import topsoil mix. C. Mulch: Submit one half gallon sample of mulch for approval of Landscape Architect. 1.05 SOIL TEST REQUIREMENTS A. Soil testing to be performed on all topsoil mixes and their components not more than 90 days prior to installation. Provide a second test and soil sample at delivery of material to the site. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PLANTING AND SEEDING WDG 2010.310 April 27, 2022 B. Topsoil Analysis: Furnish complete soil analysis on the final mix of full topsoil components and provide a written report by a qualified soil-testing laboratory stating the following: 1. pH. 2. C:N Ratio. 3. Percentage of organic matter by weight LOI (loss on ignition), ASTM D 2974 Method D. 4. Gradation of sand, silt and clay content per USDA soil texture classification. 5. Cation exchange capacity. 6. Maximum exchangeable sodium. 7. Maximum electrical conductivity. 8. Sodium absorption ratio. 9. Deleterious material. 10. Mineral and plan-nutrient content of the soil. C. Soil Nutrient Analysis: 1. Soil Nutrient Analysis to include levels of the following nutrients: Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Potassium, Calcium, Magnesium, Sulfur, Boron, Chlorine, Cobalt, Copper, Iron, Manganese, Molybdenum, and Zinc. 2. Based upon test results, provide recommendations for soil treatments and soil amendments. State recommendations in weight per 100 sq. ft., or volume per cu. yd. for nitrogen, phosphorus, and potash nutrients, and soil amendments to be added to produce satisfactory soil suitable for healthy, viable plants. 3. Report presence of problem salts, minerals, or heavy metals, including aluminum, arsenic, barium, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, lead, lithium, and vanadium. If such problem materials are present, provide additional recommendations for corrective actions. 4. Analysis of heavy metals and other toxics per WAC 173-340. 5. State suitability of tested soil for plant growth. D. Infiltration test/ Hydraulic Conductivity: Provide test results for bio-retention soil mix per ASTM D2434 at 85% compaction per ASTM D 1557. E. Compost Analysis: tests to be performed not more than 3 months prior to installation. Provide test results for the following: 1. Organic content by percent of dry weight LOI (loss on ignition), ASTM D 2974 Method D. 2. Moisture content. 3. C:N Ratio. 4. pH. 5. Soluble Salt Concentration. 6. Ammonium nitrogen. 7. Nitrate Nitrogen. 8. Particle size Sieve analysis per USDA soil texture classification. 9. Stability – Carbon Dioxide Evolution Rate. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PLANTING AND SEEDING WDG 2010.310 April 27, 2022 10. Maturity. 11. Seed Emergence and Seedling Vigor. 12. Bulk density. 13. Nutrient content of N-P-K. 14. Provide verification of manufactured compost satisfying definition of “composted materials” per WAC 173-350 section 220, and is not derived from Type 4 feedstocks. 15. Provide verification of manufactured compost meeting the US Composting Council’s “Seal of Testing Assurance” (STA) program. 16. Analysis of heavy metals and other toxics per WAC 173-340 MTCA. 17. Provide documentation that all stock piled compost remains covered during processing. 18. Provide documentation that compost has been aged minimum of 6 months. F. Soil-Testing Laboratory Qualifications: An independent or university laboratory, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated. The testing laboratory shall be an approved laboratory through the North American Proficiency Testing Performance Assessment Program (NAPT-PAP) and shall be affiliated with one of the following: 1. National Society of Consulting Soil Scientists (NSCSS). 2. Soil Science Society of America (SSSA). 1.06 PROTECTION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Protect work, adjacent property, public, and be responsible for any damage or injury arising from this contract due to actions or neglect. 1.07 SCHEDULING A. Upon commencing work, the General Contractor shall examine the site and protect all trees, shrubs and other areas designated to remain in a manner substantial enough to resist the forces of construction equipment that will be on site. B. Confine work to areas designated. Do not disturb existing vegetation outside of project limit lines. Protect all trees within project limits not designated to be removed. Repair or replace vegetation damaged as a result of Contractor's operation to satisfaction of Owner at Contractor's expense. 1. Contractor shall install temporary fencing at dripline of trees to remain prior to grading. C. Contractor shall be cognizant of all utility lines and underground obstructions. He shall familiarize himself with all utility, irrigation, mechanical, and electrical plans so that his digging/drilling operations do not damage lines. Repair or replacement by original installer shall be made at Contractor's expense for all existing buildings, equipment, underground utilities, irrigation equipment, paving, surfacing, stairs, and/or forms damaged as a result of Contractor's operations in a manner satisfactory to the Owner before final payment is made. D. Protect plants, roots, balls and tips at all times from injury in handling, from sun or drying winds from beginning of digging operations, during transportation and on site until final planting. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PLANTING AND SEEDING WDG 2010.310 April 27, 2022 E. Provide all necessary safeguards, as approved and/or required by the Landscape Architect, for the protection of all planted areas until provisional inspection/acceptance is accomplished, or for such time as it requires to assure vigorous establishment of the plant material. 1.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND REVIEW A. Notification: The Contractor shall give 48 hours’ notice to the Landscape Architect when an inspection is desired. B. Inspections: 1. Rough Grades: Landscape Architect will review subgrades prior to placement of topsoil. 2. Rototilling: Landscape Architect will review Contractor’s tilling and soil incorporation methods prior to establishment of finish grades. 3. Finish Grades: Landscape Architect will review finish grade prior to any planting or seeding. 4. Plant Material: Landscape Architect will review and approve all plant material at the site prior to installation. Remove unsatisfactory material from site immediately. 5. Plant Locations: Landscape Architect will review, adjust and approve plant locations prior to installation. 1.09 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. All plant material to be installed prior to project date of substantial completion. B. All lawns to be seeded prior to project date of substantial completion. 1.10 PROVISIONAL REVIEW (PUNCH LIST) A. Upon completion of all planting, seeding, and all other work (if any) required under the contract, the Contractor shall request a provisional inspection. No partial approvals will be given. 1.11 FINAL REVIEW A. The Contractor shall request a final inspection upon satisfactory completion of all work required under this contract, including all punch list items. Included in this requirement is that all lawn areas are fully established, being full and vigorous with no bare spots whatsoever. A minimum of two mowings shall have taken place prior to request of review. Final review and acceptance of the work shall establish the beginning of the guarantee period. 1.12 GUARANTEE REPLACEMENT A. Plant Material: Guarantee in a healthy, thriving condition all trees, shrubs and groundcovers for one year from date of final acceptance. Plant containers and root balls shall be free of all weeds. Any plants requiring replacement or missing must be installed prior to final acceptance and start of guarantee period. During the guarantee period, all dead diseased, dying, broken or disappeared plant materials from any cause except those noted below shall be replaced immediately by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Owner. Use specified plants and plant as specified; guarantee until active, healthy growth is evident. The Landscape Architect shall determine if a tree or shrub is dead based on the following; KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PLANTING AND SEEDING WDG 2010.310 April 27, 2022 A tree shall be considered dying or dead when the main leader has died back, or a minimum of 25 percent of the crown has died or been damaged. A shrub or groundcover shall be considered dying or dead when a minimum of 25 percent of the plant root ball and/or branching has died or been damaged. B. Seeded Areas: Guarantee a uniform stand of grass with no bare spots whatsoever in seeded areas at time of provisional review (Punch list). Reseed with the seed and in the manner originally specified any area which fails to vigorously establish a uniform stand for any reason whatsoever. Fill to finish grade with approved topsoil and seed as specified all seeded areas with evidence of settlement or erosion. Repeat all such reseeding until final acceptance at Contractor's expense. C. Contractor's Responsibility: During guarantee period, Contractor shall not be responsible for replacing plants destroyed or damaged by vandalism or accidents caused by vehicles other than the Contractor's, or Acts of God, or severe cold as substantiated by 25 year low temperature records (exceeding 25 year low), provided that Contractor has exercised due care to protect work. Should replacement fall due during non-planting season, contractor may request Owner's permission to defer planting until proper season. If permission is granted, immediately remove and dispose of dead plants, including all roots. Holes shall be backfilled properly with planting mix and finished graded until proper planting season occur. Plants used for replacement shall be of same kind and size originally planted and they shall be planted as originally specified. D. Watering: In non-irrigated areas, provide temporary irrigation and water as required to germinate seed and create a healthy vigorous stand of grass and to establish all new plantings. Water all areas up until final acceptance and through the maintenance period. Contractor’s temporary irrigation measures must be sufficient to water all areas once daily. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SOIL A. Import Topsoil consisting of a well-blended mix of 50% sandy loam, 25% fully composted yard waste, and 25% sand. Test a representative sample of the import topsoil for N, P, K, PH trace minerals and percentage of organic material via loss on combustion method using comprehensive soil analysis test. Request report recommending amendments, fertilizer and trace materials to correct deficiencies. Amend the topsoil as per the report, modifying the basic list of amendments under fertilizer at no additional cost. Provide a recent copy of soil report with required sample that is not more than 3 months old. B. Compost shall meet the following physical and chemical criteria: 1. The material shall be visually free of manufactured inerts such as glass, metal and plastic and shall be less than 1.0-percent by weight as determined by U.S. Composting Council TMECC 03.08-A “Classification of Inerts by Sieve Size,” and visually free of identifiable grass or leaf fragments. 2. The material shall be visually free of manufactured inerts such as glass, metal and plastic. 3. No fresh sawdust or other fresh wood by-products shall be added to extend the volume after the composting process. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PLANTING AND SEEDING WDG 2010.310 April 27, 2022 4. Compost shall be prepared by the controlled decomposition of organic materials. Acceptable feedstocks include, but are not limited to, yard debris, wood waste, land-clearing debris, brush, branches, manure, food residuals, and forest by-products. Type 4 feedstocks are not acceptable. 5. The product shall have a uniform, dark, soil-like appearance and an earthy loam-like odor. No ammonia or putrid smells shall be present. 6. Compost for the approved rates listed above must meet the definition for “composted materials” in WAC Chapter 173-350 Section 220 or manufactured topsoil. 7. Compost must meet the standards of the US Composting Council’s “Seal of Testing Assurance” (STA) program. 8. No Class B biosolids shall be included. 9. Compost shall comply with all applicable public health standards and be obtained from a compost facility that holds a solid-waste handling permit from the health department with jurisdiction. 10. Compost must include a minimum of 65-percent by volume “Type 1 Feedstocks” in WAC 173-350. The manufacturer shall provide a list of feedstock sources by percentage in the final compost product. a. Yard waste shall be from a permitted composting facility such as Cedar Grove or approved equal. b. Material derived from aerobic decomposition of recycled plant waste fully composted for a minimum of 6 months between 131 F and 165 F; materials shall have a moisture content such that no visible free water or dust is produced when added after the composting process has begun. Product Parameters Specification Range Sieve Analysis 100% passing through a 3” sieve, 70-100% passing through a ¾” sieve, 40-60% passing through a ¼” sieve 6” Max. Particle size Organic Matter 40-60% of dry weight (LOI) pH 5.5-7.5pH Units Tested in accordance with U.S. Composting Council TMECC 04.11-A, “1:5 Slurry pH.” C:N Ratio 12:1-35:1 Carbon to nitrogen ratio Tested in accordance with U.S. Composting Council TMECC 04.01, “Total Carbon” and 04.02-D “Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen” Soluble Salt Concentration < 4 dS/m (mmhos/cm) Tested in accordance with U.S. Composting TMECC 04.10 “Electrical Conductivity.” Moisture Content 40-60% wet weight basis Ammonium nitrogen <500 ppm KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PLANTING AND SEEDING WDG 2010.310 April 27, 2022 Nitrate nitrogen Report amount ppm Stability < 8 Mg CO2-C per g OM per day Tested in accordance with U.S. Composting Council TMECC 05.08-B “Carbon Dioxide Evolution Rate.” Maturity Minimum 80% relative to positive control Tested in accordance with U.S. Composting Council TMECC 05.05-A, “Germination and Root Elongation.” (Seedling Vigor and Emergence) Select Pathogen Salmonella < 3 MPN per 4 grams of total solids Per WAC 173-350-220 Table B C. Sand: Clean, washed, natural or manufactured sand, free of toxic materials. 1. Coarse sand is comprised of the following: Item Size in mm Percentage Fine Gravel 2.0-3.4 mm 0-10% Very Coarse Sand 1.0-2.0 mm Coarse Sand 0.5-1.0 mm 50-60% Medium Sand 0.25-0.50 mm Fine Sand 0.15-0.25 mm 10-20% Very Fine Sand 0.05-0.15 mm 0-5% Silt 0.002-0.05 mm 0-5% Clay Less than 0.002 mm 0-3% Total Fines Very fine sand + silt + clay 0-10% D. Sandy Loam: Screened, sandy loam with min. 8% organic matter dry weight. Free draining with max. 20% passing a 200 screen. Free of weeds, sticks, seeds, clay lumps or any material over 2” diameter. 2.02 PLANTS A. Quantities, species and varieties, size and condition as shown on planting plan and schedule. Plants to be Washington Grade No. 1, fresh, well foliaged, in prime condition when in leaf, exhibiting normal habit of growth, having all buds intact and free of disease, injury, insects, insect eggs, larva, indication of strawberry root weevil, all seeds and weed roots. B. All plants shall be from stock which has been acclimated to conditions prevailing at the project and which has been consistently cultivated and grown in these conditions. No cold storage plants; all grafted trees to be grafted at ground level. C. Ball and burlapped (B&B) stock to have a natural ball sufficient to insure survival and healthy growth; bare root (BR) materials to have sufficient root system to insure survival and healthy growth. Containerized stock must be free of large circling roots. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PLANTING AND SEEDING WDG 2010.310 April 27, 2022 D. Substitutions are strongly discouraged. No substitutions shall be made without the written approval of the Landscape Architect. Requests for substitutions must be made at the time that documentation of ordered plant material is provided. The substitution request must be accompanied by written proof from at least five major plant suppliers that the plant is not available. E. Plants must be installed no more than 30 days after delivery to site. Provide adequate water by temporary means to keep plants in top condition. Store plants in protected location away from hot sun and strong, drying wind. 2.03 SEED MIXES A. Lawn Seed Mix: Minimum three Cultivars (1/3 of each) as approved. Seed at minimum rate of 8 lbs./1000 s.f. or greater if recommended by Supplier. Proportions Percent Percent by Weight Purity Germination Regenerating Perennial Rye (RPR) 85% 98% 90% Kentucky Bluegrass 15% 98% 90% B. Hydromulch: Silva-fiber or approved at minimum rate of 2000 lbs/acre. C. Tackifier: Use on all sloped areas steeper than 5:1 at manufacturers suggested rate. D. Pond Seed Mix: TBA Proportions Percent Percent by Weight Purity Germination _____________________ % % % _____________________ % % % Seed available through Agrivestment LTD. 2.04 FERTILIZERS AND SOIL AMENDMENTS A. General: Approved brands conforming to applicable State fertilizer laws. Uniform in composition, dry, free- flowing, delivered to the site in original unopened containers, each bearing the manufacturer's guaranteed analysis. All fertilizers must be EPA approved. Fertilizer needs to be based on results of soil test B. Trees, Shrubs and Ground Cover: 1. Formula 4.2.2 "Transplanter" as manufactured by Pacific Agro Co., with Hercules Nitroform and W.R. Grace's "Magamp" and trace elements. Apply at rate of: Trees: 8 oz. Shrubs: 4 oz. Ground Cover: 2 oz. C. Agriform Tablets: Planting tablets, 21-gram size, as manufactured by Agriform International Chemicals, Inc., 20-10-5 analysis. Apply at the rate of: Trees: 4 tablets Shrubs: 2 tablets KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PLANTING AND SEEDING WDG 2010.310 April 27, 2022 Ground Cover: 1 tablet D. Seeded Areas: 1. Installation Fertilizer (Fertilizer ‘A’): Total available Nitrogen: 16% by weight (of which 50% is derived from controlled release sources including Nutralene.) Total available phosphorous: 16% by weight. Total available potassium: 16% by weight. E. Maintenance Fertilizer: 1. Initial Fertilizer (Fertilizer ‘B’): Total available Nitrogen: 21% by weight (of which 50% is derived from controlled release sources.) Total available Phosphorous: 12% by weight. Total available Potassium: 12% by weight. 2. Follow-up Fertilizer (Fertilizer ‘C’): Nitrogen: 19% by weight. Phosphorous: 4% by weight. Potassium: 16% by weight. F. Dolomitic Limestone at minimum rate of 50 lbs. per 1,000 square foot. Gypsum to counteract salinity as recommended in report. G. Other amendments as recommended in report; adjust the basic quantities of the following micronutrients as recommended in the report: iron, manganese, molybdenum, copper, zinc and boron. H. See also Fertilizer Requirements under Maintenance. 2.05 STAKES AND GUYS A. Material as per detail on plans. 2.06 WOOD CHIP MULCH A. “Arborist Chips”, chipped woody material approximately 1 to 3 inches in maximum dimension (not sawdust or coarse hog fuel). Mulch shall not contain appreciable quantities of weeds, garbage, plastic, metal, soil and dimensional lumber or construction/demolition debris. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Subgrade shall be reviewed and approved by Owner or authorized representative prior to topsoil placement and finish grading. 3.02 DECOMPACTION/OVEREXCAVATION A. Wherever landscape is proposed over compacted areas that were previously paved, buildings, construction traffic areas, contractor staging areas or areas otherwise detrimental to plant establishment, the contractor shall completely remove all remnants of paving, crushed rock, quarry spalls, contaminants or other non-native KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PLANTING AND SEEDING WDG 2010.310 April 27, 2022 material as directed by the architect. Loosen the soil in these areas to a minimum depth of 12” below subgrade using mechanical means. 3.03 SUBGRADE A. Sub grades, shall be below finish grade as indicated below to accept required depth of soil and mulch. Prior to placing topsoil, remove all rocks and sticks over 2" diameter. Take care not to damage existing tree and shrub roots. 1. The following amounts of topsoil and mulch shall be applied: Seeded areas - 8" import topsoil. Planting beds - 8" import topsoil, 3” mulch. B. Fine grade all planting areas as necessary to complete all planting operations. Establish finish grades in accordance with elevations shown in the drawings, insuring that no pockets or surface irregularities create obstructions to positive drainage. Insure positive drainage away from building. Obtain approval of finish grades prior to all seeding or planting. 3.04 TOPSOIL PLACEMENT (GENERAL) A. Place 4” of specified import topsoil uniformly over entire planting and seeded areas, and thoroughly roto-till to a depth of 6” to incorporate subsoil with topsoil, paying special attention to thoroughly mix and loosen soil in areas compacted by construction. Contractor to request review by Landscape Architect of tilling and soil incorporation methods prior to placement of second lift of topsoil. B. Place remaining 4” import topsoil over entire rototilled area after review by Landscape Architect. C. Rake, float, drag, roll and perform all necessary operations to remove surface irregularities and to provide a firm, smooth surface with positive surface drainage. Remove all rocks, sticks and other debris 2" and larger in planting areas and in lawn areas. Box drag and hand rake all seeded areas. D. Finish grade after installation of topsoil and mulch shall be 1/2" below adjacent paved surfaces unless otherwise specified or detailed. 3.05 MULCH A. Place 3” depth of mulch in all new planting beds and around existing trees throughout areas shown on plan to remain. Avoid burying trunks of trees. Feather the mulch into surrounding new landscape areas to create smooth, even transitions. 3.06 PERFORMANCE A. Planting and Plant Relocation Time: Plant trees, shrubs, groundcover and lawn during periods which are normal for such work, as determined by season, weather conditions, and accepted practice. At the option and on the full responsibility of the subcontractor, planting operations may be conducted under unseasonable conditions without additional compensation. B. Plant Locations: After placement of topsoil, stake tree locations and position shrubs above ground as per drawings for approval of Landscape Architect. Make field adjustments to avoid obstructions to planting. Landscape Architect reserves the right to field adjust plant locations prior to planting. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PLANTING AND SEEDING WDG 2010.310 April 27, 2022 C. Planting Trees: Excavate tree pits 6" deeper and twice the diameter of the root ball. Excavated soil shall be removed from the site. Thoroughly scarify bottom of pits by shovel cutting to a depth of 12". Sides of pits shall also be shovel cut to help root penetration. Establish a firm mound to position the top of the root ball flush with finish grade of mulch layer. D. Place tree in upright position in center of pit, release root covering or spread roots. If wire cages are present, remove completely and dispose from site. Roots of trees shall be so placed as to have a natural spread and distribution and planting mix shall be carefully, thoroughly packed and puddled around them. Take care not to injure root system while backfilling and compacting. After water settles, fill again with planting mix and water compact to a grade of not more than 1/2" higher than the original ball. In seeded areas, finish grade smooth with surrounding area. Provide 3' diameter, 3” depth mulched circle around all trees in seeded areas. 1. Fertilize trees at the soils test recommended rate applied uniformly around circumference of root spread under a cover of 2" of planting mix. Apply Agriform tablets and soil polymers per manufacturer’s recommendations. Stake and guy trees immediately after planting as detailed. All supports and trees shall stand vertical. E. Planting Shrubs and Ground Covers: After topsoil placement and approval of finish grade, excavate planting pockets at locations shown on drawings and as directed to a diameter of twice the root spread and to a depth that will insure a 3-inch cushion of compacted planting mix below the root ball. Dispose of excavated soil on site as directed. 1. Set plants upright in center of hole flush with finish grade, release root covering or spread roots. The roots of the plant shall be placed as to have a natural spread and distribution. Backfill with planting mix and provide slight depression as watering saucer. Care shall be taken not to injure the root system while backfilling and compacting the planting mix. 2. Fertilize at the specified rate applied uniformly around the circumference of the roof spread under a cover of 2" of planting mix. Apply Agriform tablets and soil polymers per manufacturer’s recommendations. Plant ground cover plants at spacing indicated in straight, evenly spaced rows. F. Seed Bed Preparations: Apply Installation Fertilizer ‘A’ and dolomite limestone at the soils test recommended rate. Add other fertilizers as recommended in soils report. Rake to incorporate. Finish surfaces by raking smooth and even; lightly compact with roller. Level out surface undulations and irregularities to tolerances specified in Section 02200 and compact again as necessary. G. Seeding: After approval of finish grade, seed at the rate specified. Seed all areas using hydro-seeder and hydro-mulch at rate specified under Hydro-mulch Section. H. Timing: Seed only from March 15 to October 15, or as approved by Owner’s representative. All seeding must be complete prior to project substantial completion date. I. Protection: Protect against harm from wind, storm water and trespassing. Treat and reseed damaged portions as required. Reseed as many times as necessary to achieve Guaranteed Replacement. Post signage indicating new KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PLANTING AND SEEDING WDG 2010.310 April 27, 2022 seeding as necessary to prevent trespassing. Provide temporary orange construction fencing around seeded areas, until grass has become fully established as determined by the Landscape Architect. J. Initial Maintenance Fertilization (Fertilization ‘B’): Apply fertilizer at the rate of 2-1/2 lbs. per 1,000 square feet after the first mowing. Apply once each week through the third mowing, minimum three applications. K. Follow-up Maintenance Fertilization (Fertilizer ‘C’): Apply fertilizer at the rate of 8 lbs. per 1,000 square feet on week after the last application of Fertilizer ‘B’. L. Reseeding: In areas which were seeded after October 15th, reseed and re-fertilize all areas where coverage is weak or sparse, as directed in the spring of the following year, and repair any settlement and/or erosion channels. M. Ongoing Maintenance: Contractor shall continue to maintain turf areas until 60 days from substantial completion. See additional requirements under Maintenance N. Mulching: Immediately after completion of all planting, mulch all new planted areas to a minimum compacted depth of 3". Refer to site details for proper relationship of finished grade to adjacent paved areas, 1/2" below curbs/walks unless indicated otherwise. O. Pruning, Repair and Weeding: Upon completion of the work under this contract, all existing and new trees and shrubs shall be pruned as directed by Landscape Architect to control size, remove dead or damaged branching or to correct overall form. 1. Pruning shall be done in such a manner as not to change the natural habit or shape of the plant. All cuts shall be made flush, leaving no stubs. On all cuts over 3/4" in diameter and bruises or scars on the bark, the injured cambium shall be traced back to living tissue and removed. Wounds shall be smoothed and shaped so as not to retain water, and the treated area shall be coated with approved tree wound compound. 3.07 MAINTENANCE A. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to continuously and vigorously maintain all the landscaped areas of this contract from time of installation until 60 days after substantial completion of last phase of the entire project. Contractor to continue to maintain completed phases of work by continually weeding and watering on a weekly basis. Apply fertilizer at start of spring, summer and fall seasons throughout project duration. Apply additional mulch by topping off where necessary to ensure all areas have 3” bark mulch at end of maintenance period. Sweep pavement clean and remove dead plants as directed by the Landscape Architect, who shall record plants removed. All plants shall be watered by thorough sprinkling as needed to keep the ground moist, the plants healthy, and to prevent wilting, including watering in areas not fully covered by an automatic irrigation system. Care shall be exercised to prevent soil erosion. B. Provide temporary irrigation as needed to all areas not covered by permanent irrigation system. Temporary irrigation provisions shall be sufficient to water all areas at least once daily. Watering methods shall be designed to minimize overspray on to paved surfaces or established landscape areas. Design of temporary irrigation shall be subject to approval by Landscape Architect. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SITE ACCESS ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS PLANTING AND SEEDING WDG 2010.310 April 27, 2022 C. Seeded Areas: Maintain by watering, weekly mowing (remove all clippings) continuous weeding, reseeding, fertilizing, herbicide treatment, rolling and top dressing, and other necessary operations to establish and maintain an even, dark green, deep rooted, thick and vigorous stand of grass. Temporarily water any areas that are not irrigated, until establishment. 1. Replace any seeded areas which fail to show vigorous growth. Fill and seed all areas which settle, as specified. At the end of the maintenance period and prior to acceptance, the seeded areas shall be a flourishing, dense, vigorous, uniform, deeply rooted thick stand of specified grass with no bare spots and no weeds whatsoever. 2. There shall be no foot or vehicle traffic on the seeded area whatsoever. Install a temporary 6’ height chain link fence or approved alternative around all lawn areas until fully established. Maintain barriers around seeded areas until established, then remove from site. Ensure safety to public throughout duration of use. 3. Trees: Maintain in a vigorous, thriving condition by watering, pruning, cultivating, fertilizing, spraying, and other necessary operations. Spraying shall be done only as required and as approved by the Landscape Architect. Plants will not be accepted until active growth is evident. All tree supports, guys, tree wrap, etc., shall be kept intact and adjusted as required and effect in maintaining firm support throughout the guarantee period. 4. Clean-up: A general clean-up shall be made immediately after and as part of all work done in the area. The clean-up shall include the entire area under this contract. Adjacent areas shall be cleaned to the extent that the work done under the contract may scatter litter. Such clean-up shall include pick-up and removal from the contract area of all clippings, trimmings, leaves, and all other litter and debris originating from any source whatsoever. Remove flag labels from all plant material. END OF SECTION KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 33 40 00, Page 1 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 27, 2022 STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation: Prepared for the Arlington School District by Nelson Geotechnical Associates, Inc and located in Division 1 of the Project Manual. C. Contractor shall obtain a copy of the City of Arlington Design and Construction Standards and Specifications and keep on site for reference during construction. D. The Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction and the Standard Drawings for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, Current Edition, published jointly by Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association. 1. The General Conditions shall rule where conflicts exist between the Arlington Standards and/or (WSDOT) Standard Specifications and the General Conditions. The provisions of the Technical Specifications included herewith shall govern where conflicts exist between them and the City of Arlington Design and Construction Standards and Specifications and/or (WSDOT) Standard Specifications. 2. Measurement and payment provisions and safety program submittals included in Standard Specifications (WSDOT) do not apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes gravity-flow, nonpressure storm drainage outside the building, with the following components: 1. Precast concrete catch basins and manholes. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. CPEP: Corrugated Polyethylene Plastic. B. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. C. WSDOT: Standard Specifications. D. NPS: Nominal Pipe Size. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for storm drainage system materials and products. B. Shop Drawings: (None required). C. Field quality-control test reports- (None required). D. Note: mark the submittals to indicate item type, size, etc for which review is required. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handle manholes and basins according to manufacturer's written rigging instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING MATERIALS A. Refer to 3.02 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, fitting, and joining materials. 2.02 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Corrugated PE Pipe (CPEP) and Fittings NPS 10 and Smaller: AASHTO M 252M, Type S, with smooth waterway for coupling joints. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 33 40 00, Page 2 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 27, 2022 B. Corrugated PE Pipe (CPEP) and Fittings NPS 12 to NPS 36: AASHTO M 294M, Type S, with smooth waterway for coupling joints. 1. Silt tight Couplings: PE sleeve with ASTM D 1056, Type 2, Class A, Grade 2 gasket material that mates with tube and fittings. C. PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings per WSDOT 5-05.1(5) except that 12” pipe will be allowed. 1. ASTM D 3034, SDR 35, with bell-and-spigot ends for gasketed joints with ASTM F 477, elastomeric seals. D. Perforated PVC Pipe and Fittings 1. Per WSDOT 9-05.2(6) except that 12” pipe will be allowed. 2. ASTM D 3034, SDR 35, with bell-and-spigot ends for gasketed joints with ASTM F 477, elastomeric seals. E. Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 1. Per WSDOT 9-05.13. 2.03 CATCH BASINS A. Standard Precast Concrete Catch Basins Inlets and manholes of sizes and types called out on the plans shall conform to WSDOT Section 7-05 & 9-12.5. ASTM C 478, precast, reinforced concrete, of depth indicated, with provision for sealant joints. B. Standard Precast Concrete Catch Basins: 1. Type I Catch Basin shall be per City of Arlington Standard Plan SD-020. 2. Type IL Catch Basin shall be per City of Arlington Standard Plan SD-030. 3. Type II Catch Basin shall be per City of Arlington Standard Plan SD-040. C. Grade Rings: Include 2 or 3 reinforced-concrete rings, of 6 to 9-inch total thickness, to match catch basin frame and cover. D. Frames and Grates: ASTM A 536, Grade 60-40-18, ductile iron designed for A -16 structural loading. 1. Herringbone Grate per City of Arlington Standard Plan SD-060. 2.04 FLOW CONTROL MANHOLE A. Provide appurtenances for existing Flow Control Manhole per plan details and in accordance with City of Arlington Standard Detail SD-150. 2.05 INTERCEPTOR TRENCH A. Provide drain rock lined interceptor trench per plan detail. B. Place drainage geotextile between trench edges and drain rock per plan detail and Earth Moving specifi- cations. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EARTHWORK A. Excavation, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." 3.02 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Gravity-Flow, Nonpressure Sewer Piping: Use the following pipe materials for each size as indicated on the drawings: 1. NPS 4 to NPS 8: PVC sewer pipe and fittings (solid or perforated), gaskets, and gasketed joints. 3.03 PIPING INSTALLATION A. General: Install piping per Section 7-08 of the Standard Specifications. B. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans and details indicate location and arrangement of underground storm drainage piping. Location and arrangement of piping layout take design considerations into account. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 33 40 00, Page 3 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 27, 2022 C. Install piping beginning at low point, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. D. Mark location of capped pipe ends using a full-length (8’, 10’ 12’) 2X4 set at the pipe invert level. Choose, and mark length on the board legibly, length of board so that 2’ to 4’ of board shows above subgrade. Paint upper 1-foot of board white. Note with heavy black marking pen the length of the 2x4 used and the pipe type (sewer, storm sewer, water, etc.) and bring locate wire and or tape above subgrade surface and wrap around 2X4 so it can be seen. E. Set frames and grates to elevations indicated on plans. 3.04 CATCH BASIN AND YARD DRAIN INSTALLATION A. General: Install catch basins and yard drains complete with appurtenances and accessories indicated per City of Arlington Standard detail for type indicated on drawing. 3.05 INTERCEPTOR TRENCH A, Install interceptor trench per plan detail. B. See Earth Moving specifications for soil and geotextile materials. 3.06 FLOW CONTROL MANHOLE A. Provide new flow control tee in accordance with plan detail. B. Remove lid to replace tee and then reset lid. Final condition of structure and surrounding area (pavement repair, curb repair, etc) shall equal the original condition and meet City of Arlington standards as listed in Chapter 3. 3.07 IDENTIFICATION A. Materials and their installation are specified in division 2 Section "Earthwork." Arrange for installation of green warning tape 1-foot directly over piping and at outside edge of underground structures. 1. Use detectable warning tape over nonferrous piping and over edges of underground structures. 2. Use warning tape or detectable warning tape over ferrous piping. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect interior of piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred. Inspect after approximately 24 inches or plan depth of compacted backfill is in place and again at completion of Project. 1. Defects requiring correction include the following: a. Alignment: Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visible between structures. b. Deflection: Flexible piping with deflection that prevents passage of ball or cylinder of size not less than 92.5 percent of piping diameter. c. Infiltration: Water leakage into piping. d. Exfiltration: Water leakage from or around piping. e. Crushed, broken, cracked or otherwise damaged piping. 2. Replace defective piping using new materials. 3. Reinspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory. B. Test new piping systems and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended or repaired. C. Do not enclose, cover or put into service before inspection and approval. D. Test completed piping systems according to authorities having jurisdiction. E. Schedule tests and inspections by City of Arlington with at least 24 hours advance notice. F. Submit separate report for each test. 3.09 CLEANING A. Clean interior of piping of dirt and superfluous materials. KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Section 33 40 00, Page 4 ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES McGRANAHAN ARCHITECTS Harmsen 2010.310 April 27, 2022 END OF SECTION April 21, 2022 Mitch Kent, AIA McGranahan Architects 2111 Pacific Avenue Suite 100 Tacoma, WA 98402 VIA Email: mitch.kent@mcgranahan.com Stormwater Infiltration Letter – REVISED Kent Prairie Elementary School Infiltration Evaluation 8110 – 207th Street NE Arlington, Washington NGA File No. 1344122 Dear Mitch: This letter documents our explorations and provides our opinions and recommendations for pavement subgrade preparation and the feasibility of stormwater infiltration for the project located at 8110 – 207th Street NE in Arlington, Washington, as shown on the Vicinity Map in Figure 1. INTRODUCTION We understand the Arlington School District is proposing additional staff parking and student dropoff/pick-up queuing area improvements to the Kent Prairie Elementary School property. The property covers approximately 9.97 acres in area, however parking improvements will be located mainly on the western portion of the site along the northwestern property line. The affected area is currently occupied by a grass playfield and is bordered by 207th Street NE to the northwest. Topographically, the site is generally level. We have been requested to provide this letter for determination of long-term design infiltration rates of the on-site soils. For use in preparing this letter, we have been provided with a preliminary site plan titled “City of Arlington, Kent Prairie Elementary”, dated February 3, 2022, and prepared by Harmsen Engineers Surveyors. We were also provide with a previous infiltration letter entitled “Infiltration Feasibility Evaluation – Kent Prairie Elementary School”, dated March 29, 2018, and prepared by Geotest. Stormwater Infiltration Evaluation – REVISED NGA File No. 1344122 Kent Prairie Elementary School infiltration Evaluation April 21, 2022 Arlington, Washington Page 2 NELSON GEOTECHNICAL ASSOCIATES, INC. We understand that stormwater generated from the proposed development may be directed to onsite infiltration systems, if feasible. We have been requested to evaluate the infiltration capacity of the site soils within the property. The City of Arlington utilizes the Department of Ecology (DOE) 2019 Stormwater Management in Western Washington Manual (2019 SWMMWW) to determine the design of infiltration or detention facilities. According to this manual, long-term design infiltration rates for this site are to be determined by performing on-site infiltration testing consisting of the Small Pilot Infiltration Test (PIT). SCOPE The purpose of this study is to explore and characterize the subsurface conditions within the site and to provide opinions and recommendations for stormwater infiltration. Specifically, our scope of services included the following: 1. Reviewing available soil and geologic maps of the area as well as other relevant geotechnical information pertaining to the site, as provided. 2. Exploring the subsurface soil and groundwater conditions within the site using trackhoe- excavated test pits. Excavation services were subcontracted by NGA. 3. Providing long-term design infiltration rates based on on-site Small Pilot Infiltration Testing (PIT) per the 2019 SWMMWW, if feasible. 4. Performing laboratory grain-size sieve analysis on soil samples, as necessary. 5. Providing recommendations for earthwork and pavement subgrade preparation. 6. Providing our opinion on stormwater infiltration feasibility. 7. Providing recommendations for infiltration/bioretention system installation. 8. Providing general recommendations for site drainage and erosion control. 9. Documenting the results of our findings, conclusions, and recommendations in a written geotechnical letter. SITE CONDITIONS Surface Conditions The property covers approximately 9.97 acres. The site is currently occupied by the Kent Prairie Elementary School building in the eastern half surrounded by paved parking areas and a grass field in the western half. The property is bordered by Burn Road to the East, 207th Street NE to the north and west, and by residential development to the south. Topographically, the site is relatively level. We did not observe surface water within the site on our visit on March 15, 2022. Stormwater Infiltration Evaluation – REVISED NGA File No. 1344122 Kent Prairie Elementary School infiltration Evaluation April 21, 2022 Arlington, Washington Page 3 NELSON GEOTECHNICAL ASSOCIATES, INC. Subsurface Conditions The geologic units for this area are shown on the Geologic Map of the Arlington East Quadrangle, Snohomish County, Washington, by Minard J.P. (USGS, 1985). The site is mapped as Marysville sand (Qvrm) with Arlington gravel (Qvra) and advanced outwash (Qva) in the near vicinity. Marysville sand is generally described as well drained sand with pebbles and gravel. Arlington gravel is described as stratified outwash sand and gravel and advanced out wash is described as a glacially compacted generally clean mixture of sand, gravel, and cobbles. Our explorations encountered soils primarily consisting of fine to coarse sand with gravel and cobles consistent with the description of advanced outwash soils at depth. Explorations: The subsurface conditions within the site were explored on March 15, 2022 by excavating five test pit explorations with a mini-excavator. The approximate locations of our explorations are shown on the Site Plan in Figure 2. A geologist from NGA was present during the explorations, examined the soils and geologic conditions encountered, obtained samples of the different soil types, and maintained logs of the explorations. The soils were visually classified in general accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System, presented in Figure 3. The logs of our explorations are attached to this letter and are presented in Figures 4 and 5. We present a brief summary of the subsurface conditions in the following paragraph. For a detailed description of the subsurface conditions, the exploration logs should be reviewed. At the surface of our explorations, we generally encountered approximately 3.0 to 9.0 feet of gray to black, fine to coarse sand with varying amounts of silt, gravel, cobble, organics, iron oxide staining, debris, and charcoal that we interpreted as undocumented fill soils. Underlying the undocumented fill soils we encountered gray to brown, fine to coarse sand with gravel and cobbles that we interpreted to be native advanced outwash aat depth. Hydrogeologic Conditions We encountered significant groundwater seepage within all of our explorations. We interpreted this groundwater to be associated with the regional groundwater table. We would expect the regional groundwater table to fluxiate seasonally, lowering during drier times of the year and rising during wetter periods. Stormwater Infiltration Due to the significant seepage and caving encountered within both the native and overlying fill soils within all of our explorations, infiltration testing was not performed. Stormwater Infiltration Evaluation – REVISED NGA File No. 1344122 Kent Prairie Elementary School infiltration Evaluation April 21, 2022 Arlington, Washington Page 4 NELSON GEOTECHNICAL ASSOCIATES, INC. CONCLUSIONS Infiltration It is our opinion that due to the significant groundwater seepeage and caving encountered within all of our explorations, the subsurface soils within the site are not suitable for traditional stormwater infiltration. We understand that a detention pond in the southwest corner of the site with a controlled overflow leading to an approved point of discharge within 204th Street NE has been proposed. In our opinion this should be adequate to manage runoff from the planned site development. We recommend that any stormwater management systems be placed as to not negatively impact any proposed or existing nearby structures and also meet all required setbacks from existing property lines, structures, and sensitive areas as discussed in the drainage manual. We should be retained to evaluate the stormwater system design and installation during construction, if necessary. Pavement Subgrade Preparation Due to the presence of up to 9.0 feet of fill in the planned new pavement area, we recommend subgrade for all paved roadways and parking areas be over excavated by a minimum 18 inches and exposed surface compacted to a firm and unyielding condition as approved by NGA. Based on subgrade performance during compaction, some areas may need to be additionally overexcavated and replaced with rock spalls. NGA should be retained to monitor construction and determine the extent of the areas that may need to be replaced. The stripped soil should be removed from the site or stockpiled for later use as a landscaping fill. A layer of Tensar TX190 geogrid (or equivalent) should then be placed on the prepared subgrade and layed out as recommended by the manufacturer. The geogrid should be placed with a minimum of 2.0 feet of over lap between each sheet. Eighteen inches of select borrow should then be placed on top of the geogrid. The geogrid shall remain taut and free of wrinkles while backfill is being placed. Select borrow should meet Washinton State DOT standards of containing less than ten percent fines (soil finer than U.S. No. 200 sieve, based on that fraction passing the U.S. 4-inch sieve). The select borrow should be placed in thin lifts and compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of its maximum dry density. The pavement section (base course and asphalt) should be placed on top of the compacted borrow. USE OF THIS LETTER This letter was prepared for Mitch Kent and associated agents, for use in planning and budgeting the above-referenced project only. Our services included an evaluation of the infiltration capability of the site soils at specific locations and should not be considered as an in-depth geotechnical study of the site or an evaluation of the overall site stability. Stormwater Infiltration Evaluation – REVISED NGA File No. 1344122 Kent Prairie Elementary School infiltration Evaluation April 21, 2022 Arlington, Washington Page 5 NELSON GEOTECHNICAL ASSOCIATES, INC. This letter may be used for bidding and estimating purposes, but our letter, conclusions, and interpretations should not be construed as a warranty of the subsurface conditions. The subsurface conditions between explorations may vary. A contingency for varying conditions should be incorporated into the project plans. We recommend that NGA be retained to review the design and provide monitoring and consultation services during construction to confirm that the conditions encountered are consistent with those indicated by the explorations, to provide recommendations for design changes should the conditions revealed during the work differ from those anticipated, and to evaluate whether or not earthwork activities comply with contract plans and specifications. We should be contacted a minimum of one week prior to construction activities and could attend pre-construction meetings if requested. Within the limitations of scope, schedule, and budget, our services have been performed in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering practices in effect in this area at the time this letter was prepared. No other warranty, expressed or implied, is made. Our observations, findings, and opinions are a means to identify and reduce the inherent risks to the owner. o-o-o Stormwater Infiltration Evaluation – REVISED NGA File No. 1344122 Kent Prairie Elementary School infiltration Evaluation April 21, 2022 Arlington, Washington Page 6 NELSON GEOTECHNICAL ASSOCIATES, INC. We appreciate the opportunity to provide service to you on this project. If you have any questions or require further information, please call. Sincerely, NELSON GEOTECHNICAL ASSOCIATES, INC. Sarah L. Dunn Staff Geologist Khaled M. Shawish, PE Principal SLD:KMS:dy Five Figures Attached 4.21.2022 Not to Scale VICINITY MAP Kent Prairie Elementary School Infiltration Vicinity Map Project Site 1 No.Project Number Date By CKRevision Woodinville Office 17311-135th Ave. NE, A-500 Woodinville, WA 98072 (425) 486-1669 / Fax: 481-2510 Wenatchee Office 105 Palouse St. Wenatchee, WA 98801 (509) 665-7696 / Fax: 665-7692www.nelsongeotech.com C: \ U s e r s \ D a n n y N e l s o n \ N e l s o n G e o t e c h n i c a l A s s o c i a t e s , I n c \ N e l s o n G e o t e c h n i c a l A s s o c i a t e s , I n c - C o m p a n y \ 2 0 2 2 N G A P r o j e c t \ 1 3 4 4 1 - 2 2 K e n t P r a i r i e E l e m e n t a r y I n f i l t r a t i o n A r l i n g t o n \ D r a f t i n g \ V M . d w g 3/22/22 DPN DJOOriginal Figure 1 1344122 Arlington, WA Kent Prairie Elementary School Infiltration Site Plan 1 No.Date By CKRevision Woodinville Office 17311-135th Ave. NE, A-500 Woodinville, WA 98072 (425) 486-1669 / Fax: 481-2510 Wenatchee Office 105 Palouse St. Wenatchee, WA 98801 (509) 665-7696 / Fax: 665-7692www.nelsongeotech.com C: \ U s e r s \ D a n n y N e l s o n \ N e l s o n G e o t e c h n i c a l A s s o c i a t e s , I n c \ N e l s o n G e o t e c h n i c a l A s s o c i a t e s , I n c - C o m p a n y \ 2 0 2 2 N G A P r o j e c t \ 1 3 4 4 1 - 2 2 K e n t P r a i r i e E l e m e n t a r y I n f i l t r a t i o n A r l i n g t o n \ D r a f t i n g \ s p . d w g 3/22/22 DPN DJOOriginal Figure 2 Project Number 1344122 Site Plan Reference: Site Plan based on a plan dated February 3, 2022 titled "Kent Prairie Elementary," prepared by Harmsen. LEGEND TP-1 Number and approximate location of test pit Property line Scale: 1 inch = 100 feet 0 100 200 TP-1 TP-5 TP-2 TP-3 TP-4 GW GP GM GC SW SP SM SC ML CL OL MH CH OH PT PEAT ORGANIC CLAY, ORGANIC SILT CLAY OF HIGH PLASTICITY, FAT CLAY SILT OF HIGH PLASTICITY, ELASTIC SILT SILTY SAND SILT ORGANIC SILT, ORGANIC CLAY CLAY CLAYEY SAND POORLY GRADED SAND WELL-GRADED SAND, FINE TO COARSE SAND CLAYEY GRAVEL SILTY GRAVEL POORLY-GRADED GRAVEL WELL-GRADED, FINE TO COARSE GRAVELCLEAN GRAVEL GRAVEL WITH FINES CLEAN SAND SAND WITH FINES INORGANIC ORGANIC INORGANIC ORGANIC HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS GRAVEL SAND SILT AND CLAY SILT AND CLAY MORE THAN 50 % OF COARSE FRACTION RETAINED ON NO. 4 SIEVE PASSES NO. 4 SIEVE LIQUID LIMIT LESS THAN 50 % 50 % OR MORE LIQUID LIMIT MORE THAN 50 % OF COARSE FRACTION COARSE - GRAINED SOILS FINE - GRAINED SOILS MORE THAN 50 % RETAINED ON NO. 200 SIEVE PASSES NO. 200 SIEVE MORE THAN 50 % MAJOR DIVISIONS GROUP SYMBOL GROUP NAME UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM NOTES: 1) Field classification is based on visual examination of soil in general accordance with ASTM D 2488-93. 2) Soil classification using laboratory tests is based on ASTM D 2488-93. 3) Descriptions of soil density or consistency are based on interpretation of blowcount data, visual appearance of soils, and/or test data. SOIL MOISTURE MODIFIERS: Dry - Absence of moisture, dusty, dry to the touch Moist - Damp, but no visible water. Wet - Visible free water or saturated, usually soil is obtained from below water table 1 No.Project Number Date By CKRevision Woodinville Office 17311-135th Ave. NE, A-500 Woodinville, WA 98072 (425) 486-1669 / Fax: 481-2510 Wenatchee Office 105 Palouse St. Wenatchee, WA 98801 (509) 665-7696 / Fax: 665-7692www.nelsongeotech.com C: \ U s e r s \ D a n n y N e l s o n \ N e l s o n G e o t e c h n i c a l A s s o c i a t e s , I n c \ N e l s o n G e o t e c h n i c a l A s s o c i a t e s , I n c - C o m p a n y \ 2 0 2 2 N G A P r o j e c t \ 1 3 4 4 1 - 2 2 K e n t P r a i r i e E l e m e n t a r y I n f i l t r a t i o n A r l i n g t o n \ D r a f t i n g \ S C . d w g Figure 3 1344122 3/22/22 DPN DJOOriginal Kent Prairie Elementary School Infiltration Soil Classification Chart LOG OF EXPLORATION DEPTH (FEET) USCS SOIL DESCRIPTION DPN:DJO NELSON GEOTECHNICAL ASSOCIATES, INC. FILE NO 1344122 FIGURE 4 TEST PIT ONE FILL FILL FILL FILL TEST PIT TWO FILL FILL FILL FILL TEST PIT THREE FILL DEBRIS, METAL DEBRIS, PLASTIC DEBRIS, AND ANTHROPOGENIC DEBRIS FILL LOG OF EXPLORATION DEPTH (FEET) USCS SOIL DESCRIPTION DPN:DJO NELSON GEOTECHNICAL ASSOCIATES, INC. FILE NO 1344122 FIGURE 5 TEST PIT FOUR FILL FILL FILL FILL TEST PIT FIVE FILL FILL DETERMINATION OF NON-SIGNIFICANCE ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSAL: The proposal is for construction of improvements to construct a new access from 207th Street NE at the west end of the site that forms into a double lane area for queuing for student pick-up and drop-off. The end of the queuing lane will connect into the existing parking lot. The project proposes to add a dedicated drive aisle for student pick- up and drop-off queuing, with light poles along the drive aisle. The new configuration adds a driveway apron at the southwest corner of the site that connects to a 20-foot-wide drive aisle with a capacity of 50± vehicles. A new parking area for staff increases the number of parking spaces (one existing space will be removed and 14 new spaces will be provided). Existing fencing in the work area will be removed and replaced at project completion. The area of disturbance will be approximately 47,800 square feet and the earthwork volumes are expected to be 4,600 cy (cubic yards) of excavation with 2,000 cy of fill of which 1,100 cy is imported. CITY OF ARLINGTON FILE NUMBER: The project team participated in a General Information Meeting with the City of Arlington (February 16, 2022). PROPONENT: Arlington School District No. 16 LOCATION OF PROPOSAL: The project site, Kent Prairie Elementary School, is located at, 8110 - 207th Street NE within the city limits of Arlington, Washington. The elementary school campus is located within the southeast quarter of Section 11 of Township 31 North, Range 5 East, W.M. The campus includes Snohomish County parcel number 31051100400600. ZONING: P/SP (Public/Semi-Public) GENERAL PLAN: P/SP (Public/Semi-Public) LEAD AGENCY: The lead agency for this proposal has determined that it does not have a probable significant adverse impact on the environment. An environmental impact statement (EIS) is not required under RCW 43.21C.030. This determination assumes compliance with State law and City of Arlington (as the permitting agency) ordinances related to general environmental protection including, but not limited to, grading and drainage. Issuance of this threshold determination does not constitute approval of the permit. This proposal will be reviewed for compliance with all applicable City of Arlington codes, which regulate development activities. This decision was made after review of a completed environmental checklist with mitigation measures incorporated into the project and other information on file with the lead agency. This information is available to the public upon request. ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access September 2022 Prepared by Brent Planning Solutions, Environmental Consultant For the Arlington School District No. 16 Effective team solutions in project management, environmental and land use permitting, civil engineering, and wetland resources. Project Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Applicant Arlington School District No. 16 Attn.: Brian Lewis, Executive Director of Operations Environmental/Permitting Consultant Laura S. Brent, AICP September 2022 Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Table of Contents BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 TABLE OF CONTENTS A. BACKGROUND .......................................................................................................... 1 B. ENVIRONMENTAL ELEMENTS .............................................................................. 8 1. EARTH .................................................................................................................. 8 2. AIR ........................................................................................................................ 9 3. WATER ............................................................................................................... 10 4. PLANTS .............................................................................................................. 13 5. ANIMALS ........................................................................................................... 14 6. ENERGY AND NATURAL RESOURCES ....................................................... 16 7. ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH ......................................................................... 17 8. LAND AND SHORELINE USE ........................................................................ 19 9. HOUSING ........................................................................................................... 24 10. AESTHETICS ..................................................................................................... 24 11. LIGHT AND GLARE ......................................................................................... 25 12. RECREATION .................................................................................................... 26 13. HISTORIC AND CULTURAL PRESERVATION ........................................... 26 14. TRANSPORTATION ......................................................................................... 27 15. PUBLIC SERVICES ........................................................................................... 30 16. UTILITIES .......................................................................................................... 31 C. SIGNATURE ............................................................................................................. 31 Tables Table 1 – Typical Construction Noise ............................................................................... 18 List of Figures Figure 1 – Vicinity Map ...................................................................................................... 4 Figure 2 – Campus Aerial Map ........................................................................................... 4 Figure 3 – Site Layout Plan ................................................................................................. 5 Figure 4 – Electrical Site Plan ............................................................................................. 6 Figure 5 – Landscape Plan ................................................................................................... 7 Figure 6 – WDFW Priority Habitat and Species Map ....................................................... 15 Figure 7 – Zoning Map ...................................................................................................... 20 Figure 8 – Future Land Use Map ....................................................................................... 21 Figure 9 – Storm Drainage Details and Profiles ................................................................ 29 Appendices Appendix A: Legal Description Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access 1 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 SEPA ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST Purpose of checklist: Governmental agencies use this checklist to help determine whether the environmental impacts of your proposal are significant. This information is also helpful to determine if available avoidance, minimization or compensatory mitigation measures will address the probable significant impacts or if an environmental impact statement will be prepared to further analyze the proposal. Instructions for applicants: This environmental checklist asks you to describe some basic information about your proposal. Please answer each question accurately and carefully, to the best of your knowledge. You may need to consult with an agency specialist or private consultant for some questions. You may use “not applicable” or "does not apply" only when you can explain why it does not apply and not when the answer is unknown. You may also attach or incorporate by reference additional studies reports. Complete and accurate answers to these questions often avoid delays with the SEPA process as well as later in the decision- making process. The checklist questions apply to all parts of your proposal, even if you plan to do them over a period of time or on different parcels of land. Attach any additional information that will help describe your proposal or its environmental effects. The agency to which you submit this checklist may ask you to explain your answers or provide additional information reasonably related to determining if there may be significant adverse impact. Instructions for Lead Agencies: Please adjust the format of this template as needed. Additional information may be necessary to evaluate the existing environment, all interrelated aspects of the proposal and an analysis of adverse impacts. The checklist is considered the first but not necessarily the only source of information needed to make an adequate threshold determination. Once a threshold determination is made, the lead agency is responsible for the completeness and accuracy of the checklist and other supporting documents. Use of checklist for nonproject proposals: For nonproject proposals (such as ordinances, regulations, plans and programs), complete the applicable parts of sections A and B plus the Supplemental Sheet for Nonproject Actions (part D). Please completely answer all questions that apply and note that the words "project," "applicant," and "property or site" should be read as "proposal," "proponent," and "affected geographic area," respectively. The lead agency may exclude (for non-projects) questions in Part B - Environmental Elements –that do not contribute meaningfully to the analysis of the proposal. ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST A. BACKGROUND 1. Name of proposed project, if applicable: Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access 2. Name of applicant: Arlington School District No. 16 3. Address and phone number of applicant and contact person: Applicant: Arlington School District #16 Contact: Brian Lewis, Executive Director of Operations 315 N. French Avenue Arlington, WA 98223 Phone: 360.618.6238 Email: blewis@asd.wednet.edu Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access 2 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 Environmental Consultant: Brent Planning Solutions, LLC Contact Person: Laura S. Brent, AICP P.O. Box 1586, Mukilteo, WA 98275 Phone: 425.971.6409 Email: lbrent@brentplanningsolutions.com Architect: McGranahan Architects Contact Person: Mitch Kent, AIA 2111 Pacific Avenue, Suite 100, Tacoma, WA 98402 Phone: 253.383.3084 Email: mitch.kent@mcgranahan.com 4. Date checklist prepared: The checklist was prepared in August 2022. 5. Agency requesting checklist: The City of Arlington (City) is the agency with land use permit authority requesting the checklist. The Arlington School District (District) is acting as the lead agency for environmental review and SEPA compliance for this project. This document has been prepared by Brent Planning Solutions, LLC (BPS) and has been reviewed and authorized by the District. 6. Proposed timing or schedule (including phasing, if applicable): The project is scheduled to proceed once permits have been issued by the City. Construction is planned to occur during the summer of 2023. 7. Do you have any plans for future additions, expansion, or further activity related to or connected with this proposal? If yes, explain. There are no plans for future expansion at this time. 8. List any environmental information you know about that has been prepared, or will be prepared, directly related to this proposal. The following reports and information for this proposal are incorporated by reference: General Information Meeting Minutes (February 16, 2022) ....................................................... City of Arlington Stormwater Site Plan/Operations Manual/SWPPP (April 2022).............................................. Harmsen, LLC Kent Prairie ES Infiltration Evaluation (April 2022) ................................... Nelson Geotechnical Associates Various Plans/Site/Electrical/Landscape .................................................................... McGranahan Architects Information in this Environmental Checklist is based on the referenced material as well as information on the project from the applicant (District), consultants and research information. All reports are incorporated into the environmental review by reference. This information is available for review at the District. 9. Do you know whether applications are pending for governmental approvals of other proposals directly affecting the property covered by your proposal? If yes, explain. There are no other governmental approvals of other proposals that would have a direct effect on the subject proposal outside those directly associated with the land use submittal and those referenced in this document. 10. List any government approvals or permits that will be needed for your proposal, if known. Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access 3 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 The following permits/approvals have been identified as possible permits for this proposal: SEPA Determination/Compliance .................................................................... Arlington School District #16 Construction Permit .............................................................................................................. City of Arlington Grading/Public Works Permits ............................................................................................. City of Arlington Stormwater Review/Approval .............................................................................................. City of Arlington Right of Way Permit (potential) ........................................................................................... City of Arlington Utility Extensions ..................................................................................................... Various Utility Providers Construction Stormwater General Permit ................................................................... Department of Ecology Other permits may be identified during the review and permitting process. Information in this Checklist is based on the referenced material as well as information on the project from the applicant (District), consultants and research items. 11. Give brief, complete description of your proposal, including the proposed uses and the size of the project and site. There are several questions later in this checklist that ask you to describe certain aspects of your proposal. You do not need to repeat those answers on this page. In February 2020, the Arlington School District (District) voters approved a $25 million capital levy for improvements to buildings and facilities. As part of the projects identified in the levy, the District is proposing to construct a new access from 207th Street NE at the west end of the site that forms into a double lane area for parents to queue in for student pick-up and drop-off. The end of the queuing lane would connect into the existing parking lot. The project proposes to add a dedicated drive aisle for student pick-up and drop-off queuing, with light poles along the drive aisle. Currently vehicles waiting to access the site are stacking up on 207th Street NE. The new configuration adds a driveway apron at the southwest corner of the site that connects to a 20-foot-wide drive aisle with a capacity of 50± vehicles. A new parking area for staff increases the number of parking spaces (one existing space would be removed and 14 new spaces would be provided). Existing fencing in the work area would be removed and replaced at project completion. The District project team participated in a General Information Meeting with the City of Arlington (February 16, 2022). Comments received through that process have been addressed and included in this Checklist. 12. Location of the proposal. Give sufficient information for a person to understand the precise location of your proposed project, including a street address, if any, and section, township, and range, if known. If a proposal would occur over a range of area, provide the range or boundaries of the site(s). Provide a legal description, site plan, vicinity map, and topographic map, if reasonably available. While yo u should submit any plans required by the agency, you are not required to duplicate maps or detailed plans submitted with any permit applications related to this checklist. Kent Prairie Elementary School is located at 8110 - 207th Street NE, Arlington, Washington 98223, which is within the city limits of Arlington (see Figure 1 – Vicinity Map, Figure 2 – Campus Aerial Map, Figure 3 – Site Layout Plan, Figure 4 – Electrical Site Plan, Figure 5 – Landscape Plan and Appendix A – Legal Description). The campus is comprised of an elementary school building, a covered play area and playground equipment, and parking and circulation areas. The elementary school campus is located within the southeast quarter of Section 11 of Township 31 North, Range 5 East, W.M. The campus includes Snohomish County parcel number 31051100400600. The school campus is approximately 9.97 acres in size. The project area is detailed on Figure 3 – Site Layout Plan. Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access 4 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 Source: Snohomish County SCOPI online mapping, 2022 Figure 1 – Vicinity Map 7 Source: Snohomish County SCOPI online mapping, 2022 Figure 2 – Campus Aerial Map Subject Site N N Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 5 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 Figure 3 – Site Layout Plan Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 6 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 Figure 4 – Electrical Site Plan Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 7 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 Figure 5 – Landscape Plan EVALUATION FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 8 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 B. ENVIRONMENTAL ELEMENTS 1. EARTH a. General description of the site (circle one): Flat , rolling, hilly, steep slopes, mountainous, other. The proposed project area is developed and is generally flat. The site was graded for construction of the original school. b. What is the steepest slope on the site (approximate percent slope)? Slopes on the site typically range from 2% to 6%. c. What general types of soils are found on the site (for example, clay, sand, gravel, peat, muck)? If you know the classification of agricultural soils, specify them and note any agricultural land of long-term commercial significance and whether the proposal results in removing any of these soils. A geotechnical report was prepared by Nelson Geotechnical Associates for the proposal. Their findings indicate various levels of fill soil from the original development (3-9 feet) on top of weathered and dense till soils. At the surface, their explorations generally encountered approximately 3.0 to 9.0 feet of gray to black, fine to coarse sand with varying amounts of silt, gravel, cobble, organics, iron oxide staining, debris, and charcoal that was interpreted as undocumented fill soils. Underlying the undocumented fill soils, they encountered gray to brown, fine to coarse sand with gravel and cobbles which was interpreted as native advanced outwash. d. Are there surface indications or history of unstable soils in the immediate vicinity? If so, describe. The site has been previously developed. Soil conditions are generally related to the historic use of the site and fill material that exists on the site. There are no indications of unstable soils within the developable areas of the campus. The site is gently sloping and should not be susceptible to earthquake-induced slope instability. The nearest active fault is the Darrington-Devils Mountain Fault, which is located approximately 11.25 miles to the north of the project area. e. Describe the purpose, type, total area, and approximate quantities and total affected area of any filling, excavation, and grading proposed. Indicate source of fill. The area of work would require 4,600 CY (cubic yards) of excavation and 2,000 CY of fill of which 1,100 CY is imported structural fill. The balance would be removed from the site. Any fill needed would consist of appropriate fill material from a commercial source. EVALUATION FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 9 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 f. Could erosion occur as a result of clearing, construction, or use? If so, generally describe. Anytime soil is exposed to the elements, erosion can occur. Temporary erosion control facilities would be installed prior to any construction activities. Erosion control best management practices (BMPs) would include silt fencing, catch basin inlet protection, straw mulch, and plastic covering. Existing paved driveways and other hard surface areas would be utilized for construction access to minimize erosion/sedimentation. There is the potential for erosion to occur during the removal of the grass/irrigation system, clearing and grading process. However, BMPs would be incorporated into the site disturbance activities for earthwork, thereby minimizing erosion potential. g. About what percent of the site will be covered with impervious surfaces after project construction (for example, asphalt or buildings)? The total disturbed area is 47,800 square feet (SF). The existing impervious surface is 213,670 SF or 49% of the site. The project would add 21,370 SF, which results in 54% impervious surface coverage for the site. h. Proposed measures to reduce or control erosion, or other impacts to the earth, if any: Due to the presence of up to 9.0 feet of fill in the planned new pavement area, the geotechnical study recommended subgrade for all paved roadways and parking areas be over excavated by a minimum 18 inches and exposed surface compacted to a firm and unyielding condition as approved by the Geotech. Based on subgrade performance during compaction, some areas may need to be additionally over excavated and replaced with rock spalls. Best Management Practices (BMPs) for the control of erosion and construction pollutants would be incorporated into the construction activities. 2. AIR a. What types of emissions to the air would result from the proposal during construction, operation, and maintenance when the project is completed? If any, generally describe and give approximate quantities if known. The Puget Sound Clean Air Agency, in connection with the Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology), conducts air quality monitoring at numerous sites around Puget Sound (including Marysville / Lynnwood). According to the 2009 Air Quality Data Summary, fine particle concentrations are close to standards in Snohomish County; however, the region faces non-attainment, potentially in multiple areas, for PM2.5 and ozone. This is due to stricter fine particulate standards and a potentially stricter ozone standard. The 2018 Air Quality Data Summary no longer discusses the individual monitoring stations, but rather addresses Snohomish County EVALUATION FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 10 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 as a whole. Newer measures now depict regional trends with and without the data from wildfire seasons as that impact is growing and skews overall annual data. Snohomish County Air Quality Index is within the range of ‘Good’ 78.9% of the year and ‘Moderate’ 18.6% of the year (equaling 97.5% of the year within the range of Good to Moderate). In 2021 there were 301 days of good air quality and 61 days of moderate air quality. This project would not add additional traffic or emissions to the environment. Construction would result in minimal temporary localized increases in pollutant emissions from construction activities and equipment. Dust from construction activity for the access roadway/parking area, excavation and grading could contribute to ambient concentrations of suspended particulate matter. Emissions related to construction should be short-term and should not generate any significant air quality impacts. Once the project is completed, the primary area emissions sources would be from commercial/residential-based vehicles, school busses and traffic on the adjacent road system (including SR-9). The type and levels of those emissions would be similar to existing conditions, although some vehicle emissions would transfer from the abutting roadway onto the school site via the access roadway improvement; however, these would not be significant. The improvements would increase the efficiency and safety of drop-offs and overall circulation. b. Are there any off-site sources of emissions or odor that may affect your proposal? If so, generally describe. Off-site sources of emissions or odor are mainly related to vehicular traffic on the adjacent local roads. These emissions are not anticipated to affect the proposal. c. Proposed measures to reduce or control emissions or other impacts to air, if any: Contractor(s) would be required to take all reasonable precautions to avoid or minimize fugitive dust emissions during construction. With the required control measures in place, the potential from on-site construction air quality impacts is minimal. There would not be an increase in school capacity/projected enrollment as a result of the site access roadway, additional parking and circulation improvements; therefore, minimal emission impacts are anticipated by the vehicles queuing on-site instead of on the abutting roadway. 3. WATER a. Surface: 1) Is there any surface water body on or in the immediate vicinity of the site (including year-round and seasonal streams, saltwater, lakes, ponds, EVALUATION FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 11 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 wetlands)? If yes, describe type and provide names. If appropriate, state what stream or river it flows into. There are no surface bodies of water on or adjacent to the site. The Department of Fish and Wildlife have mapped wetlands on the site and adjacent sites (residential development). However, these areas have been developed for years with no existing wetlands or wetland vegetation located in these areas. 2) Will the project require any work over, in, or adjacent to (within 200 feet) the described waters? If yes, please describe and attach available plans. No work or disturbance would take place within any critical areas (wetlands, creek or the associated buffers). 3) Estimate the amount of fill and dredge material that would be placed in or removed from surface water or wetlands and indicate the area of the site that would be affected. Indicate the source of fill material. There would be no fill or dredging within any wetland or stream area. 4) Will the proposal require surface water withdrawals or diversions? Give general description, purpose, and approximate quantities if known. The proposed project would not involve surface water withdrawals or diversions as development of the existing campus addressed all project site drainage needs with the original school construction. See discussion under Water Runoff for additional information. 5) Does the proposal lie within a 100-year floodplain? If so, note location on the site plan. This property does not lie within a 100-year floodplain. 6) Does the proposal involve any discharges of waste materials to surface waters? If so, describe the type of waste and anticipated volume of discharge. There would be no discharge of waste materials to surface waters. Domestic water and sewage disposal are provided at this site to the existing school building and campus by the City of Arlington. b. Ground: 1) Will ground water be withdrawn from a well for drinking water or other purposes? If so, give a general description of the well, proposed uses and approximate quantities withdrawn from the well. Will water be discharged to ground water? Give general description, purpose, and approximate quantities if known. EVALUATION FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 12 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 The borings encountered significant groundwater seepage within all of the explorations, associated with the regional groundwater table. It is anticipated for the regional groundwater table to fluctuate seasonally, lowering during drier times of the year and rising during wetter periods. Groundwater would not be withdrawn for drinking water or other purposes as part of the proposal. 2) Describe waste material that will be discharged into the ground from septic tanks or other sources, if any (for example: Domestic sewage; industrial, containing the following chemicals…; agricultural; etc.). Describe the general size of the system, the number of such systems, the number of houses to be served (if applicable), or the number of animals or humans the system(s) are expected to serve. Domestic sewage is currently conveyed from the campus by the City of Arlington and no domestic waste material would be discharged into the ground. c. Water Runoff (including storm water): 1) Describe the source of runoff (including storm water) and method of collection and disposal, if any (include quantities, if known). Where will this water flow? Will this water flow into other waters? If so, describe. The source of runoff is direct precipitation. Generally, runoff would be routed over a Compost Amended Vegetated Filter Strip for treatment prior to being collected in a swale and conveyed to the detention system at the southwest corner of the site. The detention system would release to the City storm system in 207th Street NE with an ultimate discharge to Portage Creek. Additional detail is provided in the following. The playfields lie immediately upstream of the parent queue area while the school and associated parking and hard play run through the queue area in underground storm lines. Runoff is collected and conveyed to the southwest corner where it flows to an off-site detention pond. This system, though modified, would continue to bypass flow around the proposed work. The field area would be intercepted with a rock filled trench on the east and south side of the new parent queue lanes and would connect to the existing storm system. The new development is connected into the storm system of the elementary school at the southwest corner of the site. This system, according to the original plans, drains to an off-site detention facility to the southwest across 207th Street NE. That pond has subsequently been modified by a residential development. The catch basin in the City swale drains west under 207th Street NE and appears to cross through the residential development and then south to Portage Creek. Portage creek flows to the northwest and then west towards Olympic Place and SR-9 (the SR-9 crossing is just under 2,200 feet from the site). There is no indication of capacity issues. The new detention system would control flow rates to forested condition and actually reduce rates of the current ground cover (lawn). EVALUATION FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 13 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 2) Could waste materials enter ground or surface waters? If so, generally describe. Best management practices (BMPs) would be incorporated into the construction management to minimize the potential for waste materials and/or construction materials entering groundwater. 3) Does the proposal alter or otherwise affect drainage patterns in the vicinity of the site? If so, describe. There is no longer a natural drainage system in the area. Runoff from the new impervious would be collected, treated, detained, and discharged to the current downstream system. d. Proposed measures to reduce or control surface, ground, runoff water, and drainage pattern impacts, if any: Drainage would follow the 2012 Department of Ecology Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington with the 2014 Amendments. Also, the project would apply for a DOE Stormwater Construction General Permit. The site is required to meet Minimum Requirements 1-9 and is within Arlington city limits. To meet the requirements of MR 5, the site can meet the Low Impact Development Performance Standard or the requirements of List 2. The site would use List 2 as documented below: The geotechnical engineer study found varying depths of fill from 3 to 9 foot along the project. Shallow groundwater was found in the native soils and perched in the fill such that an infiltration test was not performed. The Geotech has determined that due to the saturated conditions and the fill, infiltration is not viable. During construction, BMPs would be incorporated to reduce and control surface and groundwater impacts. Stormwater control would be managed in accordance with the regulations and standards of the City of Arlington and the Washington State Department of Ecology (DOE). 4. PLANTS a. Check the types of vegetation found on the site: deciduous tree: alder, maple, aspen, other: _____ evergreen tree: fir, cedar, pine, other: _____ shrubs grass __ pasture __ crop or grain __ orchards, vineyards or other permanent crops EVALUATION FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 14 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 __ wet soil plants: cattail, buttercup, bulrush, skunk cabbage, other: __ water plants: water lily, eelgrass, milfoil, other: __________ __ other types of vegetation There are landscaped and grassy areas throughout the school campus and limited treed area. The only vegetation that would be impacted by the proposal is the existing maintained grass within the area of construction (see Figure 3 – Site Layout Plan and Figure 5 – Landscape Plan). b. What kind and amount of vegetation will be removed or altered? A minimal amount of landscaping (grass) improvements would be disturbed, which would be restored/enhanced after construction where appropriate. c. List threatened and endangered species known to be on or near the site: A web-based query of the Washington Department of Fisheries and Wildlife (WDFW) Priority Habitats and Species (PHS) database was conducted for threatened, endangered and priority species and habitats. There were no threatened or endangered habitats or species identified on the elementary school site; however, there are mapped wetlands (see Figure 6) on-site as well as nearby wetlands and mapped critical areas. d. Proposed landscaping, use of native plants, or other measures to preserve or enhance vegetation on the site, if any: The proposal includes replacing/restoration of the disturbed landscaping (grass) upon project completion, where appropriate (see Figure 5 – Landscape Plan). Additionally, there would be landscape screening provided along the entire edge of the access drive and at the parking area to minimize light trespass from vehicle headlights, as required by the City. This would serve to enhance landscaping on-site and goes beyond restoration of grassy areas. e. List all noxious weeds and invasive species known to be on or near the site. It is likely that the existing grass areas include common lawn weeds, which may include dandelion, annual ryegrass (poa), knotweed, etc. Regular grounds maintenance limits the occurrence of noxious weeds or invasive species on the site. 5. ANIMALS a. List any birds and other animals which have been observed on or near the site or are known to be on or near the site. Examples include: birds: hawk, heron, eagle, songbirds, other: American crow, American Robin, black-capped chickadee, winter wren, dark eyed junco mammals: deer, bear, elk, beaver, other: small rodents fish: bass, salmon, trout, herring, shellfish, other: amphibians EVALUATION FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 15 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 There are limited habitat areas on the school campus. The project area does not provide habitat for wildlife due to the developed nature and high level of utilization. b. List any threatened or endangered species known to be on or near the site. A web-based query of the Washington Department of Fisheries and Wildlife (WDFW) Priority Habitats and Species (PHS) database was conducted for threatened, endangered and priority species and habitats. The school is located in an area with threatened or endangered species identified as known to be near the site (Coast Resident Cutthroat, Coho Salmon and Coho); and the school site has a mapped ‘Fresh Emergent Wetland’ on a portion of the southwestern and southcentral area of the developed school site, (see Figure 6 – Priority Species and Habitat Map). As illustrated in Figure 6 the mapping is shown in an area already developed with the school and adjacent residential uses. Source: WDFW PHS Online Mapping 2022 Figure 6 – WDFW Priority Habitat and Species Map c. Is the site part of a migration route? If so, explain. Ducks, geese and various birds migrate over the area during various times of the year. The project site is located along the Pacific Flyway, which includes Alaska, Arizona, California, Idaho, Nevada, Oregon, Utah, Washington, and those portions of Colorado, N EVALUATION FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 16 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 Montana, New Mexico, and Wyoming west of the Continental Divide. Every year, migratory birds travel some or all of this distance both in spring and in fall, following food sources, heading to breeding grounds, or travelling to overwintering sites. There is no evidence that this site is of any specific value to migrating birds. d. Proposed measures to preserve or enhance wildlife, if any: There is limited use or potential for use for wildlife within the proposed development area due to the developed nature of the site and lack of habitat within the project area. The existing landscaping in the project area is primarily maintained grass, which may encourage smaller species to use the area during times of limited activity on the site. The existing vegetation along portions of the site perimeter would continue to provide habitat for wildlife that has adjusted to the high utilization/developed nature of the subject area. e. List any invasive animal species known to be on or near the site. It is likely that within the area there are rodents, mice, feral cats, etc. present on portions of the site; however, no specific species have been observed or documented on the subject site. 6. ENERGY AND NATURAL RESOURCES a. What kinds of energy (electric, natural gas, oil, wood stove, solar) will be used to meet the completed project's energy needs? Describe whether it will be used for heating, manufacturing, etc. This is an infrastructure improvement project that includes a new site access roadway with lighting, improved on-site vehicle circulation, and additional parking; therefore, the only additional energy needed would be the extension of electrical service to the new light poles proposed along the site access roadway and parking area. b. Would your project affect the potential use of solar energy by adjacent properties? If so, generally describe. The proposal does not affect the use of solar energy by adjacent properties. c. What kinds of energy conservation features are included in the plans of this proposal? List other proposed measures to reduce or control energy impacts, if any: The planned improvement would add six new light poles, which are proposed to use LED lighting and is a conservation feature of the proposal. EVALUATION FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 17 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 7. ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH a. Are there any environmental health hazards, including exposure to toxic chemicals, risk of fire and explosion, spill, or hazardous waste, that could occur as a result of this proposal? If so describe. There are certain opportunities for hazards during construction. These are limited by the requirements for the general contractor and subcontractors that would be conducting the work. All State and federal requirements for construction safety would be met. The completed project would not generate any environmental hazards; however, due to the public nature of the facility, the District does facilitate a school and field use/employee safety program and other functions to maintain a high level of environmental safety. 1) Describe any known or possible contamination at the site from present or past uses. There have been no known spills or contamination on the site. 2) Describe existing hazardous chemicals/conditions that might affect project development and design. This includes underground hazardous liquid and gas transmission pipelines located within the project area and in the vicinity. There are no existing hazardous chemicals/conditions that might affect the project. Utilities would be extended, rerouted and/or replaced as needed due to the proposal, which would be consistent with safety and code required approval. 3) Describe any toxic or hazardous chemicals that might be stored, used, or produced during the project's development or construction, or at any time during the operating life of the project. Petroleum fuels normally required for construction equipment and maintenance equipment would be used on-site and for this proposal. 4) Describe special emergency services that might be required. Special emergency services would not be required for this proposal. The proposed additional site access roadway, parking spaces and circulation improvement are not beyond the development area of the original approved site and the use remains consistent with that school approval. The area is served by the Arlington Police and Fire Departments, which would provide response in case of an emergency. Both agencies have been consulted for ongoing campus use and proposals. 5) Proposed measures to reduce or control environmental health hazards, if any: Proper safety function and access is the best mechanism to secure proper control of health hazards at the site. The site is well served by driveways and emergency EVALUATION FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 18 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 accesses, which are fully identified. The site has been functioning successfully for many years. Police protection is provided by the City of Arlington Police, who are able to respond quickly to well-defined accessible buildings and fields. No further environmental hazards are anticipated to be encountered with the implementation of this infrastructure improvement project (access roadway / circulation / parking); however, there are certain opportunities for hazards during construction. These are limited by the requirements for the general contractor and subcontractors that would be doing the work. All State and federal requirements for construction safety would be met. b. Noise 1) What types of noise exist in the area which may affect your project (for example: traffic, equipment, operation, aircraft, other? Existing noise generators are mainly those associated with traffic traveling on the adjacent roadways, with some noise from users of the nearby Arlington Airport. The school busses, visitors and staff/student site users contribute to the noise levels that exist at this campus. 2) What types and levels of noise would be created by or associated with the project on a short-term or a long-term basis (for example: traffic, construction, operation, other)? Indicate what hours noise would come from the site. Noise generated by site activities is regulated by the City. The significant contributor to the existing background noise levels is vehicular traffic. Traffic and construction related noises are exempt except as outlined in the City’s code. Construction noise is allowed from 7 AM to 7 PM Monday through Saturday. The short-term increase and duration of noise levels would depend on the type of construction equipment being used and the amount of time it is in steady use. Construction noises are only generated during allowable times and are usually of short duration for each activity. For example purposes, at 200 feet from the area of construction, the equivalent sound level (Leq, a measure of long-term average noise exposure) for activities and equipment would be approximately the following: Table 1 – Typical Construction Noise Types of Equipment Range of Noise Levels (in decibels*) Bulldozer 65-84 Dump Truck 70-82 Paver 74-76 Activity Range of Hourly Leq (in decibels*) Grading 63-76 Finishing 62-77 * Decibels – The decibel (abbreviated dB) is the unit used to measure the intensity of a sound. EVALUATION FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 19 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 The maximum noise levels of construction equipment typically range from 69 to 106 dBA at 50 feet from the source. Construction noise decreases by 6 dBA per doubling of distance from the source moving away from the equipment. The various pieces of equipment are almost never operating simultaneously at full power. Some would be powered off, idling, or operating at less than full power at any given time. Construction noise is exempt from State and local property line regulations during daytime hours. 3) Proposed measures to reduce or control noise impacts, if any: There would be no new noise impacts that exceed allowed limits as a result of this proposal. Noise levels should generally be consistent with existing conditions. 8. LAND AND SHORELINE USE a. What is the current use of the site and adjacent properties? Will the proposal affect current land uses on nearby or adjacent properties? If so, describe. The proposal would not affect current land uses in the vicinity. The site is an existing elementary school campus. There are residential uses surrounding the site. b. Has the project site been used as working farmlands or working forest lands? If so, describe. How much agricultural or forest land of long-term commercial significance will be converted to other uses as a result of the proposal, if any? If resource lands have not been designated, how many acres in farmland or forest land tax status will be converted to nonfarm or nonforest use? No; the site has not been used for agriculture or forest lands. The proposal does not convert any farmlands or forest lands. 1) Will the proposal affect or be affected by surrounding working farm or forest land normal business operations, such as oversize equipment access, the application of pesticides, tilling, and harvesting? If so, how: There are no working farms or forest land in the immediate project vicinity. c. Describe any structures on the site. The subject site is developed with an elementary school. The project area is within a grassy area of the site. d. Will any structures be demolished? If so, what? There are no structures proposed to be demolished. e. What is the current zoning classification of the site? EVALUATION FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 20 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 The site is zoned P/SP (Public/Semi-Public) by the City of Arlington (see Figure 7 – Zoning Map). Residential Low Capacity (RLC) abuts to the north, west and south and Residential High Capacity (RHC) is to the east/northeast. The Arlington Municipal Code (AMC) provides for elementary school use under the Use Classification #5.110 Elementary and secondary (including associated grounds and athletic and other facilities)18; footnote 18: Subject to Section 20.38.080 (Performance Standards and Miscellaneous Restrictions), which is related to the municipal airport. Figure 7 – Zoning Map f. What is the current comprehensive plan designation of the site? The site is designated as P/SP (Public/Semi-Public) per the City of Arlington Comprehensive Plan (see Figure 8 – Future Land Use Map) within the Kent Prairie Neighborhood Planning Subarea. The designation of RMD (Moderate Density Residential) is to the north, west, south and southeast; RHD (High Density Residential) to the east/northeast; with lands designated as RLMD (Low to Moderate Density Residential) abutting to the west/southwest. The western-most portion of the Subject Site is within the Arlington Airport’s Subdistrict C, and the eastern portion is within Subdistrict D as denoted by the bold red line on the comprehensive plan map (see Figure 8). SUBJECT SITE RLC RHC P/SP N EVALUATION FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 21 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 Figure 8 – Future Land Use Map g. If applicable, what is the current shoreline master program designation of the site? Not applicable; there are no shoreline related overlays or designations on the property. h. Has any part of the site been classified as a critical area by the city or county? If so, specify. Snohomish County’s SCOPI online mapping system denotes steep slopes along the southeastern boundary of the Subject Site, and off-site to the east (as depicted on the inset map). The County map also contains the wetland overlay from the National Wetlands Inventory (see Figure 6). i. Approximately how many people would reside or work in the completed project? This is an infrastructure improvement project (access roadway/circulation/parking); therefore, the proposal would neither increase site capacity/enrollment nor generate additional District staff. j. Approximately how many people would the completed project displace? There would be no displacement of staff or students. k. Proposed measures to avoid or reduce displacement impacts, if any: There would not be any displacement impacts. Proper safety and access routes would be maintained throughout the construction timeframe. SUJECT SITE N EVALUATION FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 22 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 l. Proposed measures to ensure the proposal is compatible with existing and projected land uses and plans, if any: The proposal is consistent with the City of Arlington 2015 Comprehensive Plan Goals and Policies (effective date July 14, 2015). The site is designated as Public/Semi- Public and the school was approved in early 1990’s (constructed in 1993). The infrastructure improvement project is consistent with the land use policies related to public services. The infrastructure is available to the site and the improvement (access roadway with lighting/enhanced circulation/additional parking) would provide greater safety for site users and travelers along 207th Street NE; therefore, there would be no adverse impacts to traffic, utilities or other governmental services anticipated as a result of the proposal. A discussion of the compatibility of the proposal with the Arlington Comprehensive Plan is included under this section. This proposal is in accordance with policies as a Public/Semi-Public use, and Overall Goals and Policies, Land Use, Parks and Recreation, Public Services and Capital Facilities sections of the comprehensive plan. In addition, the proposal is consistent with District’s Capital Facilities Plan, which was submitted to the City. Public and semi-public land uses are important components of the City, and add immeasurably to the quality of urban life. Public/semi-public land uses denote that they are owned by the public and operated for the benefit of the community at large. The demand for more and varied public lands and services increases as the City expands, population grows, and the older facilities become outmoded and living standards and public expectations rise. The intent of the public and institutional land use designations in the Comprehensive Plan is to supply an appropriate amount of community facility uses and needs to serve the ever-increasing demands of the residents. Public and semi-public land uses include schools, civic uses, transit facilities, neighborhood and community parks, and public open space. The proposal is consistent with the following City of Arlington 2015 Comprehensive Plan goals and policies: Overall Goals & Policies GO-1 Ensure City Goals and Policies are consistent with the Growth Management Act. Land Use Goals & Policies GL-1 Work to ensure that the character and location of land uses optimize the economic benefit, enjoyment by residents, and protection of natural resources while minimizing the threat to health, safety and welfare posed by hazards, nuisances, incompatible land uses and environmental degradation through implementation of the following: (a) Growth Management: Manage growth so that the delivery of public facilities and services will occur in a fiscally responsible manner to support development and redevelopment within the City. EVALUATION FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 23 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 This proposal is in accordance with the policies as an elementary school [allowed within the Public/Semi-Public (P/S-P) zone]. Public education facilities compliment and address the capital needs of the City and residential population of Arlington. In addition, the proposal is consistent with District’s Capital Facilities Plan, which was submitted to the City. The project was approved by voters as part of the 2020 Levy and identified as a needed improvement. Growth and Growth Management Goals & Policies GL-4 Accommodate new development in a manner that supports a growth rate consistent with the goals of the State Growth Management Act but also preserves and enhances Arlington’s quality of life, its natural environment, and its historical and cultural amenities. PL-1 The City should ensure that growth and development is consistent with the City’s Capital Facilities Plan for providing public facilities including streets, sidewalks, lighting systems, traffic signals, water, storm and sanitary sewer, parks and recreational facilities, and schools. The District recognizes that the schools are an essential factor in consideration of quality of life for the community. The natural environment is important in school design. The proposed infrastructure improvement project (access roadway with lighting / enhanced circulation / additional parking) serve the students/staff and the greater community by meeting their needs by increasing safety for school (vehicle access), and providing additional on-site parking, thereby enhancing access to recreation, and social opportunities. The City of Arlington is benefited by the improvement to this amenity, which allows opportunity for developing community traditions, enhancing community pride, and preserving “small town” character with the opportunity for informal social interactions within the neighborhood. The proposed work has very limited clearing and grading, and does not impact any sensitive areas. Temporary erosion control would be provided during construction consistent with code requirements. Reestablishment and enhancement of landscaping (only grass areas would be impacted) would occur after construction completion. Further, additional landscape screening is proposed along the entire edge of the access drive and at the parking area to minimize light trespass from vehicle headlights. Best Management Practices would be incorporated into the construction management plan. These would include measures to reduce soil exposure, watering and other methods to minimize fugitive dust and dirt leaving the construction site. The proposal is consistent with the comprehensive plan and has been designed to meet code requirements. The project requires submittal and approval of a construction permit, grading/Public Works permits, and stormwater review and approval. The proposal is consistent with the District’s Capital Facilities Plan, which has been adopted by the City of Arlington. EVALUATION FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 24 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 SEPA compliance is the responsibility of the District and would be conducted consistent with SEPA Rules, WAC 197-11 and SEPA, RCW 43.21C and the Arlington School District Board Policy on SEPA. m. Proposed measures to ensure the proposal is compatible with nearby agricultural and forest lands of long-term commercial significance, if any: In almost 30 years of operations on the site, the school-related use has not impacted agricultural or forest land. 9. HOUSING a. Approximately how many units would be provided, if any? Indicate whether high, middle, or low-income housing. There is no housing on-site or included in the proposal. b. Approximately how many units, if any, would be eliminated? Indicate whether high, middle, or low-income housing. There are no housing structures on the site. c. Proposed measures to reduce or control housing impacts, if any: The proposal does not generate any housing impacts. 10. AESTHETICS a. What is the tallest height of any proposed structure(s), not including antennas; what is the principal exterior building material(s) proposed? This is an infrastructure improvement project (new site access roadway with lighting / improved on-site vehicle circulation / additional parking); therefore, there are no building structures as part of the proposal. Six light poles would be provided along the new access roadway/parking area. The light pole height is 25-feet. The poles are installed on top of a 3-foot precast concrete base. The total height is +/-28-feet. b. What views in the immediate vicinity would be altered or obstructed? The views in the vicinity would not be impacted. Visually, the existing school buildings, parking/circulation areas and playfields dominate the developed area of the site and would continue to do so after construction of the site access roadway and parking area. There would be six new light poles with light fixtures along the access roadway/parking area, which would specifically be selected and placed in a manner to minimize light trespass outside of the property lines. A landscape screen would be created along the entire edge of the access drive and at the parking area as required by EVALUATION FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 25 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 the City to minimize light trespass from vehicle headlights. The new landscaping would dominate the view of the project area after completion. c. Proposed measures to reduce or control aesthetic impacts, if any: There are no aesthetic impacts generated by the project. 11. LIGHT AND GLARE a. What type of light or glare will the proposal produce? What time of day would it mainly occur? This is an infrastructure improvement project that includes six new light poles along a new site access roadway and parking area (see Figure 4 – Electrical Site Plan). Pole lighting and vehicle lights would be operational and viewable during the darker morning hours when staff is accessing the school, and when students are being dropped-off. Also, during evening school events or when staff is leaving when it is dark out, the lighting would be most noticeable. b. Could light or glare from the finished project be a safety hazard or interfere with views? At project completion, light or glare produced by vehicular traffic would be limited by the required landscape screen along the entire edge at the new access roadway and is not anticipated to be a safety hazard or interfere with views. The vehicular traffic exists currently along public roadway with no buffering to neighboring views. Additional light or glare impacts could be anticipated with the addition of six pole- mounted lights. There would not be any safety hazard or interference with views as a result of the new lights because they would be selected and placed in a manner to minimize light trespass outside of the property lines and minimize glare potential. c. What existing off-site sources of light or glare may affect your proposal? Main sources of off-site light and glare are from the nearby roadways and adjacent residential uses. These uses do not impact the proposal. d. Proposed measures to reduce or control light and glare impacts, if any: It is anticipated that with the installation of the required landscape screening, and specifications for the light fixtures/pole locations, there would be no light and glare impacts generated by the proposal. Light and glare impacts would be slightly increased on-site due to the additional lighting poles and vehicle queuing moved on to the site. Lighting is designed to minimize off-site lighting impacts. EVALUATION FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 26 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 12. RECREATION a. What designated and informal recreational opportunities are in the immediate vicinity? There are a variety of area schools, including the subject site (Kent Prairie Elementary School), which have playfields and athletic fields, running tracks, tennis courts and other amenities. These facilities are used for District programs and athletics and are available after school for community use. The Kent Prairie Neighborhood Subarea of Arlington has several area parks and trails (which includes neighborhood parks and mini parks). Trail connections are also a priority within the subarea. b. Would the proposed project displace any existing recreational uses? If so, describe. There would be no impact to the campus recreational opportunities related to the proposal. The project area is not within the school’s formal athletic/recreation areas. c. Proposed measures to reduce or control impacts on recreation, including recreation opportunities to be provided by the project or applicant, if any: No measures are needed as there would be no impact to recreational opportunities on the campus. 13. HISTORIC AND CULTURAL PRESERVATION a. Are there any buildings, structures, or sites, located on or near the site that are over 45 years old listed in or eligible for listing in national, state, or local preservation registers? If so, specifically describe. There are no places or objects, on or adjacent to the project site, known to be on or proposed for any preservation registers. The existing elementary school was approved in the early-1990s (constructed in 1993) and is not over 45 years old. The Arlington area contains structures and residences that are more than 45 years old, but none in the immediate area are known to be proposed for any historic preservation registers. b. Are there any landmarks, features, or other evidence of Indian or historic use or occupation? This may include human burials or old cemeteries. Are there any material evidence, artifacts or areas of cultural importance on or near the site? Please list any professional studies conducted at the site to identify such resources. There are no known landmarks or items of historic, archaeological, scientific or cultural importance known to be on or next to the proposed project area. This is a developed elementary school and the proposal is in the area of the existing access roadway within the previously developed area of the site. There would be additional earthwork as detailed within this Environmental Checklist. EVALUATION FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 27 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 c. Describe the methods used to assess the potential impacts to cultural and historic resources on or near the project site. Examples include consultation with tribes and the department of archeology and historic preservation, archaeological surveys, historic maps, GIS data, etc. Research was conducted on the web using th e Washington State Department of Archaeology & Historic Preservation’s Washington Information System for Architectural and Archaeological Records Data (WISAARD) resource. d. Proposed measures to avoid, minimize, or compensate for loss, changes to, and disturbance to resources. Please include plans for the above and any permits that may be required. There are no measures necessary since cultural or historic resources have not been identified on the site. All work is occurring within the developed portion of the campus/access roadway. If evidence of any on-site historic, archeological, scientific or cultural significance were found during site activity, construction would be halted in that area and the State Historical Preservation Officer would be notified. 14. TRANSPORTATION a. Identify public streets and highways serving the site or affected geographic area, and describe proposed access to the existing street system. Show on-site plans, if any. Access to the site is via 207th Street NE (see Figure 2 – Campus Aerial Map). b. Is the site or affected geographic area currently served by public transit? If so, generally describe. If not, what is the approximate distance to the nearest transit stop? The site is served by public transit. Community Transit provides service along 207th Street NE. The District also has buses that transport students from their neighborhood to the school. c. How many additional parking spaces would the completed project or nonproject proposal have? How many would the project or proposal eliminate? There are 72 spaces currently on the subject site. There would be 14 additional parking stalls provided, and one existing space removed; ultimately, there would be 85 parking spaces at completion of the project. New lighting would be provided for the proposed staff parking area. d. Will the proposal require any new improvements to existing roads, streets, pedestrian, bicycle or state transportation facilities, not including driveways? If so, generally describe (indicate whether public or private). EVALUATION FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 28 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 This is an infrastructure improvement project that includes a new site access roadway with lighting, improved on-site vehicle circulation, and additional parking. Additional signage and a C-curb would be constructed at the centerline of 207th Street NE, as depicted in Detail 3 of Figure 9 – Storm Drainage Details and Profiles. e. Will the project or proposal use (or occur in the immediate vicinity of) water, rail, or air transportation? If so, generally describe. While other means of transportation (such as water, rail and air) are available within the area, the proposal would not use other means of transportation. f. How many vehicular trips per day would be generated by the completed project or proposal? If known, indicate when peak volumes would occur and what percentage of the volume would be trucks (such as commercial and nonpassenger vehicles). What data or transportation models were used to make these estimates? There would be no increase in vehicular traffic with the proposal as there is no increase in capacity. The proposal is a safety improvement project for existing (student drop- off/pick-up) vehicular traffic accessing the school site. The proposal impacts vehicular access at the site and how the vehicles move through the site (see inset circulation route). Current Traffic Plan: The current configuration does not have enough queuing length to prevent cars from queuing on 207th Street NE. Parent pick-up/drop-off access the site from the existing curb cut on 207th Street NE and starts queuing up east of the entry near the gym. Pick-up and drop-off occur on the playground at the southeast edge and then all vehicles exit the site onto Burn Road. Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 29 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 Figure 9 – Storm Drainage Details and Profiles EVALUATION FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 30 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 Proposed Traffic Plan: Parent pick-up/drop-off access the site from the new curb cut on 207th Street NE at the southwest corner of the site. The new queuing lane has a capacity for a 50± cars stacked in two parallel rows. On-site traffic control would release cars from the queuing lanes as space becomes available at the curb near the gym. Pick-up and drop-off would continue to occur on the playground at the southeast edge. On-site traffic control would coordinate release of cars to the Burn Road access, then all cars exit the site onto Burn Road. The new configuration should greatly reduce and likely eliminate vehicles from queuing on 207th Street NE. g. Will the proposal interfere with, affect or be affected by the movement of agricultural and forest products on roads or streets in the area? If so, generally describe. No; the proposal would not interfere with, affect or be affected by the movement of agricultural and forest products on roads or streets in the area. There may be a slight delay of trucks carrying agricultural or forest products during construction when heavy construction vehicles would be on the road system. This interval would be brief due to the limited size of the project. h. Proposed measures to reduce or control transportation impacts, if any: Transportation impacts are not anticipated, and mitigation is not required. New signage would be provided on the site to direct vehicles. The transportation impacts related to construction would be minimal. The contractor would be responsible for the safe access and parking of construction vehicles within staging areas. There would be no long-term transportation impacts associated with the proposal. 15. PUBLIC SERVICES a. Would the project result in an increased need for public services (for example: fire protection, police protection, public transit, health care, schools, other)? If so, generally describe: The site is served by the City of Arlington Police and Fire Departments. Additional demand for services to the site is not anticipated. The proposal would require a similar level of public services that have historically been provided to this school site. There would be no increase in the need for public transit as a result of this infrastructure proposal. b. Proposed measures to reduce or control direct impacts on public services, if any. It is anticipated that fire and police protection would continue to be provided without additional impact to those agencies. Proper fire flow, fire access and hydrant placement would be maintained by the proposal. There are no increases anticipated in the use of transit or healthcare services as a result of this proposal. It is possible that the infrastructure improvement project (site access roadway) would promote safer travel on the perimeter roadway during those times of peak school access usage. EVALUATION FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Page 31 BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 16. UTILITIES a. Circle utilities currently available at the site: electricity, natural gas, water, refuse service, telephone, sanitary sewer , septic system, other: cable/internet b. Describe the utilities that are proposed for the project, the utility providing the service, and the general construction activities on the site or in the immediate vicinity which might be needed. Water and sewer are provided by the City of Arlington. Area electrical service is provided by Public Utility District No. 1 of Snohomish County. Natural Gas is provided by Cascade Natural Gas. For utilities that are available to the site, proper sizing/extension would be the responsibility of the District; however, it is not anticipated that any utility extensions beyond electricity would be necessary for the infrastructure proposal. C. SIGNATURE The above answers are true and complete to the best of my knowledge. I understand that the lead agency is relying on them to make its decision. Reviewed by Arlington School District #16 and Brent Planning Solutions Signature: Laura S. Brent, AICP Environmental/Permitting Consultant for ASD Date: September 28, 2022 Environmental Checklist – Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Appendix A BRENT PLANNING SOLUTIONS, LLC FOR ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 Appendix A Legal Description Legal Description for the Kent Prairie Elementary School Campus (8110 207th Street NE, Arlington, WA 98223-5933), from the records of the Snohomish County Assessors: SC Tax Parcel #31051100400600 (9.97 ac.): Source: Snohomish County Assessor’s Website (www.snoco.org) June 2022 City of Arlington Community & Economic Development 18204 59th March 2, 2023 Arlington School District #16 315 N French Ave Arlington, WA 98223 RE: Pre-Construction Requirements Project Name: Kent Prairie Elementary Parent Drop-Off Project Address: 8110 207th St NE, Arlington, WA 98223 Project No.: PWD-3096 Dear Mr. Kent, In order for work to commence at the Kent Prairie Elementary Parent Drop-Off project site, the following items need to be submitted to the City of Arlington: 1. Contractor Information: a. License No. and 24 hour emergency contact information b. Contractor must obtain a City of Arlington Business License c. Contractor Proof of Insurance with the City of Arlington named as Additional Insured 2. Project CESCL with current certificate (1 acre or more) 3. Project Testing Company with contact information 4. Department of Ecology Construction Stormwater General Permit (1 acre or more): It is advised to apply for this permit with Department of Ecology as soon as possible due to the delays in DOE processing and permit issuance caused by changes in how DOE is functioning during COVID. 5. Material submittals for all proposed water, sewer and stormwater infrastructure shall be approved. Allow one (1) weeks’ time for review of material submittals. Once the items above have been received and approved, a pre-construction meeting will be scheduled. Project closeout information The project shall be deemed complete when inspection and approval of all work has been completed, and as-built plans have been approved. Should you have any questions or require additional information, please contact me at 360.403.3551 or rjones@arlingtonwa.gov. Sincerely, Raelynn Jones Permit Technician II Community & Economic Development Department PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING AGENDA Community and Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Avenue NE • Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360) 403 3551 Project Name: Kent Prairie Elem. Parent Drop Off Project No.: PWD#3096 Date: 6/29/2023 Contractor: Excavation West Superintendent: Nick Wylie Ph. No.: 360-814-3431 The purpose of this meeting is to provide the most common inspections and noteworthy information. This meeting is not intended to be all-encompassing. It is the responsibility of the Owner, Developer and Contractor to adhere to the approved plans, verify compliance with the City of Arlington Municipal Code, Public Works Design and Construction Standards, International Code Council (ICC), applicable local, state and federal requirements or any order, proclamation, guidance or decision of the Governor. In addition, construction sites shall adhere to current COVID-19 Jobsite Safety Requirements as per local, state and federal regulations. INSPECTIONS • INSPECTIONS (360-403-3417) MUST BE CALLED IN BEFORE 3:30 PM TO BE ON THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY INSPECTION SCHEDULE • Inspections are Monday-Friday with exception of Local, State or Federal Holidays. Building, Storm and Civil Inspections - 8 am to 4:30 pm; Water or Sewer inspections - 8:00 am to 3:30 pm • To cancel or modify an inspection - Building, Storm or Civil call 360-403-3433; Water or Sewer call 360-403-3526 • It is the responsibility of the Owner, Developer and Contractor to call and arrange for appropriate inspections. Onsite tailgate meetings are advised with each individual inspector prior to installation of their related facilities with those persons who are actually performing the work. • Failure to call for inspection may result in work being left exposed and/or removed and reconstructed • Re-inspections may be charged at $127.00 per hour, ½ hour minimum for failure to call for inspection. Submittal Documents Nick Wylie 360-814-3431 application is in progress: WAR312574 CPP 1300348 00 Exp 11/14/2023 One week prior to the pre-construction meeting. Submittals for all materials and subcontractor approvals: DISCUSS AT PRE-CON AS NECESSARY Performance Bond must be on file: N/A MTC Materials Testing 360-726-8269 CESCL#: Exp.: ~Need separate legal and exhibit map for City Council Approval – REQUIRED WITH AS-BUILT SUBMITTAL Contact State Historical Preservation Officer and Stillaguamish Tribe if required per Land Use PermitStillaguamish Tribe of Indians - THPO@stillaguamish.com Sam Barr Ph.: 360-622-7055; sbarr@stillaguamish.com City of Arlington Design and Construction Standards and Specifications. (Available online) UPCOMING HOLIDAYS – SEE FULL LIST OF 2023 FEDERAL HOLIDAYS As-built plans will be required – submit contractor redlined plans with as-built submittal Page 2 of 5 REV6.2021 MISCELLANEOUS: 1. Bulk Hydrant Use – 360-403-3526 2. Call for Locates 3. Planting schedule and methods 4. Onsite inspection prior to and during planting 5. Inspect final grade for lawn installation (Hydro-seed/sod) 6. Verify root barrier installation 7. Planting methods & before planting mulch installation 8. Staking & top mulch installation GENERAL CIVIL AND STORM DRAINAGE REQUIREMENTS: 9. Keep road clean and overall site. 10. Dust control required. 11. Maintain construction entrance – use railroad ballast – no spawls. 12. Silt fence as needed – contact for tailgate discussion. 13. All grouting shall be inspected inside and out. 14. Sand collars required unless otherwise specified. 15. All risers to be wet set and mudded inside and out. 16. All infiltration areas to be inspected before cover. 17. Provide protection for all infiltrating materials / amended soils, railroad ballast, drain rock 18. ECO Pans required for concrete clean up or approved wash down area with water tight containment. 19. CDF is required in right of way per R-140, up to the bottom of asphalt; no compaction required. Only for trenching within the roadway prism. 20. A Traffic Control Plan shall be submitted and approved prior to any work within the public Right of Way. 21. Landscaping – root barriers are required per Standard Detail R-270. 22. CALL INSPECTION LINES AND NOT INDIVIDUAL CELL PHONES!! 23. Right of Way site plan and TCP is required for any right of way work. WSDOT TCP is acceptable or TCP per MUTCD. GENERAL UTILITY REQUIREMENTS: 24. Do not cover without inspection. 25. Maintain survey staking. 26. All pipe in ground shall be inspected before cover. 27. Take pictures. 28. Call if you have any questions. 29. No pipe received on site without the ends covered; covers will remain in place until installation. 30. Signed set of approved construction drawings will be on site. 31. General site maintenance - No garbage in the ditch; no fittings/pipe in the mud; fitting assembly in a clean area. 32. Maintain horizontal and vertical clearance with other utilities. 33. Maximum amount of open trench shall not exceed 100 feet. 34. Dropped and/or damaged pipe will be removed from the site and replaced. 35. High ground water a potential and dewatering plan may be required. De-watering pumps will need to be available and in good working condition if needed. 36. A Red Line copy of the construction drawings will be submitted to the COA at the project completion with the as-built plans. 37. Tracer Tape is required over side sewer pipes, stubs and any undetectable pipe at 24 to 48 inches below finished grade extending the full length. Page 3 of 5 REV6.2021 GENERAL WATER REQUIREMENTS: 38. Irrigation requires a separate tap for irrigation or a variance can be requested; send to Ryan Morrison rmorrison@arlingtonwa.gov. 39. CDF not required but compaction shall be met. 40. Inspectors shall be contacted and pictures will be taken. 41. All service lines shall be 2 inches and reduced at meter. 42. No 2 inches setters will be installed without restraint rods/spacer (Spud) in place. No wood spacers. 43. Pipe handling - Anticipate low water flows for flushing, keep the pipe/fittings clean. Water tight plug shall be used. 44. Once fittings arrive on site they need to be verified that they conform to approved submittals/COA STD. 45. Reduced Pressure Backflow Assembly (RPBA) is required, preferably inside the building. The RPBA must be in line where the water enters the building. Placement of the RPBA is a minimum of 1 foot and a maximum of 5 feet from ground level. 46. Mega Lugs and Field Locks are required. 47. All valves to be in the closed position to prevent debris/water from entering pipe. 48. Heavy plastic (4 mil. min.) on all fittings prior the thrust blocking. 49. Pre-block and post-block inspections are required. An ecology block may be used with crushed rock backfill compacted to 95%, as needed. • Ecology ½ block - 2’x2’x3’ (1900 lbs.); or • Ecology full block – 2’x2’x6’ (3850 lbs.); or • Per standard detail W-160 thru W-175. 50. All Services will be flushed prior to testing or connecting to the check valve to prevent the check valve from damage. 51. What type of chlorination will you use? Disposal of the Super Chlorinated water? 52. Tie-in connections shall be less than 18 feet and swabbed with a chlorinated water solution of appropriate strength. 53. Water meter will not be set until connection fees have been paid. Contact the Permit Center for or apply online. 360-403-3551 or www.arlingtonwa.gov/254/Construction-Utility-Applications 54. Limited hydrant meters, PUD may supply. GENERAL SANITARY SEWER REQUIREMENTS 55. Inspectors will take pictures. 56. Side sewer pipe and stubs shall be 6 inches. 57. Bedding shall be 3/8 inch clean washed pea gravel or imported clean sand, 6 inches below pipe and 12 inches above pipe. 58. Cleanouts shall be placed 5 feet from the building where each sewer stub exits the building. Cleanouts are required every 100 feet, must be at grade with ring, cover and internal plug, not a cap. If a clean out is not located in a solid surface, it will require a concrete pad. 59. All grouting shall be inspected inside and out. 60. All risers to be wet set and mudded inside and out. Do not use Jet set. 61. Sanitary Sewer Pipe shall be cleaned and tested after backfilling by either exfiltration or low pressure air method. 62. Sewer main will be CCTV and inspector shall be onsite. 63. Clean outs will be a “Y” at 45°. Page 4 of 5 REV6.2021 64. Monitoring manhole (MMH) is required for each commercial use within the city. If multi-tenant, each unit needs to connect separately to a MMH. Maximum of three (3) units may connect to one (1) MMH. Detail SS-130. BUILDING REQUIREMENTS 65. Special Inspections 66. Wall/rockeries separate building permit 67. Field Revisions to Issued Permit – Level 1: Minor changes that Inspectors may add to the approved building permit file. The inspector may also determine that a level 2 requirement is necessary based on the extent and complexity of the changes proposed. “Minor Changes” would include small scale changes, such as: • Updates to floor plan with no increases in footprint, change of uses, or heights. • Minor structural changes from the engineer and/or designer of record; such as: o basic beam changes, o changes of covered porches, patios, o over framed areas from trusses to stick framed roofs w/50 psf. or less roof snow loads without roof pitch changes, o window changes without egress change, o minor footing/foundation adjustments). • All changes/modifications should be noted/documented on the permit file and as necessary within the permitting system. 68. Revisions to Issued Permit – Level 2 New applications may be required for minor revisions where staff review is necessary for proposed revisions. Only 1 revision is allowed to any issued building permit. • Types of potential changes may include but are not limited to: o Reallocation of floor area use if it would include and/or cause an increase in bedroom count(s). o Site plan changes in orientation or location on a site without any structural changes. o Roof pitch changes. o Structural changes and alterations that would then require some type of building plan review. o Slight increases and/or adjustments to previously permitted details and/or features which would increase the area and/or footprint square footage, including, but not limited to: decks, covered porches/decks, existing room(s)/habitable space, garage • Increases shall not exceed 10% of the existing detail/floor area up to a maximum total of 250 sq. ft. • Increases and/or adjustments shall not create a nonconforming structure (e.g. setbacks, floodplain, critical area, shoreline, ADU limitations, or would create other type of nonconforming use). 69. Revisions to Issued Permit – Level 3 Requirements for new Permit application and full review of Substantial Changes: Changes in the scope and scale of the structure and/or structural design that would necessitate a new permit. Page 5 of 5 REV6.2021 • “Substantial Changes” would include changes, such as: o Changing from wood to reinforced concrete or other change in the type of construction. o Changes in occupancy that require extensive changes to the construction and life safety design of the structure. o Altered projects resulting in a totally new configuration/layout. o A completely new design, new elements, and/or features not part of the original prior approved building permit. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: 70. Permit numbers shall be added to all required reports and emailed to the following: • Kevin Olander – kolander@arlingtonwa.gov 360-403-3433 • Brian Grieve- bgrieve@arlingtonwa.gov 360-403-3438 / 360-913-1396 (cell) • Permit Center – ced@arlingtonwa.gov 360-403-3551 71. Utility General Contact Information: 360-403-3526 • Water Department Contact: o Gus Tararan – gtararan@arlingotnwa.gov 425-754-7438 o Inspections – 360-403-3526 • Wastewater Department Contact: o Joe Wilson – jwilson@arlingotnwa.gov 425-754-7442 o Inspections – 360-403-3508 72. Plan Revisions shall be submitted via hard copy to CED Department for review. • Two (2) copies of revised plans shall be required along with an electronic copy 73. Meeting Attendees: WN CA 27 06 16 BUSINESS AUTO ENHANCEMENT ENDORSEMENT The Business Auto Enhancement Endorsement is an optional endorsement that provides coverage enhancements. The following is a summary of broadened coverages provided by this endorsement. No coverage is provided by this summary, refer to following endorsement for changes in your policy. SUMMARY OF COVERAGES PAGE Accidental Airbag Deployment Coverage 4 Auto Loan/Lease Gap Coverage 4 Blanket Additional Insured 2 Blanket Waiver of Subrogation 5 Broadened Definition of Insured includes: Newly Acquired Organizations for up to 180 Days 2 Employees as Insureds 2 Subsidiaries in Which You Own 50% or More 2 Deductible Waiver for Glass Repair 3 Employee Hired Auto 2, 5 Fellow Employee Coverage 3 Hired Auto Physical Damage Coverage 4 Knowledge of Accident, Claim, Suit or Loss 5 Loss Of Use Expenses - Amended 3 Personal Effects 3 Rental Reimbursement Coverage 4 Supplementary Payments - Amended: Bail Bonds up to $5,000 2 Loss of Earnings up to $500/Day 2 Transportation Expense Limits – Amended 3 Unintentional Failure to Disclose Hazards 5 WN CA 27 06 16 Includes copy righted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.Page 1 of 5 SECTION II – COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE AMENDMENTS A.Who Is An Insured SECTION II – COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE, A. Coverage, 1. Who Is An Insured is amended to add: d.Any legally incorporated subsidiary of yours in which you own more than 50% of the voting stock on the effective date of this coverage form. However, “insured” does not include any subsidiary of yours that is an “insured” under any other automobile liability policy, or would be an “insured” under such policy but for termination of such policy or the exhaustion on such policy’s limits of insurance. e.Any organization which is newly acquired or formed by you and over which you maintain majority ownership. However, coverage under this provision: (1)is afforded only for the first 180 days after you acquire or form the organization or until the end of the policy period, whichever comes first; (2)does not apply to “bodily injury” or “property damage” that results from an “accident” that occurred before you formed or acquired the organization; (3)does not apply to any newly acquired or formed organization that is a joint venture or partnership; and (4)does not apply to an “insured” under any other automobile liability policy, or would be an “insured” under such a policy but for termination of such policy or the exhaustion of such policy’s limits of insurance. f.Any “employee” of yours is an “insured” while using a covered “auto” you don’t own, hire or borrow in your business or your personal affairs. g.Any “employee” of yours is an “insured” while operating a covered “auto” hired or rented under a contract or agreement in the “employee’s” name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. B.Blanket Additional Insured SECTION ll – COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE, A. Coverage, 1. Who Is An Insured, paragraph c. is amended to add the following: Any person or organization who is required under a written contract or agreement between you and that person or organization, that is signed and executed by you before the “bodily injury” or “property damage” occurs and that is in effect during the policy period, to be named as an additional insured is an “insured” for Liability Coverage, but only for damages to which this insurance applies and only to the extent that persons or organization qualifies as an “insured” under the Who Is An Insured provision contained in Section ll. C.Liability Coverage Extensions – Supplementary Payments SECTION II – COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE, A. Coverage, 2. Coverage Extensions, a. Supplementary Payments is amended by replacing subparagraphs (2) and (4) with the following: (2)Up to $5,000 for cost of bail bonds (including bonds for related traffic law violations) required because of an “accident” we cover. We do not have to furnish these bonds. (4)All reasonable expenses incurred by the “insured” at our request, including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. WN CA 27 06 16 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY BUSINESS AUTO ENHANCEMENT ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies the insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM With respect to the coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by this endorsement. The SECTIONS of the Business Auto Coverage Form identified in this endorsement will be amended as shown below. WN CA 27 06 16 Includes copy righted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.Page 2 of 5 D.Fellow Employee Coverage SECTION II – COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE, B. Exclusions, 5. Fellow Employee, the following is added: Co-Employee Lawsuit Defense Cost Reimbursement If a suit seeking damages for “bodily injury” to any fellow “employee” of the “insured” arising out of and in the course of the fellow “employee’s” employment or while performing duties related to the conduct of your business, or a suit seeking damages brought by the spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that fellow “employee”, is brought against you, we will reimburse reasonable costs that you incur in the defense of such matters. Any reimbursement made pursuant to this sub-section will be in addition to the limits of liability set forth in the Declarations. SECTION III – PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE AMENDMENTS A.Transportation Expense – Limits Amended SECTION III – PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. Coverage, 4. Coverage Extensions, a. Transportation Expenses is amended by replacing $20 per day/$600 maximum limit with $50 per day/$1000 maximum. B.Hired Auto Physical Damage – Loss Of Use Expenses – Limits Amended SECTION III – PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. Coverage, 4. Coverage Extensions, b. Loss of Use Expenses is amended by replacing the $20 per day/$600 maximum limit with $50 per day/$750 maximum limit. C.Personal Effects Coverage SECTION lll – PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. Coverage, 4. Coverage Extensions is amended by adding the following: c.Personal Effects We will pay up to $500 for “loss” to personal effects, which are: (1)Owned by an “insured”; and (2)In or on your covered “auto.” This coverage applies only in the event of the total theft of your covered “auto.” No deductible applies to this coverage D.Glass Repair – Deductible Waiver SECTION III – PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. Coverage, 3. Glass Breakage – Hitting A Bird Or Animal – Falling Objects Or Missiles , is amended by adding the following: No deductible will apply to glass breakage if such glass is repaired, in a manner acceptable to us, rather than replaced. E.Hired Auto Physical Damage SECTION III – PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. Coverage is amended by adding the following: 5.Hired Auto Physical Damage If hired “autos” are covered “autos” for Liability Coverage and if Comprehensive, Specified Causes of Loss, or Collision coverages are provided under this coverage form for any “auto” you own, then the Physical Damage Coverages provided are extended to “autos” you hire of like kind and use, subject to the following: a.The most we will pay for any one “loss” is $50,000 or the actual cash value or cost to repair or replace, whichever is less, minus a deductible; b.The deductible will be equal to the largest deductible applicable to any owned “auto” for that coverage. Any Comprehensive deductible does not apply to “loss” caused by fire or lightening; c.Hired Auto Physical Damage coverage is excess over any other collectible insurance; and d.Subject to the above limit, deductible and excess provisions we will provide coverage equal to the broadest coverage applicable to any covered “auto” you own. If a limit for Hired Auto Physical Damage is indicated in the Declarations, then that limit replaces, and is not added to, the $50,000 limit indicated above. WN CA 27 06 16 Includes copy righted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.Page 3 of 5 F.Rental Reimbursement SECTION III – PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE A. Coverage, is amended by adding the following: 6.Rental Reimbursement This coverage applies only to a covered “auto” of the private passenger or light truck type as follows: a.We will pay for rental reimbursement expenses incurred by you for the rental of a private passenger or light truck type “auto” because of “loss” to a covered private passenger or light truck type “auto”. Payment applies in addition to the otherwise applicable amount of each coverage you have on a covered private passenger or light truck type “auto.” No deductibles apply to this coverage. b.We will pay only for those expenses incurred during the policy period beginning 24 hours after the “loss” and ending, regardless of the policy’s expiration, with the lesser of the following number of days: (1)The number of days reasonably required to repair or replace the covered private passenger or light truck type “auto”. If “loss” is caused by theft, this number of days is added to the number of days it takes to locate the covered private passenger or light truck type “auto” and return it to you; or (2)30 days. c.Our payment is limited to the lesser of the following amounts: (1)Necessary and actual expenses incurred, or (2)$50 per day, up to a maximum of $1,000. d.This coverage does not apply while there are spare or reserve private passenger or light truck type “autos” available to you for your operations. e.If “loss” results from the total theft of a covered “auto” of the private passenger or light truck type, we will pay under this coverage only that amount of your rental reimbursement expenses which is not already provided for under SECTION III – PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. Coverage, 4. Coverage Extensions. For the purposes of this Rental Reimbursement coverage, light truck is defined as a truck with a gross vehicle weight of 10,000 lbs. or less as defined by the manufacturer as the maximum loaded weight the auto is designed to carry. G.Accidental Airbag Deployment Coverage SECTION III – PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. Coverage is amended by adding the following: 7.Accidental Airbag Deployment Coverage We will pay to reset or replace factory installed airbag(s) in any covered “auto” for accidental discharge, other than discharge due to a collision loss. This coverage is applicable only if comprehensive coverage applies to the covered “auto”. This coverage is excess over any other collectible insurance or reimbursement by manufacturer’s warranty. H.Auto Loan/Lease Gap Coverage SECTION III PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, Item A., Coverage, is amended by adding the following: 8.Auto Loan/Lease Gap Coverage This coverage applies only to a covered “auto” described or designated in the Schedule or in the Declarations as including physical damage coverage. In the event of a covered total “loss” to a covered “auto” described or designated in the Schedule or in the Declarations, we will pay any unpaid amount due on the lease or loan for a covered “auto” less: a.The amount paid under the Physical Damage Coverage Section on the policy; and b.Any: (1)Overdue lease/loan payments at the time of the “loss”; (2)Financial penalties imposed under a lease for excessive use, abnormal wear and tear or high mileage; (3)Security deposits not returned by the lessor; (4)Costs for extended warranties, Credit Life Insurance, Health, Accident or Disability Insurance purchased with the loan or lease; and (5)Carry-over balances from previous loans or leases. WN CA 27 06 16 Includes copy righted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.Page 4 of 5 SECTION IV – BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS AMENDMENTS A.Duties In The Event Of Accident, Claim, Suit Or Loss Amended SECTION IV – BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, A. Loss Conditions, 2. Duties In The Event Of Accident, Claim, Suit Or Loss, a. is amended by adding the following: This condition applies only when the “accident” or “loss” is known to: (1)You, if you are an individual; (2)A partner, if you are a partnership; (3)An executive officer or insurance manager, if you are a corporation; or (4)A member or manager, if you are a limited liability company. But, this section does not amend the provisions relating to notification of police, protection or examination of the property which was subject to the “loss”. B.Blanket Waiver of Subrogation Section IV – BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, A. Loss Conditions, 5. Transfer of Rights of Recovery Against Others to Us, is amended by adding the following exception: However, we waive any right of recovery we may have against any person or organization to the extent required of you by a written contract signed and executed prior to any “accident” or “loss”, provided that the “accident” or “loss” arises out of operations contemplated by such contract. The waiver applies only to the person or organization designated in such contract. C.Unintentional Failure to Disclose Hazards SECTION IV – BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, B. General Conditions, 2. Concealment, Misrepresentation Or Fraud, is amended by adding the following paragraph: If you unintentionally fail to disclose any hazards existing at the inception date of the policy, or during the policy period in connection with any additional hazards, we will not deny coverage under this Coverage Part because of such failure. D.Employee Hired Auto SECTION IV – BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, B. General Conditions, 5. Other Insurance, paragraph b. is deleted and replace by the following: b.For Hired Auto Physical Damage Coverage, the following are deemed to be a covered “autos” you own: (1)Any covered “auto” you lease, hire, rent or borrow. (2)Any covered “auto” hired or rented by your “employee” under a contract in that individual “employee’s” name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. However, any “auto” that is leased, hired, rented or borrowed with a driver is not a covered “auto”. WN CA 27 06 16 Includes copy righted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.Page 5 of 5 CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL FORM PROJECT NAME DATE OF SUBMISSION Kent Prairie Elementary School Monday, April 17, 2023 PROJECT MANAGER Submittal Number Nick Wylie TRANSMITTED TO: (NAME/ADDRESS)Arlingtonton School District No.16 via McGranahan Architects TRANSMITTAL # SUBJECT OF SUBMITTAL SPECIFICATIONS Survey Request 328000 Copy of Excavation West Arlingtons Business License CONSULTANT REVIEW ARCHITECT REVIEW CONTRACTOR NAME SIGNATURE Excavation West Nick wylie APPROVAL COMMENTS Excavation West 8465 Harrison Road Sedro Woolley, WA 98284 360-854-2064 - Office 360-814-3431 - mobile nick@excavationwest.com NorthLine Surveying, Inc. 1580 Port Drive, Burlington, WA 98233; Phone: (360) 899-9598 1 April 14th, 2023 Serial Letter #001 Nick Wylie Excavation West, Inc. 8465 Harrison Street Sedro-Woolley, WA 98284 RE: Request for Survey Control, Conformed Plans, & CAD files Project: Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Project #: 23-18 Nick, NorthLine Surveying, Inc. hereby officially requests the following information to be provided by the Contracting Agency: 1. Primary survey control information. 2. 1 electronic copy of conformed Approved Project Drawings in .pdf format. 3. Electronic CAD Files ** NLS understands the nature of electronic files and expects to receive an Electronic Release form to be signed and returned prior to release of any electronic CAD files. Respectfully submitted, NorthLine Surveying, Inc. Tim Couevas Project Manager COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY WN GL 139 06 18 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED – CONTRACTORS – OPERATIONS AND COMPLETED OPERATIONS – WITH ADDITIONAL INSURED REQUIREMENT IN CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART 1.Additional Insured – Operations A.Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured: (1)Any person or organization for whom you are performing operations when you and such person or organization have agreed in writing in a contract or agree- ment that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy; and (2)Any other person or organization you are required to add as an additional insured under the contract or agreement de- scribed in Paragraph 1. above. Such person(s) or organization(s) is an add- tional insured only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "person- al and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by: a.Your acts or omissions; or b.The acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf; in the performance of your ongoing opera- tions for the additional insured . B.With respect to Additional Insured - Opera- tions, coverage is limited as follows: This insurance does not apply to “bodily in- jury” or “property damage” occurring after: (1)All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the addi- tional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or (2)That portion of “your work” out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or or- ganization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. 2.Additional Insured – Completed Operations A.Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured: (1)Any person or organization for whom you are performing operations when you and such person or organization have agreed in writing in a contract or agree- ment that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy; and (2)Any other person or organization you are required to add as an additional insured under the contract or agreement de- scribed in Paragraph 1. above. Such person(s) or organization(s) is an addi- tional insured only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "person- al and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by: a.Your acts or omissions; or b.The acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf; and included in the “products-completed op- erations hazard”. WN GL 139 06 18 Page 1 of 2 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. B.With respect to Additional Insured – Com- pleted Operations, coverage is limited as follows: (1)A person or organization’s status as an insured under Additional Insured – Com- pleted Operations continues only for the period of time required by any written contract or agreement. (2)The insurance provided to the additional insured does not apply to “bodily injury”, “property damage” or “personal and ad- vertising injury” arising out of “your work” for which a consolidated (wrap-up) insur- ance program has been provided by the prime contractor-project manager or owner of the construction project in which you are involved. 3.Primary and Noncontributory The following is added to the Other Insurance Condition and supersedes any provision to the contrary: Primary And Noncontributory Insurance This insurance is primary to and will not seek contribution from any other insurance available to an additional insured under your policy pro- vided that: (1)The additional insured is a Named Insured under such other insurance; and (2)You have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that this insurance would be pri- mary and would not seek contribution from any other insurance available to the addition- al insured. 4.Other Provisions Applicable to Additional In- sured – Operations and Additional Insured – Completed Operations A.The Amendment of Insured Contract Defini- tion (Endorsement CG 24 26) does not apply to an additional insured. B.The coverage provided under Paragraph f. of the definition of “insured contract” under Section V – Definitions does not apply to an additional insured under this endorsement unless required by a written contract or agreement. C.The insurance afforded to such additional in- sured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to pro- vide for such additional insured. D.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III – Limits Of Insurance : If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is: (1)The minimum amount required by the contract or agreement; or (2)The Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the ap- plicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. E.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following addi- tional exclusion applies: This insurance does not apply to: "Bodily injury", "property damage" or "per- sonal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: (1)The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop draw- ings, opinions, reports, surveys, field or- ders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or (2)Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims against an additional insured allege negli- gence or other wrongdoing in the supervi- sion, hiring, employment, training or monitor- ing of others by that insured, if the “occur- rence” which caused the “bodily injury” or “property damage”, or the offense which caused the “personal and advertising injury”, involved the rendering of or failure to render any professional services by you with re- spect to your providing engineering, architec- tural or surveying services in your capacity as an engineer, architect or surveyor. WN GL 139 06 18 Page 2 of 2 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. CG MU 0009 06 22 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.Page 1 of 10 COMMERICAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG MU 0009 06 22 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY ENHANCEMENT ENDORSEMENT The Commercial General Liability Enhancement Endorsement is an optional endorsement that provides coverage enhancements. The following is a summary of broadened coverages provided by this endorsement. No coverage is provided by this summary, refer to following endorsement for changes in your policy. SUMMARY OF COVERAGES PAGE Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability Non Owned Watercraft Up To 50 Feet ...................................................................................2 Property Damage Liability Elevators ...............................................................................................................................3 Fire, Lightning, Explosion Or Sprinkler Leakage Exception ....................................................3 Borrowed Equipment ($25,000 Per Occurrence, $50,000 Aggregate, $2,500 Deductible Per Occurrence .....................................................................................3 Supplementary Payments – Amended Bail Bonds Up To $5,000 .......................................................................................................3 Loss of Earnings Up To $500/Day ........................................................................................3 Who Is An Insured Amendments Employee Bodily Injury To A Co-Employee ............................................................................4 Newly Formed Or Acquired Organizations For Up To 180 Days .............................................4 Blanket Additional Insured – Vendors – As Required By Contract ..........................................4 Blanket Additional Insured – Lessor Of Leased Equipment ....................................................6 Blanket Additional Insured – Managers Or Lessors Of Premises ............................................6 Blanket Additional Insured – State Or Governmental Agency Or Subdivision Or Political Subdivision – Permits Or Authorizations ............................................................7 Blanket Additional Insured – State Or Governmental Agency Or Subdivision Or Political Subdivision – Permits Or Authorizations Relating To Premises .........................8 Damage To Premises Rented To You – $300,000............................................................................9 Medical Payments Increased Limit – $10,000 Or Amount Shown on Declarations ............................9 Conditions Knowledge of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit Amended .................................................9 Unintentional Failure To Disclose Hazards .............................................................................9 Waiver of Subrogation .........................................................................................................10 Insured Contract Amended ..............................................................................................................10 Personal And Advertising Injury Redefined Televised, Videotaped Or Electronic Publication ..................................................................10 CG MU 0009 06 22 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.Page 2 of 10 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG MU 0009 06 22 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY ENHANCEMENT ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies the insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM With respect to the coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by this endorsement. The SECTIONS of the Commercial General Liability Coverage Form identified in this endorsement will be amended as shown below. SECTION I – COVERAGES AMENDMENTS COVERAGE A – BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY A.Non Owned Aircraft Or Watercraft Item 2. Exclusions, Paragraph g. is replaced by the following: g.Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft “Bodily injury” or “property damage” arising out of the ownership, maintenance, use or entrustment to others of any aircraft, “auto” or watercraft owned or operated by or rented or loaned to any insured. Use includes operation and “loading or unloading”. This exclusion applies even if the claims against any insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the super- vision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the “occurrence” which caused the “bodily injury” or “property damage” involved in the ownership, maintenance, use or entrustment to others of any aircraft, “auto” or watercraft that is owned or operated by or rented or loaned to any insured. This exclusion does not apply to: (1)A watercraft while ashore on premises you own or rent; (2)A watercraft you do not own that is: (a)Less than 50 feet long; and (b)Not being used to carry persons or property for a charge; This Subparagraph (2) applies to any person, who with your expressed or implied consent, either uses or is responsible for the use of the watercraft; (3)Parking an “auto” on, or on the ways next to, premises you own or rent, provided the “auto” is not owned by or rented or loaned to you or the insured; (4)Liability assumed under any “insured contract” for the ownership, maintenance or use of aircraft or watercraft; or (5)“Bodily injury” or “property damage” arising out of: (a)The operation of machinery or equipment that is attached to, or part of, a land vehicle that would qualify under the definition of “mobile equipment” if it were not subject to a compulsory or financial responsibility law or other motor vehicle insurance law where it is licensed or principally garaged; or (b)The operation of any of the machinery or equipment listed in Paragraph f. (2) or f. (3) of the definition of “mobile equipment”. CG MU 0009 06 22 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.Page 3 of 10 B.Damage To Property Coverage Extensions Item 2. Exclusions, Paragraph j. is replaced by the following: j.Damage To Property “Property damage” to: (1)Property you own, rent, or occupy, including any costs or expenses incurred by you, or any other person, organization or entity, for repair, replacement, enhancement, restoration or maintenance of such property for any reason, including prevention of injury to a person or damage to another’s property; (2)Premises you sell, give away or abandon, if the “property damage” arises out of any part of those premises; (3)Property loaned to you; (4)Personal property in the care, custody or control of the insured; (5)That particular part of real property on which you or any contractors or subcontractors working directly or indirectly on your behalf are performing operations, if the “property damage” arises out of those operations; or (6)That particular part of any property that must be restored, repaired or replaced because “your work” was incorrectly performed on it. Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to “property damage” (other than damage by fire, lightning, explosion or sprinkler leakage) to premises, including the contents of such premises, rented to you for a period of seven or fewer consecutive days. A separate limit of insurance applies to Damage To Premises Rented To You as described in SECTION III – LIMITS OF INSURANCE . However, the provisions of this paragraph do not apply if coverage for Damage To Premises Rented To You is excluded by endorsement. Paragraph (2) of this exclusion does not apply if the premises are “your work” and were never occupied, rented or held for rental by you. Paragraphs (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to the use of elevators. Paragraphs (3), (4), (5) and (6) of this exclusion do not apply to liability assumed under a sidetrack agreement. Paragraph (4) of this exclusion does not apply to “property damage” to borrowed equipment while not being used to perform operations at the jobsite. Subject to Paragraph 2. of SECTION III – LIMITS OF INSURANCE, the rules below fix the most we will pay for “property damage” under this provision: (1)$25,000 any one “occurrence”, regardless of the number of persons or organizations who sustain damages because of that “occurrence”; (2)$50,000 annual aggregate; and (3)We will pay only for damages in excess of $2,500 as a result of any one “occurrence”, regardless of the number of persons or organizations who sustain damages because of that “occurrence”. We may, or if required by law, pay all or any part of any deductible amount, if applicable, to effect settlement of any claim or “suit”. Upon notice of our payment of a deductible amount, you shall promptly reimburse us for the part of the deductible amount we paid. Paragraph (6) of this exclusion does not apply to “property damage” included in the “products-completed operations hazard”. The insurance provided for “property damage” from the use of elevators and for “property damage” to borrowed equipment is excess over any other valid and collectible property insurance (including any deductible portion thereof) available to the insured whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. C.Damage To Premises Rented To You Item 2. Exclusions, the last paragraph is replaced by the following: Exclusions c. through n. do not apply to damage by fire, lightning, explosion or sprinkler leakage to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. A separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as described in Paragraph 6. of SECTION III – LIMITS OF INSURANCE. CG MU 0009 06 22 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.Page 4 of 10 COVERAGE B – PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY LIABILITY D.Personal And Advertising Injury Item 2. Exclusions is amended by replacing Sub-paragraphs b. and c. with the following: b.Material Published With Knowledge Of Falsity “Personal and advertising injury” arising out of oral, written, televised, videotaped or electronic publication, in any manner, of material, if done by or at the direction of the insured with knowledge of its falsity. c.Material Published Prior To Policy Period “Personal and advertising injury” arising out of oral, written, televised, videotaped or electronic publication, in any manner, of material whose first publication took place before the beginning of the policy period. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS – COVERAGES A AND B E.Supplementary Payments – Coverages A and B Item 1. is amended by replacing Subparagraphs b. and d. with the following: b.Up to $5,000 for cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to furnish these bonds. d.All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request to assist us in the investigation or defense of the claim or “suit”, including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. SECTION II – WHO IS AN INSURED AMENDMENTS A.Employee Bodily Injury To A Co-Employee Paragraph 2. a. (1) is replaced by the following: However, none of these “employees” or “volunteer workers” are insureds for “bodily injury” or “personal and advertising injury”: (a)To you, to your partners or members (if you are a partnership or joint venture), to your members (if you are a limited liability company), to a co-“employee” while in the course of his or her employment or performing duties related to the conduct of your business, or to your other “volunteer workers” while performing duties related to the conduct of your business; (b)To the spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of the co-“employee” or “volunteer worker” as a consequence of Paragraph (1)(a) above; (c)For which there is any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay damages because of the injury described in Paragraph (1)(a) or (b) above; or (d)Arising out of his or her providing or failing to provide professional health care services. However, if a suit seeking damages for “bodily injury” or “personal and advertising injury” to any co-“employee” or other ”volunteer worker” arising out of and in the course of the co-“employee’s” or “volunteer worker’s” employment or while performing duties related to the conduct of your business, or a suit seeking damages brought by the spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of the co-“employee” or other “volunteer worker”, is brought against you or a co-“employee” or a “volunteer worker”, we will reimburse the reasonable costs that you incur in providing a defense to the co-“employee” or “volunteer worker” against such matters. Any reimbursement made pursuant to this sub-section will be in addition to the limits of liability set forth in the Declarations. B.Newly Acquired Organizations Paragraph 3. a. is replaced by the following: a.Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the 180th day after you acquire or form the organization or the end of the policy period, whichever is earlier; CG MU 0009 06 22 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.Page 5 of 10 The following are added: C.Blanket Additional Insured – Vendors – As Required By Contract 1.Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured any person(s) or organization(s) (referred to throughout this endorsement as vendor) with whom you have agreed in a written contract, executed prior to loss, to name as an additional insured, but only with respect to "bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of "your products" which are distributed or sold in the regular course of the vendor's business. However, a.The insurance afforded to such vendor only applies to the extent permitted by law; and b.If coverage provided to the vendor is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such vendor will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such vendor. 2.With respect to the insurance afforded to these vendors, the following additional exclusions apply: a.The insurance afforded the vendor does not apply to: (1)"Bodily injury" or "property damage" for which the vendor is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that the vendor would have in the absence of the contract or agreement; (2)Any express warranty unauthorized by you; (3)Any physical or chemical change in the product made intentionally by the vendor; (4)Repackaging, except when unpacked solely for the purpose of inspection, demonstration, testing, or the substitution of parts under instructions from the manufacturer, and then repackaged in the original container; (5)Any failure to make such inspections, adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of the products; (6)Demonstration, installation, servicing or repair operations, except such operations performed at the vendor's premises in connection with the sale of the product; (7)Products which, after distribution or sale by you, have been labeled or relabeled or used as a container, part or ingredient of any other thing or substance by or for the vendor; or (8)"Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the sole negligence of the vendor for its own acts or omissions or those of its employees or anyone else acting on its behalf. However, this exclusion does not apply to: (i)The exceptions contained in Subparagraphs (4) or (6); or (ii)Such inspections, adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of the products. 3.This Provision C. does not apply: a.To any insured person or organization from whom you have acquired such products, or any ingredient, part or container, entering into, accompanying or containing such products; b.To any vendor for which coverage as an additional insured specifically is scheduled by endorsement; or c.When liability included within the "products-completed operations hazard" has been excluded for such product either by the provisions of the coverage part or by endorsement. 4.With respect to the insurance afforded to these vendors, the following is added to Section III – Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the vendor is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the vendor is: a.The minimum amount required by the contract or agreement; or b.The Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; Page 6 of 10CG MU 0009 06 22 righted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.Includes copy (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. 5.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusion applies: This insurance does not apply to: a."Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: (1)The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or (2)Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims against an additional insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the “occurrence” which caused the “bodily injury” or “property damage”, or the offense which caused the “personal and advertising injury”, involved the rendering of or failure to render any professional services by you with respect to your providing engineering, architectural or surveying services in your capacity as an engineer, architect or surveyor. D.Blanket Additional Insured – Lessor Of Leased Equipment 1.Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured any person(s) or organization(s) from whom you lease equipment when you and such person(s) or organization(s) have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement, executed prior to loss, that such person(s) or organization(s) be added as an additional insured on your policy. Such person(s) or organization(s) is an insured only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused by your negligent acts or omissions in the maintenance, operation or use of equipment leased to you by such person(s) or organization(s). However, the insurance afforded to such additional insured: a.Only applies to the extent permitted by law; and b.Will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. c.Does not apply to any "occurrence" which takes place after the equipment lease expires; A person's or organization's status as an additional insured under this endorsement ends when their contract or agreement with you for such leased equipment ends. 2.With respect to the insurance afforded to the Lessor, the following additional exclusions apply: "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of: The assumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that the Lessor would have in the absence of the contract or agreement; Any express warranty made by the Lessor; The demonstration, installation, servicing, inspections, adjustments, tests, repair, or maintenance operations by or for the Lessor; The negligence or strict liability of the Lessor for its own acts or omissions or those of its employees or anyone else acting on its behalf; or Any failure on the part of the Lessor to provide information, instructions and/or warnings with respect to the maintenance, use or operation of the equipment. 3.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III – Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is: a.The minimum amount required by the contract or agreement; or b.The Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. CG MU 0009 06 22 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.Page 7 of 10 4.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusion applies: This insurance does not apply to: a."Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: (1)The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or (2)Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims against an additional insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the “occurrence” which caused the “bodily injury” or “property damage”, or the offense which caused the “personal and advertising injury”, involved the rendering of or failure to render any professional services by you with respect to your providing engineering, architectural or surveying services in your capacity as an engineer, architect or surveyor. E.Blanket Additional Insured – Managers Or Lessors Of Premises 1.Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured any person(s) or organization(s) with whom you have agreed in a written contract, executed prior to loss, to name as an additional insured, but only with respect to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of that part of the premises leased to you, subject to the following additional exclusions: This insurance does not apply to: a.Any "occurrence" which takes place after you cease to be a tenant in that premises. b.Structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of such additional insured. However: a.The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and b.If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. 2.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III – Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is: a.The minimum amount required by the contract or agreement; or b.The Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. 3.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusion applies: This insurance does not apply to: a."Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: (1)The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or (2)Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims against an additional insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the “occurrence” which caused the “bodily injury” or “property damage”, or the offense which caused the “personal and advertising injury”, involved the rendering of or failure to render any professional services by you with respect to your providing engineering, architectural or surveying services in your capacity as an engineer, architect or surveyor. Page 8 CG MU 0009 06 22 of 10righted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.Includes copy F.Blanket Additional Insured – State Or Governmental Agency Or Subdivision Or Political Subdivision – Permits Or Authorizations Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured any state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision with whom you have agreed in a written contract, executed prior to loss, to name as an additional insured, subject to the following provisions: 1.This insurance applies only with respect to operations performed by you or on your behalf for which the state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision has issued a permit or authorization. However: a.The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and b.If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. 2.This insurance does not apply to: a."Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of operations performed for the federal government, state or municipality; or b."Bodily injury" or "property damage" included within the "products-completed operations hazard". 3.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III – Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is: a.The minimum amount required by the contract or agreement; or b.The Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. 4.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusion applies: This insurance does not apply to: a."Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: (1)The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or (2)Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims against an additional insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the “occurrence” which caused the “bodily injury” or “property damage”, or the offense which caused the “personal and advertising injury”, involved the rendering of or failure to render any professional services by you with respect to your providing engineering, architectural or surveying services in your capacity as an engineer, architect or surveyor. G.Blanket Additional Insured – State Or Governmental Agency Or Subdivision Or Political Subdivision – Permits Or Authorizations Relating To Premises Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured any state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision with whom you have agreed in a written contract, executed prior to loss, to name as an additional insured, subject to the following provision: 1.This insurance applies only with respect to the following hazards for which the state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision has issued a permit or authorization in connection with premises you own, rent or control and to which this insurance applies: a.The existence, maintenance, repair, construction, erection or removal of advertising signs, awnings, canopies, cellar entrances, coal holes, driveways, manholes, marquees, hoist away openings, sidewalk vaults, street banners or decorations and similar exposures; or b.The construction, erection or removal of elevators; or Page 9 of 10CG MU 0009 06 22 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. c.The ownership, maintenance or use of any elevators covered by this insurance. However, a.The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and b.If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. 2.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III – Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is: a.The minimum amount required by the contract or agreement; or b.The Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. 3.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusion applies: This insurance does not apply to: a."Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: (1)The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or (2)Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims against an additional insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the “occurrence” which caused the “bodily injury” or “property damage”, or the offense which caused the “personal and advertising injury”, involved the rendering of or failure to render any professional services by you with respect to your providing engineering, architectural or surveying services in your capacity as an engineer, architect or surveyor. SECTION III – LIMITS OF INSURANCE AMENDMENTS A.Damage To Premises Rented To You Paragraph 6. is replaced by the following: 6.Subject to Paragraph 5. above, the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of “property damage” to any one premises, while rented to you, or in the case of damage by fire, lightning, explosion or sprinkler leakage, while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner is the greater of: a.$300,000; or b.The amount shown next to the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit in the Declarations. However, the provisions of this paragraph do not apply if Damage To Premises Rented To You Coverage is excluded by endorsement. B.Medical Expense Limit Paragraph 7. is replaced with the following: 7.Subject to Paragraph 5. above, the most we will pay under Coverage C for all medical expenses because of “bodily injury” sustained by any one person is the greater of: a.$10,000; or b.The amount shown next to the Medical Expense Limit in the Declarations. This insurance does not apply if coverage for Medical Expenses is excluded either by the provisions of the coverage part or by endorsement. Page 10 of 10CG MU 0009 06 22 righted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.Includes copy SECTION IV – COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS AMENDMENTS A.Knowledge Of Occurrence Item 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit is amended by adding the following: e.You must give us or our authorized representative prompt notice of an “occurrence”, claim or loss only when the “occurrence”, claim or loss is known to: (1)You, if you are an individual; (2)A partner, if you are a partnership; (3)An executive officer or insurance manager, if you are a corporation; or (4)A member or manager, if you are a limited liability company. B.Other Insurance Item 4. Other Insurance, b. Excess Insurance (1) (a) (ii) is replaced by the following: (ii)That is fire, lightning, explosion or sprinkler leakage insurance for premises rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner; C.Unintentional Failure To Disclose Hazards Item 6. Representations is replaced by the following: 6.Representations And Unintentional Failure To Disclose Hazards a.By accepting this policy, you agree: (1)The statements in the Declarations are accurate and complete; (2)Those statements are based upon representations you made to us; and (3)We have issued this policy in reliance upon your representations. b.If you unintentionally fail to disclose any hazards existing at the inception date of your policy, we will not deny coverage under this Coverage Part because of such failure. However, this provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium or exercise our right of cancellation or non-renewal. D.Waiver of Subrogation Item 8. Transfer of Rights of Recovery Against Others to Us is hereby amended by the addition of the following: We waive any right of recovery we may have because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work" done under a written contract, executed prior to loss, requiring such waiver with that person or organization and included in the "products-completed operations hazard". However, our rights may only be waived prior to the "occurrence" giving rise to the injury or damage for which we make payment under this Coverage Part. The insured must do nothing after a loss to impair our rights. At our request, the insured will bring "suit" or transfer those rights to us and help us enforce those rights. SECTION V – DEFINITIONS AMENDMENTS A.Insured Contract Amended Paragraph 9. a. is replaced by the following: a.A contract for a lease of premises. However, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for damage by fire, lightning, explosion or sprinkler leakage to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner is not an “insured contract”; B.Personal And Advertising Injury Redefined Paragraph 14. d. and e. are replaced by the following: d.Oral, written, televised, videotaped or electronic publication of material that slanders or libels a person or organization or disparages a person’s or organization’s goods, products or service; e.Oral, written, televised, videotaped or electronic publication of material that violates a person’s right of privacy; POLICY NUMBER:COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 25 03 05 09 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED CONSTRUCTION PROJECT(S) GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Designated Construction Project(s): Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A.For all sums which the insured becomes le- gally obligated to pay as damages caused by "occurrences" under Section I – Coverage A, and for all medical expenses caused by acci- dents under Section I – Coverage C, which can be attributed only to ongoing operations at a single designated construction project shown in the Schedule above: 1.A separate Designated Construction Proj- ect General Aggregate Limit applies to each designated construction project, and that limit is equal to the amount of the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations. 2.The Designated Construction Project Gen- eral Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of all damages under Coverage A, except damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in the "products-completed oper- ations hazard", and for medical expenses under Coverage C regardless of the number of: a.Insureds; b.Claims made or "suits" brought; or c.Persons or organizations making claims or bringing "suits". 3.Any payments made under Coverage A for damages or under Coverage C for medical expenses shall reduce the Desig- nated Construction Project General Aggre- gate Limit for that designated construction project. Such payments shall not reduce the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations nor shall they reduce any other Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit for any other designated construction project shown in the Schedule above. 4.The limits shown in the Declarations for Each Occurrence, Damage To Premises Rented To You and Medical Expense continue to apply. However, instead of being subject to the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations, such limits will be subject to the applicable Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit. B.For all sums which the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages caused by "occurrences" under Section I – Coverage A, and for all medical expenses caused by accidents under Section I – Coverage C, which cannot be attributed only to ongoing operations at a single designated construction project shown in the Schedule above: 1.Any payments made under Coverage A for damages or under Coverage C for medical expenses shall reduce the amount available under the General Aggregate Limit or the Products-completed Opera- tions Aggregate Limit, whichever is ap- plicable; and CG 25 03 05 09 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2008 Page 1 of 2 CPP 1300348 00 PER WRITTEN CONTRACT OR AGREE-MENT WHERE YOU AGREED TO PRO-VIDE A SEPARATE GENERAL AGGRE-GATE LIMIT FOR EACH PROJECT 2.Such payments shall not reduce any Des- ignated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit. C.When coverage for liability arising out of the "products-completed operations hazard" is provided, any payments for damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" in- cluded in the "products-completed operations hazard" will reduce the Products-completed Operations Aggregate Limit, and not reduce the General Aggregate Limit nor the Desig- nated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit. D.If the applicable designated construction proj- ect has been abandoned, delayed, or aban- doned and then restarted, or if the authorized contracting parties deviate from plans, blue- prints, designs, specifications or timetables, the project will still be deemed to be the same construction project. E.The provisions of Section III – Limits Of In- surance not otherwise modified by this endorsement shall continue to apply as stipulated. Page 2 of 2 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2008 CG 25 03 05 09 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURER F : INSURER E : INSURER D : INSURER C : INSURER B : INSURER A : NAIC # NAME:CONTACT (A/C, No):FAX E-MAILADDRESS: PRODUCER (A/C, No, Ext):PHONE INSURED REVISION NUMBER:CERTIFICATE NUMBER:COVERAGES IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. OTHER: (Per accident) (Ea accident) $ $ N / A SUBR WVD ADDL INSD THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. $ $ $ $PROPERTY DAMAGE BODILY INJURY (Per accident) BODILY INJURY (Per person) COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT AUTOS ONLY AUTOSAUTOS ONLY NON-OWNED SCHEDULEDOWNED ANY AUTO AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY Y / N WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS belowIf yes, describe under ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE $ $ $ E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE E.L. EACH ACCIDENT EROTH-STATUTEPER LIMITS(MM/DD/YYYY)POLICY EXP(MM/DD/YYYY)POLICY EFFPOLICY NUMBERTYPE OF INSURANCELTRINSR DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) EXCESS LIAB UMBRELLA LIAB $EACH OCCURRENCE $AGGREGATE $ OCCUR CLAIMS-MADE DED RETENTION $ $PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $GENERAL AGGREGATE $PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $MED EXP (Any one person) $EACH OCCURRENCE DAMAGE TO RENTED $PREMISES (Ea occurrence) COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY PRO-JECT LOC CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) CANCELLATION AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 25 (2016/03) © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. CERTIFICATE HOLDER The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD HIREDAUTOS ONLY 04/10/2023 Risk Strategies, LLC 12625 4th Ave W Suite 201 Everett WA 98204 Matthew Gunther (425) 949-7285 (425) 320-4327 endorsements@riskstrategiesins.com Excavation West, Inc 8465 Harrison Rd. Sedro Woolley WA 98284 Western National Mutual Insurance Company 15377 A CPP 1300348 00 11/14/2022 11/14/2023 1,000,000 100,000 5,000 1,000,000 2,000,000 2,000,000 A CPP 1274789 01 11/14/2022 11/14/2023 1,000,000 A UMB 1050557 00 11/14/2022 11/14/2023 2,000,000 2,000,000 A CPP 1300348 00 11/14/2022 11/14/2023 STOP GAP 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 Certificate holder is included as additional insured when required by written contract. This insurance is primary and noncontributory. A waiver of subrogation applies in favor of additional insureds. City of Arlington 238 North Olympic Ave Arlington WA 98223 Matthew Gunther CG MU 0009 06 22 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.Page 1 of 10 COMMERICAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG MU 0009 06 22 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY ENHANCEMENT ENDORSEMENT The Commercial General Liability Enhancement Endorsement is an optional endorsement that provides coverage enhancements. The following is a summary of broadened coverages provided by this endorsement. No coverage is provided by this summary, refer to following endorsement for changes in your policy. SUMMARY OF COVERAGES PAGE Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability Non Owned Watercraft Up To 50 Feet ...................................................................................2 Property Damage Liability Elevators ...............................................................................................................................3 Fire, Lightning, Explosion Or Sprinkler Leakage Exception ....................................................3 Borrowed Equipment ($25,000 Per Occurrence, $50,000 Aggregate, $2,500 Deductible Per Occurrence .....................................................................................3 Supplementary Payments – Amended Bail Bonds Up To $5,000 .......................................................................................................3 Loss of Earnings Up To $500/Day ........................................................................................3 Who Is An Insured Amendments Employee Bodily Injury To A Co-Employee............................................................................4 Newly Formed Or Acquired Organizations For Up To 180 Days.............................................4 Blanket Additional Insured – Vendors – As Required By Contract..........................................4 Blanket Additional Insured – Lessor Of Leased Equipment ....................................................6 Blanket Additional Insured – Managers Or Lessors Of Premises............................................6 Blanket Additional Insured – State Or Governmental Agency Or Subdivision Or Political Subdivision – Permits Or Authorizations............................................................7 Blanket Additional Insured – State Or Governmental Agency Or Subdivision Or Political Subdivision – Permits Or Authorizations Relating To Premises .........................8 Damage To Premises Rented To You – $300,000............................................................................9 Medical Payments Increased Limit – $10,000 Or Amount Shown on Declarations............................9 Conditions Knowledge of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit Amended.................................................9 Unintentional Failure To Disclose Hazards.............................................................................9 Waiver of Subrogation .........................................................................................................10 Insured Contract Amended ..............................................................................................................10 Personal And Advertising Injury Redefined Televised, Videotaped Or Electronic Publication ..................................................................10 CG MU 0009 06 22 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.Page 2 of 10 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG MU 0009 06 22 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY ENHANCEMENT ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies the insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM With respect to the coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by this endorsement. The SECTIONS of the Commercial General Liability Coverage Form identified in this endorsement will be amended as shown below. SECTION I – COVERAGES AMENDMENTS COVERAGE A – BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY A.Non Owned Aircraft Or Watercraft Item 2. Exclusions, Paragraph g. is replaced by the following: g.Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft “Bodily injury” or “property damage” arising out of the ownership, maintenance, use or entrustment to others of any aircraft, “auto” or watercraft owned or operated by or rented or loaned to any insured. Use includes operation and “loading or unloading”. This exclusion applies even if the claims against any insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the super- vision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the “occurrence” which caused the “bodily injury” or “property damage” involved in the ownership, maintenance, use or entrustment to others of any aircraft, “auto” or watercraft that is owned or operated by or rented or loaned to any insured. This exclusion does not apply to: (1)A watercraft while ashore on premises you own or rent; (2)A watercraft you do not own that is: (a)Less than 50 feet long; and (b)Not being used to carry persons or property for a charge; This Subparagraph (2) applies to any person, who with your expressed or implied consent, either uses or is responsible for the use of the watercraft; (3)Parking an “auto” on, or on the ways next to, premises you own or rent, provided the “auto” is not owned by or rented or loaned to you or the insured; (4)Liability assumed under any “insured contract” for the ownership, maintenance or use of aircraft or watercraft; or (5)“Bodily injury” or “property damage” arising out of: (a)The operation of machinery or equipment that is attached to, or part of, a land vehicle that would qualify under the definition of “mobile equipment” if it were not subject to a compulsory or financial responsibility law or other motor vehicle insurance law where it is licensed or principally garaged; or (b)The operation of any of the machinery or equipment listed in Paragraph f. (2) or f. (3) of the definition of “mobile equipment”. CG MU 0009 06 22 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.Page 3 of 10 B.Damage To Property Coverage Extensions Item 2. Exclusions, Paragraph j. is replaced by the following: j.Damage To Property “Property damage” to: (1)Property you own, rent, or occupy, including any costs or expenses incurred by you, or any other person, organization or entity, for repair, replacement, enhancement, restoration or maintenance of such property for any reason, including prevention of injury to a person or damage to another’s property; (2)Premises you sell, give away or abandon, if the “property damage” arises out of any part of those premises; (3)Property loaned to you; (4)Personal property in the care, custody or control of the insured; (5)That particular part of real property on which you or any contractors or subcontractors working directly or indirectly on your behalf are performing operations, if the “property damage” arises out of those operations; or (6)That particular part of any property that must be restored, repaired or replaced because “your work” was incorrectly performed on it. Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to “property damage” (other than damage by fire, lightning, explosion or sprinkler leakage) to premises, including the contents of such premises, rented to you for a period of seven or fewer consecutive days. A separate limit of insurance applies to Damage To Premises Rented To You as described in SECTION III – LIMITS OF INSURANCE. However, the provisions of this paragraph do not apply if coverage for Damage To Premises Rented To You is excluded by endorsement. Paragraph (2) of this exclusion does not apply if the premises are “your work” and were never occupied, rented or held for rental by you. Paragraphs (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to the use of elevators. Paragraphs (3), (4), (5) and (6) of this exclusion do not apply to liability assumed under a sidetrack agreement. Paragraph (4) of this exclusion does not apply to “property damage” to borrowed equipment while not being used to perform operations at the jobsite. Subject to Paragraph 2. of SECTION III – LIMITS OF INSURANCE, the rules below fix the most we will pay for “property damage” under this provision: (1)$25,000 any one “occurrence”, regardless of the number of persons or organizations who sustain damages because of that “occurrence”; (2)$50,000 annual aggregate; and (3)We will pay only for damages in excess of $2,500 as a result of any one “occurrence”, regardless of the number of persons or organizations who sustain damages because of that “occurrence”. We may, or if required by law, pay all or any part of any deductible amount, if applicable, to effect settlement of any claim or “suit”. Upon notice of our payment of a deductible amount, you shall promptly reimburse us for the part of the deductible amount we paid. Paragraph (6) of this exclusion does not apply to “property damage” included in the “products-completed operations hazard”. The insurance provided for “property damage” from the use of elevators and for “property damage” to borrowed equipment is excess over any other valid and collectible property insurance (including any deductible portion thereof) available to the insured whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. C.Damage To Premises Rented To You Item 2. Exclusions, the last paragraph is replaced by the following: Exclusions c. through n. do not apply to damage by fire, lightning, explosion or sprinkler leakage to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. A separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as described in Paragraph 6. of SECTION III – LIMITS OF INSURANCE. CG MU 0009 06 22 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.Page 4 of 10 COVERAGE B – PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY LIABILITY D.Personal And Advertising Injury Item 2. Exclusions is amended by replacing Sub-paragraphs b. and c. with the following: b.Material Published With Knowledge Of Falsity “Personal and advertising injury” arising out of oral, written, televised, videotaped or electronic publication, in any manner, of material, if done by or at the direction of the insured with knowledge of its falsity. c.Material Published Prior To Policy Period “Personal and advertising injury” arising out of oral, written, televised, videotaped or electronic publication, in any manner, of material whose first publication took place before the beginning of the policy period. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS – COVERAGES A AND B E.Supplementary Payments – Coverages A and B Item 1. is amended by replacing Subparagraphs b. and d. with the following: b.Up to $5,000 for cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to furnish these bonds. d.All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request to assist us in the investigation or defense of the claim or “suit”, including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. SECTION II – WHO IS AN INSURED AMENDMENTS A.Employee Bodily Injury To A Co-Employee Paragraph 2. a. (1) is replaced by the following: However, none of these “employees” or “volunteer workers” are insureds for “bodily injury” or “personal and advertising injury”: (a)To you, to your partners or members (if you are a partnership or joint venture), to your members (if you are a limited liability company), to a co-“employee” while in the course of his or her employment or performing duties related to the conduct of your business, or to your other “volunteer workers” while performing duties related to the conduct of your business; (b)To the spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of the co-“employee” or “volunteer worker” as a consequence of Paragraph (1)(a) above; (c)For which there is any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay damages because of the injury described in Paragraph (1)(a) or (b) above; or (d)Arising out of his or her providing or failing to provide professional health care services. However, if a suit seeking damages for “bodily injury” or “personal and advertising injury” to any co-“employee” or other ”volunteer worker” arising out of and in the course of the co-“employee’s” or “volunteer worker’s” employment or while performing duties related to the conduct of your business, or a suit seeking damages brought by the spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of the co-“employee” or other “volunteer worker”, is brought against you or a co-“employee” or a “volunteer worker”, we will reimburse the reasonable costs that you incur in providing a defense to the co-“employee” or “volunteer worker” against such matters. Any reimbursement made pursuant to this sub-section will be in addition to the limits of liability set forth in the Declarations. B.Newly Acquired Organizations Paragraph 3. a. is replaced by the following: a.Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the 180th day after you acquire or form the organization or the end of the policy period, whichever is earlier; CG MU 0009 06 22 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.Page 5 of 10 The following are added: C.Blanket Additional Insured – Vendors – As Required By Contract 1.Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured any person(s) or organization(s) (referred to throughout this endorsement as vendor) with whom you have agreed in a written contract, executed prior to loss, to name as an additional insured, but only with respect to "bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of "your products" which are distributed or sold in the regular course of the vendor's business. However, a.The insurance afforded to such vendor only applies to the extent permitted by law; and b.If coverage provided to the vendor is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such vendor will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such vendor. 2.With respect to the insurance afforded to these vendors, the following additional exclusions apply: a.The insurance afforded the vendor does not apply to: (1)"Bodily injury" or "property damage" for which the vendor is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that the vendor would have in the absence of the contract or agreement; (2)Any express warranty unauthorized by you; (3)Any physical or chemical change in the product made intentionally by the vendor; (4)Repackaging, except when unpacked solely for the purpose of inspection, demonstration, testing, or the substitution of parts under instructions from the manufacturer, and then repackaged in the original container; (5)Any failure to make such inspections, adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of the products; (6)Demonstration, installation, servicing or repair operations, except such operations performed at the vendor's premises in connection with the sale of the product; (7)Products which, after distribution or sale by you, have been labeled or relabeled or used as a container, part or ingredient of any other thing or substance by or for the vendor; or (8)"Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the sole negligence of the vendor for its own acts or omissions or those of its employees or anyone else acting on its behalf. However, this exclusion does not apply to: (i)The exceptions contained in Subparagraphs (4) or (6); or (ii)Such inspections, adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of the products. 3.This Provision C. does not apply: a.To any insured person or organization from whom you have acquired such products, or any ingredient, part or container, entering into, accompanying or containing such products; b.To any vendor for which coverage as an additional insured specifically is scheduled by endorsement; or c.When liability included within the "products-completed operations hazard" has been excluded for such product either by the provisions of the coverage part or by endorsement. 4.With respect to the insurance afforded to these vendors, the following is added to Section III – Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the vendor is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the vendor is: a.The minimum amount required by the contract or agreement; or b.The Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; Page 6 of 10CG MU 0009 06 22 righted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.Includes copy (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. 5.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusion applies: This insurance does not apply to: a."Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: (1)The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or (2)Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims against an additional insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the “occurrence” which caused the “bodily injury” or “property damage”, or the offense which caused the “personal and advertising injury”, involved the rendering of or failure to render any professional services by you with respect to your providing engineering, architectural or surveying services in your capacity as an engineer, architect or surveyor. D.Blanket Additional Insured – Lessor Of Leased Equipment 1.Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured any person(s) or organization(s) from whom you lease equipment when you and such person(s) or organization(s) have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement, executed prior to loss, that such person(s) or organization(s) be added as an additional insured on your policy. Such person(s) or organization(s) is an insured only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused by your negligent acts or omissions in the maintenance, operation or use of equipment leased to you by such person(s) or organization(s). However, the insurance afforded to such additional insured: a.Only applies to the extent permitted by law; and b.Will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. c.Does not apply to any "occurrence" which takes place after the equipment lease expires; A person's or organization's status as an additional insured under this endorsement ends when their contract or agreement with you for such leased equipment ends. 2.With respect to the insurance afforded to the Lessor, the following additional exclusions apply: "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of: The assumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that the Lessor would have in the absence of the contract or agreement; Any express warranty made by the Lessor; The demonstration, installation, servicing, inspections, adjustments, tests, repair, or maintenance operations by or for the Lessor; The negligence or strict liability of the Lessor for its own acts or omissions or those of its employees or anyone else acting on its behalf; or Any failure on the part of the Lessor to provide information, instructions and/or warnings with respect to the maintenance, use or operation of the equipment. 3.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III – Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is: a.The minimum amount required by the contract or agreement; or b.The Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. CG MU 0009 06 22 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.Page 7 of 10 4.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusion applies: This insurance does not apply to: a."Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: (1)The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or (2)Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims against an additional insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the “occurrence” which caused the “bodily injury” or “property damage”, or the offense which caused the “personal and advertising injury”, involved the rendering of or failure to render any professional services by you with respect to your providing engineering, architectural or surveying services in your capacity as an engineer, architect or surveyor. E.Blanket Additional Insured – Managers Or Lessors Of Premises 1.Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured any person(s) or organization(s) with whom you have agreed in a written contract, executed prior to loss, to name as an additional insured, but only with respect to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of that part of the premises leased to you, subject to the following additional exclusions: This insurance does not apply to: a.Any "occurrence" which takes place after you cease to be a tenant in that premises. b.Structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of such additional insured. However: a.The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and b.If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. 2.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III – Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is: a.The minimum amount required by the contract or agreement; or b.The Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. 3.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusion applies: This insurance does not apply to: a."Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: (1)The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or (2)Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims against an additional insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the “occurrence” which caused the “bodily injury” or “property damage”, or the offense which caused the “personal and advertising injury”, involved the rendering of or failure to render any professional services by you with respect to your providing engineering, architectural or surveying services in your capacity as an engineer, architect or surveyor. Page 8 CG MU 0009 06 22 of 10righted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.Includes copy F.Blanket Additional Insured – State Or Governmental Agency Or Subdivision Or Political Subdivision – Permits Or Authorizations Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured any state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision with whom you have agreed in a written contract, executed prior to loss, to name as an additional insured, subject to the following provisions: 1.This insurance applies only with respect to operations performed by you or on your behalf for which the state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision has issued a permit or authorization. However: a.The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and b.If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. 2.This insurance does not apply to: a."Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of operations performed for the federal government, state or municipality; or b."Bodily injury" or "property damage" included within the "products-completed operations hazard". 3.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III – Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is: a.The minimum amount required by the contract or agreement; or b.The Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. 4.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusion applies: This insurance does not apply to: a."Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: (1)The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or (2)Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims against an additional insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the “occurrence” which caused the “bodily injury” or “property damage”, or the offense which caused the “personal and advertising injury”, involved the rendering of or failure to render any professional services by you with respect to your providing engineering, architectural or surveying services in your capacity as an engineer, architect or surveyor. G.Blanket Additional Insured – State Or Governmental Agency Or Subdivision Or Political Subdivision – Permits Or Authorizations Relating To Premises Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured any state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision with whom you have agreed in a written contract, executed prior to loss, to name as an additional insured, subject to the following provision: 1.This insurance applies only with respect to the following hazards for which the state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision has issued a permit or authorization in connection with premises you own, rent or control and to which this insurance applies: a.The existence, maintenance, repair, construction, erection or removal of advertising signs, awnings, canopies, cellar entrances, coal holes, driveways, manholes, marquees, hoist away openings, sidewalk vaults, street banners or decorations and similar exposures; or b.The construction, erection or removal of elevators; or Page 9 of 10CG MU 0009 06 22 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. c.The ownership, maintenance or use of any elevators covered by this insurance. However, a.The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and b.If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. 2.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III – Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is: a.The minimum amount required by the contract or agreement; or b.The Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. 3.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusion applies: This insurance does not apply to: a."Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: (1)The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or (2)Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims against an additional insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the “occurrence” which caused the “bodily injury” or “property damage”, or the offense which caused the “personal and advertising injury”, involved the rendering of or failure to render any professional services by you with respect to your providing engineering, architectural or surveying services in your capacity as an engineer, architect or surveyor. SECTION III – LIMITS OF INSURANCE AMENDMENTS A.Damage To Premises Rented To You Paragraph 6. is replaced by the following: 6.Subject to Paragraph 5. above, the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of “property damage” to any one premises, while rented to you, or in the case of damage by fire, lightning, explosion or sprinkler leakage, while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner is the greater of: a.$300,000; or b.The amount shown next to the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit in the Declarations. However, the provisions of this paragraph do not apply if Damage To Premises Rented To You Coverage is excluded by endorsement. B.Medical Expense Limit Paragraph 7. is replaced with the following: 7.Subject to Paragraph 5. above, the most we will pay under Coverage C for all medical expenses because of “bodily injury” sustained by any one person is the greater of: a.$10,000; or b.The amount shown next to the Medical Expense Limit in the Declarations. This insurance does not apply if coverage for Medical Expenses is excluded either by the provisions of the coverage part or by endorsement. Page 10 of 10CG MU 0009 06 22 righted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.Includes copy SECTION IV – COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS AMENDMENTS A.Knowledge Of Occurrence Item 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit is amended by adding the following: e.You must give us or our authorized representative prompt notice of an “occurrence”, claim or loss only when the “occurrence”, claim or loss is known to: (1)You, if you are an individual; (2)A partner, if you are a partnership; (3)An executive officer or insurance manager, if you are a corporation; or (4)A member or manager, if you are a limited liability company. B.Other Insurance Item 4. Other Insurance, b. Excess Insurance (1) (a) (ii) is replaced by the following: (ii)That is fire, lightning, explosion or sprinkler leakage insurance for premises rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner; C.Unintentional Failure To Disclose Hazards Item 6. Representations is replaced by the following: 6.Representations And Unintentional Failure To Disclose Hazards a.By accepting this policy, you agree: (1)The statements in the Declarations are accurate and complete; (2)Those statements are based upon representations you made to us; and (3)We have issued this policy in reliance upon your representations. b.If you unintentionally fail to disclose any hazards existing at the inception date of your policy, we will not deny coverage under this Coverage Part because of such failure. However, this provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium or exercise our right of cancellation or non-renewal. D.Waiver of Subrogation Item 8. Transfer of Rights of Recovery Against Others to Us is hereby amended by the addition of the following: We waive any right of recovery we may have because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work" done under a written contract, executed prior to loss, requiring such waiver with that person or organization and included in the "products-completed operations hazard". However, our rights may only be waived prior to the "occurrence" giving rise to the injury or damage for which we make payment under this Coverage Part. The insured must do nothing after a loss to impair our rights. At our request, the insured will bring "suit" or transfer those rights to us and help us enforce those rights. SECTION V – DEFINITIONS AMENDMENTS A.Insured Contract Amended Paragraph 9. a. is replaced by the following: a.A contract for a lease of premises. However, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for damage by fire, lightning, explosion or sprinkler leakage to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner is not an “insured contract”; B.Personal And Advertising Injury Redefined Paragraph 14. d. and e. are replaced by the following: d.Oral, written, televised, videotaped or electronic publication of material that slanders or libels a person or organization or disparages a person’s or organization’s goods, products or service; e.Oral, written, televised, videotaped or electronic publication of material that violates a person’s right of privacy; COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY WN GL 139 06 18 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED – CONTRACTORS – OPERATIONS AND COMPLETED OPERATIONS – WITH ADDITIONAL INSURED REQUIREMENT IN CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART 1. Additional Insured – Operations A. Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured: (1)Any person or organization for whom you are performing operations when you and such person or organization have agreed in writing in a contract or agree- ment that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy; and (2)Any other person or organization you are required to add as an additional insured under the contract or agreement de- scribed in Paragraph 1. above. Such person(s) or organization(s) is an add- tional insured only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "person- al and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by: a.Your acts or omissions; or b.The acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf; in the performance of your ongoing opera- tions for the additional insured. B. With respect to Additional Insured - Opera- tions, coverage is limited as follows: This insurance does not apply to “bodily in- jury” or “property damage” occurring after: (1)All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the addi- tional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or (2)That portion of “your work” out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or or- ganization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. 2. Additional Insured – Completed Operations A. Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured: (1)Any person or organization for whom you are performing operations when you and such person or organization have agreed in writing in a contract or agree- ment that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy; and (2)Any other person or organization you are required to add as an additional insured under the contract or agreement de- scribed in Paragraph 1. above. Such person(s) or organization(s) is an addi- tional insured only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "person- al and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by: a.Your acts or omissions; or b.The acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf; and included in the “products-completed op- erations hazard”. WN GL 139 06 18 Page 1 of 2 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. B.With respect to Additional Insured – Com- pleted Operations, coverage is limited as follows: (1)A person or organization’s status as an insured under Additional Insured – Com- pleted Operations continues only for the period of time required by any written contract or agreement. (2)The insurance provided to the additional insured does not apply to “bodily injury”, “property damage” or “personal and ad- vertising injury” arising out of “your work” for which a consolidated (wrap-up) insur- ance program has been provided by the prime contractor-project manager or owner of the construction project in which you are involved. 3. Primary and Noncontributory The following is added to the Other Insurance Condition and supersedes any provision to the contrary: Primary And Noncontributory Insurance This insurance is primary to and will not seek contribution from any other insurance available to an additional insured under your policy pro- vided that: (1)The additional insured is a Named Insured under such other insurance; and (2)You have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that this insurance would be pri- mary and would not seek contribution from any other insurance available to the addition- al insured. 4. Other Provisions Applicable to Additional In- sured – Operations and Additional Insured – Completed Operations A.The Amendment of Insured Contract Defini- tion (Endorsement CG 24 26) does not apply to an additional insured. B.The coverage provided under Paragraph f. of the definition of “insured contract” under Section V – Definitions does not apply to an additional insured under this endorsement unless required by a written contract or agreement. C.The insurance afforded to such additional in- sured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to pro- vide for such additional insured. D.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III – Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is: (1)The minimum amount required by the contract or agreement; or (2)The Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the ap- plicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. E.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following addi- tional exclusion applies: This insurance does not apply to: "Bodily injury", "property damage" or "per- sonal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: (1)The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop draw- ings, opinions, reports, surveys, field or- ders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or (2)Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims against an additional insured allege negli- gence or other wrongdoing in the supervi- sion, hiring, employment, training or monitor- ing of others by that insured, if the “occur- rence” which caused the “bodily injury” or “property damage”, or the offense which caused the “personal and advertising injury”, involved the rendering of or failure to render any professional services by you with re- spect to your providing engineering, architec- tural or surveying services in your capacity as an engineer, architect or surveyor. WN GL 139 06 18 Page 2 of 2 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. POLICY NUMBER:COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 04 42 11 03 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. STOP GAP – EMPLOYERS LIABILITY COVERAGE ENDORSEMENT – WASHINGTON This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM SCHEDULE Limits Of Insurance Bodily Injury By Accident $Each Accident Bodily Injury By Disease $Aggregate Limit Bodily Injury By Disease $Each Employee (If no entry appears above, the information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) A.The following is added to Section I - Cover- ages: COVERAGE - STOP GAP - EMPLOYERS LIABIL- ITY 1. Insuring Agreement a.We will pay those sums that the in- sured becomes legally obligated by Washington Law to pay as damages because of "bodily injury by accident" or "bodily injury by disease" to your "employee" to which this insurance ap- plies. We will have the right and duty to defend the insured against any "suit" seeking those damages. However, we will have no duty to defend the insured against any "suit" seeking damages to which this insurance does not apply. We may, at our discretion, investigate any accident and settle any claim or "suit" that may result. But: (1)The amount we will pay for dam- ages is limited as described in Sec- tion III - Limits Of Insurance; and (2)Our right and duty to defend end when we have used up the appli- cable limit of insurance in the pay- ment of judgments or settlements under this coverage. No other obligation or liability to pay sums or perform acts or services is covered unless explicitly provided for under Supplementary Payments. b.This insurance applies to "bodily injury by accident" or "bodily injury by dis- ease" only if: (1)The: (a)"Bodily injury by accident" or "bodily injury by disease" takes place in the "coverage terri- tory"; (b)"Bodily injury by accident" or "bodily injury by disease" arises out of and in the course of the injured "employee's" employ- ment by you; and (c)"Employee", at the time of the injury, was covered under a worker's compensation policy and subject to a "workers com- pensation law" of Washington; and (2)The: (a)"Bodily injury by accident" is caused by an accident that oc- curs during the policy period; or (b)"Bodily injury by disease" is caused by or aggravated by conditions of employment by you and the injured "employ- ee's" last day of last exposure to the conditions causing or ag- gravating such "bodily injury by disease" occurs during the poli- cy period. CG 04 42 11 03 Copyright, ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 1 of 4 CPP 1300348 01 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 c.The damages we will pay, where recov ery is permitted by law, include dam- ages: (1)For: (a)Which you are liable to a third party by reason of a claim or "suit" against you by that third party to recover the damages claimed against such third party as a result of injury to your "employee"; (b)Care and loss of services; and (c)Consequential "bodily injury by accident" or "bodily injury by disease" to a spouse, child, par- ent, brother or sister of the in- jured "employee"; provided that these damages are the direct consequence of "bodily injury by accident" or "bodily injury by disease" that arises out of and in the course of the injured "em- ployee's" employment by you; and (2)Because of "bodily injury by acci- dent" or "bodily injury by disease" to your "employee" that arises out of and in the course of employ- ment, claimed against you in a capacity other than as employer. 2. Exclusions This insurance does not apply to: a. Intentional Injury "Bodily injury by accident" or "bodily injury by disease" intentionally caused or aggravated by you, or "bodily injury by accident" or "bodily injury by dis- ease" resulting from an act which is determined to have been committed by you if it was reasonable to believe that an injury is substantially certain to oc- cur. b. Fines Or Penalties Any assessment, penalty, or fine levied by any regulatory inspection agency or authority. c. Statutory Obligations Any obligation of the insured under a workers' compensation, disability bene- fits or unemployment compensation law or any similar law. d. Contractual Liability Liability assumed by you under any contract or agreement. e. Violation Of Law "Bodily injury by accident" or "bodily injury by disease" suffered or caused by any employee while employed in vi- olation of law with your actual knowl- edge or the actual knowledge of any of your "executive officers". f. Termination, Coercion Or Discrimination Damages arising out of coercion, criti- cism, demotion, evaluation, reassign- ment, discipline, defamation, harass- ment, humiliation, discrimination against or termination of any "employ- ee", or arising out of other employment or personnel decisions concerning the insured. g. Failure To Comply With "Workers Com- pensation Law" "Bodily injury by accident" or "bodily injury by disease" to an "employee" when you are: (1)Deprived of common law defenses; or (2)Otherwise subject to penalty; because of your failure to secure your obligations or other failure to comply with any "workers compensation law". h. Violation Of Age Laws Or Employment Of Minors "Bodily injury by accident" or "bodily injury by disease" suffered or caused by any person: (1)Knowingly employed by you in vio- lation of any law as to age; or (2)Under the age of 14 years, regard- less of any such law. i. Federal Laws Any premium, assessment, penalty, fine, benefit, liability or other obligation imposed by or granted pursuant to: (1)The Federal Employer's Liability Act (45 USC Section 51-60); (2)The Non-appropriated Fund Instru- mentalities Act (5 USC Sections 8171-8173); (3)The Longshore and Harbor Work- ers' Compensation Act (33 USC Sections 910-950); (4)The Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act (43 USC Section 1331-1356); (5)The Defense Base Act (42 USC Sections 1651-1654); Page 2 of 4 Copyright, ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 CG 04 42 11 03 (6)The Federal Coal Mine Health and Safety Act of 1969 (30 USC Sec- tions 901-942); (7)The Migrant and Seasonal Agricul- tural Worker Protection Act (29 USC Sections 1801-1872); (8)Any other workers compensation, unemployment compensation or disability laws or any similar law; or (9)Any subsequent amendments to the laws listed above. j. Punitive Damages Multiple, exemplary or punitive dam- ages. k. Crew Members "Bodily injury by accident" or "bodily injury by disease" to a master or mem- ber of the crew of any vessel or any member of the flying crew of an air- craft. B.The Supplementary Payments provisions apply to Coverage - Stop Gap Employers Liability as well as to Coverages A and B. C.For the purposes of this endorsement, Section II - Who Is An Insured, is replaced by the fol- lowing: If you are designated in the Declarations as: 1.An individual, you and your spouse are in- sureds, but only with respect to the con- duct of a business of which you are the sole owner. 2.A partnership or joint venture, you are an insured. Your members, your partners, and their spouses are also insureds, but only with respect to the conduct of your busi- ness. 3.A limited liability company, you are an in- sured. Your members are also insureds, but only with respect to the conduct of your business. Your managers are insureds, but only with respect to their duties as your managers. 4.An organization other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, you are an insured. Your "executive of- ficers" and directors are insureds, but only with respect to their duties as your officers or directors. Your stockholders are also in- sureds, but only with respect to their lia- bility as stockholders. No person or organization is an insured with respect to the conduct of any current or past partnership, joint venture or limited liability company that is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declarations. D.For the purposes of this endorsement, Section III - Limits Of Insurance, is replaced by the fol- lowing: 1.The Limits of Insurance shown in the Schedule of this endorsement and the rules below fix the most we will pay regardless of the number of: a.Insureds; b.Claims made or "suits" brought; or c.Persons or organizations making claims or bringing "suits". 2.The "Bodily Injury By Accident" - Each Ac- cident Limit shown in the Schedule of this endorsement is the most we will pay for all damages covered by this insurance be- cause of "bodily injury by accident" to one or more "employees" in any one accident. 3.The "Bodily Injury By Disease" - Aggregate Limit shown in the Schedule of this en- dorsement is the most we will pay for all damages covered by this insurance and arising out of "bodily injury by disease", re- gardless of the number of "employees" who sustain "bodily injury by disease". 4.Subject to Paragraph D.3. of this endorse- ment, the "Bodily Injury By Disease" - Each "Employee" Limit shown in the Schedule of this endorsement is the most we will pay for all damages because of "bodily injury by disease" to any one "employee". The limits of the coverage apply separately to each consecutive annual period and to any re- maining period of less than 12 months, starting with the beginning of the policy period shown in the Declarations, unless the policy period is extended after issuance for an additional period of less than 12 months. In that case, the addi- tional period will be deemed part of the last preceding period for purposes of determining the Limits of Insurance. E.For the purposes of this endorsement, Con- dition 2. - Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Claim Or Suit of the Conditions Section IV is deleted and replaced by the following: 2.Duties In The Event Of Injury, Claim Or Suit a.You must see to it that we or our agent are notified as soon as practicable of a "bodily injury by accident" or "bodily injury by disease" which may result in a claim. To the extent possible, notice should include: (1)How, when and where the "bodily injury by accident" or "bodily injury by disease" took place; (2)The names and addresses of any in- jured persons and witnesses; and CG 04 42 11 03 Copyright, ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 3 of 4 (3)The nature and location of any in- jury. b.If a claim is made or "suit" is brought against any insured, you must: (1)Immediately record the specifics of the claim or "suit" and the date re- ceived; and (2)Notify us as soon as practicable. You must see to it that we receive writ- ten notice of the claim or "suit" as soon as practicable. c.You and any other involved insured must: (1)Immediately send us copies of any demands, notices, summonses or legal papers received in connection with the injury, claim, proceeding or "suit"; (2)Authorize us to obtain records and other information; (3)Cooperate with us and assist us, as we may request, in the investiga- tion or settlement of the claim or defense against the "suit"; (4)Assist us, upon our request, in the enforcement of any right against any person or organization which may be liable to the insured be- cause of injury to which this insur- ance may also apply; and (5)Do nothing after an injury occurs that would interfere with our right to recover from others. d.No insured will, except at that insured's own cost, voluntarily make a payment, assume any obligation, or incur any ex- pense, other than for first aid, without our consent. F.For the purposes of this endorsement, Para- graph 4. of the Definitions Section is replaced by the following: 4."Coverage territory" means: a.The United States of America (including its territories and possessions), Puerto Rico and Canada; b.International waters or airspace, but only if the injury or damage occurs in the course of travel or transportation between any places included in a. above; or c.All other parts of the world if the injury or damage arises out of the activities of a person whose home is in the territory described in a. above, but who is away for a short time on your business; provided the insured's responsibility to pay damages is determined in the United States (including its territories and possessions), Puerto Rico, or Canada, in a suit on the merits according to the substantive law in such territory, or in a settlement we agree to. G.The following are added to the Definitions Sec- tion: 1."Workers Compensation Law" means the Workers Compensation Law and any Occu- pational Disease Law of Washington. This does not include provisions of any law pro- viding non-occupational disability benefits. 2."Bodily injury by accident" means bodily in- jury, sickness or disease sustained by a person, including death, resulting from an accident. A disease is not "bodily injury by accident" unless it results directly from "bodily injury by accident". 3."Bodily injury by disease" means a disease sustained by a person, including death. "Bodily injury by disease" does not include a disease that results directly from an acci- dent. H.For the purposes of this endorsement, the defi- nition of "bodily injury" does not apply. Page 4 of 4 Copyright, ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 CG 04 42 11 03 POLICY NUMBER:COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 25 03 05 09 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED CONSTRUCTION PROJECT(S) GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Designated Construction Project(s): Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A.For all sums which the insured becomes le- gally obligated to pay as damages caused by "occurrences" under Section I – Coverage A, and for all medical expenses caused by acci- dents under Section I – Coverage C, which can be attributed only to ongoing operations at a single designated construction project shown in the Schedule above: 1.A separate Designated Construction Proj- ect General Aggregate Limit applies to each designated construction project, and that limit is equal to the amount of the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations. 2.The Designated Construction Project Gen- eral Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of all damages under Coverage A, except damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in the "products-completed oper- ations hazard", and for medical expenses under Coverage C regardless of the number of: a.Insureds; b.Claims made or "suits" brought; or c.Persons or organizations making claims or bringing "suits". 3.Any payments made under Coverage A for damages or under Coverage C for medical expenses shall reduce the Desig- nated Construction Project General Aggre- gate Limit for that designated construction project. Such payments shall not reduce the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations nor shall they reduce any other Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit for any other designated construction project shown in the Schedule above. 4.The limits shown in the Declarations for Each Occurrence, Damage To Premises Rented To You and Medical Expense continue to apply. However, instead of being subject to the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations, such limits will be subject to the applicable Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit. B.For all sums which the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages caused by "occurrences" under Section I – Coverage A, and for all medical expenses caused by accidents under Section I – Coverage C, which cannot be attributed only to ongoing operations at a single designated construction project shown in the Schedule above: 1.Any payments made under Coverage A for damages or under Coverage C for medical expenses shall reduce the amount available under the General Aggregate Limit or the Products-completed Opera- tions Aggregate Limit, whichever is ap- plicable; and CG 25 03 05 09 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2008 Page 1 of 2 CPP 1300348 01 PER WRITTEN CONTRACT OR AGREE- MENT WHERE YOU AGREED TO PRO- VIDE A SEPARATE GENERAL AGGRE- GATE LIMIT FOR EACH PROJECT 2.Such payments shall not reduce any Des- ignated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit. C.When coverage for liability arising out of the "products-completed operations hazard" is provided, any payments for damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" in- cluded in the "products-completed operations hazard" will reduce the Products-completed Operations Aggregate Limit, and not reduce the General Aggregate Limit nor the Desig- nated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit. D.If the applicable designated construction proj- ect has been abandoned, delayed, or aban- doned and then restarted, or if the authorized contracting parties deviate from plans, blue- prints, designs, specifications or timetables, the project will still be deemed to be the same construction project. E.The provisions of Section III – Limits Of In- surance not otherwise modified by this endorsement shall continue to apply as stipulated. Page 2 of 2 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2008 CG 25 03 05 09 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURER F : INSURER E : INSURER D : INSURER C : INSURER B : INSURER A : NAIC # NAME:CONTACT (A/C, No):FAX E-MAILADDRESS: PRODUCER (A/C, No, Ext):PHONE INSURED REVISION NUMBER:CERTIFICATE NUMBER:COVERAGES IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. OTHER: (Per accident) (Ea accident) $ $ N / A SUBR WVD ADDL INSD THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. $ $ $ $PROPERTY DAMAGE BODILY INJURY (Per accident) BODILY INJURY (Per person) COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT AUTOS ONLY AUTOSAUTOS ONLY NON-OWNED SCHEDULEDOWNED ANY AUTO AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY Y / N WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS belowIf yes, describe under ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE $ $ $ E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE E.L. EACH ACCIDENT EROTH-STATUTEPER LIMITS(MM/DD/YYYY)POLICY EXP(MM/DD/YYYY)POLICY EFFPOLICY NUMBERTYPE OF INSURANCELTRINSR DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) EXCESS LIAB UMBRELLA LIAB $EACH OCCURRENCE $AGGREGATE $ OCCUR CLAIMS-MADE DED RETENTION $ $PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $GENERAL AGGREGATE $PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $MED EXP (Any one person) $EACH OCCURRENCE DAMAGE TO RENTED $PREMISES (Ea occurrence) COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY PRO-JECT LOC CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) CANCELLATION AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 25 (2016/03) © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. CERTIFICATE HOLDER The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD HIREDAUTOS ONLY 11/14/2023 Risk Strategies, LLC 12625 4th Ave W Suite 201 Everett WA 98204 Matthew Gunther (425) 949-7285 (425) 320-4327 endorsements@riskstrategiesins.com Excavation West, Inc 8465 Harrison RD Sedro Woolley WA 98284 WESTERN NATIONAL MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY A CPP 1300348 01 11/14/2023 11/14/2024 1,000,000 100,000 5,000 1,000,000 2,000,000 2,000,000 A CPP1274789 02 11/14/2023 11/14/2024 1,000,000 A UMB 1050557 01 11/14/2023 11/14/2024 1,000,000 1,000,000 A CPP 1300348 01 11/14/2023 11/14/2024 STOP GAP 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 A Installation Floater CPP1275113 02 11/14/2023 11/14/2024 Installation Limit $675,000 Deductible $1,000 Certificate holder, Owner, their directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives are included as are included as additional insured when required by written contract. This insurance is primary and noncontributory. A waiver of subrogation applies in favor of additional insureds. A 30 day notice of cancellation applies except in cases of nonpayment of premium, when 10 day notice applies. RE: Kent Prairie Elementary Site Access; 8110 207th Street NE, Arlington, Washington 98223 Arlington School District No. 16 315 N. French Avenue Arlington WA 98223 Matthew Gunther 8465 Harrison Road, Sedro Woolley WA 98284 P: 360-854-2064 Team / Emergency Contact List Nick Wylie Project Manager / ESC 360-814-3431 o nick@excavationwest.com Chip Bacus Site Super / ESC 360-661-6128 o chip@excavationwest.com Mel Steele Foreman 425-330-7672 Stacey Bacus EEO 360-854-2064 o accounts@excavationwest.com Department of Community & Economic Development CIVIL INSPECTION DAILY REPORT PROJECT INFORMATION REPORT DATE PROJECT NAME PREPARED BY 7/3/2023 Kent Prairie Drop Off Brian Grieve WORK PERFORMED Was work performed today? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No TYPE OF WORK PERFORMED APPROVED PLANS? APPROVED MATERIALS? NOTES Clearing & Grading Yes N/A Crews are removing the top soil and grass for the new drive isle and infiltration galleries. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL Was Temporary Traffic Control required? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining the traffic control devices? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A Page 2 CLOSURE TYPE APPROVED PLAN? NOTES N/A TEMPORARY EROSION & SEDIMENT CNTROL Are the contractor’s erosion control measures in place? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining erosion control BMPs? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A EROSION CONTROL ISSUE NOTES N/A INSPECTOR COMMENTS None Department of Community & Economic Development CIVIL INSPECTION DAILY REPORT PROJECT INFORMATION REPORT DATE PROJECT NAME PREPARED BY 7/7/2023 Kent Prairie Drop Off Brian Grieve WORK PERFORMED Was work performed today? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No TYPE OF WORK PERFORMED APPROVED PLANS? APPROVED MATERIALS? NOTES Clearing & Grading Yes N/A Crews are removing the top soil and grass for the new drive isle and infiltration galleries. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL Was Temporary Traffic Control required? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining the traffic control devices? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A CLOSURE TYPE APPROVED PLAN? NOTES N/A TEMPORARY EROSION & SEDIMENT CNTROL Are the contractor’s erosion control measures in place? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining erosion control BMPs? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A EROSION CONTROL ISSUE NOTES N/A INSPECTOR COMMENTS None Department of Community & Economic Development CIVIL INSPECTION DAILY REPORT PROJECT INFORMATION REPORT DATE PROJECT NAME PREPARED BY 7/10/2023 Kent Prairie Drop Off Brian Grieve WORK PERFORMED Was work performed today? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No TYPE OF WORK PERFORMED APPROVED PLANS? APPROVED MATERIALS? NOTES Clearing & Grading Yes N/A Crews are installing the new driveway off of 207th. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL Was Temporary Traffic Control required? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining the traffic control devices? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A Page 2 CLOSURE TYPE APPROVED PLAN? NOTES N/A TEMPORARY EROSION & SEDIMENT CNTROL Are the contractor’s erosion control measures in place? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining erosion control BMPs? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A EROSION CONTROL ISSUE NOTES N/A INSPECTOR COMMENTS None Department of Community & Economic Development CIVIL INSPECTION DAILY REPORT PROJECT INFORMATION REPORT DATE PROJECT NAME PREPARED BY 7/17/2023 Kent Prairie Drop Off Brian Grieve WORK PERFORMED Was work performed today? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No TYPE OF WORK PERFORMED APPROVED PLANS? APPROVED MATERIALS? NOTES Excavation N/A N/A Crews are excavating in preparation of installing the project infiltration galleries. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL Was Temporary Traffic Control required? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining the traffic control devices? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A CLOSURE TYPE APPROVED PLAN? NOTES N/A TEMPORARY EROSION & SEDIMENT CNTROL Are the contractor’s erosion control measures in place? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining erosion control BMPs? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A EROSION CONTROL ISSUE NOTES N/A INSPECTOR COMMENTS None Department of Community & Economic Development CIVIL INSPECTION DAILY REPORT PROJECT INFORMATION REPORT DATE PROJECT NAME PREPARED BY 7/20/2023 Kent Prairie Drop Off Brian Grieve WORK PERFORMED Was work performed today? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No TYPE OF WORK PERFORMED APPROVED PLANS? APPROVED MATERIALS? NOTES Excavation N/A N/A Crews continue excavating in preparation of installing the project infiltration galleries. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL Was Temporary Traffic Control required? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining the traffic control devices? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A CLOSURE TYPE APPROVED PLAN? NOTES N/A TEMPORARY EROSION & SEDIMENT CNTROL Are the contractor’s erosion control measures in place? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining erosion control BMPs? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A EROSION CONTROL ISSUE NOTES N/A INSPECTOR COMMENTS None Department of Community & Economic Development CIVIL INSPECTION DAILY REPORT PROJECT INFORMATION REPORT DATE PROJECT NAME PREPARED BY 7/26/2023 Kent Prairie Drop Off Brian Grieve WORK PERFORMED Was work performed today? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No TYPE OF WORK PERFORMED APPROVED PLANS? APPROVED MATERIALS? NOTES Base Material N/A N/A Crews are placing the base material for the new driveway. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL Was Temporary Traffic Control required? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining the traffic control devices? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A CLOSURE TYPE APPROVED PLAN? NOTES N/A TEMPORARY EROSION & SEDIMENT CNTROL Are the contractor’s erosion control measures in place? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining erosion control BMPs? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A EROSION CONTROL ISSUE NOTES N/A INSPECTOR COMMENTS None Department of Community & Economic Development CIVIL INSPECTION DAILY REPORT PROJECT INFORMATION REPORT DATE PROJECT NAME PREPARED BY 8/9/2023 Kent Prairie Drop Off Brian Grieve WORK PERFORMED Was work performed today? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No TYPE OF WORK PERFORMED APPROVED PLANS? APPROVED MATERIALS? NOTES Infiltration Gallery Yes Yes Crews are installing the new infiltration trench. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL Was Temporary Traffic Control required? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining the traffic control devices? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A CLOSURE TYPE APPROVED PLAN? NOTES N/A TEMPORARY EROSION & SEDIMENT CNTROL Are the contractor’s erosion control measures in place? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining erosion control BMPs? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A EROSION CONTROL ISSUE NOTES N/A INSPECTOR COMMENTS None Department of Community & Economic Development CIVIL INSPECTION DAILY REPORT PROJECT INFORMATION REPORT DATE PROJECT NAME PREPARED BY 8/29/2023 Kent Prairie Drop Off Brian Grieve WORK PERFORMED Was work performed today? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No TYPE OF WORK PERFORMED APPROVED PLANS? APPROVED MATERIALS? NOTES Infiltration Gallery Yes Yes Crews are installing the chambers for the infiltration trenc TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL Was Temporary Traffic Control required? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining the traffic control devices? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A Page 2 CLOSURE TYPE APPROVED PLAN? NOTES N/A TEMPORARY EROSION & SEDIMENT CNTROL Are the contractor’s erosion control measures in place? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining erosion control BMPs? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A EROSION CONTROL ISSUE NOTES N/A INSPECTOR COMMENTS None Department of Community & Economic Development CIVIL INSPECTION DAILY REPORT PROJECT INFORMATION REPORT DATE PROJECT NAME PREPARED BY 9/1/2023 Kent Prairie Drop Off Brian Grieve WORK PERFORMED Was work performed today? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No TYPE OF WORK PERFORMED APPROVED PLANS? APPROVED MATERIALS? NOTES Infiltration Gallery Yes Yes Crews continue installing the chambers for the infiltration trench Page 2 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL Was Temporary Traffic Control required? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining the traffic control devices? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A CLOSURE TYPE APPROVED PLAN? NOTES N/A TEMPORARY EROSION & SEDIMENT CNTROL Are the contractor’s erosion control measures in place? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining erosion control BMPs? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A EROSION CONTROL ISSUE NOTES N/A INSPECTOR COMMENTS None Department of Community & Economic Development CIVIL INSPECTION DAILY REPORT PROJECT INFORMATION REPORT DATE PROJECT NAME PREPARED BY 9/5/2023 Kent Prairie Drop Off Brian Grieve WORK PERFORMED Was work performed today? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No TYPE OF WORK PERFORMED APPROVED PLANS? APPROVED MATERIALS? NOTES Infiltration Gallery Yes Yes Crews begin backfilling the chambers for the infiltration trench TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL Was Temporary Traffic Control required? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining the traffic control devices? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A Page 2 CLOSURE TYPE APPROVED PLAN? NOTES N/A TEMPORARY EROSION & SEDIMENT CNTROL Are the contractor’s erosion control measures in place? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining erosion control BMPs? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A EROSION CONTROL ISSUE NOTES N/A INSPECTOR COMMENTS None Department of Community & Economic Development CIVIL INSPECTION DAILY REPORT PROJECT INFORMATION REPORT DATE PROJECT NAME PREPARED BY 9/7/2023 Kent Prairie Drop Off Brian Grieve WORK PERFORMED Was work performed today? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No TYPE OF WORK PERFORMED APPROVED PLANS? APPROVED MATERIALS? NOTES Infiltration Gallery Yes Yes Crews continue installing drainage structure TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL Was Temporary Traffic Control required? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining the traffic control devices? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A CLOSURE TYPE APPROVED PLAN? NOTES N/A TEMPORARY EROSION & SEDIMENT CNTROL Are the contractor’s erosion control measures in place? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining erosion control BMPs? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A EROSION CONTROL ISSUE NOTES N/A INSPECTOR COMMENTS None Department of Community & Economic Development CIVIL INSPECTION DAILY REPORT PROJECT INFORMATION REPORT DATE PROJECT NAME PREPARED BY 10/19/2023 Kent Prairie Drop Off Brian Grieve WORK PERFORMED Was work performed today? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No TYPE OF WORK PERFORMED APPROVED PLANS? APPROVED MATERIALS? NOTES Landscaping Yes Yes Crews are placing top soil and planting. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL Was Temporary Traffic Control required? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining the traffic control devices? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A CLOSURE TYPE APPROVED PLAN? NOTES N/A TEMPORARY EROSION & SEDIMENT CNTROL Are the contractor’s erosion control measures in place? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No Is the contractor maintaining erosion control BMPs? ☒ - Yes ☐ - No ☐ - N/A EROSION CONTROL ISSUE NOTES N/A INSPECTOR COMMENTS None HOAG/LAVENTURE INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS - B504378 SUBMITTAL FOR HOAG/LAVENTURE INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS Date: To Project Information Company: Excavation West Project: Hoag/laventure Intersection Improvements Contact:Nick Wylie Owner: City Of Mt Vernon Phone:(360) 814-3431 Contractor: Contractors Fax: Engineer: Email:Nick@Excavationwest.com Submittal Information Contact Information Submittal Type: New Prepared By: STEFANK Revision: Salesman: TIM PULLAR Subject: (360) 707-1736 Spec Section: The following items are submitted: SILT FENCE ACF WEST STRAW WADDLE OREGON STRAW WADDLE GEOTEXTILE NONWOVEN FABRIC TANCATE (MIRAFI) GT-180 NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE SKAPS DRAIN GAURDS ULTRATECH SDR35 SEWER PIPE VARIOUS VENDORS CATCH BASIN PUGET SOUND PRECAST FRAME AND GRATE EAST JORDAN VALVE BOX RISERS SIGMA CORP GRADE RINGS PUGET SOUND PRECAST SPEED CRETE EUCLID CHEMICAL JET SET JET SET CEMENT 1 The information presented herein, while not guaranteed, is to the best of our knowledge true and accurate. Except when agreed to in writing for specific conditions of use, no warranty or guarantee expressed or implied is made regarding the performance of any product, since the manner of use and handling are beyond our control. Nothing contained herein is to be construed as permission or a recommendation to infringe any patent. ACF West is a D.B.A. for Northwest Geosynthetics Inc. 2505 Frank Albert Rd E, Suite 111, Fife WA 98424 – PH: 253-922-6641 Fax: 253-922-6642 Description: ACF West “Supported” Silt Fence, ACF-WB-60 uses a woven fabric attached with steel hog rings to galvanized steel support mesh. Roll size: 60” fabric w/36” support mesh x 100 lineal foot Available in black or “Hi-Vis” orange Fabric: The fabric, is a woven network of polypropylene fibers, stabilized to resist degradation due to ultraviolet exposure, and resistant to commonly encountered soil chemicals, mildew and insects. It is non-biodegradable and is stable within a ph range of 2-13. Manufactured for ACF West Inc. The fabric meets the following minimum average roll values (MARV): Property Test Method MARV (English) Grab Tensile ASTM D 4632 158.1 x 161.7 lbs Grab Elongation ASTM D 4632 20.7% x 21.3% CBR Puncture ASTM D 6241 620 lbs Trapezoidal Tear ASTM D 4533 90 x 85 lbs UV Resistance ASTM D 4355 80% @ 500hr AOS ASTM D 4751 70 sieve Permittivity ASTM D 4491 0.128 sec-1 Support Mesh: Galvanized utility mesh, 4” x 2” opening, 36” height, 100’ length Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 2 ACF West Inc. is a D.B.A. name for Northwest Geosynthetics Inc. 8951 S.E 76th Drive, Portland, OR 97206 (503) 771-5115, (800) 878-5115, (503) 771-1161 fax 15540 Woodinville-Redmond Rd., #A-400, Woodinville, WA 98072 (425) 415-6115, (800) 423-4567, (425) 415-6126 fax 2120 N. Redwood Rd., Suite 70, Salt Lake City, UT 84116 (801) 521-5141, (800) 804-1393, (801) 521-5144 fax Steel Fence Post Specifications Size: 5’ length Weight: .95 lb/ft (nominal) Coating: Enamel paint, Green Material: Manufactured from 100% recycled steel (imported) Type: Studded “T” post cross section w/riveted anchor plate Uses Suitable for livestock penning, erosion control fencing, construction site barrier fences and a host of staking and fencing applications. Imported for ACF West Inc. By: Kirkwood Industries 20212 108th Ave. NE Bothell, WA 98011 Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 3 Wholesale Only Product: OSW-R9 Oregon Straw Wattle OSW-R9 is made of weed free rye and/or wheat straw within a nine inch bio- degradable netting. 25’ standard length or customized lengths by special or- der. OSW-R9 is DOT approved in Oregon, Washington and Idaho and can be found on their Qualified Products List (QPL). Ease of installation has proven that OSW-R9 is the Contractors first choice for emergency or temporary sedi- ment control. OSW-R9 organic features often allow for the permanent place- ment when used for slope stabilization projects. OSW-R9 are secured to the ground with wooden stakes. Live plant cuttings are used as an alternate to the wood stakes placement of OSW-R9 in many native restoration and reforestation projects. Locally Owned and Operated Phone: 503-519-0848 Fax: 503-678-7901 Oregon Straw Wattle 22821 Boones Ferry Rd., NE. Aurora, OR 97002 OSW-R9 4 Idaho State Seed Lab i-4 J 11%.gt 2240 Kellogg Lane “*1 .5’Boise,to s3:r12 Laboratory Report of Analysis CL.'Eutoh"Utter Gotrerrer Celia H t3|:rt.llo| Director 43??H4 lOregonStrawWattle~~-I W14 Aooount No.I Date Received I ‘Date Completed Lab Ntunbcrd S 14-2 82? 22321 Bgqngg F311-y Rd NE Sender's Information*_ Auro1'aOR stunz r tat-tee»L‘sue Kind Straw =GenusfSpEciE5 Lot ttltmdlrer DEW-R5 fllaaa Service ‘The information provided here is that of the sender and not of the laboratory liitlilililt’analrait Germ Germination Dormant Hard Total I Date "fa ‘Hi ‘Ht ‘Viable Straw Latin Missing -H--11--H--11--H- [_It_l_|er Determinations No Viable Noxious Weed Seed or Common Weed Seed Present in sample provided:None Found,fl.flt}tl{l%germination in 20-30 Celsius or l5-25 Celsius alternating temperatures. __Statns:None. Remarks Large amounts of grass seed,inoluding ryegrass and bluegrass is present and growing within both testing regimes. Tests Requested Media Noxious Exam,Germination.No other tests requested. WAHRANW:We warrant that the |:rurit1|r and gerrntrrathon test results reported on this form have been earrtert out in rttaooo arroe with ABBA rules unless otherwise speotfleo.Test results refleot the oonditlon of the submitted sump-te and may not reflect the ooruzlition tithe lot from rrrhieh the sample was taken. DISGLAEMEH OF WARRANTIES‘WE M.t'-'tHE ND DTHEH WAHFIAHTIE5 OF ANY’HEIHD EXPRESS.,ED DH ll'tI'lPLiED.INCLUDING BUT HUT LIMETED T-D THE IMPLIED WARRANTI ES OF MERE-H.fiNTFrB|LF|"t"DR FITNESS FDR A PAFETICULAH PUHPD5 E. Signamm:“'T"a.§EI E fig‘:___,Page 1 of l Printed:as-12-14112 Principal Seed Analyst 5.26 5 x ~*1...-"et Specifications Pa e:1r2.-E.E L QSP11-U03 9% Ciriginator:Quality Manager _' Review:Technical production Manager M N 0 H B I O RE‘-"1 3 Approval:Director of Eiperations L E N E AUS 12 Features -HDPE Oriented net -Good balance of mechanical properties and excellent packaging yield -High elongation rate and impact resistance -Excellent processability on high-speed packaging machines -Biodegradable under aerobic and anaerobic conditions Additives 'UV stabilizer -Biodegradable Agent it PROPERTY iii STANDARD UNITS TYPICALVALUESiii TEST CONDITIONS oa REMARKSDimensional Stretch Width ran-ts-cot-ssfii inches {mm}1t.n {432}+r-can [1 at 2.5lbs|[1.13ltg] Tube Max __Diameter u nia inches l:l"l"ll'l'l_]l—11.0 tztsi Formula Weight an-its-cc2-sci“gramsilinear foot l 10.5 (34.51 #of Knots _it nia [grarnsilinear meter]_ rria l +r»can [1_._15]at Knot siren i g (Diamond Size) his S inches {mm}Sc.-ttz r12} Mechanical Tensile Strength @ Yield [op] ten-ts;ccs-ceiii I bsi stra nd {gram slstrand]so {Z225}Specimen:-it strands Speed:tfiflmmimin [ct Tensile Strength @ Maximum Load ti rvin-ts-cos-oeii l ibsistrend S (gramsistra nd}R S 5.4 rzstsni Specimen:4 strands Speed:ttiommtmin iviti-ts-cos-oeiil “st 156 Specimen:4 strands Speed:1D[im_rjn_i{rnin Elongation @ lvlaximum Load [Er] rvini-tslcca-cat“lbsistrand {gramsistrand}5.'U {Z225}Specimen:4 strands Speed:itltimmimin as-ts-ccs-psi“lbsistrand {gramsistrand}5.4 (2,-tsrn Specimen:it strands Speed:ititlmmimin Jlegradability | -i Photo degradability ’{Before s After Tensile test t -‘it Elongation Retained TD ASTM El 4355 via {ASTM D SS1 S J W '%_"i'ensile Strength Retained MD _ ‘ii:Tensile Strength Retained TD ‘it Elongation Retained MD 1114 1[l4 1l‘Jl] Si] Controlled Conditions Speed:12 infmin Specimen:it inches Exposed for Etitihrs Recommended for 2 vears outdoors“: ts]ASTl*v1 D5511Bioclegradabilitv Nmlfii g Hmlfil mTe:hmlDgF used ‘gigEnati-i-Switciiai Presentation _ The above information is provided in good faith,and to our knowledge.true and accurate.However,since the particular uses and the actual conditions of use of our products are bevond our control,establishing satisfactor;-,r performance of our products for the intended application is the customer's soie responsibility.ltiiastemet Ltd does not matte,and expressly disclaims.all warranties,inciuding warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.regardless of whether oral or written arising from anv usage in connection with the use of the information contained herein or the product itself. 6 xm.-iyr;_,Master;et _S|JSCifiCEltlOl"lS QSF,.|1_U03 Page:2i'2 H --i ---r-i 'urn. originator:tlluality Manager Review:Technical production Manager Hp proval:_Director of Upe rations J MN3-7HWA10H BIO s...,.=3 (WATTLES NET)an 12 Color nia riia Various _colo rs __Roll Len th iii in feattmatarsfi 3,000 {S14}'ooralength:20.'l25"l Core lo?“l‘ll'E.l inches ljmmji '"0 0*3 rte}Cora lorlgthi 20.125" Roll OD nla 1 __inches [mm]I it [432]Cora length:sons" ,Roll Wegigghtégrossl M rite the iiisi R 0 rue its it P Packaging riia rolls ‘'1 ___lT_LSplicasAllowedH"in units 2 " -:1]:Properties designated have been datarm*nad in accordance withitha current issues of the specified tasting methods. lvlsthodls of the American Society for Testing and Materials {ASTM}are used wherever applicable. r2:~Typical values represent average laboratory values and are intended as guides only,not as specifications. l:3:l Internal test designed for Uniaxial oriented Nets. :;ié§"t:Ljl;llSS2lHoloStE that Er could be reduced by 5lZ_l'='.i=and or by 1%in 2 years under the South Florida radiation conditions I251‘The tier yrsar andstdsea level}land elevations and weather conditions could modify these figures. made radieggiepzscaenphy wi E[J|E'i"l'E|;Jl"i soil and weather conditions.l_=or common erosion control uses our nets will be fully The lg“h P ay are p ace _in conditions wherein they are in constant contact with other oiodagrading matariais. g c ains of hydrocarbons will break down under aerobic and anaerobic conditions.If photo degradation takes place before the biodegradation,the rasultng material will be biodegradable as well. If the product is eventually sent to a landfill it will decompose without light,heat or oxygen typical of landfill conditions and leaves behind no toxic components;however if microbial communities do not exist within the landfill than biodegradation will not take place. to}For additional information about Eiinti-i-Swnci-to Technology visit our website at www_.mastarnigtltd.com ti’)The iength is customizable {5}Customizable. P 12i'sliid,R P it ‘ _Wrapped Applications -Fabrication of ‘niattles for Erosion Control. -Aquaculture Industry. -Heavy Packaging. Tensil_egTast rvn-ts-ogre for MN3-?HWA'l0H {bio version similar results] TENS LE GURME W.iit'l'TLES NET PRDDUS it]i -—--i - --~-"-1??---___lid-?HWA'l0{H}-i I Ia ~ mam gm __fL_-E . L-____Lg_L__'__L__L--i_'_""'L-_'-I""'|"'|‘__"|'__'I____'E‘__"‘'_'|'_.'__'________.I_.____________l___'__Q_[______'l ________L__L__i__J_________L__Lm ri____“‘_ *'r-rt‘“"1"r--or-r"'r T§; ___“_________""'"i""T_'_“___'_________t____u__t__4__e_L__e____cJ_n__x_ 'i "“f“"*"F*"r""1—"1-r-"*-‘"r-"r*"t' 4....__._.,..i_.._.___I ._._...L._-.....__..__,. 1------.-.-__....._..__.__,.___.IE _i.--_ Ii_....|_-__.__..__i______ -I-l-\- ‘Ii -|_r I_.--I -1 1.x_u______. lit H ___ I —-1-—|--|-|-;--—-___ .I ip-Q ma 1.;u_a.-.__.t.'__ _.|..___..______ |. 1 .. E _-__9______,.._:.__-._—--..-_ D —+ I I _-_--'-.--|___.-F.-._-.__s____ 0 so ‘IEO 240 320 -100 Strolie Strainrfttji The above infomiation is provided in good faith,and to our knowledge,true and accurate.However,since the particular uses and the actual conditions of use of our products are beyond our control,establishing satisfactory performance of our products tor the intended application is the customer's sole responsibility.Mastarnet Ltd does not make,and expressly disclaims.all warranties,including warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose,regardless of whether oral or written arising from any usage in connection with the use oftha information contained herein or the product itself. Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 7 QQTEHC-ATE I ® M|raf| Mirafim 180N is a nonwoyen geotextile composed of polypropylene fibers,which are formed into a stable network such that the fibers retain their relative position.Mirafim 18DN is inert to biological degradation and resists naturally encountered chemicals,alkalis,and acids. ..I._ -:-''-...'.- -r-1-s~'. SEPI-'lFlfl.Tl[lli FILTRATION DRAINAGE TenCate Geosynthetics Americas Laboratories are accredited by Geosynthetic Accreditation institute —Laboratory Accreditation Program (GAI-LAP).NTPEP Listed MECHANICAL PROPERTIES TEST METHOD UNIT MINIMUM AVERAGE ROLL VALUE MD CD Grab Tensile Strength Grab Tensile Elongation Trapezoid Tear Strength CBR Puncture Strength ASTM D4632 ASTM D4632 ASTIVI D4533 ASTM D6241 lbs (N) % lbs (N) lbs (N) 2os(s12)20s(e12) so so soisss)sorsss) soo(2224) MAXIMUM OPENING SIZE Apparent Opening Size (A05)ASTM D4?51 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES TEST METHOD U.S.Sieye (mm) UNIT so(01s) MINIMUM nou.wuue Permittiyity Flow Rate ASTM D4491 ASTM D4491 1. sec‘1.4 galfmin/ftf (1/min/ml)95 (3870) MINIMUM TEST VALUE UV Resistance (at 500 hours)ASTM D4355 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES Roll Dimensions (width it length) Roll Area %strength retained 70 unnr 'fi(nfl yci2 (m2) Roll Weight lbs (kg) Label Color ROLL SIZE 12.5 K 350 15 ><300 (3.3 ><110){-4.57 >1 91.4) s00ia1s) Disclaimer:Tenllate assumes no liability for the accuracy or completeness of this information orfor the ultimate use by the purchaser.Tentjate disclaims any and all express, implied,or statutory standards,warranties or guarantees,including without limitation any implied warranty as to merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or arising from a course of dealing or usage of trade as to any equipment,materials,or information furnished herewith.This document should not be construed as engineering adyice.Mirafi‘is a registered trademark of I"-licolon Corporation.Copyright [El 2021 Nicolon Corporation.All Rights Reseryed FGSUUDT BU ETCLRSS ass s th r-r lland o ',Tel 1 roe ass 2225 ll‘.% ..-aroma.'”7*i-I~"~_r-y=~-_~*‘Tf°"'G E CI SY N T H E T I C S UL!G riye + Pendergrass,GA 3056?www tencategeo us _-—i.-L QQTEHC-ATE I ® M|raf| Mirafim 180N is a nonwoyen geotextile composed of polypropylene fibers,which are formed into a stable network such that the fibers retain their relative position.Mirafim 18DN is inert to biological degradation and resists naturally encountered chemicals,alkalis,and acids. ..I._ -:-''-...'.- -r-1-s~'. SEPI-'lFlfl.Tl[lli FILTRATION DRAINAGE TenCate Geosynthetics Americas Laboratories are accredited by Geosynthetic Accreditation institute —Laboratory Accreditation Program (GAI-LAP).NTPEP Listed MECHANICAL PROPERTIES TEST METHOD UNIT MINIMUM AVERAGE ROLL VALUE MD CD Grab Tensile Strength Grab Tensile Elongation Trapezoid Tear Strength CBR Puncture Strength ASTM D4632 ASTM D4632 ASTIVI D4533 ASTM D6241 lbs (N) % lbs (N) lbs (N) 2os(s12)20s(e12) so so soisss)sorsss) soo(2224) MAXIMUM OPENING SIZE Apparent Opening Size (A05)ASTM D4?51 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES TEST METHOD U.S.Sieye (mm) UNIT so(01s) MINIMUM nou.wuue Permittiyity Flow Rate ASTM D4491 ASTM D4491 1. sec‘1.4 galfmin/ftf (1/min/ml)95 (3870) MINIMUM TEST VALUE UV Resistance (at 500 hours)ASTM D4355 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES Roll Dimensions (width it length) Roll Area %strength retained 70 unnr 'fi(nfl yci2 (m2) Roll Weight lbs (kg) Label Color ROLL SIZE 12.5 K 350 15 ><300 (3.3 ><110){-4.57 >1 91.4) s00ia1s) Disclaimer:Tenllate assumes no liability for the accuracy or completeness of this information orfor the ultimate use by the purchaser.Tentjate disclaims any and all express, implied,or statutory standards,warranties or guarantees,including without limitation any implied warranty as to merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or arising from a course of dealing or usage of trade as to any equipment,materials,or information furnished herewith.This document should not be construed as engineering adyice.Mirafi‘is a registered trademark of I"-licolon Corporation.Copyright [El 2021 Nicolon Corporation.All Rights Reseryed FGSUUDT BU ETCLRSS ass s th r-r lland o ',Tel 1 roe ass 2225 ll‘.% ..-aroma.'”7*i-I~"~_r-y=~-_~*‘Tf°"'G E CI SY N T H E T I C S UL!G riye + Pendergrass,GA 3056?www tencategeo us _-—i.-L 8 NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE SKAPS GT-180 is a needle-punched nonwoven geotextile made of ,*"".“.”;I';' 100%virgin polypropylene staple fibers,which are formed into a random jii._t.;' network for dimensional stability.SKAPS GT-180 resists ultraviolet deterioration,rotting,biological degradation,naturally encountered .--. alkalis and acids.Polypropylene is stable within the pH range of 2 to 13.E SKAPS GT-180 is NTPEP certified and meets requirements as per ' AASHTO Standards andior D.O.T.Standards. SKAPS GT-180 conforms to the Minimum Average Roll Values (MARV)listed below: --1 1-' __,_-_.-11-_-_;_"flu-r-‘-‘I’-r.-"r.r;';J'|-.;""-,.‘,-"'.-''_'_||."__.I1|-'_-_,:._..-;-1.,;.',IIV,r'-|"':"_-"'-|..*r -.-'1--=-'-*--"ir;,r ...-C--'.~.-".-.: _-_.-.-.1‘-.3‘‘ii"‘-_;-''-'i“."~s -QGEFS i D 4532 D 4632 205 lbs. 50% 0.911 |<N 50% |Property Method |English (|v|ARv=)Metric (MAF-av’) lvlGrabTensileStrengthAS“ Grab Elongation AS Trapezoid Tear Strength AS D 4533 B5 lbs.0.3?8 kN CBR Puncture Resistance AS D 624’535 lbs 2.370 kN F’ermittivity4 A3 D 449'1.4 sec“1.4 sec'1 Water Flowd A5 D 449’95 gpmrni 3870 liminim 2 Apparent Opening Size (AOS)3s‘4 A3 UV Resistance AS D 475" D 4355 B0 Std.U.S.Sieve ?0%i500 hrs. 0.180 mm 7'0%i500 hrs Packaging Roll Dimensions (w x L)$030612 ft"i"g1mmK";i9£'“ Area Per Roll 500 sq.yards 418.3 sq.meters 1.The property values listed above are subject to change without notice. 2.Minimum Average Roll Values (MARV)is calculated as the average minus two standard deviations Statistically,it yields approximately 97.5%degree of confidence that any samples taken from quality assurance testing will meet or exceed the values described above. 3.Maximum Average Ro l Value (MaxARV} 4.At time of manufacturing.Handling may change these properties. This information is provided for reference purposes oniy and is not intended as a warranty or guarantee.SKAPS assumes no liability in connection with the use of this information. 335 Athena Drive,Athens,GA 30601 Fh:(700)-354-3100,Fax:(705)-354-.3737’,Email:contact@siraps.com www.skaps.eom Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 9 Ultra-Drain Guardsi Keep sediment and other pollutants from entering the water system with Ultra-Drain Guard catch basin inserts +This simple,yet specifically designed and engineered geotextile fabric catch basin insert can be installed in most drains.The heaw duty material removes contami- nants like litter,sand,and oil from stormwater flow. .,-n _,,_-.1! :1 +Installation is quick and easy -Simply raise the grate, place the Ultra-Drain Guard over the opening and care- fully lower the grate back into place,pinching the fabric in place to keep the unit secure. qfl _-. +Oil &Sediment Model —Removes hydrocarbons,dirt, sand and other contaminants. +Oil &Sediment Plus Model —The addition of Ultra-X Tex _" filter strips increases oil and grease absorption.Tg -I +Trash &Debris Model —Designed specifically to catch ,_, larger items and floatables such as leaves,cigarette butts and paper goods.""'-"""'_:;-‘_H_ +Exceeds 80%sediment removal efficiency.'_...‘W (Iii) I Ii)I1? ~--—*J‘?+Designed for practical use in industrial facilities,con- struction sites,parking lots,and “drive-up”retail facilities. +Helps comply with NPDES,40 CFR 122.26 (1999)and TMDL requirements. _i- IL|'\I —»_,___ - -l_,_____ __l—__ _¢—I__ ___--\___ Grate Lifter Part#9234 O//8 Sediment Three groups ofP/Us MOde/'U/tra-X-Tex f//ter strips absorb o/'/and grease , (Peru?9279)as vvater f/ow/vs through the Drain Guard.g. Over-F/ovv Ports Actua/Drain Guard test uh/‘t —Grate Hook Partzi‘9235 (Prevents F/ood/hg)over 50 /bs.of sediment removed.Reta/‘hers Partzi‘9237 or 9238 US Patent l\/0 5372 774 5 575 925 6 632 507 8775 497CustomS/'zesAva//ab/e ...,,,,, 9217 0'-8 Sed'"ne"t IV odel (1-Pack)48 x 36 x -1,220 x 915 x 458)-p to .87 gal-ors (3.5 L)of o'l awd up to 40 lbs.(18 kg)of sed'me wt 1.0 (0.5) 9218 0'-8 Sed'"ne"t IV odel (10-Pack)48 x 36 x -1,220 x 915 x 458)-p to .87 gal-ors()of o'l awd up to 40 lbs.(18 kg)of sed'me wt 1.0 (0.5) 9356 0'-8 Sed'"ne"t IV odel 60"x 60"(1-Pack)60 x 60 x -1,524 x1,524 x 458)-p to 1.55 ga--o foi-ard up to 40 lbs.(18 kg)of sedi "nert 2.0 (1.0) oooooooooooooooo ‘Gil;(ac/>u>u>(Q;-Q;-9;-3L-Doou-nu-wow-U_,|—|—|—|—|_<2,,9..9..°Q29. 9219 0'-8 Sed'"ne"t P-us V odel (1-Pack)48 x 36 x1 1,220 x 915 x 458)-p to 1.38 ga--o -ard up to 40 I bs.(18 kg)of sed'me wt 2.0 (1.0) 9220 0'-8 Sed'"ne"t P-us V odel (10-Pack)48 x 36 x1 1,220 x 915 x 458)-p to 1.38 ga--o ard up to 40 I bs.(18 kg)of sed'me wt 2.0 (1.0) 9358 0'-8 Sed'"ne"t P-us V odel 60"x 60"(1-Pack)60 x 60 x1 1,524 x1,524 x 458)-p to 2.06 ga--and up to 40 lbs.(18 kg)of sed'mewt 3.0 (1.5) 9227 “rash 8 Debrs Mode-(1-Pack)48 x 36 x _1,220 x 915 x 458)1 cu.ft.(28 L)(before reachi "g bypass ports)1.0 (0.5) 9229 "rash 8 Debrs Mode-(10-Pack)48 x 36 x -1,220 x 915 x 458)1 cu.ft.(28 L)(before reaehi "g bypass ports)1.0 (0.5) Options:9234 Grate Lifter -9235 Grate Hook -9237 or 9238 Retainers 54 UltraTech International,Inc.-(800)353-1611 -1-904-292-1611 10 Q9 ||[mt\T[|;||Ultra-Drain Guardsi 69 INTERNATIONAL,INC.Sp€C]f]Ca’[]QnS Grab Tensile Elongation Trapezoid Tear Puncture Mullen Burst Permittivity A.0.S.(U.S.sieve no.)/Microns UV Stability (strength retained %)500 hrs 1*4355 Fabric Weight (oz/yd2)(typical) Flow (through material) Flow (bypass ports gpm) Flow (bypass ports cfs) Larger bypass flow rate designs are available nlt Speclflcatlons J-l\ U... 0il8Sediment’ Part #9217 0il8Sediment’ Part #9356 0il8Sediment Plus’ Part #9219 0il8Sediment Plus’ Part #9358 Trash 8 Debris Part #9227 Ultimate3 Part #9376 High Capacity Part #9393 Adjustable Frame Model Part#8930 .87 1.55 1.38 2.06 1.57 1.9 1.26 M ateria I S pecifications Properties ASTM Test Value Material:Non-woven,Polypropylene Geotextile 205lbs 50% 80 lbs 525lbs 420 psi 1.5 secl 80/180 70% 8 oz/ydz 90 gpm/ftz 770 gpm 1.7 cfs if-'-‘1 "l_ i 10”X 18" 10"X 18" 10”X 18" 10"X 18" 10”X 18" 10"X 18" 24"X 24" 10"X 18" UltraTech International,Inc.-11542 Davis Creek Court,Jacksonville,Florida 32256 USA (800)353-1611 -1-904-292-1611 -stormwaterproducts.com -E5‘ _-I- -‘Fri!-I...-_ 48"X 36"X 18" 60"X 60"X 18" 48"X 36"X 18" 60"X 60"X 18" 48"X 36"X 18" 48"X 36"X 38" 60"X 60"X 24" Varies .,-Iii- Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 11 12 6" Reducing Slab Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 13 14 Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 15 §‘3-359A'¥-'&222.522. 15416 Cream R|dge,NJ DRG.NO. VB-9401 1 5 —9%; A 63;A Q Q 1 3/4"j\— <8"Q > %7/\4/0 31 ll 1 1/2"|16 1..W15 1--T ‘I M I/L|I2 I few \TSi» 111 SECTION-"A-A" DRG.AS PER USA SAMPLE. TOLERANCE t1l16"UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. MATERW-I Cast Iron ASTM A48 Class 25B DESCR'PT'°N1 REV.-"O" Meets H20 Loading Standards ¢OAT|NG;1 .5"RISER FOR VB-940 VALVE BOX PAINTED A.K.CHAN D. DRN.BY:02.03.05 CHECKED BY:WEIGHT:ISSUED ON:APPVD.ON: ASHIS DEY 9.5 LBS.02.03.05 Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 16 Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 17 700 Goldman Drive Cream Ridge,NJ 08514 CORPORATION APPROVAL DRG.NO. ®SIGMA one.FOR 15416 —9ea; 4 Q O 13/4"J\_." 3%" <i8"Qi> <i7"Qi> ll 1621/2"I (+1 1+1?/kg1 F 7\<‘6--@_>\ 6%"@ SECTION-"A-A" DRG.AS PER USA SAMPLE. TOLERANCE t1l16"UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. M/-\TER'A'-I Cast Iron ASTM A48 Class 25B DE$CR'PT'ON1 REV.-"O" Meets H20 Loading Standards CQA‘|'|NG;2.5"RISER FOR VB-940 VALVE BOX. PAINTED ‘vs-94025 1" A.K.CHAND.ASHIS DEY 15.5 LBS. DRN.BY:02.03.05 CHECKED BY:WEIGHT:ISSUED ON:APPVD.ON: 02.03.05 Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 18 ---'-1‘PUGET SOUND P Grade Rings A LIIVISIUH Ul-'J"uU']'UM .-"l'1'lE '1"?-"lLBl;‘l?.'I"VA.L|I_'l' B00-225-2539 www.psprecast.com .|-I-"""r_.—_._—_.‘—_-5“"'-I- -“'__'_-‘I-|_. ,,.e24""""j 4~—-"""#f '--.__________n 2"5 -|__-—-_-|-,._ _&__’__,_|- _-—‘-'E —_-"-1- ,_.--—"""'\_*._—:-—K‘rr 4“5 1 -_____.._ _-._|— _.__1___-———-\- ____-_\_ _-._——-__-_ --.,_‘_____/§/0/2%»Q __-——-7 E #3 Reloar hoop reinforced. All concrete is 4,000 PS1 minimum All rebar meets ASTM A615,grade 60.WSDOT specifications -Scale- All dimensions subject to allowable specification tolerances W -..IIPIIII Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 19 SPEED CRETE BLUE LINE SPEED CRETE EtLl.lE LIME is a prcprietary fcrmulaticn cf blended pertland cements.finely prccessed select aggregates,and specific chemical additives designed tc prcvide a rapid set.particularly fcr underwater use. SPEED t'JFtETE BLUE LINE undergces a chemical "hyper hydraticn"and prcduces a very stable.lciw permeable. cementiticus matrix. 'Llnderwater and belew grade repairs r ‘vfertrcal.everhead and hcrizcntal restcraticrn *Dutstanding material fcr repair cf dams.piers,resenrpirs.pilings.seawalis,tunnels.sewer pipe and ether underwater surfaces FF_aTueEs,lBsr~lEr|1's r Initial set in S tc 5 minutes -Durable in fresh and salt water *Underwater cure 'Placed withcut farming,at nc slump ccnsistency r High strength r Dan be "shaved"tc desired ccntcur TECHNICAL IHFDRMATIDH The fclicwing are typical values cbtained under labcratcry ccnditicrts.Expect reascnable varlaticn under field ccnditicns. c°mP"E55h"E Strength P5‘lmpal SET“G "35 Freeze Thaw Durability Factcr aster D Beeerhaurst22-1l BUD B._,yc|EE ?Shrinkage A5-1-M G Q23 25'5 (41 ?da _______D|D2UcIy=-'3tr5"‘“mi i3"""°iE “Sm '3 E55 as -c.asc'=-tr]Initial apprcat.3 tc 5 min suafing Hesimanue AETM can Flnal.--..-.....-.-...---..---....---..........-....apprcrt.ED min E5 w,;|E5 0%M55 EB psi (1.1-4} SPEED CRETE BLUE LlNE is packaged in El]lb {E21 kg}pciy-lined bags,and 50 lb (.22.?kg]pails. 15 mcnths in criginat,uncpened package Apprcaimately 0.4?ftil {D.lIl1S mil when mixed with 5.5 gt {BEL}cf water per SD lb [22.?kg)bag Surface Preperaticn:Dcncrete surfaces must be structurally scund.free cf lccse cr deteric-rated ccncrete and free cf dust,dirt,paint,eitliarescence.cil and all ether ccntaminants.Mechanically abrade the surface tc achieve a surface prcfite equal tc CISP E -T ln acccrdance with ICF-ll Guideline 31 Et-E.Prcperly clean prcfiled area.Priming: Clean and prime er-rpesed steel abcve water with DUHALPHEP AD.Dcncrete that is and will remain abcve water thrcughciut the repair shculd be primed with a spray cr brush ccat cf DUHALPHEP AC.Dl..lFiALPFtEP AC must be allcwed td fully dry pric-r tc the applicaticn df SPEED GFiEl'E BLUE Lll"~.lE.Alternatively.a Saturated Surface Dry {SSD}cencrete surface can be primed with a scrub ccat cf SPEED CRETE BLUE Lii'~iE-The repair must be made befcre the scrub ccat dries cut. wvvvv.eu clii:lt:hemi|:ai.ccm lfi ‘U l'l'l l'l'l Q EH 1HITIB 1l.3!IJ EIUDU LUGE 5-#.l'I’H'llD;|rll!.l5'fl\'lI 20 Mixing:SPEED CFlEfE BLUE LINE will reciuire apprcximateiy 5 tc 5.5 qt (4.?tc 5.2 Li cf pctable water per 5tIl lb [221 kg}bag er pail tc achieve the prcper mix ccnsistency.Pcur the measured amcunt cif water intc a clean ccntainer.Add the measured amcunt cf SPEED CRETE BLUE LINE.and thcrcughiy mix fcr nc mere than ED secdnds te a stiff.nc slump.putty-like ccnsistency.Because cf fast initial set time.dc net mix mere than SB lb [221 kg]at a time.lviix small quantities cf SPEED CRETE BLUE LINE in a clean pail with a hand trcwel. appiicaticn:Tc erisure ccmplete bcnd with the entire surface.farce the SPEED CHEFE BLUE LINE firmly intc the Saturated Surface Dry area by hand cr with a trcwet.Underwater applicaticns may be smccthed cr finished by hand.Fer cut-pf-water applications:Slightly cverfill the patch,and fcllcwing initial set.shave the material te ccrifcrm td the centdur df the surrdunding surface-Always shave SPEED CRETE BLUE LINE teward the ccmmcn bending edge between the patching material and the existing surface.Cure the material using standard curing practices.Fcr additicnat infcrmaticn.ccntact ycur lccal Euclid Chemical representative. Clean appiicaticn tccls and mixing equipment with water immediately fcllcwing use.Hardened SPEED CRETE BLUE LINE is difficutt tc remcve. PetzcauT|eusilLiriitirar|eHs 1-Stcre material underccver and away frem all mcisture. *Mix nc mere than BB secc-nds. it Use cnly pcitable water with SPEED CRETE BLUE Llf~lE. -Mix te e stiff,putty—lil-tE-t.nc slump censistency. 'Dc nct re-temper cr add sand tci SPEED CRETE BLUE LINE. -Minimum appiicaticn Ste in.[15 mm}.maximum appiicaticn is 5 in.[T-‘.5 cm}per lift. 'Dc nct cvenivcrk. ti Dc nct featheredge SPEED CRETE BLUE LINE. *Clean mixing equipment between batches. it in all cases,ccnsult the Safety Data Sheet befcre use. Rev.01.19 'I'lf'AFlHAl.'ilT"t':Tf'~:-Eucf-d Cfismil:-ttl Dr."-rrr.t.1t'tn'i-'-I‘Euelitf"I-sslttli-'end sxcres-By wttrrttrrts ileit Its prttd-.rr:ls sl“utt'=5 Lie free lrcm ds'r.~r.1:.=in rrlatclirt-is and wcrltmttnel"-in let cine -11 Ii yriittr l'r-:|rr'-ll-1.1 d-"rte pl pr.-|1:t'-te.ri.1 Ur=i'_es ailtherit-:1;1d in l|'I'1l|lHl:'_t by art t;-tfrcet ct Euclid,nc-c-that is-|:re-sentetll:-ris cr sfater:-we-nL=t made cy Er.-ctid pr -rts represer-tatt.-es.in irttlttng pr pretty,t=.i"-.at1 a.her1t'-i.=.warrant-,'.EL.+*'._;Ll-'_‘l l'.rl.-'tt¢.ES ‘MD v'vAftFtAf-t'l IES,tf-.-1l“LlELl I'_'lFt CI‘lHEi'fv't1tSE A5 TD THE f-1EFlCllAf'lTABlLlT'r'DFI F'TNESS FDR l.T.lFll3'll"iAFl”t"DFI PAFl'l'lCLi*l_AFl P!_i'FtP='Ii'E-ES C-F ITS PFICIDUCTS AND El'!.lI‘-LUDES "'l-'lE SAME "ferry Euclid r:-redt.r:t laiis td :=:-rilc-rm with if‘-rs wanartty.Euc!i:l will replace the prcduct at nr:i.';:iri.t1c-Buyer.liteptacement c-l any pieduct shall he the sate and at--_'lts_.|-.re ien'ie-dy aver-t.=_ule and buyer shall F'=étn.-E r‘:-.'.t claim trii ieartental nr cans.-etiiienttat dense-gas.ilu".-y v.-eriarity claim must be made witrttri she tlfl year lrerc he date hf the claimed breach Euclid dces net aulr-criae anyene IJl'l Its behalf ta make any iv-'"-fterl c"l:ra=e1ater1ie'11s'iI.'hich in at--.1 way eifsr Eucl-d's iristailstic-rt lrl-‘crmalic-n er Ir"-tit!"-Jcticrls in its |3FDtZ|I.f-J lite-rsttiie.-at n-rt its perm;-ii;-.-rig tatiets.any tr:-:f_=tI'-ttttcrt nr t;'ucl=r.'l prndaets vvl'|i|':l‘|t'.=t1'$i1t't -spntrirm with such inst.‘-llatlr.-n infarmatir.-it cr iiisttuatictts 5t".tlr'l v't‘.r~:'l this warrarity f-‘rnpurrl rten'-anstrattnna,-1 any ate clan-.=t-tn-'ifluszttative purpc-see cnly and -dc net ccrtstrtute a r-rar-'ar1ty c-'wart-s'1ly a=te|a1i-:ln pl any lr-rt:l.Buyer shall be sclely re-spI:'iI'Is-i:tle -‘er detis-i-rriii-.i-t,;|the sutab-'ity cf EucllI:r's prcclucts lcr the Buyer's Intended purpc-see Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 21 ..._T S CEl\/l JET SET COMPLETE REPAIR is comprised JET SET Complete repair is a high performance of various types of low alkali cements and patch product engineered for: sand.There are no other ingredients.It is environmentally friendly and presents only those health hazards normallv associated with cements and sand. For health hazard issues and handling precautions,please consult the “SE15”. JET SET COMPLETE REPAIR is packaged in 50 lb poly-lined moisture resistant bags,50 lb plastic pails and ‘I0 lb plastic pails. For complete instructions on application and usage,see “EASY APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS-" 50 YEARS JET SET Complete Repair 5l“'l“l*'“§E ll’$.15‘-1*;u1(;59,5 léfffitiun has been performing for _l‘5 Bond blrength l Dave 5?-l I )“"=--ese "F see l-U-ll -Structural Patches -All Purpose Concrete Repair -Concrete Pipe Patch -Pre-cast Concrete Patch -Vertical and Overhead Repair lvlis as a thick putty for large or small patches. any thickness to feather edge. PERFURMANCE DATA: 3,5?'Il 4.359 5.390 Compressive l Dav Slrengt I1 I PSI}ASTM C mg F have 1+1 Days ES [Ila s 2-»\*5,[l[l[l Flezoiral l Dav E-I-‘ti Strengtlt {PSI}NS-'I'I=v-I C343 F Dave 1,330 E3 Da 's I.3fi[l PS1 Abl N1 L.ll]=l..%[lass 1 Da s btrenth {P51} 5'“Illlmefi Initial H -ID Ivlinutes Aslllm l:'l9l Final 1[l —15 lvlinutes 22 1 2 3 4 5 chi.n:l:-l..ut'-.1-1 1 2 3 4 5 EASY APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS lvlake certain all surfaces to be repaired are clean—free from grease,dirt.oil film and marine growth.Clean,chip or wire brush all surfaces down to fresh concrete.Remove all loose material. Add water to mix onlv.Do not add mix to water. Just before application,be certain all surfaces to be repaired are wet. After final set,{about 10 minutes}use curing agent_.or keep repair wet,especially in hot or dry weather. Clean mixing equipment after each batch.It can re-temper the next batch,or harden on. IM PO RTANT Do ‘lot applv to clrv surfaces. Eio ‘slot applv to dirtv,slimy or oilv surfaces. [Ito '\lot overwork repairs. Do not Re-mix.Do not brush with water until after final set (about ll]minutes)- Do not add mix to water. Do "lot use bonding agents. JET SET Complete Repair fvlix to a no slump consistency.Do not add too much water.lviix should mound up with no slump. Thoroughly wet the surface that is to be repaired,then place mix firmly to existing concrete,wood or steel-lvlav be applied underwater {allow mixture to begin firming before underwater application}. lvlix the material for no more than I or 2.minutes before application. lvlix only enough material so that it can be used in 4 or 5 minutes. Allow repair to become firm to the touch,E5 to ‘ltl minutes,then shave to grade with trowel edge. Finish repair in usual wav if desired.Do not overwork.Do not brush with water until after final set. 23 JET SET Complete Repair For all purpose concrete repairs,even under water. Complete Repair JET SET COMPLETE REPAIR is the most widely used cement repair for all normal concrete repair.It is non-toxic,may be mixed mechanically or by hand byjust adding water.It contains no calcium chloride,produces no noticeable heat and attains a bond substantially greater than any standard cement grout.5U lbs produces 1/2 cubic feet. lvlay be placed above or below water without the use of forms.Available in 50 lbs Bags 50 lbs or 10 lbs Plastic Pails. Colors are:Concrete Grey,Lite. Concrete Pipe Vertical 81 Overhead ”\ Bells,spigots,flanges,grouting T and Yjoints.Pan formed ceilings,columns,steps,beams, Setting ladder-runs in man-holes.walls,snap-tie holes,honeycomb,broken panels,curbs. _I" ' Pipe sold as patched seconds now sell as firsts!Finished and perfect in 20 minutes! Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 24 KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS - B506097 SUBMITTAL FOR KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SITE ACCESS Date: To Project Information Company: Excavation West Project: Kent Prairie Elementary School Site Access Contact:Nick Wylie Owner: Arlington School Dist Phone:(360) 814-3431 Contractor: Excavation West Inc Fax: Engineer: Email:Nick@Excavationwest.com Submittal Information Contact Information Submittal Type: New Prepared By: STEFANK Revision: Salesman: TIM PULLAR Subject: (360) 707-1736 Spec Section: The following items are submitted: SILT FENCE AFC WEST DRAIN GAURDS ULTRATECH GEOTEXTILE NONWOVEN FABRIC TENCATE(MIRAFI) / SKAPS ALUMINUM RESTRICTOR CROSS W/ ELBOWS HD FOWLER FAB CORRUGATED/PERFORATED PIPE AND FITTINGS ADS FRAME AND GRATE OLYMPIC FOUNDRY BEEHIVE GRATE OLYMPIC FOUNDRY MANHOLE RING AND COVER OLYMPIC FOUNDRY FLEXIBLE FITTINGS FERNCO DUCTILE IRON PIPE US PIPE SDR35 SEWER PIPE VARIOUS VENDORS SEWER PIPE FITTINGS GPK NYLOPLAST FITTINGS/COVERS ADS STORMTECH CHAMBER ADS NYLOPLAST DRAIN BASIN ADS ISOLATOR ROW PLUS ADS 0601T/315W NONWOVEN GEOTEXTILE ADS The information presented herein, while not guaranteed, is to the best of our knowledge true and accurate. Except when agreed to in writing for specific conditions of use, no warranty or guarantee expressed or implied is made regarding the performance of any product, since the manner of use and handling are beyond our control. Nothing contained herein is to be construed as permission or a recommendation to infringe any patent. ACF West is a D.B.A. for Northwest Geosynthetics Inc. 2505 Frank Albert Rd E, Suite 111, Fife WA 98424 – PH: 253-922-6641 Fax: 253-922-6642 Description: ACF West “Supported” Silt Fence, ACF-WB-60 uses a woven fabric attached with steel hog rings to galvanized steel support mesh. Roll size: 60” fabric w/36” support mesh x 100 lineal foot Available in black or “Hi-Vis” orange Fabric: The fabric, is a woven network of polypropylene fibers, stabilized to resist degradation due to ultraviolet exposure, and resistant to commonly encountered soil chemicals, mildew and insects. It is non-biodegradable and is stable within a ph range of 2-13. Manufactured for ACF West Inc. The fabric meets the following minimum average roll values (MARV): Property Test Method MARV (English) Grab Tensile ASTM D 4632 158.1 x 161.7 lbs Grab Elongation ASTM D 4632 20.7% x 21.3% CBR Puncture ASTM D 6241 620 lbs Trapezoidal Tear ASTM D 4533 90 x 85 lbs UV Resistance ASTM D 4355 80% @ 500hr AOS ASTM D 4751 70 sieve Permittivity ASTM D 4491 0.128 sec-1 Support Mesh: Galvanized utility mesh, 4” x 2” opening, 36” height, 100’ length Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 3 ACF West Inc. is a D.B.A. name for Northwest Geosynthetics Inc. 8951 S.E 76th Drive, Portland, OR 97206 (503) 771-5115, (800) 878-5115, (503) 771-1161 fax 15540 Woodinville-Redmond Rd., #A-400, Woodinville, WA 98072 (425) 415-6115, (800) 423-4567, (425) 415-6126 fax 2120 N. Redwood Rd., Suite 70, Salt Lake City, UT 84116 (801) 521-5141, (800) 804-1393, (801) 521-5144 fax Steel Fence Post Specifications Size: 5’ length Weight: .95 lb/ft (nominal) Coating: Enamel paint, Green Material: Manufactured from 100% recycled steel (imported) Type: Studded “T” post cross section w/riveted anchor plate Uses Suitable for livestock penning, erosion control fencing, construction site barrier fences and a host of staking and fencing applications. Imported for ACF West Inc. By: Kirkwood Industries 20212 108th Ave. NE Bothell, WA 98011 Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 4 Ultra-Drain Guardsi Keep sediment and other pollutants from entering the water system with Ultra-Drain Guard catch basin inserts +This simple,yet specifically designed and engineered geotextile fabric catch basin insert can be installed in most drains.The heaw duty material removes contami- nants like litter,sand,and oil from stormwater flow. .,-n _,,_-.1! :1+Installation is quick and easy -Simply raise the grate, place the Ultra-Drain Guard over the opening and care- fully lower the grate back into place,pinching the fabric in place to keep the unit secure. qfl _-. +Oil &Sediment Model —Removes hydrocarbons,dirt, sand and other contaminants. +Oil &Sediment Plus Model —The addition of Ultra-X Tex _" filter strips increases oil and grease absorption.Tg -I +Trash &Debris Model —Designed specifically to catch ,_, larger items and floatables such as leaves,cigarette butts and paper goods.""'-"""'_:;-‘_H_ +Exceeds 80%sediment removal efficiency.'_...‘W (Iii) IIi)I1? ~--—*J‘?+Designed for practical use in industrial facilities,con- struction sites,parking lots,and “drive-up”retail facilities. +Helps comply with NPDES,40 CFR 122.26 (1999)and TMDL requirements. _i- IL|'\I —»_,___ --l_,_____ __l—___¢—I__ ___--\___ Grate Lifter Part#9234 O//8 Sediment Three groups ofP/Us MOde/'U/tra-X-Tex f//ter strips absorb o/'/and grease , (Peru?9279)as vvater f/ow/vs through the Drain Guard.g. Over-F/ovv Ports Actua/Drain Guard test uh/‘t —Grate Hook Partzi‘9235 (Prevents F/ood/hg)over 50 /bs.of sediment removed.Reta/‘hers Partzi‘9237 or 9238 US Patent l\/0 5372 774 5 575 925 6 632 507 8775 497CustomS/'zesAva//ab/e ...,,,,, 9217 0'-8 Sed'"ne"t IV odel (1-Pack)48 x 36 x -1,220 x 915 x 458)-p to .87 gal-ors (3.5 L)of o'l awd up to 40 lbs.(18 kg)of sed'me wt 1.0 (0.5) 9218 0'-8 Sed'"ne"t IV odel (10-Pack)48 x 36 x -1,220 x 915 x 458)-p to .87 gal-ors()of o'l awd up to 40 lbs.(18 kg)of sed'me wt 1.0 (0.5) 9356 0'-8 Sed'"ne"t IV odel 60"x 60"(1-Pack)60 x 60 x -1,524 x1,524 x 458)-p to 1.55 ga--o foi-ard up to 40 lbs.(18 kg)of sedi "nert 2.0 (1.0) oooooooooooooooo ‘Gil;(ac/>u>u>(Q;-Q;-9;-3L-Doou-nu-wow-U_,|—|—|—|—|_<2,,9..9..°Q29. 9219 0'-8 Sed'"ne"t P-us V odel (1-Pack)48 x 36 x1 1,220 x 915 x 458)-p to 1.38 ga--o -ard up to 40 I bs.(18 kg)of sed'me wt 2.0 (1.0) 9220 0'-8 Sed'"ne"t P-us V odel (10-Pack)48 x 36 x1 1,220 x 915 x 458)-p to 1.38 ga--o ard up to 40 I bs.(18 kg)of sed'me wt 2.0 (1.0) 9358 0'-8 Sed'"ne"t P-us V odel 60"x 60"(1-Pack)60 x 60 x1 1,524 x1,524 x 458)-p to 2.06 ga--and up to 40 lbs.(18 kg)of sed'mewt 3.0 (1.5) 9227 “rash 8 Debrs Mode-(1-Pack)48 x 36 x _1,220 x 915 x 458)1 cu.ft.(28 L)(before reachi "g bypass ports)1.0 (0.5) 9229 "rash 8 Debrs Mode-(10-Pack)48 x 36 x -1,220 x 915 x 458)1 cu.ft.(28 L)(before reaehi "g bypass ports)1.0 (0.5) Options:9234 Grate Lifter -9235 Grate Hook -9237 or 9238 Retainers 54 UltraTech International,Inc.-(800)353-1611 -1-904-292-1611 5 Q9 ||[mt\T[|;||Ultra-Drain Guardsi 69 INTERNATIONAL,INC.Sp€C]f]Ca’[]QnS Grab Tensile Elongation Trapezoid Tear Puncture Mullen Burst Permittivity A.0.S.(U.S.sieve no.)/Microns UV Stability (strength retained %)500 hrs 1*4355 Fabric Weight (oz/yd2)(typical) Flow (through material) Flow (bypass ports gpm) Flow (bypass ports cfs) Larger bypass flow rate designs are available nlt Speclflcatlons J-l\ U... 0il8Sediment’ Part #9217 0il8Sediment’ Part #9356 0il8Sediment Plus’ Part #9219 0il8Sediment Plus’ Part #9358 Trash 8 Debris Part #9227 Ultimate3 Part #9376 High Capacity Part #9393 Adjustable Frame Model Part#8930 .87 1.55 1.38 2.06 1.57 1.9 1.26 M ateria I S pecifications Properties ASTM Test Value Material:Non-woven,Polypropylene Geotextile 205lbs 50% 80 lbs 525lbs 420 psi 1.5 secl 80/180 70% 8 oz/ydz 90 gpm/ftz 770 gpm 1.7 cfs if-'-‘1 "l_ i 10”X 18" 10"X 18" 10”X 18" 10"X 18" 10”X 18" 10"X 18" 24"X 24" 10"X 18" UltraTech International,Inc.-11542 Davis Creek Court,Jacksonville,Florida 32256 USA (800)353-1611 -1-904-292-1611 -stormwaterproducts.com -E5‘ _-I--‘Fri!-I...-_ 48"X 36"X 18" 60"X 60"X 18" 48"X 36"X 18" 60"X 60"X 18" 48"X 36"X 18" 48"X 36"X 38" 60"X 60"X 24" Varies .,-Iii- Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 6 QQTEHC-ATE I ®M|raf| Mirafim 180N is a nonwoyen geotextile composed of polypropylene fibers,which are formed into a stable network such that the fibers retain their relative position.Mirafim 18DN is inert to biological degradation and resists naturally encountered chemicals,alkalis,and acids. . .I._-:-''-...'.--r-1-s~'. SEPI-'lFlfl.Tl[lli FILTRATION DRAINAGE TenCate Geosynthetics Americas Laboratories are accredited by Geosynthetic Accreditation institute —Laboratory Accreditation Program (GAI-LAP).NTPEP Listed MECHANICAL PROPERTIES TEST METHOD UNIT MINIMUM AVERAGE ROLL VALUE MD CD Grab Tensile Strength Grab Tensile Elongation Trapezoid Tear Strength CBR Puncture Strength ASTM D4632 ASTM D4632 ASTIVI D4533 ASTM D6241 lbs (N) % lbs (N) lbs (N) 2os(s12)20s(e12)so sosoisss)sorsss)soo(2224) MAXIMUM OPENING SIZE Apparent Opening Size (A05)ASTM D4?51 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES TEST METHOD U.S.Sieye (mm) UNIT so(01s) MINIMUM nou.wuue Permittiyity Flow Rate ASTM D4491 ASTM D4491 1. sec‘1.4 galfmin/ftf (1/min/ml)95 (3870) MINIMUM TEST VALUE UV Resistance (at 500 hours)ASTM D4355 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES Roll Dimensions (width it length) Roll Area %strength retained 70 unnr'fi(nfl yci2 (m2) Roll Weight lbs (kg) Label Color ROLL SIZE12.5 K 350 15 ><300(3.3 ><110){-4.57 >1 91.4)s00ia1s) Disclaimer:Tenllate assumes no liability for the accuracy or completeness of this information orfor the ultimate use by the purchaser.Tentjate disclaims any and all express, implied,or statutory standards,warranties or guarantees,including without limitation any implied warranty as to merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or arising from a course of dealing or usage of trade as to any equipment,materials,or information furnished herewith.This document should not be construed as engineering adyice.Mirafi‘is a registered trademark of I"-licolon Corporation.Copyright [El 2021 Nicolon Corporation.All Rights Reseryed FGSUUDT BU ETCLRSS ass s th r-r lland o ',Tel 1 roe ass 2225 ll‘.% ..-aroma.'”7*i-I~"~_r-y=~-_~*‘Tf°"'G E CI SY N T H E T I C S UL!G riye + Pendergrass,GA 3056?www tencategeo us _-—i.-L QQTEHC-ATE I ®M|raf| Mirafim 180N is a nonwoyen geotextile composed of polypropylene fibers,which are formed into a stable network such that the fibers retain their relative position.Mirafim 18DN is inert to biological degradation and resists naturally encountered chemicals,alkalis,and acids. . .I._-:-''-...'.--r-1-s~'. SEPI-'lFlfl.Tl[lli FILTRATION DRAINAGE TenCate Geosynthetics Americas Laboratories are accredited by Geosynthetic Accreditation institute —Laboratory Accreditation Program (GAI-LAP).NTPEP Listed MECHANICAL PROPERTIES TEST METHOD UNIT MINIMUM AVERAGE ROLL VALUE MD CD Grab Tensile Strength Grab Tensile Elongation Trapezoid Tear Strength CBR Puncture Strength ASTM D4632 ASTM D4632 ASTIVI D4533 ASTM D6241 lbs (N) % lbs (N) lbs (N) 2os(s12)20s(e12)so sosoisss)sorsss)soo(2224) MAXIMUM OPENING SIZE Apparent Opening Size (A05)ASTM D4?51 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES TEST METHOD U.S.Sieye (mm) UNIT so(01s) MINIMUM nou.wuue Permittiyity Flow Rate ASTM D4491 ASTM D4491 1. sec‘1.4 galfmin/ftf (1/min/ml)95 (3870) MINIMUM TEST VALUE UV Resistance (at 500 hours)ASTM D4355 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES Roll Dimensions (width it length) Roll Area %strength retained 70 unnr'fi(nfl yci2 (m2) Roll Weight lbs (kg) Label Color ROLL SIZE12.5 K 350 15 ><300(3.3 ><110){-4.57 >1 91.4)s00ia1s) Disclaimer:Tenllate assumes no liability for the accuracy or completeness of this information orfor the ultimate use by the purchaser.Tentjate disclaims any and all express, implied,or statutory standards,warranties or guarantees,including without limitation any implied warranty as to merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or arising from a course of dealing or usage of trade as to any equipment,materials,or information furnished herewith.This document should not be construed as engineering adyice.Mirafi‘is a registered trademark of I"-licolon Corporation.Copyright [El 2021 Nicolon Corporation.All Rights Reseryed FGSUUDT BU ETCLRSS ass s th r-r lland o ',Tel 1 roe ass 2225 ll‘.% ..-aroma.'”7*i-I~"~_r-y=~-_~*‘Tf°"'G E CI SY N T H E T I C S UL!G riye + Pendergrass,GA 3056?www tencategeo us _-—i.-L 7 NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE SKAPS GT-180 is a needle-punched nonwoven geotextile made of ,*"".“.”;I';' 100%virgin polypropylene staple fibers,which are formed into a random jii._t.;' network for dimensional stability.SKAPS GT-180 resists ultraviolet deterioration,rotting,biological degradation,naturally encountered .--. alkalis and acids.Polypropylene is stable within the pH range of 2 to 13.E SKAPS GT-180 is NTPEP certified and meets requirements as per 'AASHTO Standards andior D.O.T.Standards. SKAPS GT-180 conforms to the Minimum Average Roll Values (MARV)listed below: --1 1-' __,_-_.-11-_-_;_"flu-r-‘-‘I’-r.-"r.r;';J'|-.;""-,.‘,-"'.-''_'_||."__.I1|-'_-_,:._..-;-1.,;.',IIV,r'-|"':"_-"'-|..*r -.-'1--=-'-*--"ir;,r ...-C--'.~.-".-.: _-_.-.-.1‘-.3‘‘ii"‘-_;-''-'i“."~s -QGEFS i D 4532 D 4632 205 lbs. 50% 0.911 |<N 50% |Property Method |English (|v|ARv=)Metric (MAF-av’) lvlGrabTensileStrengthAS“ Grab Elongation AS Trapezoid Tear Strength AS D 4533 B5 lbs.0.3?8 kN CBR Puncture Resistance AS D 624’535 lbs 2.370 kN F’ermittivity4 A3 D 449'1.4 sec“1.4 sec'1 Water Flowd A5 D 449’95 gpmrni 3870 liminim 2 Apparent Opening Size (AOS)3s‘4 A3 UV Resistance AS D 475" D 4355 B0 Std.U.S.Sieve ?0%i500 hrs. 0.180 mm 7'0%i500 hrs Packaging Roll Dimensions (w x L)$030612 ft"i"g1mmK";i9£'“ Area Per Roll 500 sq.yards 418.3 sq.meters 1.The property values listed above are subject to change without notice. 2.Minimum Average Roll Values (MARV)is calculated as the average minus two standard deviations Statistically,it yields approximately 97.5%degree of confidence that any samples taken from quality assurance testing will meet or exceed the values described above. 3.Maximum Average Ro l Value (MaxARV} 4.At time of manufacturing.Handling may change these properties. This information is provided for reference purposes oniy and is not intended as a warranty or guarantee.SKAPS assumes no liability in connection with the use of this information. 335 Athena Drive,Athens,GA 30601Fh:(700)-354-3100,Fax:(705)-354-.3737’,Email:contact@siraps.comwww.skaps.eom Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 B D C B D C B A RESTRICTOR CROSS MATERIAL LIST AND KEY OF EL. rrEM ll MATERIAL pESCRIPTION r llro cA. ALUMTNUM eLATE (RoLLED sMoorH) ¡ lla" ALUMTNUM sHEAR cATE wtrH 3/+"ø LIFT HANDLE W l.E.= lnvert elevation OF = Overflow elevation RESTRICTOR CROSS: SIZE: ROLLED OF EL.: t.E.: SMOOTH SIZE: OVTRFLOW WEIR (rF REOUTREp) BOTTOM EL. BOTTOM ORIFICE Ø: ORIFICE QUANÏITY OF STRAPS: ELBOWS: QUANÏITY: SIZE:ORIFICE ELBOW #1 ORIFICE Ø: ELBOW #2 ORIFICE ø: ELBOW #3 ORIFICE Ø: ELBOW #4 ORIFICE Ø: ELBoW #5 ORIFICE Ø: E. t.E t.E. E.: E.: OVERFLOW WEIR: BOTTOM EL.WIDTH ("W"): EL.: BOTTOM ORIFICE RTSTRICTOR CROSS CONTRACTOR: FABRICATOR: H.D.FOWLER COMPANY lhis fobricotim droring ond thc ossocioted molcrid líst hovê be.rì prêpored in occsd-GENERAL NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR TO IERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS, DETAILS, AND DESCRIPTONS PRIOR TO ,ISSUED FOR FABRICATON, REVISION RELEASE. 2. FABRICAÏON DRAWNGS ARE BASED ON THE INFORMATION AVAILABLT TO H.D. FOWLER AT THE TIME OF ISSUI. LEGEND: CL = CLASS FL = FLANGE PE = PLAIN END RGE = RIGID GR00!E tND FGE = FLEXIBLE GR00!E END 0F = 0VERFLOW REV DATE DESCRIPÏON H.D. FOWLE A ond qecifrcot'rons owloble for usê ot thê timo of issre lhe intmt behg $ot th¡s I ISSUED FOR FAB ufqrnrg uru urË wrgr@ malgu lat qeQt uG molfiq requrmaß oE cmptelãy od ocarrotdy os poosble bosod m lhe owioble hfømotim. Approvd of this &oring dld the o3sociotod mot€rid list coístÌtutes occ¿ptonæ of H.D. Forlêr Canpon/s intøpretotion of he motcriol requh€mcnb for the slBtcms os detoÍ€d, only the motaiol ALUMINUM RESTRICTOR CROSS W/ELBOWSos dcscribcd in thr Gsodotêd motsiol list rill be ordaed in the quontities l'sted fa thcl fobricotion of thô slstcms os dstoile¿ tlotrid $om in he plo ond/* sectrion viers I ii,"li,j:t" in he ossôcioted moteriol lisl r¡l not b€ provided os o port of the I ONE INCH AT FULL SCALE IF NOT ONE INCH SCATE ACCORDINGLY SCALE: NTS ISHEET: 1 0F 1 IDATE: DWG. No. HDF-RESTRICTOR CROSS IREV. 1 1 2 3 +5 6 7 B 9 10 4640 TRUEMAN BLVD. HILLIARD, OH 43026 (800) 821-6710 www.ads-pipe.com 1 ATN101 © ADS 2015 Introduction Perforated pipe plays an integral role in many applications of HDPE pipe. Generally, perforated pipe is used to accelerate the removal of subsurface water in soils or to allow storm water to percolate into the soil. Currently, two classifications of perforations are specified in the AASHTO material specifications for HDPE pipe: Class I, and Class II. The Class II perforation pattern comes standard when perforated pipe is ordered. Class One perforated pipe has limited availability. Please check with a local representative to determine availability. Both classes are explained in more detail in the AASHTO materials specifications (M294 and M252). AASHTO M252 covers pipe diameters 3- through 10-inch (75 - 250 mm) while M294 covers 12-inch through 60-inch (300 - 1500 mm). Standard Perforation Patterns AASHTO Class II Perforation The following terminology for perforations is derived from the applicable AASHTO specification. Differences between the specifications are covered in the table below. Class II perforations shall be located in the outside valleys of the corrugations, be circular and/or slotted and evenly spaced around the circumference and length of the pipe. The perforations shall be located in the outside valleys of the corrugations. The water inlet area shall be no less than 0.945 in2/ft (20 cm2/m) for pipe diameters 4- through 10-inch (100 - 250mm), 1.42 in2/ft (30 cm2/m) for pipe diameters 12- through 18-inch (300 - 450 mm) and 1.89 in2/ft (40 cm2/m) for pipe diameters larger than and equal to 24 inches (600 mm). Table 1 below represents ADS standard perforation patterns for AASHTO Class II. Nominal I.D. Perforation Type Maximum Slot Length or Diameter Maximum Slot Width Minimum Inlet Area in mm in mm in mm in2/ft cm2/m 4 100 Slot 0.875 22 0.125 3 1.0 21 6 150 Slot 0.875 22 0.125 3 1.0 21 8 200 Slot 1.18 30 0.125 3 1.0 21 10 250 Slot 1.18 30 0.125 3 1.0 21 12 300 Circular 0.313 8 - - 1.5 32 15 375 Circular 0.313 8 - - 1.5 32 18 450 Circular 0.313 8 - - 1.5 32 24 600 Circular 0.313 8 - - 2.0 42 30 750 Circular 0.375 9.5 - - 2.0 42 36 900 Circular 0.375 9.5 - - 2.0 42 42 1050 Circular 0.375 9.5 - - 2.0 42 48 1200 Circular 0.375 9.5 - - 2.0 42 54 1350 Circular 0.375 9.5 - - 2.0 42 60 1500 Circular 0.375 9.5 - - 2.0 42 TECHNICAL NOTE Dual Wall HDPE Perforation Patterns TN 1.01 January 2015 iffffffillm Ll.l.l.l.l.7Z_6 11 2 4640 TRUEMAN BLVD. HILLIARD, OH 43026 (800) 821-6710 www.ads-pipe.com ATN101 © ADS 2015 Figure 1 AASHTO Class II Perforation Patterns Note: Actual pattern may vary by region, however all patterns meet the AASHTO and ASTM minimum requirements for the open inlet area. Ii-1--Ir v q Jr -'1"-I.......='1'"---I II ---j 3-._1-',(--"'%|1'_';::||.--------1.,-,:2,I.,_|_’é|-I_..:E E Eh H In L I __H .H I i €u 1n1r1 |1|||1;:‘MI "‘-ii fi ::_JI :15 i_H ‘I I I lllllI-I _4 |4 ||ii _1 l 1 I |EI_I:_;'i___l__I_l__tI|9‘?!I 13:I I II‘?in I,,_1;._-"_.J _Elivllllunh-1E‘:-‘u:rIl_-E:-Ea‘.“I I 1'_I -I-.- ''‘' ''r_'_1 '_161.-:.-:i.-:-*='=*| 4”-4 10”PW%i[NAMEiERS /I120° \\ // / \ I 5 Al 120°ROTATED EVERY VALLEY 12”4 16”FWPE MAMETERS @6””l ”l <62<1 / / \ l l **NUMBER OE ROLES AROUND **NUMBER OE ROLES AROUND QHRCUMEERENCE VARES BASED ON CIRCUMEERENCE VARES BASED ON l]AMEiER AND REOKNW *0 l]AMETER AND REOKWi** 12 4640 TRUEMAN BLVD. HILLIARD, OH 43026 (800) 821-6710 www.ads-pipe.com 3 ATN101 © ADS 2015 24" PIPE DIAMETERS 45° 2 AT EVERY 45° 45° 30" PIPE DIAMETERS 45° ** NUMBER OF HOLES AROUND CIRCUMFERENCE VARIES BASED ON DIAMETER AND REGION** "l l —><——><— 2 % l ll i J I--mill.-.-".-q ,,,.r -1"----~.L_______r -I'll--llu I ...j I.'-.____1.I-|-- 'III 'I -..-''"fl;';F 0'i '1‘-*~=-'—.-er"-:E :1-iv -----i ll 1---'--"5‘P 1:::_1-3-1-1_"‘"'»Q-~---4 I 4 .|.i l"-_»-q;.J _,g l 1 1 |'l_I"I'0 l_!_l £1 .151 I1;|J_]|_,|_||_.|-II I J__|I|in I,___'“'“'“':?'1---'-.'-~_'+T|.T_:_T '-:*3’_':1 12"'_|::pm-_"'J;''nun*l|.|||nnun-|r_|_|_||_|u|u|nEu-_|_}||..-_.-----;: _ : 'I ''I I L J ._1 . .""'®1.‘:1.‘:1.‘:''="=‘,, vi‘ 13 4 4640 TRUEMAN BLVD. HILLIARD, OH 43026 (800) 821-6710 www.ads-pipe.com ATN101 © ADS 2015 _1215-;||,I ‘_'|.F '.;."ll I-.1-.-11“__:_..r-'IFH-4.|||,|1 :_::_"-..___E:_I_L'l.'l \ "Li.-fir!’u n ::-.L 1 l 11 1!!!!'I1IlI {I %\"'=fllI|. .l |...|I .I 1 I '|my :''1 .f:.:E 5|.*|1_r-..._l_|_I Hung‘1 J I 1 '1 l1'l_1:-"l__l_‘_I___l__t,I|1‘|_I 11.1 |J_]|_,|_||_,|-__I |l|_‘li|l______.__i ...I '--'-1 '--I 1 |--—----|::_'_|;__h 1 1 111 |_|_|11111111 1111111 ll -----'"'*I';;; ;; ;t-_l ES’ii?‘®.-'.'-'L L.'. 5693 60” RlRE DlAMElERS 45°R“ /)\\\H $6 4? %%H 2 47 EVERY 45° Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 14 15 Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 16 NOTES: WSDOT STD. B2A, APWA #49 OLYMPIC FOUNDRY INC. 20" X 24" REVERSIBLE LOCKING FRAME & GRATE MATL: Frame; Cast Iron ASTM A48 CL30, Grate; Ductile Iron ASTM A536 CL 80- 55-06 RATING: H-20 PART NO. SM60 D/T APPROX WT: Frame 160 Lbs, Grate 110 Lbs REV: A DATE: 6/23/2003 New border REV ADOCUMENT APPROVED BY: DATE: DWN: CL DATE: 6/23/2003 TOLERANCE XX +- .1 XXX +- .06 XXXX +- .030 < +- 2 DEG REV: DATE: CHKD: CL DATE: 6/23/2003 DWG #: SM60 DIAG DT SCALE: N/A SHEET: 1 OF 1 Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 17 NOTES: WSDOT STD. B2A, APWA #49 OLYMPIC FOUNDRY INC. 20" X 24" REVERSIBLE LOCKING FRAME & GRATE MATL: Frame; Cast Iron ASTM A48 CL30, Grate; Ductile Iron ASTM A536 CL 80- 55-06 RATING: H-20 PART NO. SM60 D/T APPROX WT: Frame 160 Lbs, Grate 110 Lbs REV: A DATE: 6/23/2003 New border REV ADOCUMENT APPROVED BY: DATE: DWN: CL DATE: 6/23/2003 TOLERANCE XX +- .1 XXX +- .06 XXXX +- .030 < +- 2 DEG REV: DATE: CHKD: CL DATE: 6/23/2003 DWG #: SM60 DIAG DT SCALE: N/A SHEET: 1 OF 1 See Beehive Sheet 18 NOTES: OLYMPIC FOUNDRY INC. BEEHIVE GRATE FOR USE WITH SM60 20" X 24" FRAME MATL: Ductile Iron ASTM A536, CL80-55-06 RATING: H-20 PART NO. SM60BH APPROX WT: 100 Lbs REV: A DATE: 7/3/2003 New border REV ADOCUMENT APPROVED BY: DATE: DWN: CL DATE: 7/3/2003 TOLERANCE XX +- .1 XXX +- .06 XXXX +- .030 < +- 2 DEG REV: DATE: CHKD: CL DATE: 7/3/2003 DWG #: SM60 BH SCALE: N/A SHEET: 1 OF 1 Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 19 NOTES: Non-skid pattern (TYP) APWA standard plan #42 OLYMPIC FOUNDRY INC. 24" X 6" LOCKING MANHOLE RING & COVER MATL: Cast Iron ASTM A48, CL30 RATING: H-20 PART NO. MH30A D/T APPROX WT: Ring 210 Lbs, Cover 150 Lbs REV: A DATE: 6/23/2007 New border REV ADOCUMENT APPROVED BY: DATE: DWN: CL DATE: 6/23/2003 TOLERANCE XX +- .1 XXX +- .06 XXXX +- .030 < +- 2 DEG REV: DATE: CHKD: CL DATE: 6/23/2003 DWG #: MH30A DT SCALE: N/A SHEET: 1 OF 1 Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 20 www.fernco.com FL E X I B L E C O U P L I N G S United States PH: 810-503-9000 FX: 810-503-1015 Canada PH: 519-332-6711 FX: 519-332-861014 4/12 Because of their quality and ease of installation, Fernco Flexible Couplings have found wide acceptance among sewer and plumbing contractors and municipalities. Fernco couplings are used for all types of in-house and sewer applications: drain waste, repairs, vent piping, house-to-main, cut-ins, conductor and roof drains and increasers-reducers. Made of tough elastomeric polyvinyl chloride (PVC), they are strong, resilient and unaffected by soil conditions. They are also resistant to chemicals, ultraviolet rays, fungus growth, and normal sewer gases due to the inert nature and physical properties of the material. And they are leakproof, rootproof and seal against infiltration and exfiltration. The dimensional flexibility of Fernco cou- plings ensures leakproof seals on virtually any pipe material: plastic, cast iron, asbes- tos cement, clay, concrete, steel, copper and ductile iron. All couplings are clearly marked with part number, size, and pipe materials that the coupling will connect. Fernco makes fast delivery of stock items with no minimum order required. For special applications, our custom design service can supply couplings to individual customer requirements. All Fernco clamps, including the band screw and housing, are made from Series 300 Stainless Steel. Series 316 Stainless Steel Clamps are available upon request. Fernco Flexible Couplings Specially formulated PVC compound positively seals any sewer and drain connection. Tested designs backed by over four decades of proven performance. • Positive seal against infiltration and exfiltration • Leakproof, rootproof and are resistant to chemicals, ultraviolet rays, fungus growth, and normal sewer gases • Conforms to ASTM D 5926, C 1173 and CSA B602 • Connects pipes of same or different sizes and materials quickly and easily • Stainless steel clamps are corrosion-resistant and rustproof Maximum test pressure: 4.3 PSI (29.6 KPA) Maximum operating temperature: 140º F nonconsistent For further information on code approvals, please contact the Fernco Customer Service Department. The industry standard for sewer, drain, waste & vent piping. 21 www.fernco.com FL E X I B L E C O U P L I N G S United States PH: 810-503-9000 FX: 810-503-1015 Canada PH: 519-332-6711 FX: 519-332-861014 4/12 Flexible Coupling Part Number Chart SERIES 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1051 1055 1056 PIPE SIZES Clay TO Clay Clay TO Cast Iron, Plastic, Copper, Steel or Lead Clay TO Asbestos Cement Fibre or Ductile Iron Concrete TO Concrete Concrete TO Clay Concrete TO Cast Iron, Plastic, Copper, Steel or Lead Asbestos Cement Fibre or Ductile Iron TO Cast Iron, Plastic, Copper, Steel or Lead Asbestos Cement Fibre or Ductile Iron TO Asbestos Cement Fibre or Ductile Iron Cast Iron, Plastic, Copper, Steel or Lead TO Cast Iron, Plastic, Copper, Steel or Lead 4” to 2”1002-42 1056-42 4” to 3”1002-43 1006-43 1051-43*1056-43 4” to 4”1001-44 1002-44 1003-44 1004-44 1005-44* 1006-44 1051-44 1055-44 1056-44 4” to 6”1002-46 1003-46 1006-46 1051-46 5” to 3”1056-53 5” to 4”1001-54 1002-54* 1003-54*1051-54 1055-54* 1056-54 5” to 5”1001-55 1002-55 1003-55 1051-55 1055-55 1056-55 6” to 3”1056-63* 6” to 4”1001-64 1002-64 1003-64 1004-64* 1005-64* 1006-64 1051-64 1055-64 1056-64 6” to 5”1001-65 1002-65 1003-65*1006-65* 1051-65 1055-65 1056-65 6” to 6”1001-66 1002-66 1003-66 1004-66 1005-66* 1006-66 1051-66 1055-66 1056-66 8” to 4”1056-84* 8” to 5”1003-85* 8” to 6”1001-86 1002-86 1003-86* 1004-86* 1005-86* 1006-86* 1051-86* 1055-86* 1056-86 8” to 8”1001-88 1002-88 1003-88 1004-88 1005-88* 1006-88 1051-88 1055-88 1056-88 10” to 6”1002-10-6* 1003-10-6*1006-10-6*1056-10-6* 10” to 8”1001-10-8* 1002-10-8* 1003-10-8*1004-10-8 1006-10-8* 1051-10-8* 1055-10-8*1056-10-8 10” to 10”1001-1010 1002-1010 1003-1010*1004-1010 1005-1010 1006-1010 1051-1010 1055-1010 1056-1010 12” to 8”1002-12-8*1006-12-8*1055-12-8*1056-12-8* 12” to 10”1001-1210 1002-1210* 1003-1210* 1004-1210* 1005-1210* 1006-1210* 1051-1210* 1055-1210*1056-1210 12” to12”1001-1212 1002-1212 1003-1212 1004-1212 1005-1212*1006-1212 1051-1212 1055-1212 1056-1212 15” to 10”1001-1510* 1002-1510* 1003-1510* 15” to 12”1001-1512* 1002-1512* 1003-1512*1005-1512*1056-1512 15” to 15”1001-1515 1002-1515 1003-1515*1004-1515 1005-1515*1006-1515 1056-1515 16” to 15”1003-1516 1051-1615 1055-1615* 18” to 15”1056-1815* 18” to 18”1001-1818 1002-1818 1003-1818*1004-1818 1006-1818*1051-1818 1055-1818 1056-1818 21” to 21”1001-2121 1002-2121*1004-2121 1006-2121*1056-2121 24” to 24”1001-2424 1002-2424*1004-2424 1006-2424*1056-2424 27” to 27”1001-2727 1002-2727*1004-2727 1006-2727*1056-2727 • Cast Iron Soil Pipe - Extra Heavy (XH) - Service Weight (SV) - No-Hub (NH) • Clay • Concrete • Plastic - ABS / PVC (DWV Schedule 40, 80, 120) 4” - 12” - PVC / Sewer & Drain (ASTM D 3034) 4” - 15” - PVC Large Dia. Sewer Pipe (ASTM F 679) 18” - 48” • Steel • Lead • Copper • Asbestos Cement Fibre • Ductile Iron • C 900 (Ductile Iron PIpe Size) • Corrugated (Use 1070 Series) *Designated part numbers come with an insert bushing. Don’t see what you need? Call Fernco Customer Service - 810-503-9000 Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 22 TYTON JOINT“PIPE A l*~J‘:1l/.A"i-"W.-'i-"A.E-_!.A.ll lilif-i;lIi‘E ANSI.-‘AWWA C151i'A21.5.Ductile IronPipe,Centrifugally Cast for Water.Ductile Iron Tyton Joint Pipe is centrifugally cast in metal molds in accordance with ANSIJAWWAC15liA2i.5. The asphaltic outside coating is in accordance with Al"lSllAWWAE15'|l'A2'|.5l. As specified in AN SIIAWWA Cl Si M21 .51,pipe weights have been calculated using standard barrel weights and weights of hells being produced. ANSIIAWWA C104.-‘A.21.4,Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron PipeandFittingsforWater.The cement-mortar lining and inside coating are inaccordancewithAHSIIAWWAti[iii A214.Special linings andior coatings can he furnished forspecificconditions AHSIIAWWA C11 1r'A21.1 1,Rubber-Gaslret Joints for Ductile-Iron PressurePipeandFittings.Tyton Gaskets are fumished in accordance with AHSIIAWWA C1iliA2i.1l. AHSIJAWWA C1D5fA21.5,Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe Systems. If specifiers and users believe that corrosive soils will be encountered where our products are to he installed,please refer to AlllSlr'AW‘WA £1051’All .5, for proper errtemal protection procedures. ASTM A746-D3 "Standard specificationforDuctileIronGravitySewerPipe."ASTM A?1i5~Dfl "StandardSpecificationforDuctileIronCulvertPipe."ASTM A536 "Standard SpecificationforDuctileIronCastings.“ Tyton Joint is U.S.Pipe’s trademark for pipe with a push-on type connection. Simplicity.sturdiness and watertightness are built into the system by design. Convincing proof of its worldwide acceptance is shown by the fact that more than 95%of the pipe now sold by U.5.Pipe is Tyton Joint. Tyton Joint Pipe is available in sizes 3"through 54".Sizes 3"through 42"are available in nominal 18-foot laying lengths.4"through SD“sizes,along with sizes 43"through 64",are available in nominal 2lIi~foot laying lengths. Tyton Joint Pipe in sizes 4"through 36"are UL listed,and sizes 4"through lo"are FM Approved. When Tyton Joint Pipe is used for bridge crossings or other above-ground installations.each length of pipe must be supported in a manner to restrict both vertical and horizontal movement. ATyton Gasket is the only accessory required when installing Tyton Joint Pipe.It is a circular rubber gasket that has a modified bulb shape in cross section.Gaskets are furnished in accordance with ANSIIAWWA C11 if A21.1.Composition and dimensions of the gasket have been carefuliy engineered to ensure a watertight and lasting seal.The standard Tyton Gasket is manufactured of 5BR —-styrene butadiene rubber.Gaskets of special elastorners may be ordered for special applications.The gasket contour and bell socket contour ensure that the gasket will remain seated during proper assembly of the pipe.Whenjoint restraint is required for push—on joint pipe, two options are available from U.S.Pipe.For joint restraint of 4"through 24", Field Lok 350 Gaskets may be used.Field Lok 350 Gaskets are rated for 350 psi in sizes 4"through 24".In addition,for 4"through 36"sizes,TR Flex Pipe and Fittings may be used,and for 30"through 64"sizes,HP Lok Pipe and Fittings may be used.TP.Flex Pipe and Fittings are rated for working pressures for 350 psi in 4"through 24"sizes,2513 psi in sizes 3D"through 36".For HP Lok Pipe and Fittings,the working pressure is 350 psi for 30"through 64“.For higher pressure applications contact your U.S.Pipe representative.Complete details on Field Lok 35D Gaskets,TR Flerc Pipe and Fittings,and HP Lok Pipe and Fittings can be found on our website.www.uspipe.com. NOTE:U.S.Pipe qualifies for Federal Procurement under Public Law hlo.94-581],HDTE:Each of the following is a nationally recognized standards organization: Section 6002,known as the Resource Recovery Act of 19?-o,since,due to American National Standards institute {ANSI},American Waterworks modem technology,recycled iron and steel scrap are used to a large degree in Association {AWWAL American Society for Testing and Materials |[ASTlv'l}, our Ductile iron Pipe production. The piain end of the pipe is furnished beveled or with a quarter eliipse on the Ni"5i°“Pl 5‘=""l'Ptl°"FP“"dPFiP"["551 FPHPFY MU“-‘Pl (mledgetoallowassembly.More than no years of successful errperience haveproveditssealingcapabilities.Hydrostatic tests have shown that the system will withstand pressures far in excess of rated pressures. Underwriters Laboratories {UL},National Fire Protection Association {l~lFPA], U.5.Pipe A Forrerro Eorrrpony 2 23 _"-mi P0005 SIZE THICITN ESS BARREL WEIGHT PER 12. .1? ‘I2 12 12. 12 12 TYTON JOINT“PIPE THICKNESS UUTSIDE DIAMETER WEIGHT FER LENGTH WEIGHT PER LENGTHCLAS5FO0T 50 0.31 "3.20 51 0.34 "3.20 52 0.32 "3.20 53 0.40 "3.20 54 0.43 "3.20 55 0.46 "3.20 56 0.49 "3.20 33.4 42.0 45.6 49.2 52.3 56.3 59.9 is-soor tnviivo LENGTH so-roor La-rii-10 ceiierii 225 S00 290 355 920 935 1 045 1 1 10 325 945 "015 "090 "160 "230 I -P-PiF F‘-Pi F -I1 .1-=I.i=Iai 50 _0.33 "5.30 51 0.36 "5.30 52 0.39 "5.30 53 0.42 "5.30 54 0.45 "5.30 ss 0.43 __-s.so 56 0.51 "5.30 42.5 51 .2 55.9 60.1 64.2 63.4 22.5 910 935 "060 "135 "210 "235 -aso "005 "090 "120 "255 "340 "420i"-'E=§i:is"i 16 16 16 16 16 16-,16. 50 0.34 "2.40 51 0.32 "2.40 52 0.40 ‘2.40 53 0.43 "2.40 54 0.46 "2.40 55 0.49 "2.40so0.52 -2.40 55.3 60.6 65.4 20.1 24.9 29.2 34.4 -oss-150-240-525-41 0-405-sao -1 rs-225-520-405 "560 ".43?-250 1. 1 1 1 11 1 |.|-so D015-9% 13 50 0.35 "9.50 51 0.33 "9.50 52 0.41 "9.50 53 _0.44 "9.50 54 0.42 "9.50 55 0.50 "9.50 S6 0.53 "9.50 64.4 69.3 25.2 30.6 36.0 91 .3 96.2 "225 "325 "420 "520 "615 "210 "305 "355 "465 "520 "630 "235 "395 2000 Table continued on next page.It NDTE:Thicknesses and dimensions of 3"through 64"ductile iron pipe “Tolerance of 0.0.of spigot end:3-1 2 in.,:i:0.06 in.;14-24 in.+0.05conformtoANSIIAWWAC151.iA21.51.Weights may vary from the in.,-0.00 in.;30-43 in.,+0.08 in.,-0.06 in.;54-64 in.+0.04 in.,-0.10 in. 514I'l94"?I P493959 PTPITTETEPPE5 I"PPII W9I9I“-5-hlncluding bell;calculated weight of pipe rounded off to nearest 5 lbs. To learn more visit our website at www.uspipe.con-1 Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 24 —WEE Pewter ""'5'""E55 THICKNESS oursiocoiiuiicrcii B"“"EL'”EIG"T PE“WEIGHT PER LENGTH wcisiir PIER LENGTH5'15 crass root La-I-LI-I LU TYTON JOINT“PIPE 54 0.34 55 0.32 56 0.40 3.96 3.96 3.96 "1.-3 "2.3 I8-F001 LAYING LENGTH 20-F0iI.'iT LA‘i’|i»iiL~.Ll;i~ioTH 220 "3.2 240 255 J5-hr -Iii.-'-lb -I5 -lb 51 0.26 4.30 52 0.2953.422 1 4-4 54 0.35 4.3I 55 0.33 56 0.41 .4-‘-‘.4’::P''-'-Eil3'll-2i_ii_ll_I'i_il'I_J "1.3 '2.e _23's.0 "-5.1 'z.s 225 235 235 260 230 300 320 200 33.3310 sso 355 U'i-C25-C2\C2'1C2’\C2"1 C21- 50 0.25 5 1 0.23 52 0.31 53 0.34 54 0.32 55 0.40 6.9I 56 0.43 6.90 6.9I P253‘‘-Q"-Q i_i1_i-r_rr_i-r_i-=i_i 6.0 6.91 21 "6.0 '2.3 "9.6 .4 23.2 25.0 26.2 305 335 320 400 435 465 335 320 410 445 430 515 495 550 W. DD oooooooooo so 0.22 0.05 s1 i0;3L 0.05 s2 _0.53 __0.05 ss oars 0.05 0.05 0.05 54 0.39 9.05 22.3 i 2!-iii 22.2 30.1 32.5 34.3 32.2 430 425 425 525 520 560 525 620 605 620 650 220 690 265 DDDDDDD i i fl F F F 55 0.42 56 0.455°are 1 51 0.32 '‘. 52 0.35 "". 53 0.33 " ". 54 0.41 ‘". 55 0.44 "". 56 0.42 "".T 1—|.l.—|.-—l| 11:!11:!11:!11:!1:!I3 NOTE:Thicknesses and dimensions of 3"through 64"ductile iron ‘Tolerance of 0.0.of spigot end:3-12 in.,10.06 in.,:14-24 in pipe conform to AN5ii'AW'iAlA Cl 512A21.5l .Weights may vary from +0.05 in.,-0.03 in.;30-43 in.,+0.03 in.,-0.06 in.;54-64 in , 30.1 33 36.2 39.2 42 1 45.1 43.0 the standard because of differences in bell weights.+0.04 in.,-0.10 in. “Including bell;calculated weight of pipe rounded off to nearest 5 lbs. 520 625 630 230 235 340 390 Table continued on next page P U.5.Pipe A Foiterro -Cornpony 52.‘?690rso010azo030000 Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 25 Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 26 Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 27 GPK FITTING SUBMITTAL SHEET Intro: GPK manufactures PVC sewer fittings in accordance with either ASTM D 3034, F 1336 or F 679 to be used in gravity flow or low pressure applications. Injection molded fittings are produced in sizes 4” (100mm) through 12” (300mm) diameter. Fabricated fittings are produced in sizes 4” (100mm) through 36” (973mm) diameter. Material: Fabricated fittings are manufactured from PVC pipe and molded components meeting the requirements of either ASTM D 3034, F 1336 or F 679 for workmanship, extrusion quality, stiffness, impact resistance, dimensions and structural performance. Extruded pipe components are made from PVC material with a minimum cell classification of 12454, 13343 or 12364 as defined in ASTM D1784. Injection molded fittings are made from PVC material with a minimum cell classification of 12454 or 13343 as defined in ASTM D 1784. Extrusion Quality: Extruded components are tested in accordance with and meet the requirements of ASTM D 2152 for properly fused PVC. Impact Resistance: Extruded Components are tested in accordance with ASTM D 2444 using a 20 lb (9.07kg). Tup A and a Flat Plate Holder B. The strength shall equal or exceed the values shown below: 4” – 5” 150 Ft-Lbs 6” – 8” 210 Ft-Lbs 10” – 36” 220 Ft-Lbs (100mm – 125mm 203 J) (150mm – 200mm 284 J) (250mm – 973mm 299 J) Impact Resistance: Injection molded fittings are tested in accordance with ASTM D 2444 using a 20 lb (9.07kg). Tup A and a Flat Plate Holder B. The strength shall equal or exceed the values shown below: 4” 50 Ft-Lbs 6” – 8” 75 Ft-Lbs 10” – 12” 90 Ft-Lbs (100mm 68 J) (150mm – 200mm 102 J) (250mm – 300mm 122 J) Pipe Stiffness: Extruded Components are tested in accordance with ASTM D 2412. The stiffness equals or exceeds the requirements of ASTM D 3034 and F 679. Pipe Flattening: Extruded components are flattened as described in ASTM D 3034 and F 679 until the distance between the plates is 40% of the outside diameter of the pipe. There shall be no splitting, cracking or breaking. Pressure/Pressure Deflection: Gasketed joints are tested in accordance with ASTM D 3212. Pressure: 10 minutes @ 10.8 psi (74.5 kPa) + 10 minutes deflected @ 10.8 psi (74.5 kPa). Vacuum: 10 minutes @ 22 in. Hg (74 kPa) + 10 minutes deflected @ 22 in. Hg (74kPa). Branch Bending: The chemically fused areas around the fabricated branches of tee, wye and t ee-wye fittings are tested to ASTM F 1336 to verify their strength and integrity. Pipe Stop Support: Tee and tee-wye fittings are tested to requirements of ASTM F 1336 for pipe stop load support. No cracking or splitting shall occur and pipe spigot shall not protrude into waterway of the fitting. Joining Methods: Chemically Fused Solvent Weld Joints Solvent cement is handled and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2564 and D 2855. The Lap Shear Strength shall equal or exceed 900 psi (6205 kPa) @ 72 hours. Heat Fusion Welded Joints (Butt Fusion Welds) Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) Must meet all requirements of ASTM F 477 and D 3212. Saddles: Injection Molded saddle tees and saddle wyes shall have skirts with a minimum of 80 square inches (516 square cm) surface area which can be bonded to pipe. Fabricated saddle tees and saddle wyes shall have skirts with a minimum of 160 square inches (1032 square cm) surface area which can be bonded to pipe. The worm drive saddle straps used to fasten the saddles are manufactured with corrosion resistant 300 series AISI stainless steel. GPK does not recommend gasket skirts where air tests are required. Epoxy Reinforced Welds. 811 2 28 1.0 GPK PVC Sewer Fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with either ASTM D 3034, F1336 or F 679. The PVC material shall have a minimum cell classification of 12454, 13343 or 12364 as defined in ASTM D 1784. 2.0 The purpose of GPK in-line fittings is to convey municipal sanitary and industrial wastes, storm water runoff and many other related applications. They are designed to be used in gravity flow and low pressure applications not to exceed 10.8 psi. (74.5 kPa). 3.0 Injection Molded Fittings are produced in sizes 4” (100mm) through 12” (300mm) diameter. Fabricated Fittings are produced in sizes 4” (100mm) through 36” (973mm) diameter. A fabricated fitting is considered any fitting made from pipe or a combination of pipe and molded components. 4.0 Chemical Resistance GPK fittings resist attack from certain alcohols, alkalies, salt solutions, acids and other types of chemicals. Refer to chemical resistant chart for suitability. 5.0 Marking. GPK fittings shall be marked with applicable size, “PVC”, company name or logo, PSM and the ASTM specification number (D 3034, F 1336 or F679). The fittings and/or packaging shall include the manufacturer’s date and shIft code. 6.0 Testing. A test after installation of either low pressure air (Uni-B-6) or a water infiltration-exfiltration test is recommended. 7.0 Deflection Test. The maximum allowable pipe fitting deflection should be 7 ½% of base ID as shown in table X1.1 of D 3034, and X2.1 of F 679. 8.0 Backfilling and Tamping. Backfilling should follow closely after assembly of pipe and fittings. 8.1 Backfilling. with proper material is important to achieve desired density in haunching area which enables pipe, fitting and soil to work together to meet designed load requirements. This eliminates excess deflection and shear breaks due to heavy loads. Approved material shall be used properly, compacted continuously above and around the pipe and fittings as well as between fitting and trench wall. A cushion of approved material up to a minimum of 12” (305mm) over the fittings and between the trench walls shall be applied in accordance with the engineers’ specifications. 8.2 Tamping. This shall be done by hand tamping of the embedment material between the trench wall of the service line fitting and riser connection. Tamping can also be done by mechanical tampers or by using water to consolidate the embedment material. Extreme unstable ground conditions may require wider trenches to enable you to compact a larger area around the pipe and fittings to the density consistent of the original ground surface conditions. 9.0 Service Lines. Normally, service lines from the property line to the collection sewer should be a minimum depth of 3 feet (1 meter) at the property line and should be laid in straight alignment and uniform slope of not less than ¼” per foot (20.8mm/meter) for 4” (100mm) nominal pipe and 1/8” (10.4mm/meter) per foot for 6” (150mm) pipe. Where collection sewers are deeper than 7 feet (2 meters) a vertical standpipe or stack is permitted but not recommended, consult the project engineer for proper installation details. Deep sewer chimney and risers necessitate extreme care during backfilling. Where surface loading is anticipated the final backfill must be compacted to a density compatible with those surface loads to be encountered. 9.1 Backfilling around pipe service laterals on slope. Extra attention should be given on slopes to prevent the newly backfilled trench from becoming a “French Drain”. Before backfilling completely there is a tendency for ground and surface water to follow the direction of the looser soil. This flow may wash out soil from under or around pipe and branch line fittings, reducing or eliminating the support needed. To avoid this problem the backfilling should be of greater compaction. Tamping should be done in 4” (100mm) layers and continued in this manner all the way up to the ground or surface line of the trench. Concrete collars or other concrete poured around the fitting to stabilize unwanted movement is recommended to prevent water from undercutting the underside of the pipe and fittings. Summary: Due to various ground conditions and different situations, installation techniques vary widely. We warranty our products to be free of manufacturer’s defects. We will not replace the products that are installed or used incorrectly. The design of the systems that our product is used in is a factor that cannot be overlooked. SDR35 D 3034 / PS46 F 679 FITTING SPECIFICATIONS 811 1 Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 29 NYLOPLAST Fl'lTlNGS Nylopiast has fittings available for most of the underground piping systems currently available to the North American market.Nylopiast fittings can connect and adapt to corrugated polyethylene,PVC SUR- 35.SDR-26,IPS Schedule 40,Schedule 80,C-900, C-905,ribbed PVC,corrugated PVC,and many other pipe types.This provides a great fitting for dissimilar pipe connections for numerous applications. Fittings are available 4"(100 mm)-30”(750 mm)and include. but are not limited to:couplers,cleanouts,downspout adapters, elbows,end caps.tees,wyes,tee-wyes,increasers.sanded manhole adapters,SCH-40 adapters,and SWR adapters. FEATURES: -100-year service life 1-variety of NSF certified fittings -Rigid F"v'C durability -Meets ASTM D3212 standards -Sanitary grade WTjoint performance for storm and sewer applications -All Series 35 PVC fittings manufactured by Nyloplast meet ASTM F1336.ASTlvl D3034 and ASTlvl FETQ -Flexible elastomeric seals conform to A5Tlv1 F4?? -All Nylopiast inventory conforms to ASTM D1784 cell ciass 12454 Ask a local representative for a complete listing of specifications,details and pricing. Visitwvmnnyloplast-us.com or call 1-(B66)BBB-B479 for project support. _ -.J‘ "I -__I.-._U .- .-Ir‘.,F _.4 _.__ '_q...»_-'_-‘."'r ;-,.- I '5'I 1 --L.{;+.'I_F 5,-.-|,_-‘TL'|.n .'-,-e r_F --'-.__ _.FF" Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 30 QQTEHC-ATE I ®M|raf|-Y-rs"‘.. SEPAFIIITIIIII FILTRATIIIII IIIIAIIIAGE Mirafii 160N is a nonwoven geotextile composed of polypropylene fibers,which are formed into a stable network such that the fibers retain their relative position.Mirafifi 16UN is inert to biological degradation and resists naturally encountered chemicals,alkalis,and acids.Mirafi“'160N meets AASHTO M288 Class 2 for Elongation :>50%. TenCate Geosynthetics Americas Laboratories are accredited by Geosynthetic Accreditation institute —Laboratory Accreditation Program (GAI-LAP).NTPEP Listed MECHANICAL PROPERTIES TEST METHOD UNIT MINIMUM AVERAGE ROLL VALUE MD CD Grab Tensile Strength Grab Tensile Elongation Trapezoid Tear Strength CBR Puncture Strength ASTM D4632 ASTM D4632 ASTIVI D4533 ASTM D6241 lbs (N) % lbs (N) lbs (N) 1sor?12)1s0(?12)so soseize?)so[2s7)41o(1s2s) MAXIMUM OPENING SIZE Apparent Opening Size (A05)ASTM D4?51 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES TEST METHOD U.S.Sieve (mm) UNIT 7o(o212) MINIMUM nou.vruue Permittivity Flow Rate ASTM D4491 ASTM D4491 1. sec‘1.5 galfmin/ft:(1/rnin/ml)110 (4481) MINIMUM TEST VALUE UV Resistance (at 500 hours)ASTM D4355 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES Roll Dimensions (width it length) Roll Area Estimated Roll Weight Label Color %strength retained 80 unnrfthn)ROLLSEE15><300 (4.5?K 91.44) yd2 (m2)500 (418) lbs (kgs):| Disclaimer:Tenllate assumes no liability for the accuracy or completeness of this information orfor the ultimate use by the purchaser.Tentjate disclaims any and all express, implied,or statutory standards,warranties or guarantees,including without limitation any implied warranty as to merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or arising from a course of dealing or usage of trade as to any equipment,materials,or information furnished herewith.This document should not be construed as engineering advice.Mirafi‘is a registered trademarlc of I"-licolon Corporation.Copyright [El 2021 Nicolon Corporation.All Rights Reserved FGSUCHIISE 1 ETCLRBS ass So th Holland o '.Tel 1 roe sea .1225 In :1 fifi ......;-;.-aroma.‘"7"?-=-_4=i=~.-*?‘°"'G E O S Y N T H E T I C S I.-I FWF-‘+ Pendergrass,GA 3056?wwvv tencategeo us _-—\.-L 31 NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE QCQQIFSB’ SKAPS GT-160 is a needle-punched nonwoven geotextile made of 100%virgin polypropylene staple fibers,which are formed into a random network for dimensional stability.SKAPS GT-160 resists ultraviolet deterioration,rotting,biological degradation,naturally - encountered alkalis and acids.Polypropylene is stable within the pH E range of 2 to 13.SKAPS GT-160 is NTPEP certified and meets -- requirements as per AASHTO Standards andior D.O.T.Standards. -u'.P-'""-'_.r_1.at':i-.r-‘-..--.'.-.;;-'E.t-=!-"-‘-_-t.i.._--'I_-I"-"F".JI'-I1. 4'.'_-if-f‘__~.sr.r -".!,;‘-P:-‘I:.-:-'_''-r_-J_iI|':'."_';1".-;|I'_.P.I-__||._|‘__ SKAPS GT-160 conforms to the Minimum Average Roll Values g g (MARV)listed below:i Property Method English (MARV2)Metric (MARV2) Grab Tensile Strength ASTV D 4632 160 lbs.0.?11 kN Grab Elongation ASTV D 4632 50%50% Trapezoid Tear Strength AS""'v'D 4533 BU lbs.0.267 kN GER Puncture Resistance AS"“'v'D 624’410 lbs 1.823 kN F’ermittivity4 A5"?3 449'1.5 sec“1.5 sec“ Water Flow‘A5-‘Fv D 449"110 gpmiftg 4430 liminim‘? I Apparent Opening Sign (AO$)38‘4 AS_V 3 475'TU Std.U.S.$iE."v'E (1212 l'TllT'I UV Resistance ASTV D 4355 70%i500 hrs.7D'%i500'hrs. Packaging Roll Dimensions (W x L)$03663 ft‘j'g1mmxx91049;:m Area PEI‘Roll 500 sq.yards 418.3 sq.meters 1.The properly values listed above are subject to change without notice. 2.Minimum Average Roll Values (MARK?)is calculated as the average minus two standard deviations. Statistically,it yields approximately 9?.5%degree of confidence that any samples taken from quality assurance testing will meet or exceed the values described above. 3.Maximum Average Roll Value (MaxARV) 4.At time of manufacturing.Handling may change these properties. This information is provided for reference purposes only and is not intended as a warranty or guarantee.SKAPS assumes no iiabiiity in connection with the use of this information. 335 Athena Drive,Athens,GA 306-D1‘Ph:(705)-354-3?0O,Fax:|'7thi)-354-3737,Emaii:oontact@skaps.comwww.skaps.com Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 32 ©2022 ADS, INC. PROJECT INFORMATION ADS SALES REP: ENGINEERED PRODUCT MANAGER: PROJECT NO: ARLINGTON KENT PRAIRIE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL ARLINGTON, WA DANNY JONES 360-507-2354 DANNY.JONES@ADSPIPE.COM S300908 Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. AVERY SCOTT 971-227-0854 AVERY.SCOTT@ADSPIPE.COM MC-3500 STORMTECH CHAMBER SPECIFICATIONS 1. CHAMBERS SHALL BE STORMTECH MC-3500. 2. CHAMBERS SHALL BE ARCH-SHAPED AND SHALL BE MANUFACTURED FROM VIRGIN, IMPACT-MODIFIED POLYPROPYLENE COPOLYMERS. 3. CHAMBERS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM F2418, "STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR POLYPROPYLENE (PP) CORRUGATED WALL STORMWATER COLLECTION CHAMBERS" CHAMBER CLASSIFICATION 45x76 DESIGNATION SS. 4. CHAMBER ROWS SHALL PROVIDE CONTINUOUS, UNOBSTRUCTED INTERNAL SPACE WITH NO INTERNAL SUPPORTS THAT WOULD IMPEDE FLOW OR LIMIT ACCESS FOR INSPECTION. 5. THE STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF THE CHAMBERS, THE STRUCTURAL BACKFILL, AND THE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS SHALL ENSURE THAT THE LOAD FACTORS SPECIFIED IN THE AASHTO LRFD BRIDGE DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS, SECTION 12.12, ARE MET FOR: 1) LONG-DURATION DEAD LOADS AND 2) SHORT-DURATION LIVE LOADS, BASED ON THE AASHTO DESIGN TRUCK WITH CONSIDERATION FOR IMPACT AND MULTIPLE VEHICLE PRESENCES. 6. CHAMBERS SHALL BE DESIGNED, TESTED AND ALLOWABLE LOAD CONFIGURATIONS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM F2787, "STANDARD PRACTICE FOR STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF THERMOPLASTIC CORRUGATED WALL STORMWATER COLLECTION CHAMBERS". LOAD CONFIGURATIONS SHALL INCLUDE: 1) INSTANTANEOUS (<1 MIN) AASHTO DESIGN TRUCK LIVE LOAD ON MINIMUM COVER 2) MAXIMUM PERMANENT (75-YR) COVER LOAD AND 3) ALLOWABLE COVER WITH PARKED (1-WEEK) AASHTO DESIGN TRUCK. 7. REQUIREMENTS FOR HANDLING AND INSTALLATION: ·TO MAINTAIN THE WIDTH OF CHAMBERS DURING SHIPPING AND HANDLING, CHAMBERS SHALL HAVE INTEGRAL, INTERLOCKING STACKING LUGS. ·TO ENSURE A SECURE JOINT DURING INSTALLATION AND BACKFILL, THE HEIGHT OF THE CHAMBER JOINT SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 3”. ·TO ENSURE THE INTEGRITY OF THE ARCH SHAPE DURING INSTALLATION, a) THE ARCH STIFFNESS CONSTANT SHALL BE GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 450 LBS/FT/%. THE ASC IS DEFINED IN SECTION 6.2.8 OF ASTM F2418. AND b) TO RESIST CHAMBER DEFORMATION DURING INSTALLATION AT ELEVATED TEMPERATURES (ABOVE 73° F / 23° C), CHAMBERS SHALL BE PRODUCED FROM REFLECTIVE GOLD OR YELLOW COLORS. 8. ONLY CHAMBERS THAT ARE APPROVED BY THE SITE DESIGN ENGINEER WILL BE ALLOWED. UPON REQUEST BY THE SITE DESIGN ENGINEER OR OWNER, THE CHAMBER MANUFACTURER SHALL SUBMIT A STRUCTURAL EVALUATION FOR APPROVAL BEFORE DELIVERING CHAMBERS TO THE PROJECT SITE AS FOLLOWS: ·THE STRUCTURAL EVALUATION SHALL BE SEALED BY A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER. ·THE STRUCTURAL EVALUATION SHALL DEMONSTRATE THAT THE SAFETY FACTORS ARE GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 1.95 FOR DEAD LOAD AND 1.75 FOR LIVE LOAD, THE MINIMUM REQUIRED BY ASTM F2787 AND BY SECTIONS 3 AND 12.12 OF THE AASHTO LRFD BRIDGE DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS FOR THERMOPLASTIC PIPE. ·THE TEST DERIVED CREEP MODULUS AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM F2418 SHALL BE USED FOR PERMANENT DEAD LOAD DESIGN EXCEPT THAT IT SHALL BE THE 75-YEAR MODULUS USED FOR DESIGN. 9. CHAMBERS AND END CAPS SHALL BE PRODUCED AT AN ISO 9001 CERTIFIED MANUFACTURING FACILITY. IMPORTANT - NOTES FOR THE BIDDING AND INSTALLATION OF MC-3500 CHAMBER SYSTEM 1. STORMTECH MC-3500 CHAMBERS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED UNTIL THE MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE HAS COMPLETED A PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING WITH THE INSTALLERS. 2. STORMTECH MC-3500 CHAMBERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "STORMTECH MC-3500/MC-4500 CONSTRUCTION GUIDE". 3. CHAMBERS ARE NOT TO BE BACKFILLED WITH A DOZER OR AN EXCAVATOR SITUATED OVER THE CHAMBERS. STORMTECH RECOMMENDS 3 BACKFILL METHODS: ·STONESHOOTER LOCATED OFF THE CHAMBER BED. ·BACKFILL AS ROWS ARE BUILT USING AN EXCAVATOR ON THE FOUNDATION STONE OR SUBGRADE. ·BACKFILL FROM OUTSIDE THE EXCAVATION USING A LONG BOOM HOE OR EXCAVATOR. 4. THE FOUNDATION STONE SHALL BE LEVELED AND COMPACTED PRIOR TO PLACING CHAMBERS. 5. JOINTS BETWEEN CHAMBERS SHALL BE PROPERLY SEATED PRIOR TO PLACING STONE. 6. MAINTAIN MINIMUM - SPACING BETWEEN THE CHAMBER ROWS. 7. INLET AND OUTLET MANIFOLDS MUST BE INSERTED A MINIMUM OF 12" (300 mm) INTO CHAMBER END CAPS. 8. EMBEDMENT STONE SURROUNDING CHAMBERS MUST BE A CLEAN, CRUSHED, ANGULAR STONE MEETING THE AASHTO M43 DESIGNATION OF #3 OR #4. 9. STONE MUST BE PLACED ON THE TOP CENTER OF THE CHAMBER TO ANCHOR THE CHAMBERS IN PLACE AND PRESERVE ROW SPACING. 10. THE CONTRACTOR MUST REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH CHAMBER FOUNDATION MATERIALS BEARING CAPACITIES TO THE SITE DESIGN ENGINEER. 11. ADS RECOMMENDS THE USE OF "FLEXSTORM CATCH IT" INSERTS DURING CONSTRUCTION FOR ALL INLETS TO PROTECT THE SUBSURFACE STORMWATER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FROM CONSTRUCTION SITE RUNOFF. NOTES FOR CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT 1. STORMTECH MC-3500 CHAMBERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "STORMTECH MC-3500/MC-4500 CONSTRUCTION GUIDE". 2. THE USE OF EQUIPMENT OVER MC-3500 CHAMBERS IS LIMITED: ·NO EQUIPMENT IS ALLOWED ON BARE CHAMBERS. ·NO RUBBER TIRED LOADER, DUMP TRUCK, OR EXCAVATORS ARE ALLOWED UNTIL PROPER FILL DEPTHS ARE REACHED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "STORMTECH MC-3500/MC-4500 CONSTRUCTION GUIDE". ·WEIGHT LIMITS FOR CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT CAN BE FOUND IN THE "STORMTECH MC-3500/MC-4500 CONSTRUCTION GUIDE". 3. FULL 36" (900 mm) OF STABILIZED COVER MATERIALS OVER THE CHAMBERS IS REQUIRED FOR DUMP TRUCK TRAVEL OR DUMPING. USE OF A DOZER TO PUSH EMBEDMENT STONE BETWEEN THE ROWS OF CHAMBERS MAY CAUSE DAMAGE TO CHAMBERS AND IS NOT AN ACCEPTABLE BACKFILL METHOD. ANY CHAMBERS DAMAGED BY USING THE "DUMP AND PUSH" METHOD ARE NOT COVERED UNDER THE STORMTECH STANDARD WARRANTY. CONTACT STORMTECH AT 1-888-892-2694 WITH ANY QUESTIONS ON INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS OR WEIGHT LIMITS FOR CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT. 6" (150 mm) FOR STORMTECH INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS VISIT OUR APP SiteAssist 33 SHEET OF DA T E : PR O J E C T # : DR A W N : CH E C K E D : TH I S D R A W I N G H A S B E E N P R E P A R E D B A S E D O N I N F O R M A T I O N P R O V I D E D T O A D S U N D E R T H E D I R E C T I O N O F T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R O R O T H E R P R O J E C T R E P R E S E N T A T I V E . T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R S H A L L R E V I E W T H I S D R A W I N G P R I O R T O C O N S T R U C T I O N . I T I S T H E U L T I M A T E RE S P O N S I B I L I T Y O F T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R T O E N S U R E T H A T T H E P R O D U C T ( S ) D E P I C T E D A N D A L L A S S O C I A T E D D E T A I L S M E E T A L L A P P L I C A B L E L A W S , R E G U L A T I O N S , A N D P R O J E C T R E Q U I R E M E N T S . 46 4 0 T R U E M A N B L V D HI L L I A R D , O H 4 3 0 2 6 2 6 06 / 0 8 / 2 2 S3 0 0 9 0 8 PM E MW H AR L I N G T O N K E N T P R A I R I E E L E M E N T A R Y S C H O O L AR L I N G T O N , W A DA T E D R W N C H K D DE S C R I P T I O N 02 / 2 0 / 2 3 S V O RW D AD D N Y L O P L A S T B A S I N S 00 20 ' 40 ' St o r m T e c h Ch a m b e r S y s t e m 88 8 - 8 9 2 - 2 6 9 4 | WW W . S T O R M T E C H . C O M ® PLACE MINIMUM 17.5' OF ADSPLUS175 WOVEN GEOTEXTILE OVER BEDDING STONE AND UNDERNEATH CHAMBER FEET FOR SCOUR PROTECTION AT ALL CHAMBER INLET ROWS 24" PARTIAL CUT END CAP, PART# MC3500IEPP24BC OR MC3500IEPP24BW TYP OF ALL MC-3500 24" BOTTOM CONNECTIONS AND ISOLATOR PLUS ROWS PROPOSED LAYOUT 115 STORMTECH MC-3500 CHAMBERS 14 STORMTECH MC-3500 END CAPS 12 STONE ABOVE (in) 9 STONE BELOW (in) 40 % STONE VOID 17,129 INSTALLED SYSTEM VOLUME (CF)(ELEVATIONS 133.50 AND 137.04) (PERIMETER STONE INCLUDED) 6667 SYSTEM AREA (ft²) 374 SYSTEM PERIMETER (ft) PROPOSED ELEVATIONS 145.25 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GRADE (TOP OF PAVEMENT/UNPAVED) 139.25 MINIMUM ALLOWABLE GRADE (UNPAVED WITH TRAFFIC) 138.75 MINIMUM ALLOWABLE GRADE (UNPAVED NO TRAFFIC) 138.75 MINIMUM ALLOWABLE GRADE (BASE OF FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT) 138.75 MINIMUM ALLOWABLE GRADE (TOP OF RIGID PAVEMENT) 138.25 TOP OF STONE 137.25 TOP OF MC-3500 CHAMBER 135.70 12" TOP MANIFOLD INVERT 133.67 24" ISOLATOR ROW PLUS CONNECTION INVERT 133.61 12" BOTTOM CONNECTION INVERT 133.50 BOTTOM OF MC-3500 CHAMBER 133.50 UNDERDRAIN INVERT 132.75 BOTTOM OF STONE INSTALL FLAMP ON 24" ACCESS PIPE PART# MC350024RAMP (TYP 2 PLACES)NOTES ·MANIFOLD SIZE TO BE DETERMINED BY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER. SEE TECHNICAL NOTE 6.32 FOR MANIFOLD SIZING GUIDANCE. ·DUE TO THE ADAPTATION OF THIS CHAMBER SYSTEM TO SPECIFIC SITE AND DESIGN CONSTRAINTS, IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO CUT AND COUPLE ADDITIONAL PIPE TO STANDARD MANIFOLD COMPONENTS IN THE FIELD. ·THE SITE DESIGN ENGINEER MUST REVIEW ELEVATIONS AND IF NECESSARY ADJUST GRADING TO ENSURE THE CHAMBER COVER REQUIREMENTS ARE MET. ·THIS CHAMBER SYSTEM WAS DESIGNED WITHOUT SITE-SPECIFIC INFORMATION ON SOIL CONDITIONS OR BEARING CAPACITY. THE SITE DESIGN ENGINEER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING THE SUITABILITY OF THE SOIL AND PROVIDING THE BEARING CAPACITY OF THE INSITU SOILS. THE BASE STONE DEPTH MAY BE INCREASED OR DECREASED ONCE THIS INFORMATION IS PROVIDED. ·THE SITE DESIGN ENGINEER MUST REVIEW THE PROXIMITY OF THE CHAMBERS TO THE SLOPE AND CONSIDER EFFECTS OF POSSIBLE SATURATED SOILS ON THE SLOPE'S INTEGRITY. 12" X 12" ADS N-12 TOP MANIFOLD INVERT 26.36" ABOVE CHAMBER BASE (SEE NOTES) INSPECTION PORT ISOLATOR ROW PLUS (SEE DETAIL) 6" ADS N-12 DUAL WALL PERFORATED HDPE UNDERDRAIN (SIZE TBD BY ENGINEER / SOLID OUTSIDE PERIMETER STONE) 13 6 . 3 9 ' 12 5 . 6 0 ' 6.92' 43.60' 41.00' 10 4 . 2 4 ' 96 . 9 4 ' 12" ADS N-12 BOTTOM CONNECTION INVERT 1.35" ABOVE CHAMBER BASE (SEE NOTES) 12" X 12" ADS N-12 TOP MANIFOLD INVERT 26.36" ABOVE CHAMBER BASE (SEE NOTES / TYP 2 PLACES) PROPOSED OUTLET CONTROL STRUCTURE MAXIMUM OUTLET FLOW 4.0 CFS (DESIGN BY ENGINEER / PROVIDED BY OTHERS) St o r m T e c h Ch a m b e r S y s t e m 88 8 - 8 9 2 - 2 6 9 4 | WW W . S T O R M T E C H . C O M ® 30" NYLOPLAST BASIN #7 PER PLAN W/ELEVATED BYPASS MANIFOLD MAXIMUM INLET FLOW 11.7 CFS (24" SUMP MIN) 30" NYLOPLAST BASIN #6 PER PLAN W/ELEVATED BYPASS MANIFOLD MAXIMUM INLET FLOW 11.7 CFS (24" SUMP MIN) 12" X 12" ADS N-12 TOP MANIFOLD INVERT 26.36" ABOVE CHAMBER BASE (SEE NOTES) St o r m T e c h Ch a m b e r S y s t e m 88 8 - 8 9 2 - 2 6 9 4 | WW W . S T O R M T E C H . C O M ® 34 SHEET OF DA T E : PR O J E C T # : DR A W N : CH E C K E D : TH I S D R A W I N G H A S B E E N P R E P A R E D B A S E D O N I N F O R M A T I O N P R O V I D E D T O A D S U N D E R T H E D I R E C T I O N O F T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R O R O T H E R P R O J E C T R E P R E S E N T A T I V E . T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R S H A L L R E V I E W T H I S D R A W I N G P R I O R T O C O N S T R U C T I O N . I T I S T H E U L T I M A T E RE S P O N S I B I L I T Y O F T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R T O E N S U R E T H A T T H E P R O D U C T ( S ) D E P I C T E D A N D A L L A S S O C I A T E D D E T A I L S M E E T A L L A P P L I C A B L E L A W S , R E G U L A T I O N S , A N D P R O J E C T R E Q U I R E M E N T S . 46 4 0 T R U E M A N B L V D HI L L I A R D , O H 4 3 0 2 6 2 6 06 / 0 8 / 2 2 S3 0 0 9 0 8 PM E MW H AR L I N G T O N K E N T P R A I R I E E L E M E N T A R Y S C H O O L AR L I N G T O N , W A DA T E D R W N C H K D DE S C R I P T I O N 02 / 2 0 / 2 3 S V O RW D AD D N Y L O P L A S T B A S I N S ACCEPTABLE FILL MATERIALS: STORMTECH MC-3500 CHAMBER SYSTEMS PLEASE NOTE: 1. THE LISTED AASHTO DESIGNATIONS ARE FOR GRADATIONS ONLY. THE STONE MUST ALSO BE CLEAN, CRUSHED, ANGULAR. FOR EXAMPLE, A SPECIFICATION FOR #4 STONE WOULD STATE: "CLEAN, CRUSHED, ANGULAR NO. 4 (AASHTO M43) STONE". 2. STORMTECH COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS ARE MET FOR 'A' LOCATION MATERIALS WHEN PLACED AND COMPACTED IN 9" (230 mm) (MAX) LIFTS USING TWO FULL COVERAGES WITH A VIBRATORY COMPACTOR. 3. WHERE INFILTRATION SURFACES MAY BE COMPROMISED BY COMPACTION, FOR STANDARD DESIGN LOAD CONDITIONS, A FLAT SURFACE MAY BE ACHIEVED BY RAKING OR DRAGGING WITHOUT COMPACTION EQUIPMENT. FOR SPECIAL LOAD DESIGNS, CONTACT STORMTECH FOR COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS. 4. ONCE LAYER 'C' IS PLACED, ANY SOIL/MATERIAL CAN BE PLACED IN LAYER 'D' UP TO THE FINISHED GRADE. MOST PAVEMENT SUBBASE SOILS CAN BE USED TO REPLACE THE MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS OF LAYER 'C' OR 'D' AT THE SITE DESIGN ENGINEER'S DISCRETION. NOTES: 1. CHAMBERS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM F2418, "STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR POLYPROPYLENE (PP) CORRUGATED WALL STORMWATER COLLECTION CHAMBERS" CHAMBER CLASSIFICATION 45x76 DESIGNATION SS. 2. MC-3500 CHAMBERS SHALL BE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM F2787 "STANDARD PRACTICE FOR STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF THERMOPLASTIC CORRUGATED WALL STORMWATER COLLECTION CHAMBERS". 3. THE SITE DESIGN ENGINEER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ASSESSING THE BEARING RESISTANCE (ALLOWABLE BEARING CAPACITY) OF THE SUBGRADE SOILS AND THE DEPTH OF FOUNDATION STONE WITH CONSIDERATION FOR THE RANGE OF EXPECTED SOIL MOISTURE CONDITIONS. 4. PERIMETER STONE MUST BE EXTENDED HORIZONTALLY TO THE EXCAVATION WALL FOR BOTH VERTICAL AND SLOPED EXCAVATION WALLS. 5. REQUIREMENTS FOR HANDLING AND INSTALLATION: ·TO MAINTAIN THE WIDTH OF CHAMBERS DURING SHIPPING AND HANDLING, CHAMBERS SHALL HAVE INTEGRAL, INTERLOCKING STACKING LUGS. ·TO ENSURE A SECURE JOINT DURING INSTALLATION AND BACKFILL, THE HEIGHT OF THE CHAMBER JOINT SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 3”. ·TO ENSURE THE INTEGRITY OF THE ARCH SHAPE DURING INSTALLATION, a) THE ARCH STIFFNESS CONSTANT AS DEFINED IN SECTION 6.2.8 OF ASTM F2418 SHALL BE GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 500 LBS/FT/%. AND b) TO RESIST CHAMBER DEFORMATION DURING INSTALLATION AT ELEVATED TEMPERATURES (ABOVE 73° F / 23° C), CHAMBERS SHALL BE PRODUCED FROM REFLECTIVE GOLD OR YELLOW COLORS. MATERIAL LOCATION DESCRIPTION AASHTO MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS COMPACTION / DENSITY REQUIREMENT D FINAL FILL: FILL MATERIAL FOR LAYER 'D' STARTS FROM THE TOP OF THE 'C' LAYER TO THE BOTTOM OF FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT OR UNPAVED FINISHED GRADE ABOVE. NOTE THAT PAVEMENT SUBBASE MAY BE PART OF THE 'D' LAYER ANY SOIL/ROCK MATERIALS, NATIVE SOILS, OR PER ENGINEER'S PLANS. CHECK PLANS FOR PAVEMENT SUBGRADE REQUIREMENTS.N/A PREPARE PER SITE DESIGN ENGINEER'S PLANS. PAVED INSTALLATIONS MAY HAVE STRINGENT MATERIAL AND PREPARATION REQUIREMENTS. C INITIAL FILL: FILL MATERIAL FOR LAYER 'C' STARTS FROM THE TOP OF THE EMBEDMENT STONE ('B' LAYER) TO 24" (600 mm) ABOVE THE TOP OF THE CHAMBER. NOTE THAT PAVEMENT SUBBASE MAY BE A PART OF THE 'C' LAYER. GRANULAR WELL-GRADED SOIL/AGGREGATE MIXTURES, <35% FINES OR PROCESSED AGGREGATE. MOST PAVEMENT SUBBASE MATERIALS CAN BE USED IN LIEU OF THIS LAYER. AASHTO M145¹ A-1, A-2-4, A-3 OR AASHTO M43¹ 3, 357, 4, 467, 5, 56, 57, 6, 67, 68, 7, 78, 8, 89, 9, 10 BEGIN COMPACTIONS AFTER 24" (600 mm) OF MATERIAL OVER THE CHAMBERS IS REACHED. COMPACT ADDITIONAL LAYERS IN 12" (300 mm) MAX LIFTS TO A MIN. 95% PROCTOR DENSITY FOR WELL GRADED MATERIAL AND 95% RELATIVE DENSITY FOR PROCESSED AGGREGATE MATERIALS. B EMBEDMENT STONE: FILL SURROUNDING THE CHAMBERS FROM THE FOUNDATION STONE ('A' LAYER) TO THE 'C' LAYER ABOVE. CLEAN, CRUSHED, ANGULAR STONE AASHTO M43¹ 3, 4 A FOUNDATION STONE: FILL BELOW CHAMBERS FROM THE SUBGRADE UP TO THE FOOT (BOTTOM) OF THE CHAMBER.CLEAN, CRUSHED, ANGULAR STONE AASHTO M43¹ 3, 4 PLATE COMPACT OR ROLL TO ACHIEVE A FLAT SURFACE.2,3 NO COMPACTION REQUIRED. 8' (2.4 m) MAX 12" (300 mm) MIN77" (1956 mm) 12" (300 mm) MIN 6" (150 mm) MIN 6" (150 mm) MIN PERIMETER STONE (SEE NOTE 4) EXCAVATION WALL (CAN BE SLOPED OR VERTICAL) MC-3500 END CAP SUBGRADE SOILS (SEE NOTE 3) DEPTH OF STONE TO BE DETERMINED BY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER 9" (230 mm) MIN ADS GEOSYNTHETICS 601T NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE ALL AROUND CLEAN, CRUSHED, ANGULAR STONE IN A & B LAYERS D C B A *TO BOTTOM OF FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT. FOR UNPAVED INSTALLATIONS WHERE RUTTING FROM VEHICLES MAY OCCUR, INCREASE COVER TO 24" (600 mm). 45" (1143 mm) 18" (450 mm) MIN* **THIS CROSS SECTION DETAIL REPRESENTS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION. PLEASE SEE THE LAYOUT SHEET(S) FOR PROJECT SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS. St o r m T e c h Ch a m b e r S y s t e m 88 8 - 8 9 2 - 2 6 9 4 | WW W . S T O R M T E C H . C O M ® 35 SHEET OF DA T E : PR O J E C T # : DR A W N : CH E C K E D : TH I S D R A W I N G H A S B E E N P R E P A R E D B A S E D O N I N F O R M A T I O N P R O V I D E D T O A D S U N D E R T H E D I R E C T I O N O F T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R O R O T H E R P R O J E C T R E P R E S E N T A T I V E . T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R S H A L L R E V I E W T H I S D R A W I N G P R I O R T O C O N S T R U C T I O N . I T I S T H E U L T I M A T E RE S P O N S I B I L I T Y O F T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R T O E N S U R E T H A T T H E P R O D U C T ( S ) D E P I C T E D A N D A L L A S S O C I A T E D D E T A I L S M E E T A L L A P P L I C A B L E L A W S , R E G U L A T I O N S , A N D P R O J E C T R E Q U I R E M E N T S . 46 4 0 T R U E M A N B L V D HI L L I A R D , O H 4 3 0 2 6 2 6 06 / 0 8 / 2 2 S3 0 0 9 0 8 PM E MW H AR L I N G T O N K E N T P R A I R I E E L E M E N T A R Y S C H O O L AR L I N G T O N , W A DA T E D R W N C H K D DE S C R I P T I O N 02 / 2 0 / 2 3 S V O RW D AD D N Y L O P L A S T B A S I N S INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE STEP 1) INSPECT ISOLATOR ROW PLUS FOR SEDIMENT A. INSPECTION PORTS (IF PRESENT) A.1. REMOVE/OPEN LID ON NYLOPLAST INLINE DRAIN A.2. REMOVE AND CLEAN FLEXSTORM FILTER IF INSTALLED A.3. USING A FLASHLIGHT AND STADIA ROD, MEASURE DEPTH OF SEDIMENT AND RECORD ON MAINTENANCE LOG A.4. LOWER A CAMERA INTO ISOLATOR ROW PLUS FOR VISUAL INSPECTION OF SEDIMENT LEVELS (OPTIONAL) A.5. IF SEDIMENT IS AT, OR ABOVE, 3" (80 mm) PROCEED TO STEP 2. IF NOT, PROCEED TO STEP 3. B. ALL ISOLATOR PLUS ROWS B.1. REMOVE COVER FROM STRUCTURE AT UPSTREAM END OF ISOLATOR ROW PLUS B.2. USING A FLASHLIGHT, INSPECT DOWN THE ISOLATOR ROW PLUS THROUGH OUTLET PIPE i) MIRRORS ON POLES OR CAMERAS MAY BE USED TO AVOID A CONFINED SPACE ENTRY ii) FOLLOW OSHA REGULATIONS FOR CONFINED SPACE ENTRY IF ENTERING MANHOLE B.3. IF SEDIMENT IS AT, OR ABOVE, 3" (80 mm) PROCEED TO STEP 2. IF NOT, PROCEED TO STEP 3. STEP 2) CLEAN OUT ISOLATOR ROW PLUS USING THE JETVAC PROCESS A. A FIXED CULVERT CLEANING NOZZLE WITH REAR FACING SPREAD OF 45" (1.1 m) OR MORE IS PREFERRED B. APPLY MULTIPLE PASSES OF JETVAC UNTIL BACKFLUSH WATER IS CLEAN C. VACUUM STRUCTURE SUMP AS REQUIRED STEP 3) REPLACE ALL COVERS, GRATES, FILTERS, AND LIDS; RECORD OBSERVATIONS AND ACTIONS. STEP 4) INSPECT AND CLEAN BASINS AND MANHOLES UPSTREAM OF THE STORMTECH SYSTEM. NOTES 1. INSPECT EVERY 6 MONTHS DURING THE FIRST YEAR OF OPERATION. ADJUST THE INSPECTION INTERVAL BASED ON PREVIOUS OBSERVATIONS OF SEDIMENT ACCUMULATION AND HIGH WATER ELEVATIONS. 2. CONDUCT JETTING AND VACTORING ANNUALLY OR WHEN INSPECTION SHOWS THAT MAINTENANCE IS NECESSARY. 24" (600 mm) HDPE ACCESS PIPE REQUIRED USE FACTORY PARTIAL CUT END CAP PART #: MC3500IEPP24BC OR MC3500IEPP24BW ONE LAYER OF ADSPLUS175 WOVEN GEOTEXTILE BETWEEN FOUNDATION STONE AND CHAMBERS 8.25' (2.51 m) MIN WIDE CONTINUOUS FABRIC WITHOUT SEAMS COVER PIPE CONNECTION TO END CAP WITH ADS GEOSYNTHETICS 601T NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE MC-3500 CHAMBER MC-3500 END CAP MC-3500 ISOLATOR ROW PLUS DETAIL NTS OPTIONAL INSPECTION PORT STORMTECH HIGHLY RECOMMENDS FLEXSTORM INSERTS IN ANY UPSTREAM STRUCTURES WITH OPEN GRATES ELEVATED BYPASS MANIFOLD INSTALL FLAMP ON 24" (600 mm) ACCESS PIPE PART #: MC350024RAMP SUMP DEPTH TBD BY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER (24" [600 mm] MIN RECOMMENDED) NYLOPLAST NOTE: INSPECTION PORTS MAY BE CONNECTED THROUGH ANY CHAMBER CORRUGATION VALLEY. STORMTECH CHAMBER CONCRETE COLLAR PAVEMENT 12" (300 mm) MIN WIDTH CONCRETE SLAB 6" (150 mm) MIN THICKNESS 4" PVC INSPECTION PORT DETAIL (MC SERIES CHAMBER) NTS 8" NYLOPLAST INSPECTION PORT BODY (PART# 2708AG4IPKIT) OR TRAFFIC RATED BOX W/SOLID LOCKING COVER CONCRETE COLLAR NOT REQUIRED FOR UNPAVED APPLICATIONS 4" (100 mm) SDR 35 PIPE 4" (100 mm) INSERTA TEE TO BE CENTERED ON CORRUGATION VALLEY St o r m T e c h Ch a m b e r S y s t e m 88 8 - 8 9 2 - 2 6 9 4 | WW W . S T O R M T E C H . C O M ® 36 SHEET OF DA T E : PR O J E C T # : DR A W N : CH E C K E D : TH I S D R A W I N G H A S B E E N P R E P A R E D B A S E D O N I N F O R M A T I O N P R O V I D E D T O A D S U N D E R T H E D I R E C T I O N O F T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R O R O T H E R P R O J E C T R E P R E S E N T A T I V E . T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R S H A L L R E V I E W T H I S D R A W I N G P R I O R T O C O N S T R U C T I O N . I T I S T H E U L T I M A T E RE S P O N S I B I L I T Y O F T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R T O E N S U R E T H A T T H E P R O D U C T ( S ) D E P I C T E D A N D A L L A S S O C I A T E D D E T A I L S M E E T A L L A P P L I C A B L E L A W S , R E G U L A T I O N S , A N D P R O J E C T R E Q U I R E M E N T S . 46 4 0 T R U E M A N B L V D HI L L I A R D , O H 4 3 0 2 6 2 6 06 / 0 8 / 2 2 S3 0 0 9 0 8 PM E MW H AR L I N G T O N K E N T P R A I R I E E L E M E N T A R Y S C H O O L AR L I N G T O N , W A DA T E D R W N C H K D DE S C R I P T I O N 02 / 2 0 / 2 3 S V O RW D AD D N Y L O P L A S T B A S I N S St o r m T e c h Ch a m b e r S y s t e m 88 8 - 8 9 2 - 2 6 9 4 | WW W . S T O R M T E C H . C O M ® PART #STUB B C MC3500IEPP06T 6" (150 mm)33.21" (844 mm)--- MC3500IEPP06B ---0.66" (17 mm) MC3500IEPP08T 8" (200 mm)31.16" (791 mm)--- MC3500IEPP08B ---0.81" (21 mm) MC3500IEPP10T 10" (250 mm)29.04" (738 mm)--- MC3500IEPP10B ---0.93" (24 mm) MC3500IEPP12T 12" (300 mm)26.36" (670 mm)--- MC3500IEPP12B ---1.35" (34 mm) MC3500IEPP15T 15" (375 mm)23.39" (594 mm)--- MC3500IEPP15B ---1.50" (38 mm) MC3500IEPP18TC 18" (450 mm) 20.03" (509 mm)---MC3500IEPP18TW MC3500IEPP18BC ---1.77" (45 mm)MC3500IEPP18BW MC3500IEPP24TC 24" (600 mm) 14.48" (368 mm)---MC3500IEPP24TW MC3500IEPP24BC ---2.06" (52 mm)MC3500IEPP24BW MC3500IEPP30BC 30" (750 mm)---2.75" (70 mm) NOMINAL CHAMBER SPECIFICATIONS SIZE (W X H X INSTALLED LENGTH)77.0" X 45.0" X 86.0" (1956 mm X 1143 mm X 2184 mm) CHAMBER STORAGE 109.9 CUBIC FEET (3.11 m³) MINIMUM INSTALLED STORAGE*175.0 CUBIC FEET (4.96 m³) WEIGHT 134 lbs.(60.8 kg) NOMINAL END CAP SPECIFICATIONS SIZE (W X H X INSTALLED LENGTH)75.0" X 45.0" X 22.2" (1905 mm X 1143 mm X 564 mm) END CAP STORAGE 14.9 CUBIC FEET (0.42 m³) MINIMUM INSTALLED STORAGE*45.1 CUBIC FEET (1.28 m³) WEIGHT 49 lbs.(22.2 kg) *ASSUMES 12" (305 mm) STONE ABOVE, 9" (229 mm) STONE FOUNDATION, 6" (152 mm) STONE BETWEEN CHAMBERS, 6" (152 mm) STONE PERIMETER IN FRONT OF END CAPS AND 40% STONE POROSITY. MC-3500 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION NTS 90.0" (2286 mm) ACTUAL LENGTH 86.0" (2184 mm) INSTALLED BUILD ROW IN THIS DIRECTION NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL LOWER JOINT CORRUGATION WEB CREST CREST STIFFENING RIB VALLEY STIFFENING RIB B C 75.0" (1905 mm) 45.0" (1143 mm) 25.7" (653 mm) FOOT 77.0" (1956 mm) 45.0" (1143 mm) PARTIAL CUT HOLES AT BOTTOM OF END CAP FOR PART NUMBERS ENDING WITH "B" PARTIAL CUT HOLES AT TOP OF END CAP FOR PART NUMBERS ENDING WITH "T" END CAPS WITH A PREFABRICATED WELDED STUB END WITH "W" END CAPS WITH A WELDED CROWN PLATE END WITH "C" UPPER JOINT CORRUGATION 22.2" (564 mm) INSTALLED CUSTOM PARTIAL CUT INVERTS ARE AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST. INVENTORIED MANIFOLDS INCLUDE 12-24" (300-600 mm) SIZE ON SIZE AND 15-48" (375-1200 mm) ECCENTRIC MANIFOLDS. CUSTOM INVERT LOCATIONS ON THE MC-3500 END CAP CUT IN THE FIELD ARE NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PIPE SIZES GREATER THAN 10" (250 mm). THE INVERT LOCATION IN COLUMN 'B' ARE THE HIGHEST POSSIBLE FOR THE PIPE SIZE. MC-SERIES END CAP INSERTION DETAIL NTS NOTE: MANIFOLD STUB MUST BE LAID HORIZONTAL FOR A PROPER FIT IN END CAP OPENING. 12" (300 mm) MIN SEPARATION 12" (300 mm) MIN INSERTION MANIFOLD HEADER MANIFOLD STUB STORMTECH END CAP 12" (300 mm) MIN SEPARATION 12" (300 mm) MIN INSERTION MANIFOLD HEADER MANIFOLD STUB UNDERDRAIN DETAIL NTS A A B B SECTION A-A SECTION B-BNUMBER AND SIZE OF UNDERDRAINS PER SITE DESIGN ENGINEER 4" (100 mm) TYP FOR SC-310 & SC-160LP SYSTEMS 6" (150 mm) TYP FOR SC-740, DC-780, MC-3500, MC-4500 & MC-7200 SYSTEMS OUTLET MANIFOLD STORMTECH END CAP STORMTECH CHAMBERS STORMTECH CHAMBER STORMTECH END CAP DUAL WALL PERFORATED HDPE UNDERDRAIN ADS GEOSYNTHETICS 601T NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE ADS GEOSYNTHETICS 601T NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE FOUNDATION STONE BENEATH CHAMBERS FOUNDATION STONE BENEATH CHAMBERS 37 SHEET OF DA T E : PR O J E C T # : DR A W N : CH E C K E D : TH I S D R A W I N G H A S B E E N P R E P A R E D B A S E D O N I N F O R M A T I O N P R O V I D E D T O A D S U N D E R T H E D I R E C T I O N O F T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R O R O T H E R P R O J E C T R E P R E S E N T A T I V E . T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R S H A L L R E V I E W T H I S D R A W I N G P R I O R T O C O N S T R U C T I O N . I T I S T H E U L T I M A T E RE S P O N S I B I L I T Y O F T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R T O E N S U R E T H A T T H E P R O D U C T ( S ) D E P I C T E D A N D A L L A S S O C I A T E D D E T A I L S M E E T A L L A P P L I C A B L E L A W S , R E G U L A T I O N S , A N D P R O J E C T R E Q U I R E M E N T S . 46 4 0 T R U E M A N B L V D HI L L I A R D , O H 4 3 0 2 6 2 6 06 / 0 8 / 2 2 S3 0 0 9 0 8 PM E MW H AR L I N G T O N K E N T P R A I R I E E L E M E N T A R Y S C H O O L AR L I N G T O N , W A DA T E D R W N C H K D DE S C R I P T I O N 02 / 2 0 / 2 3 S V O RW D AD D N Y L O P L A S T B A S I N S TRAFFIC LOADS: CONCRETE DIMENSIONS ARE FOR GUIDELINE PUPOSES ONLY. ACTUAL CONCRETE SLAB MUST BE DESIGNED GIVING CONSIDERATION FOR LOCAL SOIL CONDITIONS, TRAFFIC LOADING & OTHER APPLICABLE DESIGN FACTORS ADAPTER ANGLES VARIABLE 0°- 360° ACCORDING TO PLANS A 18" (457 mm) MIN WIDTH AASHTO H-20 CONCRETE SLAB 8" (203 mm) MIN THICKNESS VARIABLE SUMP DEPTH ACCORDING TO PLANS [6" (152 mm) MIN ON 8-24" (200-600 mm), 10" (254 mm) MIN ON 30" (750 mm)] 4" (102 mm) MIN ON 8-24" (200-600 mm) 6" (152 mm) MIN ON 30" (750 mm) 12" (610 mm) MIN (FOR AASHTO H-20) INVERT ACCORDING TO PLANS/TAKE OFF BACKFILL MATERIAL BELOW AND TO SIDES OF STRUCTURE SHALL BE ASTM D2321 CLASS I OR II CRUSHED STONE OR GRAVEL AND BE PLACED UNIFORMLY IN 12" (305 mm) LIFTS AND COMPACTED TO MIN OF 90% INTEGRATED DUCTILE IRON FRAME & GRATE/SOLID TO MATCH BASIN O.D. NYLOPLAST DRAIN BASIN NTS NOTES 1. 8-30" (200-750 mm) GRATES/SOLID COVERS SHALL BE DUCTILE IRON PER ASTM A536 GRADE 70-50-05 2. 12-30" (300-750 mm) FRAMES SHALL BE DUCTILE IRON PER ASTM A536 GRADE 70-50-05 3. DRAIN BASIN TO BE CUSTOM MANUFACTURED ACCORDING TO PLAN DETAILS 4. DRAINAGE CONNECTION STUB JOINT TIGHTNESS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM D3212 FOR CORRUGATED HDPE (ADS & HANCOR DUAL WALL) & SDR 35 PVC 5. FOR COMPLETE DESIGN AND PRODUCT INFORMATION: WWW.NYLOPLAST-US.COM 6. TO ORDER CALL: 800-821-6710 A PART # GRATE/SOLID COVER OPTIONS 8" (200 mm)2808AG PEDESTRIAN LIGHT DUTY STANDARD LIGHT DUTY SOLID LIGHT DUTY 10" (250 mm)2810AG PEDESTRIAN LIGHT DUTY STANDARD LIGHT DUTY SOLID LIGHT DUTY 12" (300 mm)2812AG PEDESTRIAN AASHTO H-10 STANDARD AASHTO H-20 SOLID AASHTO H-20 15" (375 mm)2815AG PEDESTRIAN AASHTO H-10 STANDARD AASHTO H-20 SOLID AASHTO H-20 18" (450 mm)2818AG PEDESTRIAN AASHTO H-10 STANDARD AASHTO H-20 SOLID AASHTO H-20 24" (600 mm)2824AG PEDESTRIAN AASHTO H-10 STANDARD AASHTO H-20 SOLID AASHTO H-20 30" (750 mm)2830AG PEDESTRIAN AASHTO H-20 STANDARD AASHTO H-20 SOLID AASHTO H-20 VARIOUS TYPES OF INLET AND OUTLET ADAPTERS AVAILABLE: 4-30" (100-750 mm) FOR CORRUGATED HDPE WATERTIGHT JOINT (CORRUGATED HDPE SHOWN) Ny l o p l a s t 77 0 - 9 3 2 - 2 4 4 3 | WW W . N Y L O P L A S T - U S . C O M ® 38 39 40 41 StormTech® MC-3500 Chamber Designed to meet the most stringent industry performance standards for superior structural integrity while providing designers with a cost-effective method to save valuable land and protect water resources. The StormTech system is designed primarily to be used under parking lots, thus maximizing land usage for private (commercial) and public applications. StormTech chambers can also be used in conjunction with Green Infrastructure, thus enhancing the performance and extending the service life of these practices. Nominal Chamber Specifications (not to scale) Size (L x W x H) 90” x 77” x 45” 2286 mm x 1956 mm x 1143 mm Chamber Storage 109.9 ft3 (3.11 m3) Min. Installed Storage* 175.0 ft 3 (4.96 m3) Weight 134 lbs (60.8 kg) Shipping 15 chambers/pallet 7 end caps/pallet 7 pallets/truck *Assumes a minimum of 12” (300 mm) of stone above, 9” (230 mm) of stone below chambers, 6” (150 mm) of stone between chambers/ end caps and 40% stone porosity. Nominal End Cap Specifications (not to scale) Size (L x W x H) 26.5” x 71” x 45.1” 673 mm x 1803 mm x 1145 mm End Cap Storage 14.9 ft3 (0.42 m3) Min. Installed Storage* 45.1 ft3 (1.28 m3) Weight 49 lbs (22.2 kg) *Assumes a minimum of 12” (300 mm) of stone above, 9” (230 mm) of stone below, 6” (150 mm) of stone perimeter, 6” (150 mm) of stone between chambers/ end caps and 40% stone porosity. 45" (1140 mm) 18" (450 mm) MIN* 8' (2.4 m) MAX 12" (300 mm) TYP77" (1950 mm) 12" (300 mm) MIN 6" (150 mm) MIN DEPTH OF STONE TO BE DETERMINED BY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER 9" (230 mm) MIN6" (150 mm) MIN MC-3500 END CAP PERIMETER STONE EXCAVATION WALL (CAN BE SLOPED OR VERTICAL) PAVEMENT LAYER (DESIGNED BY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER) CHAMBERS SHALL BE BE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM F2787 "STANDARD PRACTICE FOR STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF THERMOPLASTIC CORRUGATED WALL STORMWATER COLLECTION CHAMBERS". GRANULAR WELL-GRADED SOIL/AGGREGATE MIXTURES, <35% FINES, COMPACT IN 12" (300 mm) MAX LIFTS TO 95% PROCTOR DENSITY. SEE THE TABLE OF ACCEPTABLE FILL MATERIALS. ADS GEOSYTHETICS 601T NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE ALL AROUND CLEAN, CRUSHED, ANGULAR EMBEDMENT STONE CHAMBERS SHALL MEET ASTM F2418 "STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR POLYPROPLENE (PP) CORRUGATED WALL STORMWATER COLLECTION CHAMBERS". EMBEDMENT STONE SHALL BE A CLEAN, CRUSHED AND ANGULAR STONE WITH AN AASHTO M43 DESIGNATION BETWEEN #3 AND #4 SITE DESIGN ENGINEER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THE REQUIRED BEARING CAPACITY OF SOILS *MINIMUM COVER TO BOTTOM OF FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT. FOR UNPAVED INSTALLATIONS WHERE RUTTING FROM VEHICLES MAY OCCUR, INCREASE COVER TO 24" (600 mm). 42 StormTech MC-3500 Specifications Storage Volume Per Chamber Note: Assumes 6” (150 mm) of separation between chamber rows and 24” (600 mm) of cover. The volume of excavation will vary as depth of cover increases. Note: Assumes 6” (150 mm) row spacing, 40% stone porosity, 12” (300 mm) stone above and includes the bare chamber/end cap volume. English Tons (yds3) Stone Foundation Depth 9 in 12 in 15 in 18 in Chamber 8.5 (6.0)9.1 (6.5)9.7 (6.9)10.4 (7.4) End Cap 3.9 (2.8)4.1 (2.9)4.3 (3.1)4.5 (3.2) Metric Kilograms (m3)230 mm 300 mm 375 mm 450 mm Chamber 7711 (4.6)8255 (5.0)8800 (5.3) 9435 (5.7) End Cap 3538 (2.1)3719 (2.2)3901 (2.4)4082 (2.5) Note: Assumes 12” (300 mm) of stone above and 6” (150 mm) row spacing and 6” (150 mm) of perimeter stone in front of end caps. Amount of Stone Per Chamber Stone Foundation Depth 9 in (230 mm) 12 in (300 mm) 15 in (375mm) 18 in (450 mm) Chamber 11.9 (9.1)12.4 (9.5)12.8 (9.8)13.3 (10.2) End Cap 4.0 (3.1)4.1 (3.3)4.3 (3.3)4.4 (3.4) Volume Excavation Per Chamber yd3 (m3) Bare Chamber Storage ft3 (m3) Chamber and Stone Foundation Depth in. (mm) 9 in (230 mm) 12 in (300 mm) 15 in (375 mm) 18 in (450 mm) Chamber 109.9 (3.11)175.0 (4.96) 179.9 (5.09)184.9 (5.24)189.9 (5.38) End Cap 14.9 (0.42)45.1 (1.28)46.6 (1.32)48.3 (1.37)49.9 (1.41) Working on a project? Visit us at www.stormtech.com and utilize the Design Tool adspipe.com 800-821-6710 ADS “Terms and Conditions of Sale” are available on the ADS website, www.ads-pipe.com The ADS logo and the Green Stripe are registered trademarks of Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. StormTech® is a registered trademark of StormTech, Inc. © 2022 Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. #S150909 1/22 CS 43 SHEET OF DA T E : PR O J E C T # : DR A W N : CH E C K E D : TH I S D R A W I N G H A S B E E N P R E P A R E D B A S E D O N I N F O R M A T I O N P R O V I D E D T O A D S U N D E R T H E D I R E C T I O N O F T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R O R O T H E R P R O J E C T R E P R E S E N T A T I V E . T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R S H A L L R E V I E W T H I S D R A W I N G P R I O R T O C O N S T R U C T I O N . I T I S T H E U L T I M A T E RE S P O N S I B I L I T Y O F T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R T O E N S U R E T H A T T H E P R O D U C T ( S ) D E P I C T E D A N D A L L A S S O C I A T E D D E T A I L S M E E T A L L A P P L I C A B L E L A W S , R E G U L A T I O N S , A N D P R O J E C T R E Q U I R E M E N T S . 46 4 0 T R U E M A N B L V D HI L L I A R D , O H 4 3 0 2 6 AD V A N C E D D R A I N A G E S Y S T E M S , I N C . R 1 1 05 - 1 0 - 1 9 KR KR ST A N D A R D C R O S S S E C T I O N MC - 3 5 0 0 DA T E DR W N C H K D DE S C R I P T I O N 70 INW O O D R O A D , S U I T E 3 | ROCK Y H I L L | CT | 06067 86 0 - 5 2 9 - 8 1 8 8 | 88 8 - 8 9 2 - 2 6 9 4 | WW W . S T O R M T E C H . C O M De t e n t i o n R e t e n t i o n W a t e r Q u a l i t y ACCEPTABLE FILL MATERIALS: STORMTECH MC-3500 CHAMBER SYSTEMS PLEASE NOTE: 1. THE LISTED AASHTO DESIGNATIONS ARE FOR GRADATIONS ONLY. THE STONE MUST ALSO BE CLEAN, CRUSHED, ANGULAR. FOR EXAMPLE, A SPECIFICATION FOR #4 STONE WOULD STATE: "CLEAN, CRUSHED, ANGULAR NO. 4 (AASHTO M43) STONE". 2. STORMTECH COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS ARE MET FOR 'A' LOCATION MATERIALS WHEN PLACED AND COMPACTED IN 9" (230 mm) (MAX) LIFTS USING TWO FULL COVERAGES WITH A VIBRATORY COMPACTOR. 3. WHERE INFILTRATION SURFACES MAY BE COMPROMISED BY COMPACTION, FOR STANDARD DESIGN LOAD CONDITIONS, A FLAT SURFACE MAY BE ACHIEVED BY RAKING OR DRAGGING WITHOUT COMPACTION EQUIPMENT. FOR SPECIAL LOAD DESIGNS, CONTACT STORMTECH FOR COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS. 4. ONCE LAYER 'C' IS PLACED, ANY SOIL/MATERIAL CAN BE PLACED IN LAYER 'D' UP TO THE FINISHED GRADE. MOST PAVEMENT SUBBASE SOILS CAN BE USED TO REPLACE THE MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS OF LAYER 'C' OR 'D' AT THE SITE DESIGN ENGINEER'S DISCRETION. NOTES: 1. CHAMBERS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM F2418-16a, "STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR POLYPROPYLENE (PP) CORRUGATED WALL STORMWATER COLLECTION CHAMBERS" CHAMBER CLASSIFICATION 45x76 DESIGNATION SS. 2. MC-3500 CHAMBERS SHALL BE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM F2787 "STANDARD PRACTICE FOR STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF THERMOPLASTIC CORRUGATED WALL STORMWATER COLLECTION CHAMBERS". 3. THE SITE DESIGN ENGINEER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ASSESSING THE BEARING RESISTANCE (ALLOWABLE BEARING CAPACITY) OF THE SUBGRADE SOILS AND THE DEPTH OF FOUNDATION STONE WITH CONSIDERATION FOR THE RANGE OF EXPECTED SOIL MOISTURE CONDITIONS. 4. PERIMETER STONE MUST BE EXTENDED HORIZONTALLY TO THE EXCAVATION WALL FOR BOTH VERTICAL AND SLOPED EXCAVATION WALLS. 5. REQUIREMENTS FOR HANDLING AND INSTALLATION: ·TO MAINTAIN THE WIDTH OF CHAMBERS DURING SHIPPING AND HANDLING, CHAMBERS SHALL HAVE INTEGRAL, INTERLOCKING STACKING LUGS. ·TO ENSURE A SECURE JOINT DURING INSTALLATION AND BACKFILL, THE HEIGHT OF THE CHAMBER JOINT SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 3”. ·TO ENSURE THE INTEGRITY OF THE ARCH SHAPE DURING INSTALLATION, a) THE ARCH STIFFNESS CONSTANT AS DEFINED IN SECTION 6.2.8 OF ASTM F2418 SHALL BE GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 500 LBS/IN/IN. AND b) TO RESIST CHAMBER DEFORMATION DURING INSTALLATION AT ELEVATED TEMPERATURES (ABOVE 73° F / 23° C), CHAMBERS SHALL BE PRODUCED FROM REFLECTIVE GOLD OR YELLOW COLORS. MATERIAL LOCATION DESCRIPTION AASHTO MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS COMPACTION / DENSITY REQUIREMENT D FINAL FILL: FILL MATERIAL FOR LAYER 'D' STARTS FROM THE TOP OF THE 'C' LAYER TO THE BOTTOM OF FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT OR UNPAVED FINISHED GRADE ABOVE. NOTE THAT PAVEMENT SUBBASE MAY BE PART OF THE 'D' LAYER ANY SOIL/ROCK MATERIALS, NATIVE SOILS, OR PER ENGINEER'S PLANS. CHECK PLANS FOR PAVEMENT SUBGRADE REQUIREMENTS.N/A PREPARE PER SITE DESIGN ENGINEER'S PLANS. PAVED INSTALLATIONS MAY HAVE STRINGENT MATERIAL AND PREPARATION REQUIREMENTS. C INITIAL FILL: FILL MATERIAL FOR LAYER 'C' STARTS FROM THE TOP OF THE EMBEDMENT STONE ('B' LAYER) TO 24" (600 mm) ABOVE THE TOP OF THE CHAMBER. NOTE THAT PAVEMENT SUBBASE MAY BE A PART OF THE 'C' LAYER. GRANULAR WELL-GRADED SOIL/AGGREGATE MIXTURES, <35% FINES OR PROCESSED AGGREGATE. MOST PAVEMENT SUBBASE MATERIALS CAN BE USED IN LIEU OF THIS LAYER. AASHTO M145¹ A-1, A-2-4, A-3 OR AASHTO M43¹ 3, 357, 4, 467, 5, 56, 57, 6, 67, 68, 7, 78, 8, 89, 9, 10 BEGIN COMPACTIONS AFTER 24" (600 mm) OF MATERIAL OVER THE CHAMBERS IS REACHED. COMPACT ADDITIONAL LAYERS IN 12" (300 mm) MAX LIFTS TO A MIN. 95% PROCTOR DENSITY FOR WELL GRADED MATERIAL AND 95% RELATIVE DENSITY FOR PROCESSED AGGREGATE MATERIALS. B EMBEDMENT STONE: FILL SURROUNDING THE CHAMBERS FROM THE FOUNDATION STONE ('A' LAYER) TO THE 'C' LAYER ABOVE. CLEAN, CRUSHED, ANGULAR STONE AASHTO M43¹ 3, 4 A FOUNDATION STONE: FILL BELOW CHAMBERS FROM THE SUBGRADE UP TO THE FOOT (BOTTOM) OF THE CHAMBER.CLEAN, CRUSHED, ANGULAR STONE AASHTO M43¹ 3, 4 PLATE COMPACT OR ROLL TO ACHIEVE A FLAT SURFACE.2,3 NO COMPACTION REQUIRED. 8' (2.4 m) MAX 12" (300 mm) MIN77" (1956 mm) 12" (300 mm) MIN 6" (150 mm) MIN 6" (150 mm) MIN PERIMETER STONE (SEE NOTE 4) EXCAVATION WALL (CAN BE SLOPED OR VERTICAL) MC-3500 END CAP SUBGRADE SOILS (SEE NOTE 3) DEPTH OF STONE TO BE DETERMINED BY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER 9" (230 mm) MIN ADS GEOSYNTHETICS 601T NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE ALL AROUND CLEAN, CRUSHED, ANGULAR STONE IN A & B LAYERS D C B A *TO BOTTOM OF FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT. FOR UNPAVED INSTALLATIONS WHERE RUTTING FROM VEHICLES MAY OCCUR, INCREASE COVER TO 30" (750 mm). 45" (1143 mm) 18" (450 mm) MIN* 1 LAYER OF ADS GEOSYNTHETICS NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE BEWTEEN COVER STONE AND C LAYER. *FOR COVER DEPTHS GREATER THAN 8.0' (2.4 m) PLEASE CONTACT STORMTECH 44 45 SHEET OF DA T E : PR O J E C T # : DR A W N : CH E C K E D : TH I S D R A W I N G H A S B E E N P R E P A R E D B A S E D O N I N F O R M A T I O N P R O V I D E D T O A D S U N D E R T H E D I R E C T I O N O F T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R O R O T H E R P R O J E C T R E P R E S E N T A T I V E . T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R S H A L L R E V I E W T H I S D R A W I N G P R I O R T O C O N S T R U C T I O N . I T I S T H E U L T I M A T E RE S P O N S I B I L I T Y O F T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R T O E N S U R E T H A T T H E P R O D U C T ( S ) D E P I C T E D A N D A L L A S S O C I A T E D D E T A I L S M E E T A L L A P P L I C A B L E L A W S , R E G U L A T I O N S , A N D P R O J E C T R E Q U I R E M E N T S . 46 4 0 T R U E M A N B L V D HI L L I A R D , O H 4 3 0 2 6 AD V A N C E D D R A I N A G E S Y S T E M S , I N C . R 1 1 08 / 2 6 / 2 0 -- - - AL I AL I IS O L A T O R R O W P L U S D E T A I L S MC - 3 5 0 0 DA T E DR W N C H K D DE S C R I P T I O N 52 0 C R O M W E L L A V E N U E | ROCKY H I L L | CT | 06 0 6 7 86 0 - 5 2 9 - 8 1 8 8 | 88 8 - 8 9 2 - 2 6 9 4 | WW W . S T O R M T E C H . C O M De t e n t i o n R e t e n t i o n W a t e r Q u a l i t y INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE STEP 1) INSPECT ISOLATOR ROW PLUS FOR SEDIMENT A. INSPECTION PORTS (IF PRESENT) A.1. REMOVE/OPEN LID ON NYLOPLAST INLINE DRAIN A.2. REMOVE AND CLEAN FLEXSTORM FILTER IF INSTALLED A.3. USING A FLASHLIGHT AND STADIA ROD, MEASURE DEPTH OF SEDIMENT AND RECORD ON MAINTENANCE LOG A.4. LOWER A CAMERA INTO ISOLATOR ROW PLUS FOR VISUAL INSPECTION OF SEDIMENT LEVELS (OPTIONAL) A.5. IF SEDIMENT IS AT, OR ABOVE, 3" (80 mm) PROCEED TO STEP 2. IF NOT, PROCEED TO STEP 3. B. ALL ISOLATOR PLUS ROWS B.1. REMOVE COVER FROM STRUCTURE AT UPSTREAM END OF ISOLATOR ROW PLUS B.2. USING A FLASHLIGHT, INSPECT DOWN THE ISOLATOR ROW PLUS THROUGH OUTLET PIPE i) MIRRORS ON POLES OR CAMERAS MAY BE USED TO AVOID A CONFINED SPACE ENTRY ii) FOLLOW OSHA REGULATIONS FOR CONFINED SPACE ENTRY IF ENTERING MANHOLE B.3. IF SEDIMENT IS AT, OR ABOVE, 3" (80 mm) PROCEED TO STEP 2. IF NOT, PROCEED TO STEP 3. STEP 2) CLEAN OUT ISOLATOR ROW PLUS USING THE JETVAC PROCESS A. A FIXED CULVERT CLEANING NOZZLE WITH REAR FACING SPREAD OF 45" (1.1 m) OR MORE IS PREFERRED B. APPLY MULTIPLE PASSES OF JETVAC UNTIL BACKFLUSH WATER IS CLEAN C. VACUUM STRUCTURE SUMP AS REQUIRED STEP 3) REPLACE ALL COVERS, GRATES, FILTERS, AND LIDS; RECORD OBSERVATIONS AND ACTIONS. STEP 4) INSPECT AND CLEAN BASINS AND MANHOLES UPSTREAM OF THE STORMTECH SYSTEM. NOTES 1. INSPECT EVERY 6 MONTHS DURING THE FIRST YEAR OF OPERATION. ADJUST THE INSPECTION INTERVAL BASED ON PREVIOUS OBSERVATIONS OF SEDIMENT ACCUMULATION AND HIGH WATER ELEVATIONS. 2. CONDUCT JETTING AND VACTORING ANNUALLY OR WHEN INSPECTION SHOWS THAT MAINTENANCE IS NECESSARY. SUMP DEPTH TBD BY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER (24" [600 mm] MIN RECOMMENDED) 24" (600 mm) HDPE ACCESS PIPE REQUIRED USE FACTORY PARTIAL CUT END CAP PART #: MC3500IEPP24BC OR MC3500IEPP24BW ONE LAYER OF ADSPLUS175 WOVEN GEOTEXTILE BETWEEN FOUNDATION STONE AND CHAMBERS 8.25' (2.51 m) MIN WIDE CONTINUOUS FABRIC WITHOUT SEAMS CATCH BASIN OR MANHOLE COVER PIPE CONNECTION TO END CAP WITH ADS GEOSYNTHETICS 601T NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE MC-3500 CHAMBER MC-3500 END CAP MC-3500 ISOLATOR ROW PLUS DETAIL NTS OPTIONAL INSPECTION PORT STORMTECH HIGHLY RECOMMENDS FLEXSTORM INSERTS IN ANY UPSTREAM STRUCTURES WITH OPEN GRATES ELEVATED BYPASS MANIFOLD INSTALL FLAMP ON 24" (600 mm) ACCESS PIPE PART #: MC350024RAMP NOTE: INSPECTION PORTS MAY BE CONNECTED THROUGH ANY CHAMBER CORRUGATION VALLEY. STORMTECH CHAMBER CONCRETE COLLAR PAVEMENT 12" (300 mm) MIN WIDTH CONCRETE SLAB 6" (150 mm) MIN THICKNESS 4" PVC INSPECTION PORT DETAIL (MC SERIES CHAMBER) NTS 8" NYLOPLAST INSPECTION PORT BODY (PART# 2708AG4IPKIT) OR TRAFFIC RATED BOX W/SOLID LOCKING COVER CONCRETE COLLAR NOT REQUIRED FOR UNPAVED APPLICATIONS 4" (100 mm) SDR 35 PIPE 4" (100 mm) INSERTA TEE TO BE CENTERED ON CORRUGATION VALLEY 46 Isolator® Row Plus O&M Manual 47 2 Looking down the Isolator Row PLUS from the manhole opening, ADS PLUS Fabric is shown between the chamber and stone base. StormTech Isolator Row PLUS with Overflow Spillway (not to scale) The Isolator® Row Plus Introduction An important component of any Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan is inspection and maintenance. The StormTech Isolator Row Plus is a technique to inexpensively enhance Total Suspended Solids (TSS) and Total Phosphorus (TP) removal with easy access for inspection and maintenance. The Isolator Row Plus The Isolator Row Plus is a row of StormTech chambers, either SC-160, SC-310, SC-310-3, SC-740, DC-780, MC-3500 or MC-4500 models, that is surrounded with filter fabric and connected to a closely located manhole for easy access. The fabric-wrapped chambers provide for sediment settling and filtration as stormwater rises in the Isolator Row Plus and passes through the filter fabric. The open bottom chambers and perforated sidewalls (SC-310, SC- 310-3 and SC-740 models) allow stormwater to flow both vertically and horizontally out of the chambers. Sediments are captured in the Isolator Row Plus protecting the adjacent stone and chambers storage areas from sediment accumulation. ADS geotextile fabric is placed between the stone and the Isolator Row Plus chambers. The woven geotextile provides a media for stormwater filtration, a durable surface for maintenance, prevents scour of the underlying stone and remains intact during high pressure jetting. A non-woven fabric is placed over the chambers to provide a filter media for flows passing through the chamber’s sidewall. The non-woven fabric is not required over the SC-160, DC-780, MC-3500 or MC-4500 models as these chambers do not have perforated side walls. The Isolator Row Plus is designed to capture the “first flush” runoff and offers the versatility to be sized on a volume basis or a flow-rate basis. An upstream manhole provides access to the Isolator Row Plus and includes a high/low concept such that stormwater flow rates or volumes that exceed the capacity of the Isolator Row Plus bypass through a manifold to the other chambers. This is achieved with an elevated bypass manifold or a high-flow weir. This creates a differential between the Isolator Row Plus row of chambers and the manifold to the rest of the system, thus allowing for settlement time in the Isolator Row Plus. After Stormwater flows through the Isolator Row Plus and into the rest of the chamber system it is either exfiltrated into the soils below or passed at a controlled rate through an outlet manifold and outlet control structure. The Isolator Row FLAMPTM (patent pending) is a flared end ramp apparatus attached to the inlet pipe on the inside of the chamber end cap. The FLAMP provides a smooth transition from pipe invert to fabric bottom. It is configured to improve chamber function performance by enhancing outflow of solid debris that would otherwise collect at the chamber's end. It also serves to improve the fluid and solid flow into the access pipe during maintenance and cleaning and to guide cleaning and inspection equipment back into the inlet pipe when complete. The Isolator Row Plus may be part of a treatment train system. The treatment train design and pretreatment device selection by the design engineer is often driven by regulatory requirements. Whether pretreatment is used or not, StormTech recommend using the Isolator Row Plus to minimize maintenance requirements and maintenance costs. Note: See the StormTech Design Manual for detailed information on designing inlets for a StormTech system, including the Isolator Row Plus. 48 3 Inspection The frequency of inspection and maintenance varies by location. A routine inspection schedule needs to be established for each individual location based upon site specific variables. The type of land use (i.e. industrial, commercial, residential), anticipated pollutant load, percent imperviousness, climate, etc. all play a critical role in determining the actual frequency of inspection and maintenance practices. At a minimum, StormTech recommends annual inspections. Initially, the Isolator Row Plus should be inspected every 6 months for the first year of operation. For subsequent years, the inspection should be adjusted based upon previous observation of sediment deposition. The Isolator Row Plus incorporates a combination of standard manhole(s) and strategically located inspection ports (as needed). The inspection ports allow for easy access to the system from the surface, eliminating the need to perform a confined space entry for inspection purposes. If upon visual inspection it is found that sediment has accumulated, a stadia rod should be inserted to determine the depth of sediment. When the average depth of sediment exceeds 3 inches throughout the length of the Isolator Row Plus, clean-out should be performed. Maintenance The Isolator Row Plus was designed to reduce the cost of periodic maintenance. By “isolating” sediments to just one row, costs are dramatically reduced by eliminating the need to clean out each row of the entire storage bed. If inspection indicates the potential need for maintenance, access is provided via a manhole(s) located on the end(s) of the row for cleanout. If entry into the manhole is required, please follow local and OSHA rules for a confined space entries. Maintenance is accomplished with the JetVac process. The JetVac process utilizes a high pressure water nozzle to propel itself down the Isolator Row Plus while scouring and suspending sediments. As the nozzle is retrieved, the captured pollutants are flushed back into the manhole for vacuuming. Most sewer and pipe maintenance companies have vacuum/JetVac combination vehicles. Selection of an appropriate JetVac nozzle will improve maintenance efficiency. Fixed nozzles designed for culverts or large diameter pipe cleaning are preferable. Rear facing jets with an effective spread of at least 45” are best. StormTech recommends a maximum nozzle pressure of 2000 psi be utilized during cleaning. JetVac reels can vary in length. For ease of maintenance, ADS recommends Isolator Row Plus lengths up to 200' (61 m). The JetVac process shall only be performed on StormTech Isolator Row Plus that have ADS Plus Fabric (as specified by StormTech) over their angular base stone. Isolator Row Plus Inspection/Maintenance StormTech Isolator Row PLUS (not to scale) Note: Non-woven fabric is only required over the inlet pipe connection into the end cap for SC-160LP, DC-780, MC-3500 and MC-4500 chamber models and is not required over the entire Isolator Row PLUS. 49 Isolator Row Plus Step By Step Maintenance Procedures Step 1 Inspect Isolator Row Plus for sediment. A) Inspection ports (if present) i. Remove lid from floor box frame ii. Remove cap from inspection riser iii. Using a flashlight and stadia rod,measure depth of sediment and record results on maintenance log. iv. If sediment is at or above 3 inch depth, proceed to Step 2. If not, proceed to Step 3. B) All Isolator Row Plus i. Remove cover from manhole at upstream end of Isolator Row Plus ii. Using a flashlight, inspect down Isolator Row Plus through outlet pipe 1. Mirrors on poles or cameras may be used to avoid a confined space entry 2. Follow OSHA regulations for confined space entry if entering manhole iii. If sediment is at or above the lower row of sidewall holes (approximately 3 inches), proceed to Step 2. If not, proceed to Step 3. Step 2 Clean out Isolator Row Plus using the JetVac process. A) A fixed floor cleaning nozzle with rear facing nozzle spread of 45 inches or more is preferable B) Apply multiple passes of JetVac until backflush water is clean C) Vacuum manhole sump as required Step 3 Replace all caps, lids and covers, record observations and actions. Step 4 Inspect & clean catch basins and manholes upstream of the StormTech system. ADS “Terms and Conditions of Sale” are available on the ADS website, www.ads-pipe.com The ADS logo and the Green Stripe are registered trademarks of Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. StormTech® and the Isolator® Row Plus are registered trademarks of StormTech, Inc. © 2021 Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. #11081 10/21 CS )( Sample Maintenance Log Date Stadia Rod Readings Sedi- ment Depth (1)–(2) Observations/Actions InspectorFixed point to chamber bottom (1) Fixed point to top of sediment (2) 3/15/11 6.3 ft none New installation. Fixed point is CI frame at grade DJM 9/24/11 6.2 0.1 ft Some grit felt SM 6/20/13 5.8 0.5 ft Mucky feel, debris visible in manhole and in Isolator Row PLUS, maintenance due NV 7/7/13 6.3 ft 0 System jetted and vacuumed DJM adspipe.com 800-821-6710 50 StormTech Installation Video ADS® StormTech® Installation Guide MC-3500 & MC-4500 Chamber Required Materials and Equipment List Ǯऺ..0;?,-70ऺȑ77ऺ8,?0=4,7>ऺ;0=ऺ#,-70ऺழ • ADS Plus and non-woven geotextile fabrics Note: MC-3500 chamber pallets are 77” x 90” (2.0 m x 2.3 m) and weigh about 2010 lbs. (912 kg) and MC-4500 pallets are 100” x 52” (2.5 m x 1.3 m) and weigh about 840 lbs. (381 kg). Unloading chambers requires 72” (1.8 m) (min.) forks and/or tie downs (straps, chains, etc). Important Notes: A. This installation guide provides the minimum requirements for proper installation of chambers. Nonadherence to this guide may result in /,8,20ऺ?:ऺ.3,8-0=>ऺ/@=492ऺ49>?,77,?4:9றऺ!0;7,.0809?ऺ:1ऺ/,8,20/ऺ.3,8-0=>ऺ/@=492ऺ:=ऺ,1?0=ऺ-,.6ȑ77492ऺ4>ऺ.:>?7Dऺ,9/ऺA0=Dऺ?480ऺ.:9>@8492றऺ?ऺ is recommended that all installers are familiar with this guide, and that the contractor inspects the chambers for distortion, damage and joint integrity as work progresses. றऺ$>0ऺ:1ऺ,ऺ/:E0=ऺ?:ऺ;@>3ऺ08-0/809?ऺ>?:90ऺ-0?B009ऺ?30ऺ=:B>ऺ:1ऺ.3,8-0=>ऺ8,Dऺ.,@>0ऺ/,8,20ऺ?:ऺ.3,8-0=>ऺ,9/ऺ4>ऺ9:?ऺ,9ऺ,..0;?,-70ऺ-,.6ȑ77ऺ method. Any chambers damaged by using the “dump and push” method are not covered under the StormTech standard warranty. C. Care should be taken in the handling of chambers and end caps. End caps must be stored standing upright. Avoid dropping, prying or excessive force on chambers during removal from pallet and initial placement. Requirements for System Installation • StormTech solid end caps, pre-cored and pre-fabricated end caps Ǯऺ"?:=8#0.3ऺ.3,8-0=>யऺ8,941:7/>ऺ,9/ऺȑ??492> Excavate bed and prepare subgrade per 0924900=ௐ>ऺ;7,9>றऺ 7,9>ऺ,9/ऺ>;0.4ȑ.,?4:9>ऺ>3:@7/ऺ include Best Management Practices (BMPs) to deter contamination of open pits during construction. Place non-woven geotextile over prepared soils and up excavation walls. Place clean, crushed, angular stone foundation 9” (230 mm) min. Install underdrains if required. :8;,.?ऺ?:ऺ,.340A0ऺ,ऺȒ,?ऺ>@=1,.0ற 1 Manifold, Scour Fabric and Chamber Assembly Manifold Insertion StormTech Isolator Row Plus Detail Install manifolds and lay out ADS PLUS fabric at inlet rows [min. ழறஸऺ1?ऺஸறஶஶऺ8ऺ,?ऺ0,.3ऺ4970?ऺ09/ऺ cap. Place a continuous piece (no seams) along entire length of Isolator® PLUS Row(s). 9>0=?ऺ4970?ऺ,9/ऺ:@?70?ऺ8,941:7/>ऺ,ऺ84948@8ऺழவ (300 mm) into chamber end caps. Manifold 30,/0=ऺ>3:@7/ऺ-0ऺ,ऺ84948@8ऺழவऺஶளளऺ88ऺ1=:8ऺ base of end cap. 7429ऺ?30ऺȑ=>?ऺ.3,8-0=ऺ,9/ऺ end cap of each row with inlet pipes. Contractor may choose to postpone stone placement around end chambers and leave ends of rows open for easy inspection of chambers /@=492ऺ?30ऺ-,.6ȑ77ऺ;=:.0>>ற Place a continuous layer of ADS PLUS fabric between the foundation stone and the Isolator Row PLUS chambers, making >@=0ऺ?30ऺ1,-=4.ऺ7,D>ऺȒ,?ऺ,9/ऺ0C?09/>ऺ?30ऺ entire width of the chamber feet. When used on an Isolator Row PLUS, a 24” ऺȒ,=0/ऺ09/ऺ=,8;ऺ4>ऺ,??,.30/ऺ?:ऺ the inside of the inlet pipe with a provided threaded rod and bolt. The FLAMP then lays on top of the ADS PLUS fabric. Continue installing chambers by overlapping chamber end corrugations. Chamber joints are labeled “Lower Joint – Overlap Here” and “Build this direction – Upper Joint” Be sure that the chamber placement does not exceed the reach of the construction equipment used to place ?30ऺ>?:90றऺऺ ,49?,49ऺ84948@8ऺஹऺழஸளऺ88ऺ >;,.492ऺ-0?B009ऺ ரஶஸளளऺ=:B>ऺ,9/ऺऺ வஶளऺ88ऺ>;,.492ऺ-0?B009ऺ ரஷஸளளऺ=:B>ற SUMP DEPTH TBD BY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER (24" [600 mm] MIN RECOMMENDED) CATCH BASIN OR MANHOLE OPTIONAL INSPECTION PORT END CAP (MC-4500 SHOWN) 24" (600 mm) HDPE ACCESS PIPE REQUIRED STORMTECH HIGHLY RECOMMENDS FLEXSTORM INSERTS IN ANY UPSTREAM STRUCTURES WITH OPEN GRATES COVER PIPE CONNECTION TO END CAP WITH ADS GEOSYNTHETICS 601T NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE ONE LAYER OF ADSPLUS175 WOVEN GEOTEXTILE BETWEEN FOUNDATION STONE AND CHAMBERS ELEVATED BYPASS MANIFOLD CHAMBER (MC-4500 SHOWN) INSTALL FLAMP ON 24" (600 mm) ACCESS PIPE Initial Anchoring of Chambers – Embedment Stone Initial embedment shall be spotted along the centerline of the chamber evenly anchoring the lower portion of the chamber. This is best accomplished with a stone conveyor or excavator reaching along the row. No equipment shall be operated on the bed at this stage of the installation. Excavators must be located off the bed. Dump trucks shall not dump stone directly on to the bed. Dozers or loaders are not allowed on the bed at this time. Backfill of Chambers – Embedment Stone Uneven Backfill %DFNÛOOFKDPEHUVHYHQO\6WRQHFROXPQKHLJKWVKRXOGQHYHUGLIIHUE\PRUHWKDQ r PP EHWZHHQDGMDFHQWFKDPEHUURZVRUEHWZHHQFKDPEHUURZVDQG SHULPHWHU Even Backfill 3HULPHWHUVWRQHPXVWEHEURXJKWXSHYHQO\ZLWKFKDPEHUURZV3HULPHWHUPXVWEH IXOO\EDFNÛOOHGZLWKVWRQHH[WHQGHGKRUL]RQWDOO\WRWKHH[FDYDWLRQZDOO Perimeter Not Backfilled Perimeter Fully Backfilled 3 12" (300 mm) MAX. 10816 Stormtech MC Installation Guide 1-22.indd 1 1/14/2022 1:55:17 PM 51 StormTech Installation VideoADS® StormTech® Installation Guide MC-3500 & MC-4500 ChamberRequired Materials and Equipment ListǮऺ..0;?,-70ऺȑ77ऺ8,?0=4,7>ऺ;0=ऺ#,-70ऺழ• ADS Plus and non-woven geotextile fabricsNote: MC-3500 chamber pallets are 77” x 90” (2.0 m x 2.3 m) and weigh about 2010 lbs. (912 kg) and MC-4500 pallets are 100” x 52” (2.5 m x 1.3 m) and weigh about 840 lbs. (381 kg). Unloading chambers requires 72” (1.8 m) (min.) forks and/or tie downs (straps, chains, etc).Important Notes:A. This installation guide provides the minimum requirements for proper installation of chambers. Nonadherence to this guide may result in /,8,20ऺ?:ऺ.3,8-0=>ऺ/@=492ऺ49>?,77,?4:9றऺ!0;7,.0809?ऺ:1ऺ/,8,20/ऺ.3,8-0=>ऺ/@=492ऺ:=ऺ,1?0=ऺ-,.6ȑ77492ऺ4>ऺ.:>?7Dऺ,9/ऺA0=Dऺ?480ऺ.:9>@8492றऺ?ऺis recommended that all installers are familiar with this guide, and that the contractor inspects the chambers for distortion, damage and joint integrity as work progresses.றऺ$>0ऺ:1ऺ,ऺ/:E0=ऺ?:ऺ;@>3ऺ08-0/809?ऺ>?:90ऺ-0?B009ऺ?30ऺ=:B>ऺ:1ऺ.3,8-0=>ऺ8,Dऺ.,@>0ऺ/,8,20ऺ?:ऺ.3,8-0=>ऺ,9/ऺ4>ऺ9:?ऺ,9ऺ,..0;?,-70ऺ-,.6ȑ77ऺmethod. Any chambers damaged by using the “dump and push” method are not covered under the StormTech standard warranty.C. Care should be taken in the handling of chambers and end caps. End caps must be stored standing upright. Avoid dropping, prying or excessive force on chambers during removal from pallet and initial placement.Requirements for System Installation• StormTech solid end caps, pre-cored and pre-fabricated end capsǮऺ"?:=8#0.3ऺ.3,8-0=>யऺ8,941:7/>ऺ,9/ऺȑ??492>Excavate bed and prepare subgrade per0924900=ௐ>ऺ;7,9>றऺ 7,9>ऺ,9/ऺ>;0.4ȑ.,?4:9>ऺ>3:@7/ऺinclude Best Management Practices (BMPs) to deter contamination of open pits during construction.Place non-woven geotextile over prepared soilsand up excavation walls.Place clean, crushed, angular stone foundation9” (230 mm) min. Install underdrains if required.:8;,.?ऺ?:ऺ,.340A0ऺ,ऺȒ,?ऺ>@=1,.0ற 1 2 Manifold, Scour Fabric and Chamber Assembly Manifold Insertion StormTech Isolator Row Plus Detail Install manifolds and lay out ADS PLUS fabric at inlet rows [min. ழறஸऺ1?ऺஸறஶஶऺ8ऺ,?ऺ0,.3ऺ4970?ऺ09/ऺ cap. Place a continuous piece (no seams) along entire length of Isolator® PLUS Row(s). 9>0=?ऺ4970?ऺ,9/ऺ:@?70?ऺ8,941:7/>ऺ,ऺ84948@8ऺழவ (300 mm) into chamber end caps. Manifold 30,/0=ऺ>3:@7/ऺ-0ऺ,ऺ84948@8ऺழவऺஶளளऺ88ऺ1=:8ऺ base of end cap. 7429ऺ?30ऺȑ=>?ऺ.3,8-0=ऺ,9/ऺ end cap of each row with inlet pipes. Contractor may choose to postpone stone placement around end chambers and leave ends of rows open for easy inspection of chambers /@=492ऺ?30ऺ-,.6ȑ77ऺ;=:.0>>ற Place a continuous layer of ADS PLUS fabric between the foundation stone and the Isolator Row PLUS chambers, making >@=0ऺ?30ऺ1,-=4.ऺ7,D>ऺȒ,?ऺ,9/ऺ0C?09/>ऺ?30ऺ entire width of the chamber feet. When used on an Isolator Row PLUS, a 24” ऺȒ,=0/ऺ09/ऺ=,8;ऺ4>ऺ,??,.30/ऺ?:ऺ the inside of the inlet pipe with a provided threaded rod and bolt. The FLAMP then lays on top of the ADS PLUS fabric. Continue installing chambers by overlapping chamber end corrugations. Chamber joints are labeled “Lower Joint – Overlap Here” and “Build this direction – Upper Joint” Be sure that the chamber placement does not exceed the reach of the construction equipment used to place ?30ऺ>?:90றऺऺ ,49?,49ऺ84948@8ऺஹऺழஸளऺ88ऺ >;,.492ऺ-0?B009ऺ ரஶஸளளऺ=:B>ऺ,9/ऺऺ வஶளऺ88ऺ>;,.492ऺ-0?B009ऺ ரஷஸளளऺ=:B>ற SUMP DEPTH TBD BY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER (24" [600 mm] MIN RECOMMENDED) CATCH BASIN OR MANHOLE OPTIONAL INSPECTION PORT END CAP (MC-4500 SHOWN) 24" (600 mm) HDPE ACCESS PIPE REQUIRED STORMTECH HIGHLY RECOMMENDS FLEXSTORM INSERTS IN ANY UPSTREAM STRUCTURES WITH OPEN GRATES COVER PIPE CONNECTION TO END CAP WITH ADS GEOSYNTHETICS 601T NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE ONE LAYER OF ADSPLUS175 WOVEN GEOTEXTILE BETWEEN FOUNDATION STONE AND CHAMBERS ELEVATED BYPASS MANIFOLD CHAMBER (MC-4500 SHOWN) INSTALL FLAMP ON 24" (600 mm) ACCESS PIPE Initial Anchoring of Chambers – Embedment Stone Initial embedment shall be spotted along the centerline of the chamber evenly anchoring the lower portion of the chamber. This is best accomplished with a stone conveyor or excavator reaching along the row. No equipment shall be operated on the bed at this stage of the installation. Excavators must be located off the bed. Dump trucks shall not dump stone directly on to the bed. Dozers or loaders are not allowed on the bed at this time. Backfill of Chambers – Embedment Stone Uneven Backfill %DFNÛOOFKDPEHUVHYHQO\6WRQHFROXPQKHLJKWVKRXOGQHYHUGLIIHUE\PRUHWKDQ r PP EHWZHHQDGMDFHQWFKDPEHUURZVRUEHWZHHQFKDPEHUURZVDQG SHULPHWHU Even Backfill 3HULPHWHUVWRQHPXVWEHEURXJKWXSHYHQO\ZLWKFKDPEHUURZV3HULPHWHUPXVWEH IXOO\EDFNÛOOHGZLWKVWRQHH[WHQGHGKRUL]RQWDOO\WRWKHH[FDYDWLRQZDOO Perimeter Not Backfilled Perimeter Fully Backfilled 3 12" (300 mm) MAX. 10816 Stormtech MC Installation Guide 1-22.indd 1 1/14/2022 1:55:17 PM 52 StormTech Installation VideoADS® StormTech® Installation Guide MC-3500 & MC-4500 ChamberRequired Materials and Equipment ListǮऺ..0;?,-70ऺȑ77ऺ8,?0=4,7>ऺ;0=ऺ#,-70ऺழ• ADS Plus and non-woven geotextile fabricsNote: MC-3500 chamber pallets are 77” x 90” (2.0 m x 2.3 m) and weigh about 2010 lbs. (912 kg) and MC-4500 pallets are 100” x 52” (2.5 m x 1.3 m) and weigh about 840 lbs. (381 kg). Unloading chambers requires 72” (1.8 m) (min.) forks and/or tie downs (straps, chains, etc).Important Notes:A. This installation guide provides the minimum requirements for proper installation of chambers. Nonadherence to this guide may result in /,8,20ऺ?:ऺ.3,8-0=>ऺ/@=492ऺ49>?,77,?4:9றऺ!0;7,.0809?ऺ:1ऺ/,8,20/ऺ.3,8-0=>ऺ/@=492ऺ:=ऺ,1?0=ऺ-,.6ȑ77492ऺ4>ऺ.:>?7Dऺ,9/ऺA0=Dऺ?480ऺ.:9>@8492றऺ?ऺis recommended that all installers are familiar with this guide, and that the contractor inspects the chambers for distortion, damage and joint integrity as work progresses.றऺ$>0ऺ:1ऺ,ऺ/:E0=ऺ?:ऺ;@>3ऺ08-0/809?ऺ>?:90ऺ-0?B009ऺ?30ऺ=:B>ऺ:1ऺ.3,8-0=>ऺ8,Dऺ.,@>0ऺ/,8,20ऺ?:ऺ.3,8-0=>ऺ,9/ऺ4>ऺ9:?ऺ,9ऺ,..0;?,-70ऺ-,.6ȑ77ऺmethod. Any chambers damaged by using the “dump and push” method are not covered under the StormTech standard warranty.C. Care should be taken in the handling of chambers and end caps. End caps must be stored standing upright. Avoid dropping, prying or excessive force on chambers during removal from pallet and initial placement.Requirements for System Installation• StormTech solid end caps, pre-cored and pre-fabricated end capsǮऺ"?:=8#0.3ऺ.3,8-0=>யऺ8,941:7/>ऺ,9/ऺȑ??492>Excavate bed and prepare subgrade per0924900=ௐ>ऺ;7,9>றऺ 7,9>ऺ,9/ऺ>;0.4ȑ.,?4:9>ऺ>3:@7/ऺinclude Best Management Practices (BMPs) to deter contamination of open pits during construction.Place non-woven geotextile over prepared soilsand up excavation walls.Place clean, crushed, angular stone foundation9” (230 mm) min. Install underdrains if required.:8;,.?ऺ?:ऺ,.340A0ऺ,ऺȒ,?ऺ>@=1,.0ற 12Manifold, Scour Fabric and Chamber AssemblyManifold Insertion StormTech Isolator Row Plus DetailInstall manifolds and lay out ADS PLUS fabric at inlet rows [min. ழறஸऺ1?ऺஸறஶஶऺ8ऺ,?ऺ0,.3ऺ4970?ऺ09/ऺcap. Place a continuous piece (no seams) along entire length of Isolator® PLUS Row(s).9>0=?ऺ4970?ऺ,9/ऺ:@?70?ऺ8,941:7/>ऺ,ऺ84948@8ऺழவ(300 mm) into chamber end caps. Manifold 30,/0=ऺ>3:@7/ऺ-0ऺ,ऺ84948@8ऺழவऺஶளளऺ88ऺ1=:8ऺbase of end cap.7429ऺ?30ऺȑ=>?ऺ.3,8-0=ऺ,9/ऺend cap of each row with inlet pipes. Contractor may choose to postpone stone placement around end chambers and leave ends of rows open for easy inspection of chambers /@=492ऺ?30ऺ-,.6ȑ77ऺ;=:.0>>ற Place a continuous layer of ADS PLUS fabric between the foundation stone and the Isolator Row PLUS chambers, making >@=0ऺ?30ऺ1,-=4.ऺ7,D>ऺȒ,?ऺ,9/ऺ0C?09/>ऺ?30ऺentire width of the chamber feet. When used on an Isolator Row PLUS, a 24” ऺȒ,=0/ऺ09/ऺ=,8;ऺ4>ऺ,??,.30/ऺ?:ऺthe inside of the inlet pipe with a provided threaded rod and bolt. The FLAMP then lays on top of the ADS PLUS fabric.Continue installing chambers by overlapping chamber end corrugations. Chamber joints are labeled “Lower Joint – Overlap Here” and “Build this direction – Upper Joint” Be sure that the chamber placement does not exceed the reach of the construction equipment used to place ?30ऺ>?:90றऺऺ ,49?,49ऺ84948@8ऺஹऺழஸளऺ88ऺ>;,.492ऺ-0?B009ऺ ரஶஸளளऺ=:B>ऺ,9/ऺऺவஶளऺ88ऺ>;,.492ऺ-0?B009ऺ ரஷஸளளऺ=:B>றSUMP DEPTH TBD BYSITE DESIGN ENGINEER(24" [600 mm] MIN RECOMMENDED)CATCH BASINOR MANHOLE OPTIONAL INSPECTION PORTEND CAP (MC-4500 SHOWN)24" (600 mm) HDPE ACCESS PIPE REQUIREDSTORMTECH HIGHLY RECOMMENDSFLEXSTORM INSERTS IN ANY UPSTREAMSTRUCTURES WITH OPEN GRATESCOVER PIPE CONNECTION TO END CAP WITH ADSGEOSYNTHETICS 601T NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE ONE LAYER OF ADSPLUS175 WOVEN GEOTEXTILE BETWEENFOUNDATION STONE AND CHAMBERSELEVATED BYPASS MANIFOLD CHAMBER (MC-4500 SHOWN)INSTALL FLAMP ON 24" (600 mm) ACCESS PIPE Initial Anchoring of Chambers – Embedment Stone Initial embedment shall be spotted along the centerline of the chamber evenly anchoring the lower portion of the chamber. This is best accomplished with a stone conveyor or excavator reaching along the row. No equipment shall be operated on the bed at this stage of the installation. Excavators must be located off the bed. Dump trucks shall not dump stone directly on to the bed. Dozers or loaders are not allowed on the bed at this time. Backfill of Chambers – Embedment Stone Uneven Backfill %DFNÛOOFKDPEHUVHYHQO\6WRQHFROXPQKHLJKWVKRXOGQHYHUGLIIHUE\PRUHWKDQ r PP EHWZHHQDGMDFHQWFKDPEHUURZVRUEHWZHHQFKDPEHUURZVDQG SHULPHWHU Even Backfill 3HULPHWHUVWRQHPXVWEHEURXJKWXSHYHQO\ZLWKFKDPEHUURZV3HULPHWHUPXVWEH IXOO\EDFNÛOOHGZLWKVWRQHH[WHQGHGKRUL]RQWDOO\WRWKHH[FDYDWLRQZDOO Perimeter Not Backfilled Perimeter Fully Backfilled 3 12" (300 mm) MAX. 10816 Stormtech MC Installation Guide 1-22.indd 1 1/14/2022 1:55:17 PM 53 ADS “Terms and Conditions of Sale” are available on the ADS website, www.ads-pipe.com. Advanced Drainage Systems, the ADS logo, and the green stripe are registered trademarks of Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. StormTech® and the Isolator® Row PLUS are registered trademarks of StormTech, Inc. ©2022 Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. நழளழஹऺऺழலவவऺ" Notes: ழறऺ36” (900 mm) of stabilized cover materials over the chambers is recommended during the construction phase if general construction activities, such as full dump truck travel and dumping, are to occur over the bed. 2. During paving operations, dump truck axle loads :9ऺழऺஷஸள88ऺ:1ऺ.:A0=ऺ1:=ऺ ரஶஸளள>ऺmay be necessary. Precautions should be taken to avoid rutting of the road base layer, to ensure that compaction requirements have been met, ,9/ऺ?3,?ऺ,ऺ84948@8ऺ:1ऺழऺஷஸள88ऺ:1ऺ.:A0=ऺ 1:=ऺ ரஶஸளள>ऺexists over the chambers. Contact StormTech for additional guidance on allowable axle loads during paving. 3. Ground pressure for track dozers is the vehicle operating weight divided by total ground contact area for both tracks. Excavators will exert higher ground pressures based on loaded bucket weight and boom extension. 4. 494ர0C.,A,?:=>ऺியளளள7->லஶயஹவऺ62ऺ.,9ऺ-0ऺ @>0/ऺB4?3ऺ,?ऺ70,>?ऺழவऺஶளளऺ88ऺ:1ऺ>?:90ऺ:A0=ऺ the chambers and are limited by the maximum ground pressures in Table 2 based on a full bucket at maximum boom extension. ஸறऺStormTech does not require compaction of 494?4,7ऺȑ77ऺ,?ऺழऺஷஸளऺ88ऺ:1ऺ.:A0=றऺ:B0A0=யऺ =0<@4=0809?>ऺ-Dऺ:?30=>ऺ1:=ऺஹऺழஸளऺ88ऺ741?>ऺ8,Dऺ 90.0>>4?,?0ऺ?30ऺ@>0ऺ:1ऺ>8,77ऺ.:8;,.?:=>ऺ,?ऺழऺ ஷஸளऺ88ऺ:1ऺ.:A0=ற 6. Storage of materials such as construction materials, equipment, spoils, etc. should not be located over the StormTech system. The use of equipment over the StormTech system not covered in Table 2 (ex. soil mixing equipment, cranes, etc) is limited. Please contact StormTech for more information. றऺAllowable track loads based on vehicle travel only. Excavators shall not operate on chamber beds @9?47ऺ?30ऺ?:?,7ऺ-,.6ȑ77ऺ=0,.30>ऺஶऺ100?ऺளளऺ88ऺ over the entire bed. Material Location Fill Depth over Chambers in. (mm) Maximum Allowable Wheel Loads Maximum Allowable Track Loads6 Maximum Allowable Roller Loads Max Axle Load for Trucks lbs (kN) Max Wheel Load for Loaders lbs (kN) Track Width in. (mm) Max Ground Pressurepsf (kPa) Max Drum Weight or Dynamic Force lbs (kN) D Final Fill Material 36” (900)Compacted ஶவயளளளऺழஷவ ழஹயளளளऺழ ழவऺஶளஸழऺஷஸவஷऺஹழளஶளऺஹவஶஹऺழஷ ஷளஸளऺழஷவஹளऺழஶவவழஶளऺழளவழளऺஷழஸஶளऺஶ ஶயளளளऺழஹ C Initial Fill Material 24” (600)Compacted ஶவயளளளऺழஷவ ழஹயளளளऺழ ழவऺஶளஸழऺஷஸவஷऺஹழளஶளऺஹவஶஹऺழஷ வஸளऺழஶழழவளऺவழஸவளऺஶழஶழளऺஹஶழழளऺஸஹ வளயளளளऺ 24” (600)::>0ல@8;0/ ரஶஸளள ழவऺஶளஸழऺஷஸவஷऺஹழளஶளऺஹவஶஹऺழஷ வஷஶளऺழழஹழஶளऺவழஶளऺஹஹழவழளऺஸழழளளऺஸவ ழஹயளளளऺழ ஶவயளளளऺழஷவ ழஹயளளளऺழ ரஷஸளள வஷயளளளऺழள ழவயளளளऺஸஶ ழऺஷஸள ரஶஸளள ழவऺஶளஸழऺஷஸவஷऺஹழளஶளऺஹவ ஶஹऺழஷ வழஷளऺழளவழஸஶளऺஶழவஹளऺஹளழழவளऺஸஶ ழளஶளऺஷ ஸயளளளऺவவ(static loads only)ஸஶவயளளளऺழஷவ ழஹயளளளऺழ ரஷஸளள வஷயளளளऺழள ழவயளளளऺஸஶ B Embedment Stone ழவऺஶளள Not Allowed Not Allowed ழவऺஶளஸழऺஷஸவஷऺஹழளஶளऺஹவ ழழளளऺஸஶழளऺஶஷ660 (32)ஸளऺவ Not Allowed ஹऺழஸள Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Material Location Placement Methods/ Restrictions Wheel Load Restrictions Track Load Restrictions Roller Load Restrictions See Table 2 for Maximum Construction Loads D Final Fill Material A variety of placement methods may be used. All construction loads must not exceed the maximum limits in Table 2. 36” (900 mm) minimumcover required for dumptrucks to dump overchambers. Dozers to push parallel torows.4 Roller travel parallel to rowsonly until 36” (900 mm)compacted cover isreached. C Initial Fill Material Excavator positioned off bed recom-mended.Small excavator allowed overchambers. Small dozer allowed. Asphalt can be dumped into paver when compacted pavement subbase reaches 24” (600 mm) above top of chambers. Small LGP track dozers & skid loaders allowed to grade cover stone with at 70,>?ऺழவऺஶளளऺ88ऺ>?:90ऺunder tracks at all times.Equipment must push par-allel to rows at all times. Use dynamic force of roller:97Dऺ,1?0=ऺ.:8;,.?0/ऺȑ77depth reaches 24” (600 mm)over chambers. Roller travelparallel to chamber rows only. B Embedment Stone No equipment allowed on bare chambers. Use excavator or stone conveyor positioned off bed or :9ऺ1:@9/,?4:9ऺ>?:90ऺ?:ऺ0A097Dऺȑ77ऺaround all chambers to at least the top of chambers. No wheel loads allowed.Material must be placedoutside the limits of thechamber bed. No tracked equipment isallowed on chambers until,ऺ849றऺழவऺஶளளऺ88ऺ.:A0=stone is in place. No rollers allowed. A Foundation Stone No StormTech restrictions. Contractor responsible for any conditions or requirements by others relative to subgrade bearingcapacity, dewatering or protection of subgrade. Table 2 - Maximum Allowable Construction Vehicle Loads6 Table 3 - Placement Methods and Descriptions 6 Material Location Description AASHTO M43 Designation1 Compaction/Density Requirement D Final Fill: Fill Material for layer ‘D’ starts from the top of the ‘C’ layer to the -:??:8ऺ:1ऺȒ0C4-70ऺ;,A0809?ऺ:=ऺ@9;,A0/ऺ ȑ94>30/ऺ2=,/0ऺ,-:A0றऺ :?0ऺ?3,?ऺ?30ऺ pavement subbase may be part of the ‘D’ layer. 9Dऺ>:47ல=:.6ऺ8,?0=4,7>யऺ native soils or per engineer’s plans. Check plans for pavement subgrade requirements. லPrepare per site design engineer’s plans. Paved installations may have stringent material and preparation requirements. C Initial Fill: Fill Material for layer ‘C’ starts from the top of the embedment stone (‘B’ layer) to 24” (600 mm) above the top of the chamber. Note that pavement subbase may be part of the ‘C’ layer. Granular well-graded >:47ல,22=02,?0ऺ84C?@=0>யऺ ிஶஸனऺȑ90>ऺ:=ऺ;=:.0>>0/ऺ aggregate. Most pavement subbase materials can be used in lieu of this layer. "# ऺ ழஷஸ ரழயऺரவரஷயऺரஶ or "# ऺ ஷஶழऺ ஶயऺஶஸயऺஷயऺஷஹயऺஸயऺஸஹயऺ ஸயऺஹயऺஹயऺஹயऺயऺயऺயऺ யऺயऺழள Begin compaction after min. 24” (600 mm) of material over the chambers is reached. Compact additional layers 49ऺழவऺஶளளऺ88ऺ8,Cறऺ741?>ऺ?:ऺ,ऺ849றऺ ஸனऺ =:.?:=ऺ/09>4?Dऺ1:=ऺB077ர2=,/0/ऺ 8,?0=4,7ऺ,9/ऺஸனऺ=07,?4A0ऺ/09>4?Dऺ1:=ऺ processed aggregate materials. B Embedment Stone: Fill the surrounding chambers from the foundation stone (‘A’ layer) to the ‘C’ layer above. Clean, crushed, angular stone AASHTO M43ழ 3, 4 No compaction required. A Foundation Stone: Fill below chambers from the subgrade up to the foot (bottom) of the chamber. Clean, crushed, angular stone, AASHTO M43ழ 3, 4 Place and compact in 9” (230 mm) max lifts using two full coverages with a vibratory compactor.2, 3 Table 1- Acceptable Fill Materials Figure 1- Inspection Port Detail Please Note: ழறऺ The listed AASHTO designations are for gradations only. The stone must also be clean, crushed, angular. For 0C,8;70யऺ,ऺ>;0.4ȑ.,?4:9ऺ1:=ऺநஷऺ>?:90ऺB:@7/ऺ>?,?0ऺ.70,9யऺ.=@>30/யऺ,92@7,=ऺ9:றऺஷऺ"# ऺ ஷஶऺ>?:90ற 2. StormTech compaction requirements are met for ‘A’ location materials when placed and compacted in 9” (230 mm) (max) lifts using two full coverages with a vibratory compactor. 3. &30=0ऺ49ȑ7?=,?4:9ऺ>@=1,.0>ऺ8,Dऺ-0ऺ.:8;=4>0/ऺ-Dऺ.:8;,.?4:9யऺ1:=ऺ>?,9/,=/ऺ49>?,77,?4:9>ऺ,9/ऺ>?,9/,=/ऺ/0>429ऺ7:,/ऺ .:9/4?4:9>யऺ,ऺȒ,?ऺ>@=1,.0ऺ8,Dऺ-0ऺ,.340A0/ऺ-Dऺ=,6492ऺ:=ऺ/=,22492ऺB4?3:@?ऺ.:8;,.?4:9ऺ0<@4;809?றऺ:=ऺ>;0.4,7ऺ7:,/ऺ designs, contact StormTech for compaction requirements. Figure 2 - Fill Material Locations MC-4500 - 24" (600 mm) MIN MC-3500 - 18" (450 mm) MIN MC-4500 - 7.0' (2.1 m) MAX MC-3500 - 8.0' (2.4 m) MAX 12" (300 mm) MINMC-4500 - 100" (2540 mm) MC-3500 - 77" (1950 mm) 12" (300 mm) MIN MC-4500 - 9" (230 mm) MIN MC-3500 - 6" (150 mm) MIN MC-4500 - 12" (300 mm) MIN MC-3500 - 6" (150 mm) MIN PERIMETER STONE EXCAVATION WALL (CAN BE SLOPED OR VERTICAL) END CAP SUBGRADE SOILS DEPTH OF STONE TO BE DETERMINED BY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER 9" (230 mm) MIN ADS GEOSYNTHETICS 601T NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE ALL AROUND CLEAN, CRUSHED, ANGULAR STONE IN A & B LAYERS D C B A *TO BOTTOM OF FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT. FOR UNPAVED INSTALLATIONS WHERE RUTTING FROM VEHICLES MAY OCCUR, INCREASE COVER TO 30" (750 mm). MC-4500 - 60" (1525 mm) MC-3500 - 45" (1140 mm) PAVEMENT LAYER (DESIGNED BY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER) 5 NOTE: INSPECTION PORTS MAY BE CONNECTED THROUGH ANY CHAMBER CORRUGATION VALLEY. STORMTECH CHAMBER CONCRETE COLLAR PAVEMENT 12" (300 mm) MIN WIDTH CONCRETE SLAB 6" (150 mm) MIN THICKNESS 4" PVC INSPECTION PORT DETAIL (MC SERIES CHAMBER) NTS 8" NYLOPLAST INSPECTION PORT BODY (PART# 2708AG4IPKIT) OR TRAFFIC RATED BOX W/SOLID LOCKING COVER CONCRETE COLLAR NOT REQUIRED FOR UNPAVED APPLICATIONS 4" (100 mm) SDR 35 PIPE 4" (100 mm) INSERTA TEE TO BE CENTERED ON CORRUGATION VALLEY Backfill of Chambers – Embedment Stone and Cover Stone Final Backfill of Chambers – Fill Material Inserta Tee Detail :9?49@0ऺ0A097Dऺ-,.6ȑ77492ऺ-0?B009ऺ=:B>ऺ,9/ऺ,=:@9/ऺ;0=480?0=ऺ@9?47ऺ 08-0/809?ऺ>?:90ऺ=0,.30>ऺ?:;>ऺ:1ऺ.3,8-0=>ऺ,9/ऺ,ऺ84948@8ऺழவऺஶளளऺ88ऺ of cover stone is in place. Perimeter stone must extend horizontally to the excavation wall for both straight or sloped sidewalls. The recommended -,.6ȑ77ऺ80?3:/>ऺ,=0ऺB4?3ऺ,ऺ>?:90ऺ.:9A0D:=ऺ:@?>4/0ऺ:1ऺ?30ऺ-0/ऺ:=ऺ-@47/ऺ,>ऺ D:@ऺ2:ऺB4?3ऺ,9ऺ0C.,A,?:=ऺ49>4/0ऺ?30ऺ-0/ऺ=0,.3492ऺ,7:92ऺ?30ऺ=:B>றऺ,.6ȑ77492ऺ while assembling chambers rows as shown in the picture will help to ensure that equipment reach is not exceeded. Install non-woven geotextile over stone. Geotextile must overlap 24” (600 88ऺB30=0ऺ0/20>ऺ800?றऺ:8;,.?ऺ,?ऺவஷऺஹளளऺ88ऺ:1ऺȑ77றऺ!:770=ऺ?=,A07ऺ parallel with rows. :8E़-2@1>़/4-9.1>?़4-B1़.11:़.-/7ȓ8810़@;़@;<़;2़/4-9.1>़-:0़ with a minimum 12” (300 mm) of cover stone on top of chambers can ?750़8;-01>?़-:0़?9-88़ ़0;F1>?़.1़A?10़@;़ȓ:-8़3>-01़/;B1>़?@;:1़ -:0़.-/7ȓ88़9-@1>5-8़5:़-//;>0-:/1़C5@4़3>;A:0़<>1??A>1़8595@?़5:़ Table 2. Equipment must push material parallel to rows only. Never push perpendicular to rows. StormTech recommends the contractor inspect .3,8-0=ऺ=:B>ऺ-01:=0ऺ;7,.492ऺȑ9,7ऺ-,.6ȑ77றऺ9Dऺ.3,8-0=>ऺ/,8,20/ऺ-Dऺ construction equipment shall be removed and replaced. 4 CONVEYANCE PIPE MATERIAL MAY VARY (PVC, HDPE, ETC.) INSERTA TEE CONNECTION PLACE ADS PLUS WOVEN GEOTEXTILE (CENTERED ON INSERTA-TEE INLET) OVER BEDDING STONE FOR SCOUR PROTECTION AT SIDE INLET CONNECTIONS, GEOTEXTILE MUST EXTEND 6” (150 mm) PAST CHAMBER FOOT Call StormTech at 888.892.2694 for technical and product information or visit www.stormtech.com 10816 Stormtech MC Installation Guide 1-22.indd 2 1/14/2022 1:56:20 PM 54 ADS “Terms and Conditions of Sale” are available on the ADS website, www.ads-pipe.com. Advanced Drainage Systems, the ADS logo, and the green stripe are registered trademarks of Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. StormTech® and the Isolator® Row PLUS are registered trademarks of StormTech, Inc. ©2022 Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. நழளழஹऺऺழலவவऺ" Notes: ழறऺ36” (900 mm) of stabilized cover materials over the chambers is recommended during the construction phase if general construction activities, such as full dump truck travel and dumping, are to occur over the bed. 2. During paving operations, dump truck axle loads :9ऺழऺஷஸள88ऺ:1ऺ.:A0=ऺ1:=ऺ ரஶஸளள>ऺmay be necessary. Precautions should be taken to avoid rutting of the road base layer, to ensure that compaction requirements have been met, ,9/ऺ?3,?ऺ,ऺ84948@8ऺ:1ऺழऺஷஸள88ऺ:1ऺ.:A0=ऺ 1:=ऺ ரஶஸளள>ऺexists over the chambers. Contact StormTech for additional guidance on allowable axle loads during paving. 3. Ground pressure for track dozers is the vehicle operating weight divided by total ground contact area for both tracks. Excavators will exert higher ground pressures based on loaded bucket weight and boom extension. 4. 494ர0C.,A,?:=>ऺியளளள7->லஶயஹவऺ62ऺ.,9ऺ-0ऺ @>0/ऺB4?3ऺ,?ऺ70,>?ऺழவऺஶளளऺ88ऺ:1ऺ>?:90ऺ:A0=ऺ the chambers and are limited by the maximum ground pressures in Table 2 based on a full bucket at maximum boom extension. ஸறऺStormTech does not require compaction of 494?4,7ऺȑ77ऺ,?ऺழऺஷஸளऺ88ऺ:1ऺ.:A0=றऺ:B0A0=யऺ =0<@4=0809?>ऺ-Dऺ:?30=>ऺ1:=ऺஹऺழஸளऺ88ऺ741?>ऺ8,Dऺ 90.0>>4?,?0ऺ?30ऺ@>0ऺ:1ऺ>8,77ऺ.:8;,.?:=>ऺ,?ऺழऺ ஷஸளऺ88ऺ:1ऺ.:A0=ற 6. Storage of materials such as construction materials, equipment, spoils, etc. should not be located over the StormTech system. The use of equipment over the StormTech system not covered in Table 2 (ex. soil mixing equipment, cranes, etc) is limited. Please contact StormTech for more information. றऺAllowable track loads based on vehicle travel only. Excavators shall not operate on chamber beds @9?47ऺ?30ऺ?:?,7ऺ-,.6ȑ77ऺ=0,.30>ऺஶऺ100?ऺளளऺ88ऺ over the entire bed. Material Location Fill Depth over Chambers in. (mm) Maximum Allowable Wheel Loads Maximum Allowable Track Loads6 Maximum Allowable Roller Loads Max Axle Load for Trucks lbs (kN) Max Wheel Load for Loaders lbs (kN) Track Width in. (mm) Max Ground Pressurepsf (kPa) Max Drum Weight or Dynamic Force lbs (kN) D Final Fill Material 36” (900)Compacted ஶவயளளளऺழஷவ ழஹயளளளऺழ ழவऺஶளஸழऺஷஸவஷऺஹழளஶளऺஹவஶஹऺழஷ ஷளஸளऺழஷவஹளऺழஶவவழஶளऺழளவழளऺஷழஸஶளऺஶ ஶயளளளऺழஹ C Initial Fill Material 24” (600)Compacted ஶவயளளளऺழஷவ ழஹயளளளऺழ ழவऺஶளஸழऺஷஸவஷऺஹழளஶளऺஹவஶஹऺழஷ வஸளऺழஶழழவளऺவழஸவளऺஶழஶழளऺஹஶழழளऺஸஹ வளயளளளऺ 24” (600)::>0ல@8;0/ ரஶஸளள ழவऺஶளஸழऺஷஸவஷऺஹழளஶளऺஹவஶஹऺழஷ வஷஶளऺழழஹழஶளऺவழஶளऺஹஹழவழளऺஸழழளளऺஸவ ழஹயளளளऺழ ஶவயளளளऺழஷவ ழஹயளளளऺழ ரஷஸளள வஷயளளளऺழள ழவயளளளऺஸஶ ழऺஷஸள ரஶஸளள ழவऺஶளஸழऺஷஸவஷऺஹழளஶளऺஹவ ஶஹऺழஷ வழஷளऺழளவழஸஶளऺஶழவஹளऺஹளழழவளऺஸஶ ழளஶளऺஷ ஸயளளளऺவவ(static loads only)ஸஶவயளளளऺழஷவ ழஹயளளளऺழ ரஷஸளள வஷயளளளऺழள ழவயளளளऺஸஶ B Embedment Stone ழவऺஶளள Not Allowed Not Allowed ழவऺஶளஸழऺஷஸவஷऺஹழளஶளऺஹவ ழழளளऺஸஶழளऺஶஷ660 (32)ஸளऺவ Not Allowed ஹऺழஸள Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Material Location Placement Methods/ Restrictions Wheel Load Restrictions Track Load Restrictions Roller Load Restrictions See Table 2 for Maximum Construction Loads D Final Fill Material A variety of placement methods may be used. All construction loads must not exceed the maximum limits in Table 2. 36” (900 mm) minimumcover required for dumptrucks to dump overchambers. Dozers to push parallel torows.4 Roller travel parallel to rowsonly until 36” (900 mm)compacted cover isreached. C Initial Fill Material Excavator positioned off bed recom-mended.Small excavator allowed overchambers. Small dozer allowed. Asphalt can be dumped into paver when compacted pavement subbase reaches 24” (600 mm) above top of chambers. Small LGP track dozers & skid loaders allowed to grade cover stone with at 70,>?ऺழவऺஶளளऺ88ऺ>?:90ऺunder tracks at all times.Equipment must push par-allel to rows at all times. Use dynamic force of roller:97Dऺ,1?0=ऺ.:8;,.?0/ऺȑ77depth reaches 24” (600 mm)over chambers. Roller travelparallel to chamber rows only. B Embedment Stone No equipment allowed on bare chambers. Use excavator or stone conveyor positioned off bed or :9ऺ1:@9/,?4:9ऺ>?:90ऺ?:ऺ0A097Dऺȑ77ऺaround all chambers to at least the top of chambers. No wheel loads allowed.Material must be placedoutside the limits of thechamber bed. No tracked equipment isallowed on chambers until,ऺ849றऺழவऺஶளளऺ88ऺ.:A0=stone is in place. No rollers allowed. A Foundation Stone No StormTech restrictions. Contractor responsible for any conditions or requirements by others relative to subgrade bearingcapacity, dewatering or protection of subgrade. Table 2 - Maximum Allowable Construction Vehicle Loads6 Table 3 - Placement Methods and Descriptions 6 Material Location Description AASHTO M43 Designation1 Compaction/Density Requirement D Final Fill: Fill Material for layer ‘D’ starts from the top of the ‘C’ layer to the -:??:8ऺ:1ऺȒ0C4-70ऺ;,A0809?ऺ:=ऺ@9;,A0/ऺ ȑ94>30/ऺ2=,/0ऺ,-:A0றऺ :?0ऺ?3,?ऺ?30ऺ pavement subbase may be part of the ‘D’ layer. 9Dऺ>:47ல=:.6ऺ8,?0=4,7>யऺ native soils or per engineer’s plans. Check plans for pavement subgrade requirements. லPrepare per site design engineer’s plans. Paved installations may have stringent material and preparation requirements. C Initial Fill: Fill Material for layer ‘C’ starts from the top of the embedment stone (‘B’ layer) to 24” (600 mm) above the top of the chamber. Note that pavement subbase may be part of the ‘C’ layer. Granular well-graded >:47ல,22=02,?0ऺ84C?@=0>யऺ ிஶஸனऺȑ90>ऺ:=ऺ;=:.0>>0/ऺ aggregate. Most pavement subbase materials can be used in lieu of this layer. "# ऺ ழஷஸ ரழயऺரவரஷயऺரஶ or "# ऺ ஷஶழऺ ஶயऺஶஸயऺஷயऺஷஹயऺஸயऺஸஹயऺ ஸயऺஹயऺஹயऺஹயऺயऺயऺயऺ யऺயऺழள Begin compaction after min. 24” (600 mm) of material over the chambers is reached. Compact additional layers 49ऺழவऺஶளளऺ88ऺ8,Cறऺ741?>ऺ?:ऺ,ऺ849றऺ ஸனऺ =:.?:=ऺ/09>4?Dऺ1:=ऺB077ர2=,/0/ऺ 8,?0=4,7ऺ,9/ऺஸனऺ=07,?4A0ऺ/09>4?Dऺ1:=ऺ processed aggregate materials. B Embedment Stone: Fill the surrounding chambers from the foundation stone (‘A’ layer) to the ‘C’ layer above. Clean, crushed, angular stone AASHTO M43ழ 3, 4 No compaction required. A Foundation Stone: Fill below chambers from the subgrade up to the foot (bottom) of the chamber. Clean, crushed, angular stone, AASHTO M43ழ 3, 4 Place and compact in 9” (230 mm) max lifts using two full coverages with a vibratory compactor.2, 3 Table 1- Acceptable Fill Materials Figure 1- Inspection Port Detail Please Note: ழறऺ The listed AASHTO designations are for gradations only. The stone must also be clean, crushed, angular. For 0C,8;70யऺ,ऺ>;0.4ȑ.,?4:9ऺ1:=ऺநஷऺ>?:90ऺB:@7/ऺ>?,?0ऺ.70,9யऺ.=@>30/யऺ,92@7,=ऺ9:றऺஷऺ"# ऺ ஷஶऺ>?:90ற 2. StormTech compaction requirements are met for ‘A’ location materials when placed and compacted in 9” (230 mm) (max) lifts using two full coverages with a vibratory compactor. 3. &30=0ऺ49ȑ7?=,?4:9ऺ>@=1,.0>ऺ8,Dऺ-0ऺ.:8;=4>0/ऺ-Dऺ.:8;,.?4:9யऺ1:=ऺ>?,9/,=/ऺ49>?,77,?4:9>ऺ,9/ऺ>?,9/,=/ऺ/0>429ऺ7:,/ऺ .:9/4?4:9>யऺ,ऺȒ,?ऺ>@=1,.0ऺ8,Dऺ-0ऺ,.340A0/ऺ-Dऺ=,6492ऺ:=ऺ/=,22492ऺB4?3:@?ऺ.:8;,.?4:9ऺ0<@4;809?றऺ:=ऺ>;0.4,7ऺ7:,/ऺ designs, contact StormTech for compaction requirements. Figure 2 - Fill Material Locations MC-4500 - 24" (600 mm) MIN MC-3500 - 18" (450 mm) MIN MC-4500 - 7.0' (2.1 m) MAX MC-3500 - 8.0' (2.4 m) MAX 12" (300 mm) MINMC-4500 - 100" (2540 mm) MC-3500 - 77" (1950 mm) 12" (300 mm) MIN MC-4500 - 9" (230 mm) MIN MC-3500 - 6" (150 mm) MIN MC-4500 - 12" (300 mm) MIN MC-3500 - 6" (150 mm) MIN PERIMETER STONE EXCAVATION WALL (CAN BE SLOPED OR VERTICAL) END CAP SUBGRADE SOILS DEPTH OF STONE TO BE DETERMINED BY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER 9" (230 mm) MIN ADS GEOSYNTHETICS 601T NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE ALL AROUND CLEAN, CRUSHED, ANGULAR STONE IN A & B LAYERS D C B A *TO BOTTOM OF FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT. FOR UNPAVED INSTALLATIONS WHERE RUTTING FROM VEHICLES MAY OCCUR, INCREASE COVER TO 30" (750 mm). MC-4500 - 60" (1525 mm) MC-3500 - 45" (1140 mm) PAVEMENT LAYER (DESIGNED BY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER) 5 NOTE: INSPECTION PORTS MAY BE CONNECTED THROUGH ANY CHAMBER CORRUGATION VALLEY. STORMTECH CHAMBER CONCRETE COLLAR PAVEMENT 12" (300 mm) MIN WIDTH CONCRETE SLAB 6" (150 mm) MIN THICKNESS 4" PVC INSPECTION PORT DETAIL (MC SERIES CHAMBER) NTS 8" NYLOPLAST INSPECTION PORT BODY (PART# 2708AG4IPKIT) OR TRAFFIC RATED BOX W/SOLID LOCKING COVER CONCRETE COLLAR NOT REQUIRED FOR UNPAVED APPLICATIONS 4" (100 mm) SDR 35 PIPE 4" (100 mm) INSERTA TEE TO BE CENTERED ON CORRUGATION VALLEY Backfill of Chambers – Embedment Stone and Cover StoneFinal Backfill of Chambers – Fill Material Inserta Tee Detail:9?49@0ऺ0A097Dऺ-,.6ȑ77492ऺ-0?B009ऺ=:B>ऺ,9/ऺ,=:@9/ऺ;0=480?0=ऺ@9?47ऺ08-0/809?ऺ>?:90ऺ=0,.30>ऺ?:;>ऺ:1ऺ.3,8-0=>ऺ,9/ऺ,ऺ84948@8ऺழவऺஶளளऺ88ऺof cover stone is in place. Perimeter stone must extend horizontally to the excavation wall for both straight or sloped sidewalls. The recommended -,.6ȑ77ऺ80?3:/>ऺ,=0ऺB4?3ऺ,ऺ>?:90ऺ.:9A0D:=ऺ:@?>4/0ऺ:1ऺ?30ऺ-0/ऺ:=ऺ-@47/ऺ,>ऺD:@ऺ2:ऺB4?3ऺ,9ऺ0C.,A,?:=ऺ49>4/0ऺ?30ऺ-0/ऺ=0,.3492ऺ,7:92ऺ?30ऺ=:B>றऺ,.6ȑ77492ऺwhile assembling chambers rows as shown in the picture will help to ensure that equipment reach is not exceeded.Install non-woven geotextile over stone. Geotextile must overlap 24” (600 88ऺB30=0ऺ0/20>ऺ800?றऺ:8;,.?ऺ,?ऺவஷऺஹளளऺ88ऺ:1ऺȑ77றऺ!:770=ऺ?=,A07ऺparallel with rows. :8E़-2@1>़/4-9.1>?़4-B1़.11:़.-/7ȓ8810़@;़@;<़;2़/4-9.1>़-:0़with a minimum 12” (300 mm) of cover stone on top of chambers can ?750़8;-01>?़-:0़?9-88़ ़0;F1>?़.1़A?10़@;़ȓ:-8़3>-01़/;B1>़?@;:1़-:0़.-/7ȓ88़9-@1>5-8़5:़-//;>0-:/1़C5@4़3>;A:0़<>1??A>1़8595@?़5:़Table 2. Equipment must push material parallel to rows only. Never push perpendicular to rows. StormTech recommends the contractor inspect .3,8-0=ऺ=:B>ऺ-01:=0ऺ;7,.492ऺȑ9,7ऺ-,.6ȑ77றऺ9Dऺ.3,8-0=>ऺ/,8,20/ऺ-Dऺconstruction equipment shall be removed and replaced.4CONVEYANCE PIPE MATERIAL MAY VARY (PVC, HDPE, ETC.)INSERTA TEE CONNECTIONPLACE ADS PLUS WOVEN GEOTEXTILE (CENTERED ON INSERTA-TEE INLET) OVER BEDDING STONE FOR SCOUR PROTECTION AT SIDE INLET CONNECTIONS, GEOTEXTILE MUST EXTEND 6” (150 mm) PAST CHAMBER FOOT Call StormTech at 888.892.2694 for technical and product information or visit www.stormtech.com 10816 Stormtech MC Installation Guide 1-22.indd 2 1/14/2022 1:56:20 PM 55 ADS “Terms and Conditions of Sale” are available on the ADS website, www.ads-pipe.com. Advanced Drainage Systems, the ADS logo, and the green stripe are registered trademarks of Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. StormTech® and the Isolator® Row PLUS are registered trademarks of StormTech, Inc. ©2022 Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. நழளழஹऺऺழலவவऺ" Notes: ழறऺ36” (900 mm) of stabilized cover materials over the chambers is recommended during the construction phase if general construction activities, such as full dump truck travel and dumping, are to occur over the bed. 2. During paving operations, dump truck axle loads :9ऺழऺஷஸள88ऺ:1ऺ.:A0=ऺ1:=ऺ ரஶஸளள>ऺmay be necessary. Precautions should be taken to avoid rutting of the road base layer, to ensure that compaction requirements have been met, ,9/ऺ?3,?ऺ,ऺ84948@8ऺ:1ऺழऺஷஸள88ऺ:1ऺ.:A0=ऺ 1:=ऺ ரஶஸளள>ऺexists over the chambers. Contact StormTech for additional guidance on allowable axle loads during paving. 3. Ground pressure for track dozers is the vehicle operating weight divided by total ground contact area for both tracks. Excavators will exert higher ground pressures based on loaded bucket weight and boom extension. 4. 494ர0C.,A,?:=>ऺியளளள7->லஶயஹவऺ62ऺ.,9ऺ-0ऺ @>0/ऺB4?3ऺ,?ऺ70,>?ऺழவऺஶளளऺ88ऺ:1ऺ>?:90ऺ:A0=ऺ the chambers and are limited by the maximum ground pressures in Table 2 based on a full bucket at maximum boom extension. ஸறऺStormTech does not require compaction of 494?4,7ऺȑ77ऺ,?ऺழऺஷஸளऺ88ऺ:1ऺ.:A0=றऺ:B0A0=யऺ =0<@4=0809?>ऺ-Dऺ:?30=>ऺ1:=ऺஹऺழஸளऺ88ऺ741?>ऺ8,Dऺ 90.0>>4?,?0ऺ?30ऺ@>0ऺ:1ऺ>8,77ऺ.:8;,.?:=>ऺ,?ऺழऺ ஷஸளऺ88ऺ:1ऺ.:A0=ற 6. Storage of materials such as construction materials, equipment, spoils, etc. should not be located over the StormTech system. The use of equipment over the StormTech system not covered in Table 2 (ex. soil mixing equipment, cranes, etc) is limited. Please contact StormTech for more information. றऺAllowable track loads based on vehicle travel only. Excavators shall not operate on chamber beds @9?47ऺ?30ऺ?:?,7ऺ-,.6ȑ77ऺ=0,.30>ऺஶऺ100?ऺளளऺ88ऺ over the entire bed. Material Location Fill Depth over Chambers in. (mm) Maximum Allowable Wheel Loads Maximum Allowable Track Loads6 Maximum Allowable Roller Loads Max Axle Load for Trucks lbs (kN) Max Wheel Load for Loaders lbs (kN) Track Width in. (mm) Max Ground Pressurepsf (kPa) Max Drum Weight or Dynamic Force lbs (kN) D Final Fill Material 36” (900)Compacted ஶவயளளளऺழஷவ ழஹயளளளऺழ ழவऺஶளஸழऺஷஸவஷऺஹழளஶளऺஹவஶஹऺழஷ ஷளஸளऺழஷவஹளऺழஶவவழஶளऺழளவழளऺஷழஸஶளऺஶ ஶயளளளऺழஹ C Initial Fill Material 24” (600)Compacted ஶவயளளளऺழஷவ ழஹயளளளऺழ ழவऺஶளஸழऺஷஸவஷऺஹழளஶளऺஹவஶஹऺழஷ வஸளऺழஶழழவளऺவழஸவளऺஶழஶழளऺஹஶழழளऺஸஹ வளயளளளऺ 24” (600)::>0ல@8;0/ ரஶஸளள ழவऺஶளஸழऺஷஸவஷऺஹழளஶளऺஹவஶஹऺழஷ வஷஶளऺழழஹழஶளऺவழஶளऺஹஹழவழளऺஸழழளளऺஸவ ழஹயளளளऺழ ஶவயளளளऺழஷவ ழஹயளளளऺழ ரஷஸளள வஷயளளளऺழள ழவயளளளऺஸஶ ழऺஷஸள ரஶஸளள ழவऺஶளஸழऺஷஸவஷऺஹழளஶளऺஹவ ஶஹऺழஷ வழஷளऺழளவழஸஶளऺஶழவஹளऺஹளழழவளऺஸஶ ழளஶளऺஷ ஸயளளளऺவவ(static loads only)ஸஶவயளளளऺழஷவ ழஹயளளளऺழ ரஷஸளள வஷயளளளऺழள ழவயளளளऺஸஶ B Embedment Stone ழவऺஶளள Not Allowed Not Allowed ழவऺஶளஸழऺஷஸவஷऺஹழளஶளऺஹவ ழழளளऺஸஶழளऺஶஷ660 (32)ஸளऺவ Not Allowed ஹऺழஸள Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Material Location Placement Methods/ Restrictions Wheel Load Restrictions Track Load Restrictions Roller Load Restrictions See Table 2 for Maximum Construction Loads D Final Fill Material A variety of placement methods may be used. All construction loads must not exceed the maximum limits in Table 2. 36” (900 mm) minimumcover required for dumptrucks to dump overchambers. Dozers to push parallel torows.4 Roller travel parallel to rowsonly until 36” (900 mm)compacted cover isreached. C Initial Fill Material Excavator positioned off bed recom-mended.Small excavator allowed overchambers. Small dozer allowed. Asphalt can be dumped into paver when compacted pavement subbase reaches 24” (600 mm) above top of chambers. Small LGP track dozers & skid loaders allowed to grade cover stone with at 70,>?ऺழவऺஶளளऺ88ऺ>?:90ऺunder tracks at all times.Equipment must push par-allel to rows at all times. Use dynamic force of roller:97Dऺ,1?0=ऺ.:8;,.?0/ऺȑ77depth reaches 24” (600 mm)over chambers. Roller travelparallel to chamber rows only. B Embedment Stone No equipment allowed on bare chambers. Use excavator or stone conveyor positioned off bed or :9ऺ1:@9/,?4:9ऺ>?:90ऺ?:ऺ0A097Dऺȑ77ऺaround all chambers to at least the top of chambers. No wheel loads allowed.Material must be placedoutside the limits of thechamber bed. No tracked equipment isallowed on chambers until,ऺ849றऺழவऺஶளளऺ88ऺ.:A0=stone is in place. No rollers allowed. A Foundation Stone No StormTech restrictions. Contractor responsible for any conditions or requirements by others relative to subgrade bearingcapacity, dewatering or protection of subgrade. Table 2 - Maximum Allowable Construction Vehicle Loads6 Table 3 - Placement Methods and Descriptions 6 Material Location Description AASHTO M43 Designation1 Compaction/Density RequirementD Final Fill: Fill Material for layer ‘D’ starts from the top of the ‘C’ layer to the -:??:8ऺ:1ऺȒ0C4-70ऺ;,A0809?ऺ:=ऺ@9;,A0/ऺȑ94>30/ऺ2=,/0ऺ,-:A0றऺ :?0ऺ?3,?ऺ?30ऺpavement subbase may be part of the ‘D’ layer.9Dऺ>:47ல=:.6ऺ8,?0=4,7>யऺnative soils or per engineer’s plans. Check plans for pavement subgrade requirements. லPrepare per site design engineer’s plans. Paved installations may have stringent material and preparation requirements.C Initial Fill: Fill Material for layer ‘C’ starts from the top of the embedment stone (‘B’ layer) to 24” (600 mm) above the top of the chamber. Note that pavement subbase may be part of the ‘C’ layer.Granular well-graded >:47ல,22=02,?0ऺ84C?@=0>யऺிஶஸனऺȑ90>ऺ:=ऺ;=:.0>>0/ऺaggregate. Most pavement subbase materials can be used in lieu of this layer."# ऺ ழஷஸரழயऺரவரஷயऺரஶor"# ऺ ஷஶழऺ ஶயऺஶஸயऺஷயऺஷஹயऺஸயऺஸஹயऺஸயऺஹயऺஹயऺஹயऺயऺயऺயऺயऺயऺழள Begin compaction after min. 24” (600 mm) of material over the chambers is reached. Compact additional layers 49ऺழவऺஶளளऺ88ऺ8,Cறऺ741?>ऺ?:ऺ,ऺ849றऺஸனऺ =:.?:=ऺ/09>4?Dऺ1:=ऺB077ர2=,/0/ऺ8,?0=4,7ऺ,9/ऺஸனऺ=07,?4A0ऺ/09>4?Dऺ1:=ऺprocessed aggregate materials. B Embedment Stone: Fill the surrounding chambers from the foundation stone (‘A’ layer) to the ‘C’ layer above.Clean, crushed, angular stone AASHTO M43ழ3, 4 No compaction required.A Foundation Stone: Fill below chambers from the subgrade up to the foot (bottom) of the chamber. Clean, crushed, angular stone,AASHTO M43ழ3, 4 Place and compact in 9” (230 mm) max lifts using two full coverages with a vibratory compactor.2, 3Table 1- Acceptable Fill Materials Figure 1- Inspection Port DetailPlease Note:ழறऺ The listed AASHTO designations are for gradations only. The stone must also be clean, crushed, angular. For 0C,8;70யऺ,ऺ>;0.4ȑ.,?4:9ऺ1:=ऺநஷऺ>?:90ऺB:@7/ऺ>?,?0ऺ.70,9யऺ.=@>30/யऺ,92@7,=ऺ9:றऺஷऺ"# ऺ ஷஶऺ>?:90ற2. StormTech compaction requirements are met for ‘A’ location materials when placed and compacted in 9” (230 mm) (max) lifts using two full coverages with a vibratory compactor.3. &30=0ऺ49ȑ7?=,?4:9ऺ>@=1,.0>ऺ8,Dऺ-0ऺ.:8;=4>0/ऺ-Dऺ.:8;,.?4:9யऺ1:=ऺ>?,9/,=/ऺ49>?,77,?4:9>ऺ,9/ऺ>?,9/,=/ऺ/0>429ऺ7:,/ऺ.:9/4?4:9>யऺ,ऺȒ,?ऺ>@=1,.0ऺ8,Dऺ-0ऺ,.340A0/ऺ-Dऺ=,6492ऺ:=ऺ/=,22492ऺB4?3:@?ऺ.:8;,.?4:9ऺ0<@4;809?றऺ:=ऺ>;0.4,7ऺ7:,/ऺdesigns, contact StormTech for compaction requirements.Figure 2 - Fill Material Locations MC-4500 - 24" (600 mm) MINMC-3500 - 18" (450 mm) MIN MC-4500 - 7.0' (2.1 m) MAXMC-3500 - 8.0' (2.4 m) MAX12" (300 mm) MINMC-4500 - 100" (2540 mm)MC-3500 - 77" (1950 mm)12" (300 mm) MINMC-4500 - 9" (230 mm) MINMC-3500 - 6" (150 mm) MINMC-4500 - 12" (300 mm) MINMC-3500 - 6" (150 mm) MINPERIMETER STONEEXCAVATION WALL(CAN BE SLOPED OR VERTICAL) END CAP SUBGRADE SOILS DEPTH OF STONE TO BE DETERMINEDBY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER 9" (230 mm) MINADS GEOSYNTHETICS 601T NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE ALLAROUND CLEAN, CRUSHED, ANGULAR STONE IN A & B LAYERS DCBA *TO BOTTOM OF FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT. FOR UNPAVEDINSTALLATIONS WHERE RUTTING FROM VEHICLES MAY OCCUR,INCREASE COVER TO 30" (750 mm).MC-4500 - 60" (1525 mm)MC-3500 - 45" (1140 mm)PAVEMENT LAYER (DESIGNEDBY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER)5NOTE:INSPECTION PORTS MAY BE CONNECTED THROUGH ANY CHAMBER CORRUGATION VALLEY.STORMTECHCHAMBERCONCRETE COLLARPAVEMENT 12" (300 mm) MIN WIDTHCONCRETE SLAB6" (150 mm) MINTHICKNESS4" PVC INSPECTION PORT DETAIL(MC SERIES CHAMBER)NTS 8" NYLOPLAST INSPECTION PORTBODY (PART# 2708AG4IPKIT) ORTRAFFIC RATED BOX W/SOLIDLOCKING COVERCONCRETE COLLAR NOT REQUIREDFOR UNPAVED APPLICATIONS4" (100 mm)SDR 35 PIPE4" (100 mm) INSERTA TEETO BE CENTERED ONCORRUGATION VALLEYBackfill of Chambers – Embedment Stone and Cover StoneFinal Backfill of Chambers – Fill Material Inserta Tee Detail:9?49@0ऺ0A097Dऺ-,.6ȑ77492ऺ-0?B009ऺ=:B>ऺ,9/ऺ,=:@9/ऺ;0=480?0=ऺ@9?47ऺ08-0/809?ऺ>?:90ऺ=0,.30>ऺ?:;>ऺ:1ऺ.3,8-0=>ऺ,9/ऺ,ऺ84948@8ऺழவऺஶளளऺ88ऺof cover stone is in place. Perimeter stone must extend horizontally to the excavation wall for both straight or sloped sidewalls. The recommended -,.6ȑ77ऺ80?3:/>ऺ,=0ऺB4?3ऺ,ऺ>?:90ऺ.:9A0D:=ऺ:@?>4/0ऺ:1ऺ?30ऺ-0/ऺ:=ऺ-@47/ऺ,>ऺD:@ऺ2:ऺB4?3ऺ,9ऺ0C.,A,?:=ऺ49>4/0ऺ?30ऺ-0/ऺ=0,.3492ऺ,7:92ऺ?30ऺ=:B>றऺ,.6ȑ77492ऺwhile assembling chambers rows as shown in the picture will help to ensure that equipment reach is not exceeded.Install non-woven geotextile over stone. Geotextile must overlap 24” (600 88ऺB30=0ऺ0/20>ऺ800?றऺ:8;,.?ऺ,?ऺவஷऺஹளளऺ88ऺ:1ऺȑ77றऺ!:770=ऺ?=,A07ऺparallel with rows. :8E़-2@1>़/4-9.1>?़4-B1़.11:़.-/7ȓ8810़@;़@;<़;2़/4-9.1>़-:0़with a minimum 12” (300 mm) of cover stone on top of chambers can ?750़8;-01>?़-:0़?9-88़ ़0;F1>?़.1़A?10़@;़ȓ:-8़3>-01़/;B1>़?@;:1़-:0़.-/7ȓ88़9-@1>5-8़5:़-//;>0-:/1़C5@4़3>;A:0़<>1??A>1़8595@?़5:़Table 2. Equipment must push material parallel to rows only. Never push perpendicular to rows. StormTech recommends the contractor inspect .3,8-0=ऺ=:B>ऺ-01:=0ऺ;7,.492ऺȑ9,7ऺ-,.6ȑ77றऺ9Dऺ.3,8-0=>ऺ/,8,20/ऺ-Dऺconstruction equipment shall be removed and replaced.4CONVEYANCE PIPE MATERIAL MAY VARY (PVC, HDPE, ETC.)INSERTA TEE CONNECTIONPLACE ADS PLUS WOVEN GEOTEXTILE (CENTERED ON INSERTA-TEE INLET) OVER BEDDING STONE FOR SCOUR PROTECTION AT SIDE INLET CONNECTIONS, GEOTEXTILE MUST EXTEND 6” (150 mm) PAST CHAMBER FOOT Call StormTech at 888.892.2694 for technical and product information or visit www.stormtech.com 10816 Stormtech MC Installation Guide 1-22.indd 2 1/14/2022 1:56:20 PM 56 20 Beaver Road, Suite 104 Wethersfield Connecticut 06109 888.892.2694 fax 866.328.8401 www.stormtech.com 17.0 Standard Limited Warranty STANDARD LIMITED WARRANTY OF STORMTECH LLC (“STORMTECH”): PRODUCTS (A) This Limited Warranty applies solely to the StormTech chambers and end plates manufactured by StormTech and sold to the original purchaser (the “Purchaser”). The chambers and end plates are collectively referred to as the “Products.” (B) The structural integrity of the Products, when installed strictly in accordance with StormTech’s written installation instructions at the time of installation, are warranted to the Purchaser against defective materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Should a defect appear in the Limited Warranty period, the Purchaser shall provide StormTech with written notice of the alleged defect at StormTech’s corporate headquarters within ten (10) days of the discovery of the defect. The notice shall describe the alleged defect in reasonable detail. StormTech agrees to supply replacements for those Products determined by StormTech to be defective and covered by this Limited Warranty. The supply of replacement products is the sole remedy of the Purchaser for breaches of this Limited Warranty. StormTech’s liability specifically excludes the cost of removal and/or installation of the Products. (C) THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE. THERE ARE NO OTHER WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS, INCLUDING NO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. (D) This Limited Warranty only applies to the Products when the Products are installed in a single layer. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES, SHALL THE PRODUCTS BE INSTALLED IN A MULTI-LAYER CONFIGURATION. (E) No representative of StormTech has the authority to change this Limited Warranty in any manner or to extend this Limited Warranty. This Limited Warranty does not apply to any person other than to the Purchaser. (F) Under no circumstances shall StormTech be liable to the Purchaser or to any third party for product liability claims; claims arising from the design, shipment, or installation of the Products, or the cost of other goods or services related to the purchase and installation of the Products. For this Limited Warranty to apply, the Products must be installed in accordance with all site conditions required by state and local codes; all other applicable laws; and StormTech’s written installation instructions. (G) THE LIMITED WARRANTY DOES NOT EXTEND TO INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES. STORMTECH SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR PENALTIES OR LIQUIDATED DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOSS OF PRODUCTION AND PROFITS; LABOR AND MATERIALS; OVERHEAD COSTS; OR OTHER LOSS OR EXPENSE INCURRED BY THE PURCHASER OR ANY THIRD PARTY. SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDED FROM LIMITED WARRANTY COVERAGE ARE DAMAGE TO THE PRODUCTS ARISING FROM ORDINARY WEAR AND TEAR; ALTERATION, ACCIDENT, MISUSE, ABUSE OR NEGLECT; THE PRODUCTS BEING SUBJECTED TO VEHICLE TRAFFIC OR OTHER CONDITIONS WHICH ARE NOT PERMITTED BY STORMTECH’S WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS OR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS; FAILURE TO MAINTAIN THE MINIMUM GROUND COVERS SET FORTH IN THE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS; THE PLACEMENT OF IMPROPER MATERIALS INTO THE PRODUCTS; FAILURE OF THE PRODUCTS DUE TO IMPROPER SITING OR IMPROPER SIZING; OR ANY OTHER EVENT NOT CAUSED BY STORMTECH. A PRODUCT ALSO IS EXCLUDED FROM LIMITED WARRANTY COVERAGE IF SUCH PRODUCT IS USED IN A PROJECT OR SYSTEM IN WHICH ANY GEOTEXTILE PRODUCTS OTHER THAN THOSE PROVIDED BY ADVANCED DRAINAGE SYSTEMS ARE USED. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY REPRESENTS STORMTECH’S SOLE LIABILITY TO THE PURCHASER FOR CLAIMS RELATED TO THE PRODUCTS, WHETHER THE CLAIM IS BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHER LEGAL THEORY. An company 57 ADS “Terms and Conditions of Sale” can be found on the ADS website,www.ads-pipe.com Advanced Drainage Systems and the ADS logo is a registered trademark of Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc.Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. #0601T 02/12 ADS GEOSYNTHETICS 0601T NONWOVEN GEOTEXTILE Scope This specification describes ADS Geosynthetics 6.0 oz (0601T) nonwoven geotextile. Filter Fabric Requirements ADS Geosynthetics 6.0 oz (0601T) is a needle-punched nonwoven geotextile made of 100% polypropylene staple fibers, which are formed into a random network for dimensional stability. ADS Geosynthetics 6.0 oz (0601T) resists ultraviolet deterioration, rotting, biological degradation, naturally encountered basics and acids. Polypropylene is stable within a pH range of 2 to 13. ADS Geosynthetics 6.0 oz (0601T) conforms to the physical property values listed below: Filter Fabric Properties PROPERTY TESTMETHOD UNIT M.A.R.V. (Minimum Average Roll Value) Weight (Typical)ASTM D 5261 oz/yd2 (g/m2)6.0 (203) Grab Tensile ASTM D 4632 lbs (kN)160 (0.711) Grab Elongation ASTM D 4632 %50 Trapezoid Tear Strength ASTM D 4533 lbs (kN) 60 (0.267) CBR Puncture Resistance ASTM D 6241 lbs (kN)410 (1.82) Permittivity* ASTM D 4491 sec-1 1.5 Water Flow*ASTM D 4491 gpm/ft2 (l/min/m2)110 (4480) AOS* ASTM D 4751 US Sieve (mm)70 (0.212) UV Resistance ASTM D 4355 %/hrs 70/500 PACKAGING Roll Dimensions (W x L) – ft 12.5 x 360 / 15x300 Square Yards Per Roll 500 Estimated Roll Weight – lbs 195 * At the time of manufacturing. Handling may change these properties. 58 ADS “Terms and Conditions of Sale” can be found on the ADS website,www.ads-pipe.com Advanced Drainage Systems and the ADS logo is a registered trademark of Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc.Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. #315W 02/12 ADS GEOSYNTHETICS 315W WOVEN GEOTEXTILE Scope This specification describes ADS Geosynthetics 315W woven geotextile. Filter Fabric Requirements ADS Geosynthetics 315W is manufactured using high tenacity polypropylene yarns that are woven to form a dimensionally stable network, which allows the yarns to maintain their relative position. ADS Geosynthetics 315W resists ultraviolet deterioration, rotting and biological degradation and is inert to commonly encountered soil chemicals. ADS Geosynthetics 315W conforms to the physical property values listed below: Filter Fabric Properties PROPERTY TEST METHOD ENGLISH M.A.R.V. (Minimum Average Roll Value) METRIC M.A.R.V. (Minimum Average Roll Value) Tensile Strength (Grab) ASTM D-4632 315 lbs 1400 N Elongation ASTM D-4632 15%15% CBR Puncture ASTM D-6241 900 lbs 4005 N Puncture ASTM D-4833 150 lbs 667 N Mullen Burst ASTM D-3786 600 psi 4134 kPa Trapezoidal Tear ASTM D-4533 120 lbs 533 N UV Resistance (at 500 hrs) ASTM D-4355 70% 70% Apparent Opening Size (AOS)* ASTM D-4751 40 US Std. Sieve 0.425 mm Permittivity ASTM D-4491 .05 sec‾1 .05 sec‾1 Water Flow Rate ASTM D-4491 4 gpm/ft2 163 l/min/m2 Roll Sizes 12.5’ x 360’ 15.0’ x 300’ 17.5’ x 258’ 3.81 m x 109.8 m 4.57 m x 91.5 m 5.33 m x 78.6 m *Maximum average roll value. 59 SHEET OF DA T E : PR O J E C T # : DR A W N : CH E C K E D : TH I S D R A W I N G H A S B E E N P R E P A R E D B A S E D O N I N F O R M A T I O N P R O V I D E D T O A D S U N D E R T H E D I R E C T I O N O F T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R O R O T H E R P R O J E C T R E P R E S E N T A T I V E . T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R S H A L L R E V I E W T H I S D R A W I N G P R I O R T O C O N S T R U C T I O N . I T I S T H E UL T I M A T E R E S P O N S I B I L I T Y O F T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R T O E N S U R E T H A T T H E P R O D U C T ( S ) D E P I C T E D A N D A L L A S S O C I A T E D D E T A I L S M E E T A L L A P P L I C A B L E L A W S , R E G U L A T I O N S , A N D P R O J E C T R E Q U I R E M E N T S . 46 4 0 T R U E M A N B L V D HI L L I A R D , O H 4 3 0 2 6 1 1 8/ 0 3 / 2 2 KL J KL J MC - 3 5 0 0 ST A N D A R D C R O S S S E C T I O N DA T E DR W N C H K D DE S C R I P T I O N ACCEPTABLE FILL MATERIALS: STORMTECH MC-3500 CHAMBER SYSTEMS PLEASE NOTE: 1. THE LISTED AASHTO DESIGNATIONS ARE FOR GRADATIONS ONLY. THE STONE MUST ALSO BE CLEAN, CRUSHED, ANGULAR. FOR EXAMPLE, A SPECIFICATION FOR #4 STONE WOULD STATE: "CLEAN, CRUSHED, ANGULAR NO. 4 (AASHTO M43) STONE". 2. STORMTECH COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS ARE MET FOR 'A' LOCATION MATERIALS WHEN PLACED AND COMPACTED IN 9" (230 mm) (MAX) LIFTS USING TWO FULL COVERAGES WITH A VIBRATORY COMPACTOR. 3. WHERE INFILTRATION SURFACES MAY BE COMPROMISED BY COMPACTION, FOR STANDARD DESIGN LOAD CONDITIONS, A FLAT SURFACE MAY BE ACHIEVED BY RAKING OR DRAGGING WITHOUT COMPACTION EQUIPMENT. FOR SPECIAL LOAD DESIGNS, CONTACT STORMTECH FOR COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS. 4. ONCE LAYER 'C' IS PLACED, ANY SOIL/MATERIAL CAN BE PLACED IN LAYER 'D' UP TO THE FINISHED GRADE. MOST PAVEMENT SUBBASE SOILS CAN BE USED TO REPLACE THE MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS OF LAYER 'C' OR 'D' AT THE SITE DESIGN ENGINEER'S DISCRETION. NOTES: 1. CHAMBERS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM F2418, "STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR POLYPROPYLENE (PP) CORRUGATED WALL STORMWATER COLLECTION CHAMBERS" CHAMBER CLASSIFICATION 45x76 DESIGNATION SS. 2. MC-3500 CHAMBERS SHALL BE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM F2787 "STANDARD PRACTICE FOR STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF THERMOPLASTIC CORRUGATED WALL STORMWATER COLLECTION CHAMBERS". 3. THE SITE DESIGN ENGINEER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ASSESSING THE BEARING RESISTANCE (ALLOWABLE BEARING CAPACITY) OF THE SUBGRADE SOILS AND THE DEPTH OF FOUNDATION STONE WITH CONSIDERATION FOR THE RANGE OF EXPECTED SOIL MOISTURE CONDITIONS. 4. PERIMETER STONE MUST BE EXTENDED HORIZONTALLY TO THE EXCAVATION WALL FOR BOTH VERTICAL AND SLOPED EXCAVATION WALLS. 5. REQUIREMENTS FOR HANDLING AND INSTALLATION: ·TO MAINTAIN THE WIDTH OF CHAMBERS DURING SHIPPING AND HANDLING, CHAMBERS SHALL HAVE INTEGRAL, INTERLOCKING STACKING LUGS. ·TO ENSURE A SECURE JOINT DURING INSTALLATION AND BACKFILL, THE HEIGHT OF THE CHAMBER JOINT SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 3”. ·TO ENSURE THE INTEGRITY OF THE ARCH SHAPE DURING INSTALLATION, a) THE ARCH STIFFNESS CONSTANT AS DEFINED IN SECTION 6.2.8 OF ASTM F2418 SHALL BE GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 500 LBS/FT/%. AND b) TO RESIST CHAMBER DEFORMATION DURING INSTALLATION AT ELEVATED TEMPERATURES (ABOVE 73° F / 23° C), CHAMBERS SHALL BE PRODUCED FROM REFLECTIVE GOLD OR YELLOW COLORS. MATERIAL LOCATION DESCRIPTION AASHTO MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS COMPACTION / DENSITY REQUIREMENT D FINAL FILL: FILL MATERIAL FOR LAYER 'D' STARTS FROM THE TOP OF THE 'C' LAYER TO THE BOTTOM OF FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT OR UNPAVED FINISHED GRADE ABOVE. NOTE THAT PAVEMENT SUBBASE MAY BE PART OF THE 'D' LAYER ANY SOIL/ROCK MATERIALS, NATIVE SOILS, OR PER ENGINEER'S PLANS. CHECK PLANS FOR PAVEMENT SUBGRADE REQUIREMENTS.N/A PREPARE PER SITE DESIGN ENGINEER'S PLANS. PAVED INSTALLATIONS MAY HAVE STRINGENT MATERIAL AND PREPARATION REQUIREMENTS. C INITIAL FILL: FILL MATERIAL FOR LAYER 'C' STARTS FROM THE TOP OF THE EMBEDMENT STONE ('B' LAYER) TO 24" (600 mm) ABOVE THE TOP OF THE CHAMBER. NOTE THAT PAVEMENT SUBBASE MAY BE A PART OF THE 'C' LAYER. GRANULAR WELL-GRADED SOIL/AGGREGATE MIXTURES, <35% FINES OR PROCESSED AGGREGATE. MOST PAVEMENT SUBBASE MATERIALS CAN BE USED IN LIEU OF THIS LAYER. AASHTO M145¹ A-1, A-2-4, A-3 OR AASHTO M43¹ 3, 357, 4, 467, 5, 56, 57, 6, 67, 68, 7, 78, 8, 89, 9, 10 BEGIN COMPACTIONS AFTER 24" (600 mm) OF MATERIAL OVER THE CHAMBERS IS REACHED. COMPACT ADDITIONAL LAYERS IN 12" (300 mm) MAX LIFTS TO A MIN. 95% PROCTOR DENSITY FOR WELL GRADED MATERIAL AND 95% RELATIVE DENSITY FOR PROCESSED AGGREGATE MATERIALS. B EMBEDMENT STONE: FILL SURROUNDING THE CHAMBERS FROM THE FOUNDATION STONE ('A' LAYER) TO THE 'C' LAYER ABOVE. CLEAN, CRUSHED, ANGULAR STONE AASHTO M43¹ 3, 4 A FOUNDATION STONE: FILL BELOW CHAMBERS FROM THE SUBGRADE UP TO THE FOOT (BOTTOM) OF THE CHAMBER.CLEAN, CRUSHED, ANGULAR STONE AASHTO M43¹ 3, 4 PLATE COMPACT OR ROLL TO ACHIEVE A FLAT SURFACE.2,3 NO COMPACTION REQUIRED. 8' (2.4 m) MAX 12" (300 mm) MIN77" (1956 mm) 12" (300 mm) MIN 6" (150 mm) MIN 6" (150 mm) MIN PERIMETER STONE (SEE NOTE 4) EXCAVATION WALL (CAN BE SLOPED OR VERTICAL) MC-3500 END CAP SUBGRADE SOILS (SEE NOTE 3) DEPTH OF STONE TO BE DETERMINED BY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER 9" (230 mm) MIN ADS GEOSYNTHETICS 601T NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE ALL AROUND CLEAN, CRUSHED, ANGULAR STONE IN A & B LAYERS D C B A *TO BOTTOM OF FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT. FOR UNPAVED INSTALLATIONS WHERE RUTTING FROM VEHICLES MAY OCCUR, INCREASE COVER TO 24" (600 mm). 45" (1143 mm) 18" (450 mm) MIN* **THIS CROSS SECTION DETAIL REPRESENTS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION. PLEASE SEE THE LAYOUT SHEET(S) FOR PROJECT SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS. St o r m T e c h Ch a m b e r S y s t e m 88 8 - 8 9 2 - 2 6 9 4 | WW W . S T O R M T E C H . C O M ® *FOR COVER DEPTHS GREATER THAN 8.0' (2.4 m) PLEASE CONTACT ADS 60 61 SHEET OF DA T E : PR O J E C T # : DR A W N : CH E C K E D : TH I S D R A W I N G H A S B E E N P R E P A R E D B A S E D O N I N F O R M A T I O N P R O V I D E D T O A D S U N D E R T H E D I R E C T I O N O F T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R O R O T H E R P R O J E C T R E P R E S E N T A T I V E . T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R S H A L L R E V I E W T H I S D R A W I N G P R I O R T O C O N S T R U C T I O N . I T I S T H E UL T I M A T E R E S P O N S I B I L I T Y O F T H E S I T E D E S I G N E N G I N E E R T O E N S U R E T H A T T H E P R O D U C T ( S ) D E P I C T E D A N D A L L A S S O C I A T E D D E T A I L S M E E T A L L A P P L I C A B L E L A W S , R E G U L A T I O N S , A N D P R O J E C T R E Q U I R E M E N T S . 46 4 0 T R U E M A N B L V D HI L L I A R D , O H 4 3 0 2 6 1 1 8/ 0 3 / 2 2 KL J KL J MC - 3 5 0 0 IS O L A T O R R O W P L U S D E T A I L S DA T E DR W N C H K D DE S C R I P T I O N St o r m T e c h Ch a m b e r S y s t e m 88 8 - 8 9 2 - 2 6 9 4 | WW W . S T O R M T E C H . C O M ® INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE STEP 1) INSPECT ISOLATOR ROW PLUS FOR SEDIMENT A. INSPECTION PORTS (IF PRESENT) A.1. REMOVE/OPEN LID ON NYLOPLAST INLINE DRAIN A.2. REMOVE AND CLEAN FLEXSTORM FILTER IF INSTALLED A.3. USING A FLASHLIGHT AND STADIA ROD, MEASURE DEPTH OF SEDIMENT AND RECORD ON MAINTENANCE LOG A.4. LOWER A CAMERA INTO ISOLATOR ROW PLUS FOR VISUAL INSPECTION OF SEDIMENT LEVELS (OPTIONAL) A.5. IF SEDIMENT IS AT, OR ABOVE, 3" (80 mm) PROCEED TO STEP 2. IF NOT, PROCEED TO STEP 3. B. ALL ISOLATOR PLUS ROWS B.1. REMOVE COVER FROM STRUCTURE AT UPSTREAM END OF ISOLATOR ROW PLUS B.2. USING A FLASHLIGHT, INSPECT DOWN THE ISOLATOR ROW PLUS THROUGH OUTLET PIPE i) MIRRORS ON POLES OR CAMERAS MAY BE USED TO AVOID A CONFINED SPACE ENTRY ii) FOLLOW OSHA REGULATIONS FOR CONFINED SPACE ENTRY IF ENTERING MANHOLE B.3. IF SEDIMENT IS AT, OR ABOVE, 3" (80 mm) PROCEED TO STEP 2. IF NOT, PROCEED TO STEP 3. STEP 2) CLEAN OUT ISOLATOR ROW PLUS USING THE JETVAC PROCESS A. A FIXED CULVERT CLEANING NOZZLE WITH REAR FACING SPREAD OF 45" (1.1 m) OR MORE IS PREFERRED B. APPLY MULTIPLE PASSES OF JETVAC UNTIL BACKFLUSH WATER IS CLEAN C. VACUUM STRUCTURE SUMP AS REQUIRED STEP 3) REPLACE ALL COVERS, GRATES, FILTERS, AND LIDS; RECORD OBSERVATIONS AND ACTIONS. STEP 4) INSPECT AND CLEAN BASINS AND MANHOLES UPSTREAM OF THE STORMTECH SYSTEM. NOTES 1. INSPECT EVERY 6 MONTHS DURING THE FIRST YEAR OF OPERATION. ADJUST THE INSPECTION INTERVAL BASED ON PREVIOUS OBSERVATIONS OF SEDIMENT ACCUMULATION AND HIGH WATER ELEVATIONS. 2. CONDUCT JETTING AND VACTORING ANNUALLY OR WHEN INSPECTION SHOWS THAT MAINTENANCE IS NECESSARY. SUMP DEPTH TBD BY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER (24" [600 mm] MIN RECOMMENDED) 24" (600 mm) HDPE ACCESS PIPE REQUIRED USE FACTORY PARTIAL CUT END CAP PART #: MC3500IEPP24BC OR MC3500IEPP24BW ONE LAYER OF ADSPLUS175 WOVEN GEOTEXTILE BETWEEN FOUNDATION STONE AND CHAMBERS 8.25' (2.51 m) MIN WIDE CONTINUOUS FABRIC WITHOUT SEAMS CATCH BASIN OR MANHOLE COVER PIPE CONNECTION TO END CAP WITH ADS GEOSYNTHETICS 601T NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE MC-3500 CHAMBER MC-3500 END CAP MC-3500 ISOLATOR ROW PLUS DETAIL NTS OPTIONAL INSPECTION PORT STORMTECH HIGHLY RECOMMENDS FLEXSTORM INSERTS IN ANY UPSTREAM STRUCTURES WITH OPEN GRATES ELEVATED BYPASS MANIFOLD INSTALL FLAMP ON 24" (600 mm) ACCESS PIPE PART #: MC350024RAMP NOTE: INSPECTION PORTS MAY BE CONNECTED THROUGH ANY CHAMBER CORRUGATION VALLEY. STORMTECH CHAMBER CONCRETE COLLAR PAVEMENT 12" (300 mm) MIN WIDTH CONCRETE SLAB 6" (150 mm) MIN THICKNESS 4" PVC INSPECTION PORT DETAIL (MC SERIES CHAMBER) NTS 8" NYLOPLAST INSPECTION PORT BODY (PART# 2708AG4IPKIT) OR TRAFFIC RATED BOX W/SOLID LOCKING COVER CONCRETE COLLAR NOT REQUIRED FOR UNPAVED APPLICATIONS 4" (100 mm) SDR 35 PIPE 4" (100 mm) INSERTA TEE TO BE CENTERED ON CORRUGATION VALLEY 62 Isolator® Row Plus O&M Manual 63 2 Looking down the Isolator Row PLUS from the manhole opening, ADS PLUS Fabric is shown between the chamber and stone base. StormTech Isolator Row PLUS with Overflow Spillway (not to scale) The Isolator® Row Plus Introduction An important component of any Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan is inspection and maintenance. The StormTech Isolator Row Plus is a technique to inexpensively enhance Total Suspended Solids (TSS) and Total Phosphorus (TP) removal with easy access for inspection and maintenance. The Isolator Row Plus The Isolator Row Plus is a row of StormTech chambers, either SC-160, SC-310, SC-310-3, SC-740, DC-780, MC-3500 or MC-7200 models, that is surrounded with filter fabric and connected to a closely located manhole for easy access. The fabric-wrapped chambers provide for sediment settling and filtration as stormwater rises in the Isolator Row Plus and passes through the filter fabric. The open bottom chambers and perforated sidewalls (SC-310, SC- 310-3 and SC-740 models) allow stormwater to flow both vertically and horizontally out of the chambers. Sediments are captured in the Isolator Row Plus protecting the adjacent stone and chambers storage areas from sediment accumulation. ADS geotextile fabric is placed between the stone and the Isolator Row Plus chambers. The woven geotextile provides a media for stormwater filtration, a durable surface for maintenance, prevents scour of the underlying stone and remains intact during high pressure jetting. A non-woven fabric is placed over the chambers to provide a filter media for flows passing through the chamber’s sidewall. The non-woven fabric is not required over the SC-160, DC-780, MC-3500 or MC-7200 models as these chambers do not have perforated side walls. The Isolator Row Plus is designed to capture the “first flush” runoff and offers the versatility to be sized on a volume basis or a flow-rate basis. An upstream manhole provides access to the Isolator Row Plus and includes a high/low concept such that stormwater flow rates or volumes that exceed the capacity of the Isolator Row Plus bypass through a manifold to the other chambers. This is achieved with an elevated bypass manifold or a high-flow weir. This creates a differential between the Isolator Row Plus row of chambers and the manifold to the rest of the system, thus allowing for settlement time in the Isolator Row Plus. After Stormwater flows through the Isolator Row Plus and into the rest of the chamber system it is either exfiltrated into the soils below or passed at a controlled rate through an outlet manifold and outlet control structure. The Isolator Row FLAMPTM (patent pending) is a flared end ramp apparatus attached to the inlet pipe on the inside of the chamber end cap. The FLAMP provides a smooth transition from pipe invert to fabric bottom. It is configured to improve chamber function performance by enhancing outflow of solid debris that would otherwise collect at the chamber's end. It also serves to improve the fluid and solid flow into the access pipe during maintenance and cleaning and to guide cleaning and inspection equipment back into the inlet pipe when complete. The Isolator Row Plus may be part of a treatment train system. The treatment train design and pretreatment device selection by the design engineer is often driven by regulatory requirements. Whether pretreatment is used or not, StormTech recommend using the Isolator Row Plus to minimize maintenance requirements and maintenance costs. Note: See the StormTech Design Manual for detailed information on designing inlets for a StormTech system, including the Isolator Row Plus. 64 3 Inspection The frequency of inspection and maintenance varies by location. A routine inspection schedule needs to be established for each individual location based upon site specific variables. The type of land use (i.e. industrial, commercial, residential), anticipated pollutant load, percent imperviousness, climate, etc. all play a critical role in determining the actual frequency of inspection and maintenance practices. At a minimum, StormTech recommends annual inspections. Initially, the Isolator Row Plus should be inspected every 6 months for the first year of operation. For subsequent years, the inspection should be adjusted based upon previous observation of sediment deposition. The Isolator Row Plus incorporates a combination of standard manhole(s) and strategically located inspection ports (as needed). The inspection ports allow for easy access to the system from the surface, eliminating the need to perform a confined space entry for inspection purposes. If upon visual inspection it is found that sediment has accumulated, a stadia rod should be inserted to determine the depth of sediment. When the average depth of sediment exceeds 3 inches throughout the length of the Isolator Row Plus, clean-out should be performed. Maintenance The Isolator Row Plus was designed to reduce the cost of periodic maintenance. By “isolating” sediments to just one row, costs are dramatically reduced by eliminating the need to clean out each row of the entire storage bed. If inspection indicates the potential need for maintenance, access is provided via a manhole(s) located on the end(s) of the row for cleanout. If entry into the manhole is required, please follow local and OSHA rules for a confined space entries. Maintenance is accomplished with the JetVac process. The JetVac process utilizes a high pressure water nozzle to propel itself down the Isolator Row Plus while scouring and suspending sediments. As the nozzle is retrieved, the captured pollutants are flushed back into the manhole for vacuuming. Most sewer and pipe maintenance companies have vacuum/JetVac combination vehicles. Selection of an appropriate JetVac nozzle will improve maintenance efficiency. Fixed nozzles designed for culverts or large diameter pipe cleaning are preferable. Rear facing jets with an effective spread of at least 45” are best. StormTech recommends a maximum nozzle pressure of 2000 psi be utilized during cleaning. JetVac reels can vary in length. For ease of maintenance, ADS recommends Isolator Row Plus lengths up to 200' (61 m). The JetVac process shall only be performed on StormTech Isolator Row Plus that have ADS Plus Fabric (as specified by StormTech) over their angular base stone. Isolator Row Plus Inspection/Maintenance StormTech Isolator Row PLUS (not to scale) Note: Non-woven fabric is only required over the inlet pipe connection into the end cap for SC-160LP, DC-780, MC-3500 and MC-7200 chamber models and is not required over the entire Isolator Row PLUS. 65 Isolator Row Plus Step By Step Maintenance Procedures Step 1 Inspect Isolator Row Plus for sediment. A) Inspection ports (if present) i. Remove lid from floor box frame ii. Remove cap from inspection riser iii. Using a flashlight and stadia rod,measure depth of sediment and record results on maintenance log. iv. If sediment is at or above 3 inch depth, proceed to Step 2. If not, proceed to Step 3. B) All Isolator Row Plus i. Remove cover from manhole at upstream end of Isolator Row Plus ii. Using a flashlight, inspect down Isolator Row Plus through outlet pipe 1. Mirrors on poles or cameras may be used to avoid a confined space entry 2. Follow OSHA regulations for confined space entry if entering manhole iii. If sediment is at or above the lower row of sidewall holes (approximately 3 inches), proceed to Step 2. If not, proceed to Step 3. Step 2 Clean out Isolator Row Plus using the JetVac process. A) A fixed floor cleaning nozzle with rear facing nozzle spread of 45 inches or more is preferable B) Apply multiple passes of JetVac until backflush water is clean C) Vacuum manhole sump as required Step 3 Replace all caps, lids and covers, record observations and actions. Step 4 Inspect & clean catch basins and manholes upstream of the StormTech system. ADS “Terms and Conditions of Sale” are available on the ADS website, www.ads-pipe.com The ADS logo and the Green Stripe are registered trademarks of Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. StormTech® and the Isolator® Row Plus are registered trademarks of StormTech, Inc. © 2022 Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. #11081 2/22 CS )( Sample Maintenance Log Date Stadia Rod Readings Sedi- ment Depth (1)–(2) Observations/Actions InspectorFixed point to chamber bottom (1) Fixed point to top of sediment (2) 3/15/11 6.3 ft none New installation. Fixed point is CI frame at grade DJM 9/24/11 6.2 0.1 ft Some grit felt SM 6/20/13 5.8 0.5 ft Mucky feel, debris visible in manhole and in Isolator Row PLUS, maintenance due NV 7/7/13 6.3 ft 0 System jetted and vacuumed DJM adspipe.com 800-821-6710 66 StormTech Installation Video StormTech® Installation Guide MC-3500 & MC-4500 Chamber Required Materials and Equipment List Ȏ$FFHSWDEOHࢉOOPDWHULDOVSHU7DEOH • ADS Plus and non-woven geotextile fabrics Note: MC-3500 chamber pallets are 77” x 90” (2.0 m x 2.3 m) and weigh about 2010 lbs. (912 kg) and MC-4500 pallets are 100” x 52” (2.5 m x 1.3 m) and weigh about 840 lbs. (381 kg). Unloading chambers requires 72” (1.8 m) (min.) forks and/or tie downs (straps, chains, etc). Important Notes: A. This installation guide provides the minimum requirements for proper installation of chambers. Nonadherence to this guide may result in GDPDJHWRFKDPEHUVGXULQJLQVWDOODWLRQ5HSODFHPHQWRIGDPDJHGFKDPEHUVGXULQJRUDIWHUEDFNࢉOOLQJLVFRVWO\DQGYHU\WLPHFRQVXPLQJ,W is recommended that all installers are familiar with this guide, and that the contractor inspects the chambers for distortion, damage and joint integrity as work progresses. %8VHRIDGR]HUWRSXVKHPEHGPHQWVWRQHEHWZHHQWKHURZVRIFKDPEHUVPD\FDXVHGDPDJHWRFKDPEHUVDQGLVQRWDQDFFHSWDEOHEDFNࢉOO method. Any chambers damaged by using the “dump and push” method are not covered under the StormTech standard warranty. C. Care should be taken in the handling of chambers and end caps. End caps must be stored standing upright. Avoid dropping, prying or excessive force on chambers during removal from pallet and initial placement. Requirements for System Installation • StormTech solid end caps, pre-cored and pre-fabricated end caps Ȏ6WRUP7HFKFKDPEHUVPDQLIROGVDQGࢉWWLQJV Excavate bed and prepare subgrade per HQJLQHHUȆVSODQV3ODQVDQGVSHFLࢉFDWLRQVVKRXOG include Best Management Practices (BMPs) to deter contamination of open pits during construction. Place non-woven geotextile over prepared soils and up excavation walls. Place clean, crushed, angular stone foundation 9” (230 mm) min. Install underdrains if required. &RPSDFWWRDFKLHYHDࢊDWVXUIDFH 1 Manifold, Scour Fabric and Chamber Assembly Manifold Insertion StormTech Isolator Row Plus Detail Install manifolds and lay out ADS PLUS fabric at inlet rows [min. IW P @DWHDFKLQOHWHQG cap. Place a continuous piece (no seams) along entire length of Isolator® PLUS Row(s). ,QVHUWLQOHWDQGRXWOHWPDQLIROGVDPLQLPXPȊ (300 mm) into chamber end caps. Manifold KHDGHUVKRXOGEHDPLQLPXPȊ PP IURP base of end cap. $OLJQWKHࢉUVWFKDPEHUDQG end cap of each row with inlet pipes. Contractor may choose to postpone stone placement around end chambers and leave ends of rows open for easy inspection of chambers GXULQJWKHEDFNࢉOOSURFHVV Place a continuous layer of ADS PLUS fabric between the foundation stone and the Isolator Row PLUS chambers, making VXUHWKHIDEULFOD\VࢊDWDQGH[WHQGVWKH entire width of the chamber feet. When used on an Isolator Row PLUS, a 24” )/$03 ࢊDUHGHQGUDPS LVDWWDFKHGWR the inside of the inlet pipe with a provided threaded rod and bolt. The FLAMP then lays on top of the ADS PLUS fabric. Continue installing chambers by overlapping chamber end corrugations. Chamber joints are labeled “Lower Joint – Overlap Here” and “Build this direction – Upper Joint” Be sure that the chamber placement does not exceed the reach of the construction equipment used to place WKHVWRQH0DLQWDLQPLQLPXPȊ PP VSDFLQJEHWZHHQ0&URZVDQG Ȋ PP VSDFLQJEHWZHHQ0&URZV SUMP DEPTH TBD BY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER (24" [600 mm] MIN RECOMMENDED) CATCH BASIN OR MANHOLE OPTIONAL INSPECTION PORT END CAP (MC-4500 SHOWN) 24" (600 mm) HDPE ACCESS PIPE REQUIRED STORMTECH HIGHLY RECOMMENDS FLEXSTORM INSERTS IN ANY UPSTREAM STRUCTURES WITH OPEN GRATES COVER PIPE CONNECTION TO END CAP WITH ADS GEOSYNTHETICS 601T NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE ONE LAYER OF ADSPLUS175 WOVEN GEOTEXTILE BETWEEN FOUNDATION STONE AND CHAMBERS ELEVATED BYPASS MANIFOLD CHAMBER (MC-4500 SHOWN) INSTALL FLAMP ON 24" (600 mm) ACCESS PIPE Initial Anchoring of Chambers – Embedment Stone Initial embedment shall be spotted along the centerline of the chamber evenly anchoring the lower portion of the chamber. This is best accomplished with a stone conveyor or excavator reaching along the row. No equipment shall be operated on the bed at this stage of the installation. ([FDYDWRUVPXVWEHORFDWHGRࢆWKHEHG'XPSWUXFNVVKDOOQRWGXPSVWRQH directly on to the bed. Dozers or loaders are not allowed on the bed at this time. Backfill of Chambers – Embedment Stone Uneven Backfill %DFNࢉOOFKDPEHUVHYHQO\6WRQHFROXPQKHLJKWVKRXOGQHYHUGLࢆHUE\ PRUHWKDQȊ PP EHWZHHQDGMDFHQWFKDPEHUURZVRUEHWZHHQ chamber rows and perimeter. Even Backfill Perimeter stone must be brought up evenly with chamber rows. 3HULPHWHUPXVWEHIXOO\EDFNࢉOOHGZLWKVWRQHH[WHQGHGKRUL]RQWDOO\WR the excavation wall. Perimeter Not Backfilled Perimeter Fully Backfilled 3 12" (300 mm) MAX. 67 StormTech Installation VideoStormTech® Installation Guide MC-3500 & MC-4500 ChamberRequired Materials and Equipment ListȎ$FFHSWDEOHࢉOOPDWHULDOVSHU7DEOH• ADS Plus and non-woven geotextile fabricsNote: MC-3500 chamber pallets are 77” x 90” (2.0 m x 2.3 m) and weigh about 2010 lbs. (912 kg) and MC-4500 pallets are 100” x 52” (2.5 m x 1.3 m) and weigh about 840 lbs. (381 kg). Unloading chambers requires 72” (1.8 m) (min.) forks and/or tie downs (straps, chains, etc).Important Notes:A. This installation guide provides the minimum requirements for proper installation of chambers. Nonadherence to this guide may result in GDPDJHWRFKDPEHUVGXULQJLQVWDOODWLRQ5HSODFHPHQWRIGDPDJHGFKDPEHUVGXULQJRUDIWHUEDFNࢉOOLQJLVFRVWO\DQGYHU\WLPHFRQVXPLQJ,Wis recommended that all installers are familiar with this guide, and that the contractor inspects the chambers for distortion, damage and joint integrity as work progresses.%8VHRIDGR]HUWRSXVKHPEHGPHQWVWRQHEHWZHHQWKHURZVRIFKDPEHUVPD\FDXVHGDPDJHWRFKDPEHUVDQGLVQRWDQDFFHSWDEOHEDFNࢉOOmethod. Any chambers damaged by using the “dump and push” method are not covered under the StormTech standard warranty.C. Care should be taken in the handling of chambers and end caps. End caps must be stored standing upright. Avoid dropping, prying or excessive force on chambers during removal from pallet and initial placement.Requirements for System Installation• StormTech solid end caps, pre-cored and pre-fabricated end capsȎ6WRUP7HFKFKDPEHUVPDQLIROGVDQGࢉWWLQJVExcavate bed and prepare subgrade perHQJLQHHUȆVSODQV3ODQVDQGVSHFLࢉFDWLRQVVKRXOGinclude Best Management Practices (BMPs) to deter contamination of open pits during construction.Place non-woven geotextile over prepared soilsand up excavation walls.Place clean, crushed, angular stone foundation9” (230 mm) min. Install underdrains if required.&RPSDFWWRDFKLHYHDࢊDWVXUIDFH1 2 Manifold, Scour Fabric and Chamber Assembly Manifold Insertion StormTech Isolator Row Plus Detail Install manifolds and lay out ADS PLUS fabric at inlet rows [min. IW P @DWHDFKLQOHWHQG cap. Place a continuous piece (no seams) along entire length of Isolator® PLUS Row(s). ,QVHUWLQOHWDQGRXWOHWPDQLIROGVDPLQLPXPȊ (300 mm) into chamber end caps. Manifold KHDGHUVKRXOGEHDPLQLPXPȊ PP IURP base of end cap. $OLJQWKHࢉUVWFKDPEHUDQG end cap of each row with inlet pipes. Contractor may choose to postpone stone placement around end chambers and leave ends of rows open for easy inspection of chambers GXULQJWKHEDFNࢉOOSURFHVV Place a continuous layer of ADS PLUS fabric between the foundation stone and the Isolator Row PLUS chambers, making VXUHWKHIDEULFOD\VࢊDWDQGH[WHQGVWKH entire width of the chamber feet. When used on an Isolator Row PLUS, a 24” )/$03 ࢊDUHGHQGUDPS LVDWWDFKHGWR the inside of the inlet pipe with a provided threaded rod and bolt. The FLAMP then lays on top of the ADS PLUS fabric. Continue installing chambers by overlapping chamber end corrugations. Chamber joints are labeled “Lower Joint – Overlap Here” and “Build this direction – Upper Joint” Be sure that the chamber placement does not exceed the reach of the construction equipment used to place WKHVWRQH0DLQWDLQPLQLPXPȊ PP VSDFLQJEHWZHHQ0&URZVDQG Ȋ PP VSDFLQJEHWZHHQ0&URZV SUMP DEPTH TBD BY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER (24" [600 mm] MIN RECOMMENDED) CATCH BASIN OR MANHOLE OPTIONAL INSPECTION PORT END CAP (MC-4500 SHOWN) 24" (600 mm) HDPE ACCESS PIPE REQUIRED STORMTECH HIGHLY RECOMMENDS FLEXSTORM INSERTS IN ANY UPSTREAM STRUCTURES WITH OPEN GRATES COVER PIPE CONNECTION TO END CAP WITH ADS GEOSYNTHETICS 601T NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE ONE LAYER OF ADSPLUS175 WOVEN GEOTEXTILE BETWEEN FOUNDATION STONE AND CHAMBERS ELEVATED BYPASS MANIFOLD CHAMBER (MC-4500 SHOWN) INSTALL FLAMP ON 24" (600 mm) ACCESS PIPE Initial Anchoring of Chambers – Embedment Stone Initial embedment shall be spotted along the centerline of the chamber evenly anchoring the lower portion of the chamber. This is best accomplished with a stone conveyor or excavator reaching along the row. No equipment shall be operated on the bed at this stage of the installation. ([FDYDWRUVPXVWEHORFDWHGRࢆWKHEHG'XPSWUXFNVVKDOOQRWGXPSVWRQH directly on to the bed. Dozers or loaders are not allowed on the bed at this time. Backfill of Chambers – Embedment Stone Uneven Backfill %DFNࢉOOFKDPEHUVHYHQO\6WRQHFROXPQKHLJKWVKRXOGQHYHUGLࢆHUE\ PRUHWKDQȊ PP EHWZHHQDGMDFHQWFKDPEHUURZVRUEHWZHHQ chamber rows and perimeter. Even Backfill Perimeter stone must be brought up evenly with chamber rows. 3HULPHWHUPXVWEHIXOO\EDFNࢉOOHGZLWKVWRQHH[WHQGHGKRUL]RQWDOO\WR the excavation wall. Perimeter Not Backfilled Perimeter Fully Backfilled 3 12" (300 mm) MAX. 68 StormTech Installation VideoStormTech® Installation Guide MC-3500 & MC-4500 ChamberRequired Materials and Equipment ListȎ$FFHSWDEOHࢉOOPDWHULDOVSHU7DEOH• ADS Plus and non-woven geotextile fabricsNote: MC-3500 chamber pallets are 77” x 90” (2.0 m x 2.3 m) and weigh about 2010 lbs. (912 kg) and MC-4500 pallets are 100” x 52” (2.5 m x 1.3 m) and weigh about 840 lbs. (381 kg). Unloading chambers requires 72” (1.8 m) (min.) forks and/or tie downs (straps, chains, etc).Important Notes:A. This installation guide provides the minimum requirements for proper installation of chambers. Nonadherence to this guide may result in GDPDJHWRFKDPEHUVGXULQJLQVWDOODWLRQ5HSODFHPHQWRIGDPDJHGFKDPEHUVGXULQJRUDIWHUEDFNࢉOOLQJLVFRVWO\DQGYHU\WLPHFRQVXPLQJ,Wis recommended that all installers are familiar with this guide, and that the contractor inspects the chambers for distortion, damage and joint integrity as work progresses.%8VHRIDGR]HUWRSXVKHPEHGPHQWVWRQHEHWZHHQWKHURZVRIFKDPEHUVPD\FDXVHGDPDJHWRFKDPEHUVDQGLVQRWDQDFFHSWDEOHEDFNࢉOOmethod. Any chambers damaged by using the “dump and push” method are not covered under the StormTech standard warranty.C. Care should be taken in the handling of chambers and end caps. End caps must be stored standing upright. Avoid dropping, prying or excessive force on chambers during removal from pallet and initial placement.Requirements for System Installation• StormTech solid end caps, pre-cored and pre-fabricated end capsȎ6WRUP7HFKFKDPEHUVPDQLIROGVDQGࢉWWLQJVExcavate bed and prepare subgrade perHQJLQHHUȆVSODQV3ODQVDQGVSHFLࢉFDWLRQVVKRXOGinclude Best Management Practices (BMPs) to deter contamination of open pits during construction.Place non-woven geotextile over prepared soilsand up excavation walls.Place clean, crushed, angular stone foundation9” (230 mm) min. Install underdrains if required.&RPSDFWWRDFKLHYHDࢊDWVXUIDFH12Manifold, Scour Fabric and Chamber AssemblyManifold Insertion StormTech Isolator Row Plus DetailInstall manifolds and lay out ADS PLUS fabric at inlet rows [min. IW P @DWHDFKLQOHWHQGcap. Place a continuous piece (no seams) along entire length of Isolator® PLUS Row(s).,QVHUWLQOHWDQGRXWOHWPDQLIROGVDPLQLPXPȊ(300 mm) into chamber end caps. Manifold KHDGHUVKRXOGEHDPLQLPXPȊ PP IURPbase of end cap.$OLJQWKHࢉUVWFKDPEHUDQGend cap of each row with inlet pipes. Contractor may choose to postpone stone placement around end chambers and leave ends of rows open for easy inspection of chambers GXULQJWKHEDFNࢉOOSURFHVVPlace a continuous layer of ADS PLUS fabric between the foundation stone and the Isolator Row PLUS chambers, making VXUHWKHIDEULFOD\VࢊDWDQGH[WHQGVWKHentire width of the chamber feet. When used on an Isolator Row PLUS, a 24” )/$03 ࢊDUHGHQGUDPS LVDWWDFKHGWRthe inside of the inlet pipe with a provided threaded rod and bolt. The FLAMP then lays on top of the ADS PLUS fabric.Continue installing chambers by overlapping chamber end corrugations. Chamber joints are labeled “Lower Joint – Overlap Here” and “Build this direction – Upper Joint” Be sure that the chamber placement does not exceed the reach of the construction equipment used to place WKHVWRQH0DLQWDLQPLQLPXPȊ PP VSDFLQJEHWZHHQ0&URZVDQG Ȋ PP VSDFLQJEHWZHHQ0&URZVSUMP DEPTH TBD BYSITE DESIGN ENGINEER(24" [600 mm] MIN RECOMMENDED)CATCH BASINOR MANHOLE OPTIONAL INSPECTION PORTEND CAP (MC-4500 SHOWN)24" (600 mm) HDPE ACCESS PIPE REQUIREDSTORMTECH HIGHLY RECOMMENDSFLEXSTORM INSERTS IN ANY UPSTREAMSTRUCTURES WITH OPEN GRATESCOVER PIPE CONNECTION TO END CAP WITH ADSGEOSYNTHETICS 601T NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE ONE LAYER OF ADSPLUS175 WOVEN GEOTEXTILE BETWEENFOUNDATION STONE AND CHAMBERSELEVATED BYPASS MANIFOLD CHAMBER (MC-4500 SHOWN)INSTALL FLAMP ON 24" (600 mm) ACCESS PIPE Initial Anchoring of Chambers – Embedment Stone Initial embedment shall be spotted along the centerline of the chamber evenly anchoring the lower portion of the chamber. This is best accomplished with a stone conveyor or excavator reaching along the row. No equipment shall be operated on the bed at this stage of the installation. ([FDYDWRUVPXVWEHORFDWHGRࢆWKHEHG'XPSWUXFNVVKDOOQRWGXPSVWRQH directly on to the bed. Dozers or loaders are not allowed on the bed at this time. Backfill of Chambers – Embedment Stone Uneven Backfill %DFNࢉOOFKDPEHUVHYHQO\6WRQHFROXPQKHLJKWVKRXOGQHYHUGLࢆHUE\ PRUHWKDQȊ PP EHWZHHQDGMDFHQWFKDPEHUURZVRUEHWZHHQ chamber rows and perimeter. Even Backfill Perimeter stone must be brought up evenly with chamber rows. 3HULPHWHUPXVWEHIXOO\EDFNࢉOOHGZLWKVWRQHH[WHQGHGKRUL]RQWDOO\WR the excavation wall. Perimeter Not Backfilled Perimeter Fully Backfilled 3 12" (300 mm) MAX. 69 ADS “Terms and Conditions of Sale” are available on the ADS website, www.ads-pipe.com. Advanced Drainage Systems, the ADS logo, and the green stripe are registered trademarks of Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. StormTech® and the Isolator® Row PLUS are registered trademarks of StormTech, Inc. ©2022 Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. &6 Notes: 36” (900 mm) of stabilized cover materials over the chambers is recommended during the construction phase if general construction activities, such as full dump truck travel and dumping, are to occur over the bed. 2. During paving operations, dump truck axle loads RQȊ PP RIFRYHUIRU0&Vmay be necessary. Precautions should be taken to avoid rutting of the road base layer, to ensure that compaction requirements have been met, DQGWKDWDPLQLPXPRIȊ PP RIFRYHU IRU0&Vexists over the chambers. Contact StormTech for additional guidance on allowable axle loads during paving. 3. Ground pressure for track dozers is the vehicle operating weight divided by total ground contact area for both tracks. Excavators will exert higher ground pressures based on loaded bucket weight and boom extension. 4. 0LQLH[FDYDWRUV OEVNJ FDQEH XVHGZLWKDWOHDVWȊ PP RIVWRQHRYHU the chambers and are limited by the maximum ground pressures in Table 2 based on a full bucket at maximum boom extension. StormTech does not require compaction of LQLWLDOࢉOODWȊ PP RIFRYHU+RZHYHU UHTXLUHPHQWVE\RWKHUVIRUȊ PP OLIWVPD\ QHFHVVLWDWHWKHXVHRIVPDOOFRPSDFWRUVDWȊ PP RIFRYHU 6. Storage of materials such as construction materials, equipment, spoils, etc. should not be located over the StormTech system. The use of equipment over the StormTech system not covered in Table 2 (ex. soil mixing equipment, cranes, etc) is limited. Please contact StormTech for more information. Allowable track loads based on vehicle travel only. Excavators shall not operate on chamber beds XQWLOWKHWRWDOEDFNࢉOOUHDFKHVIHHW PP over the entire bed. Material Location Fill Depth over Chambers in. (mm) Maximum Allowable Wheel Loads Maximum Allowable Track Loads6 Maximum Allowable Roller Loads Max Axle Load for Trucks lbs (kN) Max Wheel Load for Loaders lbs (kN) Track Width in. (mm) Max Ground Pressurepsf (kPa) Max Drum Weight or Dynamic Force lbs (kN) D Final Fill Material 36” (900)Compacted Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ C Initial Fill Material 24” (600)Compacted Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ 24” (600)/RRVH'XPSHG 0&Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ 0& Ȋ 0&Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ (static loads only) 0& B Embedment Stone Ȋ Not Allowed Not Allowed Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ 660 (32) Not Allowed Ȋ Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Material Location Placement Methods/ Restrictions Wheel Load Restrictions Track Load Restrictions Roller Load Restrictions See Table 2 for Maximum Construction Loads D Final Fill Material A variety of placement methods may be used. All construction loads must not exceed the maximum limits in Table 2. 36” (900 mm) minimumcover required for dumptrucks to dump overchambers. Dozers to push parallel torows.4 Roller travel parallel to rowsonly until 36” (900 mm)compacted cover isreached. C Initial Fill Material ([FDYDWRUSRVLWLRQHGRࢆEHGUHFRP-mended.Small excavator allowed overchambers. Small dozer allowed. Asphalt can be dumped into paver when compacted pavement subbase reaches 24” (600 mm) above top of chambers. Small LGP track dozers & skid loaders allowed to grade cover stone with at OHDVWȊ PP VWRQHunder tracks at all times.Equipment must push par-allel to rows at all times. Use dynamic force of rollerRQO\DIWHUFRPSDFWHGࢉOOdepth reaches 24” (600 mm)over chambers. Roller travelparallel to chamber rows only. B Embedment Stone No equipment allowed on bare chambers. Use excavator or stone FRQYH\RUSRVLWLRQHGRࢆEHGRURQIRXQGDWLRQVWRQHWRHYHQO\ࢉOOaround all chambers to at least the top of chambers. No wheel loads allowed.Material must be placedoutside the limits of thechamber bed. No tracked equipment isallowed on chambers untilDPLQȊ PP FRYHUstone is in place. No rollers allowed. A Foundation Stone No StormTech restrictions. Contractor responsible for any conditions or requirements by others relative to subgrade bearingcapacity, dewatering or protection of subgrade. Table 2 - Maximum Allowable Construction Vehicle Loads6 Table 3 - Placement Methods and Descriptions 6 Material Location Description AASHTO M43 Designation1 Compaction/Density Requirement D Final Fill: Fill Material for layer ‘D’ starts from the top of the ‘C’ layer to the ERWWRPRIࢊH[LEOHSDYHPHQWRUXQSDYHG ࢉQLVKHGJUDGHDERYH1RWHWKDWWKH pavement subbase may be part of the ‘D’ layer. $Q\VRLOURFNPDWHULDOV native soils or per engineer’s plans. Check plans for pavement subgrade requirements. 1$Prepare per site design engineer’s plans. Paved installations may have stringent material and preparation requirements. C Initial Fill: Fill Material for layer ‘C’ starts from the top of the embedment stone (‘B’ layer) to 24” (600 mm) above the top of the chamber. Note that pavement subbase may be part of the ‘C’ layer. Granular well-graded VRLODJJUHJDWHPL[WXUHV ࢉQHVRUSURFHVVHG aggregate. Most pavement subbase materials can be used in lieu of this layer. $$6+720 $$$ or AASHTO M43 Begin compaction after min. 24” (600 mm) of material over the chambers is reached. Compact additional layers LQȊ PP PD[OLIWVWRDPLQ 3URFWRUGHQVLW\IRUZHOOJUDGHG PDWHULDODQG UHODWLYHGHQVLW\IRU processed aggregate materials. B Embedment Stone: Fill the surrounding chambers from the foundation stone (‘A’ layer) to the ‘C’ layer above. Clean, crushed, angular stone AASHTO M43 3, 4 No compaction required. A Foundation Stone: Fill below chambers from the subgrade up to the foot (bottom) of the chamber. Clean, crushed, angular stone, AASHTO M43 3, 4 Place and compact in 9” (230 mm) max lifts using two full coverages with a vibratory compactor.2, 3 Table 1- Acceptable Fill Materials Figure 1- Inspection Port Detail Please Note: The listed AASHTO designations are for gradations only. The stone must also be clean, crushed, angular. For H[DPSOHDVSHFLࢉFDWLRQIRUVWRQHZRXOGVWDWH ȉFOHDQFUXVKHGDQJXODUQR $$6+720 VWRQHȊ 2. StormTech compaction requirements are met for ‘A’ location materials when placed and compacted in 9” (230 mm) (max) lifts using two full coverages with a vibratory compactor. 3. :KHUHLQࢉOWUDWLRQVXUIDFHVPD\EHFRPSULVHGE\FRPSDFWLRQIRUVWDQGDUGLQVWDOODWLRQVDQGVWDQGDUGGHVLJQORDG FRQGLWLRQVDࢊDWVXUIDFHPD\EHDFKLHYHGE\UDNLQJRUGUDJJLQJZLWKRXWFRPSDFWLRQHTXLSPHQW)RUVSHFLDOORDG designs, contact StormTech for compaction requirements. Figure 2 - Fill Material Locations MC-4500 - 24" (600 mm) MIN MC-3500 - 18" (450 mm) MIN MC-4500 - 7.0' (2.1 m) MAX MC-3500 - 8.0' (2.4 m) MAX 12" (300 mm) MINMC-4500 - 100" (2540 mm) MC-3500 - 77" (1950 mm) 12" (300 mm) MIN MC-4500 - 9" (230 mm) MIN MC-3500 - 6" (150 mm) MIN MC-4500 - 12" (300 mm) MIN MC-3500 - 6" (150 mm) MIN PERIMETER STONE EXCAVATION WALL (CAN BE SLOPED OR VERTICAL) END CAP SUBGRADE SOILS DEPTH OF STONE TO BE DETERMINED BY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER 9" (230 mm) MIN ADS GEOSYNTHETICS 601T NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE ALL AROUND CLEAN, CRUSHED, ANGULAR STONE IN A & B LAYERS D C B A *TO BOTTOM OF FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT. FOR UNPAVED INSTALLATIONS WHERE RUTTING FROM VEHICLES MAY OCCUR, INCREASE COVER TO 30" (750 mm). MC-4500 - 60" (1525 mm) MC-3500 - 45" (1140 mm) PAVEMENT LAYER (DESIGNED BY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER) 5 NOTE: INSPECTION PORTS MAY BE CONNECTED THROUGH ANY CHAMBER CORRUGATION VALLEY. STORMTECH CHAMBER CONCRETE COLLAR PAVEMENT 12" (300 mm) MIN WIDTH CONCRETE SLAB 6" (150 mm) MIN THICKNESS 4" PVC INSPECTION PORT DETAIL (MC SERIES CHAMBER) NTS 8" NYLOPLAST INSPECTION PORT BODY (PART# 2708AG4IPKIT) OR TRAFFIC RATED BOX W/SOLID LOCKING COVER CONCRETE COLLAR NOT REQUIRED FOR UNPAVED APPLICATIONS 4" (100 mm) SDR 35 PIPE 4" (100 mm) INSERTA TEE TO BE CENTERED ON CORRUGATION VALLEY Backfill of Chambers – Embedment Stone and Cover Stone Final Backfill of Chambers – Fill Material Inserta Tee Detail &RQWLQXHHYHQO\EDFNࢉOOLQJEHWZHHQURZVDQGDURXQGSHULPHWHUXQWLO HPEHGPHQWVWRQHUHDFKHVWRSVRIFKDPEHUVDQGDPLQLPXPȊ PP of cover stone is in place. Perimeter stone must extend horizontally to the excavation wall for both straight or sloped sidewalls. The recommended EDFNࢉOOPHWKRGVDUHZLWKDVWRQHFRQYH\RURXWVLGHRIWKHEHGRUEXLOGDV \RXJRZLWKDQH[FDYDWRULQVLGHWKHEHGUHDFKLQJDORQJWKHURZV%DFNࢉOOLQJ while assembling chambers rows as shown in the picture will help to ensure that equipment reach is not exceeded. Install non-woven geotextile over stone. Geotextile must overlap 24” (600 PP ZKHUHHGJHVPHHW&RPSDFWDWȊ PP RIࢉOO5ROOHUWUDYHO parallel with rows. 2QO\DIWHUFKDPEHUVKDYHEHHQEDFNࢉOOHGWRWRSRIFKDPEHUDQG with a minimum 12” (300 mm) of cover stone on top of chambers can VNLGORDGHUVDQGVPDOO/*3GR]HUVEHXVHGWRࢉQDOJUDGHFRYHUVWRQH DQGEDFNࢉOOPDWHULDOLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKJURXQGSUHVVXUHOLPLWVLQ Table 2. Equipment must push material parallel to rows only. Never push perpendicular to rows. StormTech recommends the contractor inspect FKDPEHUURZVEHIRUHSODFLQJࢉQDOEDFNࢉOO$Q\FKDPEHUVGDPDJHGE\ construction equipment shall be removed and replaced. 4 CONVEYANCE PIPE MATERIAL MAY VARY (PVC, HDPE, ETC.) INSERTA TEE CONNECTION PLACE ADS PLUS WOVEN GEOTEXTILE (CENTERED ON INSERTA-TEE INLET) OVER BEDDING STONE FOR SCOUR PROTECTION AT SIDE INLET CONNECTIONS, GEOTEXTILE MUST EXTEND 6” (150 mm) PAST CHAMBER FOOT Call StormTech at 888.892.2694 for technical and product information or visit www.stormtech.com 70 ADS “Terms and Conditions of Sale” are available on the ADS website, www.ads-pipe.com. Advanced Drainage Systems, the ADS logo, and the green stripe are registered trademarks of Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. StormTech® and the Isolator® Row PLUS are registered trademarks of StormTech, Inc. ©2022 Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. &6 Notes: 36” (900 mm) of stabilized cover materials over the chambers is recommended during the construction phase if general construction activities, such as full dump truck travel and dumping, are to occur over the bed. 2. During paving operations, dump truck axle loads RQȊ PP RIFRYHUIRU0&Vmay be necessary. Precautions should be taken to avoid rutting of the road base layer, to ensure that compaction requirements have been met, DQGWKDWDPLQLPXPRIȊ PP RIFRYHU IRU0&Vexists over the chambers. Contact StormTech for additional guidance on allowable axle loads during paving. 3. Ground pressure for track dozers is the vehicle operating weight divided by total ground contact area for both tracks. Excavators will exert higher ground pressures based on loaded bucket weight and boom extension. 4. 0LQLH[FDYDWRUV OEVNJ FDQEH XVHGZLWKDWOHDVWȊ PP RIVWRQHRYHU the chambers and are limited by the maximum ground pressures in Table 2 based on a full bucket at maximum boom extension. StormTech does not require compaction of LQLWLDOࢉOODWȊ PP RIFRYHU+RZHYHU UHTXLUHPHQWVE\RWKHUVIRUȊ PP OLIWVPD\ QHFHVVLWDWHWKHXVHRIVPDOOFRPSDFWRUVDWȊ PP RIFRYHU 6. Storage of materials such as construction materials, equipment, spoils, etc. should not be located over the StormTech system. The use of equipment over the StormTech system not covered in Table 2 (ex. soil mixing equipment, cranes, etc) is limited. Please contact StormTech for more information. Allowable track loads based on vehicle travel only. Excavators shall not operate on chamber beds XQWLOWKHWRWDOEDFNࢉOOUHDFKHVIHHW PP over the entire bed. Material Location Fill Depth over Chambers in. (mm) Maximum Allowable Wheel Loads Maximum Allowable Track Loads6 Maximum Allowable Roller Loads Max Axle Load for Trucks lbs (kN) Max Wheel Load for Loaders lbs (kN) Track Width in. (mm) Max Ground Pressurepsf (kPa) Max Drum Weight or Dynamic Force lbs (kN) D Final Fill Material 36” (900)Compacted Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ C Initial Fill Material 24” (600)Compacted Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ 24” (600)/RRVH'XPSHG 0&Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ 0& Ȋ 0&Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ (static loads only) 0& B Embedment Stone Ȋ Not Allowed Not Allowed Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ 660 (32) Not Allowed Ȋ Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Material Location Placement Methods/ Restrictions Wheel Load Restrictions Track Load Restrictions Roller Load Restrictions See Table 2 for Maximum Construction Loads D Final Fill Material A variety of placement methods may be used. All construction loads must not exceed the maximum limits in Table 2. 36” (900 mm) minimumcover required for dumptrucks to dump overchambers. Dozers to push parallel torows.4 Roller travel parallel to rowsonly until 36” (900 mm)compacted cover isreached. C Initial Fill Material ([FDYDWRUSRVLWLRQHGRࢆEHGUHFRP-mended.Small excavator allowed overchambers. Small dozer allowed. Asphalt can be dumped into paver when compacted pavement subbase reaches 24” (600 mm) above top of chambers. Small LGP track dozers & skid loaders allowed to grade cover stone with at OHDVWȊ PP VWRQHunder tracks at all times.Equipment must push par-allel to rows at all times. Use dynamic force of rollerRQO\DIWHUFRPSDFWHGࢉOOdepth reaches 24” (600 mm)over chambers. Roller travelparallel to chamber rows only. B Embedment Stone No equipment allowed on bare chambers. Use excavator or stone FRQYH\RUSRVLWLRQHGRࢆEHGRURQIRXQGDWLRQVWRQHWRHYHQO\ࢉOOaround all chambers to at least the top of chambers. No wheel loads allowed.Material must be placedoutside the limits of thechamber bed. No tracked equipment isallowed on chambers untilDPLQȊ PP FRYHUstone is in place. No rollers allowed. A Foundation Stone No StormTech restrictions. Contractor responsible for any conditions or requirements by others relative to subgrade bearingcapacity, dewatering or protection of subgrade. Table 2 - Maximum Allowable Construction Vehicle Loads6 Table 3 - Placement Methods and Descriptions 6 Material Location Description AASHTO M43 Designation1 Compaction/Density Requirement D Final Fill: Fill Material for layer ‘D’ starts from the top of the ‘C’ layer to the ERWWRPRIࢊH[LEOHSDYHPHQWRUXQSDYHG ࢉQLVKHGJUDGHDERYH1RWHWKDWWKH pavement subbase may be part of the ‘D’ layer. $Q\VRLOURFNPDWHULDOV native soils or per engineer’s plans. Check plans for pavement subgrade requirements. 1$Prepare per site design engineer’s plans. Paved installations may have stringent material and preparation requirements. C Initial Fill: Fill Material for layer ‘C’ starts from the top of the embedment stone (‘B’ layer) to 24” (600 mm) above the top of the chamber. Note that pavement subbase may be part of the ‘C’ layer. Granular well-graded VRLODJJUHJDWHPL[WXUHV ࢉQHVRUSURFHVVHG aggregate. Most pavement subbase materials can be used in lieu of this layer. $$6+720 $$$ or AASHTO M43 Begin compaction after min. 24” (600 mm) of material over the chambers is reached. Compact additional layers LQȊ PP PD[OLIWVWRDPLQ 3URFWRUGHQVLW\IRUZHOOJUDGHG PDWHULDODQG UHODWLYHGHQVLW\IRU processed aggregate materials. B Embedment Stone: Fill the surrounding chambers from the foundation stone (‘A’ layer) to the ‘C’ layer above. Clean, crushed, angular stone AASHTO M43 3, 4 No compaction required. A Foundation Stone: Fill below chambers from the subgrade up to the foot (bottom) of the chamber. Clean, crushed, angular stone, AASHTO M43 3, 4 Place and compact in 9” (230 mm) max lifts using two full coverages with a vibratory compactor.2, 3 Table 1- Acceptable Fill Materials Figure 1- Inspection Port Detail Please Note: The listed AASHTO designations are for gradations only. The stone must also be clean, crushed, angular. For H[DPSOHDVSHFLࢉFDWLRQIRUVWRQHZRXOGVWDWH ȉFOHDQFUXVKHGDQJXODUQR $$6+720 VWRQHȊ 2. StormTech compaction requirements are met for ‘A’ location materials when placed and compacted in 9” (230 mm) (max) lifts using two full coverages with a vibratory compactor. 3. :KHUHLQࢉOWUDWLRQVXUIDFHVPD\EHFRPSULVHGE\FRPSDFWLRQIRUVWDQGDUGLQVWDOODWLRQVDQGVWDQGDUGGHVLJQORDG FRQGLWLRQVDࢊDWVXUIDFHPD\EHDFKLHYHGE\UDNLQJRUGUDJJLQJZLWKRXWFRPSDFWLRQHTXLSPHQW)RUVSHFLDOORDG designs, contact StormTech for compaction requirements. Figure 2 - Fill Material Locations MC-4500 - 24" (600 mm) MIN MC-3500 - 18" (450 mm) MIN MC-4500 - 7.0' (2.1 m) MAX MC-3500 - 8.0' (2.4 m) MAX 12" (300 mm) MINMC-4500 - 100" (2540 mm) MC-3500 - 77" (1950 mm) 12" (300 mm) MIN MC-4500 - 9" (230 mm) MIN MC-3500 - 6" (150 mm) MIN MC-4500 - 12" (300 mm) MIN MC-3500 - 6" (150 mm) MIN PERIMETER STONE EXCAVATION WALL (CAN BE SLOPED OR VERTICAL) END CAP SUBGRADE SOILS DEPTH OF STONE TO BE DETERMINED BY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER 9" (230 mm) MIN ADS GEOSYNTHETICS 601T NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE ALL AROUND CLEAN, CRUSHED, ANGULAR STONE IN A & B LAYERS D C B A *TO BOTTOM OF FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT. FOR UNPAVED INSTALLATIONS WHERE RUTTING FROM VEHICLES MAY OCCUR, INCREASE COVER TO 30" (750 mm). MC-4500 - 60" (1525 mm) MC-3500 - 45" (1140 mm) PAVEMENT LAYER (DESIGNED BY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER) 5 NOTE: INSPECTION PORTS MAY BE CONNECTED THROUGH ANY CHAMBER CORRUGATION VALLEY. STORMTECH CHAMBER CONCRETE COLLAR PAVEMENT 12" (300 mm) MIN WIDTH CONCRETE SLAB 6" (150 mm) MIN THICKNESS 4" PVC INSPECTION PORT DETAIL (MC SERIES CHAMBER) NTS 8" NYLOPLAST INSPECTION PORT BODY (PART# 2708AG4IPKIT) OR TRAFFIC RATED BOX W/SOLID LOCKING COVER CONCRETE COLLAR NOT REQUIRED FOR UNPAVED APPLICATIONS 4" (100 mm) SDR 35 PIPE 4" (100 mm) INSERTA TEE TO BE CENTERED ON CORRUGATION VALLEY Backfill of Chambers – Embedment Stone and Cover StoneFinal Backfill of Chambers – Fill Material Inserta Tee Detail&RQWLQXHHYHQO\EDFNࢉOOLQJEHWZHHQURZVDQGDURXQGSHULPHWHUXQWLOHPEHGPHQWVWRQHUHDFKHVWRSVRIFKDPEHUVDQGDPLQLPXPȊ PP of cover stone is in place. Perimeter stone must extend horizontally to the excavation wall for both straight or sloped sidewalls. The recommended EDFNࢉOOPHWKRGVDUHZLWKDVWRQHFRQYH\RURXWVLGHRIWKHEHGRUEXLOGDV\RXJRZLWKDQH[FDYDWRULQVLGHWKHEHGUHDFKLQJDORQJWKHURZV%DFNࢉOOLQJwhile assembling chambers rows as shown in the picture will help to ensure that equipment reach is not exceeded.Install non-woven geotextile over stone. Geotextile must overlap 24” (600 PP ZKHUHHGJHVPHHW&RPSDFWDWȊ PP RIࢉOO5ROOHUWUDYHOparallel with rows.2QO\DIWHUFKDPEHUVKDYHEHHQEDFNࢉOOHGWRWRSRIFKDPEHUDQGwith a minimum 12” (300 mm) of cover stone on top of chambers can VNLGORDGHUVDQGVPDOO/*3GR]HUVEHXVHGWRࢉQDOJUDGHFRYHUVWRQHDQGEDFNࢉOOPDWHULDOLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKJURXQGSUHVVXUHOLPLWVLQTable 2. Equipment must push material parallel to rows only. Never push perpendicular to rows. StormTech recommends the contractor inspect FKDPEHUURZVEHIRUHSODFLQJࢉQDOEDFNࢉOO$Q\FKDPEHUVGDPDJHGE\construction equipment shall be removed and replaced.4CONVEYANCE PIPE MATERIAL MAY VARY (PVC, HDPE, ETC.)INSERTA TEE CONNECTIONPLACE ADS PLUS WOVEN GEOTEXTILE (CENTERED ON INSERTA-TEE INLET) OVER BEDDING STONE FOR SCOUR PROTECTION AT SIDE INLET CONNECTIONS, GEOTEXTILE MUST EXTEND 6” (150 mm) PAST CHAMBER FOOT Call StormTech at 888.892.2694 for technical and product information or visit www.stormtech.com 71 ADS “Terms and Conditions of Sale” are available on the ADS website, www.ads-pipe.com. Advanced Drainage Systems, the ADS logo, and the green stripe are registered trademarks of Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. StormTech® and the Isolator® Row PLUS are registered trademarks of StormTech, Inc. ©2022 Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. &6 Notes: 36” (900 mm) of stabilized cover materials over the chambers is recommended during the construction phase if general construction activities, such as full dump truck travel and dumping, are to occur over the bed. 2. During paving operations, dump truck axle loads RQȊ PP RIFRYHUIRU0&Vmay be necessary. Precautions should be taken to avoid rutting of the road base layer, to ensure that compaction requirements have been met, DQGWKDWDPLQLPXPRIȊ PP RIFRYHU IRU0&Vexists over the chambers. Contact StormTech for additional guidance on allowable axle loads during paving. 3. Ground pressure for track dozers is the vehicle operating weight divided by total ground contact area for both tracks. Excavators will exert higher ground pressures based on loaded bucket weight and boom extension. 4. 0LQLH[FDYDWRUV OEVNJ FDQEH XVHGZLWKDWOHDVWȊ PP RIVWRQHRYHU the chambers and are limited by the maximum ground pressures in Table 2 based on a full bucket at maximum boom extension. StormTech does not require compaction of LQLWLDOࢉOODWȊ PP RIFRYHU+RZHYHU UHTXLUHPHQWVE\RWKHUVIRUȊ PP OLIWVPD\ QHFHVVLWDWHWKHXVHRIVPDOOFRPSDFWRUVDWȊ PP RIFRYHU 6. Storage of materials such as construction materials, equipment, spoils, etc. should not be located over the StormTech system. The use of equipment over the StormTech system not covered in Table 2 (ex. soil mixing equipment, cranes, etc) is limited. Please contact StormTech for more information. Allowable track loads based on vehicle travel only. Excavators shall not operate on chamber beds XQWLOWKHWRWDOEDFNࢉOOUHDFKHVIHHW PP over the entire bed. Material Location Fill Depth over Chambers in. (mm) Maximum Allowable Wheel Loads Maximum Allowable Track Loads6 Maximum Allowable Roller Loads Max Axle Load for Trucks lbs (kN) Max Wheel Load for Loaders lbs (kN) Track Width in. (mm) Max Ground Pressurepsf (kPa) Max Drum Weight or Dynamic Force lbs (kN) D Final Fill Material 36” (900)Compacted Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ C Initial Fill Material 24” (600)Compacted Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ 24” (600)/RRVH'XPSHG 0&Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ 0& Ȋ 0&Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ (static loads only) 0& B Embedment Stone Ȋ Not Allowed Not Allowed Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ Ȋ 660 (32) Not Allowed Ȋ Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Material Location Placement Methods/ Restrictions Wheel Load Restrictions Track Load Restrictions Roller Load Restrictions See Table 2 for Maximum Construction Loads D Final Fill Material A variety of placement methods may be used. All construction loads must not exceed the maximum limits in Table 2. 36” (900 mm) minimumcover required for dumptrucks to dump overchambers. Dozers to push parallel torows.4 Roller travel parallel to rowsonly until 36” (900 mm)compacted cover isreached. C Initial Fill Material ([FDYDWRUSRVLWLRQHGRࢆEHGUHFRP-mended.Small excavator allowed overchambers. Small dozer allowed. Asphalt can be dumped into paver when compacted pavement subbase reaches 24” (600 mm) above top of chambers. Small LGP track dozers & skid loaders allowed to grade cover stone with at OHDVWȊ PP VWRQHunder tracks at all times.Equipment must push par-allel to rows at all times. Use dynamic force of rollerRQO\DIWHUFRPSDFWHGࢉOOdepth reaches 24” (600 mm)over chambers. Roller travelparallel to chamber rows only. B Embedment Stone No equipment allowed on bare chambers. Use excavator or stone FRQYH\RUSRVLWLRQHGRࢆEHGRURQIRXQGDWLRQVWRQHWRHYHQO\ࢉOOaround all chambers to at least the top of chambers. No wheel loads allowed.Material must be placedoutside the limits of thechamber bed. No tracked equipment isallowed on chambers untilDPLQȊ PP FRYHUstone is in place. No rollers allowed. A Foundation Stone No StormTech restrictions. Contractor responsible for any conditions or requirements by others relative to subgrade bearingcapacity, dewatering or protection of subgrade. Table 2 - Maximum Allowable Construction Vehicle Loads6 Table 3 - Placement Methods and Descriptions 6 Fill Material for layer ‘D’ starts from the top of the ‘C’ layer to the ERWWRPRIࢊH[LEOHSDYHPHQWRUXQSDYHGࢉQLVKHGJUDGHDERYH1RWHWKDWWKHpavement subbase may be part of the ‘D’ layer.$Q\VRLOURFNPDWHULDOVnative soils or per engineer’s plans. Check plans for pavement subgrade requirements.1$Prepare per site design engineer’s plans. Paved installations may have stringent material and preparation requirements.C Initial Fill: Fill Material for layer ‘C’ starts from the top of the embedment stone (‘B’ layer) to 24” (600 mm) above the top of the chamber. Note that pavement subbase may be part of the ‘C’ layer.Granular well-graded VRLODJJUHJDWHPL[WXUHV ࢉQHVRUSURFHVVHGaggregate. Most pavement subbase materials can be used in lieu of this layer.$$6+720$$$orAASHTO M43 Begin compaction after min. 24” (600 mm) of material over the chambers is reached. Compact additional layers LQȊ PP PD[OLIWVWRDPLQ 3URFWRUGHQVLW\IRUZHOOJUDGHGPDWHULDODQG UHODWLYHGHQVLW\IRUprocessed aggregate materials. B Embedment Stone: Fill the surrounding chambers from the foundation stone (‘A’ layer) to the ‘C’ layer above.Clean, crushed, angular stone AASHTO M433, 4 No compaction required.A Foundation Stone: Fill below chambers from the subgrade up to the foot (bottom) of the chamber. Clean, crushed, angular stone,AASHTO M433, 4 Place and compact in 9” (230 mm) max lifts using two full coverages with a vibratory compactor.2, 3Table 1- Acceptable Fill Materials Figure 1- Inspection Port DetailPlease Note:The listed AASHTO designations are for gradations only. The stone must also be clean, crushed, angular. For H[DPSOHDVSHFLࢉFDWLRQIRUVWRQHZRXOGVWDWH ȉFOHDQFUXVKHGDQJXODUQR $$6+720 VWRQHȊ2. StormTech compaction requirements are met for ‘A’ location materials when placed and compacted in 9” (230 mm) (max) lifts using two full coverages with a vibratory compactor.3. :KHUHLQࢉOWUDWLRQVXUIDFHVPD\EHFRPSULVHGE\FRPSDFWLRQIRUVWDQGDUGLQVWDOODWLRQVDQGVWDQGDUGGHVLJQORDGFRQGLWLRQVDࢊDWVXUIDFHPD\EHDFKLHYHGE\UDNLQJRUGUDJJLQJZLWKRXWFRPSDFWLRQHTXLSPHQW)RUVSHFLDOORDGdesigns, contact StormTech for compaction requirements.Figure 2 - Fill Material Locations MC-4500 - 24" (600 mm) MINMC-3500 - 18" (450 mm) MIN MC-4500 - 7.0' (2.1 m) MAXMC-3500 - 8.0' (2.4 m) MAX12" (300 mm) MINMC-4500 - 100" (2540 mm)MC-3500 - 77" (1950 mm)12" (300 mm) MINMC-4500 - 9" (230 mm) MINMC-3500 - 6" (150 mm) MINMC-4500 - 12" (300 mm) MINMC-3500 - 6" (150 mm) MINPERIMETER STONEEXCAVATION WALL(CAN BE SLOPED OR VERTICAL) END CAP SUBGRADE SOILS DEPTH OF STONE TO BE DETERMINEDBY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER 9" (230 mm) MINADS GEOSYNTHETICS 601T NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE ALLAROUND CLEAN, CRUSHED, ANGULAR STONE IN A & B LAYERS DCBA *TO BOTTOM OF FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT. FOR UNPAVEDINSTALLATIONS WHERE RUTTING FROM VEHICLES MAY OCCUR,INCREASE COVER TO 30" (750 mm).MC-4500 - 60" (1525 mm)MC-3500 - 45" (1140 mm)PAVEMENT LAYER (DESIGNEDBY SITE DESIGN ENGINEER)5NOTE:INSPECTION PORTS MAY BE CONNECTED THROUGH ANY CHAMBER CORRUGATION VALLEY.STORMTECHCHAMBERCONCRETE COLLARPAVEMENT 12" (300 mm) MIN WIDTHCONCRETE SLAB6" (150 mm) MINTHICKNESS4" PVC INSPECTION PORT DETAIL(MC SERIES CHAMBER)NTS 8" NYLOPLAST INSPECTION PORTBODY (PART# 2708AG4IPKIT) ORTRAFFIC RATED BOX W/SOLIDLOCKING COVERCONCRETE COLLAR NOT REQUIREDFOR UNPAVED APPLICATIONS4" (100 mm)SDR 35 PIPE4" (100 mm) INSERTA TEETO BE CENTERED ONCORRUGATION VALLEYBackfill of Chambers – Embedment Stone and Cover StoneFinal Backfill of Chambers – Fill Material Inserta Tee Detail&RQWLQXHHYHQO\EDFNࢉOOLQJEHWZHHQURZVDQGDURXQGSHULPHWHUXQWLOHPEHGPHQWVWRQHUHDFKHVWRSVRIFKDPEHUVDQGDPLQLPXPȊ PP of cover stone is in place. Perimeter stone must extend horizontally to the excavation wall for both straight or sloped sidewalls. The recommended EDFNࢉOOPHWKRGVDUHZLWKDVWRQHFRQYH\RURXWVLGHRIWKHEHGRUEXLOGDV\RXJRZLWKDQH[FDYDWRULQVLGHWKHEHGUHDFKLQJDORQJWKHURZV%DFNࢉOOLQJwhile assembling chambers rows as shown in the picture will help to ensure that equipment reach is not exceeded.Install non-woven geotextile over stone. Geotextile must overlap 24” (600 PP ZKHUHHGJHVPHHW&RPSDFWDWȊ PP RIࢉOO5ROOHUWUDYHOparallel with rows.2QO\DIWHUFKDPEHUVKDYHEHHQEDFNࢉOOHGWRWRSRIFKDPEHUDQGwith a minimum 12” (300 mm) of cover stone on top of chambers can VNLGORDGHUVDQGVPDOO/*3GR]HUVEHXVHGWRࢉQDOJUDGHFRYHUVWRQHDQGEDFNࢉOOPDWHULDOLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKJURXQGSUHVVXUHOLPLWVLQTable 2. Equipment must push material parallel to rows only. Never push perpendicular to rows. StormTech recommends the contractor inspect FKDPEHUURZVEHIRUHSODFLQJࢉQDOEDFNࢉOO$Q\FKDPEHUVGDPDJHGE\construction equipment shall be removed and replaced.4CONVEYANCE PIPE MATERIAL MAY VARY (PVC, HDPE, ETC.)INSERTA TEE CONNECTIONPLACE ADS PLUS WOVEN GEOTEXTILE (CENTERED ON INSERTA-TEE INLET) OVER BEDDING STONE FOR SCOUR PROTECTION AT SIDE INLET CONNECTIONS, GEOTEXTILE MUST EXTEND 6” (150 mm) PAST CHAMBER FOOT Call StormTech at 888.892.2694 for technical and product information or visit www.stormtech.com 72 20 Beaver Road, Suite 104 Wethersfield Connecticut 06109 888.892.2694 fax 866.328.8401 www.stormtech.com 17.0 Standard Limited Warranty STANDARD LIMITED WARRANTY OF STORMTECH LLC (“STORMTECH”): PRODUCTS (A) This Limited Warranty applies solely to the StormTech chambers and end plates manufactured by StormTech and sold to the original purchaser (the “Purchaser”). The chambers and end plates are collectively referred to as the “Products.” (B) The structural integrity of the Products, when installed strictly in accordance with StormTech’s written installation instructions at the time of installation, are warranted to the Purchaser against defective materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Should a defect appear in the Limited Warranty period, the Purchaser shall provide StormTech with written notice of the alleged defect at StormTech’s corporate headquarters within ten (10) days of the discovery of the defect. The notice shall describe the alleged defect in reasonable detail. StormTech agrees to supply replacements for those Products determined by StormTech to be defective and covered by this Limited Warranty. The supply of replacement products is the sole remedy of the Purchaser for breaches of this Limited Warranty. StormTech’s liability specifically excludes the cost of removal and/or installation of the Products. (C) THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE. THERE ARE NO OTHER WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS, INCLUDING NO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. (D) This Limited Warranty only applies to the Products when the Products are installed in a single layer. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES, SHALL THE PRODUCTS BE INSTALLED IN A MULTI-LAYER CONFIGURATION. (E) No representative of StormTech has the authority to change this Limited Warranty in any manner or to extend this Limited Warranty. This Limited Warranty does not apply to any person other than to the Purchaser. (F) Under no circumstances shall StormTech be liable to the Purchaser or to any third party for product liability claims; claims arising from the design, shipment, or installation of the Products, or the cost of other goods or services related to the purchase and installation of the Products. For this Limited Warranty to apply, the Products must be installed in accordance with all site conditions required by state and local codes; all other applicable laws; and StormTech’s written installation instructions. (G) THE LIMITED WARRANTY DOES NOT EXTEND TO INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES. STORMTECH SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR PENALTIES OR LIQUIDATED DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOSS OF PRODUCTION AND PROFITS; LABOR AND MATERIALS; OVERHEAD COSTS; OR OTHER LOSS OR EXPENSE INCURRED BY THE PURCHASER OR ANY THIRD PARTY. SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDED FROM LIMITED WARRANTY COVERAGE ARE DAMAGE TO THE PRODUCTS ARISING FROM ORDINARY WEAR AND TEAR; ALTERATION, ACCIDENT, MISUSE, ABUSE OR NEGLECT; THE PRODUCTS BEING SUBJECTED TO VEHICLE TRAFFIC OR OTHER CONDITIONS WHICH ARE NOT PERMITTED BY STORMTECH’S WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS OR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS; FAILURE TO MAINTAIN THE MINIMUM GROUND COVERS SET FORTH IN THE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS; THE PLACEMENT OF IMPROPER MATERIALS INTO THE PRODUCTS; FAILURE OF THE PRODUCTS DUE TO IMPROPER SITING OR IMPROPER SIZING; OR ANY OTHER EVENT NOT CAUSED BY STORMTECH. A PRODUCT ALSO IS EXCLUDED FROM LIMITED WARRANTY COVERAGE IF SUCH PRODUCT IS USED IN A PROJECT OR SYSTEM IN WHICH ANY GEOTEXTILE PRODUCTS OTHER THAN THOSE PROVIDED BY ADVANCED DRAINAGE SYSTEMS ARE USED. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY REPRESENTS STORMTECH’S SOLE LIABILITY TO THE PURCHASER FOR CLAIMS RELATED TO THE PRODUCTS, WHETHER THE CLAIM IS BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHER LEGAL THEORY. An company 73 Scope This specification describes ADS 0601T/O nonwoven geotextile. Filter Fabric Requirements ADS 0601T/O is an orange nonwoven geotextile composed of polypropylene fibers, which are formed into a stable network such that the fibers retain their relative position. ADS 0601T/O is inert to biological degradation and resists naturally encountered chemicals, alkali and acids. ADS 0601T/O conforms to the physical property values listed below: Filter Fabric Properties ADS 0601T/O NONWOVEN GEOTEXTILE SPECIFICATION ADS “Terms and Conditions of Sale” can be found on the ADS website, adspipe.com. The ADS logo is a registered trademark of Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. #0601T/O 10/22 MH Property Test Method Unit Typical Value1 MD Typical Value1 CD Grab Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 lbs (N)175 (779) 175 (779) Grab Tensile Elongation ASTM D4632 %75 75 Trapezoid Tear Strength ASTM D4533 lbs (N)85 (378) 85 (378) CBR Puncture Strength ASTM D6241 lbs (N)480 (2136) 480 (2136) Permittivity ASTM D4491 sec-1 1.5 1.5 Flow Rate ASTM D4491 gal/min/ft2 (l/min/m2) 105 (4278) 105 (4278) UV Resistance (at 500 hours)1 ASTM D4355 % strength retained 80 80 Physical Properties 1 Modified, Minimum Test Value 2 ASTM D4439 Standard Terminology for Geosynthetics: typical value, n-for geosynthetics, the mean value calculated from documented manufacturing quality control test results for a defined population obtained from one test method associated with on specific property. Drainage Filtration Separation Property Test Method Unit Typical Value2 Weight ASTM D5161 oz/yd2 (g/m2)6.5 (220) Thickness ASTM D5199 mils (mm)65 (1.7) Roll Dimensions (W x L)-ft (m) 15 x 300 (4.5 x 91) Roll Area -yd2 (m2)500 (418) Estimated Roll Weight -lb (kg)220 (100) 74 Scope This specification describes ADS 315W woven geotextile. Filter Fabric Requirements ADS 315W is manufactured using high-tenacity polypropylene yarns that are woven to form a dimensionally stable network, which allows the yarns to maintain their relative position. ADS 315W resists ultraviolet deterioration, rotting and biological degradation and is inert to commonly encountered soil chemicals. ADS 315W conforms to the physical property values listed below: Filter Fabric Properties ADS 315W WOVEN GEOTEXTILE SPECIFICATION ADS “Terms and Conditions of Sale” can be found on the ADS website, adspipe.com. The ADS logo is a registered trademark of Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. #315W 10/22 MH Property Test Method Unit M.A.R.V. (Minimum Average Roll Value)2 Tensile Strength (Grab)ASTM D4632 lbs (N)315 (1400) Elongation ASTM D4632 %15 CBR Puncture ASTM D6241 lbs (N)900 (4005) Puncture ASTM D4833 lbs (N)150 (667) Mullen Burst ASTM D3786 psi (kPa)600 (4134) Trapezoidal Tear ASTM D4533 lbs (N)120 (533) UV Resistance (at 500 hours) ASTM D4355 %70 Apparent Opening Size (AOS)* ASTM D4751 U.S. Sieve (mm)40 (.425) Permittivity ASTM D4491 sec-1 .05 Water Flow Rate ASTM D4491 gpm/ft2 (l/min/m2)4 (163) * Maximum average roll value. Separation Roll Dimensions (W x L) - ft. (m) 12.5 x 360/ 15 x 300 / 17.5 x 258 (3.81 x 109.8/ 4.57 x 91.5 / 5.33 x 78.6) Packaging 75 HD Fowler Company Submittal Sec. 50: Ln 52: Sec. 50: Ln 53 Vendor: 72530 Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 76 HD Fowler Company Submittal Sec. 50: Ln 56: Sec. 50: Ln 62 Vendor: 72530 Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 77 HD Fowler Company Submittal Sec. 50: Ln 60: Sec. 50: Ln 61 Vendor: 72530 Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org) 78 79 Kent Prairie Parent Drop Off PWD#3096 Civil Punchlist Items 1. Seed graded areas 2. Grout catch basin risers 3. Remove remaining TESC items Please call the inspection line at 360-403-3417 when you are ready for inspection. PAGE 1/3 VICINITY MAP Date:9/26/2023 Author:TCM/TCS Denise Rockwell~360-676-6272~dispatch@safetysignsinc.com Project:TCP 1 for Ecavation West ~ 270th St. NE & Keith Ln., Arlington, WA ~ Date/Time: TBD Comments: Excavation West will be installing a precast curb in the middle of 270th St. Ne between Jensen Farm Ln & Keith Ln in Arlington. NEXCAVATION WEST Contact: Nick Wylie Email: Nick@excavationwest.com Legend Work Area www.invarion.com SPEED LIMIT25 ROAD WORK AHEAD ROAD WORK AHEAD ROAD WORK AHEAD ROAD WORK AHEAD BIKE LANE ENDS BIKE LANE ENDS BIKES MERGE WITH TRAFFIC BIKES MERGE WITH TRAFFIC SCHOOL ZONE ROAD WORK AHEAD SEE WORK ZONE DETAIL MAP BIKES MERGE WITH TRAFFIC Date:9/26/2023 Author:TCM/TCS Denise Rockwell~360-676-6272~dispatch@safetysignsinc.com Project:TCP 2 for Ecavation West ~ 270th St. NE & Keith Ln., Arlington, WA ~ Date/Time: TBD Comments: Excavation West will be installing a precast curb in the middle of 270th St. Ne between Jensen Farm Ln & Keith Ln in Arlington. Since the shoulders are 7' wide and the lane widths are 10' wide, this gives us a total of 34' to wo rk with. The crew will need at least 6' to work with allowing us to maintain 12'-14' travel lanes on each side of the work zone. The shoulder/bike lane will need to be utilized for traffic, therefore, the bikes will merge with tr affic. At each end of the work zone, traffic will be transitioned 3' to the right from the center of the ro adway for the work zone -see below. All signs to be MUTCD compliant ***Not To Scale N Legend BIKELANEENDS Bike Lane Ends BIKESMERGE WITHTRAFFIC Bikes Merge With Traffic MOTORCYCLISTSUSE EXTREMECAUTION Motorcycle Use Extreme Caution ROADWORK AHEAD Road Work Ahead -W20-1 STEELPLATE ONROADWAY Steel Plate On Roadway IF APPLICABLE THESE SIGNS SHALL BE DISPLAYED DURING NON-WORKING HOURS ACCORDING TO RCW 47.36.200 STEEL PLATE ON ROADWAY MOTORCYCLISTSUSE EXTREMECAUTION EXCAVATION WEST Contact: Nick Wylie Email: Nick@excavationwest.com PAGE 2/3 www.invarion.com 7' 10'10' 7'EXISTING LANE & SHOULDER WIDTHS LANE WIDTHS & THE WORK ZONE LANE WIDTH14'6'14' EXCAVATION WEST Contact: Nick Wylie Email: Nick@excavationwest.com PAGE 3/3 Legend Cone Topper Arrow Right Cones Work Area Work Zone WORK ZONE DETAIL MAP Date:9/26/2023 Author:TCM/TCS Denise Rockwell~360-676-6272~dispatch@safetysignsinc.com Project:TCP 3 for Ecavation West ~ 270th St. NE & Keith Ln., Arlington, WA ~ Date/Time: TBD Comments: Excavation West will be installing a precast curb in the middle of 270th St. Ne between Jensen Farm Ln & Keith Ln in Arlington. Since the shoulders are 7' wide and the lane widths are 10' wide, this gives us a total of 34' to wo rk with. The crew will need at least 6' to work with allowing us to maintain 12'-14' travel lanes on each side of the work zone. The shoulder/bike lane will need to be utilized for traffic, therefore, the bikes will merge with tr affic. At each end of the work zone, traffic will be transitioned 3' to the right from the center of the ro adway for the work zone -see below. All signs to be MUTCD compliant ***Not To Scale N www.invarion.com City of Arlington Community & Economic Development October 27, 2023 Arlington School District #16 315 N French Ave Arlington, WA 98223 RE: Project Closeout Requirements Project Name: Kent Prairie Elementary Parent Drop-Off Project Address: 8110 207th St NE Project No.: PWD-3096 To Whom It May Concern, Portions of the construction project are nearing completion. Prior to project acceptance and completion review and approval of all items related to the project closeout are required: 1. All punch list items shall be completed and approved (punch list attached); it is the responsibility of the Contractor to arrange reinspection of all punch list items. a. For all punch list items except water and sewer; contact Brian Grieve for reinspection: i. 360-913-1396 or bgrieve@arlingtonwa.gov. b. For Water and Sewer Punch list items contact: i. Public Works Department: 360-403-3526 2. As-Built plans: a. Plans shall adhere to the Public Works Design and Construction Standard 1-11. b. Shall include all public and private infrastructure, and right of way improvements c. Submit one (1) full paper set along with the electronic format (PDF) d. AutoCAD files will be required with As-Built plan final approval and will be requested by City Staff upon approval Please feel free to reach out should you have any questions at 360-403-3551 or rjones@arlingtonwa.gov . Sincerely, Raelynn Jones Administrative Specialist III Community & Economic Development CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER GENERAL PERMIT Notice of Termination Form (NOT) DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY Use this form to request termination of your permit. State of Washington I.Permittee Information Name: Nick Wylie Mailing Address: 8465 Harrison Rd City: Sedro Woolley Phone: 360-854-2064 Email: II. Site Location/ Address Information Site name: Kent Prairie Elementary School Street address 315 French Ave(or location description): City (or nearest city): Arlington Permit# WAR 312574 Company: Excavation West, Inc State: WA County: Snohomish I Zip: 98284 lzip: 98223 Ill. Construction Activity: The site is eligible for termination. Select ONE of the following conditions: □Construction was never started. 0 Entire site has undergone final stabilization, all temporary BMPs are removed, all stormwater discharges associated with construction activity have been elimin ated. (Permit Condition S10.A.l.)□All portions of site that have not undergone final stabilization have been sold and/or transferred (Permit Condition 510.A.2. ), and Permittee no longer has operational control of the construction activity. New owner Transfer of Coverage form submitted to Ecology on (date): New owner contact info: 0 For residential construction only, the Permittee has completed temporary stabilization and the homeowners have taken possession of the residences (Permit Condition 510.A.3.) IV.Certification of Signature Please read the certification statement carefully before signing. I certify under penalty of law, that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction orsupervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gathered and '--- ...._. evaluated the information submitted. The information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true,accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, includingthe possibility of fines and imprisonment for knowing violations. Project Manager Title Date Signed SEE PAGE 2 FOR SUBMITTING COMPLETED FORM TO THE PERMIT FEE UNIT ECY 020-87 (Rev 6/2023) file:///arlington/...ONSTRUCTION_PERMIT_SUBMITTALS/2022_KentPrairieParentDropOff_PWD3096_Major/As-built/CAD/21-589.txt[1/22/2025 9:52:13 AM] Transmittal Report: Created by AutoCAD eTransmit Wednesday, September 4, 2024, 1:24 PM. Drawing Sheet Set: This is a transmittal based on drawing sheets from the sheet set: 21-589. Subset: As-Builts Sheets: C1.0 COVER SHEET & SITE LAYOUT PLAN C3.0 STORM DRAINAGE & PAVING PLAN C3.1 STORM DRAINAGE DETAILS AND PROFILES (C3.0 STORM DRAINAGE & PAVING PLAN) C3.2 STORM DRAINAGE DETAILS (C3.0 STORM DRAINAGE & PAVING PLAN) Sheets with parenthetical names appended have been automatically included in the transmittal because they share the same DWG container with the sheet name in parentheses. Files: Root Drawings: AB- C3.0 Storm Paving.dwg AB- C1.0 Cover.dwg Sheet Set Data File: HAI.dst file:///arlington/...ONSTRUCTION_PERMIT_SUBMITTALS/2022_KentPrairieParentDropOff_PWD3096_Major/As-built/CAD/21-589.txt[1/22/2025 9:52:13 AM] BLOCKS.dwg AutoCAD Drawing (External) References: PARCELS.dwg SITE PLAN.dwg SURVEY.dwg _KP Site-!tblk24x36.dwg JPG File References: Concrete.Cast-In-Place.Flat.Grey.1.jpg 21-589 AERIAL 3-11-22.jpg PDF Document References: CoA Approval Blocks.pdf parent queue cavfs section update.pdf AutoCAD Color-dependent Plot Style Table File References: hai-Standard.ctb AutoCAD Plotter Configuration File References: DWG To PDF.pc3 The following files were excluded from the transmittal: acad.fmp simplex.shx arial.ttf file:///arlington/...ONSTRUCTION_PERMIT_SUBMITTALS/2022_KentPrairieParentDropOff_PWD3096_Major/As-built/CAD/21-589.txt[1/22/2025 9:52:13 AM] DUBAI-LIGHT.TTF DUBAI-MEDIUM.TTF ltypeshp.shx haicad.shx Civilc.(shx,ttf) GOTHIC.TTF romans.shx txt.shx ARIALN.TTF architxt.(shx,ttf) calibri.ttf counb___.ttf Dwhstamp.dwg COMPLEX.shx GREEKS.shx DWH_CadSig.dwg Civil.(shx,ttf) ARIALNB.TTF swiss.ttf The following files could not be located: Civilc.(shx,ttf) architxt.(shx,ttf) Civil.(shx,ttf) HP Designjet T790ps 44in HPGL2.pc3 file:///arlington/...ONSTRUCTION_PERMIT_SUBMITTALS/2022_KentPrairieParentDropOff_PWD3096_Major/As-built/CAD/21-589.txt[1/22/2025 9:52:13 AM] Conversion: All drawing files were converted to AutoCAD 2018/LT 2018 format. Notes for distribution: .DWG external reference files: External reference (xref) paths were removed, so all xref paths must be placed on the AutoCAD search path, a project search path or in the same directory as the root drawing. eTransmit does not include files required by xrefs unless they are also required by the root drawing. In particular, plot style tables and overlay xrefs that are not used by the root drawing are omitted Raster image files: Image paths were removed, so all image files must be placed on the AutoCAD search path, a project search path or in the same directory as the root drawing. PDF Underlay files: PDF Underlay paths were removed, so all underlay files must be placed on the AutoCAD search path or in the same director y as the root drawing. .PC3 printer configuration files: Please copy these files to the AutoCAD Printer Configuration Search Path directory. .CTB/.STB plot style tables: Please copy these files to the AutoCAD Plot Style Table Search Path directory. Material texture files: Please copy these files to the AutoCAD Texture Maps Search Path directory. file:///arlington/...ONSTRUCTION_PERMIT_SUBMITTALS/2022_KentPrairieParentDropOff_PWD3096_Major/As-built/CAD/21-589.txt[1/22/2025 9:52:13 AM] The AutoCAD variable FONTALT was set to: C:\Users\DarianC\AppData\Roaming\Autodesk\C3D 2024\enu\support\simplex.shx Please make sure that the FONTALT variable is set to this file or an equivalent before opening any drawings. All text styles with missing fonts are automatically set to this font. *** Map 2007 Data and Cache files *** The drawing 'P:\Work\Projects\2021\21-589 McGranhan-Kent Prairie\CE\DWG\Sheets\AB- C3.0 Storm Paving.dwg' refers to a cache manifest XML file, zero or more cache files (.GWS) as well as raw data files. Please ensure the manifest XML file and cache files are unzipped to the drawing directory or your current MapCache directory. You may also need to update the cache manifest XML file to point to the unzipped location of the data files. *** Map 2007 Data and Cache files *** The drawing 'P:\Work\Projects\2021\21-589 McGranhan-Kent Prairie\CE\DWG\BLOCKS.dwg' refers to a cache manifest XML file, zero or more cache files (.GWS) as well as raw data files. Please ensure the manifest XML file and cache files are unzipped to the drawing directory or your current MapCache directory. You may also need to update the cache manifest XML file to point to the unzipped location of the data files. *** Map 2007 Data and Cache files *** file:///arlington/...ONSTRUCTION_PERMIT_SUBMITTALS/2022_KentPrairieParentDropOff_PWD3096_Major/As-built/CAD/21-589.txt[1/22/2025 9:52:13 AM] The drawing 'P:\Work\Projects\2021\21-589 McGranhan-Kent Prairie\CE\DWG\Sheets\AB- C1.0 Cover.dwg' refers to a cache manifest XML file, zero or more cache files (.GWS) as well as raw data files. Please ensure the manifest XML file and cache files are unzipped to the drawing directory or your current MapCache directory. You may also need to update the cache manifest XML file to point to the unzipped location of the data files.